piesa SSOSERS = cee. > mee ! eat af -S+ =< ay ts A) fe THIS BCOK MAY NOT BE PHOTOCOPIED tek eee S ey, | ea Y ' regen i i a PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON FOR THE YEAR 1882. PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE. LONDON: MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER, PATERNOSTER ROW, Ore Ses dh OF THE COUNCIL AND OFFICERS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 1882. COUNCIL. Proressor W. H. Frowrr, LL.D., F.R.S., President. Mavor-Gen. Tur Lorp ABINGER, C.B. Henry EH. Dresser, Esq. Cuartes Drumuonp, Esq., Trea- surer. Srr JosepH Fayrer, K.C.S.I1., F.R.S. Joun P. Gasstor, Esq. F, DuCanz Gopman, Esq. Lr.-Cot. H. H. Gopwry-Avsten, F.R.S. Cont. J. A. Grant, C.B., F.R.S. Dr. A. Ginruer, F.R.S. Dr. Epwarp Hamrtron, Vace- President. PRINCIPAL P. L. Scrater, Esq., M.A., KE. W. H. Hotpsworrts, Esq. Prornssor Mrvarrt, F.R.S., Vece- President. Proressor Newton, F.R.S. Henry Pottocs, Esq. Ospert Satvin, Esq., F.R.S. W. Aysarorp Sanprorp, Esq. Puitre Lurney Scratrer, EKsq., M.A., Pa.D., F.R.S., Secretary. Re. Hon. George ScratEer-Boorn, M.P. JosEepH TRAVERS Suita, Esq. Cart. Grorar EH. SHELLEY. OFFICERS. Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary. W. A. Forses, Esq., B.A., Prosector. Mr. A. D. Barrierr, Superintendent of the Gardens. Mr. F. H. Waternouse, Librarian. Mr. Joun Barrow, Accountant. Mr. W. J. Witrtams, Chief Clerk. LIST OF THE CONTRIBUTORS, With References to the several Articles contributed by each. Page Baron, L., L.M.S. Missionary. Notes on the Habits of the Aye-aye of Madagascar in its UVES C9" 27 Sag Se Rh he me Or a ARES D OPH 639 BartTiLett, Epwarp, Curator of the Maidstone Museum. On some Mammals and Birds collected by Mr. J. Haux- Roles Peustemm Wer f.% 2 ac.s 2S oy. cars ae te sheaantieree OLS Bett, F. Jerrrey, M.A., F.Z.S., Professor of Comparative Anatomy in King’s College, London. . Descriptions of new or rare Species of Asteroidea in the Collection of the British Musum. (Plate VI.) .......... 121 An Attempt to apply a Method of Formulation to the Species of the Comatulide ; with the Description of a new SPECS CEG EN Yo. ds a wwe ennience emedee acu 530 Exhibition of examples of Limneus truncatulus ........ 634 Studies in the Holothuroidea.—I. On the Genus Psolus and the Forms allied thereto. (Plate XLVIII.).......... 641 Note on a Crinoid from the Straits of Magellan ........ 650 lv Buiasius, Dr. Witueno, C.M.Z.S. On a Collection of Birds from the Isle of Ceram made by Dr. Platen in November and December 1881 ..........-- Bou tencer, G. A., C.M.Z.S. Notes on a South-American Frog lately living in the Society's Gardens.: -(Piate SVT 3 2 205i aisle ee Observations upon the Heloderma ......00+.eee+00:: Description of an apparently new Species of Lizard of the Genus Socloporns (Plies LYE). ois veces anes = s omen Bucxey, T. E., B.A., F.Z.S. On the Variability of Plumage exhibited by the Red Grouse (Lagopus scoticus) ........ Butter, Arruur G., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., Assistant Keeper of the Zoological Department, British Museum. On some new or little-known Spiders from Madagascar. Gb late ms VAN.) racunis- cos = =) CamsBripGE, Rev. O. Pickarp, M.A., C.M.Z.S., Hon. Mem. New-Zealand Institute. On new Genera and Species of Araneidea. (Plates DGC. GES. @.@. 4 (9 MINE REP ken nts ens eror yes Carpenter, P. Hersert, M.A., Assistant Master at Eton College. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some microscopical pre- parations of dntedon eschrichti..... On the Classification of the Comatule .........+.+-04-- Page 697 631 422 731 Darwin, Cuartes, F.R.S., F.Z.S., and Van Dyck, W., M.D. On the Modification of a Race of Syrian Dogs, by means of Sexual Selection . 367 Page Day, Francis, F.L.S., F.Z.S. On the Identity of Anguilla kieneri, Giinther, with a eri I / COMES Pie Se fan ttetiy Sielalan, BS aiieia Re Bis Wed. aid > « 536 On the Identity of Arnoglossus lophotes, Giinther, with me -gronmanny ©) (Pinte NN.) \. 5S ateeiy dope ewes Sd 48 On Hybrids between Salmon and Trout .............. 751 Disrant, W. L. On some undescribed Cicadide from the Australian and Pree dvegions.. (Plate: WIE) oii. oso :ece x nines Bal ble vais 125 Dosson, G. E., M.A., M.B., F.L.S., &e. On the Natural Position of the Family Dipodide ...... 640 Dresser, Henry E., F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the identity of Melitto- phagus boehmi and Merops dresseri.. 6.5.1... cee veces 634 Druce, Hersert, F.L.S., F.Z.S. Descriptions of a uew Genus and new Species of Hete- “Yc Ee: Raia 6 a/b uct lee be, lage oD, © 2) I ad Onin rere Arad 7LG Duncan, Professor P. Martin, M.B. (Lond.), F.R.S., Pres. Royal Micros. Soc., &e. On some Recent Corals from Madeira. (Plate VIII.) .. 213 Ewes, Henry J., F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c. On a Collection of Butterflies from Sikkim. (Plate Remarks upon his recent expedition to the Aures Moun- Peas sme Seria er eine acter ns to ve ey care Aas & Ai iermtarete 459 Esprut, W. Bancrort, F.L.S. On the Acclimatization of the Indian Mungoos in Jamaica. 712 Fayrer, Sir Josepn, F.Z.S. Remarks on the bite of the Heloderma ..........0..06 632 vi Page Fiower, Wiiuram Henry, LL.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., President of the Society, Conservator of the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, and Hunterian Professor. On the Mutual Affinities of the Animals composing the Order Epuwrard’s [45097500 J A Dk. SL eee 358 Remarks on the death of Charles Darwin.............. 390 On the Cranium of a new Species of Hyperoodon from the A Tistraligee pA eeg occ cathe tic atl abe wore meee eee 392 Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the Skull of a young Chimpanzee 634 Exhibition of a photograph (presented to the Society by James Farmer, F.Z.S.) of Seal Point, Farallone Islands 4 Foe On the Whales of the Genus Hyperoodon ............ 722 Forses, Wituiam ALeEexANvDER, B.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Prosector to the Society. Exhibition of the horns of a Prongbuck, and remarks upon the ‘sheddine of them: techs. sa. . sok bas ee l Note on the Gall-bladder, and some other Points in the Anatomy of the Toucans and Barbets (Capitonide) ...... 94 On some Points in the Anatomy of the Indian Darter (Plotus melanogaster), and on the Mechanism of the Neck in the Darters (Plotus), in connexion with their Habits.. .. 208 Description of the Pterylosis of Mesites, with Remarks on the: Posifionvof that Genius oo. +r. ocesis ne 267 On some Points in the Anatomy of the Great Anteater (Myrmecophaga jubata). (Plate XV.) ......-.4.. . 287 Note on a Peculiarity in the Trachea of the Twelve-wired Bird-of-Paradise (Seleucides nigra) .. .... ..0+ . Jon On the Convoluted Trachea of two Species of Manucode (Manucodia atra and Phonygama gouldi) ; with Remarks on similar Structures in other Birds.......... . 347 Note on an Abnormal Specimen of Pithecia satanas .... 442 vil On some Points in the Anatomy of the Todies (Todide), — and on the Affinities of that Group.......... Note on some Points in the Anatomy of an Australian Porek | (Pizitizm: lobata@) a o's « one n'a s) ayr.oua Contributions to the Anatomy of Passerine Birds.—Part V. On the Structure of the Genus Orthonyz............ Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some preparations show- ing the rudimentary hallux of several birds commonly de- scribed as three-toed........ Contributions to the Anatomy of Passerine Birds.— Part VI. On Xenicus and Acanthisitta as types of a new Family (Xenicide) of Mesomyodian Passeres from New Zealand.... Supplementary Notes on the Anatomy of the Chinese Water-Deer (Hydropotes inermis) .. 2.1... 00.0 ee seeees Gapvow, Hans, Pu.D., C.M.Z.S. On some Points in the Anatomy of Pterocles, with Re- marks on its Systematic Position .............+6 erate: On the Colour of Feathers as affected by their Structure (Plates Soe VIE. XX VEEL Yee. 3 Gopman, Freperick DuCanz, F.L.S., F.Z.S., and Sanvin, Ossert, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S. On a new Species of Agrias from the Valley of the Ama- Nic oM (15 ees 2k A ee re On some Rhopalocera from New Ireland.. .. Gopwin-Austen, Lieut.-Col. H. H., F.R.S., F.Z.S., &e. On Specimens of the Male and Female of Phasianus humia, from Munipur, with a Description of the latter (Plate LI.). . Gray, Davip, Commander of the Whaling Steamer ‘Eclipse.’ Notes on the Characters and Habits of the Bottlenose Whale (Hyperoodon rostratus) . 548 569 636 312 409 338 754 715 Vili Page Gintuer, Atsrrt, M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S., V.P.Z.8S., Keeper of the Zoological Department, British Museum. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skin of a variety of the Leopard (Felis pardus).......0cs cece cece ee tereee ce S12 Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the shell of a new Tortoise of the genus Geoemyda from Siam ..........++-.++06+- S12 Description of a new Species of Tortoise (Geoemyda impressa) from Siam .......... Pads sere Ty eaten Coe 343 Exhibition, on behalf of Sir J. W. P. Campbell Orde, Bart., F.Z.S., of a specimen of a Charr (Salmo alpinus) obtained in a loch on North Uist, Hebrides .... .... 2... 0222.2 se eeee (22 Han.ey, Syivanvs, F.Z.S. On the Genus Lept mya (A. Adams)...... 0.05.6 5005 576 Hartine, JAMes Epmunp, F.L.S., F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a mummified bird from an island on the coast of Peru .... 0... 2 ee eee eee eee 311 On the Eggs of some rare Wading Birds from Madagascar 353 Remarks upon the desirability of adopting a standard of nomenclature for the description of colours .............- 391 Exhibition of a specimen of a South-African Eagle-Owl, stated to have been killed in Ireland ........-........- 688 Hvuxtey, Toomas H., LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S. "On the Respiratory Organs of Apterye .............. 560 IncHBALD, Peter, F.Z.S. See ScuaTer, Puiu Lutiery, M.A. Jacosy, MARTIN. Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Phytophagous Coléopteta oc... cs faeamees ccccce soe ses cece OmMeNpOe ee aie ix Page Jerrreys, J. Gwyn, LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S. On the Mollusca procured during the ‘ Lightning’ and ‘Porcupine’ Expeditions, 1868-70. Part V. (Plates PRE Te hls as «ote meee oa a ey atts tats! 656 . Lanxkester, Pror. E. Ray, M.A., F.R.S., Jodrell Professor of Zoology in University College, London. On the Valves of the Heart of Ornithorhynchus paradoxus compared with those of Man and the Rabbit, with some Observations on the Fossa Ovalis. (Plates XXXVIII.-XLI.) 549 Layarp, Epcar Lerorotp, C.M.G., F.Z.S., &c., H.B.M. Consul at Noumea, New Caledonia. Letter from, containing remarks upon the locality of Deenacalin aeyeral se ie. warty ie eine uae ys ale sled ele © 634 Layarp, Epear L., C.M.G., F.Z.S., &c., H.B.M. Consul, and E. Leoroxup C. Layarp, Vice-Consul, at Noumea, New Caledonia. Description of a new Species of Parrot of the Genus Nymphtcus. (Plate XXVE.) 0 cs see SUSE epee § 408 Litrorp, Tuomas Lytrtteton, Lord, F.Z.S. &c. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skin of Emberiza rustica, caught at Elstree Reservoir..........00.-.0+6+ 721 MarsHat., Major G. F. L., R.E., F.Z.S. Notes on Asiatic Butterflies, with Descriptions of some new BCCI Pett ates e web. tiel «isd + Hoke ebb Se 758 Meyer, Apoteu Bernuarp, M.D., C.M.Z.S. Notice of a communication from, concerning the desira- bility of adopting a standard of nomenclature for the descrip- tion of the colours of natural objects .................-. 688 x Page Miers, Epwarp J., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Assistant in the Zoological Department, British Museum. On some Crustaceans collected at the Mauritius, (Plate On Crustaceans from the Mauritius.—Part II. (Plate KX Vl Uethind. a Reb of asians wea khche eae tamer Mivarr, Sr.-Gzorcer, Ph.D., F-BS., F.Z.8., MBL, &e. On the Classification and Distribution of the Mluroidea. 135 Notes on the Anatomy of Hrethizon dorsatus.......... 271 Notes on some Points in the Anatomy of the Ailuroidea., 459 Moore, FREDERIC, F.Z.S. List of the Lepidoptera collected by the Rev. J. H. Hock- ing, chiefly in the Kangra District, N.W. Himalaya, with Descriptions of new Genera and Species.—Part 1. (Plates Neatez, W. H., M.B., Medical Officer of the ‘ Eira’ Expedi- tion. Notes on the Natural History of Franz-Josef Land as GURETVed an PEON —OF er. ee eee cc cweda ns ss ss eee 652 Newton, Aurrep, M.A.,, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Professor of Zoology and Comparative Anatomy in the University of Cambridge. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the skin and bones of the trunk of a specimen ot Notornts mantella......c8 cee oe. .) OG Owen, Prof. Ricuarp, C.B., D.C L., F.R.S., F.LS., F.Z8., &e. Abstract of the twenty-third of his series of Memoirs on the extinct birds of the genus Dinornis ........++..+- 0 1 Notice of the twenty-fourth of his series of Memoirs on the extinct birds of the genus Dinornis ................ 549 xi Page On Teichind spires ao ste. 5. iin Ma dn eens Set oe or 71 On the Sternum of WVotornis and on Sternal Characters.. 689 Parker, W. K., F.R.S., F.Z.S., &e. Abstract of a Memoir on the skull of the Crocodilia .... 97 Parker, W. Newron, Lecturer on Biology at the University College of Wales, Aberystwyth. On some Points in the Anatomy of the Indian Tapir (Tapirus mdicus). (Plates LVIIL, LIX.) 3%... ee es os 768 Ramsay, Epwarp P., F.L.S., C.M.Z.S., Curator of the Australian Museum, Sydney. Description of a new Species of Bird of the Genus Tephras 357 Description of a new Species of Flycatcher of the Genus Monarcha (Piezorhynchus) from the Solomon Group...... 711 Riptey, Stuart O., M.A., F-L.S., &c., Assistant in the Zoo- logical Department, British Museum. On the Arrangement of the Coralliide, with Descriptions nf new.or rare Species. (Piste TX.) 2. ..3.4..- --2eehance2l Savin, Ospert, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S., and Gopman, Fre- DERICK Dv Cang, F.L.S., F.Z.S. On a new Species of Agrias from the Valley of the wuraazons.... (Plate: REX eied.A0:. Hs deh ag ee 2h SBS On some Rhopalocera from New Ireland............ . 754 Saunpers, Howarp, F.L.S., F.Z.8. On some Larid@ from the Coasts of Peru and Chili, collected by Capt. Albert H. Markham, R.N., with Remarks on the Geographical Distribution of the Group in the Pacifie. nate MARY; )., Celteb se, tall «tune «ose eet aory B20 Scuater, Puruie Lutuey, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society. Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in Meeeminer LOGI"... 205 ley os ls SS ee es ee, xii Exhibition of (on behalf of Mr. Peter Inchbald, F.Z.S.), and remarks upon, two curious Ducks shot near Darlington . Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in ganvary 1882) (Plate X.) oo 5..- 2 kas. cn aodeelamee Exhibition of living examples of Helix hemastoma ...... Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in Bebriaey S82. sir «, sw abrasions eee ee els Remarks on the use of the term “ Lipotype”.......... Exhibition of, and remarks upon, an adult male of Cyano- mytas coelestis........ Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the skins of two speci- mens of the Subcylindrical Hornbill (Buceros subcylindricus) Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in March 1882 Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a drawing of a Tapir living in the Society’s Gardens. (Plate XXIII.) Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in GMB LSS 2s 5 ois <4 Vdd eee FER es wt GORE SD Note on an Australian Duck living in the Society’s Gar- dens. (Plate SX XIIT.). 6... bs.0% Remarks upon the mode of feeding of the young Cormo- rants by the parent birds in the Society’s Gardens........ Exhibition of some Lepidoptera bred in the Insect-house . Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in May 1882. .(Plate RXXVIP Gee. oes Exhibition of some Lepidoptera &c. reared at the Insect- house in the Society’s: Gardens... ¢. 6: in. i200 e000 ns Note on Riippell’s Parrot. (Plate XLII.) ........ On two apparently new Species of the Genus Syzallavis (Plate XILEE2) 3. ox Jee Me’ oe. <5 + otclnnlguaee Reports on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in June, July, August, September, and October 1882. (Plates XLVI, and XLVII.) 343 . 358 391 421 630 xill Page Report on the insects bred in the Insect-house in the Bieiceer Sitstnense . seis lak eterstekrs ome slo's UST, 632 Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in No- DEMIDetMea:.\a a BEM: Cate Akh ae ea ae ese Soe TO Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some photographs of a newiZebran(quus greeyt)sssiiield ae eve et oY 721 Scuatrer, Partie Lutuey, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., and Wurre, E. W., F.Z.S. Notes on Birds collected in the Argentine Republic .... 591 Srersonm, Henry, F.ZS8. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a series of intermediate forms between Carduelis caniceps and C. major .......... 134 Suarpr; R. Bownter, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c., Senior Assistant, Zoological Department, British Museum. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of a Gold- fineh from Hungary. 5 000.442) coe bare ok atte es ort eee BLD A Note on Strix oustaleti, Hartlaub ................ 335 On an apparently new Species of Erythropygia. (Plate On a new Species of Muscicapa from Western Africa.... 590 Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some specimens of Swifts from the Congo os)... 42 Se eek. sae tere 688 Exhibition of a specimen of Machirhamphus alcinus from Morthen BORMeCO: pos ois eas ox rs Roe oa) areas 688 SuEtxey, Captain G. E., F.Z.S. List of the Birds sent home by Mr. Joseph Thomson from the River Rovuma, East Africa. (Plate XVI.) .......... 302 A Second List of Birds recently collected by Sir John Kirk in Eastern Africa. (Plate XVII) ............---- 304 On some new Species of Birds from South Africa. (Plate Dy A Sees Wor) ere Peon} 4b. ee 336 xiv Page Suater, Rev. H. H., F.Z.S. Exhibition of a Shrike, Zanius, sp. ine., killed near Spurn Rointin owls hire vit, satigaig ty 2 eee el pra ae SmitH, Epear A., F.Z.S. A Contribution to the Molluscan Fauna of Madagascar (Plates 2OWE, RMT eo ey alias oenls af glee inane ane Sowersy, G. B., Jun. Descriptions of new Species of Shells in the Collection of Mr.iJ. Cosmo Melvill. (Plate V.) ..2. 3.4. 4n<21! eee? SraupinGer, Dr. O., C.M.Z.S. On three new and interesting Species of Rhopalocera. (Plate XXIV.) STEVENSON, Henry, F.L.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of the Dusky Petrel from Norfolk TaczanowskI, L., C.M.Z.S. Liste des Oiseaux recueillis par M.Stolzmann au Pérou nord-oriental. .(Plates:l., IL.) Ss.. oe SE ee 2 Trecermeter, W. B., F.Z.S. Exhibition of a skull of Rhinoceros sumatrensis and of some horns of a Buffalo and Deer from Borneo .............. 687 Tuomas, Ouprietp, F.Z.S., Zoological Department, British Museum. On the African Mungooses. (Plate III.) ............ 59 On a Collection of Rodents from North Peru. (Plate IV.) 98 xv On a small Collection of Rodents from South-Western Aircne Ce late MLNS) Tac ccqsiphs «MER: 084s oyeanteetes fev 265 On a small Collection of Mammalia from Central Mexico 371 Description of a new Species of Rat from China. (Plate Description of two new Species of Pteropus from the @aroline Islands.» (Plates LIV., LV.)/....50.200 005008 90 F958 Tuomson, ARTHUR. Notes on a Species of Stick Insect reared in the Insect- House in the Society’s Gardens. (Plate LIT.) ........). 718 Trimen, Rouanp, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e., Curator of the South- African Museum, Cape Town. On an apparently undescribed Sun-bird from Tropical South-western Africa. (Plate XXXIUL.) .............. 451 Tristram, Rey. Canon H. B., M.A. (Oxon.), F.R.S., C.M.Z.S. Description of a new Species of Land-Rail from East PURRICE Yrs SUNT Se panes ha AUD are iat. als OE). Bare gc a pat « 93 Van Dyck, W., M.D. On the Modification of a Race of Syrian Street-Dogs by means of Sexual Selection. With a Preliminary Notice by Cuserns Dam win: BBS. PsZeS0 sie m0 eo. sce acta Oe Watson, Morrison, M.D., F.Z.S., Professor of Anatomy, the Owens College, Manchester. On the Muscular Anatomy of Proteles as compared with pmmiveriyenaumd ‘Vmerran es. 8. ae Tae bs oes es sale 579 Waitt, E. W., F.Z.S. Notes on Birds collected in the Argentine Republic. With Notes by P. L. Sciarer, M.A., Pa.D., FVRS.s00..-220. 591 ERRATA. Page 178, top line, for villicollis read vitticollis. », 9303, line 24 from the bottom, for p. 208 read p. 298. » 503, ,, 26 from the bottom, for macroscelis read macrocelis. » 682, ,, 24 from the bottom, for jussoni read gussont. 683, ,, 8 from the bottom, for tetragoaa read tetragona. LIST OF WOODCUTS. 1882. Page Last lower molars of Herpestes ichneumon and H. albicauda,....... 76 Liver, stomach, duodenum, &c, of Rkamphastor dicolorus ........ 95 Plantar surface .of left pes of Fossa <2... sevice see ccccccevecs 151 Pads Of Genera grind voc ooo cess eee e BT eUsEAMUSy ane oleie! s,s seueseusy ee Simmeture GL PeaGhers,... 6.45 ses os os deem waone way 409 XXIX. xxx. ING AMRRIASOEY ac See omanpe Oenenongnood6 oy SCO tee ee XXXII. b lv Plate Page XXXII. Cinnyris erikssoni ..... save aialale; 6 emia atte ets 70, thats Dennen PRONONCMT on PA AS GUO ETA NGS 1 astaale: srateiaiaysiy's epeieytet == ehausiels efeleeoe 452 XXXIV. Xema furcatum .......... sleek ssa iee's weieneelanele wae 520 PRONOK ys AA CHUOMELE ONMUVALG. wroic elz since alan «isu ls slatelletsinisiieuel 530 XXXVI. Fig. 1. Palinurus longimanus, var. mauritianus...... 538 Figs. 2, 3. Pseudibacus pfeffert 1. ..cccerceceevene SNEXONG VAs SOT CL OPSALO ANE +. yeisteleisisic.a ois e¥p ce vent ioesee ea 547 XXXVIII. Heart-valves of Man and Rabbit...... SOS Conn ou. ee Heart-valves of Ornithorhynchus..........000s000e 549 XLI. Heart-valves Didelphys, Myrmecophaga, &c......... MULL Peocephalus rueppells ct weiss, sna ene sss emeeeee 577 XL Bie. 1. Synallaxis fusco-rufa.... oss: +s 00a oles 578 Fig. 2. Synallawis griseo-murind...... 0+. ceeeeee ee SRG MUS COWUNEAS crs nre cats ieisicia's = ase od ane son por 587 XLV. Fig. ls Wirythropygia ruficauda .... 3 es woes + aes 588 Fig. 2. Erythropygia zambesiana ........ssseeee OXDVIs: (Cyanorhampnus ’saissett.: .c% <1 cscs sceas ccs 6 ee 630 PALAU SAC OTS MECH OURS? po cree’ s cic eo ce a ove cer sales euleratsia’s aigpoks 631 XLVIII. Fig. 1. Psolus (Lophothuria) peronii....... oactataterngs } 641 Fig. 2. Psolus (Hypopsolus) ambulator ..........++ XLIX. | Mollusca of the ‘ Lightning’ and ‘ Porcupine’ Expe-) gx¢ L. iO TIS erat piste visistet cageteatarsiore ce dlececne ene rtiok } LS -IPhasianus hUMeR eae cclor: oe s aivice cc's ervtiiecters 715 EM Bacillus patellifere Ore cont cebu stetuicicteee te nae ters 718 LMT Arnoglossus grohmannt v5 o's os vis eros «0 apieas vt 748 LIV. ~ Pieropis | pReocephayas versa «aa: ».s\0rm » os/0, ss0 wel vias 755 WW2 > ePber opus: Oreviceps r,t ic sp iVere sos ahaicis ss <' wepee arate VAS SSceloporus Garmant: >. coi. dion it atapae'= +» eialegeeeee 761 MWA | Spiders)tromjMadacascarlc.. .4.cide iaetisc easter 763 LVIII.: Brain of Tapirus indicus .......0..,200se00000 000 768 EDX; PMapinus Indieus \aica liste ee srss:« ofan, sfalecei ba akegaeetc nae = New Heterocera. 777 LX, ( New Heterocera... 1.6.60 eee eee v eens e eee en es LIST OF THE PUBLICATIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. TuE scientific publications of the Zoological Society are of two kinds — “ Proceedings,”’ published in an octavo form, and “Transactions,” in quarto. According to the present arrangements, the ‘“ Proceedings” contain not only notices of all busmess transacted at.the scien- tific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings and recommended to be published by the Committee of Pub- lication. From fifty to seventy coloured plates and engravings are attached to each annual volume of the “ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remarkable species of animals described in them. Amongst such illustrations, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a living state for the Society’s Gardens are often given. The “Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts, on the first of the months of June, August, October, and April, the part published in April completing the volume for the preceding year. They may be obtained with black or coloured illustrations. The “Transactions” contain such of the more important communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form. Fellows, and Honorary, Foreign, and Corresponding Members, upon payment of a Subscription of £1 1s. before the day of the Anniversary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive all the Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise entitled ~ to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less than the price charged for them to the Public. A further re- duction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of Publications issued prior to 1861, if they exceed the value of five pounds, The following is a complete list of the publications of the Society already issued. They may be obtained at the Society’s Office (11 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Longmans’, the Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.), or through any bookseller :— [April 1, 1883.] 2 PROCHEDINGS OF THE COMMITTEE OF SCIENCE AND CORRE- SLVONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 8vo. 2 vols. To Fellows. To the Public. Part. 1. -1830=31. 1 vol. /Svoteaseescees ese -2 00 Price 4s. 6d. ... 6s. ae S825 Pr OY TTC 3 AswOder cess) Ose PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 8vo. 15 vols. and Index. (First Series.) Price to Price to the Price to Price to the Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public. Part I. 1833. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. ... 6s. Part IX. 1841. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. ... 6s. a II. 1834. a5 4s. 6d. ... 6s. o X. 1842. 3 4s. 6d. ... 6s, oe Weshy Mito d nde. Gd 05/65; janedkls 1843. a... arenes Gs » IV. $836 + As. 6d. ... 6s. se ee OSs ee 4s. 6d. ... 6s. 3 V. 1837. a 4s. 6d. ... 6s. » XIII. 1845. ay 4s. 6d. ... 6s. » VI. 1838. as 4s. 6d. ... 6s. » XIV. 1846. 5 4s. 6d. ... 6s. » VII. 1839. a 4s. 6d. ... 6s. XV. 1847. “5 As. 6d. ... 6s. » VIII, 1840. 55 4s, 6d. ... 6s. index 1830-47. e. 4s. 6d. ... 68. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 8vo. 13 vols. and Index. (Second Series.) Letterpress Bes With Plates Coloured. To Fellows. To the Public To Fellows. To the Public. SS. ads as: > Os Part XVI. 1848. 1 vol. 8vo.4s.6d. ... 6s. ... Price 1 1 0 .. 1 7 6 » meV B49: 33 SGdee! 8. UEGS. 2.06, 2a O j Cty Ae) SU VITTE 1850: is ASi6d, 220 268: ae Clinj enh Peis 0 + MIX. 1851. 3 ARNO. “ade. OS. >, 0.16. OF PZ rere 10* ‘ Xe B52: a ASMOME. .s... Os- 3. OCG. 0% .erelels 10% 5 XXI. 1853. ~ ASNOU ccc) OS: a. LOTS 80 aa 10 > AE 1854. A, Ag iGd. OO. 6s: 55 1-0! ON RE EPEG 20 » XAT. 1855. $5 AgAGHe. <.2) 1) (68; io en 6... aed: 0s » MALY. 1856. 56 Ag Gd = soy) NOS: 55: or tae Oe a G ‘ XXV. 1857. 5 45 (Gane ss. (Og: ae Lees een) 6 > VIS 1858; = ASNGG se) -sc00 OS: TO see » XXVII. 1859. fs 43608 “1s... “6s! fii esl Wel de kU: D2 O¥ XXVIII. 1860. 33 45> Gases! te 112 0 S282 0 Index 1848-60. 55 AS 'Odyx mse NOS: ILLUSTRATIONS TO THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON, 1848-60. 8vo. 6 vols. Plates Uncoloured. Plates Coloured. To Fellows. To the Public. To Fellows. To the Publie, Be LRT (i eh A eh Bas: 4d: Bes. Mammalia ..ccwcseves' l vok;) Url G6... 10. 10 Price 2 8 OF. 4. aes 0 BES. evista ncnaeereee PVG, oa OmUe se seuOEtcs © os 41s 6 6 O* Reptilia et: Pisces */:: Tol, O45 9 2702. 5 Ss) 8 110 0 IMollnscapeestaceccees: Ly vol OmibO Slip GO” boy) eo Le10)0 Annulosa et Radiata I vol. |i @...22 0... ., 2°38 0 or 3: O* * No copies of these yolumes remain in stock, 3 PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Complete. Letterpress only. Illustrations only. To To the To To the To To the Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public, TSG), cloth: ;BQs es... scecp4/ Sop ccpmecs AS! Gilisvaicschtey OSs ssatesier 27'S: Gasset « 4ls. 1862, Bs SoS op ssecens 4 Saavicisaws 4s. Odetesckes GSicraweteas Qs. Od. cvscrest4)'S: LSU en anes PE AU Stavcesctes ASIOG ccasese GSieecssoes O27 s-Gd.ccesecs: 4ls. 1864, ai OUR excasted 2 ee As Ghee 3h. sts GRiscescdes 2/8 iGdesrt. aus 4ls. WSOD,. 45° * OeRssaicaseg ATS. «cps cansd So Oragbasssy Gstrenacies DS; Cdintsesces 41s. PSG oo aS ecccesces Ai Sicveensss4S-) O0sasaccet: GSicccecene 278: Od cecssesce 41s. With Illustrations With Illustrations Uncoloured. Coloured. To Fellows. To the Public. To Fellows. To the Public. S676 Clothisiescctcevecncscexces Ils. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 32s. 6d. ... 47s. 6d. EG Rh OST hod, xc eswccadeatcoe siGdiw. Wass Gds ccs O2Ss Obs «-- 4/5005 LISTS ee SAI soccerce Ils. 6d. .,. 14s. 6d. ... 325. 6d, .... 47s..6d. HOGS Beri ssccterecsccs spsiaa Ts! 6. <. 14s).Gdo >. no0s., GG. v25.475. 00. Index, 1861- WB7U..ctiseeeees As G0-.. OS. 00. MSY Clothe ts cieeececcesnea’exs lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 32s. 6d. ... 47s..6d. NE AO serene fa eceeneniaear ones Ils. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ,.. 32s. 6d. ... 47s. 6d. 1 oii: ee RE RA AR eto SRR Me Ts. Gd: ... 14s. Gd: ... 32s. 6d. ... 47s. 6d. VSPA Pr even sieddecveceeevest lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 38s. 6d. ... 50s. 6d.* 7 AE occ cast Se cazccehine? lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 38s. 6d. ... 50s. 6d.* NBUGHIRE ecscecsssaseoncetess lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 38s. 6d. ... 50s. 6d.* ISCAS eA is ED EE ROR PEE Re Ils. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. .,. 38s. 6d. .,. 50s. 6d. STONE OR Gad oeicuisothncutes Tls.6d. ... 148. 6d. ... 38s. 6d. -.. 50s. 6d. WS 79; lighaesiatinentrcetingces lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 385. 6d. ... 50s. 6d. 1880, Peres eo are teatarssietens lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 38s. 6d. ... 50s. 6d. Index, 1871_ SSO ee 4s. 6d. ... 6s. Od. SCP? GO eanetab aeeeeeassesiene lls. 6d. ,.. 14s. 6d. ... 38s. 6d. ... 50s. 6d. 1882, SH Resco 88 MOCO ae Dacor l]s..6d.... 14s. 6¢.,.. 38s; 6d. ... 50s. 6d. TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 4to. 10 vols. and Eight Parts. To rat To the Public. d & a. “£8, Vol. I., containing 59 Plates (1833-35) Price 3 13 6.. 4 18 OF Vol. II., tb dike miss (1835-41) ,, 4 0 0.. 5 6 6* Vol. IIL., - CHIE 1842-49) , 3 8 6., 411] O* MolaLV.., a Shas. TSd51=62) 435 6.2) Ory 781 2)68 Wolke V.; 5 Of 5; (1862-66). 0.95 3.65206) 19) 20 Vol. VI., ” 1) hae (1866-69) ,, 11 5 0..15 0 0 Vol. VIL., 5 1355 (1869-72)" 4. 817 OA 1167-0 VolVIlS %; 82) 855 1872-74) 5, 9° 8 3:5 12 11 0 Vol. IX., = SOs 1875- 17) ple ON Okan Gp OLhO Vol. X., 94 (ClSai=79). 5310) ORs Ga sia 0 Vol. XI. part 1, containing 4 plates (Jan. HESO).;; O12 [OF OslGr 0 Vol, X0s7 3) 2 5s 7 » (Aug. 1880)., 018 0.. 1 4 0 Waleed: a Shere (Mar. 188), 2a GeO Vol. XI., ,, 4, > Gees CApTALGGL)! ss OF of Oeenee On LOO Val. XL ,.55 955. 945 © Laie une 1881) 5° 0 18 "Eres * bh 4) 0 Wolyexe ane, 3 6 ,, (Jan. 1882),, 012 0.. 016 0 Volks 5 vs 5 Pits (oct. L882) 500 Late, (eos 0 Walked Sis Sev Gone (Jan. 1883) sa Ob lm Ole. ee OF LG O * Only imperfect copies of these volumes remain in aes LISTS OF THE ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS. List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological Society of London. 8yvo. 1862. Price 1s. 6d. List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological Society of London. (Second Edition.) 8vo. 1863. Price 1s. 6d. List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological Society of London. (Third Edition.) 8vo. 1865. Price 1s. 6d. List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological Society of London. (Fourth Edition.) 8vo. 1866. Price 1s. 6d. Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens of the Zoological Society of London. 8vo. 1872. Price 2s. Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens of the Zoological Society of London.—Supplement, containing Additions received in 1872, 1873, and 1874. 8vo. 1875. Price 1s. List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens of the Zoological Society of London. (Sixth Edition.) 8vo. 1877. Price 3s. 6d. List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens of the Zoological Society of London. (Seventh Edition.) 8vo. 1879. Price 3s. 6d. List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens of the Zoological Society of London.—First Supplement, containing Additions received in 1879. 8vo. 1880. Price 1s. 6d. Such of these publications as are in stock may be obtained at the Society’s Office (11 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Longmans’, the Society’s pub- lishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.), or through any bookseller. Price 6d., Sewed, A GUIDE TO THE GARDENS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Thirty-sixth Edition, corrected according to the present Arrange- ment of the Gardens, By PHILIP LUTLEY SCLATER, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., PROCEEDINGS Or THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. January 3, 1882. Prof. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. Mr. W. A. Forbes exhibited and made remarks on the horns shed by the male Prongbuck (Azéilocapra americana) living in the , Society’s Gardens since December 1879, which had been dropped, one on November 15 and the other on November 24, of 1881. This, it was believed, was the first instance on record of one and the same individual of this species having shed its horns in consecutive years, though that this event took place periodically had been rendered nearly certain from previous observations’. Professor Owen, C.B., F.R.S., read the twenty-third of his series of memoirs upon the extinct birds of the genus Dinornis and its allies. The subject of this memoir had been discovered, during the con- struction of a road in Nelson province, South Island of New Zealand, in a cavern of that remote district. Along with the skeleton was found the ossified windpipe and some small smooth pebbles lying in the position of the gizzard. The skeleton (the most complete frame- work of one and the same individual Moa that had reached England) had been offered for sale, and, on the recommendation of the author, had been purchased by the Trustees of the British Museum, and was being exhibited (articulated) in the Museum of Natural History, Cromwell Road. The bones showed the maturity, if not the old age, of this 1 See Mr. Forbes’s article, P. Z. 8, 1880, p. 540. Proc, Zoon. Soc.—1882, No.1. 1 “\SH Muss KEE p= Qa oe ry a 2 M. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS COLLECTED [Jan. 3, smallest known representative of its kind. The skull was larger in proportion to the body than in either Dinornis maximus or D. ingens, but manifested no modification approaching to the shape of the bill in Apteryx; it retained the generic characters shown in all the larger kinds of Dinornis. The sternum was strictly Dinornithic. The chief osteological distinction was a greater number of cervical” vertebree ; but the author remarked that no other skeleton had been discovered, or recovered from swamp-deposits, under cireum- stances precluding the oversight of two or more vertebree from the middle of the long neck, where missing ones might be indicated by size or by joints. The metatarsus gave no indication of an articular surface tor a back toe, yet the bones of this minute digit of both feet were transmitted; hence the amalgamation of Palapteryx with Dinornis received additional support. The size of the bird was about that of the Dodo. On the grounds detailed in the memoir the author referred its subject to the genus Dinornis, and to a new species proposed to be called D. parvus. In the remote, well-wooded, and sparsely populated district of the southern division of New Zealand, Prof. Owen was of opinion that a recovery of a still-existing specimen might be less unlikely than that of the Notornis, also originally recognized by fossil remains, This memoir will be printed entire in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’ The following papers were read :— 1, Liste des Oiseaux recueillis par M. Stolazmann au Pérot nord-oriental. Par L. Taczanowsx1, C.M.Z.S. [Received November 28, 1881] (Plates I. & IT.) Les oiseaux de cette liste ont été collectionnés pendant les vingt mois depuis le 13 septembre de 1879 jusqu’en avril de 1881, dans les localités suivantes :— a. Localités situées sur le versant occidental de la chaine orientale des Cordili¢res (systtme du Haut Maraiion). Chachapoyas. Chef lieu du département Amazonas, élevé 4 7600 pieds au dessus du niveau de Vocéan, situé dans le syst¢me de Rio Utcubamba, un des affluents de la rive droite du Marafion. Cette localité, dépourvue de foréts, appartient 4 la région connue par les habitants sous le nom de la Sierra. La contrée est en grande partie couverte de paturages et de broussailles, et ce n’est que dans le fond des ravins quw’on rencontre la végétation un peu plus riche, composée principalement d’un arbuste epineux nommé ‘‘zarza’’ entremélé d’aulnes, en y formant des surfaces plus ou moins vastes de brous- sailles basses, presque impénctrables, parsemées ci et 1a de groupes IRD Vash Woo warily: J. Smitlith . Hanhart imp I.CHLOROPHONIA TORREJONI. DIVA BRANICKIL. J.Smuit hth 1 Z ie) P Zan. 1OS2 a Hanhart ump PICUMNUS STEINDACHNERI,¢. n » yh : JELSKII,é. 1882.] IN NORTH-EASTERN PERU. 3 d’arbres peu élevés, constituant probablement des restes des anciennes foréts. Au sud de cette contrée se trouve la forét de Puma-urcu, qui, comme on le dit, communique avec les grandes foréts du systéme de Huallaga. Lamiapampa. Ferme éloignée de 12 kilométres de Chachapoyas, située au bord de la forét de Puma-urcu, élevée 4 8800 pieds. Les excursions y ont été faites jusqu’A 9300 pieds. Par ses conditions naturelles la localité est analogue 4 celle de Cutervo, situce de autre cdté du Marafion. Plusieurs espéces d’oiseaux y sont représentées par des formes voisines, comme: Chlorospingus leucogaster au lieu du Oh. superciliaris, Diva branickii au lieu dela D. vassori, Seto- phaga melanocephala au lieu de la S. bairdi, Pocilothraupis igni- erissa au lieu de la P. Jacrymosa, Diphlogena tris au lieu de la D. warszewiczi, &e. Cocoché. Hacienda située sur la grande route entre Cutervo et Chachapoyas, 4 la distance de trois kilométres du Marajion, a 5800 pieds d’altitude. C’est une contrée analogue 4 celle de Tambillo, située du cété opposé du fleuve ; elle est également boiseuse, mais la rareté relative d’une petite palme nommée “sada,” trés caractéris- tisque pour les foréts de Tambillo, frappe l’ceil du voyageur. On y rencontre beaucoup d’animaux et d’oiseaux qu’on ne trouve pas de l'autre coté du Maraiion, comme Nyctipithecus trivirgatus, Rupicola peruviana, Tinamus kleet, etc. Plusieurs autres espéces y sont rem- placées par des formes voisines, comme p. e. le Bastleuterus coronatus remplagant le B. castaneiceps. &. Localités situées sur le versant oriental de la chaine orientale des Cordiliéres (systéme du fleuve Huallaga). Chirimoto. Vallée de Huayabamba, localité située au sud-est de Chachapoyas, 4 60 kilometres en ligne droite de cette derniére ville. C’est une grande vallée, parfaitement plane, entourée de montagnes et traversée d’une riviere assez considérable, nommée Rio de Pindu- cuchu, connue aussi dans les différentes localités qu’elle traverse sous les noms de Rio de Curiyacu, Rio de Totora, Rio de Millpuc. Aprés avoir traversé la vallée, la riviére se perd au pied d’une mon- tagne dans la localité Millpuc, et aprés avoir dépassé quelques kilc- métres sous cette montagne, elle sort sur la surface, et ensuite, aprés sa réunion avec les riviéres Omia et Jevil, elle forme une riviére im- portante nommée Huambo. Dans les intervalles de quelques années la riviére inonde la vallée, en laissant ensuite une série de lacs (Rumu- cucha, Mamacucha, Sausecucha, et autres). Ces bassins d’eau restent pendant une année ou plus, et attirent une quantité d’oiseaux aquatiques et d’échassiers. Toute la partie plate de la vallée est couverte de champs cultivés ou de bois composés principalement de Guayavas (Psidium pyriferum). Les pentes des montagnes environ- nantes sont couvertes de pAturages ou de broussailles basses. La vallée est entourée de foréts vierges, qui dans certains endroits des- cendent sur la pente des moutagnes environnantes et pénétrent dans la vallée méme, comme cela a lieu 4 Curiyacu, dans la partie occidentale de la vallée. Toute la vallée est élevée de 5400 pieds. Ray-urmana. Une montagne au dessus de Chirimoto, élevée de . 1* 4 M. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS COLLECTED [Jan. 3, 8000 pieds ; une partie de sa pente et son sommet sont couverts de foréts. Huambo. 3700 pieds d’altitude. Plantation inhabitée au fond de la forét vierge, 4 10 kilometres de Chirimoto, au bord de la riviére Huambo, qui, comme on le prétend, se rend prés de Pachiza au fleuve de Huallaga. C’estune forét chaude et humide, du caractére des foréts vierges, analogue sous le rapport des conditions naturelles a PAmable-Maria du Pérou central, exploré par M. Jelski. Yurimaguas. Ville située sur la rive gauche de Huallaga, au point de sa réunion avec la Paranapura; entourée de foréts vierges chaudes et humides, dlevée 4 peine 4 500 pieds au dessus du niveau de Pocéan. Comme dans les listes précedentes, chaque espéce fournie pour la premicre fois par M. Stolzmann et non fournie par son prédécesseur est marquée d’un astérique devant son numero; 160 espéces sont done nouvelles pour l’exploration de nos voyageurs, et ne se trouvent pas dans leurs listes précédentes, et plusieurs d’entre elles sont nouvelles pour Ja faune péruvienne, dont quelques-unes sont nou- velles pour la science. TuRDID&. 1. TurbDvus IGNOBILIS, Scl. Turdus leucomelas, V.; Tacz. P. Z.8. 1874, p. 503. Six exemplaires recueillis 4 Chirimoto et 4 Huambo, en juillet et mars. Iris brun grisatre foneé. 2. Turpus crororrzus, Licht.; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 503. Une femelle de Huambo du 28 février 1880. Ivis brun foncé. 3. TurDus nicriceps, Jelski; Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 503, tab. lxiv. Un exemplaire, sans indication de sexe, tué & Chirimoto le 29 juillet 1880, s’accordant en tout avec l’exemplaire typique, 4 dimen- sions un peu plus fortes, laile pli¢e mesurant 113 mill., le bec un peu plus long. Les bordures blanches des plumes de la gorge sont un peu moins larges que chez l’exemplaire cité. Rencontré une seule fois par notre voyageur. 4, Turpus swainsont, Cab, ; Tacz. P.Z.8. 1871, p. 503; 1879, p. 221. Trois exemplaires de Tamiapampa et de Huambo. 5. Turpus serranus, Tsch.; Tacz. P. Z. S. 1874, p- 504 ; 1879, p. 221. Une femelle de Tamiapampa du 17 novembre 1879. 6. Carnarus FuscatTer, Lafr.; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 507; 1879, p. 222. Un male de Chachapoyas du 22 septembre 1879. Iris blanc sale. 1882. | IN NORTH-EASTERN PERU. 5 *7, CATHARUS MACULATUS, Scl. Deux miles tués 4 Huambo le 16 mars et le 29 avril 1880. Tris brun foneé; bordure de la paupitre et le bec orangés ; pattes jaunes de cire. TROGLODYTID&. *], TuryoTHorvus CoRAYA (Gm.). Deux miles tués & Yurimaguas le 25 février et le 8 mars 1881, complétement identiques aux oiseaux de Cayenne, et ne présentant qu’ une légére différence dans la couleur de la poitrine et du milieu de l’abdomen, qui est beaucoup plus cendrée. Iris brun rougeitre. *2, THRYOTHORUS ALBIVENTRIS, 0. Sp. Th. corayze similis, capite supra cum collo postico brunneo-griseis ; dorso rufo ; lateribus capitis nigris, minime albo-striatis ; su- perciliis albis tenuissimis, vix signatis ; gula, pectore et abdo- mine medio albis; hypochondriis crissoque griseis ; cauda nigro griseoque transfasciata. Rostrum nigrum, mandibula inferiore cinerea ; pedes grisei; iris brunnea. Forme voisine du Th. corwya, mais bien distincte au premier coup d’ceil: la couleur du sommet de la téte avec le cou postérieur et le devant méme du dos est d’un gris légérement brunatre, nettement tranchée du roux occupant le dos avec le croupion; cette derniére nuance est bien différente de celle du Th. coraya, elle est moins foncée, tirant au jaunatre au lieu de rougeatre; tectrices caudales également rayées de noirdtre; les cdtés de la téte sont aussi noirs avec des stries blanches sur la région auriculaire, trés fines, beaucoup moins nombreuses et peu apparentes ; la bande sourcilitre réduite 4 quelques stries blanches tres fines, formant une ligne non continue et située seulement sur la partie postoculaire; sur les parties inféri- eures du corps le blanc est fort répandu, occupant la gorge, le milieu de la poitrine et largement le milieu de Vabdomen ; les cdtés de la poitrine sont légtrement colords de cendré, ceux de abdomen et le bas ventre gris-brunatre ; sous-caudales rayées de gris et de noiriitre. Tectrices aiaires concolores au dos; rémiges brunes bordées extéri- eurement de fauve; sous-alaires et le bord interne des rémiges blanchatres. Rectrices, comme chez le Th. coraya, rayées de gris et de noir. Machoire noire avec les bords gris, manlibule cendrée a bords blancs ; pattes grises ; iris terre de sienne. La femelle semblable en tout au mile. Longueur totale ¢ 163, vol 225, aile 67, queue 61, bec 21, tarse 23 millim. Distinct du Th. cantator, Jelski(P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 130) principale- ment par la présence des stries sur la région auriculaire, par le sourcil plus fin et non continu, par le blanc du milieu de la poitrine et de V’abdomen ; les raies claires des rectrices grises et moins nombreuses au lieu de rousses ; les sous-caudales ray¢ées ; 1a nuance rousse du dos différente. Une paire tuée 4 Chirimoto le 13 juillet et le 13 aout 1880, 6 M. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS COLLECTED [Jan. 3, *3. CyPHORHINUS SALVINI, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vi. p. 292, pl. xviii. fig. 1. La coloration de cet oiseau est semblable en tout a celle du C. modulator, mais la nuance des parties sup¢rieures du corps est d’un brun foncé moins roussitre, cette différence est la plus frappante sur les bandes claires des rémiges ; la couleur rousse de la gorge et de la poitrine est beaucoup plus foncée. Le bec est noir corné, au dessous de la mandibule inférieure blanc d’ivoire, brusquement séparé de la couleur foncée ; pattes cornées foncdes ; iris brun-foncé. Longueur totale ¢ 155, vol 242, aile 73, queue 40, bee 24, tarse 23, doigt médian avec l’ongle 22 millim. Trois males tués A Yurimaguas en février 1881. 4. MicrocercuLus MARGINATUS, Scl.; Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1877, p- 506. Deux males tués 4 Yurimaguas le 16 et le 21 février 1881, qui paraissent étre jeunes. Jls ont le brun des parties supérieures du corps plus fortement ferrugineux que chez l’adulte de P Amable- Maria; le blanc du dessous squamulé par les bordures des plumes brunes, plus fines sur la gorge et plus grosses sur le milieu de l’abdo- men; les flancs plus ferrugineux et également variés ; les plumes du sommet de la téte plus distinctement squamulées d’une nuance plus foncée ; les grandes et les moyennes tectrices alaires marquées pres de leur extrémité d’une fine strie rousse. Les squamules fonceées du dessous sont moins prononcées sur un des ces exemplaires. Iris brun-foncé. MNIOTILTIDz:. 1. DENDR@CA BLACKBURNIZ (Gm.); Tacz, P.Z.S. 1871, p.508; 1879, p. 223. Trois exemplaires de Huambo. 2. Denpraca c&zRULEA (Wils.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 508. Trois exemplaires recueillis 4 Huambo le 10 février et le 15 mars 1880. Iris brun foneé. 3. GEOTHLYPIS ZQUINOCTIALIS (Gm.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1880, p- 191. Un male de Chirimoto. 4. My1oprecTEs cANADENSIs (L.). Dendreca canadensis, Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 508; 1879, p. 223. Six exemplaires de Huambo. 5. BAstLEuTERUS coronatus (Tsch.); Tacz. P.Z.S. 1874, p- 509. Cing exemplaires de Cococho, de Ray-urmana, de Chachapoyas, et de Tamiapampa. Iris brun foneé. 6. BastLEvTERUS UROPYGIALIS, Scl.; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 509. Un exemplaire de Huambo du 12 mars 1880. Iris brun foncé. 1882. ] IN NORTH-EASTERN PERU. NI 7. SETOPHAGA VERTICALIS, d’Orb. et Lafr. Myioborus verticalis, Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 508; 1879, p. 221, Un exemplaire de Chirimoto du 20 avril 1880. Iris brun foncé. 8. SETOPHAGA MELANOCEPHALA (Tsch.). Myioborus melanocephalus, Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 509. Huit exemplaires tués 4 Chachapoyas et 4 Tamiapampa en sep- tembre et en novembre 1879. Iris brun foncé. Le jeune en premier plumage a le sommet de la téte d’un gris un peu plus foncé qu’au dos; la jaune de la gorge plus pale que chez Padulte ; le sourcil jaune, ainsi que le tour de lceil commencant a se manifester par des plumes isolées de cette couleur ; il a aussi quel- ques nouvelles plumes noires au sommet de la téte. VIREONID. 1, VrrREOSYLVIA OLIvACEA (L.); Tacz. P.Z.S. 1879, p. 224; 1880, p. 192. Quatre exemplaires de Huambo, plus petits que ceux de Callacate et de Guajango, s’en distinguent principalement par le bec beaucoup plus court et par la raie foucdée transoculaire plus prononeée. Les oiseaux de Callacate et de Guajango sont de la méme taille que ceux de Cayenne et ont le bec également long. 2. VIREOSYLVIA FLAVOVIRIDIS, Cass.; ‘l'acz. P. Z. 8.1874, p.509. Une femelle tuée 4 Yurimaguas le 23 février 1881. Cet exemplaire est un peu différent du mile de Monterico, et principalement le sommet de sa téte est d’un cendré plus pur; le blanc est plus largement disposé sur le ventre ; le jaune des flancs et des sous-caudales est plus pur; la bande sourcilicre d’un cendré blanchatre, plus large et largement prolongée jusqu’aux nariues, tandis que chez le male de Monterico elle est trés fine et peu distincte devant l’ceil. L/iris est rouge clair chez Poiseau de Yurimaguas, et brun clair dans celui de Monterico. *3. HyLopuitus onivacevs, Tsch. Faun. Peru. p. 193. Plusieurs exemplaires, recueillis 4 Huambo en février et en mars 1880, paraissent appartenir 4 lespéce décrite par M. Tschudi, du moins on ne trouve pas rien d’important dans sa description qui pourrait combattre mon opinion. Toute la description peut s’ap- pliquer parfaitement, excepté deux détails, qui pourraient présenter des doutes, comme la couleur de la queue “zeisig griin”’ et celle des sous-alaires “ weiss.” Nos oiseaux sont en dessus d’une couleur olive verdatre, induite de gris au cou et sur le devant du dos, tirant sur le vert jaunatre au sommet de la téte et au croupion ; tout le dessous du corps est d’un jaune légérement verdatre, fort imprégné d’olivatre sur les flancs, et passant au blanchatre sur le bas ventre et au menton. Ailes grises a tectrices de la couleur du dos, les rémiges bordées de vert jaunatre ; les sous-alaires et une large bordure interne de toutes les rémiges 8 M. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS COLLECTED [Jan. 3, d’un jaune plus pile que celui de l’'abdémen. Queue olive grisatre. Bec brun-rougeatre clair; pattes carnées; iris ocreux jaunitre, un peu plus foncé intérieurement qu’a l’extérieur. 3. Longueur totale 138, vol 200, aile 62, queue 52, bee 14:5, tarse 19 millim. ©. Longueur totale 136, vol 193, aile 58, queue 52, bec 15, tarse 19 millim. 4. CycLoRHIS CONTRERASI, Tacz. P. Z.8. 1879, p. 224, tab. xxi.; 1880, p. 192. Trois exemplaires de Chachapoyas. Le sommet de la téte coloré au milieu de verdatre sur un espace restreint. HirUNDINIDz. *], HrruNDO ALBIVENTRIS, Bodd. Un exemplaire tué 4 Yurimaguas le 14 février 1881. Iris brun foncé. *Z, ATTICORA FASCIATA (Gm.). Un exemplaire de Yurimaguas du 14 février 1881. Iris brun foncé. 3. Arricora cyanoLeuca (V.); Tacz. P.Z.S. 1874, p. 510; 1879, p. 224; 1880, p. 192. Un exemplaire tu¢é 4 Huambo le 5 avril 1880. 4, ATricora CINEREA (Gm.); Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 510. Un exemplaire tué 4 Tamiapampa le 30 octobre 1879. Ca@ReBiD&. 1. DiGLossA BRUNNEIVENTRIS, DesMurs; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 511; 1879, p. 225. Un jeune male de Tamiapampa du 29 octobre 1879. 2. Diguossa sirroiprs (d’Orb. et Lafr.); Tacz. P.Z.S. 1874, p. oll. Un jeune oiseau d’Achamal du 27 aout 1880. 3. DigLossa pERSONATA, Fras.; Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 511; 1880, p. 193. Une paire de Tamiapampa du 27 octobre 1879. 4. DicLossoris CERULESCENS, Scl.; Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 511; 1879, p. 225. Plusieurs exemplaires de Chachapoyas, de Tamiapampa et d’ Acha- mal, recueillis entre le 13 septembre 1879 et le 23 aotit 1880. 5. ConNIROSTRUM ATROCYANEUM, Lafr.; Tacz. P.Z.S. 1874 p- 511; 1879, p. 225, Un mile adulte tué & Tamiapampa le 4 novembre 1879, 4 sommet de Ja téte aussi bleu que chez ceux du Pérou central, 1882. ] IN NORTH-EASTERN PERU. i) 6. Dacnis cayana (L.); Tacz. P. Z.8. 1874, p. 510. Quatre exemplaires recueillis 4 Huambo en février 1880. 7. Dacnis mopesta, Cab.; Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 510. Deux femelles de Huambo tuées en mars 1880, semblables en tout au type de la description. 8. Dacnis XANTHOPHTHALMA, Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, pp.131, 510. Une femelle tuée 4 Tamiapampa le 22 novembre 1879, tout & fait semblable 4 Poiseau typique. *9. CHLOROPHANES ATRICAPILLA (V.). Deux femelles de Huambo et de Yurimaguas, tuées le 24 mars 1880 et le 20 février 1881. Iris rouge brunatre chez ladulte, et d’un brun foncé chez le jeune. 10. Caresa cyanea (L.). Cereba nitida, Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 510. Deux miles de Huambo, tués le 7 mars et le 24 avril 1880. Tous les oiseaux péruviens que j’ai vu ont la nuance bleue beau- coup plus claire que chez les oiseaux de Cayenne et du Brésil, surtout sur la téte ; la couleur noire également disposée sur la gorge comme chez ces derniers ; en outre ils ont le bec moins long. TANAGRIDE. 1. CHLOROPHONIA TORREJONI, un. sp. (Plate I. fig. 1.) Chlorophonia viridis, Tacz. P.Z.S, 1879, p. 225. Ch. prasino-viridis ; semitorque nuchali latissimo, circuloque ocu- lari caruleis ; ventre medio jlavo; pectore hypochondriisque flavo-olivaceis; remigibus nigricantibus viridi marginatis. Rostrum nigrum; pedes cinerco-plumbei ; iris fusco-brunnea. dad. Toute la (éte avec la gorge et le devant du cou est d’un beau vert de pré luisant, avec un léger ton jaunitre au front; un large croissant d’un bleu outremer occupe la nuque et le derriére du cou, en s’amincissant graduellement sur les cétés de ce dernier; un anneau d’un bleu plus pale que celui du croissant nuchal entoure finement l’ceil; le dos est couvert de plumes d’un vert brunatre foncé, terminées d’une bordure verte ; le croupion et les sous-caudales sont d’un vert malachite. En dessous le milieu du ventre et les sous-caudales sont d’un jaune souffre, la poitrine et les flancs d’un olive jaunatre. Tectrices alaires vertes olivatres ; rémiges noiratres bordées finement de vert olivitre 4 Vextérieur et de gris blanchatre intérieurement ; sous-alaires jaunatres, et grises le long du bord de Yaile. Rectrices noirdtres avec une fine bordure externe verdatre, Bee noir avec la partie grise au dessous des narines, 4 mandibule grise foncée et noirdtre au bout et en dessous ; pattes plombées ; iris brun foncé. Q. La femelle semblable au mile, 4 couleurs un peu moins pures et moins vives ; surtout le collier est moins vif et moins uniforme. 10 M. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS COLLECTED [Jan. 3, 3. Longueur totale 123, vol 198, aile 59, queue 34, bec 11, tarse 15 millim. 2. Longueur totale 123, vol 205, aile 63, queue 34, bee 11, tarse 15 millim. Six exemplaires tués en juin et en aodt 4 Chirimoto. Je dédie ce beau Tanagride 4 Don Tomas Torrejon, propriétaire de Tamiapampa, Aleade municipal de Chachapoyas, comme preuve de ma gratitude pour son bienveillance et l’amitié sincere envers notre voyageur. *2, KuPHONIA CHALCOPASTA, Scl. et Salv. Nomencl. Ay. Neotr. p. 157. Onze exemplaires des deux sexes tués & Chiromoto et 4 Huambo en mai et en juillet 1880. Iris brun foncé; bec noir 4 mandibule cendrée, terminée de noir; pattes grises. La jeune femelle différe des adultes par le manque de l’éclat mé- tallique sur les parties supérieures du corps, dont le sommet de la téte est lavé de jaune olive jusqu’ 4 la cervix, qui avec la nuque est d’un plombé, tirant au bleuatre dans certaines directions de la lumicre ; le dos est d’un vert olive tirant au jaunatre sur le croupion et les sus- caudales ; les cétés de la téte sont d’une nuance plas pale que le dos ; gorge grise jaunatre ; milieu de la poitrine et du devant de l’abdo- men sont d’un gris terreux, passant 4 l’ocreux pale sur le milieu du ventre ; les flancs du corps largement d’un vert jaunatre, Les ré- mies et les rectrices comme dans le mile. 3. EvPHONIA NIGRICOLLIs (V.) ? Deux jeunes femelles de Huambo, tudes en avril 1880. Il est probable que ces deux oiseaux appartiennent a Il’. insignis, Scl. et Salv., car ils different légérement des jeunes del’ Z. nigricollis. 4, EUPHONIA XANTHOGASTRA, Sund.; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p- 518, Sept exemplaires recueillis 4 Huambo depuis février jusqu’en avril 1880. Iris brun foncé. 5. Pipripra MELANONOTA (V.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1879, p. 226. Un exemplaire de Huambo. *§, DivA BRANICKII, n. sp. (Plate I. fig. 2.) D. lete cerulea; capile cum nucha griseo-virente, stramineo mi- cante ; remigibus rectricibusque nigris. 3. Couleur générale de tout le corps est d’un beau bleu un peu différent de celui de la D. vassori, et tirant également sous certain jour au violet comme chez |’espéce citée; le sommet de la téte avec la nuque et les joues est d’une couleur séladon grisitre, fort luisant, passant légérement au bleuatre sous certain jour et au straminé ver- datre dans une autre direction de la lumiére ; les lores sont également noirs, mais d’une nuance moins intense que chez la D. vassori; la bor- dure du front et celles du menton a peine indiquées. Tectrices alaires comme chez l’autre espéce, d’un bleu uniforme sur les petites et les 1882.] IN NORTH-EASTERN PERU. 11 moyennes, et noires avec une large bande terminale sur les grandes ; les rémiges et les rectrices noires, également bordées de bleu, mais plus saphyré. Bee noir; pattes brunes cornées ; iris brun foneé, Les miles, probablement moins adultes, ont les plumes du bas ventre tirant plus ou moins au gris verdatre, analogue a celui de la tate. 9. Comme dans la D. vassori la femelle a les couleurs moins pures A cause de la transparence du foncé de la base des plumes ; cependant la couleur de la téte est la méme que chez le male, mais d’une nuance moins pure. Les jeunes en premier plumage ressemblent en tout a ceux de la D. vassori ; ils sont d’un gris foncé en dessus, tirant légérement au verdatre sur le dos, et un peu plus fortement sur les scapulaires ; le dessous du corps est d’un gris plus pale, & plumes du milieu du yentre largement bordées de blanchitre ; les petites tectrices alaires un peu plus fonedes que le dos, les grandes bordées de vert bleuatre ; rémiges et tectrices noirdtres, bordées extérieurement de bleu. 3d. Longueur totale 150, vol 240, aile 76, queue 53, bec 13, tarse 14, doigt médian avec l’ongle 17 millim. 9. Longueur totale 148, vol 235, aile 74, queue 53, bec 13, tarse 14, doigt médian avec Vongle 17 millim. Plusieurs exemplaires des deux sexes recueillis 4 Tamiapampa en octobre et en novembre 1880. 7. CauuistTe vent (d’Orb., et Lafr.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 514. Un mile tué & Yurimaguas le 2 avril 1881. *8, CALLISTE Ca&LICOLOR, Scl. Onze exemplaires des deux sexes recueillis & Huambo en janvier, février et mars 1880. Iris brun-foncé. 9. CALLISTE XANTHOGASTRA, Bp.; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 514. Un male tué 4 Huambo le 10 mars 1880. Ivis brun foncé. 10. Canuisre putcura (Tsch.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 514. Cing exemplaires des deux sexes de Huambo, tués en février et en mai 1880. Iris brun foncé. 11. Cauuistr Gyro.orpes (d’Orb. et Lafr.); Tacz. P.Z.8. 1874, p. 514. Huit exemplaires de Huambo, tués entre le 30 janvier et le 21 avril 1880. 12. CaLListE ARGENTEA (T'sch.); Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 514; 1879, p. 226. Une paire de Chirimoto, tuée le 5 juillet et en septembre 1880. Le male unique de Paltaypampa, au Pérou central, tué le 13 mars, difftre des miles du Pérou septentrional, tués en septembre, par la nuance des parties supérieures du corps, des flanes de l’abdomen et des bordures sur les rémiges et les rectrices bleues, comme dans la figure de la ‘Fauna Peruana,’ au lieu de vert-bleuatres ; ce qui est 12 M. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS COLLECTED [Jan. 3, en relation avec le changement du plumage. L’exemplaire cité était en pleine mue, et toutes ses plumes fraiches présentent la couleur bleue, tandis que celles du plumage précédent sont de la méme nuance que chez tous les oiseaux du nord. *13, CALLISTE ARGYROPHENGES, Scl. et Salv. Six exemplaires de Huambo, tucés en avril 1880. Iris brun fonceé ; bec noir; pattes d’un gris plombé foncé. La femelle a le sommet de la téte gris noiratre, squamulé de ver- datre, plus distinctement au front, et moins sur la nuque ; cdtés de la téte et gorge d’un straminé, passant au vert bleudtre pale dans les autres directions de la lumiére ; le dos et le croupion sont d’un jaune verdatre, plus clair sur ce dernier; scapulaires olives; poitrine bleue verdatre pale; milieu de abdomen largement gris, 4 plumes bordées de blanchatre ; flancs de la couleur du dos ; sus-caudales olives, sous- caudales grises olivatres bordées de blanchatre. Ailes et queue noiratres, 4 plumes bordées de vert olivatre; les bordures des rémiges primaires d’un vert bleuatre ; sous-alaires externes grises lavées de vert, les internes blanches; bord interne des rémiges blanchatre. *14, CALLISTE NIGRICINCTA, Bp. Un mile de Huambo, tué le 9 avril 1880. TIvis brun fone . *15, CaLLISTE CuHRysoTis, Du Bus. Un mile de Chirimoto, tué le 1 septembre 1880. Iris brun foncé. 16. CALLISTE CYANEICOLLIS (d’Orb. et Lafr.); Tacz. P. Z. S. 1874, p. 515. Quatre exemplaires de Huambo et de Chirimoto. Les ceufs, recueillis 4 Corral et 4 Chirimoto en février, mars et en avril, sont ovés, médiocrement allongés, 4 coque mate, blanche ou d’un blanc légérement jaunatre, parsemé de taches irregulitres vio- latres peu nombreuses, presque également disposées partout, ou plus souvent rares et petites sur la grande moitié terminale, grosses et formant une large couronne dense autour du gros bout, qui est par- semé de petites, mais plus nombreuses qu’ausommet. Dimensions: 19 X 13°38, 19°2 x 14°1, 20 x 13°8 millim. 17, Cauuisre MELANOTIS, Scl. Ibis, 1876, p. 408, tab. xii. fig. 1. Quatre exemplaires de Chiromoto et d’Achamal, tués en juillet et en septembre. Iris brun foncé. 18. Irnmornis Anatis (Tsch.) ; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 514. Trois exemplaires de Ray-urmana, d’Achamal et de Chirimoto, tués en juin et en juillet 1880. Iris brun foncé. M. Stolzmann prétend que ces oiseaux sont fort rapprochés par leurs habitudes aux Buarremons, et que leur place dans le syst¢me serait la plus naturelle auprés de ces derniers, 1882.] IN NORTH-EASTERN PERU. 13 19. Pa@ciLoTHRAUPIS IGNICRISSA, Cab.; Tacz. P.Z.S. 1874, p- 514. Trois femelles et un jeune en premier plumage, recueillis 4 Tami- apampa en octobre et en novembre 1879. . Le jeune oiseau en premier plumage a toutes les couleurs égale- ment disposées comme chez les adultes, mais les nuances sont moins intenses et moins pures, le noir est beaucoup moins foncé, le rouge du dessous et de la tache auriculaire tirant a l’orangé sale; le bleu du croupion et du devant de Vaile plus clair, moins luisant et moins uniforme ; les sous-caudales noiratres, largement terminées de rouge orangé; les rectrices bordées distinctement de bleudtre. Iris brun foncé. 20. Compsocoma sumpruosa (Less.); Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p: 913. Deux exemplaires de Chirimoto, tués en septembre 1880, sont d’une taille intermédiaire entre les exemplaires de l’Antioquia et ceux du Pérou central, s’approchant plus par leur taille aux premiers, et par la nuance des bordures externes des rémiges aux derniers. millim. millim, Longueur de |’aile dans l’oiseau de Medellin 99, de la queue 74 “e fe Chirimoto 94, 3 69 rf # Auquimarca 89, “e 60 21. TANAGRA PALMARUM, Wied. Tanagra melanoptera, Tacz. P.Z.8. 1874, p. 513. Un exemplaire tué 4 Yurimiaguas le 25 février 1881 est d’une taille égale 4 celle des oiseaux de la Guyane francaise et moins forte que Poiseau du Pérou central. 22. TANAGRA C@LESTIS, Spix; Tacz. P.Z.S. 1874, p. 513; 1880, p. 195. Un mile tué a Yurimaguas le 10 mars 1881, une femelle 4 Hu- ambo le 12 février 1880. Les ceufs, recueillis en janvier, mars et avril, sont ovés, plus ou moins allongés, 4 surface faiblement polie, blanche sale, tachetée ou marbrée de nombreuses taches brunes violatres inférieures, et brunes foncées superficielles; les taches sont irrégulicres, de différentes dimensions, et plus ou moins également disposées sur toute la surface. Dimensions: 22°8 x 16°8, 24°2x 17, 25x 17°2, 26°5 x 16°8 millim. 23. TANAGRA CYANOCEPHALA (d’Orb. et Lafr.); Tacz. P.Z.S. 1874, p. 313; 1879, p. 227. Un mile de Chachapoyas. 24, TANAGRA DARWINI, Bp.; Tacz. P.Z.S. 1874, p. 513; 1880, p. 195. Un exemplaire de Tamiapampa. 14 M. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS COLLECTED [Jan. 3, *25. RaAMPHOCELUS JACAPA (L.). Une paire de Yurimaguas tuée en février 1881, et une paire de Huambo tuée en février et en mars 1880, Les deux males des deux localités se ressemblent en tout, et diffe- rent des oiseaux de Cayenne par la nuance rouge moins forte sur les parties inférieures du corps, et presque nulle sur le milieu du ventre. La femelle de Yurimaguas ressemble a celle de Cayenne, tandis que la femelle de Huambo a la nuance générale plus claire, le devant du visage et de la gorge rouge, et tout le dessous du corps beaucoup plus enduit de rouge que chez les femelles de Yurimaguas et de Cayenne. Sous le rapport de la taille l’oiseau de Huambo est le plus grand, celui de Yurimaguas le plus petit, comme on le voit des dimensions ci-jointes :— Cayenne. Yurimaguas. Huambo. ———, 4 —_— ater 2 Oo are SR: Longueur totale.... — — 194 186 198 190 5 duvol .. — — 260 246 273 254 “4 delaile.. 81 74 46). 48 83 78 Les ceufs, recueillis 4 Huambo et 4 Corral en janvier et en février, sont ovés ou elliptiques, courts, 4 surface lisse ; le fond est vert bleu- Atre assez pale, parsemé de points et de gouttes noires, plus ou moins régulicrement arrondies, quelquefois de taches irréguliéres, en gé- néral peu nombreuses, plus souvent plus nombreuses au gros bout, rares au sommet, rarement distribuées également sur toute la sur- face. Dimensions: 22°4x16°7, 22°4x17, 23x17, 23°8x17-2 millim. 26. PyranGa azAr& (d’Orb. et Lafr.); Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p- 514; 1879, p. 277; 1880, p. 195. Quatre exemplaires de Chirimoto. *27, PyRANGA ARDENS (Tsch.). Huit exemplaires des deux sexes, et en différents plumages, de Chirimoto, Huambo et d’Achamal, recueillis en mars, juillet et septembre. Iris brun foncé. 28. PH@NICOTHRAUPIS RUBICA (V.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 913. Trois exemplaires recueillis 4 Yurimaguas en janvier 1881. Iris brun foncé. 29. TRICHOTHRAUPIS QUADRICOLOR (V.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p- 513. Quatre exemplaires de Huambo. 30. TACHYPHONUS RUFIVENTRIS (Spix); Tacz. P. Z.S, 1874, p. 513. Une paire de Yurimaguas du 15 mars et du 26 février 1881. Iris brun foncé. 1882. | IN NORTH-EASTERN PERU. 15 *31, TACHYPHONUS MELALEUCUS (Sparm.). Six exemplaires des deux sexes de Chirimoto et de Huambo. Les males de cet oiseau ont la taille beaucoup plus forte que ceux de Cayenne. Longueur totale 220, vol 298, aile 96, queue 93 mil- lim. Les ceufs, recueillis en février et en mars A Corral et 4 Chirimoto, ressemblent en tout 4 Ja figure de Messrs. Sclater et Salvin dans le P. Z. 8. 1879, tab. xlii. fig. 5. Leur surface est fort polie et luisante. Ils présentent beaucoup de variétés sous le rapport de la grandeur et de la forme des taches. Le fond est d’un rougeatre sale pale, rare- ment blanchatre ; les taches inférieures violatres pales, les superfi- cielles, d’un brun trés foncé; généralement elles sont rares, plus ou moins denses au gros bout ; quelquefois il y a de tres grosses, sou- vent des veines ¢paisses et des zigzags ; il y a aussi des exemplaires dont la maculature est réduite a une fine moucheture pile. Dimen- sions: 22°8x16°8, 21°8 X17, 23°2 X17, 24:8 x18, 26x19 millim. 32. Nemosia GuirA (L.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1877, p. 744. Un male adulte de Huambo, tué le 5 avril 1880. Iris brun foncé. 33. CHLOROSPINGUS LEUCOGASTER (‘Tacz.). Dacnidea leucogastra, Tacz. P.Z.8.1874, p. 131, tab. xix. fig, 2. Dacnidea albiventris, Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 510 (errore). Six exemplaires des deux sexes de Tamiapampa et de Chachapoyas. La femelle ne différe en rien du male. Selon Popinion de M. Stolzmann, c’est un viseau trés voisin du Ch. superciliosus, et habitant la chaine orientale du Pérou septen- trional et le Pérou central, tandis que le Ch. superciliosus se trouve dans les localités analogues de la chaine occidentale du Pérou septen- trional. En comparant ces deux oiseaux, il est évident qu’ils ne se distinguent que par la couleur; le vert olive du Ch. superciliosus est remplacé par le gris foneé chez le Ch. leucogaster, le jaune par le blanc; la ressemblance entre ces deux formes se manifeste méme dans la disposition de la bande sourcili¢re et des taches aux joues. Sous le rapport de leurs habitudes les deux oiseaux se ressemblent en tout; ils habitent en petites bandes les foréts, et se tiennent dans les couronnes des arbres, ott ils sont moins remuants que les Dacnis. La voix des deux espéces est semblable 4 ce point, que M. Stolzmann en entendant pour la premiere fois loiseau oriental, croyait recon- naitre la voix de l’oiseau occidental. Le genre de Dacnidea doit done étre annulé. 34. BuarrEMon asstMiLis (Boiss.); Tacz. P.Z.S. 1880, p.196. Un exemplaire de Chachapoyas. 35. BUARREMON BRUNNEINUCHUS (Lafr.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p- 515; 1879, p. 228; 1880, p. 197. Un exemplaire de Tamiapampa. 16 M. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS COLLECTED [Jan. 3, 36. BUARREMON LATINUCHUs, Du Bus; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1880, p.197, Buarremon specularis, Tacz. P. Z.8. 1879, p. 228. Six exemplaires de Chachapoyas et de Tamiapampa, tués en sep- tembre et en novembre 1879. *37. ARREMON ERYTHRORHYNCHUS, Scl. P.Z.S. 1855, tab. lxxxix. Un male et une femelle de Huambo, tués en janvier 1880. Iris brun foncé. *38. Cissopis MEDIA, Scl. Une femelle de Yurimaguas, tude le 4 mars 1881. Iris jaune. 39. PsrrrosP1zA ELEGANS, Tsch.; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 518. Deux exemplaires de Tamiapampa et de Ray-urmana, semblables aux oiseaux du Pérou central par la disposition de la couleur rousse sur le visage, et non & ceux de la Nouvelle Grenade‘et de P Antioquia. 40. Satrator MAGNus(Gm.); Tacz. P.Z.8. 1874, p. 517. Un male de Huambo, tué le 10 mars 1880. Iris brun foneé. Les ceufs, recueillis 4 Huambo en janvier et en février, sont d’une forme ovée allongée, 4 sommet plus ou moins aigu, la surface lisse, dune couleur verte bleudtre avec une couronne autour du gros bout, composée de veines noires trés longues et fines, mélangées avec des plus grosses, entremélées de différentes maniéres; dans d’autres les veines sont trés fines et plus ou moins courtes, formant une couronne incomplete; sur d’autres la couronne est compos¢e d’un petit nombre de points entremélés de quelques traits courts. Dimensions ; 26°6 X19 millim. (Sel. et Salv. P. Z.S. 1879, tab, xlii. fig. 9.) *41, SALTATOR CH RULESCENS (V.). Un male de Yurimaguas, tué le 22 février 1881. Iris brun foncé. 42. Satrator LATICLAVIuS, Scl. et Salv.; Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 517; 1880, p. 198. Un male de Tamiapampa, tué le 19 novembre 1879. Cet exemplaire, également comme celui de Cutervo, a la couleur rousse plus repandue sur l’abdomen, et le noir moins prolongé sur le haut de la poitrine que chez les oiseaux du Pérou central. FRINGILLIDZ. *1, Guiraca cyanea (L.). Une paire de Yurimaguas du 10 mars 1881. Iris brun foneé. *2. OryzoBORUS TORRIDUS (Gm.). Un male de Yurimaguas, tu¢ le 17 février 1881, est plus petit que les oiseaux de Cayenne et du Brésil, et n’a point de trace du miroir alaire blanc propre 4 V’espéce. Longueur totale 130, du vol 185, de l’aile 55, de Ja queue 45, du bee 12 millim. Iris brun foncé. 1882. ] IN NORTH-EASTERN PERU. 17 *3. SPERMOPHILA CASTANEIVENTRIS, Cab. Une femelle tuée 4 Yurimaguas le 4 mars 1881. Iris brun foncé. 4. SperMoruHILA Luctuosa (Lafr.); Tacz. P.Z.8. 1874, p. 519. Quatre exemplaires des deux sexes de Huambo et de Yurimaguas, tués le 12 mars 1880 et en février 1881. Iris brun foncé. Les ceufs, trouvés 2 Chirimoto au mois de mars, ressemblent 4 ceux du Chardonneret par leur forme et le mode de la coloration ; le fond est également verdatre pale, les taches sont cependant d’une nuance différente, elles ne sont pas rouges mais d’un brun peu foncé ; en général elles sont plus grosses, mélangées avec des petites, plus nombreuses prés du gros bout en y formant une couronne lache; le petit bout est moins tacheté, ou presque pur. L’eéclat a peu pres comme dans ceux du Chardonneret. Dimensions: 18 x 12°5, 17°3 x 12°5 millim. 5. VOLATINIA JACARINA (L.); Tacz. P.Z.S. 1874, p. 520; 1880, p. 199. Une femelle de Chirimoto du 17 aout 1880. 6. Puryeitus ocunaArtis, Scl.; Tacz. P. Z. 5. 1874, p. 520; 1879, p. 229. Une femelle de Chachapoyas du 13 septembre 1879. 7. COTURNICULUS PERUANUS, Bp.; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 521. Trois exemplaires de Yurimaguas. 8. CurysomiTris capiTaLis, Cab.; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 222; 1879, p. 230. Un cuf trouvé 4 Chirimoto, au mois de mars, ressemble par sa forme aux ceufs du Chardonneret. I! est blanc pur, parsemé de pe- tites taches et de points rouge-brique, rares sur toute la surface et plus nombreuses autour du gros bout. L/’éclat est trés faible. Di- mensions: 17 X 12°3 millim. IcTERID. CassIcUs LEUCORHAMPHUS, Bp. Cassiculus chrysonotus, Tacz. P. Z.8. 1874, p. 523. Trois exemplaires tués 4 Tamiapampa en novembre 1879. Iris bleu trés clair. CorvVID&. 1, Cyanocirra yout“, Bp.; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 524. Trois exemplaires de Tamiapampa identiques 4 celui du Pérou central. 2. XANTHURA PERUVIANA (L.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 524 ; 1879, p. 230. Trois exemplaires de Huambo et de Chirimoto. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. II. 2 i8 M. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS COLLECTED [Jan. 3, TYRANNID. 1. MytoTHERETES sTRIATICOLLIS, Scl.; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p- 932. Un exemplaire tué & Chachapoyas le 13 septembre 1879. Iris brun foneé. 2. OcuTHa@ca THORACTCA, Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, pp. 133, 333 ; 1879, p. 232. Cing exemplaires tués 4 Tamiapampa en octobre et en novembre 1879. 3. OcuTHaca Lessoni, Scl.; Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 533 ; 1880, p. 202. Une femelle de Tamiapampa, tuée le 27 octobre 1879. 4. MEcocCERCULUs sTICTOPTERUS (Scl.). Mecocerculus teniopterus, Cab.; Tacz. P. Z.8. 1874, p. 533. Ochtheca stictoptera, Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1880, p. 202. Une paire tuée 4 Tamiapampa en novembre 1879. 5. MuscisaxICOLA FLUVIATILIS, Scl. et Salv.; Tacz. P.Z.S. 1874, p. 534. Un exemplaire tué 4 Huambo le 7 avril 1880. *6, PLATYRHYNCHUS SENEX, Scl. et Salv. P. Z.S. 1880, p. 156. Une femelle tuée 4 Yurimaguas le 22 janvier 1881. Iris brun foncé ; pattes carnées claires. Sommet de la téte schistacé foncé avec la huppe interne blanche. 7. ToDIROSTRUM CINEREUM (L.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 534; 1880, p. 202. Un exemplaire de Huambo tué le 19 février 1880. Iris blanc. 8. EvscarTtHMus pyrruops, Cab.; Tacz. P. Z.8. 1874, p. 535. Quatre exemplaires des deux sexes de Tamiapampa, tués en no- vembre 1879. Les deux sexes ne présentent entre eux aucune différence. Iris d’un brun rougeatre clair, d’une nuance un peu plus foneée que les plumes du tour de l’ceil. 9, Orcuitus piteatus, Tsch.; Tacz. P. Z. 8S. 1874, p. 535. Une paire de Huambo du 5 févricr 1880. Iris brun-noisette clair. 10. CoLopreRuS GALEATUS (Bodd.). Quatre exemplaires recueillis 4 Yurimaguas au mois du mars1881. Tris blanc sale. 1882.] IN NORTH-EASTERN PERU. 19 11. Mronecres striaticouuis (d’Orb. et Lafr.); Taez. P.Z.S. 1874, p. 535; 1879, p. 233. Cing exemplaires de Chirimoto, de Tamiapampa et de Huambo, tués en novembre 1879 et en juillet 1880. *12. MIONECTES OLEAGINEUS, Cab. Deux miles de Yurimaguas, tués en février 1881. Iris brun foncé. 13. LerpropoGon surrerciLiaARis, Tsch.; Tacz. P.Z.S. 1874, p- 536. Plusieurs exemplaires de Huambo tués en mars et en avril 1880. Deux miles de la méme localité sont beaucoup plus petits, et ne présentent aucune différence dans la coloration. Liaile plice 63 millim. tandis qu’elle est ordinairement de 73. 14. LepropoGcon Auritus, Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, pp. 134, 536. Un exemplaire tué 4 Ray-urmana le 29 septembre 1880. 15. Pogonotrriccus OPHTHALMICUS, Tacz. P.Z.S8. 1874, pp.135 et 535. Quatre exemplaires de Huambo, tués en février 1880. Iris brun de cerise. *16. PHyLLOMYIAS sp. ine. Trois exemplaires tués 4 Chirimoto en aotit 1880, voisins du PA. semifusca et du Ph. tumbezana, semblables en coloration a la pre- miére, mais plus forte et 4 bee plus faible; distincts de la dernicre par la couleur jaune du dessous du corps, par la nuance plus foncée tirant 4 l’olive des parties supérieures du corps, et l’aile plus courte de 2 millimctres. 17. ORNITHION IMBERBE, Scl.; Tacz. P. Z.S8. 1879, p. 234; 1880, p. 202. Une femelle de Chirimoto, tuée le 14 juillet 1880. *18. TyRANNULUS ELATUS (Lath.). Deux males de Yurimaguas, tués en février 1881. *19. TyRANNISCUS CHRYSOPS, Scl. Onze exemplaires de Huambo et de Chirimoto, tués en mars, avril et juillet 1880. Iris brun, bordé de blanchatre. 20. ELarnea Avpicerps (d’Orb. et Lafr.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 536; 1879, p. 234. Un jeune oiseau de Tamiapampa, tué le 27 octobre 1879. J pamp 21. Exarnea eieas, Scl.; Tacz. P. Z.8. 1874, p. 536. Une femelle tuée & Huambo le 6 février 1880 s’accorde en tout avec les oiseaux du Pérou central, mais elle est plus petite, son aile i est plus courte de 10 millimétres que celle des males de P Amable- aria. Q* 20 M. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS COLLECTED [Jan. 3, *22, ELAINEA PAGANA ( Licht.) ? Un mile tué 4 Chirimoto le 29 juillet 1880 ressemble en tout aux oiseaux de Cayenne, mais il est beaucoup plus grand, l’aile pliée est plus longue de 10 millim., la queue plus longue de 15 millim. *23. ELAINEA, Sp. inc. Deux exemplaires tués 4 Chirimoto le 28 juillet et le 3 aoit 1880, se distinguent de toutes les formes péruviennes par le disque foneé dans toutes les plumes du sommet de la téte, y formant des squa- mules bien distinctes, et par la couleur des parties inférieures du corps semblable 4 celle de lL. pagana, d’un straminé blanchatre varié comme dans les Phyllopneuste de stries irréguliéres d’un jaune plus intense. Les dimensions s’accordent avec celles de I’ #. palla- tange de M. Sclater: longueur totale 150-153, vol 220-226, aile 70, queue 61, bec 12 millim. Le bec est plus aminci dans sa partie terminale que chez I’. albiceps. *24. LeGATUS ALBICOLLIS (V.). Un mile et une jeune femelle de Huambo, tués le 13 février et le 3 mai 1880, et un male de Yurimaguas du 14 mars 1881. Ce der- nier ressemble en tout aux oiseaux de Cayenne, tandis que les oiseaux de Hnambo se distinguent par la bande sourcili¢re plus large, entou- rant tout le sommet de la téte, et les taches foncées des parties infé- rieures du corps moins développées. Iris brun foneé. *25, MyIozETETES GRANADENSIS, Lawr. Un exemplaire tué 4 Yurimaguas le 14 mars 1881. Iris gris foncé. 26. Ruyncuocycivus rutvirectus, Scl.; ‘acz. P. Z.S. 1874, p: 537. . Un male tué 4 Huambo le 12 mars 1880. Iris brun trés foncé. 27. RuyNCHOCYCLUS SULPHURESCENS (Spix); Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 326. Un exemplaire de Yurimaguas. 28. RuyncHocycius Peruvians, Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 137. Sept exemplaires de Huamibo, tuds en mars 1880. *29. RHYNCHOCYCLUS MEGACEPHALUS, Scl. Un exemplaire de Yurimaguas, tué le 20 avril 1881. Iris blane sale. *30. Prrancus suLPHURATUS (L.). Un exemplaire de Yurimaguas, tué le 22 février 1881. Ivis brun foncé. 31. Mytopynasres soriTarius(V.); Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 537. Deux femelles de Chirimoto, tuées en juillet et en septembre 1880. Iris brun foncé. 1882.] IN NORTH-EASTERN PERU, 2] 39. MyIopYNASTES LUTEIVeNTRIS, Scl.; ‘Tacz, P. Z.S. 1374, Pp: 537. Un mile tué 4 Yurimaguas le 14 mars 13881. [ris bru fonec. 33. MyropyNasTes cHrysocePaauus (T'sch.); Tacz. P. 2.8. 1874, p. 537. Une femelle tuée 4 Huambo le 2 avril 1880. Iris bran foneé. 34. Hirunp1InzA scLATeR!, Reinh. Hirundinaea bellicosa, Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 537. Un mile tué A Chirimoto le 9 juillet 1880. Iris brun foneé, *35, My1osrus VILLosus, Scl. Un male et ane jeune femelle de Huambo, tués en mars 1380. Iris brun foncé. *36. MyioBius BARBATUS (Gm.). Un mile tué A Yurimaguas le 20 avril 1881. Iris brun foneé. 37. My1onrus CINNAMOMEUS (d’Orb. et Lafr.); Tacz. P. Z. S. 1874, p. 537; 1879, p. 235. Un exemplaire de Huambo, tué le 9 avril 1880. 38. My1onrus ERYTHRURUS, Cab.; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 538. Deux exemplaires tués & Yurimaguas en février et en mars 1881. Iris brun foncé. *39. Myionius na&vius (Bodd.). Deux adultes de Chirimoto, tués en aotit 1880, et un jeune de Huambo du 11 avril 1880. Ivis brun foneé. 40. Myrosrus superciziosus, Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 538. Une paire de Cococho tuée en aoiit 1879. Ces oiseaux s’accordent en tout avec la femelle décrite de Ropaybamba. Le male est d’une taille distinctement plus forte, 4 sommet de la téte orné d’une huppe interne d’une belle couleur jaune limonacée ; le jaune de abdomen plus intense que chez la femelle ; et la couleur des bordures des rémiges moins roussatre. Iris brun foneé ; machoire noire, mandi- bule brunatre avec les bords et l’extrémité noirs; pattes d’un corné cendré. Longueur de l’aile 67, de la queue 96, du bee 17, du tarse 18 millim. 4]. Emprpocuanes ruscatus (Wied); Tacz. P.Z.S. 1874, p- 538. Cing exemplaires de Huambo, tués en février et en avril 1880. Tris brun foncé. 42, Conrorus arprsrAcus, Cab.; Tacz. P. ZS. 1874, p. 539; 1879, p. 325. Un jeune mile tué 4 Cococho le 17 aoit 1879. 22 M. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS COLLECTED [Jan, 3, #43. Conropus VIRENS (L.). Six exemplaires tués 4 Huambo entre le 9 février et le 5 mai 1880. Tris brun foncé. *44, CONTOPUS BOREALIS (Sw.). Un jeune mile de Huambo, tué le 5 mars 1880. Iris brun foneé. *45, MyIARCHUS TYRANNULUS (Miill.). Un exemplaire tué 4 Yurimaguas le 14 février 1881. Iris brun foncé. 46. My1arcuus nicricers, Scl.; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 539 ; 1878, p. 238; 1880, p. 203. Deux exemplaires de Huambo et de Tamiapampa. 47. Myiarcuus cernarotes, Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 670. Onze exemplaires des deux sexes de Chirimoto et de Tamiapampa. 48. TyRANNUS MELANCHOLICUS, V.; Tacz. P.Z.S. 1874, p. 539. Deux exemplaires de Huambo tués en mars 1880. Iris brun foncé. Les ceufs, recueillis &4 Corral et & Chirimoto en février et en mars, sont ovés, assez courts; & sommet obtus ou faiblement aigu ; surface lisse ou médiocrement luisante; le fond est isabelle ou blanchatre, varié de grosses taches et de points violatres pales et d’autres superficielles brunes ou brunes rougedtres foncées, pour la plupart irréguli¢res, rares sur la surface et plus nombreuses autour du gros bout. Dimensions: 23°618°7, 24182, 25x*19°3, 26 x 19:7, 26 x 18-2 millim. *49, TYRANNUS AURANTIO-ATRO-CRISTATUS, d’Orb. et Lafr. Un jeune male de Huambo, tué le 5 mars 1880. Iris brun foncé. PIPRIDZ. *], Prprires CHLORION (Cab.). Trois exemplaires des deux sexes de Huambo et de Yurimaguas, tués en mars 1880 et en mars 1881. Iris brun foncé. 2. Pipra cHLoRoMEROS, Tsch.; Tacz. P. Z.8. 1874, p. 539. Huit exemplaires recueillis & Huambo depuis le janvier jusqu’au mai de 1880. Iris blanc chez les adultes et brun foneé chez les jeunes. *3, PiprRa CORACINA, Sel. Onze exemplaires des deux sexes de Chirimoio, recueillis en sep- tembre et en juillet 1880. Iris cerise-brunitre chez le mile, et terre de Sienne chez la femelle. 4, Prpra Levucocitta (L.). Six exemplaires des deux sexes de Yurimaguas. Ins rouge de cerise, 1882. ] IN NORTH-EASTERN PERU. 23 *5, Prpra IstporI, Scl. Huit exemplaires de Huambo recueillis en avril et en mai 1880. Iris brun rougeatre. *6, Prpra VIRESCENS, Pelz. Un mile de Yurimaguas tué le 28 février 1881. Iris blanc sale. Cet exemplaire, ainsi que les autres miles que M. Stolazmann a eu en main, n’ont aucune trace de jaune au sommet de la téte, dont il est mention dans la diagnose de M. Pelzeln. *7, CH1ROMACH2RIS MANACUS (L.). Un mile de Yurimaguas. *8, MACH@ROPTERUS STRIOLATUS, Bp. Deux miles et une femelle, tués 4 Yurimaguas en février 1881. Tris brun foncé. *9, HeTEROPELMA AMAZONUM, Scl. Un exemplaire de Yurimaguas, tué le 3 février 1881. Iris brun, un peu plus clair autour de la pupille. CorTINGID. 1. Trryra semirascrata (Spix); Tacz. P.Z. 8. 1874, p. 540, Trois exemplaires de Huambo, tués en mars 1880. Iris du male adulte brun autour de la pupille et d’une nuance plus claire 4 lex- térieur ; brun foncé du jeune mile. *2, Trryra ALBITORQUES, DuBus. Une femelle tuée 4 Yurimaguas le 14 mars 1881. Iris brun foncé. *3, HaADROSTOMUS MINOR (Less.). Deux femelles de Yurimaguas, tuées en février 1881. Iris brun foncé. *4, PACHYRHAMPHUS NIGER, Spix. Une paire de Yurimaguas, tuée le 16 mars [881. Iris brun foneé, 5. PAcCHYRHAMPHUS VERSICOLOR, Hartl.; Tacz. P.Z.S. 1874, p. 540; 1879, p. 236. Un mile de Tamiapampa, tué le 5 novembre 1879. *6, PACHYRHAMPHUS, Sp. inc. Deux exemplaires de Yurimaguas tués en mars et en avril 1881. Forme voisine du P. albogriseus, mais bien distincte, moins forte, \ ailes plus courtes, bec beaucoup plus long et plus large. Le male, dont le sexe est constaté, parait étre jeune et au moment de com- mencer lamue. Le sommet de la téte est concolore au dos, teint légérement d’une nuance roussatre, bordé des deux cétés d’un large 24 M. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS COLLECTED [Jan. 3, soureil cendré, dont la partie antérieure entre Peoeil et le bee est blanchatre ; tout le dessous du corps est jaunatre pale; les bordures des plumes alaires sont d’un ocreux trés pale et presque blanches sur quelques-unes des plumes; la queue est sembable 4 celle du P. albogriseus. Iris brun trés foneé. La femelle a le roux du sommet de la téte d’une nuance différente de celle de la femelle du P. albo- griseus, sans aucune trace de la bande latérale noire; les bordures des plumes alaires sont d’un roux beaucoup plus intense que chez le male, ainsi que les taches terminales des rectrices. d. Longueur totale 150, vol 212, aile 64, bec 20 millim. 9. Lon- gueur totale 145, vol 210, aile 63, bec 21 millim. 7. Lipavueus simpLex (Licht.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 540. Quatre exemplaires de Huambo et de Yurimaguas, recueillis en féyrier 1881. Iris brun foneé. 8. Ruprcona peruviana (Lath.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 540. Un mile adulte de Huambo. *9, PIPREOLA RIEFFERI, Boiss. Trois exemplaires recveillis 4 Tamiapampa en octobre et en no- vembre 1879. Iris brun foneé. *10, PrIpREOLA AUREIPECTUS, Lafr. Un mile tué le 23 aofit 1880 4 Achamal. Tris jaune. 11, Ampzio arcuatus (Lafr.) ; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 540. Un exemplaire de Chachapoyas. 12. HELIOCHERA RUFAXILLA, Tsch. ;. Tacz. P. Z.S. 1879, p- 237. Trois exemplaires des deux sexes recueillis 4 Tamiapampa en octobre et en novembre 1879. Iris rouge. *13. CoTInGA MAYNANA (L.). Deux miles et deux femelles, tues 4 Yurimaguas en février et en mars 1881. Iris ocreux. *14. LAMPROTES ALBOCRISTATUS, Lafr. Un mile tué &4 Tamiapampa Ie 6 novembre 1879. Iris brun foncé. Selon Popinion de M. Stolzmann, cet oiseau n’a rien de commun avec les Tanagrides ; ses habitudes indiquent son ‘affinité aux oiseaux de la famille des Cotingides. C’était aussi opinion de Jules Verreaux. *15. JODOPLEURA ISABELL& (Parz.). Un mile tué 4 Yurimaguas le 7 février 1881. Tris brun trés foned. 16. CeEPHALOPTERUS oRNATUS, Geoff.; Tacz. P.Z.S, 1874, p- 521. Un male et deux femelles de Huambo, 1882. ] IN NORTH-EASTERN PERU. 95 DENDROCOLAPTID. *], SYNALLAXIS ALBESCENS, Temm, Un miile tué 4 Yurimaguas le 22 février 1881. Iris brun, *2. SYNALLAXIS CISANDINA, Stolzm. MS, S, supra ex olivaceo fusca, subtus dilutior ; pileo toto, alis ex- tus et cauda rufis; superciliis postocularibus griseo-albidis ; gula albida ; tectricibus alarum inferioribus remigibusque intus ochraceis. ¢ ad. D’un gris olivatre foncé en dessus, d’une nuance beaucoup plus pile en dessous ; 4 sommet de la téte roux en entier, tirant au front en grisatre dans certaines directions de la lumicre ; un sourcil gris blanchatre ou cendré assez large derri¢re l’ceil et & peine distinct sur le devant ; gorge blanchatre, légérement nébulée de gris. Ailes rousses extérieurement, 4 rémiges intérieurement brunes bordées de roussiitre, sous-alaires ocreuses. Queue 4 12 rectrices d’un roux un peu plus foned que l’aile. Bec corné noiratre 4 mandibule carnée pile; pattes grises olives; iris terre de Sienne. @. La femelle ne diffcre en rien. : 3. Longueur totale 178, vol 230, aile 70, queue 71, bec 18, tarse 20 millim. 2. Longueur totale 170, vol 218, aile 65, queue 70, bee 19, tarse 20 millim. Forme intermédiaire entre la S. antistensis et la S. curtata, distinete de la premicre par une taille moins forte, la couleur du dos moins erise, celle des parties inférieures du corps plus foncée, surtout sur la poitrine, le sourcil moins prononcé, la couleur rousse de la téte, des ailes et de la queue relativement plus foncée. De la S. curtata elle différe par la couleur rousse occupant le front, et dune nuance un peu plus foncée, ainsi que celle des ailes et de la queue ; la couleur du dos est plus roussatre dans la 8. curtata. Trois exemplaires tués 4 Chirimoto et & Huambo en aoiit et en février 1880. *3, SYNALLAXIS FURCATA, Stolzm. MS. S. supra olivaceo-grisea, subtus ochracea ; pileo, alis extus et cauda rufis ; superciliis latis postocularibus ochraceis ; tectri- cibus alarum inferioribus remigibusque intus ochraceo-ecinna- momeis. @. D’un gris brunitre en dessus, d’un ocreux en dessous; a sommet de la téte roux, tirant au jaunidtre sur le front et passant insensiblement sur la nuque en couleur dorsale; bordé des deux cotés par une large bande sourciliére postoculaire ocreuse; une raie rousse foneée derricre ceil. Les ailes rousses extcricurement, & tectrices inférieures et le bord interne des rémiges ocreux. Queue 4 12 rectrices, rousse, un peu plus rougedtre que laile; les sous-cau- dales ocreuses sales, les tectrices supérieures de la queue rousses. Machoire noire cornée; mandibule blanche d’ivoire avec l’extrémité grise foncée ; pattes grises olives, avec les bordures jaunes sur les scutelles ; iris gris. 26 M. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS COLLECTED [Jan. 3, Lonegueur totale 174, vol 224, aile 69, queue 65, bec 18, tarse 19 millim. L’oiseau en premier plumage a la couleur des parties supérieures du corps plus foneée, le sommet de la téte concolore au dos, le des- sous du corps fauve, avec les flancs de l’abdomen largement gris ; bande sourcili¢re fauve. Ailes et queue comme dans l’adulte. Ila déja quelques plumes rousses sur le milieu de la nuque, et plusieurs ocreuses sur la gorge et la poitrine. Ces deux exemplaires ont été tués 4 Chirimoto (5400'), la femelle le 21 juillet, le jeune le 13 aoiit 1880, sur les arbres peu élevés, dans les conditions sembables A celles de la S. antisiensis. C’est une forme voisine de cette derni¢re. *4, SyNALLAXIS HYPOSTICTA, Scl. Un mile tué 4 Yurimaguas le 9 mars 1881. Iris ocreux. *5, SYNALLAXIS RUTILANS, Temm. Deux exemplaires de Yurimaguas, tués le 18 février et le 1 mars 1881. Iris brun foncé. 6. SYNALLAXIS FRUTICICOLA, Stolz.; Tacz. P.Z.S. 1879, p. 670, 1880, p. 200. Les ceufs de cette espéce, recueillis 4 Corral en février, sont d’un blane légérement verdétre. Dimensions: 20X15°8; 20°4x 16; 20°7* 16; 22x 16°4 millim. *7, ANCISTROPS LINEATICEPS, Scl. Trois exemplaires de Yurimaguas tués le 1 et 4 février 1871, Iris brun foncé. *8, AUTOMOLUS SCLATERI, Pelz. Trois exemplaires de Yurimaguas tués en janvier 1881. Iris brun foncé. *9, PHILYDOR ERYTHROPTERUS, Scl. Deux exemplaires tués & Yurimaguas en février 1881. Iris brun foneé. 10. Ipoporvus stictrortiLus, Cab. ; Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 528. Un mile tué 4 Yurimaguas le 1 fevrier 1881 a le bee un peu plus long et l’abdomen un peu plus foneé que lexemplaire typique. Iris brun foneé. 11. ANABAZENOPS CABANISI, Tacz. P. Z. S. 1874, p. 529; 1879, p- 231. Deux exemplaires de Cococho et d’Achamal tués en septembre 1880. 12. Xenors rutiius, Licht.; Tacz. P.Z.S. 1874; p. 529; 1879, p. 231. Cing exemplaires de Chirimoto, Cococho et Huambo, 1882. ] IN NORTH-EASTERN PERU. bo ™“I 13. XENOPS LITTORALIS, Scl.; Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 259. Un exemplaire de Yurimaguas. 14. Srrrasomus oxnivaceus (Wied); Tacz. P.Z.8. 1874, p. 529; 1877, p. 323. Deux exemplaires tués 4 Yurimaguas en février 1881. 15. MArGARoRNiIs SQuAMIGERA (d’Orb. et Lafr.) ; Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 529; 1880, p. 201. Un exemplaire de Tamiapampa du 11 novembre 1879. Iris brun foncé. *16. MARGARORNIS BRUNNESCENS, Scl. Deux exemplaires de Huambo, dont le male adulte est pris le 6 avril, et un jeune le 30 janvier 1880. Iris brun foncé. Cet oiseau est trés mal placé dans le genre. Son bec est tout a fait différent de celui de l’espéce typique ; la proportion du doigt médian aux latéraux est autre ; les ailes sont beaucoup plus courtes, etc. Selon les observations de M. Stolzmann, il différe encore plus par ses habitudes: tandis que le M. squamigera grimpe continuelle- ment 4 la manitre des Xenops et des Grimpereaux, le M. drunnescens sautille sans cesse sur les branches des petits buissons tout prés de terre. *17, GLYPHORHYNCHUS CUNEATUS (Licht.). Quatre exemplaires de Yurimaguas, tués en février 1881. Iris brun foncé. *18. DenprRocincxia FrumiGcata (Licht.). Deux exemplaires tués &4 Huambo en feévrier 1880. Iris gris fonce. *19, DENDRORNIS TRIANGULARIS (Laft.). Un exemplaire de Ray-urmana (7500') tué le 17 juillet 1880. Tris brun foncé. *2(. DENDRORNIS ROSTRIPALLENS (Des Murs). Deux exemplaires de Yurimaguas, tués en janvier 1881. Iris brun-foncé. 21. DenpRoRNIs CHUNCHOTAMBO (Tsch.); Tacz. P. Z. S. 1874, p. 529. Six exemplaires de Huambo et de Chirimoto. *22. DENDRORNIS ELEGANS, Pelz. Un exemplaire de Yurimaguas, tué le 1 février 1881. Iris brun foncé. 28 M. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS COLLECTED [Jan. 3, 23. XIPHOCOLAPTES COMPRESSIROSTRIS, N. Sp. X. promeropirhynchus?, Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 231. Un exemplaire, pris par M. Stolzmann & Ray-urmana le 29 sep- tembre 1880, s’accorde en tout avec celui de Tambillo, dont j’ai donné la description dans la liste de 1879, et différe également des oiseaux de la Nouvelle Grénade, ce qui me décide & lui proposer le nom spécifique et la diagnose suivante :— X. promeropirhyncho simé/limus, sed rostro breviore, compressiore et pallido ; striis fulvis pilei et colli postici strictioribus ; dorso unicolori; gula fulva, binis vittis brunneis longitudinalibus ; abdomine medio latissime ochraceo, nigro maculato ; strits pec- toralibus lineis nigricantibus marginatis ; subcaudalibus brun- neo-ferrugineis, nigro variis ; alis caudaque obscurioribus. La machoire est grise corndée, plus foncée 4 l’extrémité, plus claire sur les bords; mandibule grise cornée noiratre 4 l’extrémité, passant graduellement en gris plombé vers la base; pattes plombées olivatres ; iris brun foncé. Cet exemplaire présente les dimensions suivantes: dg. longueur totale 342, vol 458, aile 143, queue 135, bec 51, tarse 31, hauteur du bec vis a vis les narines 12 millim. 24, PICOLAPTES PERUVIANUS, N. sp. P. lacrymiger, Tacz. P.Z. 8. 1874, p. 529; 1879, p. 232; 1880, p. 201. Un male recueilli 4 Tamiapampa le 22 novembre 1879. Tous les exemplaires de cette forme, que j'ai vu en grand nombre des différentes localités du Pérou central et septentrional, se ressem- blent dans tons les détails, et se distinguent constamment des oiseaux de la Colombie ; ils paraissent done constituer une forme différente, fort répandue au Pérou. La différence principale consiste dans la forme des taches sur les parties inférieures du corps, qui au lieu d’étre lacrymiformes, c’est & dire distinctement Clargies et obtuses 4 Vextrémité, comme dans l’espéce citée, sont graduellement atténuées vers l’extrémité et plus ou moins aigués; la gorge est unicolore et fauve, au lieu de blanche, distinctement squamulée chez les oiseaux de Colombie ; la présence des stries dorsales trés fines, dont il n’y a pas de trace chez le P. lacrymiger ; la nuance du fond de la poitrine et de Pabdomen est distinetement plus pile dans ces oiseaux péruviens, etc. Je propose done le nom spécifique et la diagnose suivante pour cette forme péruvienne. P. supra olivacec-rufus, pileo obscuriore ; uropygio, alis caudaque cinnamomers ; pileo usque ad nucham maculis minimis subtrian- gularibus, pallide fulvis, nigro terminatis notato ; gutture fulvo immaculato; capitis lateribus superciliisque albidis brunneo strialis ; pectoris abdominisque plumis rufo-olivaceis striga mediana oblonga fulva aut albida, apice plus aut minus acuta, nigro marginata notatis. 3. Longueur de Vaile 112, queue 100, bec 30, tarse 21 millim. 2. Longueur de Paile 108, queue 99, bec 29, tarse 21 millim. 1882.] IN NORTH-EASTERN PERU. 29 ForMICARIIDA. | *1. THAMNOPHILUS TENUIPUNCTATUS, Lafr. Huit exemplaires de Chirimoto et de Huambo, des deux sexes et de différents Ages, recueillis en février, juillet, aoit et septembre 1880. Iris blane sale et gris dans les jeunes. *2, THAMNOPHILUS MURINUS, Pelz. Une paire d’exemplaires de Yurimaguas, tués en janvier et en mars 1881. Iris gris. *3. THAMNOPHILUS SUBANDINUS, 0. sp. Th. nigerrimus, tectricibus alarum scapularibusque albo marginatis; rectricibus macula alba terminatis; plumis dorsi ad basin albis ; subalaribus nigris, albo variis ; remigum margine interno fulve- scenti-albido. Rostrum nigrum; pedes cinerei; iris obscure griseo-brunnea. _ Le male adulte est noir intense en entier, avec les tectrices alaires et les scapulaires externes variées d’une bordure blanche ; les rec- trices, excepté les médianes, terminées par une tache blanche, la premicre portant en outre une autre tache pareille dans la moiti¢ de sa barbe externe; les sous-caudales terminées par une bordure blanche; les sous-alaires blanches varices de noir ; les rémiges primaires bordées finement de blanc dans leur moitié terminale; la barbe interne de _toutes bordée largement de blanc jaunatre; les plumes du milieu du dos largement blanches 4 la base, celles du croupion longues et laches, cendrées 4 la base. Bee noir; pattes grises; iris brun grisatre foncé. Le male moins adulte se distingue par l’ondulation cendrée de Yabdomen ; les sous-alaires roussAtres vari¢es de noir, et les bordures internes des rémiges plus jaunatres. La femelle est grise foncée en dessus & sommet de la téte noir depuis le vertex jusqu’a la nuque, et quelques grosses taches noires au milieu du dos ; le front, les cétés du visage, la gorge et la poitrine sont d’un gris beaucoup plus pale que celui du dos; abdomen rous- satre, plus intense sur les flancs, ainsi que les sous-caudales. Ailes noiratres ; toutes les rémiges finement bordées a l’extérieure de gris, et largement de roussatre sur la barbe interne ; sous-alaires de cette derni¢ére couleur. Queue noiratre, avec une fine bordure terminale blanche sur la barbe externe des trois latérales de chaque cdté de la queue. Sec corné noiratre ; iris brun fonce. 3. Longueur totale 175-177, vol 240-244, aile 72, queue 60, bee 19, tarse 22 millim. 2. Longueur totale 175, vol 240, aile 70, queue 62, bec 18, tarse 22 millim. Sembable au Th. luctuosus, Tsch., du Pérou central, mais plus petit, & bordures blanches des tectrices alaires moins larges, surtout des petites, qui dans ce dernier couvrent presque en entier la base noire des plumes du devant de Vaile. La femelle différe encore plus de celle de Pespéce du Pérou cen- tral, et principalement par la présence de la calotte noire intense et des taches noires au milieu du dos. 30 M. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS COLLECTED [Jan. 3, Huit exemplaires des. deux sexes de Chachapoyas, de Chirimoto et de Tamiapampa, recueillis en septembre et en novembre 1880. *4, PyGOPTILA MACULIPENNIS, Scl. Un mile de Yurimaguas, du 15 janvier 1881. Iris brun foncé. 5. DystIrHAMNUS sEMICINEREUS, Scl.; Tacz. P.Z.S. 1874, p. 390. Nombreux exemplaires des deux sexes de Cococho, Huambo et Chirimoto. *6, THAMNOMANES GLAUCUS, Cab. Trois exemplaires de Yurimaguas recueillis en février 1881. Iris brun foncé. *7, MyRMOTHERULA SURINAMENSIS (Gm.). Deux males de Huambo, tués en mars et en avril 1880. Iris brun foneé. *8. MyRMOTHERULA pyemza (Gm.). Deux exemplaires de Yurimaguas, tués en janvier et février 1881. Iris brun foneé. *9, MyYRMOTHERULA GUTTURALIS, Scl. et Salv. , Trois exemplaires de Huambo, tués en mars1881. Iris gris clair. *10. MyrMOTHERULA H&MATONOTA, Scl. Quatre oiseaux des deux sexes, tués 4 Yurimaguas en février et en mars 1881. Iris brun clair chez le male, et gris pale chez la femelle. 11. MyrMoTHERULA ATROGULARIS, Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, pp. 137 et 530. Sept exemplaires de Huambo, tnés en février et en mars 1880. Iris brun rougeatre foncé. 12. MyrmMorHERULA MENETRIESI, d’Orb.; Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p- 530. Six exemplaires tués 4 Huambo en février et en mars 1880. Iris brun fonceé. *13, MyRMOTHERULA AXILLARIS (V.). Deux exemplaires de Yurimaguas, tuds en janvier 1881. Iris brun foncé. *14, MyrMOTHERULA CINEREIVENTRIS, Scl. Six exemplaires des deux sexes tués 4 Yurimaguas en janvier et en février 1881. Iris brun foncé. *15, HrrpstLOCHMUS PUNCTICEPS, U. sp. IL. supra cinereo-olivaceus, subtus pallide sulphureus ; pileo nigro albo muculato ; gula fusco subsquamulata; hypochondriis oliva- 1882. ] IN NORTH-EASTERN PERU. 31 ceo lavatis ; alis nigricantibus, tectricibus flavido limbatis, re- migibus eaxterne colore dorsi marginatis; rectricibus mediis cinereis, externis fere totis albis, reliquis nigris albo terminatis. Rostrum nigrum, mandibula grisea; pedes cinereo-plumbei ; iris grisea. Male adulte d’un cendré olivatre en dessus, 4 sommet de la téte noir maculé de nombreuses taches subtriangulaires blanches, le plus denses au milieu et en arricre des yeux, petites au front, et presque nulles sur la région sourcilicre ; tout le dessous est jaune souffre pile, plus pale sur la gorge et squamulé de noiratre, lavé d’olivatre sur les flancs et le haut de la poitrine; joues jaundtres vari¢es de noir. Ailes noiratres, 4 tectrices bordées 4 l’extrémité de jaunatre ; les bordures externes des rémiges fines de la couleur du dos, et celles des primaires jaunatres pales; les sous-alaires jaunes & peu prés comme Pabdomen ; le bord interne des rémiges d’un jaune plus pale. Les deux rectrices externes blanches presque en entier, les autres noires terminées de blanc, de plus en plus moins en avangant vers le sub- médiaires, les deux médianes cendrées en entier. Machoire noire ; mandibule grise ; pattes cendrées plombées ; iris gris. La femelle sembable au male, et distincte par le sommet de la téte largement roussdtre et immaculé, exceptée la région sourcilitre, qui est grise avec les taches blanchatres oblongues, analogues a celles du male; la gorge est squamulée de foncé ; les tectrices alaires beau- coups moins foncées, avec les bordures pareilles 4 celles du mile. Le jeune miile se distingue de l’adulte par le sommet de la téte roussitre en grande partie avec des taches d’un blanc jaunatre, plus grosses que celles de l’adulte; le fond du dos est plus olive; les tectrices alaires comme chez la femelle. 3. Longueur totale 145, vol 182, aile 55, queue 49, bee 17, tarse 17 millim. Trois exemplaires de Huambo, tués en février et en mars 1880. *16. RHAMPHOCEZNUS MELANURUS, V. Un exemplaire de Yurimaguas, tué le 20 janvier 1881. Iris gris. 17. CERCOMACRA TYRANNINA, Scl.; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1877, p. 530. Sept exemplaires des deux sexes de Huambo et de Chirimoto, tués en mars, mai et avril 1880. Iris brun trés foncé. *18. CERCOMACRA CINERASCENS, Scl. Un exemplaire de Yurimaguas, tué le 25 février 1881. Iris gris. *19, PERCNOSTOLA FoRTIS, Scl. et Salv. Une femelle de Yurimaguas, tuée le 15 mars 1881. Iris brun. 20. MyRMECIZA HEMIMELENA, Scl. et Salv.; Tacz. P.Z.S. 1874, p. 530. Quatre exemplaires de Huambo, recueillis en avril 1880. Iris brun foncé. 32 M. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS COLLECTED [Jan. 3, *21. MyRMECIZA MAYNANA, 0. Sp. M. fumosa ; gula, pectore, abdomine medio, alis caudaque nigris ; tectricibus alarum maculis albis triangularibus variis. Rostrum nigrum; pedes plumbei ; iris fusco-brunnea. Male adulte voisin de la MV. atrothorax, mais parfaitement distinct par la couleur générale plus uniforme, celle des parties supérieures du corps d’un fuligineux 4 peine lavé de brunatre; la couleur du dessous beaucoup plus foneée que dans T’espéce citée, et en conséquence le noir de la portrine parait étre moins distinct du fa- ligineux de abdomen, tant plus que le noirdtre passe le long du milieu de cette partie. Les tectrices alaires sont noires, terminées chacune par une tache triangulaire blanche ; rémiges noiratres sans bordure brane; sous-alaires noiratres variées de quelques taches hlanches. Queue noire. Les plumes du milieu du dos blanches 4 la base. Bec noir; pattes plombées ; iris brun foncé. Longueur totale 160, vol 200, aile 58, queue 55, bec 20, tarse 26 maillim. Un exemplaire de Yurimaguas. *22, HypocNeMIs CANTATOR (Bodd.). Quatre exemplaires de Yurimaguas, tués en janvier et en mars 1881. Iris brun foncé, 23. HypocNEMIS MYIOTHERINA (Spix); Tacz. P.Z.S8. 1874, p: 931. Cing exemplaires des deux sexes de Yurimaguas, recueillis en janvier et en février 1881. Iris brun foncé. 24. Hypocnemis pa@citonotra, Pucher.; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 531. Une paire de Huambo recueillie en février et en avril 1881. Iris brun-foncé. 25. Hyrocnemis tHeresa (Des Murs); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p: d31. Quatre exemplaires de Huambo et de Yurimaguas, recueillis en février 1880 et de 1881. Iris gris foncé chez le male, et moins foncé dans la femelle. *26, PirHys LUNULATA, Scl. et Salv. Une femelle de Yurimaguas, tuce le 18 février 1881. Iris gris trés foncé. *27. Formicartus ANALIS (d’Orb. et Lafr.). Une femelle tuée 4 Huambo le 3 février 1880. Iris brun foncé. *28. ForMICARIUS NIGRIFRONS, Gould. Une femelle de Yurimaguas, tuée le 20 avril 188]. Iris brun foneé. 1882. ] IN NORTH-EASTERN PERU. 33 29. GRALLARIA ALBILORIs, Tacz. P.Z.S. 1880, p. 201. Une paire recueillie 4 Chacapoyas en septembre 1879. Ces deux exemplaires ont le roux du sommet de la téte plus intense et plus pur que chez les oiseaux de Cutervo et de Callacate, et plus prolongé sur le devant du dos ; le fond du dessous est un peu plus jaunatre ; les stries de la poitrine tirent au roussatre, ce qui me parait provenir du plumage plus frais chez ces individus. *30. GRALLARIA PRZEWALSKIJ, ni. Sp. G. rufo-brunnea; pileo fusco; genis, hypochondriis subcaudali- busque rufis ; pectore abdomineque medio latissime cinerascenti- bus; ventre medio isabellino. Rostrum nigrum; pedes cceruleo- cineret, pallidi ; iris fusco-brunnea. Le mile adulte est d’un brun roussatre en dessus, & sommet de la téte brun noiratre ; les joues sont d’un roux ferrugineux ; une bande sourcili¢re postoculaire large, d’ uue nuance rousse différente; la gorge fauve pale; le milieu de la poitrine et de abdomen largement cendré, milieu du ventre isabelle; les flancs de la poitrine et de Vabdomen d’un roux brunatre plus clair qu’au dos; sous-caudales roussatres. Les ailes extérieurement de la couleur du dos; sous- alaires rousses ; barbe interne des rémiges brune, lavée en dessous de roussitre. Queue concolore au dos. Bec noir; pattes cendrées bleuatres pales; iris brun trés foncé. La femelie est semblable au male, et distincte par la nuance plus pale au sommet de la téte, grise lavée de roussitre; la couleur du dos plus rousse; le roux des joues et des cdtés du cou plus clair; gorge ocreuse ; le cendré du milieu de la poitrine et de abdomen enduit d’isabelle. Bec comme dans le male, & mandibule plus claire en dessous, tirant au gris corné. 3. Longueur totale 220, vol 325, aile 97, queue 65, bec 29, tarse 51, doigt médian avee Vongle 34 millim. 2. Longueurt otale 210, vol 315, aile 100, queue 60, bee 29, tarse 48, doigt médian avec l’ongle 33 millim. Deux exemplaires (¢ et 9) de Ray-urmana & 8000! daltitude, tuée le 29 octobre 1880. Je dédie cette espéce 4 mon ami le Colonel Vrzewalski, coura- geux explorateur de la Mongolie chinoise et du Thibet septentrional, dont les découvertes nous ont procuré des donneés précieuses pour la connaissance de la faune de ces contrées inhospitalicres. *31. GRALLARIA MINOR, Stolzm. MS. G. brevicaudze simillima, sed minor, supra fusco-olivacea. Forme voisine de la G. brevicauda, mais beaucoup plus petite, a bee en proportion un peu plus fort. En coloration distincte princi- palement par la nuance des parties supéricures du corps olive bru- natre, au lieu de brune roussiitre de V’espeéce citée ; les taches du des- sous sont également disposées, mais d’une teinte analogue a celle du dos ; les lores blanchatres. Le male a la barbe externe des rémiges teinte légérement de ferrugineux. Sous-alaires ocreuses d’une teinte Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. III. 3 o4 M. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS COLLECTED [Jan. 3, moins forte que chez l’espéce citée ; les bordures internes des ré- miges 4 peine roussAtres. Bec noir corné, & mandibule blanche Wivoire avec l’extrémité et les bords gris cornds foncés; pattes grises: iris brun trés foncé. 3. Longueur totale 170-175, vol 282, aile 84, queue 33, bec 24, tarse 40, doigt médian avec l’ongle 26 millim. 9. Longueur totale 165, vol 270, aile 80, queue 33, bec 23:5, tarse 39, doigt médian avec l’ongle 26 millim. Deux miles et une femelle de Yurimaguas, tués en février 1881. 32. CoNOPOPHAGA ARDESIACA, d’Orb. et Lafr,; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 531. Un male tué 4 Huambo le 28 avril 1880. Iris brun foneé. 33, CorYTHOPIS ANTHOIDES (Cuv.) Six exemplaires de Huambo et de Yurimaguas. PrEROPTOCHID.. *SCYTALOPUS, Sp. inc. Un jeune oiseau en premier plumage de Chirimoto. TROCHILIDA. *], GLaucis HirsuTA (Gm.). Un jeune oiseau de Yurimaguas. 2. PHAETHORNIS suPERCILIOSUS (L.). Ph. malaris, Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 541. Un male de Yurimaguas du 2 février 1881. 3. PHArTHoRNis Guyi (Less.); Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 541. Sept exemplaires de Huambo recueillis depuis le 30 mars jusqwau 1 mai. *4, P WAETHORNIS HIsPIDUS, Gould. Une femelle tuée 4 Yurimaguas le 10 mars 1881. *5, PHAETHORNIS NIGRICINCTUs (Lawyr.). Un male de Yurimaguas du 21 février 1881. *6, PHAETHORNIS BOURCIERI (Less.). Un male tué a Yurimaguas le 25 février 1881. 7. APHANTOCHROA uyposticTa, Gould; Tacz, P Z.S. 1874, p: 045. Deux paires de Huambo, recueillies en mars et en mai 1880. *8. DoryPHORA JOHANN (Boure.). Quatre exemplaires tués 4 Huambo en avril et en mai 1880. 1882. | IN NORTH-EASTERN PERU. 35 *9, DorRYPHORA EUPHROSYN#, Muls. Un male de Huambo du 30 avril i880. *10. DorypHora RECTIROSTRIS, Gould. Quatre exemplaires de Huambo et de Ray-urmana (7500') recueillis en avril, en mai et en juillet 1880. 11. Heniopoxa oTeRo (Tsch.). Leadbeatera otero, Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 543. Deux males et une femelle de Huambo et de Chirimoto, tués en février et en juillet 1880. Les males ont la quene moins profondé- ment échanerée que celui de Soriano au Pérou central. L’exem- plaire de Huambo a la queue plus fourchue et la plaque céphalique d’une nuance plus violette que celui de Chirimoto. *12. Pao mOLZMA ZQUATORIALIS, Gould ? Une femelle de Ray-urmana (7500') du 14 juillet 1880, voisine de la Ph. equatorialis, mais distincte par la présence de la gemme gulaire cuivreuse, la couleur de la queue vert olivatre plus métallique, a baguettes seulement rousses dans les trois rectrices externes. 13. THALURANIA NIGROFASCIATA, Gould. Th. tschudii, Tacz. P. Z. S. 1874, p. 542. Neuf exemplaires des deux sexes, recueillis 1 Huambo et 4 Acha- mal depuis le mois de mars jusqu’en septembre 1880. ‘ 14. PANopLITES MATHEWSI (Boure.); Tacz. P.Z.S. 1874, p- 544; 1879, p. 237; 1880, p. 204. Un male recueilli 4 Tamiapampa en novembre 1880. *15, GouLp1A poreLarrit (Du Bus). Une paire recueillie 4 Huambo en avril 1880. 16. AcresTRURA MULSANTI(Boure.); Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 5413 1879, p. 237. Deux exemplaires recueillis & Tamiapampa et A Chirimoto en novembre 1879 et en aotit 1880. 17. CuxTocrercus BomBvs, Gould; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1879, p. 237; 1880, p. 206. Cing exemplaires de Chirimoto et de Tamiapampa, recueillis en novembre 1879 et en aotit 1880. 18. Myrris ranny (Less.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1879, p. 238; 1880, p- 206. Un jeune male tué 4 Chirimoto le 16 aodit 1880. #19, LoppIGEstA MiRABILIs (Bourc.); Tacz. et Stolzm. P. Z. S. 1881, p. 827. Une suite des oiseaux des deux sexes, recueillis a Chachapoyas et & Tamiapampa. 3% 36 M. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS COLLECTED [Jan. 3, *20. SrEGANURA PERUANA, Gould. Cing exemplaires recueillis 4 Cococho et a Chirimoto en juillet et en septembre 1880, 21. Luespia Gracizis, Gould; Tacz. P. Z.S8. 1879, p. 238; 1880, p. 206. Deux males adultes, tués 4 Chachapoyas en septembre et en octobre 1879. 22, AGLAACTIS CUPREIPENNIS (Bource. et Muls.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1880, p. 207. Un jeune mile de Tamiapampa, tué le 9 novembre 1879, présen- tant les mémes dimensions que les oiseaux de Cuteryo, mais le bec est un peu plus court et beaucoup moins épais. 23. RAMPHOMICRON RUFICEPS (Gould); ‘acz. P. Z.S. 1880, p. 207. Six exemplaires de Chachapoyas et de Tamiapampa, recueillis en octobre et en novembre 1879. *24. URosricTE INTERMEDIA, 0. sp. U. supra aureo-viridis ; gula et collo aniico squamosis, viridibus, nitentibus ; ornamento pectorali obscure violaceo ; abdomine viridi, plumis griseo marginatis; subcaudalibus rufescentibus, disco viridi ; macula alba postoculari minima ; remigibus brunneis ni- tore violaceo ; cauda emarginata, rectricibus ad basin eneo-viri- dibus, ad apicem fusco-cupreis, medtis et submediis brevioribus, macula alba terminatis. Rostrum nigrum; pedes brunneo- nigricantes ; wis nigra. Fem, subtus alba viridi maculata ; rectricibus tribus utrinque la- teralibus albo terminatis. Male adulte vert doré briliant en dessus, 4 plumes du sommet de la téte subsquamuleuses ; gorge et le devant du cou couverts de plumes squamuleuses d’un vert ¢clatant sous certain jour, suivies d’une tache jugulaire d’un violet obscur peu luisant; poitrine et ab- domen verts, a plumes du milieu de ces parties largement bordées de blanc grisdtre; sous-caudales roussatres & disque vert; région anale blanchatre ; tache postoculaire blanche trés petite. Les ailes atteignent lextrémité des rectrices médianes, 4 tectrices supérieures et les inférieures de la couleur du dos; les rémiges brunes lustrées de violacé, tirant sur l’olive sous certain jour. Queue fort entaillée, a rectrices de largeur médiocre, les médianes les plus courtes, l’ex- terne dépassant de trés peu la subexterne ; vertes 4 la base et d’un culvreux rougeatre obscur dans la moitié terminale ; les médianes et les submédianes largement terminées de blanc, les premicres avec une petite tache brune a l’extremité méme; page inférieure de la queue moins brillante, d’un olive bronzé enduit lég¢rement derougeatre vers Pextrémité des rectrices. Bec noir; pattes brunes noiratres ; iris noir, 1882.] IN NORTH-EASTERN PERU. 37 Le male probablement moins adulte a les sous-caudales roussatres sans disque vert. Le jeune male prenant sa livrée d’adulte, 4 plaque gutturale verte presque complétement formée, n’a aucune trace de parure violette ; Jes sous-caudales d’un roussatre plus pile que dans les adultes. La femelle a le vert des parties supérieures du corps moins doré que chez le male; tout le dessous du corps blanc tacheté de vert, les taches de la gorge et du devant du cou plus petites et plus brillantes que celles des cétés de l’abdomen, rares sur le milieu de ce dernier ; sous-caudales d’un blanc légérement roussitre. Queue moins profon- dément échanerée que celle du male, a rectrices médianes vertes en entier, les autres vertes passant au cuivreux a l’extrémité moins lon- guement que chez le male ; les externes et les subexternes largement terminées de blanc ; les intermédiaires ont aussi une tache blanche au bout. 3. Longueur totale 118, vol 140, aile 58, queue 40, bec 22 millim. . Longueur totale 111, vol 134, aile 57, queue 40, bee 23 millim. Forme intermédiaire entre les deux espéces connues, voisine de la U. benjamini, mais plus grande, a tache gutturale moins grande, et dune autre nuance, moins métallique; les sous-caudales d’une autre couleur; la tache postoculaire beaucoup plus petite ; espace blan- chatre sous la parure gutturale presque nulle ; bee plus fin; les rec- trices médianes beaucoup plus courtes que les voisines. Trois males et une femelle de Chirimoto et de Ray-urmana. 25. METALLURA SMARAGDINICOLLIS (d’Orb. et Lafr.) ; Tacz. P. Z. S. 1874, p. 544; 1879, p. 238; 1880, p. 207. Une suite d’exemplaires des deux sexes recueillis en novembre 1879 aux environs de Chachapoyas et de Tamiapampa. 26. ApELOMYIA MACULATA, Gould. A. melanogenys, Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 238; 1880, p. 207. Un mile tué 4 Tamiapampa le 27 octobre 1879. *97, CLAIs GuIMeTI (Boure. et Muls.). Cing exemplaires des deux sexes tués & Huambo dans les mois de mars et d’avril 1880. *28, HeELioTHRIX AURITUS (Gm.). Une paire tuce 4 Huambo en février et en avril 1880. 29, PerasopHorRA ANAts (Less.); Tacz. P. Z. 8.1874, p. 541 1879, p. 237; 1880, p. 204. P. jolata, Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 541. Deux exemplaires de Chirimoto recueillis en aotit 1880. *30, PrTaASOPHORA DELPHIN (Less.). Un paire recueillie i Huambo en mai 1880, 38 M. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS COLLECTED! (Jan, 3, 31, Docimasres ENsIFeR (Boiss.); Tacz. P. Z. S. 1874, p. 543 ; 1880, p, 204, Une femelle tuée A Tamiapampa le 16 novembre 1879. 32. Hexiorrypua vious, Gould; Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 238 ; 1880, p. 205. Cing exemplaires tués 4 Chachapoyas et 4 Tamiapampa en octobre et en novembre 1879. *33. DipHLoGaNa 1R1s (Gould). Quatre miles et trois femelles recueillis 4 Chachapoyas et a Tamiapampa en octobre et en novembre 1879, comparés par M. Salvin avec l’exemplaire typique. Nos miles présentent quelques légéres différences avec la descrip- tion dans l’ouvrage de Mulsant, et principalement en ce que le de- vant du dos et les tectrices alaires ne sont pas vertes, mais d’un bronzé antique sombre, lustré de rougeatre dans certaines directions de la lumiére et passant au noir velouté dans les autres; la tache jugulaire, composce de trois ou de quatre plumes, n’est pas bleue, mais d’un lilas clair, conservant sa teinte dans toutes les directions. La femelle différe du male par les plumes du sommet de la téte moins longues que chez le male, en constituant la surface distinctement squamuleuse, & couleur verte foncée sur le devant du front, passant ensuite en vert doré, puis graduellement en orangé et au rouge de feu, beaucoup moins fort que chez le mile; la tache occipitale est réduite & quelques petites plumes bleues sur la ligne médiane; la partie cervicale est couverte de plumes squamiformes d’un rouge rubiné avec un éelat assez fort; le vert de la gorge moins luisant et passant au bleuatre sous certain jour; point de gorgerette; les plumes du haut de la poitrine frangées de fauve ; la couleur cannelle de abdomen moins foncée; rectrices bordées 4 lextrémité de bronzé foncé ; le reste comme dans le mile. Une femelle moins adulte a la couleur rousse généralement plus pale ; les plumes de la gorge, des cétés du visage et de tout le devant du cou isabelles 4 la base et une bordure terminale, ce qui forme des taches vertes plus ou moins isolées sur un fond clair; les bordures terminales des rectrices plus larges; la couleur cuivreuse rougeatre du dos ne changeant pas en noir velouté. Un mile, probablement incomplétement adulte, a les petites et les moyennes tectrices alaires en grande partie d’un cannelle plus intense que sur les autres parties du corps ; cet individu n’a aucune trace de la gorgerette lilacée. 34. Bourcierta rnsectivora (Tsch.); Tacz. P.Z. 8. 1874, p. 543. Un mile tué 4 Huambo le 1 mai 1880. *35. HiLIoMASTER LONGIROsTRIS (V.) Un male de Yurimaguas tué le 17 février 1881, 1882. | IN NORTH-EASTERN PERU, 39 #36, ERIocNEMIS AFFINIS, Elliot. Deux miles et une femelle de Chirimoto et de Ray-urmano (7000- 7500’), recueillis en juillet et la fin de septembre 1580, *37. ERIOCNEMIS DYBOWSKII, ll. Sp. E. supra aureo-viridis, subtus splendide viridis, abdomine splen- didissimo ; pectore medio albo, viridi maculato ; subcaudalibus splendide viridibus ; pedibus albo papposis ; remigibus nigri- cantibus nitore violaceo; cauda profunde emarginata, @reo- viridi. Rostrum rectum, subcylindricum, dimidia parte corporis longius, nigrum ; pedes niygricantes ; tris nigra. Le male est vert avec un éclat doré cuivreux en dessus, tirant légérement au bleuitre dans certaines directions de la lumiére ; le vert du dessous du corps beaucoup plus brillant, surtout sur Pab- domen, passant sous certain jour en bleu beaucoup plus fort quen dessus ; les plumes du milieu de la poitrine blanches 4 la base, for- mant un petit espace blanc, plus ou moins couvert de vert; sous- caudales aussi vertes que l’abdomen, & base des plumes fauve blan- chitre ; touffes des pattes trés abondantes, blanches pures. Tec- trices alaires vertes dorées; rémiges noirdtres lustrés de violet. Queue profondément entaillée, d’un vert bronzé, beaucoup plus bril- lant sur la page inférieure. Bee noir, A bords de la mandibule blanche dans les deux tiers basales ; pattes noiratres 4 bords libres des écailles carnés ; iris noir. La femelle est semblable au mile, 4 couleur verte des parties supé- rieures du corps tirant au doré; l’espace blanc du milieu de la poitrine plus volumineuse et varié de taches plus petites ; les plumes de la gorge 4 base blanche plus ou moins visible; celles du milieu méme dé l’abdomen frangées de blanc. 3. Longueur' totale 106, vol 137, aile 52, queue 33, bec 22 millim. 9. Longueur totale 110, vol 137, aile 52, queue 31, bec 22 millim. Deux males et une femelle de Ray-urmana (7000-8000’). Je dédie cet oiseau-mouche 4 mon ami M. le Docteur Bénoit Dybowski, éminent et infatigable explorateur dela faune de la Sibérie orientale. 38. CYANOMYIA CYANICOLLIS, Gould; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1880, p- 208. Un jeune male de Chirimoto du 8 juillet 1880. 39. Leucippus cH1IoNOGASTER (Tsch.); Tacz. P. Z. 8, 1874, p» 942. Six exemplaires de Chirimoto, recueillis en juillet 1880. Les ceufs des deux pontes présentent les dimensions suivantes :—1°. 1°36 X93 133x9 ; 2% 14°5x9.2; 14°6X 9-3 millim. #410, THAUMATIAS FLUVIATILIS, Gould? Une femelle recueillie 4 Yurimaguas le 14 féyrier 1881, un peu douteuse, 40 Me TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS COLLECTED [Jan. 3, *41, CHRYSURONIA JOSEPHINE (Bource. et Muls.). Six exemplaires des deux sexes recueillis 4 Huambo au mois de mars et en avril 1880. *42, EUCEPHALA C&RULEA (V.). Un exemplaire, probablement femelle, tuée & Yurimaguas le 20 avril 1881. 43. CHLOROSTILBON BREVICAUDATUS, Gould; Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 545. Male adulte et un jeune male de Huambo et d’Achamal tués en mai et en aotit 1880. CYPsELID&. *], CypseLus Montivacus, d’Orb. et Lafr. Un exemplaire de Huambo du 18 mars 1880. Iris brun trés foucé. ; 2. CuarurRa RuTILA (V.); Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 545. Un exemplaire de Chirimoto. CAPRIMULGIDA. *], ANTROSTOMUS RUFUS (Gm.). Un male, tué entre Chirimoto et Achamal le 7 aoiit 1880. Iris noir. *2, ANTROSTOMUS NIGRESCENS, Cab. Un exemplaire de Huambo, tué le 2 avril. 1880. Iris noir. 3. NYCTIDROMUS ALBICOLLIs (Gm.); Tacz. P. oS: 1877, p. 327; 1979, p. 240. Quatre exemplaires des deux sexes de Chirimoto. STEATORNITHIDA. 1. STEATORNIS CARIPENsSIs, Humb.; Tacz. P. Z. S. 1880, p- 208. Deux exemplaires, tués A Huambo en février 1880. Prcipa. PICUMNUS STEINDACHNERI, ni. sp. (Plate II. figs.1¢,29.) P. supra griseus albido squamulatus ; capite nigro, supra albo punctato; fronte et vertice rubro striatis; margine frontali tectricibusque narium albidis; gula albida; pectore abdomi- neque nigris albo striatis, ventre nigro alboque transfasciato ; alis griseo-brunneis ; remigibus secundariis albido marginatis ; cauda nigra, rectricum mediarum pogonio interno et vitta mediana obliqua binarum utringue externarum albis. Fem. mari similis, pileo toto nigro albo punctato. Le male adulte est d’un gris cendré en dessus, 4 plumes terminées ei: 1882. ] IN NORTH-EASTERN PERU. 41 d’une bordure blanchatre et précédée d’une petite tache centrale noirAtre sur celles de la région interscapulaire ; sommet et cétés de la téte noirs, 4 plumes frontales et celles du vertex terminées de rouge miniacé foncé, en formant un grand espace rouge mélangé de noir, le reste du sommet et le haut des cétés de la téte variés de points blancs; les tectrices nasales et la bordure frontale blanchatres ; tectrices auriculaires d’un noir brunadtre. Gorge blanchatre sale ; poitrine et le devant de abdomen noirs variés de stries blanches occupant le milieu méme de chaque plume, un peu plus larges sur la premicre, et plus fines au milieu du dernier; flancs de abdomen et le bas-ventre rayés A travers de noir et de blanc; sous-caudales blanches entourées d’une bordure noire. Ailes brunes grisitres, a tectrices finement bordées de blanchatre; les rémiges secondaires bordées extérieurement de blauchitre en formant une large raie longitudinale sur chacune des ailes pliges ; sous-alaires blanches, ainsi que le bord interne de toutes les rémiges. Queue noire, & barbe interne blanche dans toute la longueur des rectrices médianes, et une large raie oblique de la méme couleur sur le milieu des deux rectrices latérales de chaque cdté de la queue. Bee noiratre, cendré au dessous des narines, i mandibule grise terminée de noir; pattes grises ; iris brun foncé. La femelle est semblable au mile et ne différe que par le sommet de la téte tout noir ponctué de blanc. Une femelle, probablement moins adulte, a seulement la poitrine noirfitre variée de grosses gouttes blanches, tout abdomen rayé de blanc et de noir. 3. Longueur totale 112-113, vol 195-202, aile 56, queue 33, bec 14, tarse 12, doigt médian avec l’ongle 15 mill. Q. Longueur totale 111~113, vol 195-200, aile 57-59, queue 33, bee 13°5-14, tarse 11°5-12, doigt médian avec l’ongle 15 mill. Quatre miles et deux femelles de Chirimoto recueillis en juillet, en avril et en septembre 1880. Je dédie cette intéressante espéce 4 mon ami M. le docteur Stein- dachner, savant directeur du Musée de Vieune. Parmi les oiseaux fournis précédemment par M. Jelski du Pérou central il y a un male de Picumnus que j’ai pris pour un P. albosquamatus, mais qui est trés voisin du précédent et distinct de ce dernier par la couleur différente des parties inférieures du corps et celle de la bordure frontale et des tectrices nasales. Comme il est inédit, je donne sa description en lui proposant le nom du voyageur qui a tant enrichi Ja connaissance de la faune péruvienne. 2. PrcuMNUSs JELSKII, 0. sp. (Plate II. fig. 3.) P. supra griseus, minime albido squamulatus, striis fuscis indi- stincte varius; pileo nigro, fronte verticeque cinnabarino striatis, cervice nuchaque albo punctatis; margine frontali tectrici- busque narium ochraceis ; gula sordide albida; pectore abdo- mineque albidis nigio maculatis ; alis griseo-brunneis ; remigibus secundariis albido marginatis ; cauda nigra, pogonio interno 42 M. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS COLLECTED [Jan. 3, rectricum medianarum et vitta mediana obliqua externarum utrinque binarum albis. Le male adulte est d’un gris cendré en dessus, & bordures des plumes d’un gris plus clair moins prononcées que dans le précédent, avec des stries noirétres au milieu des plumes peu distinctes ; sommet de la téte noir, 4 plumes frontales et celles du vertex terminées lon- guement de rouge cinabre, formant un espace aussi vaste comme dans l’espéce précédente, mais d’une nuance un peu plus foncé ; les tectrices nasales et la bordure antcrieure du front ocreuses; région auriculaire gris brunitre. Gorge blanchatre sale ; le reste des parties inférieures du corps est blanchatre, lavé légérement de jaunatre et varié de taches noires, dont celles de la poitrine sont plus ou moins élargies en bandes transversales, celles des flancs de l’abdomen sub- cordiformes et plus grosses qu’au milieu de cette partie; sous- caudales blanchitres avec une ou deux taches centrales noires. Ailes brunes grisitres, 4 tectrices bordées finement de gris ‘clair ; les rémiges secondaires bordées extérieurement de blanchatre en formant sur Vaile pliée une large bande de cette couleur, semblable i celle de l’espéce précédente ; sous-alaires blanches ainsi que le bord interne de toutes les rémiges. Queue noire 4 barbe interne blanche dans toute la longueur des rectrices médianes, et une large raic oblique de la méme couleur sur le milieu des deux rectrices latérales de chaque cédté de la queue. Bec noiratre, 4 base de la machoire cendrée sur les cotés; la mandibule cendrée A la base, jaunatre au milieu et noiraitre au bout; pattes grises; iris brun foncé. Longueur de laile 59, queue 31, bee 14, tarse 12, doigt médian avec l’ongle 15 mill. Paltaypampa dans la vallée de Chanchamayo au Pérou central. 3. PicuMNus AURIFRONS, Pelz.; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 546. Cing exemplaires recueillis 4 Huambo en mars et en avril 1880. 4. CAMPEPHILUS HHZMATOGASTER, Tsch.; Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 546, Trois exemplaires de Huambo et de Ray-urmana, recueillis en mars et en septembre 1880. Iris brun foncé. 5. Dryocopus tineatus (L.) ; Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 546. Une paire de Huambo, tuce en février et en avril 1880. Iris blane, 6, CHLORONERPES H&MATOsTIGMA (Natt.); Tacz. P. Z.S, 1874, p. 546. Une paire de Yurimaguas, tuée en février 1881. Iris brun foneé. *7, CHLORONERPES FLAVIGULA (Bodd.). Une femelle de Yurimaguas. 8. CHRYSOPTILUS ATRICOLLIs, Malh.; Tacz. P. Z.S.1880, p. 209. Un mile tu¢ 4 Chachapoyas le 25 septembre 1879. Iris brun foneé, 1882.] IN NORTH-EASTERN PERU. 43 9, MeLANERPES CRUENTATUS (Bodd.). Melanerpes hirundinaceus, Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 546. Deux males et une femelle tués 4 Yurimaguas en janvier et en mars 1881. Iris jaune. 10. Hypoxantuus BREviRostTRIS, Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 546, 2880, p. 209. Un male de Tamiapampa. *11. CeLeus JUMANA (Spix). Une paire de Yurimaguas, tuée en janvier et en mars 1881. Iris brun rougeatre foncé. *]2, CrLeus GRAMMIcuS (Malh.). Un mile tué & Yurimaguas le 20 janvier 1881. Ivis brun rou- geiitre foncé. Momorip&. Momorus BRASILIENSIS, Lath. Un exemplaire de Yurimaguas, tué le 15 mars 1881. Iris brun. TROGONID. *1, TroGon viripis, L. Deux males recueillis 4 Huambo le 4 février et le 3 mai 1880. Iris brun foneé. Dans le vivant la bordure de la paupiére est d’un blanc bleudtre ; bec blane bleuatre sale, avec une bande transversale noire voisine de l’extrémité de la machoire; pattes plombées, *2, TROGON ATRICOLLIS, V. Un mile de Yurimaguas tué le 8 mars 1681. Iris brun trés foneé, Dans le vivant bec et le tour de la paupitre olives pales ; pattes grises. 3. Trogon couuaRis, V.; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 547; 1880, p. 210. Un mile de Huambo, tué le 1 avril 1880. Tris brun foneé; bee jaune de cire; pattes grises. 4, Trocon neiorurix, Tsch.; Tacz. P. Z.8. 1874, p. 547. Six exemplaires des deux sexes recueillis 4 Tamiapampa en octobre 1880. Iris brun foncé. : GALBULID&. *1, GALBULA ALBrRostRIs (Lath.). Une paire recueillie 4 Yurimaguas le 22 janvier et le 28 février 1880. Iris brun foncé. *2, UROGALBA AMAZONUM, Scl. Une femelle de Yurimaguas, tuée le 17 février 1881. Iris brun foncé. 44 M. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS COLLECTED (Jan. 3, *3, JACAMEROPS GRANDIS (Gm.). Une femelle de Yurimaguas, tuée le 3 février 1881. Iris brun trés foncé. Bucconip2&. *1, Bucco picatus, Scl. : Un exemplaire sans indication de sexe de Yurimaguas, tué le 8 février 1881. Iris brun trés foneé. *2, Bucco MACRODACTYLUS, Spix. Un exemplaire de Yurimaguas, tué le 15 janvier 1881. Iris rouge de cerise. 3. MALAcopTILA RUFA (Spix). Un mile de Yurimaguas, tuc le 22 janvier 1881. Iris brun rougeatre. *4, MALACOPTILA FuscA (Gm.). Un mile de Huambo tué le 8 avril 1880. Iris brun foneé. *5. NONNULA BRUNNEA, Scl. Ibis, 1881, p. 600. Une femelle de Yurimaguas, tuée le 2 février 1881. Iris brun foncé. 6. Monasa PERUANA, Bp.; Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 548. Deux femelles tuées 4 Yurimaguas en janvier et en fevrier 1881, Tris gris tres foncé. *7, CHELIDOPTERA TENEBROSA (Pall.), Une paire de Yurimaguas tuée en janvier et en février 1881. Iris brun foncé. CucuULID2. 1, Praya ni@ricrissa, Scl. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 548, 1879, p. 240. Un exemplaire de Yurimaguas du 13 mars 1881. Iris rouge cerise. *2, PIAYA MELANOGASTRA (V.). Un exemplaire de Yurimaguas tué le 22 janvier 1881. Iris brun fonce, RHAMPHASTID. *1, RaAMPHASTOS INCA, Gould, Un exemplaire de Huayabamba du 7 juillet 1880. Iris d’un gris obseur. *2, PrrROGLOSSUS HUMBOLDTI, Wagl. Une paire d’ oiseaux adultes des deux sexes, recueillis 1 Yurimaguas en mars 1881. Iris rouge cerise. Une jeune femelle de la méme localité, tuée le 25 février 1881, 7 1882. ] IN NORTH-EASTERN PERU. A paraissant appartenir 4 la méme espéce, a le bee beaucoup plus court que dans les adultes, 4 bords de la machoire non dentelés, noire i V’extrémité et noirdtre avec une légére nuance orangée au dos, orangée sur les cdtés; mandibule brune noiratre sur les cdtés, noire au bout et orangée finement en dessous. Une singulicre armure couvre tout le talon; c’est un tubereule corné couvrant toute la surface de cette partie, hérissé en dessus de 4 ou de 5 grosses Gpines aigués, dont les deux inférieures dirigées en avant sont creuses sur leur face interne, et les autres rangées sur le bord externe du talon sont plus petites et dirigées en arriére. La colora- tion de cet oiseau ne présente aucune différence de celle des femelles adultes, si ce n’est que la couleur du plumage des jambes est plus pale et mélangée en grande partie @olive. Iris brun grisitre foncé ; pattes olives; peau nue au dessus de l’ceil bleue verdatre, au dessous plombée violatre, une tache triangulaire peu distincte se trouve derri¢re l’ceil. Longueur totale 357, vol 416, aile 119, queue 116, bee 62 millim. *3, PrmrRoGLOSssUs FLAVIROSTRIS, [ras. Deux exemplaires de Yurimaguas du 3 février 1881. Ivis rouge cerise, foncé. 4, SeLENIDERA REINWARDTI (Wagl.); Tacz. P. ZS, 1874, p. 578. Un mile recueilli 4 Yurimaguas le 23 janvier 1881. Iris en dessus et en dessous de la prunelle jaune, devant et derri¢re la prunelle d’un gris foneé, ce qui donne 4 cette dernitre une forme oblongue en apparence, le tout entouré d’une bordure verte. 5. ANDIGENA cucuLLATA (Gould); Tacz. P. 8. Z. 1874, p. 548. Une paire de Chachapoyas et de Tamiapampa (9000), tuce le 13 septembre et le 12 novembre 1879. Iris jaune verdatre dans le male et vert dans la femelle. CAPITONID&, 1. Capito AuRATUS, Dumont; Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 549. Un male de Yurimaguas. *2. Capiro sTEERI, Sel. P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 140. Deux miles et une femelle de Chirimoto et de Huambo recueillis en mai et en juillet 1880. Iris gris foneé chez le male. La femelle ressemble eu tout & celle du C. glaucogularis, Tsch., et ne s’en distingue que par la lunule gulaire rouge remplacée par une tache petite et d’une couleur moins intense. Elle est d’une taille un peu moins forte. Iris brun foncd ; bec verdatre sale, 4 dos gris corné; pattes olives. Longueur totale 170, vol 233, aile 69, queue 42, bee 23°5 millim. 46 M. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS COLLECTED [Jan. 3, PsiTTACIDA. *1, Ara mAcao (L.). Un oiseau vivant de Yurimaguas. *2, ARA ARARAUNA (L.). Un oiseau vivant de Yurimaguas. 3. Conurvus Luciani (Deville); Tacz. P.Z. 8. 1874, p. 549. Une paire de Yurimaguas. *4, BROTOGERYS XANTHOPTERA (Spix). Un exemplaire vivant de Yurimaguas. *5, BroroGERYs JUGULARIS, Deville. Un exemplaire de Yurimaguas. *6. Curysotis Festiva (L.). Un oiseau vivant de Yurimaguas. 7. CurysoTis MERCENARIA (Tsch.); Tacz.P. Z.S. 1874, p. 550. Un male de Huambo du 12 mars 1880. Iris rouge trés foneé. Cet exemplaire est d’une taille plus forte que loiseau de Maraynioc et présente quelques légéres différences dans les détails de la colora- ration, surtout dans la queue. Un ceuf trouvé dans un trou d’arbre est trés court, 4 coque orangée dans sa transparence. Long. de 36°3 sur 31 millim de largeur. *8, CHRYSOTIS AMAZONICA, Scl. Un exemplaire vivant. #9, CAICA MELANOCEPHALA (L.). male de Yurimaguas tu¢ le 15 mays 1881. Iris composé d’un anneau double, dont Vintérieur est gris trés foneé, entouré de rouge cramoisi, changeant en orangé apres la mort de l’oiseau. I *10. PsirracuLa PASsERINA (L.)? Un male tué & Yurimaguas le 13 mars 1881, a le croupion vert comme celui de la femelle sans aucune trace de nuance bleue. Iris gris clair. STRIGIDA. Scops BRASILIANUS (Gm.). Un jeune oiseau tué 4 Yurimaguas le 18 février 1881. Fauconip. 1. AsruRINA MAGNIROsTRIs (Gm.); Tacz. P. Z. S. 1874, p. 552% 1879, p. 241. Un exemplaire tué 4 Huambo en février 1880. Iris jaune; cire et pattes orangées. 1882.] IN NORTH-EASTERN PERU. 47 *2, Burro PENNSYLVANICUS (Wils.). Une femelle tucée 4 Huambo le 9 mars 1880. Iris brun marron clair ; cire jaune sale ; pattes d’un jaune orangé. *3. ACCIPITER PILEATUS (Tem.). Une femelle adulte de Huambo tude le 26 avril 1880. Iris orangée ; cire noire en dessus: bec noir avec la partie grise au dessous des narines; pattes jaunes orangées. Longueur totale 440, vol 797 millim. *4, MIcRASTUR MIRANDOLLEI, Schl. Un oiseau adulte de Yurimaguas, tué le 2 mars 1881. Iris gris foncé, 5. Harpacus BipeNnTAtus (Lath.) ; Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 550. Un male tué & Huambo le 22 février 1880. Iris d'un roux cannelle rougeatre ; cire jaune verdatre sale; pattes jaunes orangées. *6. HypoTrRIORCHIS RUFIGULARIS (Daud.). Un male de Huambo du 18 avril 1880. Iris brun foncé; cire jaune ; pattes jaunes orangées. CATHARTID. * 1, Gnops PERNIGRA, Sharpe. Cathartes aura, VOrb. Voy. Amér. mér. iv. p. 38, tab. 1. f. 3. Un mile tué 4 Huambo le 12 avril 1880. Iris gris avec des rayons blancs tres fins autour de la pupille. Tete nue, d'un rouge violet avec une grande tache occipitale blanche quand les plis de la peau sont rassemblés. Bee blanc d'ivoire ; pattes blanchatres & doigts noiratres. ARDEID&. *], Arpea cocol, L. Une jeune femelle du Corral, tuée le 17 aotit 1880. Iris jaune clair. *2, ARDEA AGAMI, L. Un mile adulte de Yurimaguas. 3. TiGRIsoMA SALMON], Scl. et Salv.; Tacz. P.Z.S. 1879, p. 242; 1880, p. 212. Un mile tué 4 Huambo en avril 1880. ANATID. DAFILA oxyURA, Meyen; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 554, Un exemplaire tu¢ & Rumucucha le 3 octobre 1880. 48 M. TACZANOWSKI ON BIRDS COLLECTED [Jan. 3, CoLUMBID. 1, CotumBA peNnisgeA, Temm.; Tacz. P. Z.8. 1874, p. 555. L’euf, recueilli 4 Chirimoto en février, présente les dimensions suivantes: 39°3 x 29 millim. *2, CoLuMBA RUFINA (Temm.). Un exemplaire tué 4 Chirimoto le 20 juillet 1880. Iris d’un rouge framboise extérieurement et d’un gris violatre trés foncé autour de la pupille. *3. CoLUMBA VINACEA (Temm.). Un exemplaire de Huambo tué le 20 février 1880. Iris gris violatre, presque de la nuance du sommet de la téte, mais un peu plus foncé; paupicres grises ; tour de l’ceil dénudé carné violatre. *4, PerRISTERA GEOFFROYI (Temm.). Une femelle de Rumucucha, tuée le 27 aowt 1880, Iris rouge clair. 5. GEOTRYGON MONTANA (L.); Tacz. P.Z.S. 1874, p. 556; 1879, p. 243. Un male de Cococho, tué le 28 aout 1879, et un male de Yuri- maguas du 9 mars 1881. Iris ocreux. Cracip&. 1, PENELOPE SCLATERI, Gr.; Tacz. P. Z.8. 1874, p.550; 1879, p. 243. Trois exemplaires de Tamiapampa tués en novembre 1879. Iris brun rougeatre. 2. PENELOPE BOLIVIANA, Reichb. ; Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 558. Une femelle tuée 2 Yurimaguas le 7 février 1880, distincte des oiseaux du Pérou central par le fond des parties inférieures du corps fort roussdtre, et les stries fauves au lieu de blanches. Iris brun foncé: parties nues de la face grises d’acier ; peau nue de la gorge rouge carnée, 3. PENELOPE RUFIVENTRIS, Tsch. Deux males de Tamiapampa, tués en novembre 1879, s’accordent en tout avec la description et la figure de la ‘ Fauna Peruana,’ tandis que les trois exemplaires fournis précédemment par M. Jelski du Pérou central different par Ja disposition de la couleur plombée sur le devant du cou. La peau nue chez les oiseaux vivants de Tamia- pampa est d’un bleu outremer ; bec noir; pattes rouges brunatres A doigts bruns avec une nuance rougeatre tres faible; iris rouge brunatre. 4, ORTALIDA GuUTTATA (Spix). Une femelle et un poussin recueillis 2 Chirimoto le 6 juillet 1880. 1882.] IN NORTH-EASTERN PERU. 49 Cette femelle se distingue de celle du Pérou central par le manque complet des taches blanches sur le devant de l’abdomen. Bee gris bleudtre ; cire et les paupiéres plombées; pattes roses; iris brun fonce. RALLID. RALuLus NIGRICANS, V. Un mile adulte tué &4 Huambo le 12 avril 1880. Ivis terre-de- Sienne foncé. SCOLOPACID. TRINGOIDES MACULARIUS (L.) ; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1877, p. 330. Deux femelles adultes tuées 4 Huambo a la fin de mars 1880. PopiciPi1TID&. *PoODICEPS DOMINICUS (L.). Sept exemplaires adultes recueillis & Rumucucha en juin et en juillet 1880. Iris jaune. Les poussins en duvet, recueillis en juillet, ont le sommet de la téte noir avec une tache rousse au milieu et une série de raies blanches disposées comme il suit: une strie médiane devant la tache rousse, un sourcil au dessus de chaque ceil; une raie postoculaire, raie oblique cervicale prolongée sur toute la longueur du cou et un chevron nuchal passant aussi sur le cou; joues, gorge et le devant du cou sont blanes variés de lignes noirdtres, dont une passe depuis le menton sur toute la longueur de la gorge et du cou; deux autres de chaque coté du cou, une sur les cétés de la gorge et l’autre tout le long du bas des joues. Dos gris noiratre parsemé de poils blancs; poitrine et flancs gris foneés mélés de poils blanchatres ; milieu du dessous largement blanc. Iris presque noir. Les ceufs des deux pontes ressemblent & ceux du P. minor de Europe, et sont en général un peu plus petits. Dimensions: 36 x 25, 35°5 X 27°8, 36°3 x 27°8, 35 x 25, 37°3 X 25°7 millim. TINAMID. 1, Cryprurvs opsoLetus (Temm.); Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 563. Six adultes et un jeune de Chirimoto, recueillis en juillet et en septembre 1880. Iris gris clair chez le male, gris chez la femelle. 2. NoTHOPROCTA CURVIROSTRIS, Scl. ? Un jeune oiseau couvert presque en entier de plumes, tué & Cha- chapoyas le 23 septembre 1879, me parait appartenir & cette espéce. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. IV. 4 50 MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW GENERA AND [Jan. 3, 2. Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Phytophagous Coleoptera. By Martin Jacopy. [Received November 31, 1881.] Lamprosoma, Kirby. 1, LAMpROSOMA GRANDE, sp. nov. Subglobular, very convex, black below, above brilliant metallic green. Head very finely, thorax distinctly punctured ; elytra rather deeply punctate-striate, the interstices finely scratched, Length 33 lines. Hab. Amazons. Head very broad, finely and closely punctured, the front with au obsolete depression ; clypeus separated from the face by a short but deep impression at the sides only, anterior border deeply concave. Labrum fulvous. Jaws and antenne black, the basal joint of the latter metallic green above, fulvous below. Thorax more than three times as broad as long, the sides greatly deilexed, the posterior lobe rounded and large, obliquely and distinctly impressed at each side, surface closely and more distinctly punctured than the head. Seutellum metallic green. Elytra regularly convex, scarcely nar- rowed behind, the lateral lobe not much produced, subangulate ; each elytron with ten rows of punctures deeply impressed at the base, but much smaller towards the apex, the interstices finely scratched. Prosternum rather longer than broad, its surface with a few deep punctures. A single specimen is contained in my collection. The present species is allied to L. amethystinum, Lac., L. cunea- tum, Baly, and L. canaliculatum, Baly, but differs from all of them in the more narrow transverse thorax, broader scarcely attenuated shape, the finer punctuation of its head and thorax, and the shape of its clypeus; the shape of the thorax is almost that of Lych- nophaés laticollis, although to a less extent. On the whole the present species bears a great resemblance in shape and colour to the last-named insect ; but the appendiculate claws show it to be a true Lamprosoma, Lycunopnatis, Lacordaire. 2. LycHNOPHAES AFRICANA. Broadly ovate, moderately convex, black. Thorax extremely finely punctured and strigose; elytra finely and irregularly pune- tured, a scutellar spot and a lateral band from the base to the apex metallic cupreous. Length 2 lines. Hab. South Africa. Head convex at the vertex only, subdepressed at the middle, finely longitudinally strigose; epistome limited at each side in front of the eyes by a short transverse depression. Eyes very slightly 1882. | SPECIES OF PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 51 emarginate at their inner margin. Antenne rather long, extending to the base of the thorax, the seventh to the apical joints dentate but not very transversely shaped. Thorax more than three times as broad as long, greatly defiexed at the sides, the posterior margin rather regularly rounded at the sides, and the median lobe obsolete and not produced ; upper surface extremely finely punctured on the disk, very finely longitudinally strigose at the sides. Scutellum trian- gular, black. Elytra regularly but very moderately convex, the lateral lobes slightly produced and rounded; surface much more strongly punctured than the head, the punctuation close and irregularly arranged; black, an elongate sutural spot surrounding the scutellum, and the lateral margins from the base to the apex, aureous or cupreous. Prosternum convex anteriorly, subtriangular, much nar- rowed behind. Claws simple. Two specimens of this interesting species were kindly given to me by Mr. Thorey, of Altona. I have included it for the present in the genus Lychnophaés, of which no species has been known inhabiting Africa. The general shape of the insect, scarcely emarginate eyes, and slender antennz would no doubt justify the erection of a special genus; but as these differences seem to me to be those of degree rather than generic, I have thought it best to abstain from the creation of a new genus. The insects were col- lected by Drége. NEOCHLAMYS, gen. nov. Ovate, rotundate, very convex. Head invisible from above. Eyes submarginate. Palpi short, robust, terminal joint conical. Antenne short ; fourth and fifth joints elongate, of equal length ; the rest gradually transverse, subserrate. Thorax transverse, narrow, its sides rounded. Scutellum rather large, flat, triangular, Elytra distinctly lobed at the sides, very convex, irregularly punctured and strigose. Prosternum compressed, narrowed behind. Cavities for the reception of the antennz and legs present. Claws simple. Type, Neochlamys strigicolles. The genus described here is, without doubt, closely allied to Spherocharis, but well distinguished by the shape of the antennze and the simple claws. The eyes in the present genus may almost be called entire, the inner margin of the head scarcely advancing opposite the insertion of the antenne, and the pygidium scarcely protruding beyond the elytra, in one instance being even totally covered by them. Iam unfortunately not sure about the locality of this species, but believe it to be from Brazil. 3. NrocHLAMYS STRIGICOLLIS, Sp. Noy. Broadly ovate, rotundate, very convex, bronze-coloured, shining, Antenne, palpi, and tarsi fulvous; head and thorax closely longi- tudinally strigose; elytra closely and irregularly punctured, the apex and sides strigose. Length 22 to 3 lines. Hab. Brazil? 4% 32 MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW GENERA AND (Jan. 3, Head flat, slightly depressed between the eyes, closely covered with fine longitudinal striz, a triangular space between the eyes impunctate and smooth; anterior margin of the clypeus perfectly straight. Labrum transverse, black. Antenne shorter than the thorax; fulvous, the first joint metallic ceneous, dentate from the seventh joint. Thorax nearly four times as broad as long, the pos- terior margin moderately produced at the middle, the median lobe not produced and straight; sides rounded, the entire surface closely covered with elongate punctures and fine longitudinal strie. Scu- tellum rather broad, triangular, smooth. Elytra slightly broader at the base than the thorax, regularly convex, the apex rounded, with an obsoletely raised short costa near the lateral margin towards the apex; lateral lobe moderately produced and rounded; surface covered with smaller and larger punctures on the disk, the.sides and apex finely and closely strigose ; entirely of a metallic bronze colour. Underside and legs of the same colour, closely rugose-punctate ; the abdominal segments of nearly equal length; tarsi fulvous. Prosternum rather broader than long, compressed and narrowed behind, rugose-punctate. Two specimens are contained in my collection. I may add to the above description, that the elytra in both the specimens before me are covered with small purplish spots of dif- ferent shape and position, which I attribute to accident or discolora- tion of the ground-colour, although I cannot be sure about it. One specimen shows also a short pygidium, while the latter is totally covered by the elytra in the other. EUMOLPIDS. Lunycutus, nov. gen. (sect. Typophorine). Antenuee with the last five joints widened, last three joints broadly transverse, wider than long. Eyes distant, entire. Prosternum narrowed at the middle, its base truncate; femora without teeth; intermediate tibiee notched at the apex. Claws bifid, the inner division minute. Type, Eulychius madagascariensis. This genus may be at once distinguished from all those belonging to the T'ypophorine by the broadly transverse and flattened apical joints of the antennee. It seems to be allied to the genus Sybriacus, Har., but differs in the unarmed femora and bifid claws. 4, EULYCHIUS MADAGASCARIENSIS, Sp. nov. Oblong, rufous ; last three joints of the antennze black ; thorax coarsely punctured; elytra finely punctate-striate, black, opaque, shoulders and the apex rufous. Length 23 lines. Hab. Madagascav. Head rather closely and strongly punctured. Clypeus separated from the face by an obsolete transverse groove. Labrum testaceous. Antenne extending to the base of the thorax ; first joint subglobular, 1882. | SPECIES OF PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 53 thickened; second a little shorter than the third ; seventh and eighth joints gradually widened ; last three joints flattened, broader than long, black. Thorax narrowly transverse, fulvous, shining ; sides rounded, anterior margin straight; disk rather convex, closely and deeply punctured. Scutellum triangular, fulvous. Elytra wider at the base than the thorax, moderately convex, the sides deflexed ; surface closely and regularly punctate-striate, black, opaque, a trian- gular spot at the shoulder and a narrow elongate apical one fulvous, Underside and legs entirely fulvous. Three specimens are contained in my collebtion, Baya, noy. gen. Elongate, subparallel. Head perpendicular, broad, invisible from above. Eyes slightly emarginate, small. Palpi filiform. Antennee half the length cf the body; second joint short, globose; third and following three joints subequal, slender; the rest gradually thickened. Thorax transverse, its sides rounded and entire, anterior angles produced. Scutellum triangular. lytra slightly wider than the thorax, convex, semipunctate-striate. Legs of moderate size ; the intermediate and posterior tibiz of the male with a large tri- angular acute tooth. 2. Intermediate tibize toothed oniy, the posterior ones emar- ginate ; prosternuin greatly narrowed in the middle, the base trun- cate; anterior thoracic episternum concave. Type, Balya quadrimaculata. I found this genus upon a handsome-coloured insect, of which three specimens are contained in my collection, from Brazil. It ought to be placed amongst the first group of the Eumolpide (the Iphimeine, according to Chapuis’s arrangement), from all genera of which it is easily distinguished by the toothed middle and posterior tibize of the male and its general elongate subcylindrical shape. 5. BALYA QUADRIMACULATA, Sp. OY. Below black ; head, thorax, and the base of the femora fulvous ; antennee (the first 4 joints excepted), a spot at the middle of the thorax, and the tibia black ; elytra dark purplish, the suture and two spots on each elytron flavous. Length 3 lines. Hab. Brazil (Lagoa Santa). Head very finely and closely punctured, broad, the eyes very distant. Antennee black, the first four joints fulyous. Palpi fulvous, terminal joint black. Thorax transversely convex, not narrower at the apex than at the base, the anterior angles produced into a short tooth, fulvous, with a central black rhomboidal spot; surface scarcely visibly punctured. Scutellum black, triangular. Elytra slightly wider at the base than the thorax, parallel and subeylindri- cal; surface closely covered with large and smaller punctures arranged in subregular rows, the apex longitudinally costate ; of adark purplish- blue colour, the suture narrowly, and two irregular-shaped spots near 54 MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW GENERA AND [Jan. 3, the lateral margin, one before, the other behind the middle, fulvous. Underside, knees, tibiee, and tarsi black, femora fulyous ; four pos- terior tibiee armed with an acute long triangular tooth at their outside. Tn my collection. Mentvs, Chapuis. 6. MENIUS VIRIDIHNEUS, sp. NOY. Ovate, convex, dark greenish eeneous. Antenne and the legs obscure fulvous ; thorax deeply but not closely punctured ; elytra very deeply and regularly punctate-striate, the interstices convex anteriorly. Length 2 lines. Had. Cameroons (the plains.) Front of head rather swollen, obsoletely and finely punctured, with a distinct but short longitudinal groove between the eyes, the latter with a distinct, posteriorly widened groove at their inner margin. Clypeus separated by a triangular impressed line from the face. Labrum fulvous. Antenne half the length of the body, fili- form, entirely fulvous, or with the apical joints piceous. Thorax about twice as broad as long, distinctly narrowed from the base to the apex, its sides but little rounded, surface impressed with deep but rather remotely placed punctures. Scutellum subtriangular, its apex acute. Elytra slightly wider at the base than the thorax, con- vex, regularly and deeply punctate-striate near the base, much more finely towards the apex; below the shoulder several striz are united at their ends and their commencement and are only half the length of the rest ; interstices impunctate, subcostate near the base, but flat posteriorly. Femora with a short acute tooth. Collected by Mr. Rutherford. Coilection Jacoby. This species is allied to M. costatus, Baly, but is larger, differently shaped, the thorax much more strongly punctured, and the elytra are devoid of the strongly raised costee near the lateral margin. Terituvs, Chapuis. 7. TERILLUS POROSUS, Sp. NOV. Elongate, convex, fulvous, finely pubescent below. Thorax irregu- larly and moderately strongly, elytra foveolate punctate, the interior - of the punctures metallic green. Length 33-4 lines. ak Hab. Australia, Cooktown. } Head very minutely and closely punctured, and covered with fine silvery pubescence. Antennze half as long as the body, third joint double the length of the second, light fulvous. Thorax about twice as broad as long, its sides straight, disk longitudinally obsoletely suleate from the base to the apex, rest of the surface irregularly covered with rather fine punctures, pubescent like the head. Seu- tellum smooth. Elytra foveolate-punctate, the punctures near the base arranged in irregular double rows, the rest confusedly distributed, 1882. ] SPECIES OF PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 55 interstices transversely wrinkled and costate near the apex ; the interior of the punctures, especially near the lateral and sutural margins, metallic green, Underside and legs fulvous, closely covered with fine silvery pubescence. In my collection. Curiripea, Baly. 8. CHEIRIDEA SUBRUGOSA, sp. Nov. Oblong, convex, metallic green, pubescent. Legs cupreous. Tho- rax deeply punctate, its sides serrate. Elytra punctate-striate and transversely rugose, subpubescent, metallic green, with a broad transverse black band at the middle. Length 4 lines. Hat. Cameroons. Head rugose punctate, thinly covered with long white hairs. Labrum and jaws, as well as the palpi, black. Antenne nearly half the length of the body, the joints robust and (with the exception of the first three joints) elongate, black. Thorax subquadrate, its sides slightly rounded and serrate, all the angles acute ; surface deeply aud rather closely punctured, the interstices laterally transversely wrinkled ; metallic green, covered with thin white hairs at the sides. Scutellum pentagonal, thickly covered with white pubescence. Elytra wider than the thorax, convex at the middle and acutely pointed at the apex, irregularly transversely rugose and deeply punctured, the interstices subcostate at the disk, metallic green, this colour divided at the middle of each elytron by a broad transverse black band which does not quite reach the suture, this band is limited anteriorly and posteriorly by thick white pubescence, which is also prominent towards the apex in the shape of longitudinal striz, principally near the sutural margin. Underside obscure metallic green, closely pubescent. Legs cupreous, femora without tooth. Claws appendiculate. Jn my collection. This handsome species bears a close resemblance to Pseudocolaspis timialithus, Thoms., in regard to shape and colour, and might be easily mistaken for that species if the generic characters were not totally different. ‘The serrate sides of the thorax, filiform antennee, and the appendiculate claw show it, however, to belong to Baly’s genus Cheiridia, described in the Journ.Linn. Soe., Zool, vol. xiv, p. 253, HALTICIDs, DrAmpuipiA, Gerstiicker. 9, DIAMPHIDIA ANGOLENSIS, Sp. Nov. . Broadly ovate, convex, testaceous or flavous. Antennz simple, black ; sides of the breast, knees, tibize and tarsi, three spots on the head, and five on the thorax bleck ; elytra very closely punctured, black, sutural and lateral margins and a pear-shaped spot from the base to the middle flavous. Length 43-5 lines. Hab, Angola (Africa). 56 MR, M. JACOBY ON NEW GENERA AND [Jan. 3, Head with a few fine punctures, flavous, a rhomboidal spot at the middle and one on each side at the base black. Antenne black, the second and third joints and the apex of the terminal one fulvous. Thorax nearly three times as broad as long, the sides very moderately rounded, anterior angles acute; surface finely and not very closely punctured on the disk, much more closely towards the sides ; a broad subquadrate irregular-shaped black spot is situated at each side, and connected anteriorly with a small round spot, another oblong one being placed in the middle of the base. Scutellum black. Elytra extremely closely subrugulose punctate, black, the margins narrowly testaceous, but interrupted at the apex by an elongation of the black portion; an elongate pear-shaped testaceous spot extends from the middle of the base in an oblique direction to the middle of the elytra. Underside closely pubescent. Four specimens of this well marked species are contained in my collection. The design of the elytra and thorax will distinguish this insect from any of its allies. GALERUCID&. Lurrropes, Motsch. 10. LUPERODES MARGINATUS, Sp. Nov. Oblong, convex, light flavous below. Antenne, their basal joints excepted, piceous. Above pale olive-green, extreme lateral margins of the elytra and their epipleure black. Length 3 lines. Hab. Africa, Lagos. Head not longer than broad, with a well marked transverse groove between the eyes, finely punctate, the latter black, prominent. An- tennee two thirds the length of the body, obscure piceous, the two or three basal joints flavous, joints 2 and 3 very short, of nearly equal length, the rest filiform and slender. Thorax narrowly trans- verse, its sides straight and narrowed from base to apex, the angles obtuse and rather rounded ; surface like the head, very minutely punc- tured. Scutellum triangular. Elytra convex, parallel, more dis- tinctly punctured than the thorax, of a very pale greenish tint, with the lateral and apical margins black; this colour is narrowed gra- dually towards the base, where it is very narrow. Underside and legs flavous, finely pubescent ; last abdominal segment in some specimens black. Collection Jacoby. The genus Luperodes, resembling in its general appearance the genus Monolepta, may be known by the very long first tarsal joint of the posterior legs, the tibize of which are armed with a long spine, in connexion with the open anterior coxal cavities. 11, LUrPERODES AUSTRALIS, Sp. Noy. Oblong, convex, flavous; apical joints of the antenne, and the breast, black ; elytra minutely punctured, flavous, the base and a small spet below the middle rufous, or a | 1882. | SPECIES OF PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. Length 2-25 lines. Hab. Australia. Head impunctate, with a short transverse groove between the eyes, the latter very large, black. Antenne rather closely approached, the four basal joints flavous, the rest piceous, joints 2 and 3 very short. Thorax transverse, the sides slightly rounded, anterior margin straight, posterior much rounded ; surface impunctate, flavous. Elytra very closely and finely punctured, with a transverse rufous band at the base, the posterior margin of which is irregularly sinuate, and a small spot of the same colour situated behind the middle and close to the sutural margin. Underside and legs flavous. Breast shining black. Two specimens are contained in my collection,received from the Mus. Godeffroy at Hamburg. Mawacosoma, Chey. 12. MALACOSOMA POLITUM, Sp. nov. Oblong, convex, black. Thorax fulvous, impunctate ; elytra testaceous, extremely minutely punctured; legs and antenne black. Length 3 lines. Hab. South Africa. Head black, pubescent, with a more or less distinct central longi- tudinal groove at the vertex. Antenne short and robust; the second joint the shortest ; the third and fourth joints of equal length ; the rest subcylindrical, slightly thickened. Thorax transversely convex, its sides rounded, especially anteriorly, the anterior angles slightly tuberculate; surface convex, entirely impunctate, fulvous. Seutellum black. Hiytra convex, impunctate like the thorax, or visibly punctured only when seen under a strong lens; testaceous, very shining. Underside and legs rather thickly covered with yellow pubescence. The highly polished upper surface of the present species, which is totally impunctate, will distinguish it from MW. lusitanicum, with which it agrees in coloration. Collection Jacoby. 13, MALACOSOMA QUADRIMACULATUM, Sp. Nov. Oblong, testaceous ; antennee, tibice, and tarsi black ; elytra very finely punctured, testaceous, a small longitudinal spot at the base and a band from base to apex, greatly narrowed anteriorly, black. Length 3 lines. Hab. Natal. Head convex, very minutely punctured, with a distinct transverse sinuate groove between the eyes. Antenne half the length of the body ; second joint short ; third and fourth joints elongate, of equal length ; the basal one fulvons, the rest black. Thorax narrowly trans- verse, nearly three times as broad as long; surface distinctly but irregularly punctured, fulvous. Scutellum nearly semicircular, flavous, smooth. Elytra rather more finely and closely punctured than the thorax, of the same colour as the latter; each elytron with an elongate 58 MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. [Jan, 3, black spot near the scutellum and another broad band of the same colour, the anterior part of which is greatly narrowed and concave at its inner margin; this band does not extend quite to the lateral margin or the apex. Underside and femora testaceous ; tibize and tarsi black, My collection and that of the British Museum. 14, MALACOSOMA FLAVOMARGINATUM, Sp. Nov. Elongate, testaceous. Head and thorax fulvous; elytra closely punctured, blackish blue, the lateral and sutural margins flavous. Length 3 lines. Hab. South Africa. Head convex, closely punctured. Antenne half the length of the body, black, first three joints flavous. Thorax of the same shape as in M. quadrimaculatum, its surface distinctly but less closely punctured. Scutellum flavous. Elytra very closely and rather strongly punc- tured, black with a bluish tint, the sutural and lateral margins, as well as the apex, narrowly flayous. Underside and legs of the same colour ; tarsi piceous. Collection Jacoby. GonrorLeuRA, Westwood. 15. GONIOPLEURA BASALIS, Sp. Noy. Elongate, convex, rufous. Thorax finely punctured, its sides tri- dentate; elytra finely pubescent, metallic green or blue, the base more or less broadly rufous. Length 7 lines. Hab. Sumatra. Head finely and closely puuctured. Clypeus slightly transversely depressed, its anterior margin deeply concave and bidentate. Apex of jaws black. Antenne light fulvous, extending to one third the length of the body. Thorax subquadrate, punctured like the head ; each lateral margin produced at the middle into a biangulate flat protuberance preceded by a small tooth, from which an oblique depression extends across the disk towards the base. Scutellum rufous. Elytra convex and parallel, closely and rather more strongly punctured than the thorax, and covered, especially towards the apex, with whitish pubescence ; metallic green or blue, with a more or less broad rufous transverse band at the base. Underside and legs rufous. Collection Jacoby and British Museum. From G. viridipennis, Clark, to which the present species bears a great resemblance, it may be distinguished by the dentate and angulate lateral thoracic margin, which in Clark’s species consists of a single tooth only, while here it is followed by an almost square- shaped broad angular protuberance. The rufous basal margin of the elytra varies in width, but is constant. This species forms the fourth of the genus Goniopleura, “THATIaAN FIVIONTH SY ile Ca GN Se 1882. ] MR. O. THOMAS ON THE AFRICAN MUNGOOSES. 59 8. On the African Mungooses. By Onprretp Tomas, I.Z.8., British Museum, [Received December 2, 1881.] (Plate ITI.) In the Zoology of the Yunnan Expedition’, Dr. John Anderson of the Calcutta Museum has recently fully worked out the Oriental species of that difficult Viverrine group, the Mungooses; and the present paper is an attempt to treat similarly those that are found in Africa, The latter, however, are very much less uniform in structure than the former, as they belong to no less than seven genera, six being peculiar to Africa, while the Oriental forms, as Dr. Anderson has shown, ought all to be included in the restricted genus Herpestes. The Oriental and African Mungooses together form a very natural subfamily, the Herpestinse*, quite distinct from the other large group of the Viverridee, namely the Civets and Paradoxures, or Vivervine. Prof. Flower, in his well-known paper on the classification of the Carnivora ®*, says of the Viverride (p. 35) that ‘“‘they show a great tendency to break into two groups, of which Viverra, Paradoxurus, Arctictis, &c. belong to one, and Herpesées and its various modifi- cations to the other, /hyzena being an aberrant member of the last,” and (p. 20) gives a description of the characters of the base of the skull in this group, compared with those of the Viverrine. Externally the members of this subfamily are distinguished by their comparatively lithe and slender form, and by their generally blunt, elongated, and but slightly curved claws, as compared with the short, sharp, semiretractile, and strongly curved claws of most of the Viverrinee. The following are the only two previous papers of any importance on the subject of the African species of this group :—(1) Temminck, Esq. Zool. Cote Guinée, pp. 93-118 (1853) ; and (2) Gray, P.Z.8, 1864, pp. 547-579. The first of these contains much useful information, especially with regard to the variation to which these animals are subject ; nevertheless, notwithstanding his clear insight into the badness of other people’s species, Temminck formed several bad species of his own init. The second, by Dr. Gray, is a complete revision of the group, in which, however, such a large number of untenable genera ave formed, and go many bad species are made and allowed, that the confusion into which the group had fallen cannot be said to have been removed by it. On the other hand, it must be admitted that 1 Op. cit. p. 168 (1878). 2 On the principle of strict priority this name ought to be Svricatine, Suri- cata antedating Herpestes by seven years ; but it would be so obviously unsuitable to call the subfamily after one of its most aberrant members, that IT think we are justified in using the later and more classical term, 3 P.Z.8. 1869, ps4. 60 MR, O. THOMAS ON THE [Jan. 3, his general arrangement of the group seems to be a very natural one, and has, in its main outlines, been followed here. With regard to the genera treated of, I have only taken those found actually on the continent of Africa, and have therefore not included the aberrant forms Galidia, Galidictis, and Hupleres', which are only found in Madagascar, and of which the species present but little difficulty, so that there is no need for any special revision of them’. On the other hand, none of the true Mungooses are indigenous to Madagascar, though one or two of them have been recorded from there; but these would seem either to have been introduced, or the correctness of their locality to have been very doubtful. It must be remembered that the artificial introduction of animals of this group is by no means unlikely, as Mungooses are constantly tamed by the natives, and would thus easily be carried by them from one place to another *, In preparing this paper J have had the advantage of examining the collections, each possessing many typical specimens, contained in the Berlin, Leyden, and Frankfort Museums, in addition to the large series in our own national collection. I have thus seen nearly 250 African Mungooses, including the types of the species described by Gray, Peters, Riippell, Temminck, Smith, and others, the names of these species being marked with asterisks in the synonymy below. All together, of the seventy-five good and bad species described, I have examined the types of thirty-one, the greater part of the remainder being species named either from rough travellers’ descriptions, from previously published figures, or else merely in alteration of earlier names. I must here thank Prof. Peters of Berlin, and Prof. Schlegel and Dr. Jentink of Leyden for the facilities they have afforded me of seeing the specimens under their charge, and Prof. Milne~-Edwards for much useful information with respect to the typical specimens contained in the Paris Museum. Before commencing the detailed review of the species, I think it will be useful to make a few remarks concerning the characters which should be especially attended to by any one wishing to name an African specimen of this group. In the first place, I would call attention to the variation to be ob- served in the coloration of certain species : thus in Herpestes gracilis, the three varieties are extraordinarily different in their general colour, while the plan of coloration and all other characters are precisely identical ; these different colours moreover are not strictly confined ‘ These genera all differ from the continental Mungooses in not possessing an alisphenoid canal, a character present in all those treated of here. * Dr. Jentink has recently worked out the species of the genus Galidia (Notes Leyd. Mus. i. p. 131, 1879). * The only true Mungoose collected without doubt in Madagascar, that I now of, is a young individual of Crossarchus fasciatus, obtained by Van Dam, and now in the Leyden Museum. Prof. Milne-Edwards informs me that, in his opinion, “Te Vansive” ( Herpestes galera), usually said to have originally come from Mada- gascar,. was certainly not obtained there, no other collectors having met with it in that island sinee. 1882. | AFRICAN MUNGOOSES. 6] to any locality, though there is a certain tendency for all, or at least most of the specimens from one district to be alike in colour ; in fact, if this had not been so, I should not have felt justified in regarding the various forms even as distinct varieties. Again, H. albicauda varies most peculiarly in the amount of white present on the tail, some specimens having that member nearly entirely white and others wholly black, individuals of each type being moreover found in the heart of the district mostly inhabited by those of the other. Another remarkable point in connection with variation in colour is the fact that in certain species there seem to be two forms, one with annulated and the other with unannulated fur. Thus ordinary specimens of H. galera, Gr., have annulated fur, while others from various localities, among which are the types of H. pluto, Temm., have their longer hairs entirely unannulated. In the same way H. mutyigella, Riipp., seems to be the unannulated form of H. graci- lis, H. iodoprymnus, Heugl., being intermediate, and H. granti, Gr., similarly that of H. badius. It is of course possible that these two forms represent a seasonal change, though the few dated specimens that I have seen do not, on the whole, lend much support to this view, especially when we remember how comparatively little seasonal change of temperature must occur in the region with which we now have io deal. In the second place, attention should be drawn to the apparent frequency with which specimens of this group seem to lose the minute first toes on both fore and hind feet. Thus both “Cynictis” melanura and ‘ Galerella’’ ochracea ' owe their generic names to the fact of their halluces having been accidentally lost; and Bdeogale nigripes, Puch., has probably been referred to that genus for the same reason”. In the work already referred to*, Temminck has drawn attention to this same point, and has given several instances which had fallen under his own observation. The minute claw of the first toe is probably very easily knocked off during the skinning and stuffing of specimens ; and the digit itself, without the claw, is so small and inconspicuous that it would not be observable without the closest scrutiny. On the whole it would seem that though some few cases may occur in which the claw has either never been developed or has been knocked off during life, yet as a rule, so far as I have seen, the loss has probably occurred after death, there being generally distinct traces of the former presence of the claw, thus showing that it could not have been lost during life, for then the skin would presumably haye healed over the place. Thirdly, it is worthy of note that while the dimensions of the teeth are very constant, their number is by no means so: thus, one of our specimens of Crossarchus zebra (p. 89) has an additional true molar above on each side behind the two normal ones, the extra ones not being in any way crowded or rudimentary, but fully 1 T have softened and opened the skin of the hind foot of the type of this species, and found, as I expected, a broken metatarsus, about one tenth of an inch in length, and of the usual thickness, adhering to the entocuneiform bone. 2 See below, p. 77. 3 Op, cit, p. 107. 62 MR. 0. THOMAS ON THE [Jan. 3, developed, and looking quite as if that species always possessed them. Again, a specimen of H. gracilis has an additional lower premolar standing side by side with the third normal one ; but this differs from the last instance in being more obviously an abnormality. The type of Rhinogale melleri, as mentioned below (p. 81), has one more upper premolar on each side than is found in any other species of the group; but as, so far as I know, this typical specimen is unique, I cannot say whether the dental formula possessed by it is constant or not. On the other hand, a deficiency in the full number of teeth is very common, all the species with normally four upper premolars often losing the first one, which when present is always much smaller than any of the others. It has just been mentioned that the dimensions of the teeth are very constant ; and so much is this the case that I have found that the comparative measurements of the fourth upper premolar and second molar afford very good specific characters; for in those species in which the teeth are more or less round and suitable for grinding rather ‘than cutting, the second molar is of considerable size and the fourth premolar is but little larger, while, on the other hand, when the teeth are slender, angular, and with cutting-edges, as in H. ichneu- mon, the last molar is very small and rudimentary and the last pre- molar is large and has a well-developed anterior internal process. As an instance of these differences, I may mention the cases of Hi. albicauda and HH. ichneumon, in the first of which the last molar is from 71 to 84 per cent. of the fourth premolar, while in the latter these percentages range only from 42 to 45. The measurements upon which these percentages are founded are those of the greatest diameter of the tooth—in the fourth premolar from the posterior point of the tooth to the anterior edge of the internal lobe, and in the last molar simply the greatest transverse diameter of the tooth. The percentages obtained by these measure- ments are called in the synopses of the species the ‘dental per- centages ;’’ and a table is given at the end of each genus showing the exact dimensions, with the resulting percentages, of the teeth of its members. Synopsis of the Genera. A, With a naked groove from the muzzle to the upper lip. I, Toes 5—5 a. Premolars + (if only 3 in either jaw, a diastema ALWAYS PLesenb) Binwernsterctteptaveasinaerase sesere sees J. Hurresres. 2, Premolars 3 (no diastema in front of Ist premo- lar). Hind solesmaked ....0tii..s..cer0-00 ses teedes II. Henocare. II: Toes 44. c. Premolars {- Hind soles hairy .i....c:ciccceseceee III. Borocsne, III. Toes 5—4, d. Premolars {. Hind soles hairy ...scsssccsessesesees IV. Oyyiciis. 1882. ] AFRICAN MUNGOOSES. 63 B, No groove from nose to upper lip. IV. Toes 5—5. ec. Premolars =}, Palate concave. Hind soleshairy V. Ruiyocauy. J. Premolars #°. Palate flat. Hind soles bald...... VI. Crossarcuus. Ve Toes 4—4. g. Premolars }. Hind soles bald........s..:0ce0.seeee VII. Suricara. I. HeRpestes. Type. “ Vangusta, Oliv.”®, Mllig., Desm., Fisch., ke. .. 2 Ichneumon, Lacép. Mém. de V Inst. ii. p. 492 (1801) (nee Linn. 8S. N. i. p. 930, 1766) ...... H. ichneumon. Herpestes, Ulig. Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p. 135 (its t EO a Mere See Se rie H. ichneumon. Atilax, F. Cuv. Hist. Nat. Mamm. iii. livr. Ps eee ia pas ss > Se. as pls Gre, Mungos, Ogilby, P. Z. S. 1835, p. 103 (1835).. H. vitticollis. Urva, Hodgs. Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vi. p. 560 GTS), ice ae ys ere sees © ripley els = otte ... Ao urea. Mesobema, Hodgs. Journ. As. Soc. Beng. x. PONSA) 9S wets cee Geelel > pemmane tage Fite s HT, urva. Osmetectis, Gray, Ann. & Mag. N. H. x. p. 260 Mie acres whe dae na AE Rn Welw Ryn. wields Hi, urea. Calogale, Gray, P. Z.S. 1864, p. 560 (1864) .. H. nepalensis. Galerella, Gray, t. cit. p. 564 (1864) ...... H., gracilis. Calictis, Gray, t. cit. p. 565 (1864).......... HH. smithii. Teniogale, Gray, t. cit. p. 569 (1864) ...... H. vitticollis. Onychogale, Gray, t. cit. p. 570 (1864)...... A. maccarthie. Toes 5—5. Teeth, 1.2, C. 1, P.M. {, M. >, x 2=40. Underside of tarsus generally naked. Fur of two kinds, the longer usually annu- lated, so as to give the animal a grizzled appearance. Tail long, varying from about half to nearly equal the length of the head and body together. First toes on both fore and hind feet very small, probably nearly functionless. Claws of medium strength. Range. 8. Europe, all Africa, Asia Minor, Persia, and nearly the whole of the Oriental zoological region. To this, the typical genus, belong all the Indian and nearly half of the African species. There is a great variation in size and colour among its various members ; but the cranial characters are very fairly ! Jn the only known specimen, very possibly not constant. 2 In all the specimens seen; but a diastema is generally present, so that there is probably a minute first premolar in immature individuals. 8 This name is frequently quoted by the early authors as having been given by Olivier ; but I cannot find that it was ever used by him. In fact, in his ‘Voyage dans 1’Empire Ottoman, I’Egypte et la Perse,’ vol. iii, p. 100 (1804), he uses the Linnean term Viverra ichneumon. Even if, however, the name Mangusta was ever characterized before 1811, I think we should be justified in ignoring it, as it is altogether barbarous, and Illiger’s name has received universal acceptance. Agassiz (Nomenel. Zool. i. p. 19) cites Mangusta as haying been described by Baron Cuvier in his ‘Lableau Elémentaire,’ 1797; but there is no mention of the genus in that work. 4 MR. O. THOMAS ON THE [Jan. 3, uniform, Dr. Anderson, in the work quoted above, has fully de- scribed and figured the skulls and dentition of the Indian forms ; and the African ones are very similar, if we except H. (Ichneumia) albi- cauda, which has, of course, as forming a distinct subgenus, many characters peculiar to itself. Synopsis of the Species. A. Tarsus nearly or quite naked below. Upper M? 40-60 per cent. of P.M*. Last lower molar small, with only 2 external cusps. (Subgenus HEnrreEstes.) I. Tip of tail with a dark-coloured pencil. a. Tail-tip black. a. Size large: head and body 20 in. or more. a'. Skull halfas broad as long. Palearctic 1. A. ichneumon, p. 64. b'. Skull less than half as broad as long. HMthio pian Shacceecocssencustesccmestecsvan es 2. H. caffer, p. 66. 8. Size small; head and body 12-14 in, ... 8 H. gracilis, p, 68. b. Tail-tip red. y. Size small : head and body about 12in.... 4. A. sanguineus, p. 71. II. Tip of tail not darker. c. Darkrufous. Size large : head and body 20- DOIN reer cens seureats releases: ccveveersOoataves 5. H. galera, p. 72. d. Dark grizzled grey. Size medium: head and body V4=1 5yint oth. cite. dder. dibecdte eters sues 6. H. pulverulentus, p. 74. e. Light grizzled grey. Size small: head and bodyalO= US antpressed.t< eidatsnsses tek cede 7. A. punctatissimus, p. 74. B. Tarsus hairy beneath, Upper M? move than 70 per cent. of P.M*, Last lower molar large, with 3 external cusps. (Subgenus Icunevmta). I. Tail very bushy. Size large, 22-26 in. ...... 8. H. albicauda, p. 75. 1. Herprsres ICHNEUMON. Viverra ichneumon, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 63 (1766). Ichneumon pharaon, Lacép. Mém. de l’Inst. iii. p. 492 (1801). Ichneumon egypti, Tiedem, Zool. i. p. 364 (1808). Herpestes pharaonis, Geoff. Descr. de Egypte, H. N. ii. p. 139 (1812). HI. numidicus, F. Cuv. Hist. Nat. Mamm. iv. livr. 68 (1834). * H. widdringtoni, Gray, Ann. & Mag. N. H. ix. p. 50 (1842). H. dorsalis, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 549 (ex Smith, S. Afr. Quart. Journ. il. p. 113, 1835) (1864). Hab. Southern Spain, Asia Minor, Palestine, and Africa north of the Sahara. Size large, about 20 inches; form slender; tail about 4 to 5 inches shorter than the head and body. Fur long, especially on the ramp and basal quarter of the tail, where the longer hairs are often 4 or more inches in length. General colour dark grizzled grey-brown, the hairs annulated with dark red-brown and creamy yellow, the tips of the back hairs darker yellow. Underfur thick and woolly, bright rufous in colour. Tip of tail shining black, the hairs elongated so as to form a distinct tassel, sometimes reaching 5 inches beyond the vertebre. Feet dark brown. Underside of hind feet generally quite naked, the part under the caleaneum sometimes, though rarely, hairy. 1882.] AFRICAN MUNGOOSES. 65 Skull comparatively short and-broad, the breadth nearly always more than half the length (49-56 per cent.). Teeth slender and sharp, the last molar less than half the length of the 4th premolar (42-48 per cent.). Dimensions. Head and body'. ‘Tail. Hind foot?. a. Spain (type of H. widdringtoni).. 20-0 17-0 3°7 ‘soul 2) 7/2 ae See eam as Slept sce 1 16°0 3°8 e. Palestine (Tristram)............ 21:0 15°0 34 d. Andalusia (Lord Lilford) ...... 21:0 16:0 3°4 e. Morocco (Parzudaki) .......... 20°5 15°0 34 Skulls. Inc. to Basi- Palate- Palate- cross cranial Length’. Breadth‘. length.’ breadth®. line’. axis®, a. Spain(Zool.Soc.) 4°05 2°25 92°28 =—«130—Ss:184 b. Egypt ........ 3°85 204 220 1:24 140 1-41 Ge wARCR: ..: xsi 37 2°0 Boe: oleh Zh (sO iat For dimensions of teeth, see p. 78. " From the tip of the nose to the root of the tail, along the curves. Unless otherwise stated, the measurements are taken from stuffed specimens. * Without the claws. ® From the front of the premaxille to the most posteriorpoint of either of the occipital condyles. * Greatest breadth across zygomata. ° From the front of the premaxille to the end of the bony palate. ® Between the points at which P.M* and M! touch each other at their outer edges. * From the front of the pramaxille to a point on the palate midway between those mentioned under 6. cp ° From the central point of the posterior edge of the basioccipital to the anterior edge of the lower surface of the presphenoid. It will be seen that, of these skull-measurements, Nos. 3, 4, and 5 are the same as those adopted by Prof. Huxley in his recent paper on the Canidx (P.Z.8. 1880, p. 243). I do not, however, think that the measurement of “total length ” used by him is at all satisfactory, as the occipital spine, to the tip of which he measures, varies greatly with the age of the individual, and also between different species—some forms developing a bony crest comparatively early, and others, even when quite old, haying scarcely any at all. ‘hese objections do not apply to measuring from the posterior point of the condyles, which is a place where no extra bony matter is added as the animal gets older. It is true that it would seem to be somewhat unnatural to measure from a central azygous point to a lateral symmetrical one; but practically the resulting dimension is so nearly exactly the same as measuring either to the upper part of the supraoccipital, not including the spine, or to the centre of the same bone just aboye the foramen magnum, that this objection is overbalanced by the convenience of measuring to the most posterior non-varying point of the skull, and a point which can always be used with such extreme exactitude. The measurement given under 7 is a very useful one, a8 giving the true length Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. V. 5 So. oa MR. 0. THOMAS ON THE [Jan. 3, 2. HERPESTES CAFFER. Viverra cafra, Gmel. Linn. 8. N. i. p. 85 (1789). HI, griseus, Smuts, Enum. Mamm. Cap. p. 19 (nec Desm.) (1832). H. madagascariensis, Smith, S.Afr. Quart. Journ. li. p. 114 (1835). ? Herpestes bennettii, Gray, Loudon’s Mag. N. H. i. p. 578 (1837). Hab. Africa south of the Sahara. Somewhat larger than H. ichneumon, about 23 inches. Colours as in that species, with the following exceptions :—The annulations on the longer hairs are somewhat narrower, and consist of deep shining black and pure white rings, instead of brown or yellow ones, thus causing the general colour to be a much clearer grey ; and the under- fur is dark and dull (not bright) rufous, and sometimes simply dark grey-brown. Underside of hind feet always naked. Skull, compared with that of H. ichnewmon, longer and narrower, the breadth always less than half the length (46 to 48 per cent.). Teeth and other characters as in H. ichneumon. Dimensions. Head and body. ‘Tail. Hind foot. a. Kingwilliamstown (Zrevelyan) .. 22:0 18-0 3°7 BS IS: SAGTICNS oc ieee ob otsteee nies ab 23°0 19:0 3°9 C. sg UPA Seem Te Bh aS Be e0Ox art: 23°0 19:0 4-0) d. Oe eee ree ee ee aoeermesent sedan 43 iO) 19:0 4:0 of the muzzle, a dimension not satisfactorily shown by merely taking the ‘“palate- length,” because the amount to which the bony palate extends behind the molars varies considerably, both between different individuals and different species. With regard to the “ basicranial axis,” I haye been compelled, with some hesi- tation, to use a different measurement from that given by Prof. Huxley, because, first, his anterior point, easy enough to take in a bisected skull, cannot be found with any exactitude in a whole one; and, secondly, in many genera of Carnivora, for instance in the group at present under discussion, this spot as defined by him for a non-bisected skull (“a point opposite the middle of the distance between the optic and ethmoidal foramina ”) falls considerably inside the posterior nares, and does not by any means “lie a little behind the posterior extremity of the vomer,” as it does in the Dogs. The axis I propose, however, is easily measured in all states of the skull; and a similar and corresponding axis may be readily obtained, not only in all the different genera of Carnivora, but also throughout almost the whole of the Mammalian class. I have, for example, long used this same axis in my notes on Rodents’ skulls, where it is always very readily observable, This axis, moreover, equally shows, in a horizontal line, what Prof. Huxley's axis shows in an oblique one, namely the combined lengths of the basioccipital, basisphenoid, and presphenoid bones, which, according to that author, “repre- sent the foundation around and upon which the other parts are built.” The measurements throughout are in English inches and tenths, except in the case of the tables of dimensions of teeth, where, a very small unit being required, they are given in millimetres, 1882.] AFRICAN MUNGOOSES. 67 Skulls. Palate- Palate- Incisorsto Basicra- Length. Breadth. length. breadth. cross line. nial axis. me ape we ee Bae 2a RAP 1-35)" “1°50 1°55 b. No locality .. 4°18 1°98 2°35 1°24 1°49 1°50 ec. Kingwilliams- town, %... ty org) “aoe h28° “158 _ For teeth, see p. 78. These two closely allied species, HZ. ichneumon and H. caffer, seem to be very common over their respective ranges. ‘There can never be any difficulty in distinguishing either of them from all others, as their large size and long black tail-tips readily separate them from all their congeners. Their nearest ally seems to be H. jerdoni, Gr., from India; but that is considerably smaller, and has an entirely distinct range from either of them. With regard to their distinctness from each other, I was at first disposed to regard them as only races of one species, as Temminck had done; but I have found such constancy in their distinguishing characters that, combined with the fact of their ranges being in diffe- rent zoological regions, I have been induced to retain them as distinct species. There is no doubt, however, that they are very closely allied ; but when we remember how very distinct the faunas of the southern Palzarctic and of the Ethiopian regions are, scarcely any species being common, it would naturally seem preferable to consider as distinct two forms so fairly well marked as are /7. ichneumon and H. caffer, when the line of demarcation between them so exactly corresponds with what is generally recognized as the boundary between the two zoological regions. I cannot find any characters whatever by which to separate, even asa variety, the Spanish Ichneumon (H. widdringtoni) from the form found on the southern side of the Straits of Gibraltar. In the specific diagnosis of H. ichneumon given above, mention is made of the fact that occasionally the posterior part of the hind soles are hairy, instead of being bald as is usual. In connection with this, it is worthy of remark that a partly hairy sole seems to be accompanied by an increased length of the hallux, as though certain individuals or families were accustomed, probably on account of the nature of the soil, to walk in a more digitigrade manner than usual, and the hallux were in these cases elongated sufficiently to reach the ground. In H. galera I have also found the same thing, there being one of our West-African specimens of that species with a hairy sole and elongated hallux, whilst all others of the large series that I have examined have naked soles and short halluces. The following will show the extent of these differences, which, being quite unaccompanied by other special characters, are most certainly not specific :— In a hairy-soled H. ichneumon the posterior 0:9 in., and in the similar H. galera 1°45 in., is densely clothed with hair, while in all 5 68 MR. 0, THOMAS ON THE [Jan. 3, other specimens of both species there is no hair at all on the soles from toes to heel. And as to the length of the hallux, in the hairy- soled forms of the two species its claw reaches to within 0°23 and 0:27 in. from the most anterior point of the large central foot-pad, while in other specimens these measurements average 0°52 and 0°64 in. respectively. With regard to the habits of these large Mungooses, the manner in which H. ichneumon destroys the eggs of the crocodile is well known; and there is no doubt that it is of considerable use to the country in this way. Smuts’ says of H. caffer :—This animal lives in many parts of the Cape colony, mostly in holes in the earth. It feeds principally upon mice, the smaller birds, and amphibians, and is often kept in a state of domestication on account of the services it renders in destroying these animals.”’ 3. HERPESTES GRACILIS. a. Typical variety. *H, gracilis, Riipp. N. Wirb. Abyss. p. 29, pl. viii. fig. 2 (1835). *H, mutgigella, Riipp. t. cit. p. 29, pl. ix. fig. 1 (1835). Ichneumia nigricaudatus, Geoff. Mag. Zool. 1839, p. 18 (1839). H. galinieri, Guévin, Ferret & Galinier, Voy. Abyss., Atl. Zool. pl. i. fig. 1 (juv.) (1847-48). *H. punctulatus, Gray, P. Z.S. 1849, p. 11 (1849). H. lefebvrei, Des Murs & Prév., Lefebvre Voy. Abyss., Atl. Zool. pl. i. (in text H. gracilis) (1850). * HI. ornatus, Peters, Reise nach Mossambique, Mamm. p. 117, pl. xxvi. (1852). H. ochromelas, Puch. Rev. et Mag. Zool. vii. p. 393 (1855). * H. iodoprymnus, Heug]. Nov. Act. Ac. Leop. xxix. p. 23 (1861). H. adailensis, Heugl. Peterm. Geogr. Mittheil. 1861, p. 17 (1861). H. muischeltschela, Heugl. Reise N.O. Afr. ii. p. 4] (ex Riipp.) (1877). H. ruficauda, Heugl. Reise N.O. Afr. ii. p. 43 (1877). Hab. Fast-African subregion—from Cape Verd round by Abys- sinia to Natal. b. Variety melanurus. *Cynictis melanura, Martin, P. Z. 8. 1836, p. 56 (1836). Hab. West-African subregion—Sierra Leone to Cameroons. c. Variety badius’. *Ichneumon ratlamuchi et cawi, A. Smith, App. Rep. 8. Afr. Exp. p- 42 (1836). 2 Enum. Mamm. Cap. p. 20, 1832. ‘i 2 T have used this name in preference to either of Dr. Smith’s previous names for this variety, because not only is it more classical and extremely appropriate, but Dr. Smith himself proposed the alteration, and therefore there can be no in- justice in ignoring his earlier names. 1882. ] AFRICAN MUNGOOSES. 69 *Herpestes badius, Smith, Ill. Afr. Zool. pt. ii. pl. iv. (1838), *H. granti, Gray, P. Z. 8S. 1864, p. 561 (1864). * Calogale venatica, Gray, t. cit. p. 563 (1864). Hab, South-African subregion, and northwards to Zanzibar. d. Variety ochraceus. *H. ochraceus, Gray, P.Z.S. 1848, p. 138, pl. viii. (1848). Galerella ochracea, Gray, P. Z.S. 1864, p. 564 (1864). Hab. Abyssinia. Specific Characters.—Size small, form slender ; tail slightly shorter than the head and body. Fur of medium length, not longer either at the base or tip of the tail; colour very variable, sandy, rufous, or dark grey-brown. ‘Tip of tail always deep shining black, the black part varying from 1 to 4 inches in length. Underside of tarsus naked. Skull like that of a miniature AH. ichneumon; the teeth similarly slender and sharp. Last molar about half the length of the 4th premolar (46 to 59 per cent.). Varietal Characters. Typical variety.—General colour above and below dark brownish erey, with or without black annulations ; the tips of the hairs often with a distinct ruddy tinge. In unannulated specimens the black tail-tip not so sharply separated from the rest of the tail. Var. melanurus.—General colour above and below dark rufous, distinctly annulated with black. Fur short and crisp. Var. badius.—Bright rufous, sometimes annulated with black, Fur rather long and soft. Var. ochraceus.—Light sandy yellow, annulated, in the only known specimen, with black. Dimensions. ; d Head Typical variety. : and body, ‘Tail. Hind foot. a. Abyssinia ([iippell) .......... 14:5 12:0 2°5 b. Natal (Type of punetulatus).... 12°5 11°5 2°3 Var. melanurus. ae SIEVTAD CONGI wh nye og fn dana xy & 13°0 11:0 2-3 Var. dadius. Ge AMTICR. (SYPE) ier < os. wim, trefnn ee 9s 12°8 11-0 2°0 NE et a me EEE ictvn sin dy DeLO 10°7 1-9 Var. ochraceus. f. Abyssinia (type), imm... ...+:. 10°0 9°8 at 70 MR. 0. THOMAS ON THE [Jan. 3, Skulls. Ine. to Basi- ahs Palate- Palate- cross cranial Var. gracilis. Length. Breadth. length. breadth. line. axis. a. Abyssinia(Blanford) 2°54 1:34 1:32 0°81 0°89 1:0 6. Natal (type of A. o, : : ‘ : a punetulatus) .... \ 2°55 130 a Hee pee Var. melanurus. e. Sierra Leone (Lord) og. a . ; ; = eek pee be5 132 140 080 0°90 Var. badius. de igends Mall (ype |g. 450 yea tb: OBR Oia ie of H. granti) .... ens Adrica, Sitaa ele 2D 1:27. . 1:29. 0°80 .. 0°85 0:96 Var. ochraceus. J. Abyssinia (Hora), \ a) #9 © 20" 1-10 ? 0°78 Mes ama! . Faves This variable species appears to be the common small Mungoose of the whole of Africa. The distribution of its three principal varieties is somewhat interesting as so closely corresponding to the zoological subregions of Africa, as defined by Mr. Wallace in his ‘Geographical Distribution of Animais’*. Thus, the true H. gracilis is found from Cape Verd and Senegal across to Abyssinia and south- wards to Natal, a range nearly exactly agreeing with the “ East- African ” subregion. I have seen no specimens of this species from Angola or Damaraland, so that I cannot say what, if any, form is found there ; but, according to Mr. Wallace, we should also expect to find the true H. gracilis in that district. Again, the varieties melanurus and badius occur, the first all over the ‘‘ West-,” and the latter over the “South-African”? subregions. It is true that speci- mens belonging to the true H. gracilis are sometimes, though rarely, found in both the other subregions, and H. badius occurs as far north as Zanzibar in the East-African subregion; but these facts only show the necessity for regarding the various forms as varieties, and not as species, which they might fairly be considered to be if each was strictly confined to its own district. It will be seen by the above synonymy that the variability in colour of H. gracilis has caused the formation of a considerable number of untenable species. The asterisks prefixed to the names show that I have seen typical specimens of the greater part of these so-called species; and I do not think there can be much doubt in the case of any of them. In my opinion, H. mutgigella, which at first sight seems so different from the rest, represents simply the unannulated form of H. gracilis, an intermediate state being repre- sented by a typical specimen of 7. iodoprymnus, Heugl., in the Leyden Museum. Of the other names, [ am not quite certain whether H. adailensis, Heugl., should not rather be placed under 1 Vol, i. p. 258, and map, p. 250 (1876). 1882. ] AFRICAN MUNGOOSES. 71 var, ochraceus ; but without seeing a specimen I cannot be certain on this point, In Temminck’s paper mentioned above, very nearly the same con- clusions are come to with regard to these small Herpeste with black tail-tips. I am, however, disposed to demur to his statement that all the differences between what are here considered varieties are merely owing to seasonal change; for it would be obviously impro- bable that all the Abyssinian specimens known should have been taken in the winter, and nine tenths of the West- and South-African specimens in the summer. No doubt, however, a certain amount of change does take place according to season ; but we cannot deter- mine the amount of this until there are considerable series of dated specimens available for examination, 4, HERPESTES SANGUINEUS. *H. sanguineus, Riipp. N. Wirb. Abyss. p. 27, pl. viii. fig. 1 (1835), Hab. 8. Egypt (Kordofan). (Types, Frankfort Museum.) Form and size much as in H. gra- cilis. Fur short and rather harsh. General colour very pale fawn. Hairs annulated with brown and yellowish white, the latter predo- winating, and so arranged that there is an appearance of cross stripes on the posterior half of the back. Tail with longer hairs, which are annulated with black and white, though the black is not at all conspicuous. ‘Tail-tip yellowish red, sharply separated from the rest. Feet nearly white. Dimensions. Head and body. Tail. Hind foot. a. Kordofan (Riippell) .... 12°2 11°9 21 b. 5 + eee wD 12°2 _ C a = pee tle o 10°8 1:9 Skull. Palate- Palate- Ine. to Length. Breadth, length. breadth, cross line. Wa sooo 11) B® 1:18 0°73 0°82 This species, hitherto only found in Kordofan, is evidently a desert form, having the sandy coloration usually found in animals inhabiting sandy plains. Dr. Riippell seems to have found it numerous, as he brought home five or six specimens. He states that it lives in holes in the ground, among bushes, and that, though fierce when wild, it is yet easily tamable. Herr von Heuglin also found it, though not commonly, in the same region. Dr. Riippell states that there are in H7. sanguineus only 22 caudal vertebrae, while there are 25 in H. gracilis and 28 in H. ichnewmon. Not having any material on which to found similar observations, I cannot say whether these numbers are constant or not ; but a consi- 72 MR, 0. THOMAS ON THE [Jan. 3, derable series of perfect skeletons would be necessary before one could place any reliance upon them as a specific character. 5. HERPESTES GALERA. a. Typical variety. Mustela galera, Eirxl. Syst. Reg. Anim. i. p. 453 (1777). Viverra nems, Kerr, Linn. 8. N. p. 160 (1792). Mustela afra, Kerr, t. cit. p. 175 (1792). Ichneumon galera et major, Geoff. Descr. Egypte, Hist. Nat. ii. p-. 138 (1812). Atilax vansire, F. Cuv. Hist. Nat. Mamm. iii. livr. 54 (1826). Herpestes paludinosus, G. Cuv. Régne Anim. ed. 2, i. p. 158 (1829). *Mangusta urinatrix, A. Smith, Zool. Journ. iv. p. 437 (1829). *Herpestes pluto, Temm. Esq. Zool. Guin. p. 95 (1853). *Herpestes loempo, Gray, P. Z.8. 1864, p. 551 (nee Temm.) (1864). Athylax vansire et paludosus, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 557 (1864). Hab. West and South Africa. b. Variety robustus. *Athylax robustus, Gray, P. Z.8. 1864, p. 558 (1864). Hab. East Africa (White Nile). Specific Characters.—Size very large, form stout and heavy. Tail shorter than the body without the head. General colour either grizzled reddish brown and white, or dark blackish brown without annulations’. Underfur greyish brown. Feet dark brown. Tail coloured like the body, but rather darker, sometimes gradually be- coming nearly black towards the end, the black never sharply sepa- rated as in H. ichneumon. Belly similar to back. Cheeks gene- rally with a peculiar indistinct whitish mark from the angle of the mouth to below the ear. Hind soles as a rule quite naked, some- times with the posterior third hairy’. Skull very stout and heavy, the lower jaw particularly so, with a distinct and well-marked chin in adults. Teeth rather small in proportion. Last molar more than half the last premolar (56-61 per cent.). Varietal Characters. Var. galera. Smaller: skull less than 4°3 inches in length. Var. robustus. Larger : skull more than 4:5 inches in length. Dimensions. F Head Typical variety. and body. Tail. Hind foot. a. Cape SSiar: wate 24°5 13°0 3°9 | ee mmr 24:0 13:5 3°9 c=. W scAfrica ase 24:0 Pe ks 3°8 Var. robustus. d. Type: E. Africa.... 26°5 12°5 4:0 * See above, p. 61. 2 See above, p. 67, 1882. ] AFRICAN MUNGOOSES. 78 Skulls. Basi- Palate- Palate- Tne. to cranial Length. Breadth. length. breadth. cross line. axis. do SPAPMCA Lay 8:7 Been LQ) BES oo dt BF ABQ. 11-20 Pts oil. DBR URE 2G.) VSS ee \EB2n 1081 eS ee ee ee en eee Cet d. W.Africa.... 425 252 238 138 150 1:46 Var. robustus. savimoetDilens) gum voirgvgg! © oggH heMf-4gen! °y-gg Fs mx (type I aailie pene " [4:52 w5een eben io apegy horsiqgdggm dain ae Wg wie This large species was first mentioned as long ago as 1661 by Blacourt, i in his work on Madagascar’. It is there called ‘* Vond- sira,” which name forms the basis of Buffon’ s term “ Le Vansire,”’ Its reputed occurrence in Madagascar caused Dr. Gray and others to believe that there were two species, the one in Africa being natu- rally supposed to be distinct ; but now, as no other specimens have since occurred in Madagascar, we are justified in concluding that Flacourt only saw an introduced specimen, and that it is not “indi- genous to that island. I have preserved Dr. Gray’s H. robustus as a distinct variety, because the skulls show that there is a considerable difference in size between this eastern form and that found in the west and south. It unfortunately happens that the specimen of H. rodustus in the Berlin Museum, the dimensions of the skull of which are given above, has no locality recorded for it, so that I do not know any thing about the extent of the range of this variety ; the British-Museum specimen was obtained from the White Nile. On this species the genus ‘‘ Athylax’’ has been formed ; but there does not seem to be sufficient reason for its separation from the typical Herpestes. It is just worthy of note that large specimens of Crossarchus obscurus are often so extremely similar in colour and proportions to small ones of this species, that an examination of the muzzle or skull is needed to show to which group they belong. The variation in the hairiness or otherwise of the hind soles of this species has already been referred to”. As, judging from Smuts’s account of its habits, Cuvier’s name H. paludinosus, the ‘“‘ Marsh” Ichneumon, is correct for the ordinary naked-soled individuals, it seems probable that those with the hinder portion of the soles hairy live on a dry soil, where, one would imagine, they would not have to walk in so wholly a plantigrade manner as if they lived where the ground was soft and muddy and where a digitigrade animal would be hable to sink in at every step. Smuts says of H. galera *:—-‘* This animal lives in marshy places, 1 «Histoire de la grande isle 1 Madagsseot a ie (1661). * Above p. 67. 3 Ticit. p. 2! 74 MR. 0. THOMAS ON THE [Jan. 3, and on the banks of the smaller rivers of the extreme south of Africa ; its principal food consists of frogs, crustaceans, &c,”’ 6. HERPESTES PULVERULENTUS. H. pulverulentus,Wagn. Miinch. Gel. Anzeig. ix. p. 426 (1839). *H. apiculatus, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 55) (1864). Hab. Fastern half of the Cape colony. Size rather small, form somewhat stout. Tail about as long as the body without the head. Soles of hind feet hairy below calcanea ; the rest naked, at least inthe centre. Fur rather long, soft, and shining. General colour uniform grizzled grey, the longer hairs annulated with equal-sized rings of black and white or yellow. Underfur brown for its proximal, and grey for its distal half. Tail-hairs long, coloured like the body to the extreme tip. Feet slightly darker than the body. Skull very like that of H. gracilis, though somewhat stouter and the teeth heavier. Last molar less than half the length of the last premolar (43-44 per cent.). Dimensions. Head and body. Tail. Hind foot. a. S. Africa | Co-types of H. api- { 14:0 Tiss 2°4 b. i CUlagus,, GTenso 01)5 « 14:0 11°3 2:6 c. re Salghneeyeoue soot. ase 15:0 11:4 2°3 d. ay a oo he cen ta oe one 13°0 10°0 2°4 Skulls. Ine. to Basi- Palate- Palate- cross cranial Length. Breadth, length. breadth. line. axis. a. Kingwilliamstown (Trevelyan) .. c. 27 1°39 1°38 —.*89 95 — G0. AMID “uss dates; Ada) Vibo BS 95° — This Mungoose reminds one somewhat of a small H. caffer, the colour and character of its fur being very similar, though it has not, of course, the long black tail-tip of that species. Its range seems to be rather limited, as all the specimens with exact localities that I have seen are from the eastera half of the Cape colony (Algoa Bay, Kingwilliamstown, Caftirland, Natal, &c.). It isnaturally very likely that it will yet be found further north than Natal ; but it is not pro- bable that it will occur in any number, if at all, in the western districts of the colony, or it would surely have been recorded from there before this. T have not been able to find any mention of the habits of this species. 7. HWeRPESTES PUNCTATISSIMUS. *H. punctatissimus, Temm. Esq. Zool. Guin. p. 108 (1853). Hab. West and South Africa (Gaboon, Algoa Bay, Z’emm.). I have only seen a single specimen of this species, one of the types 4 1882. ] AFRICAN MUNGOOSES. 75 obtained by Dr. Brehm at Algoa Bay, and now preserved in the Leyden Museum. Temminck, in his original description, mentions another specimen, from the Gaboon ; but I am told by Dr. Jentink that this is not now in the Leyden Museum. The following is a description of the Algoa-Bay specimen :— Fur short and harsh, the hairs on the back barely half an inch long. General colour all over pale grey, the hairs finely grizzled with black and creamy white ; belly like the back, except that the hairs have longer pale tips and less black. Tail-hairs rather longer than those on the body, uniformly annulated with black and white ; no trace of a darker tail-tip. Feet and legs like the body ; soles naked. Dimensions (Algoa Bay). Head/and Gedy. <3. ghee... 13°0! Wa Deore ree. csc. +. 10°2 EPogPosotret ts. tases esd 1°75 The skull is so imperfect that the only measurements obtainable are the following, which Dr. Jentink has kindly taken for me :— This small species bears a certain resemblance to some of the smaller Indian Mungooses, especially H. auropunctatus, Hodgs., though it has much shorter fur than that species. It appears to be very rare, as there seem to have been no specimens recorded in addition to the two mentioned by Temminck, of which, as mentioned above, only one is now in the Leyden Museum. I may here mention that an examination of the type of H. micro- cephalus, 'Temm.”, a species of which the locality was not known, has convinced me that that name must stand as a synonym of H. auropunctatus, the specimen being quite similar to the types of Hodgson’s species preserved in the British Museum. 8. Herprstes (ICHNEUMIA) ALBICAUDA. H. albicaudus, G. Cuv. Régne Anim. ed. 2, i. p. 158 (1829). *H, leucurus, Ehrenb. Symb. Phys. pl. 12. Decas 2 (1830). Ichneumia albescens, 1. Geoff. Mag. Zool. 1839, pp. 16 & 35 (de- scription, not figure) (1839). *H, loempo, 'Temm. lsq. Zool. Guin. p. 93 (1853). Ichneumia nigricauda, Puch. Rev, et Mag. Zool. vii. p. 394 (1855). ? Bdeogale nigripes, Puch. t. cit. p. 111 (1855). *H. pluto, Gray, P. Z.S. 1864, p. 552 (nec Temm.) (1864). Ichneumia abu-wudan, Fitz. & Heugl. Sitzungsb. Ak. Wien, liv. Abth. 1, p. 561 (1866). Hab. East Abyssinia to Natal, and West Africa (Guinea &e.). Size large, form rather slender. Tail bushy, rather shorter than ' Apparently somewhat stretched. * Esq. Zool. Guin. p. 113 (1853), 76 MR. 0. THOMAS ON THE (Jan. 3, the body without the head. Underside of tarsus thickly hairy down to the root of the hallux. Fur of medium length. General colour blackish grey, the longer hairs ringed with black and white, the ter- minal third nearly always black. Underfur woolly, uniform dirty grey. Feet black. Tail-hairs very long, in some cases with white bases and long shining black tips, so that the whole tail appears to be black ; in others with a long white tip beyond the black, so that then the tail appears to be white ; in the latter case the hairs at the extreme tip of the tail are generally wholly white. a, b. Last lower molars of Herpestes ichneumon. c, d. zs 5 H, albicauda. a,c. Upper view; 4, d. side view. Skull rather stout and heavy, the muscular ridges, however, but little developed. Brain-case comparatively short, not half the length of the whole skull. Teeth more rounded than in the members of the typical subgenus. Last molars, above and below, proportionally much larger than in Herpesées, the lower one with a well-marked extra external cusp between the two usual ones, so that there are five cusps in all (see woodcut, Fig 1, ¢, d.). Inold specimens, of course, this character cannot be made out, as the cusps are worn off these teeth at a comparatively early age. Dental percentage 71-84. Dimensions. Head and body. Tail. Hind foot. a. Type, Nubia(Berl. Mus.) 26-0 15'8 4°9 Gs, Natal cis «Git ha, Miner, ae 24:0 150 5: ~c. Caffraria (Leyd. Mus.).. 24:5 15°8 4°85 e. W. Africa (type of H. loempo, Leyd. Mus.).... 23°0 15°8 4'5 Skulls. Ine. to Basi- Palate- —_ Palate- cross cranial Length. Breadth, length. breadth. line. _ axis. a. Accras. .... + we AOR eeeIG +. 2-6 13 15 _ 6. W. Africa (Berl. Cs, 4°05 2°0 2°41 eS 1'4] “= ec. Abyssinia ...... 3°75 1:88 2°05 |g | 1°35 1°18 d, We Africas co... ce. 3°80 2°07 2°23 1:2 1°37 _ 1882. } AFRICAN MUNGOOSES. i7 The present rather peculiar species has always, in its white-tailed form, been recognized as the type of a distinct genus or subgenus, for which Geoffroy proposed the name of Ichneumia. No one, how- ever, ever seems to have noticed that the black-tailed H. loempo, Temm., is not even specifically distinct from the typical form, and therefore, of course, possesses all its more important structural cha- racters. H. albicauda and H. loempo cannot even be separated as varieties ; for the only difference between them, namely the colour of the tail, seems to be purely an individual variation. It is true that for the most part specimens from West Africa, representing H. loempo, have black tails, and those from Kast Africa white tails ; but I have seen too many exceptions to this rule to feel justified in re- garding the two forms as varietally distinct. Thus there is in the Berlin Museum a specimen from Accra, on the Gold Coast, which has a regular white tail, just as in the typical H. albicauda; and, on the other hand, black-tailed specimens from East Africa are by no means rare. Moreover, in the British Museum we have two specimens from the Bogos country, Abyssinia, received together, and the skulls of which are quite identical, one of which has a black Joempo-like tail, and the other has a tail with quite as much white on it as in average albicauda. We thus see that the presence or absence of a white tip to the tail-hairs is a character upon which no specific distinction can be founded; and, in fact, it would rather seem that the white tail is the result of a desert life, specimens from sandy districts having, as a rule, white, and those from forest regions, black tails. Ichneumia albescens, 1. Geoff., appears to be simply a pale form of this species, in which the longer hairs are fewer in number, so that the grey underfur shows more on the surface, and thus gives a generally paler colour than usual. I. nigricauda, Puch., seems to be quite identical with this species, representing the usual West-African black-tailed form. With regard to Bdeogale nigripes, Puch., from the Gaboon, I have already mentioned my suspicion that it has accidentally lost the first toes on all four feet; and it seems very possible that it is really only a white-tailed specimen of this species, and not a Bdeogale at all. The original description would exactly fit the Accra white-tailed spe- cimen already referred to; and that is certainly a true Herpestes, as the fifth toes are present on all the feet’. Of all the Mungooses, H. aldicauda seems to be the most nearly allied to the true Bdeogale, strongly resembling the species of that genus in general colour, quality of fur, length and bushiness of tail, hairiness of tarsus, proportionally large size of the last molar, and most ofall in the presence of the median middle external cusp to the last lower molar, a character in which Bdeogale differs from all other * Since writing the above I have received a letter from Prof. Barboza du Bocage, in which he informs me that the specimen from Angola, referred by him (P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 402) to Bd. nigripes, proves on a closer examination to possess minute Ist claws to the fore feet, thus strongly confirming my previous opinion about that animal. 78 MR. 0. THOMAS ON THE [Jan. 3, Mungooses except the present species and those of the very distinct genus Crossarchus. The absolute sizes of the molars in Bdeogale are, however, as is shown in the table of dimensions, much less than in Ichneumia. The following table gives the dimensions of the last upper pre- molar and last molar of the species of Herpestes, with the percentage of the latter tothe former. The letters correspond to those denoting the different skulls of which the measurements are given above. Where the teeth belonging to a skull not previously referred to are measured, an asterisk is inserted instead of a letter. | P.M? M2. | Percentage. mm. mm. Tete FOU H. ichneumon ..............- ane 11:0 5:0 45 b..., 108 4-9 45 c 10°3 5:0 48 ER Catt OR: tvaneterantatetsccoes ad 12:0 54 45 c...| 120 55 46 H. gracilis, typ. var. ...... a 76 a7 48 b 8:0 4:1 51 * 8:0 38 47 Hees 81 4:5 55 LOK var. melanurus, ¢... vias) 35 47 ra m var. badius ... @ 76 3:8 50 e 7-4 3:5 47 93, -Var, ochraceus, /f. (jell 39 5d H. sanguineus ...........065 ad... 67 28 42 H. galera, typ. var. ......05. Ges. 12:0 (Gul 59 Oxi. 11:9 67 56 (ye 132 7-6 58 d...| 118 2, 61 » 9) Var. vobustus ... € ..| 12°0 7-0 58 Fr 132 75 57 | H. pulverulentus ...., panenes Gees 9:0 4:0 44 ides 9-0 39 48 H. punctatissimus ......... asad 7-0 35 50 H. (Ichneumia) albicauda, a 9-9 Tl 71 b 9-4 6:9 73 c 9-0 70 78 d 9:0 7:5 83 * 9-0 76 84 * 9-0 70 (hE 1882. ] AFRICAN MUNGOOSES. 79 II]. HeELoGae. Type. Helogale, Gray, P.Z.S. 1861, p. 308.........055 H. parvula. Range. Mozambique to Natal. Toes 5—5. Teeth, I. 3, C. j, P.M.» M. 5 x2=36. Outlines of skull more rounded than in Herpestes, even in old specimens. Underside of tarsus naked. ‘Tail shorter than the body. Other characters as in Herpestes. This genus was separated from the true Mungooses by Dr. Gray on account of the presence of only three premolars in each jaw, instead of four as normally possessed by Herpestes. It is true that in that genus, as mentioned above, the first small premolar is fre- quently absent ; but in these cases there is always a vacant space where the tooth usually stands; while in Helogale the tooth which corresponds to the second premolar stands quite close to the canine, leaving no diastema whatever. In addition to this character, the general shape of the skull is quite different from that of Herpestes, being shorter, broader in proportion, the walls of the brain-case thinner, and all the surfaces much smoother, with less well-marked muscular ridges. The figures of the skull quoted in the synonymy below show the difference in general appearence very well. The form of the teeth is, as Prof. Peters remarks, very similar to that found in “‘ Herpestes fasciatus,” which likeness extends to the other species of Crossarchus; but the two genera may of course be readily distinguished by the different shape of the skull, and by the presence in Helogale of the distinct naked line from the nose to the upper lip already referred to. The skulls and dentition of the two species of this genus seem to be very much alike, though there isa slight difference in the size of the last molars. [eo 1. HeELOGALE PARVULA. * Herpestes parvulus, Sundev. City. af Kongl. Vet. Ak. Forhandl. 1846, p. 121. Helogale parvula, Gray, P. Z.S. 1861, p. 308 (woodcuts of skull). Hab. Natal (Wahlberg). Size small, form slender ; tail rather shorter than the body without the head. General colour above and below dark finely grizzled grey- brown, the hairs annulated with black or brown and yellowish white. Feet and tail like body but rather darker. No trace of rufous on - any part of the body. Last molar proportionally somewhat larger than in H. undulata. Dental percentage 79-80. Dimensions. Head and body. ‘Tail. Hind foot. a. Natal (one of the types) .... 9°5 5°5 1°5 b. ” (Warwick) seeteoeees 83 4'6 — 80 MR. 0. THOMAS ON THE [Jan. 3, Skull. Basi- Palate- Palate- Inc. to cranial Length. Breadth. length. breadth. cross line. axis. am iNatal. .s50. 11°82 113 ‘90 63 ‘61 65 DANE Daca use de, ak ae *86 61 “60 — Of this species, the smallest of all the Mungooses, Dr. Sundevall obtained in the typical series a considerable number of specimens; but, curiously enough, no others have come to any of the Museums that I have seen, except specimen & measured above, which was ob- tained from Natal through a dealer. However, Dr. Sundevall dis- tributed specimens so freely, that there are some of his original speci- mens of this species in most of the larger European Museums. 2. HELOGALE UNDULATA. * Herpestes undulatus, Peters, Reise n. Mossambique, p. 114, Taf. xxv. (animal and skull) (1852). Hab. East Africa (Mozambique, Peters; Taita, Hildebrande). Size, compared with that of most Herpeste, small, though slightly larger than Helogale parvula. Form slender. ail rather shorter than the body without the head. General colour grizzled rufous, the longer hairs annulated with black and white ; underfur for basal portion grey, terminal portion red. Neck, belly, and legs rich rufous, with less black grizzling. Tail coloured like back, no black tip. Skull asin H. parvula, but larger, and the last molar smaller in proportion ; dental percentage about 70. Dimensions. Head and body, Tail. Hind foot. a. Type, Mozambique (Peters) 9°4 6°7 1°56 6. Taita (Hildebrandt)........ 99 Or4 1°48 Shull. Palate- Palate- Ince. to Length. Breadth. length. breadth. cross line. @,. Taite,. . 13 pes 20 1:24 99 68 65 This species may be readily distinguished from H. parvula by its larger size and its bright rufous belly and underside of neck, these parts in JZ. parvula being a dull grizzled brown. I only know of the two specimens of which the dimensions are given above ; so that I am not in a position to state what the full range of this form is. Dr. Peters states that H. undulata is particularly fond of eggs, which it breaks by throwing them with its fore legs through its hind ones against a wall. Molars of Helogale. H, parvula. P.M‘. M*. __ Percentage. Gs oss ann conn 5 SND 4:0 80 b o'velacala Shed iQhe O° 2 4°] 79 Hi. undetgen , Qe Bile sis acs aoe 4°6,..-.4Das BL. 1882.] AFRICAN MUNGOOSES. 81 Ili. Bprocaun. Bdeogale, Peters, Reise nach Mossamb., Siug. Pe VID (1852) 0. ayie te PE cee ee B. crassicauda. Range. East Africa (Mozambique, Zanzibar) ;? West Africa (Ga- boon). Toss 4—4, Teeth and other characters as in Herpestes, with especial resemblance to those of the subgenus Ichneumia (see above, p. 77). In Dr. Peters’s original description, he states that on the fore feet there is only a minute rudiment of a first metacarpal, and on the hind feet not even this trace of the normal first toe. In a spirit specimen of B. puisa in our collection, I cannot even find the rudi- mentary first metacarpal, so that this individual is absolutely without any remnant of the first digit. The following are the three species which have been described as belonging to this genus; but it must be confessed that the two Mo- zambique species are very closely allied to each other; and as to the West-African one, I have already stated my belief that it is only a synonym of Herpestes albicauda; but not having had the oppor- tunity of examining the type, I put it provisionally in its place here, with Dr. Pucheran’s short diagnosis appended. Type. 1. BDEOGALE CRASSICAUDA. * B. crassicauda, Peters, tom. cit. p. 120, Taf. xxvii. (1852). Hab. Mozambique (Tette-Boror). Characters much as in B. puisa (described below), except that the tail is distinctly longer in proportion, and the tail-hairs, which are very long, have their basal halves white and their terminal black, while in B. puisa they are uniformly blackish brown. The last molar also in the present species seems to be proportionally some- what longer, judging from Dr. Peters’s excellent figures. Dimensions. Head and body. Tail. Hind foot. a. Mozambique (type) .........- 17°0 10°6 3°15 Skull Length. Breadth. Palate-length. a. Type (from Peters) .......... BT 1°79 1°96 2. BDEOGALE PUISA. * B. puisa, Peters, tom. cit. p. 124, Taf. xxviii. (1852). Hab. Mozambique (Mossimboa) (Peters); Zanzibar (Kirk). Size rather large ; form slender ; tail short, not half so long as the head and body. Underside of the hind foot thickly hairy to the base of the toes. General colour dull brownish, with or without annulations. Underfur tawny yellow, long and soft. Limbs 1 From front of jaw to foramen magnum. Proc. Zoox. Soc.—1882, No. VI. 6 82 MR. 0. THOMAS ON THE (Jan. 3, darker, nearly black. Head greyish. Tail bushy, uniformly blackish brown. Dimensions. Head and body. Tail. Hind foot. a. Type, Mozambique (very old) .. 20° at 3°25 - 6 Zanzibar (Kirk) ..-.....-.-+-+, 150 7:0 3°0 Skull. Palate- Length. Breadth. length. a, Type (from Peters) ........-.4. 3°4 21 21 This species, of which Dr. Kirk has sent us a rather small speci- men from Zanzibar, is found further north than its ally B. crassicauda. Our specimen being in spirit, I have been able to examine carefully the state of the feet with regard to the absence of the first toes; and I find, as mentioned above, no trace whatever of these digits ; while in species which normally possess five toes, and the first one is in any case accidentally lost, there are generally some remains left of the missing digit, in the shape of a broken metacarpal or metatarsal ?. The species of this group would seem to be very rare, as I have seen no other specimens of either B. crassicauda or puisa besides the types of the two species in the Berlin Museum, and Dr. Kirk’s one already referred to. 3. 2? BDEOGALE NIGRIPES. B. nigripes, Pucheran, Rev. et Mag. Zool. vii. p. 111 (1855). Hab. W. Africa (Gaboon). ““Major ; corpore albescente ; cauda candidissima; artubus nigris.” No dimensions of any sort are given. Dimensions of Teeth of Bdeogale. B. crassicauda. P.M*. M?. Percentage. a. Type (from Dr. Peters’s figure).... 7°5 55 73 B. puisa. * Vanzibar (Hark), ghike'sso.. see < 6-9 4:5 66 IV. Cynictis. Type. Cynictis, Ogilby, P. Z. S. 1833, p. 48...... «... C. penicillata. Range. That of the only species. Toes5—4'. Teeth, 1.2, C. >}, P.M. ?,M.?x2=40. Muzzle with a distinct naked line from nose to upper lip. Hind soles quite hairy. Frontal portion of skull strongly convex, brain-case high. A weil-marked vacuity in the floor of the auditory meatus, consisting of a more or less rounded hole, which, as the animal gets older, 1 See above, p.61. 2 Our only skeleton of this genus has not the smallest rudiment, eyen of the metatarsal, of the hallux, 1882. | AFRICAN MUNGOOSES. 83 gradually fills up, but never produces the row of small holes found in Suricata. Other characters as in Herpestes. This genus is a very distinct and well marked one, not only on account of its different number of digits, but also of the fact that its skull is very differently shaped from that of Herpestes, more resem- bling that of Suricata than that of any of the genera of this section. In Smuts’s work on the Mammals of the Cape, published a year before Mr. Ogilby described the genus, the absence of the hallux in this form was noticed, and Dr. Smuts stated his opinion that a special genus ought to be formed for it. He did not, however, give it a name, so that that given by Mr. Ogilby stands unaltered. The only well authenticated species is 1. CyNICTIS PENICILLATA. Herpestes penicillatus, G. Cuv. R. A. (edit. 2), i. p. 158 (1829). Mangusta levaillantii, A. Smith, Zool. Journ. iv. p. 437 (1829), *Cynictis steedmanni, Ogilby, P. Z.S. 1833, p. 49 (1833). Cynictis typicus, Smith, 8. Afr. Quart. Journ. ii. p. 116 (1835). *C. ogilbii, Sm. t. cit. p. 117 (1885); Ill. Zool. 8. Afr. pl. 16 (1849). Ichneumia albescens, Geoff. Mag. Zool. 1839, pl. 12 (figure, not description) (1839). *C. leptura, Smith, Ill. Zool. S. Afr. pl. 17 (1849). Hab. Cape Colony. Size medium ; form slender, head rather small in proportion. Tail about the length of the body without the head, very bushy. Colour varying from dark yellow (C. steedmanni) to light yellowish grey (C. ogilbiz) ; longer hairs with their basal halves light yellow, then with a black subterminal ring, and their tips white. The variation in the general colour is caused by the different lengths of these white tips to the hairs. Underfur rich yellow. Chin white; belly and legs rather paler than back. Tail very bushy, the hairs often over 2 inches in length, and coloured like the longer back-hairs—namely, first yellow, then black, and the tips white. Hairs at tip of tail white to their roots. Dental percentages 57-66. Dimensions. Head and body. Tail. Hind foot. a. Type of C. ogilbit ...... 15:0 9:0 3:0 SiS eAtriea th: ...380 fee 4see 1500 9:0 3°0 c. 3 suseeeepta COR Ses 9°3 oil Skulls. Basi- Palate- Palate- Inc. to cranial Length. Breadth. length. breadth. cross line, axis. a. Type of C. ogilbii 2°65 = 1°6 1°42 90 97 92 b. Type of C. lep- turus ...... Ge haeeiy sleGil. 9 1:39, iin Azrameinlai buns c. Type of C. steed- manni..,... (ec) 268 1:56 144 "90 *98 a 84 MR. O. THOMAS ON THE [Jan. 3, This species may be readily distinguished from all its allies by its bushy white-tipped tail and its peculiar greyish yellow colour. I can find no tangible specific differences between the various forms which have been described as distinct species. C. leptura, Smith, judging from his figure, appears to be slightly different from the rest ; but the typical skull, in the British Museum, shows no characters whatever by which to separate that form from the rest ; moreover there is in the Leyden Museum a specimen, in other respects quite the same as O. penicillata, which has as slender a tail as C. leptura. I therefore do not think that the latter can stand as a species distinct from C. penicillata. Dr. Smith, in the letterpress to his figure of C. ogilbyi in his ‘Tllustrations,’ gives a full account, too long to quote here, of the habits of this species. It is said to inhabit dry and sandy plains, where it lives in holes in the ground, to which, however, it only retires during the night, passing the day in hunting for mice, small birds, &c., or simply basking in the sun. Teeth of Cynictis. P.M?. M*. Percentages. a. air siel | oul 63 | ees Aa Ee 5:0 66 CRT 8:9 553 59 kM ay al 8:0 4:6 57 VY. RHINOGALE. Rhinogale, Gray, P. Z.8. 1864, p. 375 (woodcuts of Sit en ae Bee Se cai Tats s eeaniahs kt. melleri. Range. That of the only species. Toes 5—5. Teeth, I. 5, C. P.M. 5 M. a 2=42. No naked line from nose to upper lip. General form of skull rounded, without marked angles or crests. Palate deeply concave both transversely and antero-posteriorly. Teeth rounded, suited for grinding rather than cutting. Last molars above and below proportionally very large, the lower one as long as the first molar, and very possibly with an extra external cusp; but the teeth are too much worn in the only known specimen for this point to be madeout. Lower jaw rather peculiarly twisted (ef. original figures). This genus is a somewhat remarkable one, having the general external form of the true grooved-nosed Herpestines, while it has the hairy nose and the generally rounded skull and dentition of the present section of the group. It is, moreover, quite peculiar among the genera of this group in possessing a distinctly concave palate, a character which readily separatesit from all other Mungooses. Iam not prepared to say at present to which of the other genera Rhinogale is most nearly allied, as it presents such a mixture of characters that without further material a satisfactory decision on this point is ex- tremely difficult to arrive at. However, it naturally falls into this place by the’ characters used to arrange the other genera; so that we Type. 1882.] AFRICAN MUNGOOSES. 85 may, for the present, leave it here, where it was originally placed by Dr. Gray. 1. RHINOGALE MELLERI. (Plate III.) * Rhinogale melleri, Gray, P. Z.S. 1864, p. 375 (1864). Hab. “ Rast Africa.” Size and form much as in Herpestes ichneumon. Tail about as long as the body without the head. Hind soles hairy to the roots of the toes. General colour uniform pale brown, the longer hairs each with only one or two rings of brown and white, the rings passing so gradually into each other as to give but little general appearance of grizzling. Head paler, the white of the hairs showing more conspicuously. Underfur dark grey at its base, pale brown at its tip. Belly like back, but rather paler. Feet similar, but darker. Tail with long hairs, somewhat as in black-tailed examples of H, albicauda: for its basal third the hairs are uniformly brown; for the middle third they are white for their basal halves and black for their terminal; and on the terminal third they are all black; the tail therefore gets very gradually darker towards the end. No doubt other specimens would show considerable variation in the detailed coloration of the tail. Skull as described above in the generic diagnosis. Teeth rounded, the posterior molars worn flat in the only specimen. Dental percentage 73. In the lower jaw the posterior molar is remarkably large, being precisely as long as the preceding tooth ; while the species which most approaches it in this character, Bdeogale puisa, has the last only 85 per cent. of the first molar, and the others of this group range downwards from 85 to 45 per cent., the proportions of these two teeth following with great regularity those of the upper teeth, of which the percentages are given in detail. Dimensions. Head and body. Tail. Hind foot. a. Type, E. Africa...... 22:0 15°5 3°8 Skull. Bast- Palate- Palate- Inc.to cranial Length, Breadth. length. breadth. cross line. axis. a.'Type: .. © 3°38 1°85 1:78 1°05 1:22 1-14 The type specimen of this species, though obtained by Dr. Meller and described nearly 20 years ago, has, as far as I know, remained unique up to the present time. Happily both the skull and skin are quite perfect, so that I have been able to make out all the more important characters of the species. With regard to the locality at which this specimen was obtained, it appears that the only places in East Africa at which Dr. Meller collected were (1) on the Zambesi and (2) Zanzibar; so that R. melleri must have come from one or the other, As of late years 86 MR. O. THOMAS ON THE [Jan. 3, Dr. Kirk has done so much to make the zoology of Zanzibar known. to us, it seems on the whole more probable that this species does not occur there, but that the Zambesi is its proper habitat, especially as Dr. Meller was there considerably longer than he was at Zanzibar. However, it is not very likely that it can be much longer before such a large and well-marked animal is again discovered ; and then the question of locality will be satisfactorily settled. Molars of Rhinogale. Upper Per- Lower Per- P.M*. MM? centage M1. M2. centage. Phe MOU ENG. nO TD 55 73 6:4 6°4 100 VI. CroSssARCHUS. Crossarchus, F. Cuv. Hist. Nat. Mamm. ii. livr. Ay (CLOLON prmtte owt eri ae eee tes ele aay est care ge ea Cee oe Ariela, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 565 (1864).... C. fasciatus. Mungos, Gray, P.Z,.8. 1864, p. 575 (1864) (HES PETG pl oerein sere 6 tye rice eeece arn eters ... CO. gambianus. Range. Africa south of the Sahara. Toes 5—5. Teeth, I. = C. i P.M. ay M. 5x 2=36. Nonaked central line on nose. Hind soles naked. Skull depressed, as in Herpestes. Teeth rounded, without sharp cutting-edges. Vacuity in floor of auditory meatus oblong, in filling up often forming a row of smal] holes, as in Suricata. Last lower molar with an extra cusp in the centre of the outer edge, as in Bdeogale and the subgenus Ichneumia”. This genus includes four species, scattered over the continent of Africa. It is a matter of considerable interest to find that the three species placed by Gray under “ Mungos,” in a separate subfamily from Crossarchus, are not really generically distinct from the single species hitherto supposed to be the only member of this genus*. I ean find no differences of importance whatever between these various forms ; in fact C. obscurus resembles, at least in dentition, C. zebra and C. gambianus more than either of these do C. fasciatus. It is true that in our only skeleton of C. obscurus there is a certain amount of difference in the length of the hallux as compared with that of the other species; but an examination’ of a considerable number of skins does not show any constancy in this character, Type. ' Ogilby’s genus was founded solely on the Cinghalese species H. witzicollis, Benn.; H. gambianus and fasciatus happening to be mentioned in the same paper, Gray took it as founded on them, and made another genus, “ Teniogale,” to contain the Ceylon form, ? See p. 76. 8 Since the above was written, Prof. Mivart has pointed out to me that the researches of Chatin into the structure of the anal glands of the Carnivora (Ann. Sci. Nat. 5th series, xix. p. 89, n., 1874) fully confirm the opinion here expressed : to the generic relationship of the striped Mungoose (C. fasciatus) with C. obscurus. 1882.] AFRICAN MUNGOOSES. 87 which has already been proved to be one of singular variability '. No doubt, also, C. obscurus has a somewhat more elongated nose than the other species ; but the value of this character, besides being almost impossible to estimate without spirit specimens, is extremely doubtful; and the remarkable agreement in other characters convinces me that C. odscurus is certainly congeneric with C. zebra, gambianus, and fasciatus. Most specimens of C. obscurus have aremarkably short alisphenoid canal, as compared with that of most Mungooses; but one of our specimens has the canal quite as long as in ordinary C. zebra, the species which has the next shortest canal. The species of this genus seem to be somewhat restricted in their geographical distribution. Thus C. obscurus has hitherto only been found from the Cameroons to Sierra Leone, C. gambianus on the Gambia, C. zebra in Abyssinia, and C. fasciatus in the eastern part of the Cape colony and as far north as Mozambique’. Synopsis of the Species. I. Back grizzled, not cross-striped. a. Colour dull brown, tips of hairs yellow...... 1. C. obsewrus, p. 87. b. Colour grizzled grey, hairsannulated......... 2. C. gambianus, p. 88. II. Back cross-striped. ec. P.M‘ more than 8 mm. Stripes narrow, Wnidersid ents Irecehctugeertixe= dentees bee teeh 3. C. zebra, p. 89, d P.M* less than 7 mm. Stripes broad, Underside grizzled grey .........sescscseeree 4. C, fasciatus, p. 90. 1. CROSSARCHUS OBSCURUS. Crossarchus obscurus, F. Cuv. Hist. Nat. Mamm., iii. livr. 47 1825). Abra typicus, A. Smith, 8S. Afr. Quart. Journ. ii. p. 135 (1835). Hab. West Africa. Size medium ; form rather stout; muzzle produced. ‘Tail about half as long as the head and body. General colour dull grizzled brown; the longer hairs dark brown for four fifths of their length, and the tips yellow. Underfur brown at base, light grey for terminal half. Belly like back. Head more finely grizzled, with a rufous tinge. Feet almost wholly black. Tail lke back, but the yellow tips of the hairs gradually become red towards the tip. Skull long and narrow, with a narrow and depressed nasal region. Teeth very small, upper P.M* but seldom reaching 7 mm. in its greatest diameter. Dental percentage 71-77. Dimensions. Head and body. Tail, Hind foot. @ Cameroons... a5... 15:0 foal 2°8 GeV PO ATiCa, co oie 6. :: 12°5 os 2 1 See above, p. 67. = 2 See footnote 2 on p. 90. 88 MR. O, THOMAS ON THE (Jan. 3, Skull. Basi- Palate- Palate- Ine. to cranial Length. Breadth. length. breadth. cross line. axis. a. W. Africa C112) Ree 4g oe 1°54 1°6 *85 97 — 6. Zool. Soc... 2°8 1°43 1°6 "84 "96 "84 Cea ren s ee rre at 1:39 1:55 °85 98 — This species is a very well known and fairly common one, though it seems to be quite restricted to the West-African subregion. Its superficial likeness to small dark-coloured specimens of Herpestes galera has already been refered to above’. A specimen in the Berlin Museum has the following note attached to it:—* Bores in the earth with its nose after insects.” 2. CROSSARCHUS GAMBIANUS. * Herpestes gambianus, Ogilby, P. Z.S. 1835, p. 102. Mungos gambianus, Gray, P. Z.S. 1864, p. 575. Hab. Gambia. Size, form, and general coloration much as in C. fasciatus (q. Vv.) ; but the hairs on the back placed, so to speak, without reference to their rings, so that there is no trace of cross bands, but only a general grizzled appearance; and thus the posterior part of the body only differs from the head and shoulders in being more rufous. Neck and chest white; on the sides of the neck a distinct black streak separating the upper and lower colours, in this respect reminding one of Herpestes vitticollis, Benn. Skull broad and heavy as in C. fasciatus. Teeth small, as in C. obscurus and zebra. P.M* only 6mm. long. Dental percentage 80. Dimensions. Head and body. Tail. | Hind foot. a, Gambia (type)........ 150 ne 2°5 Shull. Basi- Palate- Palate- Inc. to cranial Length, Breadth. length. breadth. cross line. axis. a. Type. sae. 1 2:85 1:58 1:43 “84 "92 — This species is very interesting as showing what a comparatively unimportant character the presence of cross bands on the back is. Its coloration is extremely similar to that of C. fasciatus ; ‘yet by a simple disarrangement of the hairs of the back, all the broad distinct cross bands vanish, and the back only presents a coarse grizzled rufous-grey colour. The type was collected by Mr. Rendall on the river Gambia, whence, at about the same time, a second specimen (immature) was sent to the late Lord Derby. Both these specimens are now in the emt: 1882. ] AFRICAN MUNGOOSES. 89 British Museum; but no others, so far as I am aware, have since been obtained. 3. CROSSARCHUS ZEBRA. *Herpestes zebra, Riipp. N. Wirb. Abyss. p. 30, pl. ix. fig. 2 (animal), and pl. x. fig. 1 (skull) (1835). H. gothneh, Fitz. & Heugl. S.B. Akad. Wien, liv. Abth. 1, p. 560 (1866). H. leucostethicus, Fitz. & Heugl. t. cit. p. 561 (1861). Hab. Abyssinia. Size rather smaller than in the last species, and form slenderer. Tail half as long as the head and body. General colour grizzled grey, with cross bands on the posterior part of the back. Longer hairs ringed with black and pale yellow or white, without any rufous, the rings very narrow, so that the transverse bands are correspondingly narrow, five or more to the inch. Underfur dirty yellowish grey. Chin, chest, and belly more or less bright rufous, a sharp line along the sides of the neck separating the rufous from the grey of the upperside. Central line of the underparts gene- rally white, this colour varying in quantity very much, sometimes extending all down the centre from chin to anus, sometimes nearly or quite absent. Tail-hairs ringed like those of the body, the black eradually predominating towards the tip, which is often quite black. Feet, in the same way, becoming blacker to the toes. Skull as in C. gambianus. Teeth rather small, P.M* between 6 and 7 mm. long. Dental percentages 66-79. Dimensions. Head and body. Tail. Hind foot. a. Abyssinia (Riippell) ...... 13°5 70 2°3 6. 3 (skin) /808. Js 8m13:0 6°6 — Skulls. Basi- Palate- Palate- Inc. to cranial Length. Breadth. length. breadth. cross line. axis. a. No locality .. 2°75 1-59 1°46 95 94 °97 b. A ered, 1°5 1°43 ‘88 89 "95 ce. Bogos, Abys- sinia’ .... 2°42 1°35 1°26 79 ‘80 "89 This species has hitherto been found only in Abyssinia, where Riippell and others have obtained it in considerable numbers. It may readily be distinguished from the other striped Mungoose, C. fasciatus, by the narrowness and whiteness of the cross bands, and by the sharply defined rufous of its neck and chest. I can see no reason for the separation of either H. gothneh or leucostethicus from the typical form, the characters given being quite unimportant. It has already been mentioned that one of our skulls of this 1 With third upper molars. 90 MR. O. THOMAS ON THE [Jan. 3, species possesses a third pair of upper molars behind the two normal ones. The presence of this extra pair of teeth however, is, shown to be of no specific or generic importance by the fact that in a second, quite identical, specimen collected at the same time and place (Bogos- land, Abyssinia), there are only the two usual pairs of upper molars. 4, CROSSARCHUS FASCIATUS. Viverra ichneumon (3, Schr. Saug. iii. p. 430, pl. exvi. (1778). V. mungo', Gmel. Linn. 8. N. i. p. 84 (1789). Herpestes mungo, Desm. Mamm. i. p. 211 (1820). H. fasciatus, Desm. Dict. Sci. Nat. xxix. p. 58 (1823). *Ichneumon tenionotus, Smith, 8. Afr. Quart. Journ. ii. p. 114 (1835). Ariela tenionota, Gray, P. Z. S. 1864, p. 565 (1864). Hab. S.E. Africa (Caffraria to Mozambique *). Size medium; form stout. Tail rather more than half as long as the head and body. General colour grizzled grey, the posterior half of the back with cross bands. Longer hairs ringed with black and yellow or dark rufous, the posterior half of each light ring being always rufous. The rings somewhat broad, so that the transverse body-bands are also broad, there being about 33 to the inch, counting both light and dark bands. There are altogether about 12 or 13 bands; but they merge so gradually into the rest of the body-colour that they cannot be exactly counted. Underfur grey- brown. Neck, chest, and belly uniform grizzled grey, like the upper part of the head and shoulders, not rufous as in C. zebra. Feet and tail like body, but becoming gradually nearly or quite black towards their distal parts. Skull comparatively broad and heavy, the teeth larger than in any other species, P.M* more than 8 mm. long, last molar small. Dental percentage 57-59. Dimensions. Head and body. Tail. Hind foot. PEE ONG oie. 3 tags sao, sg etn Se 13°0 8-0 2°8 6. Natal (type of I. tenionotus) .. 12:0 70 2°4 Skulls. Basi- Palate- Palate- Inc.to cranial ; Length. Breadth. length. breadth. cross line, axis. a. 8. Africa (Dr. Smithy ie VSBAL AL G7 wiES) 098 99 1°05 6. S. Africa (Dr. Smith)... SFG 4h Are we 92 1:00 96 ? This name is so utterly barbarous, and that of H. fasciatus so well known, that I think we are justified in ignoring it and using Desmarest’s classical and appropriate term. _ 7 Two specimens, said to be ‘‘ Henpestes fasciatus,” are recorded from Angola in the ‘List of Animals in Zool. Soe. Coll.’ 1879, p. 62; but as neither of these is still living and nothing has been preserved of them, I cannot say whether they really belong to this species, to C. zebra, or to some undescribed form. 1882. ] AFRICAN MUNGOOSES. 91 This species by its locality, and not C. zebra, no doubt represents the early-known “ Viverra mungo,” which was said to come from the “ East Indies.’ No cross-striped Mungooses, however, are known from India, and the original specimens must have been obtained from the Cape. All the specimens with exact localities that I have seen come from the eastern parts of the Colony, and none from the western ; so that we may suppose that its true range is very similar to that of Herpestes pulverulentus’. Probably, however, tame examples were sometimes brought down to Capetown, where they would be seen by the earlier travellers. Dr. Smith says of his Ichneumon tenionotus, “ Inhabits Natal: rare.” Molars of Crossarchus. P.M+. M2. _| Percentage.| mm. mn. | ©. ObsGUTUS: 6 .ésciecscneseers sa 6:2 4:8 77 b... 7-0 5-0 | 71 on 65 5:0 Kiet C. gambianus .........+0005 Gas 6:0 48 60 (0/5721 ah Rae aa eeencnCre ee eee CREM 6:9 46 66 | b.. 6:5 4:5 69 C.. 68 5:0 73 Hee 6:5 51 79 Gest anelahys: es aesasncostens ss cs 87 52 59 Bees 8:0 52 on VII. Suricata. Type. Suricata, Desm. Tabl. Méth. Mamm. in Nouv. Dict. d’H. N. (ed. 1) xxiv. (1804) ............ S. tetradactyla. Rhyzena, Illig. Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p. 134 Range. That of the only species. Toes 4—4?. Teeth, I. 3, C. +, P.M.4, M. $x 2=38. Hind soles naked. Nose produced. No central naked line from muzzle to upper lip. Fore claws very long, twice as long as the hind. Skull very broad, the zygomata strongly diverging backwards. Facial outline convex. Posterior part of skull very high, not compressed as in Herpestes, but more as in Cynictis. Teeth very similar to 1 See p. 74. 2 In a skeleton and a specimen in spirit, I find the following rudiments of the 1st toes :—of the fore foot, in the spirit specimen, a rudimentary metacarpus, 2 mm. in length; in the skeleton, no trace ofa hallux, but the above-mentioned rudiment might easily have been lost. Of the hind foot, in the spirit specimen, a hallucal metatarsal 2mm. long and 23 broad, and, in the skeleton, a similar rudimentary metatarsal and, in addition, a minute Ist phalanx (1} mm. long and 1 broad). S. tetradactyla. 92 MR. 0, THOMAS ON THE AFRICAN MUNGOOSEs. __[Jan. 3, those of Crossarchus. First upper premolar absent, with no dia- stema in its place; first lower either present or, if absent, there is a distinct diastema. Auditory meatus somewhat prolonged, with the imperfection of the floor well marked, consisting of a line of minute holes, quite different from the large round hole found in this position in Cynictis’. 1. SuRICATA TETRADACTYLA. Viverra suricatta, Erxl, Syst. Regn. An. p. 488 (1777). V. tetradactyla, Schreb. Siug. iii. p. 434, tab. exvii. (1778). Mus zenik, Scopoli, Delic. Flor. et Faun, ii. p. 84 (1786). Viverra zenik et tetradactyla, Gmel. Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 85 1789). ee capensis, Desm. Tabl. Méth. Mamm. (p. 15) in Nouv. Dict. d’ Hist. Nat. Ist edit. xxiv. (1804). Rhyzena tetradactyla, Il. Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p. 134 (1811). Suricata viverrina, Desm. Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat. 2nd edit. Kxxli. p. 297 (1819). © Rhyzena typicus, Smith, 8. Afr. Quart. Journ. ii. p. 117 (1835). Hab. Cape Colony (Algoa Bay, Cape, &c.). Size small; form slender. Tail about half the length of the head and body together. Fur long and soft. General colour light grizzled grey, with black transverse bands across the posterior part of the back. Longer hairs broadly ringed with black and white, the white on the whole predominating ; the transverse bands formed by the regular arrangement of the hairs, by which the white and black rings come opposite to each other on adjacent hairs. Underfur dark rufous. Head nearly white, except a distinct oblong black mark round the eyes. Lars black. Tail yellowish, with a well- marked black tip. Feet like body. Skull as described above. Dental percentage 70-79. Dimensions. Head and body. Tail. Hind foot. a. (In spirit)... 14-0 70 2°4 68. Africa .. .. 15:0 75 2°5 C: ob arte 14:0 8:0 2°5 Skulls. Palate- Palate- Ine. to Basi- Length, Breadth. length. breadth, cross line. cranial axis. a.. 2°42 1°79 N37) 90 88 74 6.. 2°38 1°75 1:36 “84 84 ‘76 This animal is a well-known Cape species: it seems to be confined ' Prof. Flower, in his paper on the Classification of the Carnivora (P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 20), says of this genus:—“ Here, and here alone among the Viver- ridx, there is a prolonged auditory meatus; but it presents the peculiarity of being fissured along the whole extent of the middle of its floor.” It should, however, be noted that Crossarchus has a somewhat produced meatus, and that all the genera of this group haye constantly a more or less fissured meatus-floor, individual skulls often exceeding Swricata in this respect. 1882. ] ON A NEW LAND-RAIL FROM EAST AFRICA. 93 to that colony; but I have seen so few specimens with exact loca- lities, that I am unable to determine its precise range. It may always be readily distinguished from all other Mungooses by its elongated nose and claws and its peculiar coloration, especially its black ears, no other species haying ears differing in colour from the rest of the head. Smuts says of its habits : —“ This animal lives in various parts of the Colony, mostly in mountain caves; it is easily tamed and kept in a state of domestication.” Molars of Suricata. P.M4. M?. _— Percentage. S. tetraductyla, a 70 50 71 Ss b 6°3 5:0 79 ” GARR 6°5 4°8 74 ry , ee ee 70 5°2 74 4, Description of a New Species of Land-Rail from Hast Africa. By H. B. Tristram, F.R.S., C.M.Z.S. [Received December 28, 1881.] I have lately received from Mr. R. C. Ramshaw, a medical missionary who has been stationed for four years in East Africa, a small collection of birds, chiefly of Ploceidee and Cinnyride, formed by him at Ribé, a little to the north of Rabai, and at Jomon, a district extending S. lat. 3°-5° and E. long. 39°—40°. Among the specimens occurs a Land-Rail which both Mr. Sharpe and Capt. Shelley consider to be undescribed. I therefore venture to describe it as CrEX SUAHELENSIS, spec. nov. C. capite et regione parotica castaneis ; collo superiore fusco ; dorso inferiore nigricante ; supracaudalibus castaneo mar- ginatis ; cauda nigricante, castaneo marginata; mento et thorace albis ; pectore rufescente ; abdomine albescente ; crisso et subcau- dalibus lete castaneis ; scapularibus brunneis, quaque pluma albo marginata ; remigibus nigrescentibus, pogonio externo remigis primi albo;'subalaribus brunneis; rostro, tarsis et pedibus olivaceis. Long. tota 9, ale 3°92, caude 23, rostri a rictu *85, tarsi 14, digitt med. 1°9. Hab. Ribé, East Africa. The white edgings to the scapulars and some of the feathers of the back seem to indicate immaturity. In other respects the bird has all the appearance of being adult: and the measurements certainly do not correspond to those of any known species. 94 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE ANATOMY [Jan. 3, 5. Note on the Gall-bladder, and some other Points in the Anatomy of the Toucans and Barbets (Capitonide). By W. A. Forsezs, B.A., Prosector to the Society. [Received December 30, 1881. ] The statement has been made, and copied’, that a gall-bladder is absent in the Toucans. The latest writer on the visceral anatomy of birds, Dr. Hans Gadow *, describing the gall-bladder of the ‘ Coccy- gomorphee,” says :—“Ahamphastus compensirt das Fehlen der Blase durch einen sehr langen (9 cm.) und weiten Ductus Choledochus ” (ne. p10). On dissecting, therefore, some months ago a fresh specimen of Pteroglossus wiedi, 1 was considerably surprised to find a peculiarly long and tubular gall-bladder, which lay superficially, covering the other abdominal viscera and extending far down in the abdominal cavity, its fundus nearly reaching the cloacal region of the intestine. My attention having been thus called to the point, I have since, whenever opportunity has offered, always looked for this viscus, and have now ascertained its presence in specimens of RAhamphastos cari- natus, vitellinus, and dicolorus, Pteroglossus wiedi (3), Selenidera maculirostris, and Aulacorhamphus prasinus. The annexed drawing (fig., p. 95) will show its general form and relations, as seen in afresh specimen of Rhamphastos dicolorus. In the specimen figured the total length of the gall-bladder was not less than 4°15 inches. The cystic duct originated ‘85 inch from the liver, and was 17 inch long. In other cases the duct arises much nearer the portal fissure. Its presence, therefore, in all Toucans is nearly certain *. It is also present, of exactly the same general form, and with the same relations, in all the Capitonine I have examined as regards this point, namely Megalema virens (a fresh specimen), M. franklini, and Xantholema rosea. Its presence in Indicator in a similar form is almost certain, from the intimate relationship of that genus to the Barbets and Toucans. Unfortunately I can give no exact information on this point, the only specimen J have of an Indicator having been eviscerated. The only other family of birds in which, so far as I am aware, the gall-bladder assumes this peculiar vermiform shape, and lies * Owen, Anat. Vert. ii. p. 177; Macalister, Morph. Vert. p. 194; Orisp, P.Z.S. 1862, p. 137. 2 “Versuch ein. vergleich. Anatomie des Verdauungssystemes d. Vogel,” Jen. Zeitschr. xiii. n. F. vi. 5 Tt is but due to the late Prof. Garrod to say that he also had noted this peculiar gall-bladder, aptly characterized by him as “ iutestiniform,” in several Toucans dissected by him, including &. Cuvier and carinatus and P. wiedi. It is also, I find, correctly described by Meckel (‘Traité général,’ &c., Paris, 1838, t. viii. p. 289), as follows :—‘‘ La conformation de la vésicule est extrémement curieuse chez le toucan (Aamphastos). lle y est d’une longueur si énorme, qu’elle occupe la cavité abdominale toute entiére: elle est trés rétrécie, et res- semble plutot 4 un cecum qu’a une yésicule.” I made my first observations unaware of either of the above facts. 1882. ] OF THE TOUCANS AND BARBETS. 95 freely in the abdominal cavity, is that of the Picide. Nitzsch’ describes the liver of the Woodpeckers (of which he examined Gecinus viridis and canus, Dryocopus major, medius, aud minor, and Picus martius) as being “immer mit ausgezeichnet langer darmfér- miger Gallblase ;” and I can quite confirm this description as being Liver, stomach, duodenum, &c., of Rkamphastos dicolorus, from in front, showing the peculiar intestiniform gall-badder (4g. 4). St, stomach; d, duodenum; p, pancreas; 7. h. d, J. h. d., right and left hepatic ducts; ¢. d, cystic duct. _applicable to the last-named species. Garrod also correctly uoted, in his MSS., the “ long intestiniform gall-bladder”’ of Gecinus. The similarity, therefore, in this respect of the Capitonidee* to the Picidz strengthens the many arguments for the intimate relationship of these two groups. And I may take this opportunity to point out some further peculiarities which these birds have in common with each other. These are :— (1) The great extent of the deltoid muscle, which extends down the entire length, or very nearly so, of the humerus, and is inserted 1 In Naumann’s Orn. Deutschlands, v. p. 252. 2 T use this term, with Garrod (Coll. Papers, p. 464) to include the Tou- cans and Jndicator, as well as the true Barbets. 96 ON THE ANATOMY OF THE TOUCANS AND BARBETS. ([Jan. 3, by a tendinous slip into a small tubercle on the external surface of that bone, close to the elbow, and just above the tubercle for the tendon of origin of the ewtensor metacarpi radialis longior muscle. This is common to the Picide, Indicator, and the Toucans and Barbets. As long ago noticed by Nitzsch’, this peculiarly long deltoid also occurs in the Passeres ; but its similar condition in the Capitonide has not, I think, before been observed. But, as showing that the similarity in this respect of the Passeres to the Picidee and their allies is not necessarily a mark of relationship, I may add that in some other birds, as, e. g., Carpophaga, Ptilopus, and Cariama, the deltoid is nearly the same in size and shape, extending down to very near the elbow. (2) The presence of a distinct ossicle, of the nature of a sesamoid, the so-called ‘scapula accessoria,’ which is developed in the scapulo-humeral ligament of the shoulder-joint, and plays over the posterior angle of the humerus-head. From it arise some of the fibres of the deltoid. _ Nitzsch, with his usual accuracy *, had also noticed the existence in the Picidz of this bone, which, as is well known, occurs also in the Passeres; but the relationships of the bone in the last are not the same as they are in the Picide, Jndicator and other Pict I have examined. In the Passeres the bone in question becomes connected with the tendon of the pectoralis secundus muscle as this courses over the head of the humerus towards its insertion, sending round it a special thin tendinous loop, in which the tendon of that muscle plays. Hence, in the undisturbed position of these parts, the pectoralis tendon is seen to be somewhat L-shaped, the angle of the L being at the place where it is connected by this fibrous loop to the sesamoid bone, and so dragged backwards out of a direct course. In the Pici I have been able to find no such connection between the scapula accessoria and the pectoralis secundus tendon, which remains quite free from it throughout its course. The additional points of resemblance detailed in the present com- munication render the near relationship of the Picidee to the Capi- tonidze even more certain than before. Nitzsch, from pterylographical grounds, and Kessler *, from osteological ones, long ago pointed out this connection, which was afterwards remarkably confirmed by Garrod’s observations on their myology and visceral anatomy. The fact that there should be important cranial differences between the two groups (and even amongst the members of one of these) only shows that the cranial structure of a bird may be profoundly changed, in accordance with its conditions of existence, whilst in the rest of its organs no change whatever is effected ; and such a fact must of itself tell heavily against the view that the structure of the skull in birds is of itself alone a certain, or even sufficient, index to their sys- tematic classification. 1 Zeitschr. f. ges. Naturwiss. 1862, xix. p. 400. 2 Tom. supra cit. p. 399. 3 Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou, xvii. pp. 332-334, 340, 1882.] PROF. PARKER ON THE SKULL OF THE CROCODILIA. 97 January 17, 1882. Prof. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. The following report on the additions to the Society’s Mena- gerie during the month of December 1881 was read by the Secretary :— The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- gerie during the month of December 1881 was 82, of which 8 were by birth, 39 by presentation, 26 by purchase, and 9 were received on deposit. The total number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 82. The most noticeable additions during the month were :— 1. A young male Guemul Deer (Purcifer chilensis), from Pata- gonia, purchased December 22nd of the Jardin d’Acclimatation of Paris. This animal has lately shed its horns, and is now growing a new pair. 2. A Germain’s Peacock-Pheasant (Polyplectron germaini), pur- chased December 24th. Both these accessions are of species new to the Society’s series. Prof. Newton exhibited, by favour of Messrs. Hallett & Co., the skin and bones of the trunk of a specimen of Notornis mantelli, re- cently received by them from New Zealand, and stated to have been obtained in the province of Otago about eighteen months ago. Prof. Newton pointed out that the sternum figured in the Society’s ‘ Transactions’ (vol. iv. pl. 4. figs. 5-8) as of this species must belong to a totally different form. Prof. W. K. Parker, F.R.S., read a memoir on the skull of the Crocodilia, of which the following is an abstract :— ‘The Crocodilia have seen the rise and fall of several Reptilian dynasties, and even now they are in no danger of extinction. Their development is precisely like that of the Sauropsida generally (the other Reptiles, and Birds) ; but in some very important respects they anticipate cranial modifications that only come to perfection in the Mammalia. “Tt is difficult, at first, to see in what their embryo differs from that of a bird; but the long tail is diagnostic; this, however, would not always have served that purpose, as the avian contemporaries of the Crocodiles of the Oolite had tails relatively as long as those of the Crocodiles. “The near approach to that modification of the skull which is seen in the Bird is very remarkable in the early stages of the Crocodile ; but whilst the one becomes as light asa quill, the other becomes as heavy as the armour of a Tortoise; yet in the adult Crocodile the whole hind skull is a labyrinth of air-cavities, which Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. VII. 7 98 MR. 0. THOMAS ON RODENTS FROM PERU. (Jan. 17, differ but little from those of a bird. Notwithstanding the massive- ness of the skull, nearly every suture is persistent; in the light skull of the Bird nearly every suture is obliterated. ‘“« The pier of the mandible explains, and is explained by, that of the Lizard on one side, and the Salamandrian below. The jaw itself is at an early period quite continuous with the hyoid arch; and that arch is for a time continuous with the auditory columella, as in the Hatteria of New Zealand ; and the columella itself is only a modi- fied part of that arch. In its early segmented state, however, and in its later broken-up condition, it comes very near to what is found in the mammal, and greatly helps the morphologist in working out a harmony between this arch in the Sauropsida and the Mam- malia. “In the discussion which took place a dozen years ago between Professors Peters and Huxley (for the views of the latter see P. Z.S. 1869, pp. 391-407), as to the early continuity of the mandibular and hyoid arches and their nature, both combatants were right and both were wrong. The two arches are continuous for a time; but that condition does not sustain Prof. Peters’s reasoning. The deductions of Prof. Huxley, in spite of the fact that he worked with imperfect materials, will remain true for all time.’ Prof. Parker’s memoir will be published entire in the Society’s Transactions.’ The following papers were read :— 1. On a Collection of Rodents from North Peru. By OupriELp Tuomas, F.Z.S., British Museum. [Received December 15, 1881.] (Plate IV.) The collection now described was obtained by M. Stolzmann, the well-known Polish collector, in Northern Peru, and has been placed in my hands for determination by Prof. Taczanowski, of the Warsaw Museum, by whom a nearly complete set has been presented to the British Museum. Every specimen has its exact locality, date, and altitude recorded ; and the habits of many of the species have been noted by M. Stolz- mann, whose remarks, placed between quotation-marks, are appended to their respective species. The localities from which the collection was obtained are as follows :— Tumbez.—Capital of the province of the same name. Situated on the river Tumbez, at about 4 miles from its outlet in the Bay of Guayaquil (3° S. lat.). Tambillo.—A colony on the river Malleta, a tributary of the Upper Amazons. This river forms the boundary between the pro- 1882. ] MR. QO. THOMAS ON RODENTS FROM PERU. 99 vinces of Jaen and Chota. Tambillo is situated about 5700 feet above the level of the sea, upon the eastern slope of the western chain of the Cordilleras (6° S. lat.). Cutervo.—A town in the province of Chota, department of Caja- perce. about twodays south of Tambillo, on the same slope, 9000 eet. Callacate.—A colouy, 4800 feet in altitude, about 8 miles north- west of Cutervo, on the banks of the river Chota, which runs into the Amazon under the name of Chamaya. Chirimoto!.—A colony in the valley of the Huayabamba, a tributary of the Huallaga, in the province of Chachapoyas. It is about 5400 feet above the sea, upon the eastern slope of the eastern chain of the Cordilleras (6° S. lat.). Huambo'.—A plantation in the forest of the same name, to the east of Chachapoyas and Chirimoto, 3700 feet in altitude, on the banks of the river Huambo, a tributary of the Huallaga. All these localities, except Tumbez, are on the northward Andean extension of the Patagonian subregion, as defined by Messrs. Newton and Salvin’; so that we should naturally expect, as indeed turns out to be the case, that most of the species would be the same as those found by Mr. Louis Fraser, who collected at places situated in the Ecuadorean part of this same Andean tract. Tumbez is on the southward extension of the Subandean subregion on the Pacific side; but the specimens collected there are too few to draw any deductions from. The chief interest of the collection centres in the fine series of Hesperomys contained in it ; for of this difficult genus and the closely allied one Holochilus M. Stolzmann obtained just over 40 speci- mens. The value of this additional material may be perceived when it is remembered how very few of the specimens in the various museums are preserved in spirit, or have their exact localities or habits recorded. On account, therefore, of the fact that most of the published de- scriptions have been taken either from stuffed specimens or skins, I have thought it useful to give the measurements of every adult Specimen in this collection, even when belonging to compara- tively well-known species. It must, moreover, be remembered that from such a locality as Northern Peru very few species of this group can in any sense be called well known; in fact, of the 11 species of Hesperomys and Holochilus here described, only two, Hes- peromys longicaudatus and olivaceus, at all deserve this term; and even of these, additional measurements are much to be desired, as helping to show the range of variation found among the South- American Muridee. Of the 11 species just referred to, only one belongs to Holochilus, the remaining ten being distributed among Calomys, Rhipidomys, and Habrothrix, three of the eight subgenera of Hes- ' Additional information concerning these two localities may be obtained from Prof. Taczanowski’s own paper on the birds collected by Mons. Stolzmann (antea, p. 2). * Encycl. Brit, ed, 9, iii, p. 744. 100 MR. O. THOMAS ON RODENTS FROM PERU. [Jan. 17, peromys now usually admitted. Of these Calomys claims four species, one being new ; Rhipidomys also four, of which two are new ; and Habrothrizx the remaining two, both of which are previously-known species. There are thus three new species in the collection; and of two of the others I am somewhat doubtful of the determination ; so that I think it possible that either or both of them will in the end turn out to be really different from the species to which I have pro- visionally referred them. The chief previous information bearing on this subject is comprised in Tschudi’s classical work on the fauna of Peru’, and in Mr. Tomes’s papers on the Mammals collected in Ecuador by Mr. Fraser*. Of the 6 Muride mentioned by Tschudi, only one, Hesperomys leucodactylus, was found by M. Stolzmann ; while of the 13 brought from Ecuador by Mr. Fraser he obtained six, or just about half; so that from his well-preserved spirit-specimens I have been able to supplement the descriptions given by Mr. Tomes, many of which were drawn up only from skins. 7 It is perhaps well to mention that, when describing these Rats and Mice, I found it possible, owing to their excellent state of preservation, entirely to dry the hairs, so that the colour and texture of the fur, and the general appearance of the animals were just as they would have been if the specimen had been examined when recently killed. I have been unfortunately unable to supplement from this collection the notes recently published by me with regard to the comparative lengths of the different parts of the alimentary canal’, because the intestines had been removed from all the specimens before they came into my hands. Of the new species obtained by Mons. Stolamann, H. spinosus* is perhaps the most interesting, as being the first Hesperomys that has been found with spiny fur. I have long expected that such a form would be discovered. There are so many examples of tropical species of the neighbouring genus Mus which possess spines in their fur, that I have always been surprised at there being no spiny members of such a large and variable tropical genus as Hesperomys. The present discovery of a spine-clad Vesper-mouse is therefore pro- porticnately interesting. As in the Old-world Mus *, so here in Hesperomys, I find that the number of mamme is both very constant and very distinctive of 1 Pp, 177-184 (1844) 2 P.Z.S. 1858, p. 546; 1860, pp. 211 & 260. 3 P. Z.8. 1880, p. 696. * Infra, p. 105. ® See P. Z.8. 1881, p. 531, ke. § The variation in the number in some of the common species of Mus, viz. in M. decumanus, rattus, and alexandrinus, has caused this character to fall into clisrepute among writers on Rodentia; but, with the exception of these species, and of one or two others which have the unusually large number of from 14 to 18 mamma, I have never, in any single instance, found a specimen of either Mus or Hesperonys in which the number differed from that normal to the species. I do not of course assert that individual variations do not occur, but only that they must be extremely rare, as I have never met with any in all the large series of specimens that I have examined with special reference to this point. 1882. ] MR. 0. THOMAS ON RODENTS FROM PERU. 101 the various subgenera and species, though the value of this character seems never to have been noticed by any previous writer in connexion with the arrangement of the Sigmodont Muride. The following Table gives the number of mamme found in a few of the best-known Sigmodontes not included in the present col- lection :— Pectoral Nr. of adult pairs of Total females mammex. Inguinal. mamme. examined. Ochetodon mexicanus, De Sauss. ... 1 : 6 Hesperomys (Rhipidomys) sumi- re chrasti, De Sass. ...rs00cceeseres 2 4 8 H. (Vesperimus) leucopus, Raf. ... 1 2 6 6 H. (V.) michiganensis, dud. § Bach. 1 2 6 1 H. (Oryzomys) couesi, Als? ......... 2 2 8 2 H. (Calomys) bimaculatus, Waterh. 2 2 8 1 (type) Sigmodon hispidus, Say § Ord ... 3 2 10 7 We thus see that the number of mammee gives us an additional character by which to separate Dr. Coues’s subgenus “‘Vesperimus ”’ from Calomys, the first having only 3, while the latter has 4 pairs. Sigmodon also, on whose generic distinction Dr. Coues has cast some doubt!, is, so far as its mammee are concerned, very distinct from any of the other New-world Muride in having no less than 3 pairs, the largest number found in this group. 1. Lepus BRASsILIEensts, L. a (juv.). Cutervo, 9000’, Feb. or Mar. 1879. 2, Ecuinomys semispinosus, Tomes, P.Z.S, 1860, p. 265, a. & (imm.), Tumbez, sea-level, June 1876. “In the reeds (Canna brava) on the banks of the river.” [Mus muscuuus, L. a. Callacate, 4800’, April 1879. This specimen had a large (strus-larva in the flesh just above the root of the tail (See C. O. Waterhouse, Proc. Ent. Soc. 1881, p» xii). | 3. Hotocniius (NecTromys) APICALIS, Peters, Abhandl, Akad. Berl. 1860, p. 152. Hesp. cephalotes, Desin., Tomes, P.Z.S. 1858, p. 548 (nee Desm.). a. Chirimoto, 5400’, Jan. 1880. b. Huambo, 3700’, April or May 1880. e, d (juv.). Tambillo, 5800’, Feb. 1878. Dimensions, in inches :— Head and Forearm ar-conch, Muzzle body. Tail. Hind foot. and hand. length. to ear. COE 725 9°0 1:96 1:96 68 1-58 bs" S2. O4 10°1 2°05 2°15 65 1577, In the paper quoted above, Prof. Peters described a large Guaya- 1 Mon. N, Am, Rod. p. 32, 1877. 102 MR. 0, THOMAS ON RODENTS FROM PERU. _[Jan. 17, quil Rat as Nectomys apicalis, g. and sp. n., the genus being founded on the presence of short webs to the toes, including H. squamipes, Bts., from which V. apicalis was separated on account of its only having 5 instead of 6 hind-foot pads. I do not, however, think that the presence of webs to the feet is a character of generic im- portance, and should prefer to regard Nectomys as only a subgenus of Holochilus. The specific distinction of H. apicalis is, no doubt, quite correct, as all the specimens in the present collection agree in having only 5 hind-foot pads. None of them have, however, the white tip to the tail described by Prof. Peters ; but this is no doubt a point in which there may be considerable variation. The incisors of H. apicalis were originally said to be snow-white ; but the present speci- mens do not agree with this, their incisors being pale yellow; but they are certainly very much lighter-coloured than in H. squamipes, where they are a rich orange. Notwithstanding these differences, I do not think there can be any doubt that these specimens belong to Prof. Peters’s species, as they agree perfectly in size, locality, and the very important character of the number of the foot-pads. There is in the British Museum another specimen of this species, collected by Mr. J. K. Salmon at Concordia, Medellin, U. S. of Colombia. (a) “ Appeared to be aquatic, although caught in a cultivated field.”’ (2) “ Killed in an arm of the river just as it was seizing a branch of a Guava-tree, which touched the surface of the water. It had in its stomach an aromatic mass composed of fruity substance. It swims perfectly, only coming out late in the evening, and is probably the animal which gnaws the fish taken in the Indians’ nets. It is not possible to catch it in a rat-trap.” 4. Hesprromys (Catomys) taticeps, Lund, Blik p. Bras. Dyrev. iii. p. 279 (1841). a-c. Huambo, 3700’, April and May 1880. Head and Forearm Ear-conch, Muzzle body. Tail. Hind foot. andhand. length. to ear. aS 0 6°3 1°35 1:44 ‘70 1°14 To this species I refer three specimens, of which, however, only one is adult. The tarsus seems to be somewhat longer than in the original specimens ; but otherwise it agrees very fairly with a spe- cimen of H. laticeps in the Museum collection from the original locality, Bahia. This Bahian specimen, however, is only askin; and it is therefore quite possible that spirit-specimens would show such differences from the Peruvian one, that, combined with the greater length of the tarsus and the difference in locality, a new species would have to be formed for the latter. The following is a description of the adult individual, a male:— Fur rather short and close, compared with that of H. albigularis or leucodactylus. General colour above dull brown, very finely 1882. ] MR. 0. THOMAS ON RODENTS FROM PERU. 103 grizzled with dark greyish yellow. Belly white, the basal halves of the hairs, however, both above and below, dark slate-colour. The back- and belly-colours rather sharply separated. I'eet greyish white. Tail brown above and white below, the latter colour, however, grad- ually becoming darker, so that the distal half of the tail is nearly uniform. Foot-pads prominent; soles naked, proximal halves quite smooth, distal halves coarsely granulated. Fifth hind toes, without claws, only reaching just to the end of the fourth metatarsals. Ears with a projection on the anterior border'. Skull with well-marked supraorbital ridges. “These Rats created great havoc among the stores of maize under the roof of the house. After atime they multiplied to such an extent that I caught 14 in one night. This species also did con- siderable damage in the plantations of cocoa, gnawing holes in the skins of the fruit, and eating the contents.” 5. Hesprromys (CALoMys) ALBIGULARIS, Tomes, P. Z, 8. 1860, p. 264. a. Cutervo, 9200’, Feb. or Mar. 1879. b-f. Tambillo, 5800', Feb. 1878. g- Callacate, 4800’, Apr. 1879. h. Huambo, 3700’, Apr. and May 1880. Head and Forearm Ear-conch, Muzzle body. Tail. Hind foot. and hand. length. to ear. a o.. 50 6:2 1:24 1-48 69 1°25 UMS 0 Ok 6-6 1:3 1:56 ‘70 1-28 « 9.. 49 6°5 1-24 1:46 “72 1:24 To this species I refer eight of the specimens, from various loca- lities. As Mr. Tomes’s account was drawn up from skins, the follow- ing description may be useful :— Fur long, soft and fine, with a few longer black hairs intermixed. General colour above deep rufous, becoming clearer on the sides, and passing gradually into pale rufous on the belly. Basal two thirds of the hairs dark slate-colour all over the body, except that in some of the specimens there is a pure white blotch just between the fore legs, a peculiarity which suggested Mr. Tomes’s name for the species. Anterior half of the outer and posterior half of the inner sides of the ears thinly covered with black hairs, the remainder nearly naked. Feet white, with the exception of the metacarpals and metatarsals, on which there are a few brown hairs intermixed. Tail very long and slender, above brown and beneath white for its whole length, the two colours rather sharply separated. Anterior border of ears without any projection. Mammee 8, two pectoral and two inguinal pairs. Soles naked, foot-pads large and prominent, fifth hind toes, without claws, reaching to the middle of the first phalanx of the fourth toes. It will be seen that the above description does not quite agree with that of Mr. Tomes; but I do not think that the differences are of See P. Z.S. 1881, p. 4. 104 MR. O, THOMAS ON RODENTS FROM PERU. [Jan. 17, sufficient importance to justify me in describing our specimens as new without seeing Mr. Tomes’s type. This species, as represented by the specimens before me, is very like the European Mus sylvaticus, L., in general appearance, though it is considerably larger. Its nearest ally seems to be H. longi- caudatus, Benn., which, however, differs from it by its much smaller size and by its quite uniform brown or black tail. As all the eight specimens of H. albigularis in the collection possess the same bicolor tail, it would seem to show that it is as constant a character among the New-world Hesperomyes as I have found it to be among the true Old-world Mures. H. vulpinoides, Schinz}, a species of about the same size, has a quite unicolor tail. This latter, moreover, comes from the eastern side of S. America, the types having been collected in the province of Minas Geraes. 6. Hesprromys (CALoMys) LONGICAUDATUS, Benn. a-f. Huambo, 3700’, April and May 1880. Head and * Forearm Har-conch, Muzzle body. Tail, | Hindfoot. andhand. length. toear. a 9.. 3°25 5:0 89 "95 "45 “79 6. 9 .. 325 5:4 90 98 50 84 « 9.. 330 5:4 ‘90 ‘98 D5 85 d. 2.. 290 4:8 89 — "52 ‘78 This species seems to be the common Mouse of the whole of central S. America, as the Museum series contains specimens from Ecuador, Peru, Bolivia, Chili, Buenos Ayres, Paraguay, Minas Geraes, and Bahia, thus covering an extremely extended range. The following is its synonymy, as far I have been able to make it out with any certainty :— Mus longicaudatus, Benn. P. Z.8. 1832, p. 2. Mus (Calomys) flavescens, Waterh. P.Z.S. 1837, p. 19; Voy. Beagle, i. Mamm. p. 46, pl. 13 (1839). Mus longicaudus, Lund, Blik p. Bras. Dyrev. iii. p. 279 (1841). Hesperomys eliurus, Wagn. Archiv f. Naturg. 1845, i. p. 147; Abhandl. Akad. Miinch. v. p. 307 (1850). It is, however, just possible that Mus longitarsus, Rengg.’, may refer to this species, in which case Mr. Bennett’s name would have to sink into a synonym, as Rengger’s work was published in 1830, two years before M. longicaudatus was described. Prof. Burmeister in his recent work on the Mammals of the Argentine Republic*, places M. longitarsus as a synomym of A. longicaudatus, apparently not noticing that, if they are the same, the former name must stand as that of the species. However, the type of M. longitarsus, though young, is said by Rengger to have a hind ? Schinz, Syn. Mamm. ii. p. 193 (1844). H. vulpinus, Lund, nec Licht, ? Saug. Parag. pp. 231, 232 (1830). 8 Page 221, 1879. ; 1882. ] MR. 0, THOMAS ON RODENTS FROM PERU. 105 foot no less than 14 lines in length, while the very largest specimen in our considerable series of this species has a hind foot barely linch long. I am therefore inclined for ‘the present to continue to use Bennett’s well-known name, believing that 4. longitarsus may be found to be only the youug form of some larger species. 7. Hesperomys (CALOMyYs) SPINOSUS, sp. n. a, b. Huambo, 3700’, April and May 1880. Head and Forearm LEar-conch, Muzzle body. Tail. Hind foot. andhand. length. to ear. Ghid hie3°0! 3°85 87 "95 50 ‘78 Bordnned:0 3°95 87 “94 "46 ‘75 Back of Breadth of con- Total Greatest Molar incisors to striction between Lower jaw length breadth. series, Ist molars. orbits. (bone only), Skullofa..:°91 ‘51 13 22 ‘19 50 Fur of medium length, composed of flattened spines intermixed with fine hairs, the spines predominating on the back but becoming rather fewer on the sides and disappearing on the belly. General colour above dark grizzled rufous and black, the spines slate-coloured, with black tips, the hairs also slate-coloured for the greater part of their length, but their tips rich orange. Sides becoming paler towards the belly, where the tips of the hairs in one specimen are white, and in the other pale fulvous, the bases of the hairs, however, being, as usual, slate. Head like back, but with fewer spines. Lars thinly covered with short black hairs. Tail at its base dark brown above and white below; but the two colours soon merge into uniform blackish brown ; the scales proportionally very large. Tail-hairs very scanty, except at the tip, where they form a slight and inconspicuous pencil. Fore feet dark brown, the toes slightly paler. Hind feet and toes pale greyish white, not sharply separated from the colour of the legs, with a brown patch on the distal part of the metatarsus. Foot- pads small but prominent, soles smooth on proximal and granulated on distal halves. Fifth hind toes, without claws, reaching barely to the middle of the first phalanx of the fourth toes. Ears with a well- marked projection on their anterior edge. Both the specimens being males, I cannot record the number of mamme ; but the other characters being so similar to those of ordinary Calomys, it is unlikely that there would be any other number but 8. Skull on the whole similar to that of other small Calomyes, but with the supraorbital ridges sharper and more strongly developed than in any others that I have seen, and the space between the orbits broader than usual. The discovery of this Mouse, as spiny as an average Heteromys, is, as mentioned above, of great interest; for hitherto no spiny Hespero- 1 Taken before the skull was extracted, 106 MR. O. THOMAS ON RODENTS FROM PERU. [Jan. 17, mys has been recorded’, notwithstanding the tropical climate of central and northern South America and the innumerable forms into which the Vesper-mice have been developed. Among the Old-World Muridze instances of the development of spines are extremely numerous, though their presence would seem often to be variable, the spines being apparently shed and renewed ac- cording to the season of year”. In the case of this Peruvian Vesper- mouse, however, it is scarcely likely that there could be any shedding of spines according to season, since at Huambo, only 6 degrees south of the equator, there can be but very little appreciable change of season at all. Moreover, as far as regards the distinctness of this species, there appears to be no Calomys as yet described with the colours and proportions of H. spinosus, even if we ignore the presence of the spines as a specific character. 8. Hresprromys(RurIPIpoMYS) LEUCODACTYLUS, Tschudi, Fauna Peruana, p. 183, Taf. xiii. fig. 2 (1844). H. latimanus, Tomes, P.Z.S8. 1860, p. 213. a. Huambo, 3700’, April or May 1880. Head and Forearm Har-conch, Muzzle body. Tail. Hind foot. andhand. length. to ear. a. Q.. 4:85 65 Jet 1:4 3) 1:17 The single specimen of this species is rather paler-coloured than Tschudi’s type, which I have examined in the Berlin Museum ; it is otherwise, however, quite identical, all the more important characters agreeing exactly. The following isa short description of Mons, Stolzmann’s specimen :— Fur soft and close. General color above pale brownish grey, below white. Dark colour of the back continued down to the meta- carpals and metatarsals; toes white. Ears without a projection on their anterior edge. ‘Tail quite unicolor, dark brown, with the hairs increasing in length to its tip, where they form a distinct pencil. Feet remarkably short and broad, sole-pads very large, round and smooth. Fifth hind toes reaching to the middle of the second pha- lanx of the fourth toes. Whiskers very numerous, black. Mammee six, one pectoral and two inguinal pairs. « Several individuals of this species were caught on the palmwood roof of the house in which I was living. They gnawed to pieces all leather articles, such as saddles and bridles, and used the frag- ments to build their nests with. One of these, made of paper torn from a book, was built in the folds of a mosquito-net.”’ 1 Tund (Blik p, Bras. Dyrev. iii. p. 277, 1841) described a Mus setosus from Minas Geraes as having spines in the fur; but this is now generally admitted to have been founded on a specimen of Mus alexandrinus, Geoff., an introduced species which seems to be very common in Brazil, 2 Of, P. ZS. 1881, p. 540, 1882. | MR, 0, THOMAS ON RODENTS FROM PERU. 107 9. Hrsprromys (RaIprpomys) PYRRHORHINUS, Pr. Max. Abbildungen, Taf. 27 (1822-26); Beitr. ii. p. 422 (1826). Mus mystacalis, Lund, Blik p. Bras. Dyrev. iii. p. 279 (1841). H. leucodactylus', Natt., Wagn. Wiegm. Archiv, xi. 1, p. 147 (nec Tschudi) (1845); Miinch. Abhandl. v. p. 310 (1850). H. macrurus, Gery. Casteln, Amér. du Sud, Mamm. p. 3, pl. 16. fig. 1 (1855). a, b. Tambillo, 5800', February 1878. Head and Forearm WHar-conch, Muzzle body. Tail. Hind foot, and hand. length. to ear. GNOIINS-S 7 1:2 1°55 71 1°3 6. @.. 4:9 6°8 1°13 14 70 1°19 The following is a description of the two specimens in the col- lection :— Fur long and very soft, not mixed with longer harsher hairs. General colour above rich rufous, quite hiding the dark slate- coloured bases of the hairs. Head similar but paler. Belly-hairs half slate-colour, half pure white. Ears covered with short black hairs. Whiskers black. Fore feet with the metacarpals brown and the digits white. Hind feet with the metatarsals pale orange- coloured and the digits brown. ‘Tail very long, the basal half inch covered with the red-tipped body-hairs, the remainder uniformly dark brown above and below, the hairs, which are black, forming rather less of a pencil than usual. Ears without a projection on the anterior edge. Feet rather long for the subgenus, though shorter than in ordinary Hesperomyes. Foot-pads large, smooth and rounded, Fifth hind toes as in H. leucodactylus. Mamme 6, one pectoral, and two inguinal pairs. Incisors both above and below orange- coloured, broader than in other Rhipidomyes. It will be seen that there are certain discrepancies between the above and the original description. The true H. pyrrhorhinus is said to have a reddish-yellow back and a pure white belly, as also has a specimen from Bahia, probably the type, of H. macrurus, Gerv., in the British Museum. The original specimens of H. pyrrhorhinus, moreover, were also obtained in Bahia, on the eastern side of South America. However, without knowing more of the forms inhabiting the intermediate country, I do not care to describe M. Stolzmann’s specimens as new. “« Lives in trees.” These last two species belong to a very distinct subgenus. Its chief characters may be thus expressed:—Form Dormouse-like. Tail long, with the hairs generally forming a pencil at the tip. Feet short and broad ; the foot-pads large, smooth and rounded, but not standing up much above the sole, evidently adapted for climbing. 1 Burmeister (Republ. Argent. p. 228) refers this name to H. angouya, Desm. ; but, judging from Wagner’s descriptions, I think there can be no doubt that it is the present species. He distinctly refers to the pencil of longer hairs at the tip of the tail, which is quite absent in H. angouya, 108 MR. 0. THOMAS ON RODENTS FROM PERU. [Jan. 17, Mamme 4 or 6. Skull with more or less well-marked supraorbital ridges. The most peculiar member of the subgenus is H. sumichrasti, De Sauss.’, upon which both that author’s Nyctomys and Tomes’s Myoxomys* were founded*. These names must, however, both stand as synonyms of Rhipidomys, Tschudi, H. leucodactylus cer- tainly belonging to the same subgenus as HH. sumichrasti*. It is true that whereas the ordinary S. American Rhipidomyes are dis- tinguished from true Hesperomys by having only 6 mamma, H. sumichrasti outdoes them all in this respect by having only 4°, and in other ways is the most markedly specialized of them all; but nevertheless the difference is only in degree, and not in kind, so that I think we are justified in amalgamating Myctomys with Rhipi- domys as but one subgenus. There are, however, in addition to the well-marked species already referred to, three at least which, while they possess in different degrees some of the essential characters of Rhipidomys, yet are more or less intermediate between the true Hesperomys and the most typical members of this subgenus. The first of these is H. bicolor, Tomes’, the position of which, however, I cannot properly determine, not having seen a specimen. The other two are those next follow- ing, both new to science, of which HA. taczanowskii would seem to be most nearly allied to Rhipidomys, notwithstanding its rounded supraorbital margin and untufted tail, and H. cinereus the least, having, in addition to these two last-mentioned characters, feet pro- portionally longer, with less Rhipidomyine foot-pads, and a more or less bicolor tail. Notwithstanding these differences, however, I prefer for the present to call these both Rhipidomys, as they have only three pairs of mamme, a number characteristic of the ordinary members of that group. 10. H. (Rureipomys) cINEREUS, sp. un. (Plate IV.) a. Cutervo, 9200', February or March 1879. Head and Forearm Ear-conch, Muzzle body?. Tail. Hind foot. and hand. length, to ear, OQ ATS 5:0 1:14 1°38 64 1°18 Skull-dimensions. Back of Breadth of con- Total Greatest Molar incisors to striction between Lower jaw length. breadth. series, 1st molar. orbits. (bone only), tes 8S) 73 22 °37 19 ‘78 ' Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1860, p. 107. 2 P.Z.8. 1861, p, 284. 3 See Alston, Biol. Cent.-Am., Mamm. p. 143, 1880. 4 Mr. Tomes himself, when first describing Myoxomys, placed in it, besides H. sumichrasti (its type and most typical species), 4. latimanus, Tomes (=H. leu- codactylus), and H, bicolor, Tomes. 5 See above, p. 101. 6 P. Z.8. 1860, p. 117. * These measurements were taken before the skull was extracted. 1882. ] MR. O. THOMAS ON RODENTS FROM PERU. 109 Fur extremely long and soft, only exceeded in this respect by H. longipilis, Waterh. General colour above grizzled ashy grey, the hairs being, as usual, slate-coloured for five sixths of their length, and the tips white, with numerous wholly black longer hairs inter- mixed. This colour lightens gradually into the greyish white of the belly, where the basal two thirds only of the hairs are slate-colour. Anterior edge of the outer side of the ears thickly clothed with long and soft dark brown hairs, as also is the posterior half of the in- ternal surface, though there the hairs are much shorter. Tail un- usually thick, tapering to a point, brown above and white beneath, the two colours not sharply separated, closely covered with short shining hairs from root to tip, nearly hiding the scales; there is, however, no terminal penci! of longer hairs. Upper surfaces of feet covered with pure white shining hairs, much longer than usual, those at the tips of the toes quite hiding the claws. Foot-pads large and prominent. Fifth hind toes reaching to the middle of the second phalanx of the fourth toes. Mammz 6, one pectoral and two inguinal pairs. Ears without a projection on their anterior edge. Incisors rich orange; upper margins of orbits without any trace of ridges. This very peculiar-looking Rat may be readily distinguished from all its allies by its very long soft fur, its thick and tapering tail, and by the unusual hairiness of both ears, feet, and tail, the result, no doubt, of the extreme height at which it was obtained. I can find no species with which it could by any means be con- fused. H. galapagoensis, Waterh., bears a superficial resemblance to it, but differs by several of the more important characters, having 8 mamma, naked extremities, and a well-marked projection on the anterior edge of the ear. The next species seems to be really the most nearly related to it, though its general appearance is quite different. As there is only a single specimen of this species in the collection, Prof. Taczanowski has been unable to let the British Museum have an example. I have therefore had the species figured (Plate IV.), so as to make it more readily recognizable by those unable to exa- mine the type in the Warsaw Museum. 11, HespEromys (RHIPIDOMYS) TACZANOWSKII, Sp. 0. a, 6. Tambillo, 5800’, February 1878. (!) ¢ (imm.). Cutervo, 9200!, Feb. or March 1879. Head and Forearm LEar-conch, Muzzle body. Tail. Hind foot. and hand. length. to ear, ie Oar wie 3°55 5'°3 88 1-11 "45 97 6.dé(imm.) 3:0 4:9 "87 1:04 50 87 Fur of medium length, soft and woolly ; general colour above greyish yellow, the hairs being tipped with rufous yellow, with very few longer darker hairs. Head greyer and less yellow. Belly, as usual, greyish white, the separation of the upper and under colours quite gradual. Ears thinly clothed with brown hairs. ‘Tail pale brown 110 MR. 0. THOMAS ON RODENTS FROM PERU. [Jan. 17, above and beneath, uniformly thinly clad with brown hairs. Feet white, with a faint admixture of brown on the metacarpus and metatarsus. Foot-pads large and rounded, as in the typical Rhipi- domys. Fifth hind toes as in H. cinereus. Mammiee 6, one pectoral and two inguinal pairs. Ears without a projection on their anterior edge. Incisors and supraorbital margins as in H. cinereus. I have much pleasure in naming this peculiar species after Prof. Taczanowski, to whose kindness I am indebted for the opportunity of working out this interesting collection of mammals. H. tacz- anowskii may be readily distinguished from the last species by its much smaller size, aud from its other near ally, H. bicolor, Tomes, by the fact that that species hasa much shorter tail (3°5 in.), shorter hair, and a pure white belly. 12. Hesprromys (HABROTHRIX) OLIVACEUS, Waterh. Mus (Habrothriz) olivaceus,Waterh. P. Z.S. 1837, p. 6. Hesperomys renggeri, Waterh. Zool. Voy. Beagle, ii. p. 57, p]. xv. (1839). a, 6. Tumbez, sea-level, June 1876. ce. Callacate, 4800’, April 1879. Head and Forearm Muzzle Ear-conch. body. Tail. Hind foot. and hand. toear. length. OiGissk teow 3°14 87 1°05 °93 63 6.3 (imm.) 3°0 2°75 “86 1:0 "86 “60 0. Ottessiemuel One 2°65 79 1:0 "94 “56 This species seems to be a very common one all along the western parts of S. America ; for, in addition to these Peruvian examples, the Museum contains a considerable series of specimens from Bolivia and Chili, including the types of the species, collected by Mr. Dar- win during the voyage of the ‘ Beagle.’ Mr. Tomes also records it from Ecuador. It will seen by the dimensions given above that the Callacate spe- cimen has somewhat shorter ears, feet, and tail than the others, while it has a larger body and head ; and it has also rather thicker and softer fur. It seems very probable, however, that these differences are only owing to the much greater altitude at which it was obtained, since it is a well-known law among mammals that individuals from colder climates have a tendency to have larger bodies and shorter extremities than those of the same species living in warmer places. 13, Hesperomys (HaBROTHRIX) CALIGINOSUS, Tomes, P. Z. S. 1860, p. 263. a-f. Huambo, 3700', April and May 1880. Head and Forearm Ear-conch, Muzzle body. Tail. Hind foot, and hand. length. to ear. ag... AO 2°9 *84 1:07 "52 96 bug.. 39 3°01 *85 — "51 °98 cD 3°5 3°0 85 1°05 52 °92 1882.] MR. O. THOMAS ON RODENTS FROM PERU. 111 I am not quite certain about the identity of these specimens with Mr. Tomes’s Ecuadorean species, as H. caliginosus is described as being 5 inches long, with nearly naked ears and feet, but by measur- ing the largest individual of the present series along the curves, a length of nearly 5 inches may be obtained ; and as the colours and other dimensions agree very fairly, I prefer to regard them as H., caliginosus, rather than to describe them as new. The following is a short description of these specimens :—Fur very soft, of medium length. General colour above dark grizzled orange-black, the colour resulting being as dark as in J. obscurus, Waterh. Belly pale yellowish white, the bases of the hairs grey. Ears, feet, and tail covered with short dark brown hairs. Ears with a rounded projection on their anterior margin. Fifth hind toes reaching to between the base and the middle of the first phalanx of the fourth toes. Tail uniformly black all round, upperside of feet granulated with black, and the soles of the hind feet also deep black. This blackness of all the extremities forms a ready means of distin- guishing the present species from the preceding one, in which the tail is brown above and grey beneath, and the soles have scarcely a tinge of black. The British Museum also possesses a specimen certainly identical with these Peruvian ones, which was collected by Mr. T. K. Salmon at Concordia, Medellin ; so that, as Ecuador is just between that loca- lity and the present one, the probability of M. Stolzmann’s speci- mens being the true H. caliginosus is greatly increased. ‘This is the most diurnal species of all, and on that account is very subject to the attacks of @strus. The base of its tail is naked and white; and the fly deposits its eggs on this spot, as may be seen in those specimens which contain the larve, or from which the latter have escaped.” In addition to the above notes on the Rodents collected by M. Stolzmann, it may be useful to give the localities and dates for the three species of Opossum obtained by him. These are:— 14. DipELPHys NuDICAUDATA, Geoff. a, 6. 2 and young, Chirimoto, 5400', July 1880. 15. DipELPHYs CINEREA, Temm. a. 9, Chirimoto, 5400’, July 1880. 16. DipeLPpHys muRinA, Linn. a. 2, Tambillo, 5800’, Feb. 1878. b,c. 2 and ¢, Tumbez, sea-level, June 1876. 112 MR. T. E. BUCKLEY ON THE [Jan. 17, 2. On the Variability of Plumage exhibited by the Red Grouse (Lagopus scoticus). By T. E. Bucxuey, B.A., F.Z.8. [Received December 27, 1881.] At the commencement of this paper I wish to remark that I do not propose to speak of what are commonly termed varieties, such as albinos, melanisms, &c., but of such variations in plumage as I think may be met with by any one in a season’s grouse-shooting, only specifying that they should be obtained late enough in the season for the birds to have attained the highest perfection of plumage, which would be by November. Although many authors have remarked on the variations of the plumage of the Red Grouse, it seems to have been generally supposed by them that these variations had reference to the locality or district inhabited by the birds. Thus Yarrell writes (Br. B. ed. 3, ii. p. 368):— “‘The Red Grouse of N. Wales are said to be large in size and light in colour ; those of the Western Highlands are also light in colour, and are said to be earlier breeders than those of the eastern parts of Scotland, which are, however, of large size and dark in colour.” Mr. Gray writes (B. West of Scotland, p. 234), in reference to examples from the Hebrides, that “‘ they may be said to be smaller and lighter in colour than those from moors on the mainland, especially the mountain-ranges of the north-east of Scotland, which invariably yield, in good seasons, the largest and most beautifully marked Grouse. In many districts the native Grouse partake of the coloration of the ground in their markings: thus the finest and darkest birds are those frequenting rich heathy tracts; while on broken ground of a rocky character, such as may be seen in the south of Wigtonshire, the Grouse are either more or less mottled, or are altogether lighter in colour, and less in weight.” The same gentleman adds in a note, on the information of Mr. Elwes, ‘that in the district of Gareloch, west of Ross-shire, Grouse vary very much in the breast- markings.” Mr, Colquhoun, on the same subject writes (‘ The Moor and the Loch,’ 3ed.p.1 12):—‘ThePerthshire Grouse are much smaller and darker in colour than those of Argyllshire. The West High- lander is a beautiful rich red and very large. . . . In the low corn- districts, such as Lanarkshire, Renfrewshire, and the Border counties, the Grouse are a light brown, borrowing a tint from the stubbles on which they delight to feed. ... All these birds are so light in the colour as more nearly to resemble Partridges.” Mr. Dresser (B. of Europe, vii. p. 166), after describing some specimens, makes this observation:—‘ The Grouse differ somewhat in colour according to locality. Judging from the series I have before me, I consider that those from Scotland are somewhat the larger, and considerably darker in colour. Those from the north of England are more rufous ; and the Irish bird is considerably the lightest, and has a yellowish red tinge in the plumage; the feathers on the legs are also darker and 1882. ] PLUMAGE OF THE RED GROUSE. 113 browner than in any of the other specimens. I have no speci- mens from Wales, where they are said to be small and very light- coloured.”’ Thus you will see by the authors I have quoted that all agree in the extreme variation in the plumage of the Red Grouse ; but, then, all assign certain variations to certain localities and districts ; and I wish to point out and illustrate by the series of specimens I exhibit that as great amount of variation may be found amongst Grouse ob- tained in a single locality as is mentioned by the authorities above quoted, and that hereby the observation of Thompson (B. Irel. ii. p- 47) is partly corroborated. He states: —‘ It has been remarked to me by sportsmen that the Grouse of Ireland and Scotland differ in size and colour. This is apparently correct when birds of a certain district are compared with those of another ; but it is, in my opinion, apartial view of the subject, as in different localities throughout either the one country or the other birds will be found equally to vary in these respects. The following observations strikingly illustrate this opinion :—A friend who shot over the moor of Glenroy, Inverness- shire, in 1844, observed that the Grouse differed much in their plumage, and were of three varieties, each kind keeping particularly to its own quarters. On the darkest and most heathy ground were the darkest birds and the largest, weighing generally 2 1b. and some- times 2 lh.2 0z- On the rocky parts they were of a very much lighter brown, while on the stony and heathy ground combined they were of an intermediate brown, mottled more or less with white.” Now my own observations do not fully bear out the remarks of Thompson’s friend ; for I have not only killed dark birds on light- coloured ground, but, when the partially migratory habits of the Red Grouse are considered, it is scarcely possible to suppose that each individual would always pick out as its resting-place for the time being the particular piece of ground that suited its own plumage the best; for the birds are always drawing down from the higher to the lower ground as winter advances’. If we look at a large series of Grouse cocks (and unfortunately my series is not large enough to show this well, as each bird has been in most cases picked out as a representative of its own particular class of variation), we shall find that their backs show but little variation; and I think No. 3 as described below is a very good representative specimen. The hens here vary in a more marked degree, the generality being a good deal speckled with lighter tints of brown, as may be seen in No. 4 ; but of all the variations the true Red Grouse, in the lecality whence the most of these specimens were obtained, isthe rarest. Nos. 1 and 2 are a very good pair; they are old and barren. A great part of the ground where these specimens were obtained has the heather much mixed with a certain grass which is called *deer’s hair.” This in the spring is quite yellow ; and I fancy these 1 It is obvious that once the ground is covered with snow the utility of variation is done away with, as then all Grouse look as black as Rooks, Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1882, No. VIII. 8 114 MR. T. E, BUCKLEY ON THE [Jan. 17, yellow-speckled hens breed in this mixed grass and heather, while the more ordinarily marked ones, such as No. 8, breed in the heather alone; but later on in the season, when the coveys begin to break up, the birds nolonger entirely inhabit the ground that suits their plumage best. Andhere [may remark on a habit of the Red Grouse that I have not seen noticed elsewhere, which is that as the season advances the sexes separate, the cocks going singly or in twos, or at the most threes, the hens in larger numbers, except a few pairs here and there, which I believe to be barren birds. Every ornithologist who has tried it must have remarked how difficult it is to get specimens of Ptarmigan in any of their three distinct plumages, at least in the British Isles ; and I find, though in a less degree, the same may be said of the Red Grouse, as in nearly all of the specimens exhibited traces of their summer or autumn plumage may be found, though most of them were obtained near the end of the season. I do not pretend to call the one exhibited a perfect series, as almost every Grouse varies more or less from its neighbour ; and it would not be easy to get two birds resembling each other in every feather, as may be done in most other species. Having made these prefatory remarks, I now proceed to describe in detail some of the birds in the series now exhibited, nearly all of which were obtained at or near Balnacoil in the valley of the Brora, East Sutherland, and, whether cocks or hens, had completed their full winter plumage as far as it can be. No. 1. Male, Nov. 7, 1879.—Head and neck reddish brown, the back of each being marked by irregular bars of black relieved by others of yellowish brown. Back deep reddish brown, closely interlined by very small and irregular lines of black, these lines being much coarser near the centre of the back. Wing-coverts, rump, and upper tail-coverts the same, but the black lines still smaller ; primaries slightly edged with white. Breast deeper in colour than the back, getting darker still towards the centre, the feathers being marked throughout by fine black lines, a few white feathers appearing between the legs. Bu No, 2. Female, Nov. 7, 1879.—This bird (which with the one last described made a barren pair) resembles No. 1 in most particulars : the back has fewer black bars in it, but more dark spots; and the upper tail-coverts are more marked with black bars and _ spots. The breast is decidedly lighter in colour, and has the dark bars more regular; a few of the under tail-coverts are tipped with white. This pair are good examples of the typical form of Red Grouse, one of the least common on the moor where they were procured. No. 3. Male, Oct. 31, 1879.—Head and back of neck dark brown, relieved with lighter spots and black bars. Back reddish brown, with small black bars, each feather having a black patch; greater wing-coverts the same, but with fewer black patches ; one or two of the lesser wing-coverts have a tip of white ; upper tail-coverts dark brown with black bars, a few of these tipped with white. Throat deep chestnut-brown ; breast deep reddish brown with decided bars 1882, | PLUMAGE OF THE RED GROUSE. 115 of black, a deeper colour in the centre, where also some white feathers appear; under tail-coverts a good deal tipped with white ; primaries very faintly edged with white. The back of this bird may be taken as typical of the male Red Grouse. No. 4. Female, Oct. 21, 1879.—Head and neck brown, with black spots. Back and greater wing-coverts brown with black bars, many of the feathers having a black spot; primaries much marked with white on the outside; secondaries very dark brown, minutely marbled with light brown; upper tail-coverts a rich brown, barred and spotted with black ; tail black, with a slight marking of brown on the outer edge of the outer feathers. Breast and throat yellowish brown, the upper part of the former much barred with black, the lower part much darker, many of the feathers having an edging of white below the black line; the sides again lighter and more coarsely marked ; under tail-coverts same as sides. No. 5. Male, Nov. 22, 1879.—Head deep reddish brown with black bars and markings, the sides of the head being mottled with white. Back black, relieved by a few bars of dark and light brown; greater wing-coverts deep dusky brown, marked by shadings of a rather lighter brown; smaller wing-coverts edged with white ; pri- maries slightly edged with the same ; upper tail-coverts deep brown, barred with black, a few feathers having a white edging. Chin much marked with white; throat deep reddish brown; the top of the breast has a circle of nearly black feathers; the centre nearly white with a few black feathers, going away at the sides into deep reddish brown much marked with black and white; under tail-coverts same as sides. This is a very well marked specimen of a pretty common variation ; I have one almost identical from Skye. No. 6. Female, Oct. 31, 1879.—Back of neck aud head dark brown with black bars and spots ; sides of neck chestnut-red, some of the feathers tipped slightly with white. Back deep brown, with bars of black ; some of the feathers have a black spot, and others are edged with a lighter brown; greater wing-coverts the same as the back but without the black spots, many of the feathers edged with white ; lesser wing-coverts also much edged with white ; upper tail-coverts red- dish brown with black bars, a few feathers edged with white. Feathers of chin edged with white ; upper part of breast rich dark brown, barred with black, the edging of white on each feather increasing towards the centre of the breast, where the brown nearly disappears, the colouring there being black and white; the sides have the bars of white and black on the ground-colour more distinct; under tail- coverts the same as the sides. Outsides of the primaries edged with white. The tail marked and tipped with brown. This bird when fresh killed had a most beautiful purple gloss over its breast. I have killed this same variation in Ross-shire, but I have not found it a very common one. No. 7. Male, Noy. 22, 1879.—Back of head and neck very deep reddish brown, with black bars and spots, also spots of a lighter gk 116 ON THE PLUMAGE OF THE RED GROUSE. (Jan. 17, colour. Back very black, the feathers edged and barred with dark brown, greater wing-coverts black, with here and there slight brown markings; upper tail-coverts very dark brown with lighter brown marks, shading to nearly pure black at the tail. Chin black, throat very deep reddish brown ; breast black, some of the feathers slightly edged with brown, which turns to white at the centre of the breast, the sides showing more decided brown markings ; under tail-coverts same as sides, but the markings more distinct still. This bird approaches to a melanism; but as I have often come across specimens closely resembling it, I have described it as a type of one of the variations. No. 8. Female, Dec. 3, 1879.—Back of head and neck light brown, marked with black bars and spots. Back, greater and lesser wing-coverts, and tail-coverts light brown marked with black bars, some of the feathers having black spots; the tips of many of the feathers again have a yery light brown spot, giving it a very mottled appearance. Outer edges of primaries slightly marked with white. The whole of the breast, sides, and under tail-coverts light brown, shading to darker brown in the centre, each feather having one or more black bars—the feathers in the centre and sides also being edged with white, as are also the under tail-coverts. This and No. 4 most nearly resemble each other, the latter being probably the older bird. Now I think it will be admitted that the specimens I exhibit should not be, as I maintained before, regarded as “‘ varieties”’ in the vague and ordinary sense of that word. It seems to me that we should regard them as instances of individual differences or polymor- phisms—just as in the case of the Ruff (IZachetes pugnax), which exhibits a degree of variability in its seasonal adornment more con- spicuous, I allow, than that of the Grouse now before us, but far less permanent, since the difference in the Grouse would appear to remain, if not throughout the year, for at least several months, while that in the Ruff is confined to but a few weeks in the spring or early summer. Thus, if my contention be just, we have in the Red Grouse—the only species of birds according to the opinion of most ornithologists which is peculiar to the British Islands, and a species which in the judgment of the best authorities is itself the modified descendant of a far more widely distributed species, the Willow-Grouse (Lycopus albus)—an amount of individual variability capable of still further and perhaps indefinite modification as to colour, should occasion arise whereby such modification might be rendered necessary for the persistence of the stock. P.Z. 8.1807, cree GB Sowerby lith : Hanhart imp NEW SHELLS 1882.] MR. SOWERBY, JUN., ON NEW SPECIES OF SHELLS. 117 3. Descriptions of new Species of Shells in the Collection of Mr. J. Cosmo Melvill. By G. B. Sowrrsy, Junr. [Received December 30, 1881.] (Plate V.) Conus pryTanis. (Plate V. fig. 1.) Shell somewhat pyriform, lightish brown, here and there longi- tudinally streaked with darker brown, encircled with a well-defined narrow pale band below the middle ; spire short; whorls 9, smooth, the upper ones sloping, the rest squarely turreted, with bold whitish tubercles at the angles, banded with dark brown between the tuber- cles ; last whorl slightly rounded at the upper angle between the tubercles, faintly ribbed towards the base. Aperture of moderate width, nearly equal at both ends, light purple within. Lip thin, with scarcely any sinus at the upper extremity. Length 35, width at the angle 20 millim. Hab. Galapagos Islands. In looking over Mr. Melvill’s fine collection of Cones in October last, he called my attention to this shell, which he had obtained in 1873 at the sale of the late Thos. Norris’s collection, and to which he had given in manuscript the above name, not having been able to identify it with any known species. I have since compared it with C. lividus (Brug.), which it resembles in colour, but from which it differs materially in form, being much shorter, with convex sides, slightly contracted at the base. It differs also from that species in the character of the crown, the tubercles being more clearly de- fined and elevated than in any specimen of C, lividus with which I have met. Its next ally is O. brunneus (Mawe), the whorls of the spire of which species are distinctly grooved, whereas in this they are smooth. It differs also from that species somewhat in form, and in the whitish band with which it is encircled. The shell it is most like in form and coronation is C. ¢iaratus (Brod.), which is a species far removed from it in colour and markings. Upon searching the British-Museum collection, Mr. Edgar A. Smith drew my attention to three specimens similar in every respect to Mr. Melvill’s shell, and undoubtedly of the same species, marked ‘‘ Galapagos, sandy mud (H. Cuming).” They had been mistaken for a variety of C. brunneus. Conus EVELYN, sp. nov. (Plate V. fig. 2.) Shell elongately pyriform, pale yellow, striped with light brown, - encircled with an interrupted whitish band ; spire rather short ; whorls flattened, with four spiral grooves, coronated with elongated flattened tubercles at the angle; apex prominent; last whorl very faintly striated, rather convex below the angle, and slightly attenuated towards the base. Aperture rather narrow, a little widened towards the base, interior white. Length 28, width at the angle 14 millim, 118 MR, G. B. SOWERBY, JUN., ON [Jan. 17, Although a shell of no very striking form, and having characters in common with several, there is no species to which I can very closely compare it. The spire is rather like that of C. punctatus, Hwass ; but it is a much more slender shell, and the painting is quite of a different character. Conus SEMIVELATUS, sp. nov. (Plate V. fig. 3.) Shell pyriform, plum-colour, white at the top ; spire short ; whorls slightly convex, smooth ; last whorl rounded at the upper angle, then convex, and contracted at the base. Aperture moderate, purple within. Length 16, width 10 millim. Hab. Red Sea. A remarkable little species, of a very unusual colour. The whole of the spire and just the top of the last whorl is plain white, and the rest of the shell of a uniform plum-colour. The specimen is in perfect condition; and its operculum, which is preserved, is very small and thin. Mr. Melvill gave the shell the above name in manuscript in his collection. I have seen two other specimens, varying very little from the type. Conus DIANTHUS, sp. nov. (Plate V. fig. 4.) Shell rather abbreviately conical, pale pink, with irregular patches of orange; transversely rather distantly ribbed, longitudinally faintly striated, strize undulating across the ribs and forming thereon minute scales ; ribs closer, stronger, and smoother towards the base ; spire rather short, regularly conical ; whorls 10, flatly sloping, un- dulated at the angle, last two or three with a concave depression just above the angle ; the last whorl has the upper angle obscurely coronated, sides nearly straight, or very slightly convex. Aperture rather narrow, a little wider towards the base, pink within, Lip very little sinuated at the upper extremity. Length 28, width at the angle 13 millim. An interesting species of peculiar sculpture, the waved strie crossing the ribs giving them more of a scaly than of a nodulous appearance, Conus wWILMERT, sp. nov. (Plate V. fig. 5.) Shell fusiform, pale. brown, transversely ribbed, ribs strong, rounded, smooth, equal in width to the interstices, which are crossed with thread-like strie ; spire very elevated, whorls 11, flatly sloping, with three deep-cut spiral grooves, keeled at the angle, a spiral cord against the suture ; last whorl with the upper angle acutely keeled, sides sloping, and attenuated towards the base. Aperture narrow. Lip ees sinuated at the upper extremity. Length 21, width 8 millim. Hab. Port Blair, Andaman Islands (Lieut.-Col. Wilmer). Much narrower than C, acutangulus (Ch.),with a very elevated spire. MITRA MELVILLI, sp. nov. (Plate V. fig. 7.) Shell cylindrically fusiform, encircled throughout with deeply 1882. ] NEW SPECIES OF SHELLS. 119 punctured grooves, light brown, longitudinally promiscuously streaked with pale straw-colour and dark brown, pale straw-colour in the grooves, interrupting the dark longitudinal streaks; spire nearly equal in length to the mouth; whorls 9, sloping, scarcely convex ; last whorl rather convex in the middle, and very slightly tapering towards the base. Aperture rather narrow, not contracted at the base, interior smooth, white; columella furnished with six small plaits, the lower one being scarcely visible. Lip crenulated, Length 31, greatest width (about the middle of the shell) 10 millim. The light-coloured grooves intersecting the dark flames give a marked character to the painting of this shell. Psruporiva (Macron) stEREOGLYPTA, sp. nov. (Plate V. fig. 8.) Shell angularly ovate, ponderous, white ; spire rather short, turreted ; whorls 5, convex, rounded at the angle, depressed at the suture, with a prominent ridge between the suture and the angle ; the last whorl has the upper angle somewhat rounded, and a second equally rounded angle a little below, sides slightly convex, with three rather broad deep grooves near the base; umbilical ridge thick and broad. Aperture oblong-oval, smooth, white within. Lip very. thick at the upper part. Columella furnished with a callosity, which is thickened into a tubercle at the upper part and depressed so as to cover the unbilicus at the lower. Length 75, width 51 millim. Length of aperture 43, width 21 millim. The specimen is unfortunately in bad condition, the outer surface being much worn and the lip imperfect ; but it is certainly worthy of notice, being the largest species of a very limited genus, and of a bold and striking outline, entirely different from the two largest species hitherto known, P. kellettii and P. ethiops. I have not attempted to describe the surface of the shell, on account of its condition; but there are faint indications of obsolete sulci, with a sort of malleation between. ENGINA XANTHOLEUCA, sp. nov. (Plate V. fig. 9.) Shell fusiform, white, painted with yellow from the lower extre- mity to nearly halfway up the body-whorl, the colour terminating abruptly; longitudinally rather obliquely and distantly ribbed ; spirally closely and deeply grooved ; spire elevated, about equal in length to the aperture, rather tumid; whorls 6, slightly convex; last whorl rather convex above, then tapering, contracted and pro- duced at the base. Aperture oblong. Outer lip furnished exteriorly with a slightly flattened frilled varix, and interiorly with six elon- gated tubercles or teeth. Columella smooth. Canal moderate, slightly recurved. Length 15, width 6 millim. Hab. Mauritius. CoLUMBELLA (ANACHIS) OSTREICOLA, sp. nov. (Plate V. fig. 10.) Shell minute, subfusiform, blackish brown, longitudinally ribbed, ribs slightly nodulous at the upper part; transversely grooved to- wards the base ; spire acute, rather longer than the mouth ; whorls 120 MR. SOWERBY, JUN., ON NEW SPECIES OF SHELLS, [Jan. 17, 6, sloping, scarcely convex ; nucleus smooth ; last whorl somewhat swollen, contracted towards the base. Aperture oblong, dark brown within. Lip with a moderate sinus above, denticulated within. Canal very short. Columella with a nodulous callosity above. Length 4, width 2 millim. Hab. Florida, on Ostrea virginica (Melvill). Mr. Melvill found specimens of this shell as noted above in 1872, and in 1879 gave the species the above name in manuscript in his collection; but the shell has not I believe been hitherto described. It is allied to C. nigricans, but smaller and quite different. FIsSURELLA MELVILLI, sp. nov. (Plate V. fig. 11.) Shell oval, rather elevated, broad behind, slightly contracted in front; radiately closely ribbed, ribs very little raised, alternately larger ; concentrically wrinkled; pale green, interior greyish white. Orifice round, subcentral. Margin slightly irregularly wrinkled. Length 50, width 40, height 22 millim. Differing from its congeners chiefly in the rotundity of its orifice. PECTEN SIBYLL&, sp. nov. (Plate V. fig. 12.) Shell thin, suborbicular, acutely elevated at the umbones, equi- lateral, equivalve. Colour light orange, concentrically faintly banded with darker orange. Upper valve slightly convex, lower somewhat flatter ; both valves very finely and closely ribbed, ribs very delicately serrated. Right auricle narrow, extending to about a quarter of the length of the shell from umbo to margin; left auricle moderately broad. Alt. 58, lat. 56 millim. A very beautiful species with delicate sculpture ; the ribs are very numerous and close-set, varying slightly and promiscuously in size, not regularly alternating as in some species. The delicate close-set scales cover the whole of the ribs. The specimen passed from the collection of the late Thomas Lombe Taylor into that of Mr. Melvill, who gave it the above name in manuscript. PECTEN LOXOIDES, sp. nov. (Plate V. fig. 13.) Shell rather thin, obliquely subovate, inequilateral, white, with the upper valve transversely undulately streaked, and spotted with pinkish orange. Lower valve rather deep, upper slightly convex. Radiating .ribs 20 in number, prominent, rounded, smooth ; inter- stices about equal in width to the ribs, also smooth. Auricles small, the right rather larger than the left. Alt. 25, lat. 24 millim. Hab. Australia. The valves of the specimen are odd; there are also odd valves of the same species in the British Museum. The species is quite unlike any hitherto described, and may be easily recognized by the obliquity of its outline. * Conus TEXTILE, vai..nvETRIOS. (Plate V. fig. 6.) Compared with C. canonicus (Brug.), more pyriform and atten- PZ. 5 (G32 ese ee. Mmtern Bros ump et hth A = ael C Beneau NEW ASTEROIDEA 1882.] PROF. F.J. BELL ON NEW SPECIES OF ASTEROIDEA. 121 uated at the base ; very closely and beautifully inlaid with minute white triangular scale-like markings upon a dark-brown ground, disposed in three broad bands ; the colour in the narrow spaces between the bands is lighter brown, with the markings tending to zigzag streaks ; the markings of the spire are waved streaks crossing the whorls. Length 51, width 23 millim. Mr. Melvill had named this shell in manuscript Conus euetrios ; and I admit that it is quite as worthy to be considered a species as C. canonicus (Brug.), C. vicarius (Lamk.), C. verriculum (Reeve), C. archiepiscopus (Brug.), C. tigrinus (Sowerby), C. corbula and scriptus (Sowerby), all of which, however, I consider varieties of Conus textile (Linneeus). It is the opinion of some that, having got thus far, other species, such as C. abbas (Brug.), C. panniculus (Lk.), C. legatus (uk.), &c., should be included; but having had exceptional opportunities, from time to time, of examining large numbers of specimens of all the varieties, I continue to regard these last as species. EXPLANATION OF PLATE V, Fig. 1. Conus prytanis, p. 117. _ Fig. 8. Pseudoliva(Macron) stereoglypta , 2. evelyne, p. 117. p. 119. 3. semivelatus, p. 118. 9. Engina xantholeuca, p. 119. 4. dianthus, p. 118. 10. Columbella (Anachis) ostreicola, 5. —— wilmeri, p. 118. . 119. 6. textile, var. euetrios, 11. Fisswrella melvilli, p. 120, p- 120. 12, Pecten sibylle, p. 1b0. 7. Mitra melvilli, p. 118. 13. loxoides, p. 120. 4, Descriptions of new or rare Species of Asteroidea in the Collection of the British Museum. By F. Jerrrey Betz, M.A., F.Z.S. [Received January 10, 1882.] (Plate VI.) Although naturalists are agreed that it is most convenient to publish descriptions of new species in connexion with a systematic review of the groups to which they severally belong, I venture on this occasion to depart from the custom, as a knowledge of these new species may be agreeable to those who are interested in the order, while the revisions can only appear slowly, and at perhaps great intervals of time. CALVASTERIAS ANTIPODUM, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 1.) The credit of recognizing the generic affinities of this species must be given to M. Perrier; for there is attached to the bottle con- taining it a label bearing, in his handwriting, ‘‘ Calvasterias, sp.” It formed part of the collection made during the voyage of the ‘ Erebus’ and ‘ Terror.’ R=61; r=19. Arms five, greatest breadth of arm 17°5 millim, Adambulacral spines generally in a single row, stout and 122 PROF. F, J. BELL ON NEW [Jan. 17, rounded at their tips. Madreporic plate almost subcentral. The integument is thick, and has a peculiar clamminess; and the spines developed on the surface are rather scale-like rounded processes, ornamented with a radial striation; of these an irregular series extends along the median dorsal line of each ray; towards the extremity of the ray the scales become a little thinner and longer, or, in other words, more spinous; the striation may still be detected on their tips. While at this end they are somewhat scattered, they are more numerous at the base of the arm, where also they are larger. Passing into the disk a complete circlet is made by these processes, the aggregation at the base of each radial series being brought into connexion with its fellows by interradial aggregations. In this way a rather broad though somewhat feebly indicated circlet of modified spines lies around the centre of the disk; a few similar spines are to be found in the central space. In the middle of one of the interradial aggregations there is placed the madreporic plate, which thus comes to be surrounded by a circlet of spines. On the arms three rows of pore-areas may be made out on either side of the median row of spines, which are the only spinous processes that are developed on the abactinal surface. The marginal spines, short and blunt and pretty regularly arranged, have an appearance not unlike that presented by the jaw of a Cyclodus. Between them and the adambulacral spines there is a bare space, which, in this spirit-specimen, is narrow and groove-like. The whole creature is of a yellowish-white hue ; and the suckers are little darker than the rest of the body. A single specimen. The only indication of its habitat is the fact that it was collected during the voyage of the ‘ Erebus’ and ‘ Terror. CRIBRELLA MINUTA, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 2.) R=18; r= 6:5 Arms five, 6 millim. wide at their base, and somewhat rapidly diminishing in breadth. The abactinal sur- face plain, and similar for its whole extent. The adambulacral spines fringing the groove are arranged in a single row; there is generally one for each plate; they are of a fair size, and are distinctly separated from one another. Externally to these there is a series of transverse rows, containing at least three or four spines, and sometimes having them arranged in double order. Beyond these, and separated from them by a more or less distinct lon- gitudinal groove, is a longitudinal row of closely packed spines. Externally to this there are a number of combs of spines set trans- versely, which occupy the edge of the actinal surface of the ray. The next series of spines is not so regularly arranged, and leads to the irregular disposition of spiniferous ossicles which obtains on the abactinal surface. The madreporic plate is small, obscure, and marginal. No pedicellarize detected. The colour of the single example (which has been in spirit for more than twenty-five years) is dead white. Ecuador (Haslar collection, J. O. Goodridge, Esq., R.N.). 1882. | OR RARE SPECIES OF ASTEROIDEA. 123 Miruropia vicrori#, n.sp. (Plate VI. figs. 3, 3 a.) R = 265, r= 3:5; R=30, r= 46. Arms five, 4 or 4°2 millim. wide at their base, and not diminishing in breadth for some distance from the disk ; integument of the abactinal surface marked out into spaces by the arms of the calcareous skeletal pieces; a few spines, two or three millimetres long, are to be found along the middle line of the arm; a few spines, which are generally a little longer, are placed at the upper or abactinal edge of the side of the arm. They frequently exhibit a white and brown patchwork-like coloration, which is due to the arrangement of the pigment in the integument which covers them. The actinal or lower margin of the side of the arm has along it from 7 to 10 spines of about the same length as those on the upper margin. The rather wide ambulacral groove is fringed by a regular series of short blunt spines, which are strongest in the region which falls within the disk. Within this series there is a row of smaller and more delicate spines, of which about five, set in fan-shape, belong to each ambulacral ossicle; the outer and larger spines may be coarsely granulated. The madre- poric plate is small, white, and rounded, and is set not far from the centre of the disk; the abactinal surface of the disk presents no characters by which it may be distinguished from that of the arms ; the papulee on the actinal surface are rare. No pedicellariz detected. This new species is to be distinguished from M. clavigera by (1) the rarity of the papular spaces on the abactinal surface, (2) by the proportionally smaller spines, and (3) by the absence of a row of spines between the ventro-marginal series and the abactinal rows, a row which appears to be constantly present in the better-known form. Judging from the single specimen of M. bradleyi in the collection of the British Museum, that species has much larger papular pores, has two rows of spines on the actinal surface of the rays, and none at all on their abactinal surface. Victoria Bank (20° 42! S., 37° 27' W.); depth 39 fathoms ; bottom, dead coral. Both the specimens from which the above description has been drawn up are injured; one appears to have lost one of its arms during life, as the free end is healed. They formed part of the collection made by Dr. Coppinger (H.M.S. ‘ Alert’) in 1879-80; but they were not noticed in my report (P. Z.S. 1881), as they did not form a part of the fauna of the Straits of Magellan. FROMIA INDICA. Fromia indica, Perrier, Rév. des Stellér. p. 177. Scytaster indicus, Perrier, Ann. Sc. Nat. (5) xii. p. 255. Although M, Perrier’s description states that his specimen has six rays, I have no hesitation in assigning to the species a five-rayed specimen, in which the proportion of R to r is somewhat greater than in the example which formed the object of M. Perrier’s description. I base the determination chiefly on the following con- siderations :—The presence of six rays is of itself no evidence in favour of a true polyactinid condition as against a possible heter- 124 PROF. BELL ON NEW SPECIES OF ASTEROIDEA. ([Jan. 17, actinic peculiarity ; and the decision can only be given with the aid of evidence which proves or disproves the idea that the species can and does undergo division. Such evidence is here afforded by the spe- cimen in the national collection; for it has the arms of different lengths ; this, of course, points to some of the arms being younger than the others, or, in other words, as having arisen by gemmation after division. The heteractinic, rather than the sexradiate, condition should therefore be regarded as a part of the diagnosis of the species. FRomiA TuMIDA, n. sp. (Plate VI. figs. 4, 4a.) Arms and disk more swollen than in most of the species of the genus. R=45,r= 14; R= 35, r= 11'5,orR=3°2r (about) ; breadth of arms at base 14°5, 12°5 millim. All the plates on the actinal surface, with the exception of those of the marginal series, are closely covered with stout spines, from which the spines of the adam- bulacral series are distinguished by their smaller size. The whole of the abactinal surface is covered by squarish-headed granules, which are all of very much the same size, and are all very regularly distributed ; they are arranged in elliptical aggregations, two or three rows of which extend along the back of the ray, or they are placed between these aggregations ; in the former case they are somewhat more closely packed. The intermediate spaces, in addition to the granules, present a certain number of pores, which, however, are, in comparison with other species of this genus, rare. The madre- poric plate is rather nearer the margin than the centre of the disk, and is very similar to the same body in F. milleporella. There are about seventeen marginal plates in both the actinal and abactinal series ; and both sets are covered with granules of a fair size ; and the marginal granules of each set are to be easily distinguished from the more central ones which they surround. For some way along the surface of the arm the dorso-marginal plates are deeper than long ; the infero-marginal plates are much more nearly square. There seems to be a large pore at the proximal angle between the two sets of marginal plates; but as the two specimens on which this deserip- tion is drawn up have both been dried, it is not possible to speak definitely on the point. The same remark will apply to the pore at the proximal angle of the actinal edge of the infero-marginal plates. The adambulacral spines appear to be arranged in three longi- tudinal rows. They are subequal in size, and diminish very slightly as they approach the free end of the ray. The space between these spines and the marginal plates is completely occupied with short stout spines, set in tufts on small plates. No pedicellarie. Ceylon. Presented by M. Kelaart. EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI. Fig. 1. Scales of Calvasterias antipodum, X 4:1. 2. Abactinal surface of Cribrella minuta, X 2:1. 3, 3a. Actinal and abactinal surfaces of Mithrodia victorie, x 2:1. 4,4a. Actinal and abactinal surfaces of Fromia twmida, showing the arrangement of the plates and spines, X 3: 2. 4b, Portion of actinal surface, more highly magnified. P.ZS 1882 PLVIL. Ws W Purkisshth Hanhart imp AUSTRALIAN AND PACIFIC CICADIDE, 1882.] MR, W. L. DISTANT ON UNDESCRIBED CICADID&. 125 5. On some undescribed Cicadide from the Australian and Pacific Regions. By W. L. Distant. [Received January 13, 1882.] (Plate VII.) The species here described are almost wholly from the Museum Godeffroy at Hamburg, the Rhynchotal collection of which I have been requested to determine by Mr. Schmeltz. Australia is particularly rich in Cicadide ; and from what little is known at present it probably possesses the greatest number of that family compared with any other region of the globe. Cyclochila, Psal- toda, Henicopsaltria, Thopha, Cystosoma, and Chlorocysta are genera remarkable in structure, some extremely limited and none numerous in species and, so far as our present knowledge extends, completely con- fined to Australia ; whilst the genus Melampsalta, though not alto- gether confined to that continent, is yet even now known to comprise a greater number of Australian species than can be found belonging to a genus in any other fauna. - Two genera, Cicada and Tibicen, have almost a world-wide range, or are at least found in all the zoological regions. If we compare the distribution of the Australian Cicadidee with the geographical features of the botany of the same region, coinci- dences at once appear. Many affinities, as has been so ably pointed out by Dr. Hooker, exist between the South-African and Australian floras ; and genera are found common to these two regions which are found nowhere else. One very striking and parallel case may be mentioned in the Cicadide. The Australian genus Cystosoma is strikingly dissimilar to the usual generic type in having a wonder- fully inflated and dilated abdomen: in South Africa we find in this respect an analogous genus in Pydna, The extraordinary multiplicity of Australian species in the genus Melampsalta reflects the abund- ance of species in the genus Acacia as found in the same region. In the specific nomenclature I have largely used the names of Australian explorers, qualitative terms being an impossibility to provide for these insects, and more likely to obscure than to eluci- date their differences. CosMOPSALTRIA STUARTI, nl. sp. (Plate VII. figs. 2, 2a, 26.) Body above pale greenish, sparingly pilose. Head with a spot on each lateral margin, and a smaller and rounded spot on each side of the ocelli, black; ocelli red margined with black ; eyes dull ochraceous. Pronotum with two narrow, central, longitudinal fuscous fascize, some- what faint and obliterated about centre, more widely divergent on anterior margin, and joined together on the posterior margin ; oblique strize behind eyes, and a spot on anterior inner border of lateral mar- gin, also fuscous. Mesonotum with two central obconical spots mar- 126 MR. W. L, DISTANT ON UNDESCRIBED CICADID&. [Jan. 17, gined with fuscous, a faint broken sublateral fascia on each side, an irregular spot on disk, and a small rounded spot in front of each anterior branch of basal cruciform elevation fuscous. Abdomen be- coming faintly testaceous towards apex; body beneath and legs pale greenish ; apices of the tibize, rostrum, tarsi, and apical segment of abdomen pale testaceous. Tegmina and wings pale hyaline ; tegmina with the costal membrane pale greenish, the apical portion of the venation fuscous. The abdomen is elongate, and much attenuated towards apex, the dorsal surface of the basal segment is somewhat rounded and produced anteriorly, aud sinuated centrally on the posterior margin. The head, including outer margin of eyes (which are very large and promi- nent), is very little narrower than base of pronotum. The opercula reach the base of the third abdominal segment, and are broadly and deeply sinuate on their outer margin, with the apices rounded. Rostrum reaching posterior coxee. Face with a central impression, and very strongly striated transversely. Long. 21 millim.; exp. tegm. 51 millim. Hab. Fiji Islands. (Mus. Godeffroy.) This species is closely allied to C. distans, Walk., which is also found in the same locality, From this it differs in being only one half the size, and in having the dorsal surface of the basal segment of the abdomen sinuated behind, besides which the head is more pro- duced in front and wider between the eyes relative to the width of the pronotum at the base. The opercula also are longer, as in Walker’s species they do not reach the apex of the third abdominal segment. TIBICEN BURKE], n. sp. (Plate VII. figs. 3, 3a, 30.) 3+ Head castaneous, area of the ocelli and two spots at base black, base ochraceous, more or less margined with black; pronotum ochra- ceous, with a central hourglass-shaped fuscous fascia, the centre of which is longitudinally ochraceous ; on each side of disk is a small black curved fascia ; oblique striee, inner borders of lateral margins, lateral angles, and anterior border of posterior margin also blackish. Mesonotum black, with a small central angulated spot on disk, on each side of which is a waved and angulated fascia, narrowest and com- mencing on anterior margin and joined to anterior branches of basal cruciform elevation, followed by astraight sublateral fascia, ochraceous. Cruciform basal elevation dull ochraceous. Abdomen black, sparingly pilose ; posterior margin of apical segment and anal appendage tes- taceous. Underside of head, sternum, and opercula ochraceous and pubescent, the last with the disk fuscous and posterior margin nar- rowly but clearly ochraceous. Face castaneous with the centre black. Anterior legs ochraceous, femora streaked with fuscous, base of tibize and apex of tarsi fuscous, apical half of tibize somewhat castaneous. Intermediate and posterior legs with the coxz luteous; femora pitchy, with the apices luteous ; intermediate tibize castaneous, with the base ochraceous, posterior tibiee ochraceous. Abdomen beneath black, with the apical segment and anal appendage testaceous. Tegmina and wings pale hyaline; tegmina with the costal membrane and basal 1882.] MR. W. L. DISTANT ON UNDESCRIBED CICADID2. 127 portion of venation ochraceous, costal area fuscous, anastomoses in- fuscated. The rostrum just passes the apices of the posterior coxe ; face with the sides transversely striated, its width about equal to the distance from its lateral margin to inner margin of eyes; opercula not cover- ing the apical margin of metasternum, with their posterior margins broadly rounded. Long. 21 millim.; exp. tegm. 65 millim. Hab. Australia, Peak Downs. (Mus. Godeffroy ; coll. Dist.) T1BiceN WILLSI, n. sp. (Plate VII. figs. 4, 4a, 40.) Q. Body above black. Head with the apex of face testaceous, the ocelli red. Pronotum with three large and confluent ochraceous spots on each side, somewhat narrowly separated at centre, and almost extending to lateral margins. Mesonotum black, with two very obscure obconical spots; basal cruciform elevation dull ochra- ceous. Abdomen black, with the apical segmental margins testaceous ; anal appendage obscure pitchy-testaceous. Underside of body and legs pale testaceous; head between face and eyes black ; lateral margins of sternum spotted with fuscous, and a lateral abdominal segmental row of transverse spots of the same colour. Tegmina and wings pale hyaline; tegmina with the venation fuscous, the costal membrane, basal and claval areas ochraceous, transverse veins at base of second and third apical areas, with connecting portion of longi- tudinal vein, infuscated ; wings with the basal and claval areas ochra- ceous. The face is very convex, narrowly and longitudinaly sulcated, the sides transversely striated, rostrum reaching the posterior coxe ; posterior lateral angles of pronotum somewhat acutely ampliated and produced. Long. 20 millim.; exp. tegm. 53 millim. ae Australia, Peak Downs, Sydney. (Mus. Godeffroy ; coll. ist.) I have been enabled to examine nine specimens of this distinctly marked species, all of which, however, were females. In general appearance these have a superficial resemblance to the genus Melam- psalta. [Since writing the above I have discovered one male specimen of this species in the Godeffroy collection, which was received from Sydney. The opercula are pale ochraceous, with somewhat paler margin, and about reach the base of the first abdominal segment, they are slightly directed inwardly, the inner margins rounded and produced, but considerably apart, and the posterior margins wide and very slightly rounded. | TiBICEN GILMORET, n. sp. (Plate VII. figs. 8, 8a, 80.) 3. Body above dull testaceous. Head castaneous, the vertex some: what darker than the front, area of the ocelli blackish. Pronotum with a central fuscous longitudinal fascia which has a very wide and triangular base, hind margin fuscous, with the posterior edge 128 MR. W.L, DISTANT ON UNDESCRIBED CICADIDZ. [Jan. 17, pale ochraceous. Mesonotum with two central obconical spots bordered with ochraceous, a curved fascia on each side of disk con- nected with anterior branches of cruciform elevation ochraceous, and a lateral black fascia bordered outwardly (anteriorly) and inwardly (posteriorly) with ochraceous; basal elevation ochraceous with a black spot at centre and one on each branch near apex. Abdomen sparingly pilose, with the posterior segmental margins ochraceous. Body beneath and legs ochraceous; face castaneous ; disk of abdomen more or less castaneous, posterior segmental margins pale, anal ap- pendage with a central longitudinal fuscous streak. Tegmina and wings pale hyaline; tegmina with the veins fuscous, anastomoses and connecting longitudinal veins (excepting that before the last and lower anastomosis) infuscated, apices of longitudinal veins nar- rowly infuscated. The body is short, the front of the head produced and prominent, the face long and convex, rostrum reaching posterior coxee; opercula small, not covering metasternum. Long. 18 millim.; exp. tegm. 60 millim. Hab. Australia, Swan River. (Coll. Dist.) This species is allied to 7. interrupta, Walk., but larger, body shorter and more robust, and head with the front much more pro- duced. x TIBICEN MUELLER], 0. sp. (Plate VII. figs. 6, 6u, 66.) 2 . Body above ochraceous. Head with two small spots at base of front, a spot near anterior lateral angle of vertex, and area of the ocelli fuscous; eyes tinged with fuscous. Pronotum with two cen- tral longitudinal black fasciee sinuated at centre and meeting on anterior and posterior margins ; a small oblique fascia commencing from behind eyes and terminating on lateral margins also fuscous. Mesonotum with two small obconical spots, inwardly margined with fuscous, and an elongate fuscous spot on disk in front of basal ele- vation. Scutellum with a central fuscous spot, which is continued and narrowed on the first three segments of the abdomen; anal ap- pendage with a large fuscous spot on each side. Body beneath and legs pale ochraceous, abdominal segments with a transverse series of broad fuscous fascie. Tegmina and wings pale hyaline; tegmina with the costal membrane and basal half of venation ochraceous, transverse veins at bases of first and second ulnar areas, anastomoses with some of the connecting venation, apical longitudinal veins, apical margins of apical areas, and claval margin fuscous ; transverse veins at bases of second and third apical areas broadly infuscated. The head has the front prominently produced ; and its width, in- cluding outer margin of eyes, is less than that of the base of the pronotum ; the face is large, elongate, and very convex, with a faint longitudinal impression, and somewhat obscure transverse striations. The rostrum reaches the posterior coxee. Long. 11 millim.; exp. tegm. 38 millim. Hab. Australia, Peak Downs. (Mus. Godeffroy.) 1882.] MR. W.L. DISTANT ON UNDESCRIBED CICADID&. 129 TIBICEN GREGORYI, n. sp. (Plate VII. figs. 7, 7a, 74.) 3. Body above pale ochraceous. Head with the ocelli reddish, the eyes tinged with fuscous, mesonotum with two very obscure central obconical spots, a central discal longitudinal and two sub- lateral fascize. Abdomen somewhat thickly covered with greyish pilosity. Body beneath and legs pale ochraceous, excepting the abdomen, which is pale fuscous. Tegmina and wings pale hyaline ; tegmina with the venation ochraceous, excepting apical longitudinal veins and apical margins of apical areas, which are pale fuscous ; transverse veins at bases of second and third apical areas broadly infuscated. The head is- broad, and, including eyes, as wide as pronotum, of which the anterior and posterior width is subequal. The face is large, elongate, and very convex, with faint transverse striations. The rostrum reaches the posterior coxee. The opercula are small, broad, and rounded posteriorly, and about reach the posterior edge of metasternum. Long. 10 millim.; exp. tegm. 34 millim. Hab. Australia, Peak Downs. (Mus. Godeffroy.) This species is allied to the preceding (7. muelleri, Dist.), from which it differs in the broader and less anteriorly produced head, the shape of the pronotum, and in the different markings of the abdomen, tegmina, &c. MELAMPSALTA WARBURTONI, n.sp. (Plate VII. figs. 9, 9a, 96.) Head with the vertex black, the front ochraceous with a black central longitudinal line. Pronotum ochraceous, with a central longitudinal fascia, lateral and posterior margins dark castaneous. Mesonotum dark castaneous, with two pale irregular fascize on disk, commencing on anterior margin and terminating at anterior angles of basal cruciform elevation; anterior lateral margins narrowly ochraceous. Abdomen ochraceous. Body beneath and legs ochra- ceous ; head black, with the face ochraceous, of which the transverse striz are castaneous. Tegmina aud wings pale hyaline, with the venation ochraceous. The body is sparingly pilose above ; the anterior femora are armed with three strong spines; the rostrum just passes the intermediate coxee ; the face is narrowly but deeply sulcated longitudinally, and strongly transversely striate. Long. 15 millim. ; exp. tegm. 38 millim. Hab. Australia, Peak Downs. (Mus. Godeffroy ; coll. Dist.) MELAMPSALTA rorReEsSTI. (Plate VII. figs, 10, 10a, 108.) 3. Body above ochraceous. Head with a transverse black fascia between the eyes, partly surrounding ocelli. Pronotum with the frontal portion of the interior edge of lateral margins narrowly black, and the anterior edge of posterior margin broadly of the same colour; two small obscure fuscous spots on anterior margin. Mesonotum with the following fuscous markings :—two central obconical spots, and two of somewhat like shape near lateral Proc. Zoox. Soc.—1882, No. IX. 9 130 MR. W.L. DISTANT ON UNDESCRIBED CICADIDH. [Jan. 17, margins, one commencing near outer edge of anterior margin; the other joins anterior angles of basal elevation ; these angles are bor- dered outwardly by an angulated spot, and inwardly by a small rounded spot with a central longitudinal line. Abdomen with a series of pale fuscous transverse segmental fascie. Body beneath and legs pale ochraceous, inner margin of eyes black. Tegmina and wings pale hyaline, venation ochraceous, becoming darker towards apex. The body above is sparingly pilose, the rostrum just passes the intermediate coxa, with its apex black; the face is deeply longitu- dinally suleated, and strongly transversely striate; anterior femora armed with three strong teeth. Long. 15 millim.; exp. tegm. 41 millim. Hab. Australia, Queensland, Gayndah. (Mus. Godeffroy ; coll. Dist.) The females of this species are somewhat larger than the males, but vary in size. MELAMPSALTA EYREI, un. sp. (Plate VII. figs. 12, 12a, 120.) 3. Head black, with the anterior and lateral margins testaceous and with a small central basal ochraceous spot; ocelli reddish, eyes dull ochraceous. Pronotum ochraceous, with two very large rect- angular black spots placed somewhat obliquely, commencing on inner edge of lateral margins, and divided on disk by a central longi- tudinal fascia which is widened anteriorly and posteriorly and is marked at base by a small black spot. Mesonotum with two cen- tral obconical spots placed close together, and two larger ones near lateral margins, black. Abdomen with the disk tinged with reddish, the posterior segmental margins bright ochraceous, the apical seg- ment irregularly marked with black. Body beneath ochraceous ; face black, with the anterior margin testaceous, the lateral margins ochraceous ; inner margin of eyes to base of rostrum, a few scattered and irregular spots on sternum, apex of rostrum, and apical segments of abdomen black. Tegmina and wings pale hyaline; venation ochraceous, becoming darker towards apex. The body is sparingly pilose, rostrum just passing the intermediate cox, anterior femora armed with three spines; face broad but com- pressed, broadly and longitudinally sulcated and distinctly trans- versely striate. Long. 16 millim.; exp. tegm. 44 millim. Hab. Australia, Peak Downs. (Mus. Godeffroy ; coll. Dist.) MELAMPSALTA MACKINLAYI, n. sp. (Plate VII. figs. 13, 13a, 130.) Closely allied to M. varians, Germ., but much smaller; head broader, including eyes equal in width to base of pronotum ; rostrum just passing intermediate coxee ; opercula small and pale oehraceous ; tegmina much shorter, with the costa more rounded. Long. 13 millim.; exp. tegm. 38 millim. Hab. Australia, Peak Downs. This species has also considerable affinity to M. themiscura, Walk., in markings, but differs much in size, 1882.] MR. W. L. DISTANT ON UNDESCRIBED CICADID. 131 MELAMPSALTA OXLEYI, 0. sp. Q. Body above ochraceous. Head with the frontal margin, lateral margins of vertex, inner margins of eyes, and area of the ocelli (the last extending to base of head, and connected with inner margins of eyes) very dark castaneous. Pronotum with a pale cen- tral longitudinal fascia, bordered with black on each side, widest anteriorly and narrowed posteriorly ; lateral and posterior margins much paler, inner border of first, and outer third of inner border of the second, narrowly fuscous. Mesonotum with two short central obconical spots and two large sublateral and subtriangular spots dark fuscous, and a small rounded fuscous spot at each aaterior angle of basal cruciform elevation. Abdomen with segmental bases very broadly fuscous, and with a large fuscous streak on each side of anal appendage. Body beneath pale ochraceous ; face, rostrum, and two small spots at base of ovipositor more or less fuscous. Tegmina and wings pale hyaline; tegmina with the venation pale ochraceous, transverse veins at bases of second and third apical areas broadly and darkly infuscated ; upper margin of first apical area, outer mar- gin of first to seventh apical areas, gradually increasing in width, till the whole of the sixth and greater part of the fifth and seventh areas are occupied, and apical external margin dark fuscous. The head is broad, and with outer margins of eyes about equals in width the base of pronotum ; the face is moderately convex, with a deep longitudinal sulcation and strong transverse striations. Rostrum reaching the intermediate coxze ; and body sparingly pilose above and more densely so beneath. Long. 18 millim.; exp. tegm. 48 millim. Hab. Australia, Peak Downs. (Mus. Godeffroy.) The tegminal markings render this species very distinct. I have seen but one specimen (here described), which is a female. MELAMPSALTA LANDSBOROUGHI, n. sp. (Plate VII. figs. 14, 14a, 146.) 2. Head black, with a central longitudinal line to front and three basal spots ochraceous. Pronotum dull ochraceous, with a central pale fascia bordered with black, a short angulated fascia on disk and oblique striz also black, lateral and posterior margins more or less shaded with black. Mesonotum black, very faintly and obscurely marked with ochraceous, the basal cruciform elevation pale ochraceous. Abdomen ochraceous with a broad central black fascia ; the anal appendage with the lateral sides also broadly black. Body beneath, with the head, black, lateral margins of face ochra- ceous. Sternum much shaded with black. Legs ochraceous, cox and femora streaked with black and fuscous markings, anal appen- dage black, with a large spot on each lateral margin and extreme apex luteous. Tegmina and wings pale hyaline ; tegmina with the costal membrane greenish-ochraceous, the veins fuscous. The rostrum about reaches posterior coxe; the face is broad, deeply and longitudinally sulcated, and transversely strongly striated ; o* 132 MR. W. L. DISTANT ON UNDESCRIBED CICADID&. [Jan. 17, the head, including eyes, is considerably narrower than base of pro- notum ; anterior femora armed with three strong spines. Long. 16 millim. ; exp. tegm. 45 millim. Hab. Australia, Sydney. (Coll. Dist.) This species was identified by Walker (List Hom. i. p. 172. 117, 1850) as the Cicada melanopygia, Germ., and thus stands in the collection of the British Museum. Germar’s species, however, belongs to the genus Z%bicen, and as such has been fully described by Stal (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. ser. 4, vol. 1, p. 618. 2, 1861.) MELAMPSALTA LEICHARDTI, nh. Sp. (Plate VII. figs. 5, 5a, 56.) 9. Body above ochraceous. ~ Head with the frontal anterior margin, a spot on anterior lateral angles of vertex, an oblique fascia behind eyes, two small linear spots between ocelli and eyes, a trans- verse spot on anterior margin of vertex, and antenne black. Pro- notum with two central linear black lines, not extending to posterior margin, and widened and angulated near anterior margin, oblique strize, and inner border of posterior margin (on centre of which is a round spot) black. Mesonotum with two short contiguous cen- tral obconical spots, on each side of which is a more elongate and broken one, and two small rounded spots in front of basal cruciform elevation, black. Abdomen with a series of dorsal transverse black fascize, decreasing in width towards apex. Anal appendage with a black line on each side. Body beneath ochraceous; base and lateral margins of face, apex of rostrum, and ovipositor black. Legs ochraceous; femora streaked with fuscous; anterior tibize black, annulated with ochraceous near base. 'Tegmina and wings pale hya- line; tegmina with the costal membrane and area and veins enclosing basal ulnar area pale ochraceous, remaining venation fuscous. Head, including eyes, equal in width to pronotum ; rostrum reach- ing intermediate coxee; face somewhat compressed, centrally and longitudinally broadly sulcated for half its length, and transversely striate. ‘ Long. 10 millim. ; exp. tegm. 25 millim. Hab. Australia, Peak Downs. This small but distinct species is allied to M. sericevitta, Walk. ; and I am indebted to Mr. Pascoe for an opportunity of comparing the same. The figure here given is considerably enlarged. CysTOSOMA SCHMELTZI, n. sp. (Plaie VII. figs. 11, 11a, 110.) Closely allied to the only other known species of the genus, C. saundersii, from which it differs in being only one third the size, and principally in the very different venation of the tegmina, the reticulations of which are faithfully portrayed in the figure, and cannot be adequately described, but are different in pattern and less extended in area than in the other species. The abdomen is much smailer and less inflated; the opercula are obscurely sinuated on their lateral and posterior margins. Long. 25 millim.; exp. tegm. 62 millim. Hab. Australia, Gayndah. (Mus. Godeffroy.) 1882.] MR. W. L. DISTANT ON UNDESCRIBED CICADIDZ. 133 The tegmina of this species are bright green; but this is probably a variable character, as C. saundersii was originally described by Westwood as “ pallide lutea,” which perfectly agrees with the speci- mens in my own collection. Mr. Scott, however (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1852, p. 16), states that this is not correct, but that the species is “‘leete viridis.” The fact evidently is that these two colours are common to the species, as is so frequently the case with others, and especially with Australian members of the family. ARCYSTASIA, ND. gen. Head, including eyes, slightly narrower than pronotum. Antennee with the first joints short but stout and prominent. Pronotum with the lateral margins slightly dilated and strongly depressed, the pos- terior angles strongly produced and rounded. Rostrum reaching the intermediate cox. Tegmina hyaline, much longer than abdo- men ; ulnar veins somewhat widely separated and divergent at base ; apical half of venation reticulated. Wings with the veins of the apical half numerous and slightly reticulated. Abdomen robust ; tympana detached. Opercula of male well developed, not quite reach- ing basal segment of abdomen. Anterior femora strongly spined. Metasternum with a central raised furrow. Allied to Cystosoma by the reticulated venation of the tegmina, but differing in the hyaline condition of the same and the non- dilated abdomen. Ihave placed it next the genus Acrilla, Stal, which has the tegmina shorter, rostrum longer, and the laterai thoracic margins not dilated. ARCYSTASIA GODEFFROYI, n. sp. (Plate VII. figs. 1, la, 16.) 3. Body above dull testaceous and olivaceous. Head with the vertex dull testaceous, with a central fuscous longitudinal impression at base, the front dark obscure olivaceous, area of the ocelli with some slightly pitchy markings. Pronotum dull testaceous with the lateral margins ochraceous, and a central fuscous longitudinal impression, of which the margins and raised base are pale testaceous. Mesonotum olivaceous, with two central obovate testaceous spots, on each side of which is a sublateral, slightly curved black fascia, the margins of which are testaceous; cruciform basal elevation pale testaceous, with a small rounded fuscous spot on inner side of apices of anterior branches. Scutellum pale olivaceous. Abdomen testa- ceous, the basal segment olivaceous. Body beneath pale testaceous ; face, excluding margins, pale fuscous; sternum with olivaceous shadings. Legs olivaceous or testaceous; cox, trochanters, bases and apices of femora, and apices of tibize spotted with casta- neous. Tegmina and wings pale hyaline; the tegmina tinted with pale ochraceous, with the venation darker ochraceous. Wings with the veins ohraceous. The face is long and subdepressed, with a broad central suleation and faint transverse impressions. ‘The opercula are moderately large, but do not reach the base of the first abdominal segment, outer margins almost straight, posterior margins broad and slightly rounded, 134 MR, P. L. SCLATER ON TWO CURIOUS DUCKS, [Feb. 7, inner margins not meeting. Anterior femora armed with three strong spines beneath. of Long. 22 millim. ; exp. tegm. 63 millim. Hab. Ponape (Caroline archipelago). (Mus. Godeffroy ; coll. Dist.) EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII. . Arcystasia godeffroyt, p. 133. 2b. Cosmopsaltria stuarti, p. 125. . Tibicen burkei, p. 126. . —— willsi, p. 127. . Melampsalta leichardti, p. 132. . Tibicen muelleri, p. 128, gregoryi, p. 129. . —— gilmorei, p. 127. , 9a, 9b. Melampsalta warburtoni, p. 129. 10, 10a, 108. forrest, p. 129. 11, 1la, 114. Cystosoma schmeltzi, p. 182. 12, 12a, 126. Melampsalta eyrei, p. 180. 13, 13a,.136. —— mackinlayi, p. 180. 14, 14a, 14. —— landsboroughi, p. 181. by a oe Age on Choe Sees I = a a SO NID OUP C9 bo DID aa 8 DID a ~ February 7, 1882. Prof. W. H. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. Mr. Henry Seebohm exhibited a series of intermediate forms between Carduelis caniceps and C. major (the eastern form of our common Goldfinch, C. elegans), obtained at Krasnoyarsk in Central Siberia. The series showed every intermediate form between one species and the other, the white on the outer webs of the innermost secondaries increasing in exact proportion as the black on the crown and nape diminished. The supposition was that the two forms interbreed in this district and produce fertile offspring. Mr. Sclater exhibited on behalf of Mr. Peter Inchbald, F.Z.S., two curious Ducks which had been shot on some ornamental water near Darlington in the county of Durham. One of these appeared to be the result of a cross between the Pochard (Fuligula ferina) and one of the freshwater Ducks, possibly the Teal or Mallard; the other presented nearly the appearance of a female Scoter (Gidemia nigra), but was rather darker below. The following papers were read ;— 1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA, 135 1. On the Classification and Distribution of the luroidea. By Szr.-Grorce Mrvart. {Received January 13, 1882.] The Proceedings of this Society contain three papers, of pro- gressively increasing importance, on the classification of the order Carnivora. The first of these is a paper by Mr. Waterhouse’, wherein he proposes to divide the order into six coordinate families, named by him Canidae, Viverride, Felide, Mustelide, Urside, and Phocide. These divisions are based on cranial and dental cha- racters. He associates Arctictis with Procyon, Nasua, Cercoleptes, Ailurus, and the Bears in his Urside; and adds in a note, ‘ from an examination of the external characters of Bassaris astuta it ap- pears to me that it belongs to this group.’ As to the true Bears, he remarks that they differ from the other terrestrial Carnivora “ in having a projecting process on the underside of the ramus, and situ- ated a little in advance of the angle of the jaw. The same character is also found in many Seals (Phocide), which, in several other respects, appear to approach the Bears.” He expresses the opinion that ‘‘the Cats appear to bear the same relation to the Mustelide as the Dogs to the Viverride.’’ As to the last-named family, he tells us ‘the Viverride have the same general form of skull as the Canidae, but differ in having the poste- rior portion more produced ; the bony palate is carried further back ; and the small back molar observable in the lower jaw of the Dogs is here wanting.” The Hyena he is “inclined to regard as an aber- rant form of the Viverride ;” adding, “in the general characters of the cranium, and especially in the curved form of the lower jaw, it differs considerably from the Cats, and approaches the Viverras. If, however, it be placed with the Viverride, it will form an excep- tion as regards its dentition, having only one true molar on either side of the upper jaw. The ‘carnassiére’ has a large inner lobe, and in this respect also resembles the Viverras, and not the Cats.” The second paper I have referred to is that by the late Mr. H. N. Turner’, wherein he refers to, and much further elaborates the views propounded in, Mr. Waterhouse’s paper, but objects to a division of the order into six groups of similar rank. He divides the terrestrial Carnivora into three primary groups, to each of which he gives the rank of a family, namely (1) Urside, (2) Felide, and (3) Canide. The first family he divides into the three subfamilies Ailurina, Procyonina, and Mustelina, classing Bassaris in the second of these, and saying *, “from the characters presented by the cra- nium, I do net feel the slightest hesitation in referring this animal 1 P. Z. 8. 1839, p. 135. * “ Observations relating to some of the Foramina at the base of the Skull in Mammalia, and on the Classification of the Order Carnivora,” P. Z, 8. 1848, p. 63. 8 Loc, cit. p. 81. 136 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ©LUROIDEA. [Feb. 7, to the subursine section. It is true that the teeth have some resem- blance to those of Viverre; but this only results from the greater or less development of different cusps, being an adaptation to a more carnivorous diet.” He observes, as to Proteles', that it ‘‘ has the cranial characters common to the Cats and Hyznas: from the dentition, so singularly modified by arrest of development, but little evidence of zoological affinity can be adduced; I should therefore be rather inclined to consider it a modified Hyzena, since in the external characters it so closely resembles the animals of that genus.” As to the Hyeenas themselves, he declares himself disposed to consider them, judging from their cranial characters, as rather more approaching the Cats than the Viverre, but proposes to obviate the difficulties thus arising by a division of his family Fedide into three subfamilies, one for the Cats, another for the Viverre, and the third for the Hynas and Proteles. The characters and subdivisions of his family Felide are expressed as follows * :— Fam. Fevip&. Auditory bulla rounded, frequently showing indications of being divided into two parts. Paroccipital process flattened, and applied to the back part of the auditory bulla. Foramen condyloideum more or less concealed. Foramen gle- noideum very small or wanting. Czecum small or moderate, simple. Cowper’s glands present. Prostate gland salient. Subfam. ViverR1INA (confined to the Old World). A distinct alisphenoid canal (with very few exceptions). Auditory bulla distinctly subdivided. Canalis caroticus distinct, though sometimes only as a groove. Ateko True molars on each side 3 Galictis. Cynogale. Ryzena. Paradoxurus. Cynictis. —_—_— Herpestes. Prionodon. a Genetta. Arctictis. Viverra. Subfaw. Hyanrna (confined to the Old World). No alisphenoid canal. Division of auditory bulla scarcely perceptible. Canalis caroticus indistinct, or very small. True molars on each side ! v ° ; premolars on each side _ Proteles. Hyena. 1 Loe. cit. p. 82. ? Loe, cit. p. 86. 1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 137 Subfam. Feira (of general geographical distribution). No alisphenoid canal. Division of auditory bulla slightly or scarcely perceptible. Canalis caroticus indistinct or not perceptible. P 1 P 3 True molars on each side ; ; premolars on each side ~. Felis. The genus 4rctictis is placed in the above list amongst the Viver- rina without any observations in the text. It should be noted that this subfamily is divided, by horizontal lines, into three sections, the two genera Genetta and Viverra standing nearest to the Hyznas, and Herpestes and Ryzena remote from them. Certain genera are not enumerated ; and on this subject Mr. Turner tells us, “‘ The lists of genera include only those whose crania I have examined ; and therefore | must not be considered as rejecting any that I have omitted, nor do I pledge myself to adopt all that are inserted.” The third paper on the classification of the Carnivora is that of our president, Professor Flower*. Therein he refers to the paper by Mr. Turner, which he supplements by a number of new and ori- ginal observations and inferences of great value, intentionally con- fining his remarks, however, to existing terrestrial (fissipedal) genera. He conclusively establishes the true Procyonine nature of Bassaris and the Paradoxurine affinity of Arctictis ; while as to Cryptoprocta, he regards it as the type of a distinct family*, though he considers it “as a perfectly annectent form, as nearly allied to the Viverride on the one hand as to the Felide@ on the other.” Proteles he also con- stitutes the type of a distinct family, which he interposes between the Suricates and the Hyzenas, as he interposes Cryptoprocta between the Civets and Genets on the one hand and the Cats on the other. He fully adopts Mr. Turner’s threefold division of the fissipedal Carnivora, but raises each of Mr. Turner’s families to the rank of a suborder. Professor Flower’s ARncrompEA and CyNOIDEA corre- spond respectively to Mr. Turner’s Urside and Canidae, while Mr. Turner’s Felide is divided by Professor Flower into the five families Felide, Cryptoproctide, Viverride, Protelide, and Hyaenide—these five families being united into one suborder, for which he first in- stituted the term AXLurRoipEA, the affinities of which are suggested by his diagram * (fig. 1). The following characters common to the AiLUROIDEA may be gathered from this paper :— 1. Bulla greatly dilated, rounded, smooth, thin-walled, with one exception osseous, and almost always divided by a septum into two distinct portions. 2. Bony meatus short or with its inferior wall imperfectly ossified. 1 Loe, eit. p. 85. 2 «Qn the Value of the Characters of the Base of the Cranium in the Classi- fication of the Order Carnivora, and on the Systematic Position of Lassaris and other disputed forms,” P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 4. 3° Loe. cit p. 23, 4 Loe, cit. p, 37. 138 PROF, ST,-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [Feb. 7, 3. Paroccipital process applied to and, asit were, spread over the hinder part of the bulla. 4, Mastoid process never very salient, often obsolete. . Carotid canal small, sometimes very inconspicuous. 6. Condyloid fissure concealed. 7. Glenoid fissure extremely minute or absent. 8. Czecum short and simple, very rarely absent. 9 0 1 or . Bone of penis generally small and irregularly shaped. . Cowper’s gland present. . A distinctly lobed prostate. — a Fig. 1. In the above diagram the Herpestine genera are represented as somewhat separated by a constriction from the Civets and Para- doxures. In the text the author tells us! “‘all the Herpestine members of the Viverride (Cynopoda, Gray) present certain com- mon characters of this region by which they can be readily recog- nized. The bulla is very prominent and somewhat pear-shaped, the larger, rounded end being turned backwards and somewhat outwards ; a well-marked transverse constriction separates the two chambers, which are directly anterior and posterior. . . . The Suricate presents the same essential characters in a very modified form.” As to the Hyznas, Professor Flower appears to hesitate some- what as to whether they should form ‘‘a fourth primary division of 1 Loe. cit. p. 20. 1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 139 the Carnivora, or be added, as rather aberrant members, to the Ailu- roid section. On the whole,” he adds, “I am inclined to the latter arrangement,” especially from the support given to it by the genus Proteles. Asto the characters of that genus, he observes' :—“ In the first place they are thoroughly /luroid, but they do not exactly the agree with either of the families of that group as hitherto defined. On the whole they approach nearest to the Herpestine section of the Viverride, but deviate from this, and approximate to the Hyenide, in two points. . . . If Cuvier had called Proteles a Hyzenoid Ich- neumon instead of a Hyzenoid Genette, exception could scarcely have been taken to the description.” The object of the present paper is to carry further the examination of the affinities and interrelationships of the genera constituting Professor Flower’s Ailuroidea, and especially to discover what divisions below the rank of families can be most conveniently and naturally established in it. In order to effect this, I have, to the best of my ability, studied the animals living in our gardens, prepa- rations preserved in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, and the skins, spirit-specimens, and osteological treasures of the British Museum, and I have dissected such individuals as good fortune has thrown in my way. I have especially wished to note the cranial characters of such genera as are not referred to in the three papers already noticed, namely the genera Fossa, Prionodon, Poiana, Hemigalea, Arctogale, Galidia, Galidictis, Bdeogale, Helo- gale, Cynictis, Rhinogale, Crossarchus, and Eupleres. I have endeavoured also to ascertain and enumerate such papers and illus- trations as may be most useful for reference or may have some historical interest. It will, I think, be most convenient if I state at once the conclu- sions I have arrived at as to classification, and afterwards notice, seriatim, the several genera, giving separately the characters and references which refer to each. In the first place I am profoundly convinced that the great group JALUROIDEA is a natural one, and that the Hyzenas must, without any question whatever, be included within it. The only doubt is as to their claim to rank asa distinct family, so closely connected do they seem to me to be with the Herpestine group of Viverride. Anyhow I am unable to divide the suborder into so many primary groups as those of Professor Flower. I have examined with as much care as I could the skeleton of Cryptoprocta, and considered the evidence recorded as to its soft parts, and have come to the conclusion that it is distinctly Viverrine, and not at all unquestionably intermediate, as I at first supposed, between Viverra and Felis. Its dentition is of course almost feline ; but the more I study comparative anatomy, the more impressed I am with the little value of dental characters as evidences of affinity, save as regards allied species or genera. Nandinia, Arctictis, and Cynogale may be cited as evidence of divergences in dental charac- ters from the more normal Viverrine type, to which other structural 1 Loe. cit. p. 29. 140 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [Feb. 7, divergences do not run parallel. Professor Flower himself has remarked !:—“ Too exclusive attention has been paid to the characters of the teeth in defining the family divisions of the order. The difficulty in the taxonomic use of these organs arises from the fact that the teeth of all the members of such a limited and well-defined group as the terrestrial or fissipedal Carnivora are formed on the same general type, but with infinite modifications of this type. And as these modifications are mainly adaptive, and not essentially indica- tive of affinity, they reappear in various degrees and combinations in many of the great natural divisions of the order. Their teeth alone afford us no satisfactory means of diagnosis between the very distinct groups of the Procyonide and Viverride. The teeth of Proteles, though demonstrating undeniably its right to a place in the order, are so rudimentary or generalized that they afford no help whatever to determine its special position. Again, the teeth of Gulo are so similar to those of Hyena, that, if this character alone were used, these two otherwise widely differentiated forms would be placed in the closest proximity. Enhydris, among the Mustelide, and Oyno- gale, among the Viverride, might also be cited as examples of strangely modified dentition, with comparatively little corresponding change in other parts.’ I thoroughly agree with every word here cited ; and, until unexpected evidence as to the anatomy of its soft parts comes to my knowledge, I must rank Cryptoprocta as merely the type of asubfamily of the Viverride. As to Proteles, the words just quoted from Professor Flower con- cerning it confirm the previously cited remark of Mr. Turner ”, that from a “ dentition so singularly modified by arrest of development, but little evidence of zoological affinity can be adduced.” It differs from the Hyzenas in having a developed pollex ; but such differences occur in the Herpestine section of the Viverride, yet no one on that account would erect Bdeogale and Suricata into a distinct family, any more than A¢eles or Colobus amongst the Anthropoidea. A careful consideration of the characters of Proteles have convinced me that it should be included within one family along with the Hyzenas; and Professor Flower, in his paper on the anatomy of Proteles, concludes * by saying that, though still “inclined” to retain it in a distinct family, yet his examination of its soft parts shows its affinities with the Hyzenas “are closer than the examination of the skull alone led” him “to suppose.”’ I would, however, while merging it in the Hysena family, yet retain it as the type of a distinct subfamily of the Hyenide. If my views are correct, then the suborder Aluroidea will consist of three families—(1) the Felide, (2) the Viverride, and (3) the Hyenide. As to the first of these families, it is evidently impossible to group any of its existing forms in distinct subfamilies. Indeed, in a recent careful study of the Felide, I have been quite unable to find satisfac- tory characters whereby to divide that family into more than the two genera Felis and Cynelurus. * P.Z.8. 1869, p. 5. ° P. Z.8. 1848, p. 82. 3 P, ZS. 1869, p. 406. 1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 141 It has been proposed to separate off as a distinct genus the Cats with a vertical pupil and an orbit inclosed behind by bone, and to divide the round-pupilled Cats into two genera, according to the presence or absence of a first upper premolar. These characters do not appear to me capable of serving as marks of generic distinctness. Some Cats—as F. macrocelis, F. serval, and F. chaus—are described as having a pupil neither round nor linear when contracted, but oblong; and while in most of the smaller Cats in which the point has been ascertained the pupil is linear, in some, as F. eyra, it is round. The length of the postorbital processes varies even in the same species, and much more in forms which must be connected as close allies; while the morphologically second upper premolar may also be present or absent in the same species, as in F. scripta, F. pajeros, and others, while in J’. planiceps it is large and two-rooted. In the skull of an old Lion’ I have found the upper two molars not only absent, but every trace of their alveoli also. The ears of the Lynxes are pencilled, but those of F. chaus, F. ornata, and F. caudata are more or less pencilled likewise. The Lion stands alone with its large mane (though the Ounce has a small one), and the Tiger is distinguished from every other Cat by its stripes ; but these no one would take to be generic distinctions. We might indeed separate off the Lion, Puma, Jaguar, Eyra, F. aurata, F. planiceps, F. badia, and F. rutila as Cats of a uniform colour, neither spotted nor striped when adult. The group, how- ever, would not be a natural one. Similarly, we might associate together the most distinctly spotted Cats, while distinguishing others (as F'. marmorata, F. macrocelis, F. megalotis, F'. paeros, F. cali- gata, F. manul, F. neglecta, F. torquata, and F. catus) as rather * clouded” than “spotted.” Almost every transition, however, exists between the spotted and clouded Cats, and some spotted forms occasionally have their spots very slightly marked; so that generic distinctions reposing on any such characters would be most futile. It is not the object of this paper to define species ; nevertheless the question as to the distinctness of certain of them will have to be occasionally considered. I may therefore perhaps be excused for remarking that I have examined a large quantity of skins of the Lynxes known as F. borealis, F. canadensis, F. rufa, and F. macu- lata, and found amongst them so very many intermediate conditions as to both coloration (ground-colour and markings) and length of fur, that I cannot but regard them as forming but a single species. This opinion is also confirmed by the close resemblance which exists between their skulls. As to the Lynx F. isabellina, I was at first inclined to regard it as a good species ; but Dr. Scully has very kindly allowed me to examine the skins obtained by him in Central Asia, and amongst them is one intermediate in coloration between the F’. isabellina of the British Museum and certain specimens of the Northern Lynx. The Pardine Lynx (F. pardina) 1 am disposed to regard as a distinct species on account of the form of its skull. When the skull is seen 1 No. 4504 in the museum of the Royal College of Surgeons. 142 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [Feb. 7, in profile, it differs from the skulls of the varieties F. borealis, F. canadensis, F. rufa, and F. maculata in that the part between the orbits is more raised and convex, and the nasal bones extend back- wards beyond the nasal processes of the maxille. Considering the length of time during which we have had power in India, it is remarkable that our collection of Indian Cats should be so imperfect as it is. I am, however, not without the hope of being hereafter able to exhibit here a new collection of the skins and crania of these animals. The species known as F. dengalensis espe- cially requires investigation, as, if its range of variation both in size and markings is not very extensive, several distinct species must be included under that name. Amongst African Cats that described by Lesson’ under the name F. senegalensis was probably but a young Serval. There is unfor- tunately no specimen of it in the Paris Museum ; and the type was a cat living at the hospital of Rochefort-sur-Mer. We have as yet, so far as I know, no specimen of F’, colocollo in this country ; and we much need more skins and skulls from America to help us to determine the value of the forms distinguished as F. tigrine, F. mitis, and F. macroura. The second Ailuroid family, the Viverride, presents a great con- trast to the first in the great variety of the forms it contains. In- stead of being unable to divide it into subfamilies, the difficulty is to avoid making too many. Two subfamilies, Viverrine and Herpes- tine, must, I think, be instituted for the Viverrine and Herpestine sections of the group. In the former must stand Viverra, Viverri- cula, Fossa, Genetta, Prionodon, Poiana, Paradoxurus, Arctogale, and Hemigalea. In the latter I would place Herpestes, Helogale, Cynictis, Bdeogale, Rhinogale, Crossarchus, and Suricata. As to Nandinia, Arctictis, and Cynogale, arguments are by no means wanting in favour of the erection of each of these three genera into a distinct subfamily. I hesitate, however, so far to multiply groups of that rank ; and I would retain them all, at least provision- ally, amongst the Viverrine. The genera of this subfamily seem to group themselves in two sets (as was indicated by Mr. Turner *), one set being that of the Civets, the other that of the Paradoxures, as follows :— A. Viverra, Viverricula, Fossa, Genetta, Prionodon, and Poiana, B. Paradoxurus, Arctogale, Arctictis, Hemigalea, Nandinia, and Cynogale. _ The subfamily Herpestine seems divisible into two sets—one (A) including Herpestes, Helogale, and Cynictis ; while the second set (B) will comprise Crossarchus and Suricata. 1 cannot certainly deter- mine to which set Bdeogale and Rhinogale should belong till more of their anatomy is known. It is to the latter set that I regard the Hyenide as specially allied, while Cryptoprocta (in spite of its claws and dentition) seems Guérin’s Mag. de Zool, 1889, t. x. (Mammiféres). 2 P, Z.S. 1848, p. 87. 1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA, 143 to me to be not improbably a much modified relative of the first Herpestine series of genera. There remain the curious Madagascar Viverrines known as Gali- dictis, Galidia, and Eupleres. I thinkit better not to include these in either of the foregoing subfamilies, in spite of their greater affinity to the Herpestine than to the Viverrine; while Galidia olivacea and G. concolor seem to me to merit generic distinction, the former being the type of a distinct genus, Hemigalidia. The last, with Galidia and Galidictis, I would include in a separate sub- family, Galidictine, with which the singularly aberrant Eupleres seems to me to be nearly allied; yet, on account of its aberrant cha- racters, I would keep it separate in a special subfamily, the Euple- rine. According to this view, the Mluroid forms will be grouped as follows :— Suborder HZ LUROIDEA. Fam. I, Fevip#. Genera: Felis, Cynelurus. Fam. II. VivERRID&. Subfam. 1. VivERRIN&. Genera:—A. Viverra, Viverricula, Fossa, Genetta, Priono- don, Poiana. B. Paradocurus, Arctogale, Hemigalea, Arctictis, Nandinia. C. Cynogale. Subfam. 2. GALIDICTIN#. Genera: Galidictis, Galidia, Hemigalidia. Subfam. 3. EvpLerin&. Genus: Hupleres. Subfam. 4. CryProPROCcTINa. Genus: Cryptoprocta. Subfam. 5. HerprstTin=. Genera:—A. Herpestes, Helogale, Cynictis, (Bdeogale?,) (Rhinogale ?) B. Crossarchus, Suricata. Fam. II]. Hyanip#. Subfam. 1. PrRoTeLINz. Genus: Proteles. Subfam. 2. Hyanin2&. Genera: Hyena, Crocuta. 144 PROF, ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE HLUROIDEA. [Feb. 7, The distinctive characters of the Felide are :— (1) There is a short pollex with a claw not, or hardly, reaching to distal end of metacarpal of index. (2) The hallnx is only represented by a rudimentary metatarsa bone. (3) The ungual phalanges are greatly arched, with a wide lamina to shelter the base of the claw. (4) The claws are greatly arched, sharply pointed, and, except in Cynelurus, completely retractile. (5) The auditory bulla is much inflated, smooth, and rounded, but hardly shows any external sign of division into two chambers. (6) The bulla is more prominent towards its inner than towards its hinder border. (7) There is an almost complete bony septum between the two chambers of the bulla, which are one behind the other. (8) The bony meatus auditorius is short and neither produced anteriorly nor inferiorly; neither is it imperfectly ossified below. (9) There is no carotid foramen anywhere visible on the surface of the basis crauii. (10) There is no alisphenoid canal. (11) The palatine foramina are situated in the hinder half of the palate. P.1 (12) —~ands>5 ; 2 (13) There is no lower tubercular molar, no 57-3, and no = are not developed *. (14) *£* is always very small and transversely extended. (15) The antero-external cusp of ee fairly developed, but is much smaller than the two others. (16) 5; has hardly any talon. (17) The outer incisors but little exceed the middle ones in size. (18) Humerus with a supracondyloid foramen. (19) Bone of penis small. (20) The ears not very long, erect and pointed. (21) Tarsus and metatarsus hairy. (22) One small plantar pad, and one beneath each digit. (23) The anus docs not open into a saccular depression. (24) Two anal glands only. (25) No prescrotal glands. (26) Always a more or less small caecum. (27) Many very hard, horny, sharp-pointed, conical papillee on the dorsum of the tongue. (28) Hippocampal gyrus not” completely separated from the autero- 1 The mandible of a Tiger with =. killed in British Burmah, is described and figured by B. A. Lydekker in the Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. vol. xlvii. (1878), p. 2, plate ii. So far as I have had an opportunity of examining. 1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 145 internal portion of the superior lateral gyrus, which is behind the cranial sulcus, by any continuation forwards of the cal- loso-marginal sulcus to join the crucial sulcus. (29) Angle of mandible not greatly flattened beneath, and coronoid process high and inclined backwards. (30) Proportional length of limbs considerable. (31) Muzzle short compared with cranial length. (32) Dentition extremely sectorial. (33) Tail long, moderate, or extremely short. (34) Clitoris never traversed by urogenital canal. (35) Dorsal vertebree thirteen. (36) Postorbital processes more or less strongly developed, some- times enclosing orbits by a bony circle. (37) Paroccipital processes not depending, or else only slightly projecting, as a rough tubercle beyond the bulla. (38) Mastoid rather prominent. (39) No carotid foramen perforates or notches the sphenoid. (40) Nose and upper lip medianly grooved. (41) Palate very little or but moderately produced beyond last molars. (42) Pterygoid fossa very small. (43) Size of species generally moderate, never very small, some- times very large—the largest of the Mluroidea. Of the genera of existing Felide, Cynelurus is distinguished from Felis by its imperfectly retractile claws and the rudimentary con- dition of the internal cusp of P.4 The characters of the Viverride and Hyenide will be given after a brief review of the genera com- posing those two families. The typical genus Viverra seems to include four species—(1) V. civetta (from Fernando Po, Sierra Leone, and Abyssinia), (2) V. zibetha (from India, China, and Penang), V7. tangalunga (from Malacca, Borneo, Sumatra, Luzon, and the Negros and Philippine Islands), and V. megaspila (from Malacca, Saigon, and Lower Cochin China). The anatomy of this anciently-known genus has been described * by Perrault in a paper entitled ‘Description anatomique de deux Civettes,”’ in the ‘Memoirs’ of the Academy of Sciences of Paris, vol. iii. (1611-1699), with two plates reproduced in a work published by Fierre Mortier, of Amsterdam, in 1736, and entitled ‘ Mémoires pour servir 4 histoire naturelle des Animaux et des Plantes.’ Therein is given a tolerable figure of the external form of the Civet, and representations of the scent-pouch and glands of both sexes, 1 See also Castellus, ‘Hyena odorifera, vulgo Civetta, Messonx, 1638; Bar- tholin, “ Anatome Civettz s. Hyene odorifere,’ in Hist. Anat. Cent. iv. 1657, Pp. 199-213; Méry (Jean), “Observations sur les canaux lactiféres de la ivette,” in Mém. Acad. Sc. de Paris, 1666-1699 ; Morand, “ Nouvelles obser- vations sur le sac et le parfum de la Civette” (with a plate), Mém. Acad. Se. de Paris, 1728; and De la Peyronie, “ Description d’un animal connu sous le nom de Muse (Viverra),” with four plates, Mém. Acad. Se. de Paris, 1731, pp. 443-464. Proc. Zoou. Soc.— 1882, No. X. 10 146 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [Feb. 7, with (for the period) a very full account of the structure of the animal. The Civet and Zibet are well figured and described by Daubenton in Buffon’s ‘ Histoire Naturelle,’ vol. ix. pp. 299-342, pls. 31 to 35. Anatomical notes on these animals are also given by John Hunter, pp. 51-55 of vol. ii. of his ‘ Essays and Observations,’ collected and published by Professor Owen in 1861. A few notes ‘On the Internal Viscera of Viverra melanurus”’ have also been pub- lished by Hodgson in the ‘Caleutta Journal of Natural History,’ vol. ii. (1842) p. 56. Recently an account of the anatomy of the Civet, with one plate, has been published by Dr. J. Chatin in the Ann. des Sc. Naturelles, (5th series) vol. xvii. (1873), plate xxiii., wherein the heart and great vessels, the stomach and liver, and the cecum are represented. Lastly, we have in vol. xix. (1874) of the same work a paper by the same author on the “ glandes odorantes des Mammiféres,” wherein the scent and anal glands of the Civet and Zibet are described and figured (pls. i. and ii. figs. 1-18), and notes are added concerning Viverra tangalunga. The external form of the Civet ond of the Zibet are given in F. Cuvier’s Mamm. vol. ii. The skeleton of the Civet is represented on plate iv. of De Blainville’s ‘Ostéographie’ (Viverra), and the skull and dentition of the Civet and Zibet on his plates viii. and xii. ; details of the axial and visceral skeleton on plate ix.; and the distal part of the Zibet’s humerus on pl. x. All the four species of Viverra agree in having a more or less white throat with transverse, curved, black bands ; all have the tarsus and metatarsus hairy beneath, as in the Felide ; all have the back with more or Jess elongate hair; and all are of large size, the head and body being from about 76" to 92", and the tail from about 31" to 43". V. tangalunga is the smallest species, and has been confounded with V. megaspila; but the distinctions between the two species have been pointed out by Dr. Giiuther in the Proc. Zool. Soc. 1876 (pp. 427, 428), wherein is a good representation of V. megaspila in both the adult and young condition. The young in this genus seem to be always darker than the adults. The young Civet (judging from a skin in the British Museum) is almost black, with a black tail (whitish beneath its root), and with a greyish mottling on the flanks and outside the thighs, greyish belly, and with white marks on the cheeks, upper lip, inside of ears, underside of throat, and side of the neck!. I have not seen the skull of V. meyaspila; but, assuming that it closely resembles those of the other species, it may be said that in Viverra the auditory bulla is divided by a distinct groove into a small anterior part and a much larger and more inflated posterior portion. There is an internal septum (as in Felis). There is a distinct alisphenoid canal. The paroccipital process depends below the bulla, to which it isapplied. The external cpening of the auditory meatus is large and rounded ; it is rather its } Hodgson, in the ‘ Caleutta Journal of Nat. Hist.’ vol. ii. (1842) p. 55, says that the eyes of the young are open when less than a week old; also that the adults wander about singly and eat small mammals, birds, reptiles, and insects, and some roots. 1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 147 hinder than its anterior margin which projects most outwards. The carotid artery passes through a distinct canal between the bulla and basisphenoid, the hinder end of which appears as a conspicuous fora- men situated a little in front of the middle of the inner border of the auditory bulla. The orbit is never enclosed by bone; nor is the mastoid at all prominent. The lower margin of the hinder part of the mandible is very concave. The angle of the mandible is long, slender, and backwardly projecting; its coronoid process is not very high or backwardly projecting compared with that of Felis. There isa 5-5 . Pan M.2 : ‘ and an ;;5- ‘There is alsoa ——and an —, 7; is of large size. P+ has a well-developed internal tubercle. The tongue is devoid of horny papillee or of any patch of conspicuously enlarged papillz on the anterior part of its dorsum. There is a small conical cecum. There is a pair of anal glands. There is also a pair of medianly- adjoining scent-glands placed between the penis and testes, or in the analogous position in the female. Their secretion escapes by a number of minute orifices into a large sac, the external aperture of which appears as an antero-posteriorly extended slit simulating a large vaginal aperture. The genus Viverra differs from all the Felide in that (1) The ungual phalanges are less arched, and the bony lamina for sheltering the base of the claw is relatively less deep. (2) The claws are less arched and less perfectly retractile. (3) The auditory bulla, being ossified, shows external signs of its complete internal division into two chambers. (4) There is a conspicuous carotid foramen on the inner side of the bulla, which is most prominent posteriorly. (5) The palatine foramina are situated on the anterior half of the palate. (6) There is a 5-5 and also an 55. (7) ™* is largely developed. (8) sj has a distinct talon. (9) The ears are not very long, erect, pointed, or tufted. (10) There are no horny, sharp-pointed, conical papille on the dorsum of the tongue. (11) The hippocampal gyrus is completely separated off from the lateral gyrus by the continuation of the calloso-marginal sulcus forwards to the crucial sulcus. (12) The coronoid process of the mandible is less lofty relatively and less backwardly produced. ‘ (13) The proportional length of the limbs to the body is shorter than even in Felis eyra. (14) The muzzle is longer in proportion to the cranium. The genus Viverra also differs from the Felide in that (15) There is a distinct hallux with a claw. (16) There is an alisphenoid canal. 10* 148 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. — [Feb. 7, (17) There is a =. (18) There are prescrotal scent-glands. The genus agrees with the Felide in that (19) There is a short pollex. (20) The ungual phalanges are arched to a certain considerable extent. (21) The claws are arched, sharp-pointed, and somewhat retractile. (22) The bony auditory meatus is not produced anteriorly or in- feriorly, neither is it imperfectly ossified below. (23) The humerus has a supracondyloid foramen. (24) The tarsus and metatarsus are entirely hairy. (25) There is one plantar pad and another beneath each digit. (26) The anus does not open into a saccular depression. (27) There are two anal glands only. (28) There isa small cecum. — - As further characters may be noted that (29) Rather the posterior than the anterior margin of the external auditory meatus projects the more. (30) The orbits are not enclosed by bone. (31) There is no conspicuous foramen on the basis cranii by which the carotid perforating or notching the sphenoid shall re-enter the cranium. (32) The hinder chamber of the bulla is not everted so as to be external as well as posterior to its anterior chamber. (33) The palate is not much produced beyond the hinder molars. (34) The mandibular angle is not everted. (35) The mastoid is not prominent. (36) The paroccipital process depends below the bulla, to which it is applied. (37) The opening of the auditory meatus is rather large and not triangular. (38) The bulla is narrower in front than behind. (39) It is not much laterally compressed. (40) The skull is not greatly constricted behind the postorbital processes of the frontal. (41) The pollex and hallux reach to the end of the adjacent mid- hand bones. (42) The scent-glands open into a deep prescrotal pouch or sac. (43) The median part of the back is marked with black. (44) The nose exhibits a median antero-posterior groove on its under surface and on the upper lip. (45) There is an 2, (46) 5-5 is not minute. (47) The dentition is markedly sectorial. (48) Hinder part of palate not inclined strongly upwards. (49) Hinder part of alveolar border of mandible not everted. (50) Teeth not very small. (51) No notch in alveolar border of maxilla to receive apex of p> 1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 149 (52) There is no plate-like process on the outer side of the radius. (53) There is no oval patch of conspicuously-enlarged papille on the dorsum of the anterior part of the tongue. (54) Ascending ramus of mandible not flattened beneath. (55) Tail long. (56) Anterior premolars not greatly elongated. The next genus comprises only the Rasse, for which the genus Viverricula has been instituted’ by Hodgson, who says that it differs from species of the genus Viverra, which never climb, by its seansorial habit. It is also distinguishable from Viverra by its smaller size, smaller snout, and by a very small bald spot on the tibial side of the plantar pad, noticed by Gray *and figured by Hodgson *. The alisphenoid canal is almost always absent; the bulla is, as Professor Flower says*, “large, as wide in front as behind, much elongated, narrow, and compressed laterally. The anterior chamber is rather more developed, and less distinctly marked from the pos- terior.” The postorbital processes are longer than in Viverra; and the skull is greatly compressed behind them. The paroccipital process does not depend below the bulla. The pollex and hallux are shorter, not reaching to the distal end of the adjoining meta- tarsal and metacarpal. The character of the dentition is inter- mediate between that of Viverra and that of Genetta. 4-5 may have only three cusps. The Rasse has a most extensive geographical distribution, having been obtained in China, Foochow, Formosa, Amoy, Gangootra, Camboja, Singapore, Nepal, Madras, Ceylon, Penang, Java, Lombok, Bombay, Socotra, Madagascar, and also from the Comoro Island Anjuan’. The Rasse has been described at length, and many interesting details concerning it given, by Horsfield in his ‘Zoological Researches in Java’ (1824), witha figure of its external form, representations of which will be found in F. Cuvier’s ‘ Mammiféres,’ vol. ii.; also in Sonnerat’s ‘Voyage,’ vol. ii. p. 144, pl. 91; andin Pollen’s ‘ Faunede Madagascar,’ p- 16, pl. 10. Its dentition, both immature and adult, is given on plate xii. of De Blainville’s ‘Ostéographie ’ (Viverra). Its foot-pads are represented by Hodgson, Calcutta Journal of Natural Hist. (1842), vol. ii. pl. 1. fig. iv. As might be expected from its wide distribution, the Rasse varies greatly in colour and markings, similarly coloured varieties coming from widely separated localities. There is in the 1 Journal of Asiat. Soc. of Bengal (1841), vol. x. part 2, p. 909. See also Gray, P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 513, and Brit. Mus. Cat. of Carnivora (1869), p. 47. ? Brit. Mus. Cat. p. 47. > Calcutta Journal of Nat. Hist. (1842), vol ii. pl. 1. fig. iv. 4 P.Z.S8. 1869, p. 18. ® The animal from this island has been described and figured by Dr. Peters in his ‘Mossambique.’ Dr. Gray threw out the suggestion that this indi- vidual might be of the genus Fossa; but Dr. Peters has been kind enough to inform me that such is not the case, but that it is identical with Pollen’s Viverra schlegeli, which appears to me to be a variety of the widely diffused Viverricula malaccensis. Dr. Peters remarks to me :—“ If not identical with, it is very near that species.” 150 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE EZLUROIDEA. [Feb. 7, British Museum a light-yellow skin from Candy, and one from Nepal, which is but little darker. Generally the ground-colour is greyish, brownish, or yellowish, and there is a tendency to the development of black bands on the middle of the back and loins, black spots on the flanks, and rings on the tail. The young are very dark, but not so much so as are the young Civets, and they also want the white markings of the latter. The scent-gland is formed as in Viverra. Length of head and body about 61", of tail about 38”. The genus Viverricula agrees, then, with the genus Viverra in all the characters before enumerated, except numbers 16, 24, 36, 38, 39, 40, and 41. The genus Fossa is represented in the national collection by four skins, two skulls, and a skeleton. ‘The genus was instituted by Dr. Gray * on the strength of Daubenton’s description ; and though it seems nearly allied to the Rasse, its generic distinctness should, I think, be maintained, at least till its anatomy is more fully known, especially that of its glandular structures. I could not find evidence of a scent-pouch in the British-Museum skins. Neither could Daubenton in his specimen; and M. Poivre (who sent Buffon the stuffed skin described in his work) wrote on the subject as follows :— “ La Fossane que j’aiapportée de Madagascar, est un animal qui a les meeurs de notre fouine ; les habitans de Vile m’ont assuré que la fossane male étant en chaleur, ses parties avoient une forte odeur de muse. Lorsque j’ai fait empaillé celle qui est au Jardin du Roi, je Vexaminai attentivement, je n’y découvris aucune poche, et je ne lui trouvai aucune odeur de parfum.’ Not improbably there are some subcutaneous scent-glands, but no pouch or even deep cuta- neous fold in connexion with them. The limbs are slender; and there are the very small bald places (to which Mr. Oldfield Thomas was kind enough to call my attention) beneath the hind foot. One of these is a little above the plantar pad, very near the small hallux (the claw of which may be wanting in the adult), and the other beneath the distal part of the tarsus, slightly nearer to the peroneal margin of the limb. Another note- worthy character is the absence of any median dark mark on the back. The adult may be very little striped or spotted, with only some spots on the flanks and some obscure stripes on the shoulders ; but the young is very distinctly striped; yet even in the young there is no median dorsal stripe, but the central portion of the back is of the general ground-colour, bounded by two rows of small irregular spots, external to which are three strongly marked longi- tudinal stripes on each side. The black throat-bands (which exist in Viverra) are entirely absent. The tail is spotted, the spots tending to form, but not actually forming, rings. The length of the head and body is about 43'"2, that of the tail 20''3. The Fossa is only known as an inhabitant of Madagascar. Its exterhal form is figured, and the animal is described, in Buffon, vol. 1 P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 518. 1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 151 xiii. p. 163, pl. 21. It is also described and well-figured by Dr. Gray, in Proe. Zool. Soc. 1872, p. 869, pl. 74, with a woodcut of the skull, which is long and narrow, approaching Viverricula in this respect. The bulla is shaped much as in Viverra; there is a distinct ali- sphenoid canal; the paroccipital process depends a little below the bulla. There is, on the skull, a deep antero-posteriorly directed groove along the middle of the dorsum of the forehead and muzzle. The Plantar surface of left pes of Fossa. 1. Small pad adjacent to hallux; 2. Ditto beneath distal part of tarsus. postorbital processes are not so elongated as in Viverricula. The teeth closely resemble those of Viverra; but the talon of 4771s rather smaller; ar has five cusps, three in front and two behind. Fossa therefore agrees with Viverra in all the characters of the latter genus before enumerated, except sometimes No. 15, possibly No. 18, and cer- tainly Nos. 24, 38, 39, 40, 42, & 43. The genus Genetta consists apparently of five species, distributed 152 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE £ZLUROIDEA. [Feb. 7, as follows :—G. vulgaris (from the south of France, Spain, North Africa, and Western Asia at Mount Carmel), G. felina (from South Africa, including the Cape), G. senegalensis (from Africa, East, West, and North), G. ¢igrina (from South Africa, Abyssinia, and Whydah), and G. pardina (from West Africa and Fernando Po). Thus the genus is essentially African, sending one species on to Fig. 3. Pads of Genetta tigrina. ; A. Palmar surface of left manus; B. Plantar surface of left pes. Europe and Western Asia; while Viverra is mainly Asiatic, but has one species exclusively African. In Viverricula and Genetta vulgaris we have the only species common to Asia and Africa. The two groups the Civets and Genets certainly merit to rank as distinct genera; for, in addition to uniformly smaller size and the distinction of geographical range of the latter, they have certain distinctive cranial, dental, and external characters. Thus, instead 1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE £ZLUROIDEA. 153 of the tarsus and metatarsus being hairy as in Viverra and Viver- ricula, or with the small bald spots as in Fossa, there is a long, narrow bald strip of skin running up beneath the median part of the metatarsus, towards or to the tarsus. This bald strip, however, is separated from the plantar pad by an intervening hairy ‘portion ; and the toes are hairy beneath at the sides. A hairy patch in the manus also separates the proximal part of the palmar pad from its distal portion. All the Genets are of a brownish-yellowish or greyish tint, with black or brown spots on the flanks, and a black line in the middle of the back (thus differing from Fossa). There are brown or black stripes behind the ears, extending downwards and backwards over the shoulders. The paws are blackish or whitish ; the belly is light-coloured with a few spots; and there is a lightish patch over the eye, and a white spot beneath the eye, separated by a black mark from another white spot beside the nose. The tail is ringed with black. : The characters of skull and teeth by which the Genets differ from the Civets and the relations of this kind presented by Viverricula and Fossa are as follows :— The auditory bulla in Genetta is not so triangular in form as in Viverra, but more equal in width anteriorly and posteriorly, as we have seen to be the case in Viverricula (where it is also more laterally compressed) ; but in Genetta the anterior part is more swollen and bullate. The alisphenoid canal is constantly present in Genetta, but is small in calibre. In both Genetta and Viverricula the auditory opening is relatively larger than in Civetta. The par- occipital process, which descends down below the bulla, is a depending process in Viverra', and slightly so in Genetta, but does not so extend at allin Viverricula. In the last named the skull is extremely com- pressed behind the postorbital processes, its breadth there being to the total cranial length as but 11°5 to 100, instead of 14°1 as in the Civet, 14°4 as in Fossa, and 18°7 as in Genetta. Tn all the four genera Viverra, Viverricula, Fossa, and Genetta the alisphenoid canal is generally (even in Viverricula when it is present) long, its hinder opening being often in close proxmity to the foramen ovale, the opening of that foramen and the hinder aperture of the alisphenoid canal appearing respectively at the hinder and anterior ends of a common depression in the cranial surface. The teeth of Genetta? differ from those of Viverra in that “? 1 Very slightly so in V. tangalunga. 2 As Genetta appears to be (at least after Prionodon) the genus of existing Viverride which comes nearest to the Felide, it may not be useless to denote precisely the differences between the permanent and milk deutitions of the Genet and the Cat. Tn the Genet the outermost upper incisors are larger in proportion to the innermost (length as 3 to 2). Hach outermost lower incisor has a bilobed crown with nearly equal lobes. ‘The canines are relatively shorter, not longi- tudinally furrowed. The upper canine compared with the base (¢. ¢. with the interval between the basion and ovalion) taken at 100, is 46-1 in the Cat, 42°8 in the Genet. By “ovalion” I mean the centre of a horizontal line connecting the hindmost points of the margins of the oval foramina, 154 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [Feb. 7, is (in general, but not in V. tangalunga) relatively larger and more obtusely triangular or even nearly quadrangular, and is more nearly equal in size with the tooth in front of it ; M1} has a relatively larger The following teeth, which are absent in the Cat, are present in the Genet :— P.1.M-2 P.l Pp. 2 c , PuP2Ms P12 one-rooted. The second upper premolar, ——, which is : ‘ “ BES F one-rooted in the Cat, is two-rooted, as is also or DL has its crown more triangular than the Cat’s, the heel (or talon) being smaller. 5-3 is much like that of the Cat. The upper sectorial P.4 differs from the Cat's in that its anterior outer cusp is smaller, its third outer cusp, or talon, distinctly bilobed, and its inner cusp larger and more produced from the general surface of the tooth. The homologous lower tooth, 5, is very like that of the Cat. The first upper molar ear very much larger than that of the Cat ; its antero- posterior extent compared with that of P. 4 taken at 100, is in the Genet 37:5, in the Cat, at most, only 30-0; its transverse diameter compared with that of P. 44 ken at 100 is in the Genet 140-0, in the Cat only 80:0. Moreover it has three roots instead of only two asin the Cat. Its functional surface is trihedral and presents two outer and one inner cusp, with an external cingulum, which is very prominent at the outer anterior angle of the tooth. Between this and the two outer cusps is a flattened somewhat elevated (the skull having the basis cranii upwards) surface. Mee iy shaped like ae but is very much smaller. The lower sectorial tooth, 7-4 (the analogue, but not the homologue, of the upper sectorial), has a much larger heel than has that of the Cat, and one which is divided into an inner and an outer cusp. There is also a distinct internal cusp, which is placed opposite to the principal external cusp. 47518 a much smaller tooth than 5-4, and is generally quadrate or quadricuspidate, but may be trihedral, with two cusps in front and one behind. Of the milk-dentition I have not seen the first upper and lower deciduous molars. The second upper deciduous molar, ue has a rather more developed prominence, both in front and behind the main cusp, than has the tooth which replaces it. It is therefore very unlike that of tie Cat, which is a small simple one-fanged tooth. The second lower grinder 5-5 is like 5—; but its talon is larger and is distinctly divided. This tooth is not developed in the Cat. The deciduous upper sectorial, p.3 , agrees with that of the Cat in being quite unlike the tooth which replaces it, and in resembling P4 Tt differs from the permanent: sectorial (as is the case in the Cat) in that the inner cusp is re- latively smaller and nearer to the antero-posterior middle of the tooth. A slight ridge extends from this inner cusp to the anterior cusp; and on this ridge a very small fourth cusp is developed. The homologous lower tooth D3 is like Py but has a relatively larger talon, thus resembiing the Cat’s Ee he hindmost upper milk-molar oe quite like M.1 though not nearly so antero-posteriorly extended as is the deciduous upper sectorial ; it is (as in the Cat) larger in relation to it than is P.4 to M1 he inferior deciduous sectorial 5— is quite like ;-7, except that the antero-exterior cusp is much smaller than that immediately behind it. In this difference it agrees with the Cat’s Bat but it has not that excess of talon compared with which pa has 1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 155 internal portion, while in both a and an the talon is larger, that of xo (if not that of ;— also) bearing three small cusps’. arp 18 quadricuspidate, and may be quinquecuspidate. The milk- teeth of Viverra differ from those of Genetta in that D-? has a less Milk-teeth of Viverra civetta, No. 4265, from Coll. Surg. A. Grinding-surface of teeth of right side of upper jaw. B. Side view of teeth of upper jaw. C. Ditto of those of lower jaw. D. Grinding-surface of lower jaw. developed prominence in front of the maia cusp ; D:3 is less extended antero-posteriorly in proportion to its transverse diameter ; it has its posterior lobe smaller and undivided, and has a more strongly developed ridge running from the inner to the anterior cusp, with in the Cat. The proportion borne by the length of the upper molar series com- pared with the base at 100, is in the Genet 128°5, in the Cat 88°4. The length from the front of the lower canine to the hinder side of vane compared with the length from the canine to the hinder surface of the mandibular angle at 100, isin the Genet 63°6, in the Cat 50-7. 1 Well shown in Viverra zibetha, pl. xii. of De Blainyille’s ‘ Ostéographie’ of the Viverras. 156 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [Feb. 7, the accessory tubercle on that ridge larger ; D4 is the largest deciduous tooth, and nearly as extended antero-posteriorly as is the D-3 . finally, poz bas a larger talon, which by itself constitutes nearly half the tooth. The external form of the Genet is figured by Buffon, and three kinds (‘de Barbarie,” “de Sénégal,” and ‘ panthérine’’) by F. Cuvier in his ‘ Planches des Mamm.’ De Blainville (Ostéogra- hie,’ Viverra) gives the skull (plate viii.), details of the axial skeleton (plate ix.), and of the appendicular sketeton (plates x. and xi.). A very important difference between Genetta and Viverra consists in the absence in the former of the pouch or sac for storing the Fig. 5. External appearance of cutaneous folds related to the prescrotal scent-glands of the female of Genetia tugrina. a. Anus. a.g. Needles inserted into the aperture of the two anal glands. 9, 9°, 9°. Folds of scent-gland. . v.. Vagina. secretion of the scent-gland. Instead of this I found, in a female Genetta tigrina, only a shallow cutaneous fold or longitudinal median depression. This groove or fold extended from the small orifice of the vagina towards, but not nearly to, the anus. From this median superficial depression two longitudinal grooves extended forwards and outwards on either side, whereof the two posterior were the larger. Beneath these grooves were two scent-glands, the product of which could be forced (by squeezing) through a multitude of minute pores into the depressed parts of the folds—the hinder rather than the anterior of the two pairs of diverging ones. Similar glands and folds were found by M. Chatin in the male of Genetta. 1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ALUROIDEA: 157 senegalensis, and have been described and figured by him in the Ann. des. Se. Naturelles, 5° sér. vol. xix. (1874) pl. iii. fig. 14. These glands were described and figured by Daubenton in Buffon’s Hist. Nat. vol. ix. p. 343, pls. 36-40. Therein the Genet dissected (a female) is described as having a distinct orifice at the bottom of each lateral depression, leading thence into the interior of the gland ; but such is certainly not the case in my G. tigrina, any more than in Chatin’s G. senegalensis, in both of which the secretion had only a multitude of minute pores through which to exude. The genus Genetta agrees with Viverra in all the characters of the latter before enumerated, except Nos. 24, 38, and 42; and there are, besides, the differences in size and markings and in the more inflated condition of the anterior part of the bulla. The beautiful Viverrine animals known as the Linsangs differ from the foregoing forms sufficiently to warrant their separation as members of the genus Prionodon, which may be said to have been first instituted by Horsfield, since in his ‘ Zoological Researches’ (1824) he proposed for it the term Prionodontide to denote a subdivision of the genus Felis. He there describes it under the name of Felis gracilis", and gives a representation of its external form, and also separate figures of its head, dentition, and paw. Hodgson, in the 2nd part of the 2nd volume (1842) of the ‘Calcutta Journal of Natural History,’ p. 57, plate 1, describes a so-called second species of the genus Prionodon (P. pardicolor); and a third species, P. maculosus, has been described by Mr. Blanford in the 2nd part of the 47th vol. of the Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal (1878), p. 152, pl. 6 (external form) and pl. 7 (skull), the skin and skull of which are deposited in the British Museum, and some points in the anatomy of which I have examined. In Prionodon the ground-colour of the coat is white or whitish grey, with brown or black markings. The markings may form four broad continuous patches running transversely across the hinder part of the body; or spots may replace each continuous patch. The tail is ringed ; and there are dark streaks on the neck and shoulders. P. gracilis is from Borneo, Java, and Singapore ; P. pardicolor from Nepal; and P. maculosus from Darjeeling, Moulmain, and South Tenasserim. As to size, the length of the head and body seems to average about 46", and that of the tail 40-5. The fur is soft, close, and erect. The limbs are rather short. The pollex and hallux are both well developed. The claws are almost, if not quite, as completely retractile as in the Cats. The tarsus and metatarsus are entirely hairy, Thus in this respect, as also in the character of the claws and the absence of = Prio- nodon approaches Felis most closely, as Horsfield was careful to point out. The palmar and plantar pads have a greater tendency to break up into separate naked spaces than in Genetta; but, as in that genus, a hairy portion intervenes between the proximal and distal parts of the palmar pad. The pupil is circular. 1 Prionodon gracilis, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 519. 158 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [Feb. 7, As to any scent- or prescrotal gland, Mr. Hodgson says’:—“‘ Anal gland very apparently present, but the exact character of it not determinable.” Horsfield records’ of Viverra, ‘‘ Folliculos glandu- losos inter genitalia et anum;” but of Prionodon he says, “ Folliculos supra anum nullos,” but with a note of interrogation. The specimen Fig. 6. Pads of Prionodon. A. Pads of left manus. 3B. Pads of left pes. examined by me was a male. Not only was there no opening in it between the penis and testes, but no glandular structure in that situation beneath the skin could be detected, either by me or by Mr. William Pearson, who assisted me in the dissection. There were the usual anal glands and a pair of exceedingly large Cowper’s glands, each of them about equalling in size the whole of the bilobed rostate. The skull has its general shape and proportions and the form of the auditory bulla much as in Genetta. The condyloid foramen is exposed. The paroccipital is neither depending nor prominent, and the mastoid no more prominent than in the Genets. There is a long alisphenoid canal, which opens behind in a depression common to it and to the foramen ovale. The postorbital processes are less marked than in any hitherto; and the skull is antero-posteriorly 1 Calcutta Journal of Nat. Hist. vol. ii. part 2 (1842), p. 51. ? «Zoological Researches.’ 1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA, 159 marked by a groove along the middle of the nasals, as in Fossa. The cerebellar chamber of the cranium is very large, larger relatively than in Viverra or Civetta. The cranial ridges are slight, the temporal ridges not uniting to form a sagittal ridge. The ascending ramus of the mandible has a narrower and more vertically prolonged coronoid process than in Genetta, while the angle extends less backwardly. The teeth’ are formed like those of the Genets, save that there is no “2 and that £:* has rather a larger talon relatively, while its inner cusp is situated a little more towards the anterior end of the tooth. 3-4 has also a smaller talon than has the corre- sponding tooth of Genetta; and ;,5 is much more minute than is the ace of the Genets, and more laterally compressed, with two (or three) cusps placed one in front of the other. The deciduous teeth are like those of the Genets, save that oe seems to have its talon hardly smaller than in the adult, and has no extra cusp on the ridge joining the inner and anterior cusps. 5- is unlike that of Genetta. and is quite like 5,4, except that the postero-external cusp is rather larger compared with the anterior one, and that the talon is a trifle smaller relatively. Prionodon has all the characters enumerated as those of Viverra, except Nos, 1. 2, 12, 18, 42, 45, and 46. The genus Poiana was founded by Dr. Gray on the Genetta poénsis described by Mr. Waterhouse *. Its coloration is very like that of Prionodon; but the spots are smaller and show no tendency to run into transverse bands or stripes, except on the middle of the back of the head, and except a broad mark on each side descending from the back of the head to above the shoulder. The tail is ringed with dark rings, alternately broad and narrow. The muzzle is very pointed. The length of the head and body is about 38 inches, that of the tail 40°5 inches. The animal comes from Sierra Leone and Fernando Po, and differs from Prionodon not only remarkably as to geographical distribution, but also in that it has a narrow bald line running up towards the tarsus, as in Genetta. I have been able to find no cranial distinctions between Poiana and Prionodon, save that in the latter the cerebellar chamber of the cranium is smaller, and that the coronoid process of the mandible is intermediate in form between that of Genetta and that of Poiana. The teeth are also quite like those of Prionodon, except that xr is rather less laterally compressed, its three cusps being not placed so nearly in an antero-posterior line. Thus this animal might be considered an African Prionodon which had acquired a Genet-like tarsus; and this determination 1 The dentition (copied from Horsfield’s plate) is given by De Blainville, Ostéographie, Viverras, pl. 12. 2 P.Z.S. 1838, p. 59. See also P. Z.S. 1864, p. 520, and .Brit. Mus. Cat. p. 54, fig. 8 (skull). 160 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [Feb. 7; could be the less objected to, since I have found in Prionodon pardicolor a tendency to a narrow prolongation upwards of the plantar pad, which I have not found in Prionodon gracilis. I hold them therefore distinct quite provisionally and doubtfully. As this species seems never to have been represented, I have thought it well to figure it now. External form of Poiana. The genera yet noticed (Viverra, Viverricula, Fossa, Genetta, Prionodon, and Poiana) form a distinct and very closely allied group, the characters of which may be most conveniently given when the next set of forms has been passed in review. The genus which it seems to me may best be taken next is the large and polymorphic genus Paradozurus. It contains about a dozen (mostly more or less imperfectly defined) species, which all come from the Asiatic region, from China, Formosa, Nepal and Tenasserim, to Madras, the Andaman Islands, Ceylon, Malacca, 1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE EZLUROIDEA, 161 Sumatra, Borneo, Java, and the Philippine Islands. They all agree in having the pollex and hallux well developed, with the metatarsus bald beneath, and also the tarsus, save beneath the heel, where the hair extends across in an evenly curved line. The claws are at least as sharply curved and retractile as in the Genets (cf fig. 14 B, p- 192). The tail seems to be, at any rate in some species, slightly prehensile. The best description I know of the genus is in Temminck’s ‘Monographie de Mammalogie,’ vol. ii. p. 312. As illustrations of this genus we have :—some plates in Cuvier’s ‘Mammiferes,’ vol. ii.; Ogilby, Zool. Journ. iv. tab. 35, suppl. ; Horsfield, Zool. Research. in Java (Viverra musanga); Buffon, Suppl. iii. pl. 47 (Genette de France) ; Gray, ‘ Indian Zoology,’ tabule 7, 8, 10, and 11; (P. ¢ypus) Otto, Nov. Act. Nat. Cur. xvii. 2, tabule 72 & 73; Temminck, Monographie de Mammal. ii. pls. 64— 66 (skulls) ; Marsden’s ‘Sumatra,’ t. 12 (the Musang); Jacquinot & Pucheran, Voy. au Pole Sud, Zool. iii. p. 25, pl. 6; P. Z.S. 1856, pls. 47 & 48, and P. Z. 8.1877, pl. 71. Skull: in Brit. Mus. Cat, (1869), pp. 67 (fig. 9), 70 (fig. 10), 71 (fig. 11); Cuvier, ‘ Plancheg des Mammiféres,’ Le Pargouné and Paradoxure de Nubie; De Blain- ville’s ‘ Ostéographie’ (Viverra), pl. 2 (skeleton), pl. 6 (skull), pl. 7 (skulls), pl. 9 (parts of axial skeleton and hyoid), pl. 10 (fore limb), pl. 11 (hind limb), pl. 12 (teeth), adult and young. In this old and well-known genus the skull is less elongated than in Viverra. The auditory bulla is, as Prof. Flower has remarked", shaped more like that of Viverra than that of Genetta. It is ‘‘conical, broad, and truncated behind, pointed io front, and rather compressed at the sides, which meet in a ridge.’ The anterior part of the bulla is very small indeed. The opening of the auditory meatus is not large; and its hinder lip is slightly the more pro- minent. The postorbital processes are generally (not always) rather long and pointed ; and the skull is much pinched in laterally behind them. The condyloid foramen is quite covered in and concealed. The paroccipital process is depending; and the mastoid is much as in the Civet. There is an alisphenoid canal. There is a distinct but short carotid canal, the hinder end of which opens near the anterior end of the inner wall of the hinder (and larger) chamber of the bulla. The teeth, as is well known, are less sectorial in character than are those of the genera as yet noticed ; but there are considerable differences in different species. On comparing the teeth of what seems to be an average specimen of Paradocurus with those of Viverra, I find “* broader in pro- portion to its length and less vertically extended, with a well- developed cingulum ; P.4 with its postero-outer cusp very much smaller and its inner cusp more massive. M-} is more quadrate, and 1 L.c.p.19. He says also:— The inner or posterior chamber presents, in some species at least, the peculiarity of being permanently distinct and move- able, not only from the other axial bones, but also from the tympanic portion of the bulla.” Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. XI. ll 162 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [Feb. 7, its inner cusp is much larger relatively ; it is Ai the largest tooth, and has three roots. 7M? j is shaped like @ ——, but is smaller, with two outer cusps and one large inner cusp ; it has two roots. pa 1s broader in proportion to its length and has less talon, but a more marked anterior tubercle. 3,5 is much broader in proportion to its length, and itscusps are less pointed and prolonged. Its talon is raised to the level of the front part of the tooth, and torms the tooth’s hinder half with four small cusps arranged in a semicircle, while the front half of the tooth bears three larger cusps, one foremost and the other two side by side. ;,, is quinquecuspidate, with two large cusps in front (not side by side), and three smaller ones behind arranged in a semicircle. Comparing tle deciduous teeth with those of Viverra, I fin with less talon, 2® (the deciduous sectorial) with a_ relatively smaller internal cusp and with the fourth cusp a little smaller. This tooth is decidedly more sectorial than is the permanent sectorial tooth, its posterior cusp being relatively larger. ?-* is much like that of Viverra, but is rather more quadrate. 55-5 and p>, have less talon than in the Civets. ;-; is more sectorial than ha cee sectorial tooth, and is very like that of the Civet, except that its talon is rather smaller and the tuberosities upon it (especially the innermost one of them) less developed. As examples of the considerable differences in the forms and sizes of the teeth in different species or races, I may perhaps be permitted to remark that the British-Museum specimen called P. macrodus by Dr. Gray well merits its name fr° a the large size of its teeth’. There is no skin of this species in the collection; and its habitat is unknown. + are very small in the skulls named P. larvatus, P. grayii, and P. lanigera in the national collection ; and they are rather small in P. zeylanicus and P. bondar. = (the sectorial teeth) are very sectorial in character in the forms named P. herma- phroditus, P. bondar, and P. lanigera. They are, on the other hand, more quadrangular and very unsectorial in form in P. macrodus, P. nigrifrons, P. larvatus, P. grayii, P. philippensis, P. zeylanicus, P. leucomystax, and P. fasciatus. In the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons there is a skull (No. 4304 s) in which = are entirely absent. It comes from Nepal. In the British Museum there is also a skull (No. 1546), which was purchased from et so pabaeels Society and said to have come from Manilla, in eer = are also entirely pasar But the Manilla skull has 2-4 and “:! Mt ! more quadrate and F:3 much thicker; also 3,4 1s wider and ue 18 larger; and is wider and more 2 qa 22 P.4 1 P.Z.S. 1864, p. 538. M. 2 2 On the left Sie of the skull there are two small holes in the place where —— would be were it present. These holes, however, look more like small fractures or some pathological condition than like alveoli. 1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA, 163 cuspidate than in the College of Surgeons’ skull. Thus, if a fresh genus were to be made for these two skulls, the two species would differ greatly in the form of their teeth, though agreeing as to the number. I hesitate, therefore, to separate them, not being able to wm) ¢ A age M.2 ascertain if any external distinctions accompany the absence of 7 Though the skull from Manilla is quite adult and more ridged than that from the College of Surgeons, yet it is much smaller than the latter, its length being only 8'"6 instead of 9-6. The scent-glands lie beneath the surface of a valve-like antero- posteriorly directed cutaneous inflection, more or less naked, and situated between the penis and the testes in the male, and analo- gously in the female. Temminck says’, ‘‘ Le plus grand nombre des paradoxures est muni d’un organe semblable.”” With the kind assistance of Mr. Bartlett I have verified the existence of this pouch in one of the Paradoxures, named P. typus, living in the Gardens ; and I have also noted that the skin around the anus is naked. The pupil is linear. Thus the genus Paradovrurus has the characters before enumerated as those of Viverra, except Nos. 6 (sometimes), 24, 45 (sometimes), and 47. As to character 26, it is possible in some species the anus may open into a saccular depression; but I have not observed it or any record of its so doing. Chatin is silent as to the genus Para- doxurus. Ido think it probable that when the species of this genus have been well worked out, it will be found to be subdivisible into two or more genera. As it is, however, I can find no characters to justify the separation of any Paradoxures into the genus Paguma of Gray; but it is otherwise as regards Arctogale. The genus and 5-= ae are larger. In a specimen in the British Marcin ‘abelled Ea gambianus (No. 55. 12. 24. 22 4), m2 and ™=" are very narrow antero-posteriorly. In another skull, labelled M. zebra (No. 75. 2. 24. 18), there is a minute ™:? on each side, which measures 0!'-] antero-posteriorly and 0-25 transversely. The dimensions of the skins seen by me are as follows :—of C. obscurus, head and body abcut 37”, of tail 17"; of C. fasciatus, head and body about 45’5, of tail about 23”. 1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ALUROIDEA. 183 The anus opens into the middle of a very large and deep fossa, into which several pairs of anal glands also open. The structure of these parts is described by M. Chatin as they exist in both species. The condition found in C. obscurus is described by him (in a paper entitled “ Recherches pour servir 4 Il’histoire anatomique des glandes odorantes chez quelques Mammiftres’’) in a_ periodical named ‘Comp. Rendu Assoe. frangaise,’ vol. i. (1872), p. 557. The parts of C. fasciatus are described and figured by him (under the name Herpestes fasciatus) in the Ann, des Se. Nat. vol. xix. (5th series), 1874, p. 89, figs. 29-33, and 38. No less than five pairs of glands are arranged about the anus, and pour their secretion into the capacious and naked anal pouch. C. fasciatus is described and figured in Buffon, vol. xii. p. 150, 1. 19. i Except as above indicated, the characters of Crossarchus are (so far as I know) those of Herpestes. The Suricate was formed into the genus Suricata by Desmarest (N. Dict. d’Hist. Nat. xxiv. p. 16, 1804), and was called Ryzena by Illiger (Prodromus, p. 134). It is figured and described by Buffon and Daubenton (H. Nat. vol. xiii. p. 72, pl. 8). Its anatomy has also been described by Hunter (‘ Essays and Observations,’ vol. ii. p. 55) and by Prof. Owen (P. Z. 8. 1830, pp. 39, 51). The animal is from South Africa, and is called ‘* Meer Kat” at the Cape. The hair is annulated, and so marked as to form trans- verse bands across the loins. The ears are very short. The tarsus is hairy. There is no pollex or hallux, there being mere rudiments of the first metacarpal and the first metatarsal beneath the skin. The nose is pointed, rather elongated and movable, and has no median groove on its underside. Length of head and body 38'8, of tail 21". The skull is relatively very broad, especially behind, facial portion short. The basis cranii shows the Herpestiform cha- racter of the bulla carried to ‘a yet more exaggerated degree than in Crossarchus ; but it is flattened beneath, and the hinder chamber does not generally depend below the anterior chamber. The opening of the external auditory meatus is small and triangular ; and its anterior margin projects most. Prof. Flower has pointed out (P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 20) that the much elongated meatus is fissured along the whole extent of its floor. The anterior chamber of the bulla is very prominent ; and the opening between the two chambers is rather larger than heretofore. There is a distinct but short alisphenoid canal. There are long postorbital processes which enclose the orbits; but the cranium is very little pinched in behind them. The cranial ridges are moderate. The condyloid foramen may or may not be concealed. The paroccipital process is flattened, and does not depend. The mastoid is very marked, more so relatively than even in Nandinia. The carotid canal commences towards the hinder end of the auditory bulla. There is a conspicuous carotid foramen in the basis cranii on either side; and it is almost, if not quite, surrounded by the sphenoid. 184 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [ Feb. 7, The palate is but moderately prolonged behind the last molars. The angle of the mandible is somewhat everted, 7. e. bent in the opposite way to that in which it is bent in Marsupials. ola ; The skull of the Suricate is figured by De Blainville (Ostéog., Viverra) on plate 5, its appendicular skeleton on plates 10 and 11, and its dentition (including the milk-teeth) on plate 12. The teeth are also figured in F. Cuvier’s ‘ Dents des Mammiféres,’ plate 35. I find “2 and ™" to be very much extended transversely, but to be very slightly trihedral in horizontal section. F4 is also much ex- tended transversely. M-? is shaped very much as in Crossarchus, Fig. 13. Half basis cranii (A) and half mandible (B) of Suricata. ¢, carotid foramen ; f, fissure in floor of auditory meatus. while “+ differs in having its hinder margin hardly, or not at all, concave. *"* has its inner tubercle still larger than in Crossarchus ; and it descends quite as much as does the middle one of the three outer cusps, which very little exceeds in size the other two outer 3 oe . ones. *° and ©? are larger and stronger than in Crossarchus ; and Pei ; : : —— is again absent. 5, is much as in Crossarchus, but smaller. ici is higher and antero-posteriorly shorter; its talon bears two cusps side by side, or three cusps in a semicircle; its anterior part bears two large cusps side by side. The postero-internal cusp of the front part of this tooth of Crossarchus has here become rudimentary. 1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 185 pq has become much raised anteriorly ; its talon is large, while the anterior cusp of the same tooth in Crossarchus here aborts. ;-5 and P38 py are very long and strong. 7 1s absent. The anus opens into the middle of a very deep fossa, deeper than that of Bdeogale, and like that of Crossarehus. There is also a curious scrotum-like prominence hetween the vagina and the anus. I have not met with any description of the anal glands other than that of Daubenton, who says':—‘“Il se trouvoit de chaque cdété de l’anus une poche qui avoit quatre lignes et demi de longueur, et trois lignes et demie de largeur, et trois lignes d’epaisseur; le tuyau excrétoire de chacune de ces poches aboutissoit au dedans de Panus.”’ I strongly suspect, from the form of the anal pouch, that there are here, as in Crossarchus, several pairs of anal glands. The claws of the manus of Suricata are enormously elongated (cf. fig. 14, u, p. 192). Those of the pes are much less so, but still are long. Except as above indicated, the characters of this genus agree with those of Herpestes; and with it closes the list of the genera of the subfamily Herpestine. That subfamily is divisible in various ways, according to the number of digits, the number of teeth, the presence or absence of a subnasal groove, and the number of anal glands, as follows :— Section A. Anal glands a single pair....Herpestes, Helogale, Cynictis’?, Rhino- gale? », B. Anal glands in several pairs .. Crossarchus, Suricata, Bdeogale? Or, Section A. Toes5—5 ............Herpestes, Helogale, Ehinogale, Cros- sarchus. aw tligmd Alu = Fone . Cynictis. ae Cd 1 A Bdeogale, Suricata. Or, Section A. A subnasal groove ...... Herpestes, Helogale, Cynictis, Bdeogale. » B. Nosubnasal groove......hinogale, Crossar- chus, Suricata. Or, Section A. Pm. ; sph aeRoe aeevees Herpestes (generally), Cynictis, Bdeogale. ES VN A no diastema ....Helogale, Crossarchus, Suricata. guile Pr. 2 3. 6is00 wwe. Nee elehinagale, The characters of the subfamily Herpestine will be as follows :— (1) Claws not strongly curved and not retractile, but pointed and very long. (2) Orbits sometimes enclosed by bone. 1 Buffon’s Hist. Nat. vol. xiii. p. 80. 2 Probably an abnormalit . 186 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [Feb. 7, (3) Hinder chamber of auditory bulla always everted. (4) Anterior margin of opening of external auditory meatus more projecting than the posterior margin. (5) Floor of external meatus or adjacent part of bulla with a fora- men and fissure in a deep pit. (6) Angle of mandible sometimes everted. (7) Mastoid always prominent. (8) Paroccipital processes depending below bulla. (9) Aperture of auditory meatus small and triangular. (10) Alisphenoid canal always very short. (11) Carotid artery perforating or notching the sphenoid, there being a conspicuous carotid foramen in the basis cranii. (12) Never any prescrotal glands’. (18) Anus very generally not opening on the surface of the body, but in a sac or cutaneous invagination. (14) Anal glands sometimes in several pairs. (15) A supracondyloid foramen to humerus. (16) An alisphenoid canal, in rare instances not completely enclosed by bone, but then its place indicated by bony processes. (17) Pollex alone, or both pollex and hallux sometimes absent. (18) Caecum always present, but small or moderately long. (19) Tarsus and metatarsus hairy or bald. A very different animal from any hitherto here reviewed is that to which the generic name Galidictis was given in 1837 by Isid. Geoff. St.-Hilaire*, and again by him in the Magasin de Zool. 1839— 1841, where the external form and skull, including the basis cranii, are well represented, and a full description given in a long note beginning on page 32. It is also the Mustela striata of Geoffroy St.-Hilaire (Cat. des Mamm. p. 98), and the Putorius striatus of Cuvier (Régne &c. 2nd edit. p. 144). The external form has been figured in our P. Z. S., 1848, pl. 1, witha short description and notes as to habits on page 21. The skull is also given by De Blainville (Ostéog., Viverras) on pl. 5, and the dentition on pl. 12, under the name Mangusta (Galictis) striata, ‘Vhere are two species, both from Madagascar—one the original G. striata of Isid. G. St.-Hiliare, and the other G. vittata, described and figured by Gray (P. Z. 8. 1848, p- 21, pl. 1) the skin and the (immature) skull of which are in the national collection, where are also four skins and two skulls of the former species. The length of the head and body of the latter is about 35"°5, of the tail 33". In each species the body bears longitudinal dark stripes on a lighter ground. The claws are long, but considerably curved (cf. fig. 14, 1, p. 192). The claw of the pollex reaches to the end of the proximal phalanx of the index, and that of the fifth digit to the end of the proximal phalanx of the fourth diyit, which is slightly longer than the index, the median being the longest. The claw of the hallux reaches nearly tothe end of the proximal phalanx of the index, and that of the fifth digit of the pes nearly to the ' The nature of the prominence in Swricata has to be seen. ? Comptes Rendus, 2nd semestre de 1887, p. 578. 1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 187 end of the second phalanx of the fourth digit, which is longer than the index and nearly equals the medius in length. The snout is very pointed in G. vzttata, but does not appear to be so much so in G. striata. In both, the tail has long hairs and the muzzle is medianly grooved beneath; the tarsus is more or less completely bald. The claws are slightly more curved than in the Herpestine. As to the skull, the auditory bulla is formed on the Herpestine type, and has a partition between its chambers, with a considerable aperture for intercommunication. There is a well-developed ptery- goid fossa. The external opening of the auditory meatus is small and slightly oval, its anterior margin being produced outwards, but hardly more than is its posterior margin. The postorbital processes are only moderately developed, and do not even nearly meet ; the skull is not much pinched in behind them. The paroccipital does not depend ; and the mastoid is much as in Herpesfes, as also is the carotid canal. There is no alisphenoid canal ; and the foramen ovale is very near that for the entrance within the cranium of the internal earotid, which is pretty conspicuous. There is no fissure or foramen in the floor of the auditory meatus ; but there is a marked depression where such a foramen is found in Herpestes. The palate is but little prolonged behind the molars ; but this region is concave, each side of it sloping into a median depression, the cranium being turned with its base upwards. ‘he palatine foramina are in the anterior part of the palate, which is remarkably broad. The symphysis of the mandible is extremely long, viz. 1'-7, the length of the skull being 6-2, The zygomata are arched strongly outwards. In the dentition the most noteworthy point is the large size of the canines, and especially the length, strong curvature, and stoutness of the lower ones, each having a marked prominence at the posterior part of the base of its crown. ‘The upper outer incisors also prepon- derate greatly over the inner ones. The molars and premolars are formed on the Herpestine type ; but et are absent, and *~ is close to the canine and small, though with two roots. P-4 is very sectorial ; and the talon of 4; is small. The inner condyle of the humerus is imperforate. Ican find no record of the condition of the anus, or of the number of anal glands, neither any note as to prescrotal glands. I, however, anticipate that the latter are wanting, that there is but a single pair of anal glands, and that the anus opens on the surface of the body, and not into a pouch. Galidictis agrees, so far as I know, with Viverra in the charac- ters before enumerated, save as regards nos. 7, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21, 23, 24, 29, 31, 32, 35, 36, 37, 38, 42, 43, and 53. Another genus instituted by Isidore Geoffroy St.-Hilaire for three Viverrine animals from Madagascar, is the genus Galidia (Compt. Rendus, 1857, p. 580, and Mag. de Zool. 1839, pls. 14-17). The type of the genus must be taken to be that first described, namely G. elegans. The skull and dentition of this species are given by De Blainville (Viverras), plate 6. 188 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [Feb. 7, G. elegans is represented in the British Museum by skins and skulls ; and there is a skeleton in the Royal College of Surgeons. The fur is of one colour, save that the tail is ringed with black, the hair notannulated. The length of the head and body is about 45''*2, and that of the tailis 30’°5. The muzzle seems rather obtuse. The claws are long, but considerably,curved, The tarsus and meta- tarsus are covered beneath with sparse short hairs, or are more or less inclined to be bald, but are not so as in Galidictis. The skull is very like that of Galidictis ; but the muzzle and palate are narrower relatively, aud the mandibular symphysis is much shorter. There is, again, no alisphenoid canal. The condyloid foramen is exposed. The palate is flat, and not concave posteriorly as in Galidictis. The zygomata are not quite so much arched out- wards. The auditory opening is a more elongated oval. In other respects the skull is as in Galidictis. As to the dentition, it is quite like that of Galidictis, save that the canines are smaller, especially the lower ones, the external inci- sors less preponderating. *** is smaller relatively. ™? may be quite small and placed within the hinder part of “=. The preparation No. 2147 B in the museum of the Royal College of Surgeons shows that there is a single pair of rather large anal glands ; and the anus does not seem to open into any cutaneous de- pression. The two other species described by Isid. G. St.-Hilaire differ con- siderably from G. elegans, as that author himself pointed out, and as has been more decidedly indicated by Dr. F. A. Jentink?. I have not had any opportunity of examining G. concolor; but, on account of its declared resemblance to G. olivacea* (which is represented by skins, skulls, and a skeleton in the British Museum), it must be separated generically from G. elegans if G. olivacea is to be so sepa- rated. Now two courses seem to me feasible: one is to institute a new genus for the species ol/ivacea and concolor; and the other is to unite Galidia and Galidictis in a single genus. But the differ- ences between the last-named genus and G. elegans seem to me to be as great as those which separate Cyna@lurus from Felis; and as G. olivacea (and, as L infer, concolor) seems to me to differ as much from G. elegans as does this last from Galidictis, the more reason- able course seems to me to be to separate them, which I now accord- ingly propose to do under the generic name Hemigalidia. In external characters Hemigalidia differs from Galidia in the non-annulation of the tail, in the more pointed muzzle, and especially in the less arched (more Herpestine and less Viverrine) form of its claws (cf. fig. 14, 5 and x, p. 192), In the skull the bulla is rather more decidedly Herpestiform than in Galidia. The carotid foramen (for the entrance of the carotid artery) is more conspicuous ; the hind part of the palate is not so * As in the specimens in the Roy. Coll. of Surg. museum. * See ‘ Notes from the Leyden Museum,’ vol. i. p. 131. * On some notes as to the habits of these forms, see Pollen’s ‘Faune de Madagascar’ (1868), p. 23. 1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDFA. 189 uniformly horizontal; the anterior lip of the external auditory opening is more prominent; and the zygomata are much less arched f. 3 ; rw outwards, a are both relatively much larger. “= is also large relatively, while a *~* is developed; *~* has a larger internal tubercle ; = is also relatively larger. Dr. Jentink tells us that the teeth of concolor are quite like those of olivacea. It appears that itis a species of this genus which is the Vansire of Buffon (Hist. Nat. xiii. p. 167, pl. 21), as had it been Galidia the black-ringed tail would surely have been indicated. These three genera seem to me to forma section apart, somewhat intermediate between the Viverrine and the Herpestine sections, though (as before said) I regard them as more nearly allied to the latter than to the former. To the characters to be derived from digits, claws, skulls, teeth, colour, and habitat may be added that of the absence of an internal condyloid canal to the humerus. I propose then (as I before said) to separate this section as a subfamily under the name Galidictine. The characters of the Galidictine will be as follows :— -(1) Claws not strongly curved and retractile, but yet sometimes more Viverrine than Herpestine. (2) Orbits never enclosed by bone. (3) Hinder chamber of auditory bulla rather crested. (4) Anterior and posterior margins of auditory opening about equally prominent, in the anterior one slightly more so. (5) Floor of anterior part of bulla not perforated or fissured, but deeply pitted. (6) Angle of mandible not everted. (7) Mastoid prominent. (8) Paroccipital processes not depending. (9) Aperture of auditory meatus small and oval. (10) No alisphenoid canal. (11) Carotid artery passing through a conspicuous foramen in the basis cranii. (12) No prescrotal glands. (13) Anus opening on the surface of the body, and not into a cutaneous invagination (7) (14) One pair of anal glands. (15) No supracondyloid foramen to humerus. (16) No bony processes indicate the place of an alisphenoid canal. (17) Pollex and hallux both present. (18) Czeecum present, moderately long. (19) Tarsus and metatarsus hairy or bald. A more anomalous form of the Viverrine family is that which has been taken to constitute the genus Hupleres by its describer Doyére’, who figured the animal and its (immature)-skull. The immature skull has been also fully figured by De Blainville2, with the skeleton of the hind leg and foot and the milk-dentition. The 1 Ann. Se. Nat. 1835, iv. p. 281, pl. 18. 2 Ostéog., Viverras, pls. 8, 11, and 12, 190 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE £ZLUROIDEA. [Feb. 7, external form and part of the skull of an adult have been figured by Dr. Gray from a specimen now in the national collection'; and the whole adult skeleton, skull (though not the basis cranii), and dentition have been described and figured by Paul Gervais?. It has been abundantly shown that this animal is not, as was at first supposed, an Insectivore, but really a Viverrine Carnivore. Externally Zupleres is remarkable for its small head, very long, slender, and pointed snout ; but its dentition is the most anomalons part of its organization so far as yet known. The body is clothed with woolly annulated fur of a uniform general olive tint above, minutely punctulated with yellow. It appears, from Doyére, that the young has black bands across the shoulders, which are wanting in the adult. The ears are large; the pollex and hallux are well developed ; the tail is rather short, but bushy ; the feet are very slender; the tarsus and metatarsus are covered with short hair beneath. The length of the head and body is about 52", that of the tail 17''-7. The nose and upper lip have a median groove beneath. The claws are elongated and Herpestiform (cf. fig. 14, L, p- 192). There are two skins, several skulls, and one good skeleton in the British Museum ; and there is a good skeleton in that of the College of Surgeons. The skull is remarkable for its extraordinary length and slender- ness. The shape of the auditory bulla is intermediate between that of the Herpestine and that of the Viverrine sectious of the Viverride : its most prominent portion is at its postero-external part ; and so far it inclines towards Herpestes. There is no pterygoid fossa. The opening of the external auditory meatus is generally rather small and more or less oval ; it is the hinder portion of its margin which projects slightly the more. There is no fissure or foramen in the floor of the auditory meatus ; nor is there a depression in the adjacent part of the bulla as in Galidia and Hemigalidia. The anterior part of the bulla, however, is well marked off by a groove from the pos- terior part. There is no alisphenoid canal, nor any postorbital processes. Cranial ridges are very faintly marked, save the lamb- doidal ridge. The paroccipital is long, but does not depend. The mastoid is not more prominent than in Genetta. The condyloid foramen is exposed. ‘The carotid canal is as in Herpestes; and the artery enters the cranial cavity through a foramen or deep notch in the sphenoid. The zygomata are very slender ; and there is a very small glenoid cavity and postglenoid process. The palate is very little prolonged behind the last molars. There is a very conspicuous and exceptional prominence in the middle occipital region to shelter the middle part of the cerebellum. The dentition is especially remarkable for the small size of the canines, the canine-like character of the anterior premolars, the resem= blance of the true molars to the premolars, and the wide diastemata between the three most anterior premolars both above and below. 1 P. Z. 8, 1870, p. 824, pl. 51. * Journal de Zoologie, vol, iii. (1874), p. 237. 1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 191 The outermost upper incisor is caniniform, and nearly as large as is the adjacent canine. P-1 isa little separate from anda little larger than the canine, which it closely resembles. P.2 is also caniniform, with a talon: it is separated by a long diastema from Pt and . Pos gE. 8 another about as long separates it from —~, — is a narrow, antero- posteriorly elongated tooth, with a conical backwardly-directed middle cusp, and with a small anterior cusp and a larger posterior one, at the base of the middle cusp. 73, &4, ™* and M-? all join without diastemata. ':4 has one large median cusp, with one small anterior and one rather large posterior cusp, and with a small internal cusp placed opposite the junction of the anterior and middle cusps. M-* has two equal-sized outer cusps, and an inner cusp (larger than that of **) opposite their junction. The anterior outer cusp . Pid wekle : answers to the anterior outer one of ~~. ~' shows also a minute : ; P.4 M2 rudiment of a cusp answering to the postero-outer one of —, —— is very similar to M:1. but its inner cusp is smaller, and placed uppo- site to the more anterior of the two outer cusps. x The outermost lower incisor has the postero-outer angle of its crown slightly produced. The canine is like it, save that this angle is more produced. The teeth ep Pow Poe and pia are all separated by diastemata (of which that between ;- and 5- is the longest), while a and ara adjoin the one to the other. pa 38 caniniform, Pr 18 also caniniform, with the addition of a minute anterior cusp and a slight talon. 5-; has a talon which develops two small cusps, while the anterior cusp is more developed than ins3. pz is like ;-, with all its cusps more developed save the principal cusp. ;,;~ has three external cusps (whereof the posterior cusp is the smallest), with an internal cusp placed opposite to the hinder part of the middle outer cusp. ;;-3 18 similar to yy, save that the postero-external cusp is relatively larger and subdivided, and that the internal cusp is connected with it and with the antero-external cusp by ridges. Here ;,-, not only equals, but (at least sometimes) even exceeds 5,5 in size. In the milk-dentition (judging from De Blainville’s figure) ?-* D.4 M. 1 M.2 Rit) ; and —— may resemble —— and —~ ; but p-3 and pq are unlike any of the permanent teeth, since they seem each to consist of two nearly equally developed external cusps, and they are much more sec- torial in character than are the teeth which succeed them, whether from below or from behind. In a word, the milk-dentition is more carnivorous and less insectivorous than are the permanent teeth. Both the internal condyle and olecranal fossa of the humerus are perforated. ‘There are no signs of scent-glands. I can find no record of the anatomy of its soft parts. It appears to me that, of allother Viverride, Eupleres comes nearest 192 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [Feb. 7, to the genus Hemigalidia; but the presence of the intercondyloid canal of the humerus and the very exceptional dentition—exceptional not only amongst the Viverride, but amongst all Carnivora—in- clines me to consider it the type of a subfamily, the Zuplerine. Fig. 14. eS Z - D ee Wo H G L Claws of Viverride, drawn to the same scale. A. Genetta senegalensis. B. Paradoxurus. C. Arctictis. D. Hemigalea. E. Qynogale. F. Cryptoprocta. G. Herpestes. H. Suricata. I. Galidictis striata. J. Galidia elegans, K. Hemigalidia olivacea. WL. Eupleres. The characters of that subfamily will be :— (1) Claws herpestiform. (2) No postorbital processes. (3) Hinder chamber of bulla not distinctly everted. (4) Hinder margin of auditory opening the more projecting. (5) Floor of anterior part of auditory bulla not fissured, or per- forated, or deeply pitted. (6) Angle of mandible not everted. (7) Mastoid not prominent. (8) Parocciptal processes not depending. (9) Aperture of auditory meatus small and more or less oval. (10) No alisphenoid canal. (11) Carotid artery passing through a conspicuous foramen in the basis cranil. (12) No prescrotal glands (?) (13) Anus opening on surface of body (?) (14) One pair of anal glands (?) (15) A supracondyloid foramen to humerus. (16) No bony processes indicate the place of an alisphenoid canal. (17) Pollex and hallux both present. (18) Ceecum (?) (19) Tarsus and metatarsus clothed with short hair. (20) Nose and upper lip medianly grooved. 882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE EZLUROIDEA. 193 (21) Snout very slender. (22) Zygomata very slender. (23) Median cerebellar prominence in skull very marked. (24) Canines very small. nef 2 3 (25) Wide diastemata between ets oo Es M. 1&2 1 P.S&4> (26) sya Very like 54g in shape. By characters 21-26 the Huplerine differ from all the other Viverride. In reviewing the Viverride so far, we have found what seem to be curious modifications of one and another section of the family. Thus, in Cynogale we seem to have a Paradoxure specially adapted for an aquatic and fish-catching life—a sort of Viverrine Otter with a singular superficial resemblance to Potamogale. In Arctictis, on the other hand, we have a Paradoxure specially arboreal, and with teeth so little carnivorous that, but for Arctogale, we might hesitate to assign it a close connexion with Paradoxurus. Both are Asiatic forms; and Asia is the special home of the Viverrine subfamily of Viverrid . The special home of the Herpestine subfamily is Africa. Of the Viverrine animals of Madagasear yet noticed, we have the Fossa and Rasse as examples of the Viverrine ; and we have the singular little intermediate group of Galidictine and the very excep- tional Euplerine. While the most carnivorous Viverrine yet here considered (Nandinia) is African, the most insectivorous is from Madagascar, where we might expect to find the most anomalous Mammalian forms. But if I am right ina suspicion I have already expressed, Madagascar is yet more remarkable as presenting the most exceptional development of the Herpestine root of the Viver- ride ; for it seems to me by no means impossible that Cryptoprocta may be a very diverging root-form more or less allied to Crossar- chus and Herpestes. My examination of the skeleton of Cryptoprocta has left no doubt upon my mind that, so far as it is concerned, it is an altogether Viverrine, and not at alla Feline, animal. I cannot, therefore, see my way at present to regarding it as the type of a distinct family, although when its soft parts have been described it may turn, out to merit that distinction. Whatever its ancestral affinities may have been, it has clearly attained the rank of a subfamily; and at first I was inclined to regard it (as had been suggested by P. Gervais!) as a form allied to, and a sort of exaggeration of, the African genus Wandinia; but the only portion of its visceral anatomy yet known to me seems to point to another affinity, namely to that I have just indicated. It will, I suspect, be found to have Cowper’s glands, a Viverrine prostate gland, and a Viverrine brain, but no scent-gland—no pouch or glandular grooves just behind the genital aperture. The situation of its anal opening in the midst of a fossa, as described by Mr. Bennett”, is unlike the Viverrine and Galidic- 1 Hist. Nat. des Mammif. vol. ii. p. 41. ? Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. i. p. 137. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. XIII. 13 194 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [Feb. 7, tine ; but is a character which is commonly present in the Herpes- tine. The remarkable os penis of Cryptoprocta is certainly a very distinctive character ; but the generative apparatus of Hyena crocuta is far more so, and no one would on that account raise that animal to the rank of even a subfamily. Moreover it is interesting to note that while the os penis is so small and so often absent in the Viver- ring, “il n’en est pas de méme dans les Mangoustes; il y est méme assez développé’’'—an assertion confirmed by the figures on De Blainville’s plate 9: it is equally developed in Herpestes palu- dinosus. 'The claws are strongly arched (cf. fig. 14 F, p. 192). As regards the teeth of Cryptoprocta, they are, as every one knows, extremely feline; but the longer I live, the more convinced am I that dental characters are valueless as indices of affinity, save as existing in closely allied forms—the different species of one genus. Amongst the Viverride we have seen how little the dental peculia- rities of Arctogale, Arctictis, and OCynogale tell against the weight of other characters ; the exceptional teeth of Gulo, amongst the Muste- lide, teach the same lesson; and, as I shall shortly endeavour to point out, what I believe to be the affinities of Proteles to Hyena and of Hyena to Herpestes very strongly reinforce it. Cryptoprocta, when first described (Trans. Zool. Soe. i. p. 137, plate 21), was ranked by Mr. Bennett, its describer, amongst the Viverride. De Blainville, in recognizing this affinity as especially justified by the milk-dentition, regarded it as especially allied to Crossarchus. He has figured the young skull and the milk- dentition’. The osteology of Cryptoprocta has been carefully described and figured by Alphonse Milne-Edwards and Alfred Grandidier in the Ann. des Sc. Nat. 1867, p. 314, pls. 7-10. The animal has also been described, and various details as to its habits given, by Messrs. Pollen and Van Dam in their ‘ Faune de Madagascar’ (1868), p. 13. Skeletons and two skins exist in the British Museum; and there is a skeleton in that of the Royal College of Surgeons. The length of the head and body of the largest specimen in the British Museum is about 81'''3, that of the tail 73'"7. The body is of one colour. The claws are sharp, very curved, and semicontractile; the tarsus and metatarsus is naked. The skull has an auditory bulla, which is neither distinctly Her- pestine nor Viverrine; it is more prominent than in Paradoxurus. The alisphenoid canal is constant*. The pterygoid fossa is very small. The external opening of the auditory meatus is rounded and of moderate size. The postorbital processes of the frontal are rather small, and very distant from the exceedingly small malar processes. The skull is but little pinched in behind the orbits. The condyloid foramen is more or less concealed. The cranial ridges are rather strongly developed. The paroccipital process is long, but not de- pending. The mastoid is well marked, and more developed than in ? De Blainville, ‘Ostéographie,’ Viverra, p. 89. 2 Ostéog. Viverras, pls. 6 & 12. ° Present in all the specimens I have examined. 1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 195 the Civets. The carotid canal is as in Herpestes; and the artery enters the cranium by a well-marked foramen in the basis cranil. There is no foramen, fissure, or fossa on the floor of the auditory meatus. The palate is considerably prolonged behind the last molars. The angle of the mandible is rather short. Fig. 15. Soles of the paws of Cryptoprocta (after Alphonse Milne-Edwards). a. Manus; 5. Pes. The teeth of Oryptoprocta are most feline. %4 more resembles the corresponding tooth of Felis than of Viverra; but M1 is elon- gated transversely as in Hyena striata, and more so relatively than in the Cats. 7% is cat-like, save that the talon is perhaps rather larger. *<* is also very feline. P:? is much larger than in the Cat, and two-rooted. There may bea small #3. In the lower jaw 55 is like the last, save that it hasa talon. 5; is like the Cat’s; but its talon is a little larger. - is larger relatively than in the Cat. Brg has two roots. In the miik-dentition, 2~* is very much larger relatively than is M1 P-3 (as in the Cat) has its posterior cusp less developed than in the permanent upper sectorial, and its internal cusp more poste- rior. The lower deciduous sectorial ;~ has a smaller anterior cusp, and a more exterior talon than has the permanent sectorial. This is as in the Cat; though the difference as to the development of the talon between the deciduous and the permanent sectorial is less in Cryptoprocta. 13* 196 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [Feb. 7, The stomach! is much bent on itself, but has a considerable ' cardiac pouch. The small intestines are 4 feet 3 inches long; the large intestine is 5} inches, and the ceecum 1% inch. The latter narrows gradually to its extremity. There is a very large supracondyloid foramen, and a very large bone to the penis. The characters of the subfamily Cryptoproctine will then be as follows :— (1) Claws very curved, sharp, and semiretractile. (2) Postorbital processes long, but not enclosing orbits. (3) Hinder chamber of bulla not distinctly everted. (4) Hinder margin of auditory opening rather the more projecting. (5) Floor of anterior part of bulla not fissured or pitted. (6) Angle of mandible not everted. (7) Mastoid rather prominent. (8) Paroccipital processes not depending. (9) Aperture of auditory meatus rounded, of moderate size. (10) An alisphenoid canal. (11) Carotid artery not perforating the basis cranii conspicuously. (12) No prescrotal glands? (13) Anus opening into a sac. (14) One pair of anal glands ? (15) A very large supracondyloid foramen to humerus. (16) Pollex and hallux both present. (17) Czecum moderate. (18) Tarsus and metatarsus bald. (19) Nose and upper lip medianly grooved. (20) Dentition very feline, save that there is a double-rooted 5. (21) Tail long. ; (22) Os penis very large. With Cryptoprocta ends the list of genera which I am disposed to class in the family Viverride, following, as I do, Mr. Turner and Professor Flower in ranking the Hyzenas as a group of proximately coordinate value with the Feline and Viverrine families. Nevertheless I believe that the Hyenide are closely allied to the Herpestine—so much so that, had the Madagascar Viverrines no existence, I should feel a certain temptation to exclude the Ichneu- mons and their allies from the Viverrid@, and make of them a family Herpestide, under which the Hyzenas could then be grouped. As it is, however, the plan I have adopted seems to me to be perhaps best calculated to express the affinities of the existing Hluroidea. The characters of the entire family Viverride, thus understood, may be expressed as follows :— (1) There may or may not bea pollex ; but in the large majority of species there is one. (2) There may or may not bea hallux ; but in the large majority of species there is one. (3) The ungual phalanges may or may not be strongly arched ; but ' Bennett, /. c. p. 189. 1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 197 there is not so wide a lamina of bone to shelter the base of the claw as in the Felide. (4) The claws may be considerably arched, or they may be long and very slightly so. They are hardly ever (not except perhaps in Prionodon and Poiana) completely retractile, and often are not at all so. (5) The auditory bulla (except in Nandinia) is ossified, much in- flated, and shows externally that it consists of two chambers. (6) The bulla is not more prominent towards its inner than towards its hinder border. (7) There is an almost complete bony septum between the two chambers of the bulla, which may or may not be one behind the other. (8) The bony meatus auditorius is almost always short, and may have its anterior, posterior, or inferior margin most project- ing ; and it may be imperfectly ossified below. (9) There is a carotid foramen, or two carotid foramina, visible on each side of the basis cranii. (10) There is (except often in Viverricula) an alisphenoid canal. (11) ae palatine foramina are situated in the anterior half of the palate. (12) P- is generally and py constantly developed. (13) There is always an x, and generally an — (14) “+ is always present, generally large. (15) The antero-external cusp of F:* is generally very small. (16) 3, has almost always a considerable talon. (17) The outer incisors may greatly exceed the middle ones in size. (18) The humerus sometimes wants the supracondyloid foramen. (19) The bone of the penis is small, save in Cryptoprocta. (20) The ears are not very long, erect, and pointed. (21) The tarsus and metatarsus are very often bald. (22) One plantar pad (small or large), and one beneath each digit. (23) Anus opening on the surface or in the middle of a saccular cutaneous invagination. (24) Anal glands from one to five pairs ; generally one pair. (25) Very often prescrotal sceunt-glands. (26) Caecum generally present and small or moderate, but occa- sionally absent. (27) No very hard, horny, sharp-pointed, conical papillee on the dorsum of the tongue. (28) Hippocampal gyrus completely separated from that anterior internal portion of the superior lateral gyrus which is behind the crucial sulcus, by the continuation forwards of the calloso- marginal sulcus to join the crucial sulcus. (29) The coronoid process of the mandible is almost, if not quite, always less lofty relatively, and less backwardly produced than in the Felide. 198 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [Feb. 7, (30) The proportional length of the limbs to the body is shorter than even in F. eyra. : (31) The muzzle is large in proportion to the cranium. — (32) The dentition may or may not be markedly sectorial. (33) The tail is almost always long, but may be short (Cynogale); but it is never so rudimentary as in the Lynxes. (34) Clitoris never traversed by urogenital canal. (35) Dorsal vertebree never more than fourteen. 2 (36) Postorbital processes generally developed, rarely enclosing orbit posteriorly. (37) Paroccipital processes depending or not. (38) Mastoid prominent or not. (39) There may be a conspicuous carotid foramen (deeply notching the sphenoid) in the basis cranii, for the entrance of the carotid into the cranial cavity. (40) Nose and upper lip generally medianly grooved, but not always so. (41) Palate not much, moderately, or much prolonged behind molars. (42) Pterygoid fossa present or absent. (43) Size of species generally moderate or small, sometimes very small—the smallest of the Aluroidea. The Hyznas form three well-marked species, whereof one (cro- cuta) is so much more distinct from its geographical ally (1. brunnea) than is the latter from the third form, H. striata, that I think it should rank asa distinct genus. H. striata is found in India, Persia, Asia Minor, and North Africa. The other two Hyeenas are South-African only. The anatomy of the genus (besides the notices in Cuvier and Meckel) has been given in part by Hunter (‘Essays and Observations,’ vol. ii. p. 57), by Cuvier and Daubenton (Hist. Nat. ix. p. 268, pls. 25-30), by Dr. Murie (Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. vii. p. 503, pl. 63), and by Dr. Watson (P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 369, pls. 40 & 41; P.Z.S. 1878, p. 416, pls. 24 & 25; and P. Z.S. 1879, p. 79, pls. 5 & 6). In Hyena the muzzle is medianly grooved beneath. The hair is harsh and long, and forms a sort of mane along the middle of the back. There are but five digits either in front or behind. The legs are rather long, behind as well as in front. The tarsus and metatarsus are both hairy. Each foot has a single palmar or plantar naked pad, and one such pad to each toe. The claws are blunt and non- retractile, rather long, but not as we find them in the Herpestine. The body is either greyish or brownish, with blackish bands extend- ing vertically on each side of the body and horizontally on the limbs, or is more or less uniformly brownish. The ears are erect and very long and pointed, such as exist in none of the Felide or Viverride. There is an anal pouch, with two (H. striata) or three! (H. brunnea) pairs of anal glands on each side of the rectum ; and in one, if not ' Dr. Murie, J. c. p. 506. 1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 199 in both species, there is a transverse band of isolated follicles at the bottom of the anal pouch. The penis is long and pendulous, and entirely devoid of any bone. There are fifteen dorsal vertebrae. The cranium of Hyena differs from every Viverrine cranium by its enormous sagittal and lambdoidal ridges, and strong and greatly arched zygomata. The general type of its construction is Viverrine, though there is no alisphenoid canal or septum between the anterior and posterior portions of the auditory bulla. As to the first point, we have seen that the canal is generally wanting in Viverricula, and constantly so in the Galidictine and Eupleres. As to the auditory bulla, it is interesting to note that the aperture between the chambers is enlarged in the Herpestine (which by their circumanal pouch resemble the Hyenide) ; and though there is no septum, yet I have detected in both species of Hyena, inside the auditory bulla, two osseous ridges or lamine, which if further developed would divide off a small anterior chamber from the much larger and externally more prominent posterior portion. The anterior portion of the margin of the external opening of the auditory meatus (which has no fissure or foramen in its floor)is much more produced than any other part—an exaggeration of a character we have already seen in the Herpestine. There is no pterygoid fossa. The postorbital processes are short and blunt, and widely separated from the malar processes. The skull is not pinched in behind them. The condyloid foramen is concealed. The paroccipital is long and depending. The mastoid is rather prominent. The carotid canal is much more Viverrine than Feline : its posterior opening is always larger, and generally situated much more anteriorly than in the Felide, and more approaching its situa- tion in the Viverrine. There is no carotid foramen in the sphe- noid; but it enters the cranium (beside the hinder end of the sella turcica) through the foramen lacerum, and covered in by the auditory bulla. The palate is much prolonged behind the last molars. The lower border of the mandible is much curved ; the angle is flattened along its inferior border, and is pressed up nearer to the condyle than in Felis or in any other Mluroid I have seen—Nandinia (which also has rather strongly developed cranial ridges) being most like it in this respect, except, of course, Crocuta and Proteles. The teeth of Hyena’ are so well known that I hesitate to re- describe them ; but I feel any utility this paper may possess would be greatly impaired if their resemblances and differences to other luroids, and especially to the Cats, were not shortly noted in it. The outer upper incisors are canine-like, and much more preponde- rant over the inner ones thanin the Cats, The canines, on the other hand (both above and below), are relatively shorter, more flattened internally, and without longitudinal grooves either outside or inside. ™-* is relatively larger than in Felis (though I have observed it to be ' Figured by De Blainville (Hyénes, pl. vi.) and Ouvier (Dents des Mamm, pl. 25). For osteology, see Cuvier’s ‘Ossemens Fossiles, 4th edition (1835), vol. vii. p. 311, and Atlas, vol. ii. pl. 190. 200 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [Feb. 7, wanting in a specimen of H. brunnea). vp. * is like the Cats’, save that the anterior and posterior external cUSps are nearly equal and more nearly approach in size the median external cusp, that the internal cusp is much larger and stouter, while the base of the antero-external angle of the tooth is not prominent. The antero- external fang is much more slender relatively, while the postero- external one and that of the internal tubercle are stouter. 72 differs from that of the Cats in its greater relative vertical and less antero-posterior development, and that its small talon seems never to be bilobed. Its basal ridge is much more developed within, and still more at the hinder part of the tooth. It has two very long roots, the anterior one of which is slightly the stouter. 7? differs from that of Felis (except that of F. planiceps) in having two roots ; it is like =~", only smaller and less powerful. It is vastly more power- ful than is == of Felis. "+ is close to (or almost close to) the canine ; it is conical, with a basal ridge all round (much marked within and behind), and has a cutting-edge extending from the poste- rior outer to the antero-inner parts of the tooth. j— is absent. pop 18s much larger than FP. but smaller than pike it is conical, but laterally compressed, with an antero-posterior cutting-edge, and a basal ridge all round it, but especially behind, where it develops a second, small tubercle. It is like the Cats’ po» but it is a little more vertically developed relatively, and is more quadrate when viewed from above. It has two subequal fangs. -; is more canini- form ; it differs from the Cats’ in its large basal ridge, and has two large roots, the anterior of which is rather the larger. 5; has two fangs, the posterior of which is rather the larger; it is like the last tooth, save that its talon is larger and bears two tubercles side by side. It differs from the Cats’ in its smaller talon and merely rudimentary anterior cusp. 7 is like that of the Cats; but the cusps are relatively shorter, and there is a talon which bears two small cusps; there is also a cusp within the more posterior of the two large cusps. Comparing the milk-dentition of Hyena with that of the Cats, T find that 2 has two roots; it is very like the Cats’ 8, and there- fore very unlike 2" of Felis. 2° (the milk sectorial) is very like the Cats’ deciduous sectorial; but its inner tubercle is larger rela- tively ; it is similarly situated. The deciduous outer incisors do not exceed the inner ones nearly so much as in the permanent dentition. Da is Just like the Cats’ 5. gis like the Cats’ 5, only larger relatively. 2-* is very different from that of the Cats, because it has a very large talon-with three small cusps as well, on and inside (and side by side with) the hinder principal cusp, half the size of the latter ; it is a slight exaggeration of the permanent lower sectorial. There is no supracondyloid foramen to the humerus. There is 1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 201 only a rudimentary metacarpal or metatarsal bone for either pollex or hallux. The genus Crocuta, instituted by Gray’ for the Spotted Hyzena of South Africa, differs from the two species of true Hyzenas as to coloration, and in that its ears are not so elongated and are rounded instead of pointed. The hind legs are shorter than the fore limbs ; there is no dorsal mane; and there is but a single pair of anal glands, one on each side of the rectum, and a transverse band of follicles. The clitoris is enormous, and perforated by the urogenital canal *, as has been excellently described in our ‘ Proceedings’ by Dr. Watson®. The cranium of Crocuéa is like that of Hyena, but that theincipient division between the two parts of the auditory bulla is more rudi- mentary. As to the dentition *, M+ has a quite minute rounded crown. *:* has antero-external cusp much smaller than the two other external cusps ; P:8 is very long, as is also era3 pra has not two subequal tubercles side by side on its talon, there being the merest rudiment of the inner tubercle. 3, has no cusp inside the more posterior of its two large cusps; and its talon is quite minute. The penis is large and pendulous, and boneless. The dorsal vertebree are fifteen in number. The characters presented by the group of Hyzenas—the subfamily Hyenine—are as follows :— (1) There is no pollex. (2) There is no hallux. (3) The ungual phalanges are not strongly arched. (4) The claws are but slightly arched, blunt, and not retractile. (5) The auditory bulla is inflated, and shows no external evidence of division. (6) The bulla is most prominent posteriorly, where it is not everted. (7) Only a rudiment of a bony septum. (8) The bony meatus auditorius is short ; but its anterior lip is produced. (9) There is a carotid foramen not situated quite so far forward as in the Viverride. (10) There is no alisphenoid canal. (11) The palatine foramina are situated on the anterior half of the palate. (12) =+ and pr are developed. (13) There is no M.3 op Me’. t P.Z.8. 1868, p. 525. 2 It may be interesting to note that, in the ‘ Journal of Anatomy and Physio- logy,’ vol. xiv. (1879), p. 95, there is recorded (in a paper on the homology of the sexual organs) the case of a woman formed in the same way as is the female Crocuta. 3 P.Z.S. 1878, p. 416. 4 Figured by De Blainville; Cuvier,Ossem. Foss, ii. pl. 190; Gervais, Mamm. p. 97 202 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [Feb. 7, (14) ™:1 is small and minute, occasionally absent. (15) The anterior and posterior external cusps of P:4 are about equal, and nearly approach in size the median external one. (16) 575 has a large or small talon. (17) The outer incisors greatly exceed the middle ones. (18) The humerus wants the supracondyloid foramen. (19) The penis is boneless. (20) The ears are long, erect, and (with one exception) pointed. (21) The tarsus and metatarsus are entirely hairy. (22) There is one small plantar pad and one beneath each digit. (23) The anus opens into a sac. (24) The anal glands vary from one to three pairs. (25) There are no prescrotal scent-glands. (26) There is a moderate ceecum. (27) The tongue is furnished with large conical papille on its dorsum ; but these are not hard as in the Felide. (28) The calloso-marginal sulcus joins the crucial sulcus. (29) Angle of mandible flattened along its inferior border, and pressed up nearer to the condyle, relatively, than in the Felide. (30) Proportional length of limbs longer than in Viverride. (31) Length of muzzle to cranium intermediate between Viverride and Felide. (32) Dentition extremely sectorial, while it is nevertheless formed for crushing. (33) Tail rather shorter, but not as in Lynxes. (34) The clitoris may be traversed by the urogenital canal. (35) Dorsal vertebrze not less than fifteen. (36) Postorbital processes short and blunt. (37) Paroccipital processes depending. (38) Mastoid rather prominent. (39) No carotid foramen in sphenoid. (40) Nose and upper lip medianly grooved. (41) Palate not much prolonged behind last molar. (42) No pterygoid fossa. (43) Enormous cranial ridges. The genus Prote/es, long known’ as regards its skin and skeleton, had its anatomy first fully described by Professor Flower °, who pointed out previously * the characters of the basis cranii, and its affinity, thus indicated, to the Herpestine and the Hyenine. Save for its greater slenderness, the animal has the general form of an Hyeena, with similarly long, erect, and pointed ears, and with a well- developed dorsal mane. There are five fore digits (though the pollex is short), but only four digits to the hind foot. There is a single 1 First described in Sparrman’s ‘ Voyage to the Cape of Good Hope, 1772- 1776. See P.Z.8. 1869, p. 475. 2 P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 474, pl. 36, with various anatomical woodcuts. 3 PZ. 8.1869, p. 28. 1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ELUROIDEA. 203. palmar or plantar pad, and one pad for each toe; and the tarsus and metatarsus are hairy. The nose ismedianly grooved beneath. The fur is woolly, of a yellowish or reddish brown, with a few vertical black bands on the sides of the body, and others, more or less hori- zontal, on the limbs. The claws are blunt, non-retractile, and rather long. There is an anal pouch with one pair of anal glands, and a supraanal band of follicles, as in Crocuta. The penis is boneless ; and there are fifteen dorsal vertebre. As to the skull, its auditory bulla is (as Prof. Flower has pointed out) large, pyriform, and everted posteriorly as in Herpestes, divided by a septum into two chambers, one in front of the other. The margin of the external opening of the auditory meatus (which has no fissure or foramen in its floor) is most prominent anteriorly. There is no alisphenoid canal ; the carotid canal is as in Hyena; the par- occipital process is flattened, and does not depend; the mastoid is rather strongly prominent ; the postorbital processes of the frontal are pointed and well developed ; the skull is not pinched in behind them; the malar processes are moderately developed ; the cranial ridges are weak ; but the zygoma is rather strongly arched outwards ; the condyloid foramen is concealed ; the palate is very wide, and is considerably prolonged ; and the pterygoid bones come very near the bulle ; the mesopterygoid fossa is very wide. The angle of the mandible is singularly flattened behind; and its apex is produced directly backwards. The hinder part of the horizontal ramus is bent up as in Hyena. The teeth, as is universally known, are quite abnormal and rudi- mentary. There are only three small, conical, blunt upper molars, whereof only *-2 is two-rooted. There are only two lower molars, whereof only the hinder one is two-rooted. Proteles agrees with the Hyznas in the characters just enumerated except Nos. 1, 5, 6, 7, 13, 15, 16, 17, 31, 32, 34, 36, 37, 41, and 43. These characters, then, serve to differentiate the Proteline from the Hyenine. The characters common to the whole family Hyenide will then stand as follows :— (1) There may or may not be a pollex; but in the majority of species there is not one. (2) There is never a hallux. (3) The ungual phalanges are never strongly arched ; nor is there a wide lamina to shelter the base of the claw. (4) The claws are never more than slightly arched ; they are blunt and non-retractile. (5) The auditory bulla is inflated, but generally gives no external indication of division. (6) The bulla entirely ankylosed into one mass, and is not more prominent towards its inner than towards its hinder border. (7) There is generally only a rudiment of a septum within the bulla. (8) The bony meatus auditorius is shorter, and has the anterior 204 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [Feb. 7, part of its margin prolonged, but is never imperfectly ossified below. (9) A carotid foramen is visible on the inner side of the bulla, but is placed more posteriorly than in the Viverride. (10) There is no alisphenoid canal. (11) The palatine foramina are situated in the anterior half of the palate. (12) =+* and Pr» are developed. (13) There is never either eur = (14) *+* is absent or small. 5) may abort; butif present, it has its anterior and posterior external cusps about equal and nearly approaching the median external cusp in size. (16) 3 has a large or small talon, or is absent. (17) The outer incisors generally exceed greatly the inner ones, and are caniniform. (18) The humerus wants the supracondyloid processes. (19) The penis is boneless. (20) The ears are long, erect, and generally pointed. (21) The tarsus and metatarsus are entirely hairy. (22) There is one small plantar pad with four small pads for the digits of the pes. (23) The anus opens into a sac. (24) The anal glands vary from one to three pairs. (25) There are no prescrotal scent-glands. (26) There is a moderate ceecum. (27) The tongue is furnished with much-enlarged conical papillee on its dorsum; but they are not placed as in the Felide. (28) The calloso-marginal sulcus joins the crucial sulcus. (29) The angle of the mandible is much flattened beneath. (30) Proportional length of the limbs larger than in the Viverride. (31) Length of muzzle to cranium generally intermediate between the conditions presented by the Felide and the Viverride. (32) Dentition extremely sectorial, and yet tormed for crushing, or else altogether rudimentary. (33) Tail rather short, but not as in the Lynxes. (34) The clitoris may be traversed by the urogenital canal. (35) Dorsal vertebree never less than fifteen. (36) Postorbital processes short and blunt or moderate ; but orbits never enclosed by bone. (37) Paroccipital processes generally depending, but not always. (38) Mastoid rather prominent. (39) No carotid foramen in sphenoid. (40) Nose and upper lip medianly grooved. (41) Palate may or may not be much prolonged beyond the molars. (42) No pterygoid fossa. (43) Size of species always large, 1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 205 The following tabular arrangement may be convenient for refe- rence :— (Claws completely retractile; imner Felis. cusp of upper sec- torial moderate. (no noalisphenoid \ P.2? eanal; bulla not ex- ternally constricted, but internally di- | PELID Hi. Clawsincompletely \ vided; metatarsus retractile ; inner | entirely hairy ; and ! cusp of upper Cynelu 13 dorsal vertebrae. ) ety ee f cer mentary. ) ABLUROIDEA: with asa} generally an alisphenoid canal; bulla externally constricted, and internally divided ; VIVERRID &. metatarsus hairy or naked ; and 18 or 14 dor- sal vertebree. & 53 no alisphenoid canal; bulla divided and constricted, or not so; metatarsus hairy; 15 dorsal vertebrz. HY ANID. ~~ —oo almost always an alisphenoid canal and supracon- dyloid foramen ; claws strongly curved and more or less retractile; bulla not posteriorly } VivERRINa. everted ; large canines; generally prescrotal glands, and anus not opening into a sac. No alisphenoid canal or supracondyloid foramen ; claws moderately curved, not retractile ; bulla posteriorly everted; large canines; no pre- scrotal glands ; anus not opening into a sac. GALIDICTINE. Viverride : claws elongated, not retractile; bulla hardly with everted posteriorly ; very small canines; no prescrotal glands ; anus ? EuPLeERiIn&. an alisphenoid canal; a large supracondyloid foramen; claws very curved and retractile ; bulla not distinctly everted ; large canines; no prescrotal glands; anus opening into a sac. | j OryPTOPROCTINE. an alisphenoid canal ; a supracondyloid foramen ; claws elongated, not retractile; bulla dis- tinctly everted ; large canines; no prescrotal glands; anus opening into a sac. ) no alisphenoid canal; a supracondyloid foramen | HRPESTINe. VIVERRIN. A. Upper lip medianly grooved, tail long. I. Tarsus and metatarsus entirely hairy; ears M.2 : never tufted. —— present.............++ Viverra. c M. 2 : —=absent .........++.... Prionodon. 206 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [Feb. 7, II. Not so; ears rarely tufted. a. A bald line on tarsus. ™“* present.. .... Genetta. 2 abate es. Poiana. f. Two bald spots on tarsus .. .. ... Fossa. y. Tarsus half bald ; auditory halle ‘only Partly OGSUICO, abe ac atin oi 4 eel trae Nandinia. 3. Tarsus half bald ; auditory bulla entirely SATO UL. bs oe ose ne, om SUR ass 1. Back marked with transverse bands . . Hemigalea. 2. Not marked with transverse bands. a. Teeth small; hinder part of alveolar border of mandible everted ..... Arctogale. 6. Teeth not small; hinder part of alveolar border not everted .... .. Paradozurus. e. Tarsus absolutely naked ; ears tufted .. SUB G9 POT On the Arrangement of the Coralliide, with Descriptions of new or rare Species. By Stuart O. Rivtey, M.A., F.L.S., &c., Assistant in the Zoological Department, British Museum. (Communicated by Dr. Gintuer, V.P.Z.S.) [Received January 23, 1882, ] (Plate IX.) The smal] group of species which has been thought worthy of separation from the rest of its Alcyonarian allies as a distinct family under the name Corallide (more correctly Coralliide), is chiefly remarkable in its structural characters for possessing a continuous stony axis, covered by only a thin cortical layer of a softer spiculi- ferous material, into which the polypes are retractile. Its best claim to general notice lies in the fact that the Precious Coral of commerce (Corallium rubrum, Costa, rectius nobile, Pallas) is one of the only three species hitherto known to exist in the seas of the present time which have been included in it. The other two species are scarcely known, even to students of the group. Thus but one specimen of the species described by Dana (U.S. Expl. Exped., vol. vii. p. 641, pl. lx. fig. 1) under the name of Corallium secundum seems to have ever been described ; and but one specimen of the third species, described by the late Dr. Gray (P. Z.S. 1860, p. 393, Rad. pl. xviii.) under the name of Corallium (subsequently altered to Hemicorallium) Johnsoni, was obtained in the first instance, and I know of no other authentic specimen. The original specimen of this species, how- ever, is fortunately preserved in the national collection; that of 222 MR. S. 0. RIDLEY ON THE CORALLIIDE. [Feb. 7, C. secundum is no doubt in America, in company with the other specimens obtained at the same time by the United-States Exploring Expedition. The Red Coral (C. xodile) occurs in the Mediterranean, and among the islands (e. g. Cape-Verd Islands, see Wyville Thomson, Voy. ‘ Challenger,’ Atlantic, i. p. 76) lying off the N.W. coast of Africa; it occurs nowhere! else, so far as I have been able to discover. C. secundum is recorded with doubt as from the Sand- wich Islands; it was probably obtained in the Pacific Ocean at any rate; C. johnsoni was obtained from Madeira. In the present paper is described a fourth species, and one which is probably not new, belonging to this remarkable and beautiful family: the one was obtained from the island of Mauritius, and is now in the collection at the British Museum; the other is stated to come from Japan, and will shortly be incorporated with the same collection. Arrangement of the Family.—The only attempt which has been made at classifying the species is that of Dr. Gray in a Note read before this Society, and published in its ‘ Proceedings’ for 1867 (p. 125), and somewhat amplified in ‘ Catalogue of Lithophytes or Stony Corals’ (1870), p. 22. Dr. Gray divided the family and the original single genus Corallium into 3 genera, based mainly ou the distribution of the “polypes” (meaning polype-cells, verruce of Verrill) on the branches, viz. :— (1) Corallium, with the verruce slightly elevated from the cortex and scattered on all sides of the branches (incl. C. nobile). (2) Pleurocorallium, branching in a single plane; the verruce slightly raised, confined to one surface, and mostly placed on small branches chiefly found near the edges of the main branches (incl. C. secundum, Dana). (3) Hemicorallium. The verruce prominent, all occurring on one side of the branches (incl. C. johnsont, Gray). With regard to this arrangment, it seems well to point out that the characters on which it is founded appeal entirely to the naked eye. In the allied members of the same group, the Alcyonaria, Prof. Kolliker (see ‘Icones Histiologicee’) and Verrill (see various papers in the Proc. Essex Institute, Trans. Connecticut Academy, American Journal of Science, &c.) have shown good reasons for the belief that the majority of those characters, such as colour, manner of branching, presence or absence of anastomosis between branches, to which alone those writers can appeal who do not make use of a microscope in their researches, must be regarded as usually of no more than secondary importance in the estimation of the mutual affinities of the different subdivisions and species of this group. From personal study I can testify to the truth of this principle in the case of the Melitheide, which are probably the nearest allies of this family. In them anastomosis of branches may be simply a varietal circumstance ; coloration of the internal parts is open to the same remark, and external coloration is far more frequently so; the manner of branching is much the same in all ; so that, for classifi- Tt is found fossil in the Upper Pliocene and Quaternary deposits of South Italy, cf. Seguenza, Atti Ac. Line, (3) Mem. sc. fis. mat. nat. iii. pp. 331, 373. 1882. } MR. S. O. RIDLEY ON THE CORALLIID. 223 cation, recourse has to be had mainly to the characters of the spicula and of the verruce. The want of good series of individuals of any known species of Coralliide except C. nobile is an obstacle to the full discussion of the natural relations of the different forms; a few facts only can be noted at present as bearing on the subject. Beginning with the comparatively common Corallium nobile, Pallas (rubrum, Costa) we find a cylindrical axis, usually branching seldom, but dicho- tomously and most commonly in an arborescent manner, which, though tending towards growth in one plane, yet almost invariably is actually in various planes ; the cortex quite conceals any inequalities of the surface ; and the verrucz! (or calicles) project dome-like from all sides of the branches. Variations are frequent, especially in mode of growth ; but these are by far the commonest characters of the species. The colour of the axis varies not uncommonly from crimson to pale red, rarely to yellow, and more rarely to white; the spicules are of one type, viz. a hexahedral oblong form, the angles being formed by broad truncate but microtuberculate tubercles, which preserve the chief features of their characteristic form throughout all varieties of the external form of the coral. (Cf Lacaze-Duthiers, Hist. Nat. Corail, p. 70—‘ toutefois en recherchant bien, on finit par découvrir une forme qui, résumant toutes les autres, peut étre regardée comme la type.’’) Corallium (Hemicorallium, Gray) johnsoni, P. Z.8. 1860, p. 393, Radiata, pl. xviii., differs in several particulars from the former species, besides the branching essentially in one plane, the strictly anterior position of the verruce, and their considerable protrusion from the surface, which are the chief points insisted on by Dr. Gray. Thus the cream-coloured cortex is about *5 mm. thick, about twice the thickness which it has in C. nobile ; on the terminal branches the calicles rise abruptly from the surface, are truncate above, and measure 1°5 to 2 mm. in average diameter. The spicules have not hitherto been described; and their characters, in the one case, are so remarkable, and have such an important bearing on the affinities of both the genus and family to which the species belongs, that I now proceed to describe them. Spicules of two kinds :—(i.) cylindrical, octoradiate, having a short stout shaft terminated at each end by a tubercle; two pairs of tubercles also project from each end of the shaft, in the same plane as the terminal ones, but at right angles to its long axis; on the anterior side (reckoning the two pairs of tubercles just mentioned as lateral) a tubercle projects at right angles to the long axis of the shaft, and also to the plane in which the lateral tubercles lie ; on the posterior side a similar tubercle is similarly placed, but at the opposite end of the spicule ; the ends of the short, broad, truncate tubercle are micro- tuberculate with few, sharp, smaller tubercles ; size 08 by °053 mm.: this form is exactly similar to that of C. nodile, but is slightly smaller. Spicule no. ii. bilobate, having the form of a pair of ‘ I think it best to adopt Verrill’s term for those parts of the cortex which are specialized for the reception of the polypes. 224 MR. S. 0. RIDLEY ON THE CORALLIID, [Feb. 7, opera-glasses, or of two short globose bottles united by their sides ; consists of two globose masses, often somewhat flattened at distal end, separated by a more or less deep constriction, their surface microtuberculate ; to the proximal extremity of each is attached a short handle-like process, of variable shape, bearing several long tubercles, and About one third the length of the larger lobes; average maximum size °053 mm. long by ‘053 mm. across the two lobes; thickness of lobes, antero-posteriorly, about -044 mm. The thickness of the cortex appears to be correlated with the smoothness of the hard axis in the stem (higher up this is distinctly striated) ; for in the other species of Hemicorallium, H. secundum, the thinner cortex appears to be associated with a striated stem. The explanation (physiological) appears to be that the ccenosarcal canals, which would have grooved the surface of the axis, find sufficient protection in the cortex when this is thick. Turning to O. (Pleurocoralliwm, Gray) secundum, Dana (U.S. Expl. Exp., Zoophytes, vol. vii. p. 641, Atlas, Zooph. pl. lx. fig. 1), we find again the mode of branching to be substantially that in one plane; here too the polypes are said to be confined to the front or sides of the branches, but to be borne mostly on small branchlets or pinne scattered over the edges and front of the main branches—an arrangement differing from that of both the preceding forms, but agreeing with that to be described below in the new species C. stylas- teroides, with which this species further agrees in the growth in one plane. Unfortunately the spicular characters are unknown ; but, from resemblances which have been found to exist between this and a form described below as a variety of it and agreeing in all generi- cally important characters with Hemicorallium johnsoni, I have little doubt of its similar generic identity with that species: therefore one of the genera Pleurocorallium and Hemicorallium must give way, and the former must stand, having precedence in description. Hemicorallium therefore = Pleurocorallium; and Hemicorallium johnsoni= Pleurocorallium johnsoni. Looking at the relations of C. nodile to the species described below as new under the name of C. stylasteroides, we find a thin cortex in both, a low polype-verruca, and a spicule differing only in size; and it is only in those characters which, as I have stated, I believe to be less essential in the classification of this Order, viz. mode of branching, colour, and form of axis (?.¢. cylindrical or oblong in section), that we find great differences ; and the first two of these have been already seen to vary widely in C. rubrum, and in their variation to approximate that species to C. stylasteroides. No other recent species has been described. The only other species with which I am acquainted are the fossil forms C. pallidum, Michelin (Iconogr. Zoophytol. p. 16, pl. xv. fig. 9), from the Miocene of Italy and Tertiaries of Scinde, and C. bechii, M.-Edw. and Haime (Distr. méth. polyp. paleeoz. p. 188), from the White Chalk of Faxde. The former is distinguished from our species by having the method of branching of C.. nobile, viz. cylin- drical branches given off at considerable intervals ; and it appears to 1882.] MR. S. O. RIDLEY ON THE CORALLIIDE. 225 belong to Corallium s. str., and is perhaps identical with C. nobile (see below, p. 232). In C. deckii the branches anastomose and are terminally dilated, both of which are characters quite wanting (as constant characters) in C. nodile as in all other known species ; its systematic position in the family is quite uncertain. I will now proceed to describe, first, the new species, and next the form which I have said is probably distinct, and then give a table showing the arrangement which these additions to our knowledge seem to render necessary. I will conclude with some remarks on the family and its allies, and some further notes on the fossil forms. CoRALLIUM STYLASTEROIDES, sp. nov. (Plate IX. figs. 1-4). Normally branching in one plane. Stem stout, irregular in transverse section. Branching luxuriant, apparently normally dicho- tomous, but subject to considerable variation. Branches tortuous, decidedly compressed laterally in the case of all but the peripheral members, arising from the antero-lateral rather than the postero- lateral aspects of the stem or branches from which they may be derived, diminishing gradually in thickness towards the peripheral part. A few small branchlets are scattered on sides of the larger branches irregularly, and are, together with the terminal branchlets, generally subclavate in form, consisting of a slightly contracted basal portion and an enlarged, pointed, and polyhedric terminal portion. Posterior aspect of main branches very convex, of lesser branches less so. Axis of corallum hard, compact, but perforated by a few canals (normal, or due to parasites?) of about 1 mm. diameter, which issue distally at various points on the lateral aspects of the branches, the openings being often covered by a curved lamina of hard material ; colour pure white throughout. Longitudinal strize of surface fine, about four to 1 mm.; grooves for polypes generally with a narrow raised lip on each side; length of grooves 15 to 2 mm. long (in direction of branches) by about °75 mm. broad, and about *5 mm. deep in the centre, which consists of a smooth- walled hemispherical pit. Surface of Lard axis covered by a very thin spicular cortex, which does not conceal the subjacent striz ; it is beset with minute projecting points (visible only with the aid of a lens) arranged along the striz of the hard axis; colour of cortex extremely pale orange. Verruce placed in the grooves above men- tioned, not projecting beyond their margins, or in slight depressions distributed over all parts of the corallum, but most abundantly on the lateral aspects of the main branches, and on the small ter- minal and lateral projecting branchlets ; their peripheral part con- sists of a pale pink collar, slightly darker than the general crust; the eight valves are very pale yellow in colour, actual diameter about °75 mm. Spicules of cortex of one kind only, viz. small, cylindrical, with one terminal tubercle at each end, and a whorl of 3 tubercles sur- rounding each end, and leaving a slight median space usually bare of tubercles ; the tubercles are broad and truncate, the ends bearing Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. XV. 15 226 MR. S. O. RIDLEY ON THE CORALLIID&. (Feb. 7, several smaller angular tubercles which point outwards ; size 053 to 7058 mm. long by °035 mm. broad (including the tubercles); shaft, excluding tubercles, about ‘02 mm. broad. Hab. Mauritius, 75 fathoms. This species is based on a single dry specimen very finely preserved, obtained recently by the British Museum from a collector in Mauri- tius, Mr. V. De Robillard, together with some remarkably fine specimens of species of Gorgoniide. Its chief larger measurements are:—Main diameter of common stem’ 11 mm.; largest branch— antero-posterior diameter at base 10 mm., lateral diameter 7 mm. ; at 50 mm. from origin the same diameters are 7 mm. and 5 mm, respectively. Maximum transverse breadth of the whole corallum 135 mm., maximum height 105 mm. The species differs from all to which names have been hitherto assigned in the elaborateness and peculiarities of its method of branching, with the exception of a specimen which was assigned by Dr. Gray (P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 126) to his Hemicorallium johnson, and which then belonged to the Liverpool Free Museum. ‘This specimen, differing as it does from the typical example of that species in the collection of the British Museum in its slender and strongly arborescent habit, appears to me to be entirely distinct from Dr. Gray’s species, a fact which is apparently meant to be indicated by his subsequent statement (Cat. Lithophytes, p. 24) that the so-called animal of his figure is a fleshy Alcyonoid parasitic on a stony coral. The present species agrees in the mode of branching in one plane with C. secundum, Dana(U.S. Expl. Exped., Zoophytes (vii.), p. 641, pl. lx. fig. 1), and also in the fact that many of the polypes are borne on small lateral branchlets; but differs from it (judging by the description) in having polypes on the posterior as well as the anterior surface, as also in the very pale pinkish colour of the cortex (that of C. secundum being scarlet), and the pure white of the hard axis (that of C. secundum being white and red). The small points which project from the cortex in the lines of Dana’s striz are, perhaps, represented by the small dots represented in Dana’s enlarged figure of a polype with adjacent cortex; but these may just as well be pits as dots, according to the figure. Nothing is known of the spicules of C. secundum; but, as we have seen above, that species must be referred to the genus Pleurocorallium. Those of C. stylasteroides differ from those of the white variety of C. nobile only in their size, which is about one third less than that of the latter; but the excavations for the verruce (Plate IX. fig. 3), and the thinness of the cortex, are amply sufficient to prevent its being confounded with that form. The apparent anastomosis between some of the branches is due to fracture and subsequent adherence of the broken pieces to the remainder of the corallum, the reunited pieces having apparently contrived to live. With regard to the axial tubes of 1 mm. diameter, alluded to in my diagnosis in uncertainty as to their import, they may possibly 1 Broken off from the actual base. 1882. | MR. §. O. RIDLEY ON THE CORALLIIDA. 227 be due to the same causes as those which produce certain per- forations, open at both ends, in the base of some of the small branches, and which are seen in parts forming passages covered in by a thin lamina of hard matter. The latter resemble so much the passages which are seen among the branches of many Stylasteride, and which are said (see Moseley, Report on Corals of the ‘Chal- lenger’ Expedition, p. 78) in this case to be produced by the growth of the coral over an intruding Aphroditacean Worm which has adhered to the branches, that I must attribute with probability a similar origin to those of the Corallium. It is a different matter with the deeper tubes belonging to the main stem and branches. In the present base of the main stem, they are seen by its fracture to be excentric in position, somewhat variable in size: one of them contains a fine yellowish deposit coutaining minute siliceous particles and siliceous spicules, viz. spined acuates and acerates, about ‘14 mm. long and ‘009 to ‘0177 thick, and acerates about ‘28 by ‘024 mm., with fragments of spinulates, triradiates, and some minute anchorate spicules. Lacaze-Duthiers (Hist. Nat. du Corail, Paris, 1864, p. 333) mentions small Annelids allied to the Serpule as sometimes attaching themselves to the surface of the Red Coral, and being covered up by the centrifugal growth of the corallum; but these tubes present no such distinct lining of carbonate of lime as this hypothesis demands. If not merely remains of the ccenosarcal canal-system, they are probably produced by the burrowing of boring Sponges (e.g. Cliona, Samus, Alectona), such as are common in Stylaster and Astreid Madre- pores, or Worms (e. g. Sipunculus), such as occur in Heteropsammia. Lacaze-Duthiers attributes such cavities generally to “la érosion des éponges ou des vers,” and mentions that such perforated specimens of coral are technically described as “‘ piqué”’ by dealers. Some of the spicules mentioned above as occurring in one of the tubes appear to have been simply introduced with some bottom-material which has been accidentally washed into the tube, as their forms do not belong to any of the boring Sponges; but the spined forms mentioned may very well belong to a boring species allied to Cliona purpurea, Hancock, or Alectona millari, Carter, two species of boring Sponges. Koélliker (Icon: Histiol. p. 146, pl. xvi. fig. 8) mentions and figures a smaller central cavity as occurring in some of his transverse sections of the Red Coral, but is unable to explain its occurrence. The question of the origin of the present passages receives, however, no help from Kolliker’s observations, as his figure shows a dis- coloured ring surrounding the passages ; they probably represent the horny axial tract found in the stems of most coralligenous Aleyona- rians. In this case, if they prove to be constant in their occurrence, they would seriously interfere with the value of the coral for jewellery- purposes, should it be attempted in the future to put it, like the pale varieties of the Red Coral, to such a use. But the absence of a subtle tint of any kind, such as that which the varieties of the Red Coral generally possess, renders such an attempt tuprobabls. The 15 228 MR. S. O. RIDLEY ON THE CORALLIID. [Feb. 7, considerable depth at which this specimen was obtained, not being greater than that from which Coralliwm is brought to the surface in the Mediterranean, need not of itself prevent such an undertaking. PLEUROCORALLIUM SECUNDUM, Dana, var. ELATIOR. (Plate IX. figs. 6-11). Branching normally in one plane. Stem strong, oval in trans- verse section, the longest diameter being the lateral one. Mode of branching normally dichotomous combined with pinnation. Distance between points of origin of main branches considerable, but sides of branches occupied in these intervals by small branches or pinne, irregular in size and point of occurrence, occasionally found on the anterior surface ; branches of main system decreasing gradually in thickness to the extremity of the corallum, somewhat tortuous, decidedly compressed from front to back in most places, the lateral diameter being to the antero-posterior about 11:9; pinne short, coming rapidly to a point, circular (or almost so) in transverse section, generally curved or tortuous, and not exceeding 20 mm. in length. Axis of corallum hard, not easily indented with a knife, solid; in main stem, and for a considerable distance up the main branches, of a deep crimson-red colour with a tinge of scarlet, resembling the colour of dried salmon’s flesh ; in the upper branches and the pinnee the central portion of the axis becomes paler, being at first pink and finally white, this axial pale tract widening as it approaches the extremity of the branches or pinnz, the axes of whose apices are white throughout. Surface of hard axis very finely striated in the longitudinal direction, with about five striz to 1 mm., more deeply striated on smaller branches and pinnz ; surface otherwise even, with the exception of a tendency to roughness at the ends of the pinna, and very slight (almost imperceptible) shallow depressions beneath the calicles. Cortex about *3 mm. in thickness, completely concealing all inequalities of the axis, except at ends of pinne; friable, of a pale vermilion colour ; posterior and lateral surfaces even, and devoid of verrucae, with the exception of a few scattered ones on and near the stem and at the ends of some pinnee ; anterior surface beset with verrucz at intervals of 1 to 3 mm., and with minute punctiform elevations, visible only by the aid of a lens, uniformly distributed over the intermediate spaces to the number of about 25 in a square millimetre. Verrucze broad, truncate above, rising abruptly from surface; of same colour as the general cortex ; in retraction they may be completely closed; wrinkles between the 8 valves generally obsolete or very slight in the retracted state; dia- meter of verrucz 1 to 1:25 mm., projection from cortex about °5 mm. Spicules of cortex of two kinds, viz. :—(i.) Cylindrical, sexradiate, colourless, with short thick axis; at each extremity two tubercles project from the side of the shaft (which does not project beyond them), at right angles to it; on each of the anterior and posterior aspects of the spicule (reckoning those which bear the above-mentioned four tubercles as the lateral ones) one tubercle is set at right angles to the long axis of the shaft, near its extremity, but at opposite ends 1882.] MR. S. 0. RIDLEY ON THE CORALLIIDZ. 229 of it; the spicule is thus sexradiate. (Varieties of the typical form occur, in which both the tubercles of the antero-posterior faces may be on one side; in this case one of them may be double, or one of them may be subterminal and appear to project beyond the end of the shaft; or one of them may be wanting, or one may occur in addition at one or both ends; in the latter case the result is an octoradiate like that of Corallium nobile.) Tubercles short, broad, expanding from their base into fungiform disks, themselves tuber- culate with numerous short, rather blunt, small tubercles. Size (average maximum) 0°7 by 0°53 mm. (ii.) Second form of spicule shaped like an opera-glass, viz. like two short globular bottles attached by their sides; it consists of two subspherical lobes sepa- rated by a constriction, generally with tubercular excrescences borne on secondary lobes on their surface, and minute tubercles on their surface and edges; the upper margin of each lobe is produced into a short, strongly tuberculate, handle-like process of variable shape. Generally coloured pale red. Average maximum size:—length (across lobes) 06 mm., breadth (from apex of handle to lower extre- mity of lobes) 0°53 mm., maximum thickness of lobe from front to back 0°35 mm. (It is practically identical with the similar spicule of P. johnsoni.) Hab. Said to come from Japan. This most interesting form is represented by two portions, perhaps, but not certainly, belonging to the same colony. The long diameter of the present common stem of the larger specimen is 11 mm., the lesser diameter (antero-posterior) 9 mm.; these thicknesses are maintained approximately for most of the first internode, which is 25 mm. long; probable maximum lateral spread of branches 60 to 70 mm.; height above present base probably, when complete, about 200 mm. Mr. Moseley has very liberally presented the specimens to the national collection ; and I am much indebted to him for this oppor- tunity of describing them. They were stated by the dealer from whom he obtained them to have been received from Japan, whence it was said that hundredweights came into the market, which, however, found but little sale. The locality is perhaps correct ; but I have been unable, after diligent search, to find any record, either in scientific writings and travels, or in works of general information, of the occur- rence of any native Japanese coral which was at all likely to belong to the Coralliide. To Messrs. Franks and Read, of the Ethnological Department inthe British Museum, I am much indebted for informa- tion bearing on the subject. Mr. Franks has in his private collection a number of Japanese carved figures, called in Japan “ netsuki,” in most of which small dark men of a peculiar physiognomy, not Japanese, are represented as carrying coral, or (though this point is not so certain) as bringing it up from the sea. The coral thus depicted is either of actual specimens of Corallium or consists of carvings apparently representing it. Japanese writings call these men “black men.’ It is certain that they are not intended for Japanese ; and as the men associated, whether in the ornaments 230 MR. 8, 0. RIDLEY ON THE CORALLIIDE. [Feb. 7, or writings, with Precious Coral appear to be always of this foreign type, it seems certain that it is generally known in that country as a foreign product. The pieces of coral which actually form part of the ornaments, and which the men clasp or carry, is certainly not the form under notice, but appears to be Corallium nobile in all cases; it was of rather a pale colour in all the specimens which [ have seen. All these specimens are antecedent in date of manufacture to the period at which the Japanese ports were opened to European commerce. Prof. Moseley has drawings of quite a similar character. Precious coral is widely used in the East for ornaments, especially in China, where Mr. Franks informs me that an Empress’s necklace has been made of alternate pieces of jade and coral. In this case it is probably all derived from the Mediterranean, as the value placed upon it in the instance just mentioned is more than the Chinese would have set upon a native production, or probably even on one from Japan. Prof. Moseley says that the Japanese use Corallium as an ornament and in “ netsukis’’ abundantly, that he imagined it came from the Mediterranean, but that several residents have told him that it occurs native in Japan. None was found there by the ‘Challenger.’ A friend of Prof. Moseley told him that he had seen plenty of Red Coral which had been obtained at Japan, but subsequently was doubtful that it might not have been a Distichopora. After considering all the evidence, I have still doubts as to whether the present specimens really are from Japan. It seems certain that much Corallium nobile has been imported into that country, probably by way of China. This is shown by Mr. Franks’s ornaments to constitute at any rate the main origin of this substance for manufac- turing-purposes in Japan. As the present species, from its hardness, compact structure, and deep colour, is hardly less fitted for those purposes than C. nodile itself, it would almost certainly have been thus employed if it were generally known in the country. In regard to the relations of the form, it may be seen at once to agree very closely with Pleurocorallium johnsoni (Pl. IX. fig. 5) in all essential characters, as the two forms of spicules, which are almost exactly identical in the two species—the cylindrical radiate of var. elatior having, however, but 6 radii as a rule; the axis, also, is striated and party-coloured in the stem, instead of white and smooth ; and the cortex, besides being thinner, is: scarlet instead of cream- coloured. However, it is undoubtedly a Pleurocorallium. Its rela- tions to the original form of the species of which I have made it a variety are less certain. Unfortunately, as mentioned above, we are not acquainted with the characters of the spicules of Pleurocorallium secundum. From its resemblance to the present species in the party- coloured axis, pinnated branches, scarlet cortex with truncate Pleu- rocorallian verrucee, it appears at any rate to be nearly related to it; but as the verrucz are said to be placed mainly on the pinne and not, as here, on the face of the branches, I think it may possibly be distinct. In that case I should propose the name elatius for the present form, on account of its more erect and ramose habit ; mean- while it may stand as var. elatior. The pinnate arrangement of the 1882. ] MR. S. 0. RIDLEY ON THE CORALLIIDE. 231 lateral small branches on the sides of the large ones, the antero- posterior flattening, the rigidly anterior position of the verruce of the general surface, their abrupt projection and truncate extremity, separate it from all other species ; while the minute characters, such as the double spicular complement, with its very remarkable form no. ii-—absent as it is from two of the recent Coralliide in which the spicules are known, and approximating the genus (as it appears to me to do) to the Melitheide, from its resemblance to the “ Blattkeule ”’ so widely distributed in that family—unmistakably show its true position to be by the side of Pl. johnsoni. The chief differences between the species are the red colour of the greater part of the hard axis and of the cortex, the absence of the terminal tubercles to the cylindrical spicule no. i., and the smaller size of the verrucze, in the present form. Key to the Genera, Species, and Varieties. I have here endeavoured to present what appears to be the natural relations of the different forms, while giving characters which may readily distinguish them. I. Spicules of one kind, viz. octoradiate cylindrical. Ver- ruce distributed over whole surface of corallum, promi- nent, Monticular ..........cseseeeeeereeeees CoRALLIUM 8. str. 1. Corallum branching in more than a single plane. i, Axis cylindrical; spicules about ‘09 mm. wee Known habitats. ety C. nobile, Mediterranean ; a. Axis crimson, cortex red ......... typical form, } Cape Verd Isl. B. Axis and cortex yellowish- { C. nobile, Medit white to White ......ccceceseeneeees { pale yar. } re ig ( Fossil: Tertiaries of Italy and Scinde ; not earlier than Miocene. ii, Spicules ?; axis pale .............-- { ie 2. Corallum branching in but one plane, calicles sunk in pits in axis. Axis oval in transverse section, white ; spicules about ‘06 mm. long; cortex very pale orange, very thin C. stylasteroides. Mauritius. II. Spicules of two kinds, radiate cylindrical and opera-glass- shaped ; calicles rising abruptly, truncate, those of stem and main branches confined to anterior surface. Corallum with lateral pinne to main branches. Axis oval in transverse section........- PLEUROCORALLIUM, Gray, emend. 1. Axis partly red, partly white; cortex scarlet. i. Calicles chiefly on lateral pinne ... PZ. secundum)...‘ Sandwich Is. ?” ii. Oalicles chiefly on main branches ; cylindrical spicules normally 6- PAGIALO .cnenoresasiacnans +¥aselayeeccas { 2, Axis white, cortex cream-coloured ; cylindrical spicules normally 8- BAAD +5) xisape2ccms) ache geese teense Pl, johnsoni ...... Madeira. III. (incerte sedis). Oorallum with branches ¢ cy ,41};4 | Fossil; White anastomosing, apices nodose ,.......-...++. { beokit Socal Chalk of Faxde. Pl. secundum, var. elation. } Japan? 232 MR. S. 0. RIDLEY ON THE CORALLIIDA. [Feb. 7, Relation of the Coralliide to other Families. The opera-glass-shaped spicule of Hemicorallium resembles strongly some forms of the “‘ Blattkeule”’ (Kolliker), or foliar clavate spicule, which is found in so many species of the family Melitheide, and but unfrequently elsewhere (see Muricea, Eunicea), that I am led to believe that we have in it a hint as to the sequence of forms connecting that family with the Coralliide; and it seems to me that Pleuroco- rallium on the one hand, and Mopsel/la on the other, mark the points at which the chain of continuity between lhe families has been broken. It is true, all the Melitheide do not possess this form, or at any rate not in its typical shape ; but those which I believe to be the central forms of that family, viz. the genus Mopsella (Verrill, = Melitella and Mopsella, Gray), do show it well developed ; and it may probably be traced, though under strange modifications, in the genus Melitodes. On the other hand, the peculiar cylindrical form of the Coralliide appears to me to represent a highly specialized form of the fusiform or cylindrical spicule which is an almost universal constituent of the cortex of the Gorgoniide, and which occurs in a usually unspecialized form in the Melitheide also. With respect to the Isidide, their strongly calcified calcareous joints forcibly recall the hard tissue of the Coralliide, with which they are homologous; and all the spicules found in their cortex appear (see KGlliker, Icon. Histiol. p. 140, pl. xix. figs. 1-3) to be referable to a sexradiate form very closely resembling, except in its larger size, that of the red Pleurocorallium; the separation of the hard pieces of the axis by horny joints, however, perhaps puts the family at a greater distance from the Coralliide than the Melitheide, in which these joints are already calcified. These horny joints, coupled with the absence of any spicule resembling the Melithzeid ‘“ Blattkeule,” removes the family from the neighbourhood of the Melitheide ; and it probably represents a primitive offshoot from the same stem as that from which the genus Corallium s. str. has arisen. Fossil Species.—In addition to the forms described as C. pallidum and C. deckii, mentioned above under Corallium stylasteroides, and to C. nobile, also noticed above as recently recorded in the fossil state from the Italian tertiaries, it may be observed that Prof. P. M. Duncan notices, Geol. Journ. xxxi. p. 675, some fragmentary speci- mens from the Oligocene of Oawaru, New Zealand, and refers them to Corallium, without assigning specific names: some of these are said to possess frequently-branching furrows and ridges on their surface, much developed and very irregular in distribution; they appear to somewhat resemble parts of C. stylasteroides ; but no con- clusions as to specific affinity can safely be based upon them. As Corallium nobile has a white variety, and as Prof. Duncan states that he has found specimens of C. pallidum with a slight pink colour, and points out how slight are the differences between the species, I do not see how that species can be maintained as distinct from C. nobile, the colour, looser texture of corallum, and more minute strise being the only distinctive characters given by Michelin. Seguenza (/. c.) speaks of fossil specimens of C. nodile without the SITIVINOUL SOE Yay qrurase (2 UIQ 1882.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 233 red colour, without saying how it is distinguishable when in this con- dition from C. pallidum. For further information on Corallium in the fossil state, I would refer to G. Seguenza, Mem. Accad. Torino, (2) xxi. p. 400, and to a paper by A. Scilla, there cited; also to P. M. Duncan, ‘ Paleeonto- graphica Indica,’ xiv. p. 167, and to the works cited in the Hist. Nat. des Coralliaires of M.-Edwards and Haime, vol. i. p. 205. EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX. Fig. 1. Coralliwm stylasteroides (p. 225), left side of colony, from front, nat. size, 2. The same, portion of main branch, from behind, magnified 6 diam. 8. The same, portion of one of the lesser branches with the cortex removed by potash, showing surface-striation and polype-cavities of hard axis, magnified 4 diam. The same, octoradiate spicule, magnified 400 diam. . Pleurocorallium johnsoni(p. 223), octoradiate spicule, magnified 400 diam. . Pleurocorallium secundum, var. elatior (p. 228), larger fragment, from front, nat. size. . The same, terminal portion of smaller fragment, in outline, nat. size. . The same, broken surface of base of smaller fragment, to show colours of axis, nat. size. (The excentricity is due to the fact that the fracture includes the commencement of a branch.) 9. The same, surface of anterior aspect of main axis of larger fragment, part of the cortex being abraded, showing striation of hard axis, characters of cortex and verrucx ; magnified 23 diam. 10. The same, sexradiate spicule, magnified 400 diam. 11. The same, opera-glass spicules, (a) from side, (0) from above, magnified diam. OI AoE February 21, 1882. Prof. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of January 1882 :— The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- gerie during the month of January was 51, of which 28 were by presentation, 12 by purchase, 2 by birth, and 9 were received on deposit. The total number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 81. The most noticeable additions during the month of January were as follows :— 1. A young male Gayal, born in the Gardens January 6, being the produce of the fine pair received in exchange in October 1880 from the Zoological Gardens, Calcutta’. So far as I am aware, this is the first instance of this animal having bred in Europe. The drawing by Mr. Smit (Plate X.) represents the young gayal (as it appeared on February 14th) and its mother. The male Gayal has been figured, P. Z.S. 1866, p. 1, pl. i. 2. A young female Markhore (Capra megaceros) from Afgha- nistan, presented by Lieut.-Col. Oliver B. C. St. John, F.ZS., January 17. 1 See P.Z. 8. 1880, p. 53% 234 MR. F. MOORE ON LEPIDOPTERA [Feb. 21, Col. St. John writes to me as follows respecting this animal :— “The Markhore was caught in the hills at the upper end of the Bolan Pass. The popular story there is that the Pass itself divides the two species of Capra—C. megaceros never being found to the west, nor C. egagrus to the east of the Pass. The insignificant dimensions of the Pass make the truth of this story impossible; and shikaris have assured me that both species are found on the Chilten Mountains, N.W. of the head of the Pass. But the Bolan is about the line where the two meet ; and I am inclined to doubt whether C. megaceros is ever found in the Helmund valley proper.’ Amongst the deaths in February I regret to have to record that of the Great Ant-eater (Myrmecophaga jubata), presented by Dr. John A. Palin, C.M.Z.S., October 4, 1867. It is, however, I sup- pose, unprecedented that an animal of this delicate nature should live so long as 14 years in captivity. The following papers were read :— 7 1. List of the Lepidoptera collected by the Rev. J. H. Hocking, chiefly in the Kangra District, N.W. Hima- laya; with Descriptions of new Genera and Species.— Part I. By F. Moors, F.Z.S8. [Received January 25, 1882. ] (Plates XI., XII.) The collection of Lepidoptera, of which the following is a list, was formed by Mr. Hocking whilst resident for several years at the hill-station of Dharmsala, and has been placed in my hands by Lord Walsingham for examination. Many of the species are accompanied by well-preserved specimens of the dried larval skin and pupa, several of which were previously unknown, and are therefore an exceedingly valuable contribution to our knowledge of their earlier stages. RHOPALOCERA. NYMPHALID. KuPLa@inz&. SALATURA GENUTIA. Papilio genutia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 206. f. C, D (1779). Papilio plevippus (part.), Fabr. Spec. Ins. p. 55. LIMNAS CHRYSIPPUS. Papilio chrysippus, Linn. 8. N.i. 2. p. 767 (1767). Jullundur, in the plains, January 21st. Larva on madar (Calo- tropis gigantea). 2.5. 1862. P38 F.C. Moore .del,et hth Vantern Bros imp NEW LEPIDOPTERA FROM N W.HIMALAYA F.C .Moore del et lith Mintern Bros imp NEW LEPIDOPTERA FROM N.W, HiMALAYA 1882.] FROM THE N.W. HIMALAYA. 235 TIRUMALA LIMNIACZ. Papilio limniace, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. 59. f. D, E (1775). TIRUMALA SEPTENTRIONIS. Danais septentrionis, Butler, Ent. Monthly Mag. 1874, p. 163. CADUGA TYTIA. Euplea tytia, Gray, Lep. Ins. of Nepal, p. 9, pl. 9. f. 2 (1833- 46). es sita, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 424, pl. 6 (1844). Kangra valley. ** Double-brooded, March and July. Flies up to about 50 feet, alee along motionless, and then sweeps down, but not very rapid. CRASTIA VERMICULATA. Euplea vermiculata, Butler, P. Z.S. 1866, p. 276. SATYRINZE. LETHE ROHRIA. Papilio rohria, Fabricius, Mant. Ins. ii. p. 45. LETHE DYRTA. Debis dyrta, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. iil. p. 497 (1867). LETHE HYRANIA. 3. Satyrus hyrania, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 449, pl. 17. f. 1, 2 (1844). Q. Satyrus isania, Kollar, id. p. 448, pl. 16. f. 3, 4. LETHE SIDONIS. Debis sidonis, Hewitson, Exot. Butterflies, iil. p. 77, Ded. pl. 39. f. 16 (1863). LETHE NICETAS. Debis nicetas, Hewitson, Exot. Butterflies, iii. p. 78, Ded. pl. 39. f. 17, 18 (1863). TANSIMA VERMA. Satyrus verma, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 447, pl. 16. f. 1, 2 (1844). MELANITIS ISMENE. Papilio ismene, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. 26. f. A, B (1775) MELANITIS BELA. Melanitis bela, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 223 (1857). ORINOMA DAMARIS. Orinoma damaris, Gray, Lep. Ins. Nepal, p. 14, pl. 7. f. 2, 2a (1846); Doubleday & Hewits. D, Lep. pl. 63. f. 3. “Taken at Jatingri. Very local and rare.” 236 MR. F. MOORE ON LEPIDOPTERA [Feb. 21, RHAPHICERA MOOREI. Rhaphicera moorei, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. 1867, p. 164, pl. 4. f.4, 4a, 9. AMECERA SCHAKRA. Satyrus schakra, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 446, pl. 15. f. 3, 4 (1844). HipPARCHIA PARISATIS. Sutyrus parisatis, Kollar, Denkschrift Akad. Wien, math.-nat. Cl. i. p. 52 (1850). ‘* Kangra valley ; during the rains, June to September. Always settles underneath overhanging rocks.” AULOCERA SWaHA. Satyrus swaha, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 444, pl. 14. f. 1, 2 (1844). AULOCERA SARASWATI. Satyrus saraswati, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 445, pl. 14. f. 3, 4 (1844). AULOCERA PADMA. Satyrus padma, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 445, pl. 15. f. 1, 2 (1844). AULOCERA AVATARA. Satyrus avatara, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C.i. p. 229 (1857). “Fly in June. Settle on the ground or rocks; 9000 feet; A. padma higher up than the others, 9000-10,000 feet.” CALLEREBIA SCANDA. Erebia scanda, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 452, pl. 17. f. 3, 4 (1844). CALLEREBIA NIRMALA. Erebia nirmala, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 501. CALLEREBIA INTERMEDIA, 0. sp. Intermediate between C. nirmala and C. cashapa. Upperside similar to C. nirmala, with one ocellus only on each wing. Under- side with two lower ocelli, a third ocellus between the upper median and radial veins, and two small apical spots above. Expanse, 3 275, 2 254, inches. Hub, Kangra district. In coll. British Museum. CALLEREBIA CASHAPA, Nl. Sp. Allied to C. nirmala. Male and female comparatively larger in size. Upperside similar, but the hind wing having three well-formed ocelli, the one between the radial and upper median vein sometimes 1882. ] FROM THE N.W. HIMALAYA. 237 absent. Underside—fore wing less brightly chestnut coloured : hind wing with a complete series of ocelli, one between each vein ; some specimens with three anterior and two posterior ocelli, the upper one and sometimes the lowest being minute. Expanse 2 to 2,°; inches. Hab. Dharmsala (Hocking) ; Masuri (Lang); Simla. In coll. British Museum & F. Moore. CALLEREBIA ANNADA. Erebia unnada, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 226 (1857). CALLEREBIA HYBRIDA. Callerebia hybrida, Butler, P. Z.S. 1880, p. 147. Callerebia nada, Moore, P. Z. S. 1881, p. 306. CALLEREBIA SHALLADA. Erebia shallada, Lang, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. 1880, p. 247. EpINnrePHILE PULCHELLA. Epinephile pulchella, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. iii. p. 490, pl. 69. f. 16 (1867). Lahoul. A distinct species from H. neoza, Lang. CALYSISME BLASIUS. Papilio blasius, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 426 (1798). CALYSISME PERSEUS. Papilio perseus, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 488 (1775). Papilio otrea, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 314. f. A, B (1780), 9. Satyrus zopyrus, Kollar, Hiugel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 450 (1844). CALYSISME SUBFASCIATA, n. Sp. (Plate XII. fig. 8.) Nearest allied to C. visala. Upperside of both sexes with greyer marginal border, and the ocellus on fore wing only half the size. Underside of both sexes much greyer, more densely covered with black-speckled strigze, the two transverse lines comparatively nearer each other, and the outer line bordered by a broad chestnut-brown suffused fascia. Expanse, ¢ 13, 2 2 inches. Hab. Dharmsala. In coll. Rev. Hocking. YpruiIMA NIKAA. Ypthima nikea, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 567. YPTHIMA BALDUS. Papilio baldus, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. App. p. 809 (1775); D ; Ins. India, pl. 36. f. 2. ; Fr-P (1775) ; Donoy YprHiIMA AVANTA. Ypthima avanta, Moore, P. Z. 8, 1874, p. 567. 238 MR. Fe MOORE ON LEPIDOPTERA [Feb. 21, YprHIMA INDECORA, n. sp. (Plate XII. fig. 7.) Nearest to Y.inica, Hewits. Upperside brown: fore wing with a darker subbasal oblique shade ; a prominent, bipupilled, subapical ocellus : hind wing with two smaller subanal ocelli. Underside covered with very slender grey strigee ; two very faint brown fasciz crossing middle of both wings, those on the hind wing waved : hind wing with two subapical and three subanal, extremely minute, and indistinct silver-pupilled ocelli. Expanse, ¢ 12, 2 12 inch. Hab. Kangra district. In coll. Rev. Hocking & F. Moore. YpTHIMA NAREDA. Satyrus nareda, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 451 (1844). Ypthima nareda, Hewits. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1865, p. 285, pl. 17. £6 (nee ft. 7): NYMPHALINE. DILIPA MORGIANA. Apatura morgiana, Westw. Doubleday’s Gen. D. Lep. p. 305 1850). Diliga morgiana, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 201, pl. 6a. f. 5. “August. 6000 feet.” LIMENITIS TRIVENA. Limenitis trivena, Moore, Ent. Monthly Mag. 1864, p. 133. CHARAXES FABIUS. Papilio fabius, Fabricius, Spec. Ins. ii. p. 12 (1781), 3. Papilio solon, Faby. Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 69 (1793), 2. “ Dharmsala; July. Taken at sugar.” EULEPIS ATHAMAS. Papilio athamas, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ins. i. pl. 2. f. 4 (1773). Kangra; Kulu; 3000 feet. EvLEPIS HAMASTA, 0. Sp. Smaller than HZ. athamas. Fore wing differs in the medial band being broader in the male, the subapical spot also broader and more regularly quadrate, its upper angle being nearer the apical spot, of which latter there are two in the female, one above the other: hind wing with a more prominent submarginal series of white spots, the three lower spots being conspicuously larger and lunular in shape, with contiguous greyish outer lunules. Expanse 23 to 22 inches. Hab. Dharmsala, 6200 feet; March, June. In coll. British Museum. “ The wildest butterfly that I know. Takes very long flights at a time and returns to the same point. Very shy.” 1882. ] FROM THE N.W. HIMALAYA. 239 EuTHALIA GARUDA. Adolias garuda, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 186 (1857); Trans. Ent. Soc. 1859, p. 64, pl. 3. f. 2. ** Larva feeds on mango. October.’’ EvurHALIA PATALA. Adolias patala, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 435 (1844). “Flys about oaks. June to September.” STIBOCHIONA NICEA. Adolias nicea, Gray, Lep. Ins. Nepal, p. 13, pl. 12. f. 1 (1846). Flies like Papilio pammon, following the line of a hedge and passing in and out between the bushes.”’ SYMPH2ZDRA NAIS. Papilio nais, Forster, Novee Spec. Ins. Cent. i. p. 73 (1771). Papilio thyelia, Fabr, Ent. Syst. ii. 1, p. 142 (1793); Donov. Ins. India, pl. 31. f. 3. “ Kangra district generally ; banks of the Beas, about 2000 feet elevation.” KaLLIMA HUGELI. Paphia hugelii, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 432, pl. 9 (1844). Kallima hugelii, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1879, p. 12. “‘Single-brooded in July. Flies about till the cold weather in November, and then hibernates, and comes out again im April. Taken at sugar in April.” PRECIS IPHITA. Papilio iphita, Cram. Pap. Exot. i. pl. 209. f. C, D (1779). ** Always pitches on the ground.” JUNONIA LEMONIAS. Papilio lemonias, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 770 (1767). JUNONIA ORITHYA. Papilio orithya, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 770 (1767). JUNONIA ZNONE. Papilio enone, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 770 (1767). JUNONIA ASTERIE. Papilio asterie, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 769 (1767). JUNONIA ALMANA. Papilio almana, Linn. Syst Nat. i. 2, p. 769 (1767); Donov. Ins. China, pl. 38. f. 2. 240 MR. F. MOORE ON LEPIDOPTERA [Feb. 21, PsEUDERGOLIS WEDAH. Ariadne wedah, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 437 (1844). Precis veda, Kirby, Catal. Lep. p. 191 (1871). Precis hara, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 143, pl. 34. f. 1 (1857). ERGOLIS ARIADNE. Papilio ariadne, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 778 (1767). CyRESTIS THYODAMAS. Cyrestis thyodamas, Boisd. Cuvier’s Reg. Anim., Ins. ii. pl. 138. f. 4 (1836). Amathusia ganescha, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kasch. iv. p. 430, pl. 7. f. 3, 4 (1844). “ June to September; hibernates afterwards. Sits with open wings upon hanging leaves of oak and rhododendron.” VANESSA CHARONIA. Papilio charonia, Drury, Ilust. Exot. Ins. i. pl. 15. f. 1, 2 (1773). VANESSA XANTHOMELAS. Papilio xanthomelas, Denis et Schiff. Wien. Verz. p. 175 (1776). “Larva on willow, March 30. Fed up April 6th; in pupa state from 16th to 24th; imago emerged May 9th.” VANESSA KASCHMIRENSIS. Vanessa kaschmirensis, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kasch. iv. p. 442, pl. 11. f. 3, 4 (1844). ‘* Larva on nettle, April.” PyRAMEIS CARDUI. Papilio cardui, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 774 (1767). ‘« Larva on nettle; May and August, 6200 feet.” PyYRAMEIS INDICA. Papilio indica, Herbst, Naturs. Schmett. vii. pl. 180. f. 1, 2 (1794). SEpPHISA ! DICHROA. Limenitis dichroa, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kasch. iv. p. 429, pl. 8. f. 1, 2 (1844). Castalia dichroa, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 199. HeEsTINA ZELLA. Hestina zella, Butler, Trans. Ent. Scc. 1869, p. 9, fig. Kangra district generally. NEPTIS ASTOLA. N eptis astola, Moore, P. Z.S8. 1872, p. 560. 1 Proposed in place of Castalia, previously used. 1882.] FROM THE N.W. HIMALAYA. 241 NEPTIS MAHENDRA. Neptis mahendra, Moore, P. Z. S. 1872, p. 560, pl. 32. f. 3. NEPTIS ANANTA. Neptis ananta, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C.i. p. 166, pl. 4a. f. 3(1857); P.Z.S. 1858, p. 5. “Kulu; very rare.” NEPTIs NANDINA. Neptis nandina, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 168, pl. 4a. ~ 7 (1857). NEpTIS AMBA. Neptis amba, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1858, p. 7, pl. 49. f 4. * Kulu.” NEPTIS AMBOIDES, 0. sp. Allied to but smaller than NW. améa. Fore wing with the discoidal streak broader ; the discal spots also broader and more compactly disposed; hind wing with a broader subbasal band, and a more uniformly curved and narrower submarginal band. Expanse, ¢ 23, 2 22 inches. Hab. Ruttun Pir, Cashmere (Reid); Kangra district (Hocking). In coll. F. Moore and British Museum. ATHYMA OPALINA. (Plate XI. fig. 3, larva.) Limenitis opalina, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 427 (1844). Athyma opalina, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C.1. p. 171, pl. 5a. £2. oar ‘Larva on kusmul, August 15th. Deep green, with red spines ; moulted in a day or two; the dorsal line yellow, lateral pale green. Pupa of the brightest silver tinsel. Perfect insect emerged Sept. 9th.” ATHYMA LEUCOTHOE. Papilio leucothoé, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 780 (1767); Sulzer, Gesch. Ins. pl. 18. f. 2, 3. ATHYMA ASURA. Athyma asura, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 350, pl. 5a. f. 1 (1857). “ Kulu; very rare.” APATURA MISIPPUS. Papilio misippus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 767 (1767). Diadema misippus, Butl. Catal. Fabr. Lep. B. M. p. 97; Trans. Ent. Soc. 1869, p. 278. APATURA BOLINA. Papilio bolina, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 781 (1767) ; Clerck, Icones, pl. 21. f. 2. Diadema bolina, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1869, p. 278. “ Hot valleys. In flower-gardens, from May to September.” Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. XVI. 16 242 MR. F. MOORE ON LEPIDOPTERA [Feb. 21, APATURA JACINTHA. Papilio jacintha, Drury, Ulust. Exot. Ins. ii. pl. 21. f. 1, 2 (1773). * Hills, June to September. Settling upon oak (Quercus incana). Never found in company with preceding.” ACIDALIA NIPHE. Papilio niphe, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 785 (1767); Drury, Illust. Exot. Ins. i. pl. 6. f. 1. ** Found in the valleys.” ARGYNNIS CHILDRENI. Argynnis childreni, Gray, Zool. Misc. p. 33 (1831); Lep. Ins. Nepal, p. 11, pl. 11. Argynnis sakontala, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kasch. iv. p. 439, pl. 12 (1844). “On thistles, 6000 feet.”’ ARGYNNIS JAINADEVA. Argynnis jainadeva, Moore, Ent. Monthly Mag. 1864, p. 131; P. Z. S. 1865, p. 495, pl. 30. f. 1. ARGYNNIS ISSHA. Argynnis issea, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 156 (1857). ** Hills, flying over the grassy slopes.” ARGYNNIS BARALACHA, 0. sp. (Plate XI. figs. 1, 1 a.) Male. Upperside fulvous; lower basal area of both wings mi- nutely black-speckled: fore wing with a black recurved streak within the cell, a lunular streak at its end; a discal transverse zig- zag series of broader streaks, two outer rows of small spots, which are indistinct at the apex, and a marginal, indistinct, dentated lunular speckled line: hind wing with two less distinct and more slender cell-streaks, discal row of spots, two outer rows of spots (of which the inner row is indistinct), and a marginal speckled line. Underside—fore wing paler fulvous, with the cell, discal, and inner row of black spots as above showing very indistinctly ; the costal border, two streaks from the apex, and short X-shaped marginal marks being yellow: hind wing yellow, with a very irregular trans- verse subbasal, discal, and a marginal fulvous-red band ; the sub- basal band bordered outwardly by linear pearly streaks, the discal band by indistinct pearly lunules, and the marginal band traversed by pearly X-shaped marks; the discal and marginal bands more or less confluent ; a small pearly spot also within the cell. Expanse 13 inch. Hab. Ladak. In coll. British Museum. MELITHA CASHMIRENSIS. Melitea cashmirensis, Moore, P.Z. 8. 1874, p. 267, pl. 43. f. 4. 1882. ] FROM THE N.W. HIMALAYA. 243 MELIT#A BALBITA. Melitea balbita, Moore, P. Z. S. 1874, p. 268, pl. 43. f. 5. ‘*Rhotung Pass.” SYMBRENTHIA HyPPocLus. (Plate XI. figs. 4, 4a, larva.) Papilio hyppoclus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 220. f. C, D (1782). ** Larva on nettle, August, 6200 feet.” ATELLA PHALANTA. Papilio phalanta, Drury, Must. Exot. Ins. i. pl. 21. f. 1, 2 (1773). ** Found in the valleys.” ACRAINE. PAREBA VESTA. Papilio vesta, Fabr. Mant. Ins. ii. p. 14 (1787). Acrea anomala, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kasch. iv. p. 425, pl. 3. f. 3, 4 (1844). ‘Larva feeds on the willow-leaved nettle (Bohmeria talicifolia). Imago, July to September. Eggs deposited in September, and hatch in about twenty days. Length of young larva 3 to 4 lines, entirely black. When about three weeks old they moult and then hibernate, reappearing in the following April. They moult again early in May, when they assume the red head. The larve generally feed on the upper branches of the plant, are gregarious, and drop to the ground when disturbed. Third moult early in June, about the middle of which month they suspend themselves by the tail near the bottom of the stems of the bushes, and there change to the pupa state. The imago appears in about fifteen days, in the first or second week in July. A few come out in August and September, but not in sufficient numbers to constitute a succession of broods. The imago is seldom found far from the food-plant, which grows near runuing water. ‘It is a very local insect, but, where occurring, abundant. It is to be found in wet ravines at from 3000 to 4000 feet elevation in Kulu. It is not a rapid flier, and is easily captured. When at rest it may be taken by the fingers. It is very constant in its appear- ance, frequenting the same localities year after year. The imago does not hibernate.’”— Note by A. Graham Young. ERYCINIDA, LinyTHZINE. LIBYTHEA MYRRBA. Libythea myrrha, Godt. Enc. Méth. ix. p. 171. ‘Kangra valley, May to December. A tree-perching insect. Settles with vertical wings.” NEMEOBIINE. DopoNA DURGA. Melitea durga, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 441, pl. 13. f. 3, 4 (1844). 16* 244 MR. F, MOORE ON LEPIDOPTERA [Feb. 21, DopoNA EUGENES. Dodona eugenes, Bates, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. ix. p. 371 (1867). ARISARA SUFFUSA, N. Sp. Allied to 4. angulata, Moore (P. Z.S. 1878, p. 833). Smaller, the male being of a deeper tint, with the fasciz straighter and suf- fused with grey. Female of a much duller colour and suffused with grey, the medial transverse dark fascia less angular on both wings, and the outer fasciee much less distinet, broader, and more suffused. Expanse, ¢ 13, 9 14 inch. Hab. Chumba, 10,000 feet. In coll. British Museum, LYCANIDA. PITHECOPS ZALMORA. Pithecops zalmora, Butler, Catal. Fabrician Lep. Brit. Mus. p- 161 (1870). CuRETIS DENTATA. Curetis dentata, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 138. CYANIRIS C@LESTINA. Lycena celestina, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 423 (1844). Lycena kollari, Westwood, Doubleday’s Gen. D. Lep. p. 491 (1852). Polyommatus kasmira, Moore, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 503, pl. 31. f. 1. CYANIRIS HUEGELII. Lycena argiolus, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 423 (nec Linn.). Differs from C. celestina in its larger size. Male. Upperside similar in colour, but of a darker blue tint ; fore wing with a more slender blackish marginal band; hind wing with a clearly defined marginal line. Female more dusky throughout than in C. celestina; fore wing with broader blackish marginal borders and discocellular lunule ; hind wing with the blackish costal border and marginal spots broader, the latter with well-defined inner pale dentate marks, the inner area beyond and the veins also dusky-black. Underside with similar but more distinct markings than in C. celestina, the discal series on the hind wing more linear in shape, the marginal spots-and submarginal lunular band much more prominent. Expanse, ¢ 2 1,°; to 1,8; inch. Hab. N.W. Himalaya (Kaschmir; Simla; Masuri; Dharmsala). In coll. F. Moore and British Museum. This species has hitherto been considered to be Kollar’s ZL. celes- tina; but both his description and measurements undoubtedly agree with C. kasmira. CYANIRIS VARDHANA. Polyommatus vardhana, Moote, P. Z. 8.1874, p. 572, pl. 66. f. 5. 1882. ] FROM THE N.W. HIMALAYA. 245 CYANIRIS PUSPA. Polyommatus puspa, Horsf. Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. (1828), 67. « Kulu.” CHILADES VARUNANA. Polyommatus varunana, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 772, pl. 41. f. 6. CHILADES PUTLI. Lycena putli, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 422 (1844). ZIZERA MAHA. Lycena maha, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 422 (1844). Lycena chandala, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 504, pl. 31. f. 5. ZIZERA INDICA. Lycena indica, Murray, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 525, pl. 10. f. 2.3. ZIZERA PYGMZA. Lycena pygmea, Snellin, Tijd. voor Ent. xix. p. 153, pl. 7. f. 3 (1876). Identical with Sumatran and Ceylonese specimens. AZANUS UBALDUS. Papilio ubaldus, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 390. f. L, M (1782). Lycena zena, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 505, pl. 31. f. 9. TARUCUS NARA. Lycena nara, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 421 (1844). TARUCUS ALTERATUS, n. sp. (Plate XII. figs. 4, 4a.) Also allied to 7. nara; smaller; colour paler and of a more decided blue tint; fore wing with a slender discocellular dusky lunule ; hind wing with a small dusky spot above the tail, and a slender marginal white line. Cilia brownish white. Underside dull pale greyish ochreous; both wings with similarly disposed markings, which are more slender, paler, and much less distinct, those on the hind wing being reddish ochreous, the marginal metallic spots more or less golden. Expanse +9 inch. Hab. N.W. Himalaya (Reid); Dharmsala (Hocking). In coll. F. Moore and British Museum. TaRUCUS VENOSUS, n. sp. (Plate XII. figs. 6, 6 a.) Allied to Z. theophrastus and 7. nara. Wings larger and broader ; fore wing less triangular, the exterior margin more con- vex ; colour duller blue and of aslight violaceous tinge ; both wings with a broad marginal dusky border, similar to that in male of Zizera chandala ; veins dark-lined: fore wing with a broad dusky spot, and hind wing with a slender lunule at end of the cell, and a 246 MR. F. MOORE ON LEPIDOPTERA [Feb. 21, slender white marginal line above the tail. Female entirely violet- brown, with the exception of a very few blue scales sparsely dis- posed on the basal area; an indistinct darker cell-spot on fore wing, and a spot above the tail. Cilia whitish. Underside similar to the above species, all the markings, however, being broader in both sexes. Expanse, ¢ 2, 154; inch. Hab. Dharmsala. In coll. British Museum. TARUCUS PLINIUS. Hesperia plinius, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. p. 284 (1793) ; Donoy. Ins. India, pl. 41. f. 1. CASTALIUS ROSIMON, Papilio rosimon, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 523 (1775). EVERES DIPORA. Lycena dipora, Moore, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 506, pl. 31. f. 8. NACADUBA ARDATES. Lycena ardates, Moore, P. Z.8. 1874, p. 574, pl. 67. f. 1. © Kulu.” CaTOCHRYSOPS STRABO. Hesperia strabo, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. p. 287 (1793). Lycena kandarpa, Horsf. Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. (1829), p. 82. Lycena asoka, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kasch. iv. p. 419, 3. Lycena didda, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kasch. iv. p. 420, 2. CATOCHRYSOPS CNEJUS. Hesperia cnejus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 430 (1798). Lycena pandia, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kasch. iv. p. 418. PoOLYOMMATUS B&TICUS. Papilio beticus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 789 (1767). LAMPIDES ZLIANUS. Hesperia elianus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. p. 280 (1793). LYCHNA NAZIRA. Polyommatus nazira, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 504, pl. 31. f. 4. LYCANA ARIANA. Polyommatus ariana, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 504, pl. 31. f. 2. LyCNA SUTLEJA, D. sp. Near to L. boisduvalii and L. ariana. Upperside darker glossy blue, the marginal band narrower ; no dusky streaks ascending the veins; the marginal spots on hind wing less prominent. Underside lilacine ochreous-grey, darkest on hind wing; markings similar to L. boisduvalii, except that the spot within the cell is further from the discocellular lunule, this spot being situated inward of the end 1882.] FROM THE N.W. HIMALAYA. 247 of lower median vein; the discal row of spots are more linearly dis- posed, the marginal spots having their red inner borders more slenderly black-lined ; hind wing with a black centre to the disco- cellular lunule: upper discal spots nearer together, thus giving a wider space between the upper one and basal spot ; the red borders to marginal spots are somewhat broader and more slenderly black- streaked. Expanse 1,4; inch. Hab. Kangra district. In coll. British Musenm. LyYC#&NA METALLICA. Lycena metallica, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 283, pl. 35. f. 7, 8 (1865), o. LycaZNA OMPHISA. Polyommatus omphisa, Moore, P. Z.S. 1874, p. 573, pl. 66. f. 2. Taken in Ladak. CHRYSOPHANUS PHLGAS. Papilio phleas, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 793 (1767). CHRYSOPHANUS KASYAPA. Chrysophanus kasyapa, Moore, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 506, pl. 31. f. 10. CHRYSOPHANUS PAVANA. Thecla pavana, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 416, pl. 5. f. 5, 6 (1844). Thecla panava, Westw. Gen. D. Lep. p. 487 (1852). THECLA SYLA. Thecla syla, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 414, pl. 4. f. 7, 8 (1844). Dipsas sila, Hewits. Ill. D. Lep. pl. 26. f. 3. THECLA ATAXAS. Dipsas ataxas, Doubleday & Hewits. Gen. D. Lep. pl. 74. f. 7 (1852); Hewits. Ill. D. Lep. pl. 26. f. 6. THECLA ODATA. Dipsas odata, Hewits. Ill. D. Lep. p. 66, pl. 30. f. 13, 14 (1865) ; Moore, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 507. THECLA BIRUPA. Dipsas birupa, Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1877, xx. p. 51. HoraGa Onyx. Thecla onyx, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C.i. p. 30, ¢ (1857). Male. Violet-brown ; fore wing with the lower basal and discal area cyaneous blue ; discal white spot large, of the same size as in female H. viola ; hind wing paler, the medial area cyaneous blue. Underside pale olivaceous brownish-ochreous, the discal band on fore 248 MR. F. MOORE ON LEPIDOPTERA [Feb. 21, wing attenuated anteriorly and extending to costal border; the band on hind wing very broad and irregular ; anal and subanal spots small. Female. Paler ; discal spot very large and oval ; band on under- side as in male. Expanse, ¢ 2 1,9; inch. Hab. N.W. Himalaya (Deyra Doon ; Dharmsala). Taken by Mr. Hocking on quince tree, at 6000 feet elevation. The type specimen described above is now in the British-Museum collection. Its locality label is ‘‘ Himalaya,” not Burmah, as stated in my original description. HoRraGaA VIOLA, 0. sp. Male. Violet-brown ; fore wing with a small white discal spot. Female. Violet-brown, palest on the hind wing; lower basal and discal area of both wings dull cyaneous blue, discal white spot larger. Underside darkish violaceous brownish-ochreous, the white discal spot continued to posterior margin; the band on hind wing narrowly white in both sexes. Expanse, ¢ 3%, Q 1 inch. Hab. Dharmsala. In coll. British Museum. ILERDA TAMU. Polyommatus tamu, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kasch. iv. p.417, pl.6.£.7,8id - Ilerda tamu, Hewitson, Illust. D. Lep. p. 57. Allied to I. androcles. Male. Upperside blackish brown; with the medial, basal, and discal area of fore wing and medial area of hind wing sparsely covered with dull metallic greenish-blue scales, these scales scarcely appearing below the submedian vein on the fore wing and being less thickly disposed on the hind wing ; anal red lunules narrow and distinct. Female paler brown; fore wing with an oblique discal slightly- curved short red band; hind wing with a marginal narrow sinuous red band. Underside dull saffron-yellow; markings similar to those of I. an- drocles. Expanse 1,4; inch. Hab. N.W. Himalayas, Masuri (Lang); Dharmsala (Hocking). In coll. F. Moore and British Museum. ILERDA CORUSCANS, 0. sp. Smaller than I. androcles. Male of a denser blackish-brown colour: fore wing with the lower basal and discal area, and medial area of hind wing entirely covered with glittering metallic blue scales, which in some lights are of a smalt-blue tint ; two slender, short, red anal lunules. Female paler brown: fore wing with a narrow red oblique band, and hind wing with a marginal sinuous red band. Expanse 1,4; inch. Hab. N.W. Himalaya: Bisahur, between Sarhan and Tranda et ; Dharmsala (Hocking). In coll. F. Moore and British useum. 1882.] FROM THE N.W. HIMALAYA. 249 ILERDA ODA. Ilerda oda, Hewits. Ill. D. Lep. p. 58, pl. 24. f. 9, 10. ILERDA SENA. Polyommatus sena, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschm. iv. p. 415, pl. 5. f. 3, 4 (1844). IRAOTA TIMOLEON. Papilio timoleon, Stoll, Suppl. Cram. Pap. Exot. v. pl. 32. f. 4 (1790). HyPoLyc#NA MILIONIA. Myrina mylionia,, Hewits. Tl. D. Lep. Suppl. p. 5, pl. 3. f. 79, 80 (1869). ©9000 feet.” HypoLtyc#NA NASAKA. Thecla nasaka, Horsf. Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I.C. (1829), p. 91. Identical with Javan type. HypoLyCZNA CHANDRANA, 0. sp. (Plate XI. figs. 2, 2 a.) Allied to H. nasaka. Male. Upperside violet-brown: fore wing with the lower basal and discal area dull violet-blue, and the medial area of hind wing purplish violet-blue ; marginal line and anal lobe black. Cilia whitish. Underside olive-grey: fore wing with a broad discocellular slender black-lined white-bordered streak, a similar broken discal band, and a similar marginal narrower lunular band: hind wing with a similar discocellular streak, a discal band, which is broken beyond the cell and bent upwards above anal angle, and a marginal dentated band ending in a large red spot and anal lobe and an inter- vening streak, the spot and anal lobe black-centred, the streak with metallic-green borders ; a white-bordered black spot on costa near the base, another at end of the cell, and a less distinct spot above anal angle. Expanse 13 inch. Hab. Lahul. In coll. British Museum. Tr NADISEPA, 0. g. Allied to Deudorix. Fore wing more acuminate at the apex; male furnished with a tuft of hair on middle of posterior margin: hind wing more attenuated hindward; exterior margin slightly sinuous; a broad conical depressed glandular spot between the costal and subcostal veins. Venation similar, Palpi smaller, shorter, second joint of more equal width ; antennal club shorter. NADISEPA JARBAS. Papilio jarbas, Fabr. Mant. Ins. ii. p. 68 (1787). Thecla jarbus, Horsf. Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. (1829), p. 93. 250 MR. F. MOORE ON LEPIDOPTERA [Feb. 21, Baspa, n. g. Differs from typical Deudorix (D. epijarbas). Male with a less triangular form of fore wing; the hind wing more oblique on costal and exterior margins, the apex very convex. Venation similar. Female: fore wing more triangular: hind wing narrower and less convex. Second joint of palpi much shorter; antennal club much shorter and abruptly formed. Sexes alike in colour. BasPpA MELAMPUS. Papilio melampus, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 362. f. G, H (1782). Thecla sorya, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kasch. iv. p. 414, pl. 5. f. 1, 2 (1844). DruDORIX EPIJARBAS. Dipsas epijarbas, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 32 (1857). Deudoriz epijarbas, Hewits. Ill. D. Lep. pl. 7. f. 16-18. VIRACHOLA PERSE. Deudoriz perse, Hewits. Ill. D. Lep. p. 18, pl. 8. f. 24-26 (1863). VIRACHOLA ISOCRATES. Hesperia isocrates, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. p. 266 (1793), 3. Thecla isocrates, Westw. Tr. Ent. Soc. 1836, p. 4, pl. 1. Bipaspa, n. g. — Nearest to Virachola. Fore wing comparatively more triangular ; third subcostal emitted at a slight angle before end of the cell: hind wing less produced hindward ; costal margin longer, apex less con- vex ; cell triangular; first subcostal emitted at one fifth before end of the cell; the broad conical depressed glandular spot terminates before reaching the first subcostal branch, and does not extend below into the cell; tail slender. Palpi less compactly squamose ; antennal club shorter. Type B. nissa. BIpASPA NISSA. Thecla nissa, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 412, pl. 4. f. 3, 4 (1844). Deudorix nissa, Hewits. Ill. D. Lep. p. 23, pl. 10. f. 42, 43 (nee f. 44). Hysupra, u. g. Allied to Bidaspa. Fore wing less triangular in form, the exterior margin slightly convex ; no tuft on posterior margin of male: hind wing less produced hindward ; no costal depressed granular spot ; tail shorter. HysupRA SELIRA. Deudoriz selira, Moore, P. Z. S. 1874, p. 272. Deudoriz nissa, Hewits. Ill. D. Lep. pl. 10. f. 44 (nee Kollar). 1882.] FROM THE N.W. HIMALAYA. 251 RAPALA GRISEA. Deudorizx grisea, Moore, P. Z. S. 1879, p. 140. APHNZUS ETOLUS. Papilio etolus, Cram. Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 208. f. E, F (1782). APHNZEUS TRIFURCATA, 0. Sp. Male. Upperside violet-brown ; basal area of a more greyish- blue tint than in A. ie¢is, the orange spot trifurcate and triangular. Female paler; basal area greyish vinous-brown ; orange spot on fore wing small, not larger than that of the male. Underside of a deeper chrome-yellow, the silver-streaked bands similarly disposed, but all nearly dusky black throughout their breadth; the marginal slender spots more prominent. Expanse, ¢ 1,3;, 2 14% inch. Hab. N.W. Himalaya, Dharmsala (Baden Powell and Hocking). In coll. F. Moore and British Museum. APHN&US UNIFORMIS, 0. sp. Fore wing comparatively narrower and more acutely pointed at the apex than in 4. trifureata ; hind wing shorter, but longer hind- wards, and the exterior margin even and less convex anteriorly. Upperside dull bluish brown: fore wing unmarked: hind wing with an indistinct dull ochreous anal spot speckled with grey and black. Underside dull pale brownish ochreous, the transverse bands nearly obsolete, being indicated by very slender indistinct silvery-speckled lines ; anal lobe black-spotted. Expanse 1,5 inch. Hab. Mount Meru, Wurdhan. In coll. British Museum. APHNZUS ELIMA. Aphneus elima, Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1877, p. 51. PRATAPA ICETAS. Tolaus icetas, Hewits. Ill. D. Lep. p. 44, pl. 18. f. 6, 7 (1865), 2. LoxuRa ATYMNUS. Papilio atymnus, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 331. f. D, E (1782). SURENDRA QUERCETORUM. Amblypodia quercetorum, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I.C. i. p- 42, pl. la. f. 7 (1857). PANCHALA, N. g. Wings small, short, broad: fore wing much arched; exterior margin erect, slightly convex hindwards; cell extending beyond half the wing ; costal vein extending to near half the margin; first subcostal emitted at two fifths and second at one fifth before end of the cell, third bifid at one third before the apex, fifth from slight angle at end of the cell; discocellular slightly bent near upper 252 ‘MR. F. MOORE ON LEPIDOPTERA [Feb. 21, end, radial from the angle; middle median near end of the cell, lower at one fourth before the end, curved downwards ; submedian straight: hind wing very convex externally ; costa much recurved from the base, apex angular ; costal vein recurved, extending to the apex ; first subcostal emitted at one third before end of the cell; discocellular slightly bent in the middle, radial from the angle; two upper medians from end of the cell, lower at one fourth before the end; submedian straight, internal recurved. Body short, thorax moderate ; palpi porrect, compactly squamose, second joint project- ing half its length beyond the head, third joint one third its length, slender ; legs compactly squamose; antennz short, thickening to the apex. Type P. ganesa. PANCHALA GANESA. Amblypodia ganesa, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 44, pl. 1a. f. 8 (1857). PANCHALA DODONEA. Amblypodia dodonea, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 43, pl. 1 a. f. 8 (1857). PANCHALA RAMA, Thecla rama, Kollar, Higel’s Kasch. iv. p. 412, pl. 4. f. 1, 2 (1844). PAPILIONIDA. PIEeRInz&. TERIAS HECABE. Papilio hecabe, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 763 (1767). TERIAS EXCAVATA, N. sp. Near T. hecabe. Fore wing with the marginal band of a similar form but not quite so wide, the lower portion extending less from the angle: hind wing with a marginal slender dentated line. Female. Fore wing with a slightly wider marginal band; hind wing with a very slender marginal dentated line. Underside with pale markings ; the apical streak pale in the male, prominent in the female. Expanse 12 inch. Hab. Kangra district (Dharmsala). In coll. British Museum and F. Moore. TERIAS PURREEA, 0. sp. Allied to T. @siope. Smaller in size; the marginal band on fore wing one third less in width at upper and lower ends, the upper and lower angles of the excavated portion less acute: hind wing with a slight marginal dentated line. Underside with similar but narrower and smaller markings. Expanse 12 to 14 inch. Hab. Kangra distirct. In coll. British Mnseum. 1882.] FROM THE N.W. HIMALAYA. 253 TERIAS IRREGULARIS, 0. Sp. (Plate XII. fig. 3.) Near to T. fimbriata. Wings comparatively shorter; of the same tint of colour: fore wing with the marginal band broadly oblique at the apex, excavated in the middle, and sinuous at pos- terior end: hind wing with a marginal slender dentated line. Female paler, the marginal band on fore wing with sharper angles ; minute marginal dentated spots on hind wing. Underside with very prominent chestnut-brown markings. Expanse 155 inch. Hab. Kangra district. In coll. British Museum. TERIAS FIMBRIATA. Terias fimbriata, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1867, p. 323. TERIAS APICALIS, n. sp. (Plate XII. fig. 2.) Also allied to 7. jfimbriata. Wings narrower and paler: fore wing with the marginal band confined to a narrow apical costal streak, the lower portion from the subcostal vein composed of very small speckled spots: hind wing with a marginal row of minute spots. Female with the band broader at the apex, the lower part as in male. Underside with distinct chestnut-brown markings, Expanse 14 inch. Hab. Kangra district. In coll. British Museum. TERIAS DRONA. Terias drona, Horsf. Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. (1829), p. 137, pl. f. 13. TERIAS RUBELLA. Terias rubella, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1867, p. 323. CATOPSILIA CROCALE. Papilio crocale, Cram. Pap. Exot. i. pl. 55. f. C, D (1755), 9. Papilio alemeone, Cram. loc. cit. ii. pl. 141. f. E, 3. * Kulu. June to August. Both the narrow- and broad-bordered females taken at same time.” CATOPSILIA GNOMA. Papilio gnoma, Fabr. Syst. Ent. App. p. 828 (1775), 3. Papilio philippina, Cram. P. Ex. iv. pl. 361. f. C, D (1781), 9. * Kangra valley generally. June to August. Affects flowers, Zinnia particularly.” CATOPSILIA PYRANTHE. Papilio pyranthe, Linn. Syst. Nat. ii. p. 763 (1767). GoNEPTERYX NEPALENSIS. Gonepteryx nepalensis, Doubleday, Gen. D. L. p. 71 (1847). Gonepteryx rhamni, Gray, Lep. Ins. Nepal, pl. 5. f. 1 (1866). 254 MR. F. MOORE ON LEPIDOPTERA [Feb. 21, IXIAS KAUSALA. Ivias kausala, Moore, Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1877, p. 49. Ix1as pyemmaA,n. sp. (Plate XII. fig. 1.) Nearest to I. kausala. Smaller, and of a slightly paler yellow: fore wing with a broader black apical band, the red belt being much narrower and more irregularly bordered, leaving a much broader black inner space: hind wing unmarked. Underside similarly marked to I. kausala. Expanse 13 inch, Hab. Kangra district. In coll. British Museum. Ix1As wAtTT1?. Ivias watti, Butler, P. Z.S. 1880, p. 151, pl. 15. f. 1, 3. The locality of “ Bengal”? given for this species is evidently an error. : IxIAS MARIANNE. Papilio marianne, Cram. Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 217. f. C-E (1782). CALLOSUNE FARRINA. Teracolus farrinus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 159, pl. 7. f. 2. CALLOSUNE PURA. Teracolus purus, Butler, P. Z.S. 1876, p. 160, pl. 7. f. 14, 15. CoLiAs LADAKENSIS. Colias ladakensis, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 197, pl. 27. f. 8, 9 (1865). Colias shipkee, Moore, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 492, pl. 31. f. 13. ‘* Baralacha Pass.’’ CoLtas FIELDI. Colias fieldit, Ménétr. Catal. Mus. Petr. Lep. i. p. 79, pl. 1. f. 5 (1855). C. edusa, Gray, Lep. Ins. Nepal, pl. 5. f. 2. Cotas SAREPTENSIS? ? Colias sareptensis, Staudinger, Catal. p. 4 (1871). Colias (? sareptensis). <‘‘ Occurs all the year round; found at Dharmsala in grassy fields from April to November, and lower down the valley early in March. The yellow and white forms found at the same time and place, and taken in copuld.”’ Coxias PALLipA? ? Colias pallida, Staudinger, Catal. p. 4 (1871). * Inias dharmsale, Butler, described as having been collected at Dharmsala by Dr. Watt, is not represented in Mr. Hocking’s collection. 1882. | FROM THE N.W. HIMALAYA. 255 CoutAs ERATE ?. ? Papilio erate, Esper, Ausl. Schmett. i. 2. pl. 119. f. 3. Male. Clear yellow: fore wing with the marginal band of a similar form to that in CO. edusa and C. fieldi, unspotted, of a cuprescent- brown colour, and of the same width except at the apex, where it is broader owing to the more pointed form of wing ; the band also has the curvature of its inner border as in those species, and its upper end with distinct streaks extending for a short distance along the anterior veins: hind wing with the band and discal spots similar to those in European C. erate. Underside paler than in C. erate ; discal spots less distinct, the discoidal spot on fore wing entirely black, that on hind wing large with whitish centre and lobate red border. Expanse 2 inches. This has the apex of the fore wing more prolonged than in Euro- pean C. erate, the angle more acute, and the exterior margin more oblique. Co.tAs LATIVITTA, 0. sp. Male. Yellow: fore wing with a broad unspotted blackish band, the inner border of which is angulated inward at the upper median vein ; the band very sparsely yellow-speckled on the anterior veins ; discocellular spot large, black: hind wing with a broad blackish crenulated band and a large orange-yellow discocellular spot. Underside olivaceous yellow: fore wing with a black discocellular spot and a distinct discal row of spots: hind wing with a moderate- sized dull pearly-white red-bordered discocellular spot. Female. Yellow, or white ; the band on fore wing broader than in male, and with not very prominent upper and lower yellow spots; the discocellular spot distinct: hind wing darker, with broad mar- ginal band traversed inwardly by large ill-detined yellow spots; discocellular spot brighter red. Expanse 13 to 22 inches. Hab. Nepal (type); Kunawar ; Kangra (Hocking). Cashmere (Hellard). In coll. F. Moore and British Museum. The colour in this species is of a deeper yellow, and the bands on both wings are conspicuously broader than in the preceding (C. pallida) or S.-Russian specimens of C. erate. HupuINA PHRYNE. Papilio phryne, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 473 (1775). Papilio evagete, Cram. Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 221. f. F, G. BELENOIS MESENTINA. Papilio mesentina, Cram. Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 270. f. A, B (1782). SYyNCHLOE DAPLIDICE. Papilio daplidice, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 760 (1767). 256 MR. F. MOORE ON LEPIDOPTERA [Feb. 21, SYNCHLOE CALLIDICE. Papilio callidice, Esper, Schmett. i. 2, pl. 115. f. 2, 3 (1800). Pieris kalora, Moore, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 489, pl. 31. f. 15. SyNCHLOE BUTLERI, n. sp. (Plate XI. figs. 6, 6 a.) Synchloé butleri, Hocking, MS. Near to S. callidice. Upperside—basal area of both wings deeply black-speckled: fore wing with a narrow black discocellular spot, shorter subapical streak, and more distinctly-formed marginal spots : hind wing with an interrupted black discocellular streak, and an exceedingly indistinct blackish-speckled anterior discal fascia. Underside—fore wing with the costal border and apex pale reddish ochreous ; discocellular spot and apical streaks black: hind wing pale reddish ochreous, with black streaks bordering all the veins, the streaks interrupted across the disk. Expanse 13 inch. Hab. Lahoul. In coll. British Museum. DELIAS EUCHARIS. Papilio eucharis, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ins. ii. pl. 10. f. 5, 6 (1773); Cram. Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 201. f. B, C, pl. 202. f. C. DELIAS SANACA. Pieris sanaca, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I.C. i. p. 79 (1857) ; P. Z.S. 1857, p. 103, pl. 44. f. 4. MANCIPIUM NEPALENSE. Pieris nepalensis, Gray, Lep. Nepal, pl. 6. f. 3 (1846). “Larvee May 5 reared from eggs found on the Nasturtium. Imagines came out May 25. Two or three broods in the year. Common.” MANCIPIUM CANIDIA. Pieris canidia, Sparrm. Ameen. Acad. vii. p. 504 (1768). Papilio gliciria, Cram. Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 171. f. E, F (1779). Aporia soracta. (Plate XI. fig. 5, larva.) Aporia soracta, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 83 (1857). *‘Larve found on kusmul April 6, went to pupa May 8; all victims of Ichneumons. Others also found in the same month the following year.” APORIA NABELLICA. Pieris nabellica, Boisd. Spec. Gén. Lép. i. p. 509 (1836). METAPORIA PHRYXE. Pieris phrywe, Boisd. Spec. Gén. L ] p. i. p. 446 (1836) ; Jacquem. Voy. Inde, iv. Ins. p. 16, pl. 2. f. 1 (1 é (1844), @. METAPORIA CAPHUSA. Metaporia caphusa, Moore, P. Z.S. 1872, p. 564. 1882. ] FROM THE N.W. HIMALAYA. 257 PAPILIONINA. PARNASSIUS HARDWICKIe Parnassius hardwicki, Gray, Zool. Misc. p. 32 (1831) ; Lep. Ins. Nepal, p. 7, pl. 4. f. 1, la; Catal. Lep. Ins. Brit. Mus. p. 76, pl. 12. f. 8. P. jacquemontii, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kasch. iv. p. 407, pl. 2. f. 3, 4 (nec Boisd.). “March. Flies over the snow ; 8000 feet. Sixteen specimens taken in one day, all males but one.” PARNASSIUS JACQUEMONTI. Parnassius jacquemonti, Boisd. Spec. Gén. Lép. i. p. 400 (1836) ; Blanchard, Jacq. Voy. Inde, iv. Ins. p. 16, pl. 1. f. 3, 4; Gray, Catal. Lep. Ins. B. M. pl. 12. f. 1, 2. “Head of the Kullu valley, and slopes of the Rhotang Pass ; 10,000 up to 13,000 feet.” PARNASSIUS CHARLTONIUS. Parnassius charltonius, Gray, Catal. Lep. Ins. B. M. p. 77, pl. 12. f. 7, ¢ (1852); Moore, Yarkand Mission, Lep. p. 5, pl. 1. fe 3; 2 . ‘« Baralacha Pass, 18,000 feet, June. Very rare.” PARNASSIUS CHARINO. Parnassius charino, Gray, Catal. Lep. Ins. B. M. p. 76, pl. 12. f. 12 (1852). “Top of the Rhotang Pass, 13,000 feet. Very rare.” DaLcHINA SARPEDON. Papilio sarpedon, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 747; Esper, Ausl. Schmett. pl. 8. f. 2. * Flies round and round the tops of trees.” DALCHINA CLOANTHUS. Papilio cloanthus, Westw. Arcana Ent. i. pl. 11. f. 2 (1841); Kollar, Hiigel’s Kasch. iv. p. 405, pl. 2. f. 1, 2. ZETIDES AXION. Papilio axion, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesch. 1864, pp. 305, 350. P. eurypilus, Hiibn. Samml. ex. Schmett. ii. pl. 107 (nec Linn.). Near to Z. telephus. Underside—fore wing with the discoidal spots larger, the two at the end confluent; medial transverse band wider posteriorly and less divided by the veins; the marginal row of spots narrower and more lunular in form, the upper being wider apart : hind wing with a broader medial band, the subbasal costal red-banded streak narrower ; two short black spots divided by a red lunule within the end of the cell, the other red-lunulated spots Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No, XVII. 17 258 MR. F. MOORE ON LEPIDOPTERA [Feb. 21 similar ; marginal row of spots somewhat larger, less conical, and all entire. Expanse 3 inches. Hab, Kangra district. In coll. Rev. J. H. Hocking. SARBARIA, 0. g. Fore wing comparatively longer and of less breadth than in typical Achillides (A. paris), the exterior margin being more oblique; the male} with a tomentose (glandular) streak on the submedian and three lower median veins, and another between the submedian and lower median : hind wing of less breadth, and more deeply scalloped. Type S. polyctor. SARBARIA POLYCTOR. Papilio polyctor, Boisd. Spec. Gén. Lép. i. p. 205 (1836) ; Jacq. Voy. Inde, iv. Ins. pl. 1. f. 1, 2; Kollar, Hiigel’s Kasch. iv. p. 403, je) a *«°Taken in June.” SARBARIA PEEROZA, 0. Sp. Allied to polyctor, Boisd. (Jacq. Voy. pl. 1. f. 1). Differs in being comparatively smaller, with shorter hind wing and smaller tail, the irrorations of a more golden-green colour, and the woolly streaks of the male somewhat shorter. On the hind wing the broad an- terior portion of the band is shorter, and of a turquoise-blue (not purple-blue as in polyctor); the slender hind part of the band is also less distinct in male, and obsolete in female. Expanse, ¢ 33, 9 37 inches. Hab. Dharmsaia (March). In coll. British Museum. PAPILIO ASIATICA. Papilio machaon, Gray, Lep. Ins. Nepal, p. 6, pl. 3. f. 1 (nec Linn.). Pap. machaon, var. asiatica, Ménétr. Catal. Mus. Petr., Lep. i. p- 70 (1855). * Larva ov parsnip, July 9th. Perfect insect emerged August 6th. 6200 feet. Also found on the samp, a kind of fennel, on March 20th.” ORPHEIDES ERITHONIUS. Papilio erithonius, Cram, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 232. f. A, B (1782). ‘* Larva on orange-tree, Dharmsala, May 23; pupa, June 3. Byasa, n. g. Fore wing lengthened, somewhat narrow, triangular ; costa much arched, apex not pointed ; exterior margin very long and extremely oblique, slightly convex anteriorly ; posterior margin short: hind wing very long hindward, narrow; costa and abdominal margin very short ; exterior margin deeply scalloped, and with a very broad short 1 In Achillides the males have no tomentose streaks. 1882]. FROM THE N.W. HIMALAYA, 259 spatular tail ; cell long, narrow, pointed at the end. Antenne short, gradually thickening to the end. Larva with several short tubercles on each segment. Pupa broad laterally ; head broad and slightly cleft in front; thorax convex above and beneath, angular at the side; wing-cases dilated laterally ; dorsal segments with foliaceous lateral appendages. Type B. philowenus. ByasA PHILOXENUS. (Plate XII. figs. 5, 5a, larva.) Papilio philoxenus, Gray, Zool. Misc. p. 32 (1831); Lep. Ins. Nepal, p. 5, pl. 2; Westw. Cab. Orient. Ent. pl. 40. f. 2. Larva 23 inches long, pale purple-brown ; head and legs shining black ; head small, corneous, sparsely covered with short hair; second segment with two short tubercles on each side, and a transverse flattened corneous tentacular sheath above the head ; third, fourth, fifth, and sixth segments each with eight short tubercles (four on each side), the dorsal series longest ; seventh, eighth, ninth, and tenth segments each with six tubercles, and eleventh, twelfth, and thirteenth segments each with four shorter tubercles ; each tubercle ted at the apex, and purple black-streaked at the base; intervening space between the tubercles with a transverse and a dorsal series of paler purple-black spots; these markings all with pale borders ; seventh and eighth segment each with a lateral, short, broad oblique white band. Pupa reddish-ochreous, broad laterally ; head broad and slightly cleft in front; thorax convex above and beneath, angular at the side; wing-cases dilated laterally ; dorsal segments with foliaceous lateral appendages. The above descriptions of the larva and pupa are taken from specimens found by Mr. Hocking “ feeding on a creeping pitcher- plant (Nepenthes?) on September 20th, at an elevation of 6200 feet. The larvee changed to pupe on Sept. 27, the pupa making a squeaking noise when touched.” ByAsA RAVANA. Papilio ravana, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 96 (1857). Papilio philoxenus, var., Westw. Cab. Orient. Ent. pl. 40. f. 4. MENELAIDES ARISTOLOCHI. Papilio aristolochie, Fabr. Ent. Syst. p. 443 (1775). Papilio diphilus, Esper, Ausl. Schmett. pl. 40. f.1, 2. LaERTIAS PAMMON. Papilio pammon, Linn, Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 746 (1767), 3. Papilio polytes, Linn. ibid., 2. “Larva on lemon-tree, June 19th. The perfect insects (male d female of pammon form) fly from March to December, at an elevation of 6000 feet The polytes form, @, is more restricted to the hot valleys, not appearing before June, and very rarely found above 4000 feet.” l7® 260 MR. F. MOORE ON LEPIDOPTERA [Feb. 21, SAINIA, n. g. Fore wing comparatively narrower than in Iliades (memnon group) ; costa more arched ; apex very convex ; exterior margin very oblique and slightly sinuous; posterior angle somewhat pointed. Hind wing narrow, elongated hindward; costa very short; exterior margin moderately scalloped ; the female of typical species without a tail ; cell longer than in Zliades. SAINIA PROTENOR. Papilio protenor, Cram. Pap. Exot. i. pl. 49. f. A, B (1779). CADUGOIDEs, n. g. Fore wing elongated, triangular; costa arched towards the end, apex convex; exterior margin oblique, even, and concave in the middle, posterior angle rounded ; cell very long, extending two thirds the wing; upper discocellular outwardly oblique, lower in- wardly oblique and concave: hind wing fan-shaped; the costal margin very long, extending beyond posterior angle of fore wing, apex abruptly convex; exterior margin short, very oblique and slightly scalloped; abdominal margin somewhat long. Antenne short, slender, club moderately and gradually thickened to tip. Type C. agestor. A mimic, in both general form and pattern, of Caduga tytia, of the Lupleine. CADUGOIDES AGESTOR. Papilio agestor, Gray, Zool. Misc. p. 32 (1831) ; Lep. Ins. Nepal, p- 6, pl. 4. f. 2. CADUGOIDES GOPALA, 0. Sp. Papilio agestor, Westwood, Arcana Ent. p. 59, pl. 16. f. 2 (nec Gray). Female. Intermediate between C. agestor and C. govindra: fore wing with similar markings to those of the same sex, except that the three submarginal spots are more conical in shape and concave on their outer edge than in either of ‘the above species, the marginal row of small spots being like those in C. agestor : hind wing less produced apically, the exterior margin more convex and more prominently scalloped than in female C. agestor, the red colour of a considerably paler tint than in either species, being somewhat yellowish towards the base and along the outer veins, the veins basally and the dis- coidal streaks are black-lined; the intermediate streaks of similar form to those in C. agestor, but of an ochreous-grey tint ; the discal series with slight blackish outer ends, and an outer marginal series of large blackish conical spots. Body as in C. agestor. Expanse 4 inches. Had. Kangra district. In coll. British Museum. 1882. ] FROM THE N.W. HIMALAYA. 261 CADUGOIDES GOVINDRA. Papilio govindra, Moore, Ent. Monthly Mag. i. p. 101 (1864) ; P. Z.S. 1865, p. 486. Papilio agestor, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kasch. iv. pl. 3. f. 1, 2 (nec Gray). CHILASA DISSIMILIS. Papilio dissimilis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 782 (1767) ; Clerck, Icones, pl. 16. f. 2. ** Flight very strong.” CHILASA PANOPE. Papilio panope, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 782 (1767); Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 295. f. E, F. HESPERIID A. BADAMIA EXCLAMATIONIS. Papilio exclamationis, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 530 (1775). Papilio ladon, Cram. Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 284. f. C, 2. IsMENE @DIPODEA. Ismene edipodea, Swains. Zool. Ilustr. i. pl. 16 (1820-21). CHOASPES BENJAMINI. Thymele benjamini, Guér. Deless. Voy. Inde, ii, pl. 22. f. 2, 24 (1843). PARNARA MANGALA. Hesperia mangala, Moore, P. Z.S. 1869, p. 792. SUASTUS GREMIUS. Hesperia gremius, Fabr. (Butler, Catal. Fabr. Lep. B. M. p. 271, ploed- 7;,..2-) Hesperia divodasa, Moore, Catal. Lep, Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 255. SuASTUS ELTOLA. Hesperia eltola, Hewits. Exot. Butt. iv. Hesp. pl. 4. f. 40 (1869). CHAPRA MATHIAS. Hesperia mathias, Fabr. (Butler, Catal. Fabr. Lep. B. M. p. 275, pl..3.f. 8,8); CHAPRA PROMINENS, 0. sp. Male and female. Upperside dark olive-brown, basal area brighter olive. Male—fore wing with eight rather large quadrate yellowish semidiaphanous spots, three being disposed before the apex, three discal,and two very obliquely at end of the cell ; a prominent narrow oblique yellow brand or streak below the cell, which in the female is replaced by two spots, the upper one of which is very small: hind 262 MR. F. MOORE ON LEPIDOPTERA [Feb. 21, wing with four yellow semidiaphanous contiguous spots. Underside paler ; spots on fore wing as above, the brand showing as a diffused yellow patch from its outer edge; the series of spots on hind wing more prominently white, witha fifth spot at the upper end, and one also at the upper end of the cell. Expanse 14 inch. Hab. N.W. Himalaya: Tonse valley, 6000 feet; | Gurwhal (Lang) ; Kussowlee; Kangra. In coll. F. Moore, Major Lang, and and British Museum. An allied species to this, from Shanghai, N. China, has recently been described by Mons. Mabille as Gegenes sinensis (Bull. Soc. Zool. de France, 1877, p. 232), from which the above differs in its somewhat broader wings and larger size of the markings on the fore wing. PADRAONA DARA. Hesperia dara, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kasch. iv. p. 455 (1844). Pamphila mesa, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 509, pl. 30. f. 9. AMPITTIA MARO. Hesperia maro, Fabr. (Butler, Catal. Fabr. Lep. B. M. p. 279, pl. 2. f. 12, ¢). TARACTROCERA SAGARA. Pamphila sagara, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 792. THANAOS STIGMATA. Thanaos stigmata, Moore, P. Z.8. 1878, p. 694. IsoTEINON MASURIENSIS. Isoteinon masuriensis, Moore, P. Z.S. 1878, p. 693, pl. 45.’f. 3. HyAROTIS ADRASTUS. Hesperia adrastus, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. pl 319, f. F, G (1780). Plesioneura praba, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 790. Hesp. phenicis, Hewits. Ex. Butt. Hesp. pl. 4. f. 36, 37 (1869). TAGIADES MENAKA. Pterygospidea menaka, Moore, P. Z.8. 1865, p. 778. SARANGESA PURENDRA. Pyrgus purendra, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 250. Upperside greyer than in 8S. dasahara, with paler mottled markings : fore wing with a semidiaphanous white continuous streak across the cell near its end, a continuous small spot above it, three small conjoined spots before the apex, and three on the disk, the middle discal spot large and quadrate. Cilia alternated with grey. Underside paler: fore wing marked as above, and with an additional small white lower spot on the disk, and a basal streak below the cell: hind wing with a small whitish spot in middle of the cell, and a less distinct discal curved series. Expanse 17 inch. 1882. ] FROM THE N.W. HIMALAYA. 263 Hab. Bombay ; Umballa; Kussowlie; Kangra. In coll. British Museum and F. Moore. SARANGESA DASAHARA. Nisoniades dasahara, Moore, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 787. UbasPEs FOLUS. Papilio folus, Cram. Pap. Exot. i. pl. 74. f. 7 (1779). PLESIONEURA ALYSOS. Plesioneura alysos, Moore, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 789. PLESIONEURA LEUCOCERA. Hesperia leucocera, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kasch. iv. p. 454, pl. 18. f. 3, 4 (1844). PLESIONEURA PULOMAYA. Plesioneura pulomaya, Moore, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 787. ANTIGONUS ANGULATA. Pterygospidea angulata, Feld. Verh. z.-b. Gesch. 1862, p. 488 ; Novara Reise, Lep. iii. pl. 73. f. 10, 11. Achlyodes sura, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 786. CoLADENIA FATIH. Hesperia fatih, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kasch. iv. p. 454, pl. 18. f. 5, , ° HESPERIA GALBA. Hesperia galba, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. p. 352 (1793). Pyrgus superna, Moore, P. Z.S. 1865, p, 792. GoMALIA ALBOFASCIATA. Gomalia albofasciata, Moore, P.Z.S. 1879, p. 144; Lep. of Ceylon, i. p. 183, pl. 71. f. 7. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Prats XI, Fig. 1, la. Argynnis baralacha, n. sp., p. 242. 2, 2a. Hypolycena chandrana, n. sp., p. 249. 8. Larva and pupa of Athyma opalina, p. 241. 4,4a. Larva and pupa of Symbrenthia hyppoclus, n sp., p. 243. 5. Aporia soracta, larva and pupa, p. 256. 6, 6a. Synchloé butleri, n. sp., p. 256. Puate XII. Fig. 1. Zxtas pygmea, n. sp., p. 254. 2. Terias apicalis, n. sp. p. 253. 8. Terias irreqularis, n. sp., p. 253. 4,4a. Tarucus alteratus, n. sp., p. 245. 5, 5a. Larva and pupa of Byasa philoxenus, p. 259. 6, 6a. Tarucus venosus, n. sp. p. 245. 7. Ypthima indecora, n. sp., p. 238. 8. Calysisme subfasciata, n. sp., p. 237. 264 ON PHYLLOMEDUSA HYPOCHONDRIALIS. [Feb. 21, 2. Notes on a South-American Frog lately living in the Society’s Gardens. By G. A. Boutenerr, C.M.ZS. [Received January 30, 1882. ] (Plate XITII.). The small Frog (Phyllomedusa hypochondrialis) which is the subject of this communication lived but a few days in the Society’s Gardens. It had been obtained at Pernambuco by Dr. Stradling ; and was, I believe, the first specimen of this species that has reaches Europe alive. In spite of its small size (34 millim: from. snout to vent), it is nearly adult, the species to which it belongs never growing to a size superior to that of the common Tree-frog of Europe ; whilst Phyllome- dusa bicolor, of which P. hypochondrialis has frequently been re- garded as the young, reaches the largest size which any member of the family Hylidee attains, viz. 130 millim. from snout to vent. It is not necessary to enter into details concerning the structural characters of this animal, as these will be found in my ‘ Catalogue of the Batrachia Ecaudata in the British Museum’ (p. 434), where thirteen species of Phyllomedusa are distinguished ; but I think it well to state that the inner toe only is opposable to the others, as-has been figured by Burmeister in another species of the same genus, and not the two inner toes, as believed by many authors. The point of interest in the specimen, which I had the pleasure of observing alive, is the coloration. This is very different from that of spirit-specimens, and quite worthy of notice, as it does not appear to have been recorded before. When the animal sits half asleep on a leaf or against the glass of its case, the limbs folded against the body, as most Tree-frogs are in the habit of doing during the daytime, it is entirely of a light, rather faded green, without any markings. But when it stretches out its limbs, the aspect is very different, all the concealed surfaces, viz. the upper surface of the humerus, the two inner fingers, the flanks, the lateral and upper surfaces of the femur with the exception of ‘a narrow green streak (the only part of the femur seen when the limbs are folded), the inner side of the tarsus and the three inner toes, being of a bright orange-colour, elegantly marked with trans- verse purplish-black bars. The upper lip has a very narrow white margin. A fine blackish line extends from the angle of the mouth to the middle of the side, separated by a white streak from the green of the back. Another blackish line round the lower lip; another, white-margined, along the outer edge of the forearm and fourth finger, and tarsus and fifth toe. The lower surfaces are pure white, with the exception of the tibiz, which are orange. The iris is silvery white, as has been figured by Burmeister in Phyllomedusa burmeisteri. PZ. SalSGe ele Edwin Wilson del. et lith. Mimtern Bros. imp. PHYLLOMEDUSA HYPOCHONDRIALIS. J. Smit Lith lanhart, mp IL MUS NIGRICAUDA 2.SACCOSTOMUS LAPIDARIUS 1882.] MR. 0. THOMAS ON RODENTS FROM S.W. AFRICA. 265 The lower eyelid is transparent in this specimen, whilst in others it is very frequently rendered opaque by white veins. The specimen must evidently be referred to Cope’s Phyllomedusa azurea, in spite of the almost total absence of white areolations on the lower eyelid; but I do not believe that species to be distinct from P. hypochondrialis. The characters which, according to Mr. Cope, distinguish P. hypochondrialis from P. azurea are the presence of vomerine teeth, the absence of a white lateral streak, and the trans- parence of the lower eyelid. Mr. Cope does not say if his knowledge of the former species rests upon the type specimen in the Paris Museum. ‘This I had opportunity of examining four years ago. I do not recollect whether I paid attention to the vomerine teeth ; but I came to the conclusion that P. hypochondrialis and P. azurea are not specifically distinct. The transparence or opaqueness of the lower eyelid I do not consider a specific character in this or any other species of the genus Phyllomedusa ; the presence or absence of a white streak from the mouth does not seem to me of much importance. As to the vomerine teeth in the typical specimen, doubts may be enter- tained of their presence; all the specimens in the British Museum lack these teeth. 3. On a small Collection of Rodents from South-Western Africa. By Ouprietp Tuomas, F.Z.S., British Museum. [Received February 7, 1882.] (Plate XIV.) The present collection was obtained by the late Mr. C. J. Andersson in Damaraland and the neighbouring countries, and has recently been acquired by the British Museum. The skins are unfor- tunately in a rather delapidated condition, but the dates and localities have in most cases been preserved. Altogether the Museum has received twenty-four of Mr. Andersson’s specimens, belonging to ten species, of which the following list, owing to our ignorance of the Rodent fauna of this region, may be of some service. 1. Scrurus coneicus, Kuhl, Beitr. z. Zool. p. 66 (1820). Three specimens. Cunéné river, N. Damaraland, July 25, 1867. 2, GeRBILLUS TENUIS, Smith, Ill. Zool. S. Afr., Mamm. pl. XXXvi. fig. 2 (1849). Three specimens. Otjimbinque, February 7, 1865. 3. PacHyuromys AuRIcuLaris (Smith), S. Afr. Quart. Journ, ii. p- 160 (1834). Five specimens. Otjimbinque, February 6 and 7and March 6, 1865. This species is, as Mons. Huet has shown’, undoubtedly congeneric with the peculiar Pachyuromys duprasi, Lataste’. 1 Le Nat. vol. i. p. 339 (1881). 2 Le Nat. i. p. $14 (1880). 266 MR. O. THOMAS ON RODENTS FROM S.wW. AFRICA. [Feb. 21, 4. Saccosromus Laprparivs. (Plate XIV. fig. 2.) Saccostomus lapidarius, Peters, Reise n. Mossamb., Saug. p. 167 (1852). Three specimens. Exact localities and dates not preserved. This rare species has hitherto been recorded only from Mozambique, where Prof. Peters collected his types. 5. Mus (Isomys) pumIttio, Sparrm. K. Vet.-Ak. Handl. 1784, p- 236. Two specimens. a,2, Table Mountain, November 30; and 4, ¢, ‘‘between Aamhouf and Hountop,” Great Namaqualand, June 8, 1862. 6. Mus (LeGGapa) MINuUTOIDEs, Smith, S. Afr. Quart. Journ. ii. p. 157 (1834). One specimen. Damaraland. 7. Mus sttaceus, Wagn. Arch. f. Naturg. 1842, 1. p. 11. Four specimens. a & 6, Otjimbinque, August 19 and 27, 1866 ; e & d, no exact localities. 8. Mus NIGRICAUDA, Sp. n. One specimen. 6, Hountop R., Great Namaqualand, June 1, 1862. For description see below. 9. Mus coucua, Sm. App. Rep. Exp. p. 43 (1836). One specimen. Elephant’s Vley, October 30, 1859. 10. Mus, sp. One specimen. No exact locality. There is thus one new species, No. 8, in the collection: and No. 10 might also turn out to be new; but it is represented by such a very indifferent specimen that I cannot determine this point with certainty. The following is a description of No. 8, a very well-marked species, quite distinct from any other African Rat. Mus niericaupa, sp.n. (Plate XIV. fig. 1.) Fur rather long and coarse, composed of but one kind of hair, there being no under-fur. Centre of back mixed yellow-and black, the greater part of the hairs having yellow distal halves, while others are wholly black. Sides of the head and body mixed white and black, the separation from the upper yellowish colour fairly well marked. Belly-hairs pure white to their bases. Ears rather large, thinly covered with short greyish hairs. Feet white above, the hairs longer at the ends of the toes, so as to conceal theclaws. Tail slightly shorter than the head and body, nearly naked at its base, but thickly covered for its distal half both above and below with rather long shining black hairs, which form more or less of a pencil at the tip. Hind feet proportionally short, the six pads large and 1882.] MR. FORBES ON THE PTERYLOSIS OF MESITES. 267 rounded, occupying nearly the whole of the fore part of the sole. First hind toe reaching just to the base of the second; fifth to the end of the metacarpal of the fourth. Molars much as in the subgenus Isomys, broad and rounded, with numerous small but well-marked cusps. Approximate dimensions, in inches :— Forearm Incisors to Head and Hind. and Har- Ist upper Molar body, ‘Tail, foot. hand. conch. Skull. molars, series. 6°2 Foe uct | 118 0°65 — 38 “21 Judging from the analogy of other species, I should imagine that Mus nigricauda is an arboreal animal; for in nearly all climbing Rodents we find the rather short feet, large rounded foot-pads, and more or less bushy tail characteristie of the present species. The Dormice, Squirrels, and, most closely analogous of all, the Climbing Vesper-mice of Tropical America (Rhipidomys), may be cited as examples of forms which possess the above mentioned accompaniments of an arboreal habit of life. 4, Description of the Pterylosis of Mesites, with Remarks on the Position of that Genus. By W. A. Forszs, B.A., Prosector to the Society. [Received February 7, 1882.] When making some observations on the pterylographical and other peculiarities of Hupetes macrocercus’, I expressed regret at not having been able to obtain any specimen of Mesites, which in external appearance somewhat approaches Eupetes macrocercus, to study its pterylosis also. Since then, having obtained through Herr G. Schneider, of Basel, a skin of Mesites variegatus, I have been able, from an examination of it, to complete our knowledge of this most peculiar form as regards the distribution of its feathers. All that was previously known of this part of the structure of Mesites was the existence in that bird of five pairs of powder-down patches*, M. A. Milne- Edwards in his paper on it * having confined his observations to its osseous and internal structure *. Those interested in the various opinions which have been held by naturalists as to the exact syste- matic position of Mesites, I will refer to M. Milne-Edwards’s paper just quoted, only adding Mr. E. Bartlett’s suggestion “that the 1 Pp. Z. 8. 1881, p. 838. 2 Vide EB. Bartlett, P. Z. S. 1877, p. 292. 3 Ann. Sci. Nat. (6) Zool. vii. 1878, art. 6. 4 An imperfect skull, extracted from the present skin, shows that the palate is schizognathous, the recurved maxillo-palatines being free in the middle line, and the yomer small and pointed—points not evident in Milne-Edwards's figure, his specimen, I believe, being somewhat imperfect, 268 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE [Feb. 21, genus Mesites should be arranged in the Natural System next to Eurypyga and its near ally Rhinochetus.” The nostrils of Mesites are long, linear concave-upward slits, extending for more than half the length of the beak, and covered above by a well-marked membranous valvular operculum, being in this respect very unlike the ordinary form of nostril in the Rails. The tarsi have about 10 or 11 distinct transverse scutelle ante- riorly, best developed internally, and there nearly meeting, along the lateral surface, a similar but somewhat more numerous series of smaller scutellee, which are developed along the posterior aspect of the leg, but become obsolete about } inch above the metatarso- phalangeal joint. Externally the two series of scutellze are separated by a distinct space covered by smooth, non-scutellated skin. This tarsal scutellation extends upwards above the ‘‘knee” for about 3 inch, for which extent therefore the tibia is bare of feathers. The digits are all free from their bases ; the hallux is considerably the smallest of them’. The number of remiges cannot be counted with certainty ; but there are certainly 10 primaries ; the wing is much rounded. There are 16 rectrices, a very non-passerine character * ; and both the upper and under tail-coverts are very long, with the last feathers rectriciform and extending along the tail for quite three fourths of its length both above and below. There is apparently no claw on the pollex; and the contour- feathers have no aftershaft—in both these respects differing from the Rallide. The tail in my specimen has unfortunately been so cut that I have been unable to ascertain for certain whether the oil-gland is present or not. I can find no tuft, however; and as we know that the gland, though present, is nude both in Rhinochetus and Eurypyga, such is probably its condition in Mesites too *. The continuous head-feathering extends about halfway down the neck, and then gives off the dorsal and ventral tracts of each side, which are separated by well-marked spaces, of which the dorsal one is considerably the biggest. The feathering of the lower part of the neck is thus quadriserial, separated by as many apteria. In the lower part of the neck the two dorsal tracts, which are narrow but strongly feathered, are widely separated, and somewhat divergent, including between them the anterior pair of dorsal powder-down patches, but converge again in the interscapular region. Here they suddenly become much feebler, and are then continued on as the much more weakly-feathered posterior part of the dorsal tract, this 1 By soaking out the plantar tendons, I have been enabled to ascertain that there is a good winculwm between the flewores longus hallucis and profundus digi- torwm, the tendons of which are ossified near the bottom of the leg. In all ordinary Passeres, it will be remembered, this vimculwm is quite absent. 2 According to Nitzsch, however, this is the number met with in the male of Menura superba. 3 Tn answer to an inquiry on this subject, M. A. Milne-Edwards has been kind enough to inform me that his spirit-specimen of Mesites is also unfortunately damaged at the root of the tail, but that on an examination of a skin he finds apparently an oil-gland present with mo tuft. 1882. ] PTERYLOSIS OF MESITES. 269 being of a furcate form, with the united part about 1 inch long, and inclosing a fairly broad median space. The limbs of this posterior fork are strongly dilated in the middle part of their extent, being there 6 to 7 feathers broad, and united externally by scattered feathers with the very broad and long lumbar tracts, which are arranged in about six rows of not closely-placed feathers, the posterior row of these being considerably the stronger. The humeral tracts are not very broad or strong, and are quite distinct, anteriorly, from the inferior tract. This last, which (as already described) commences on each side about halfway down the neck, springing at once independently from the continuous feathering of the anterior cervical region, ceases altogether at the commencement of the pectoral region (extending as far as the most anterior of the ventral powder-down patches to be presently described). It recommences, however, a little lower down as a very narrow tract, composed at first of only single feathers, but subsequently becoming stronger and broader (though even here only two feathers broad), in which condition it runs on, as the main inferior tract, to terminate near the vent. Strange to say, what must be considered the equivalent of the outer pectoral branch of ordinary birds is here quite free throughout from the main stem, with which it is not even united anteriorly, where it is separated by the already-mentioned powder-down patch, whilst posteriorly it runs parallel to, but quite free from, the main stem. The powder-down patches of Mesites resemble those of the Ardeide, of Leptosoma, and Podargus in their compactness, as well as in the definiteness of their areas, as opposed to the more scattered and diffused forms they present in Rhinochetus, Eurypyga, Cryp- turus, and other birds. But in their exact distribution they differ materially from any of these. As already described by Mr. E. Bartlett, there are five pairs! of powder-patches in Mesites. Of these two pairs are dorsal, two ventral, and one lateral in position. All have the form of well- defined more or less oval areas, covered by a dense mat of closely aggregated long powder-down plumes. The most anterior pair is placed close to the median line, the patches being only slightly separated from each other, at the com- mencement (apparently) of the interscapular region and inclesed between the two dorsal tracts, a little before these pass into their weaker posterior fork. The second dorsal patch is situated on the rump, close to and just outside the terminal part of the dorsal tract, between that and the posterior termination of the lumbar tracts of each side. 1 In the Ardeide the number varies from one pair (Baleniceps) to four pairs (Cancroma). Three is the most ordinary number. The presence of a single cecum in Baleniceps (as fortunately demonstrated by a preparation mounted in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons), together with these powder- down patches, renders its Ardeine nature nearly certain, as already suggested by Mr. A. D. Bartlett (P. Z. 8. 1861, p. 131). 270 MR. FORBES ON THE PTERYLOSIS OF MESITES. [Feb. 21, The third patch is inferior in position, lying just at the commence- ment of the pectoral region, between the two halves of the inferior tract internally and the anterior extremity of their separated pec- toral branch externally. The fourth patch is longer and narrower than its fellows, lying on the ventral region just outside the middle part of the inferior tract. The /ifth (lateral) patch lies more or less transversely, in the neighbourhood of the axilla, between the posterior ends of the outer pectoral and humeral tracts. No Ardeine bird has any such lateral pair of patches; and only Cancroma has the anterior dorsal pair. These moreover lie outside, and not znside, the dorsal tracts in that bird. On the other hand, the concentrated patches of Mesites may easily be derived from the more diffused arrangement found in Rhinochetus* and Eurypyga. A full account of the pterylosis of Rhinochetus is still a desideratum, Dr. Murie having unfortunately omitted any account of the systematically more-important contour-feather tracts in his account of the “ dermal structures ” of the Kagu (J. c.). Ihave at present insufficient material to describe these thoroughly, though an examination of two imperfectly-feathered specimens in spirit demonstrates considerable agreement between the Kagu and Mesites. Of Eurypyga we likewise have but imperfect information, due to Nitzsch*, and not to my mind very satisfactory, judging from the material before me. In Rhinochetus, as in Mesites, the neck-feathering is quadriserial, though the median dorsal space is much narrower below and the lateral neck-spaces very broad ; the two dorsal tracts terminate close together about the level of the anterior end of the scapule, and are quite separate from the posterior portion, which is only forked to a~ slight extent anteriorly, and widely dilated mesially. These differences seem to be due mainly to the greater development of the dorsal powder-down tracts of Rhinochetus, these covering most of the dorsal aspect of the trunk, except a narrow median space along the backbone and a reversed heart-shaped area on the pelvis, to which spaces therefore the contour-feathers are nearly confined. Below, as in Mesites, the inferior tract of each side is nearly or quite broken up into two by the interruption of a patch of powder- down feathers; and the pectoral branch is likewise quite separated from the main tract, as in no other bird known to me except Mesites, powder-downs also intervening between the two. The humeral tract is quite free from the inferior one. On the other hand, in the number of its rectrices (16), and the absence of an aftershaft to the feathers, Mesites differs from EZurypyga and Rhinochetus, both of which have 12 rectrices* and an aftershaft. The number of primaries in all is 10. Mesites, Rhinochetus, and Eurypyga agree together, but differ from the Rallid@, in having well-developed and strong rectrices, in ee 8. vii. pl. 56. figs. 1-3. *Pterylography,’ Ray Soe. ed. p. 129, pl. viii. fig. 15. 8 Prat ie a not 10, as pat ieee E stated by Murie, loc. cit. p. 468. 1882.] ON THE ANATOMY OF ERETHIZON DORSATUS. 271 the-possession of powder-down patches, in the oil-gland being nude (?Mesites),and in the interruption of the dorsal tract in the neighbour- hood of the scapulz. Pterylographically, therefore, there is no special reason to unite these forms with the Rails. Judging from M. Milne- Edwards’s account and figures of the osteology of Mesites, numerous differences between these two forms also exist in the osseous parts of their structure. In particular, the fact of Mesites being schi- zorhinal is a strong point in view of its relationship being, along with Rhinochetus and its allies, to the Pluvialine group, where I have already? placed it. In spite of M. Milne-Edwards’s remarks’, I see no reason for doubting the value of the schizorhinal character of the nasal bones as a mark of the genetic affinities of birds, especially when, as in the present case, other facts point in the same direction. I should be inclined therefore to consider (1) that Mesites, Eurypyga, and Rhinochetus have all sprung from some common ancestor, which must have been a generalized Pluvialine form pro- vided with powder-down tracts; (2) that of the forms which this common stock gave rise to, all have become extinct save the three in question, which, having become isolated in three widely separated localities, have each acquired certain special characters not found in the others; (3) that, judging at least from the pterylosis, the Malagash Mesites is perhaps more nearly related to the New-Cale- donian Rhinochetus than to the Neotropical Zurypyga. 5. Notes on the Anatomy of Hrethizon dorsatus. By Sz.-Gzorcre Mivarr. [Received February 16, 1882.] Having had an opportunity, through the kindness of Dr. Giinther, of examining a spirit-specimen of Hrethizon dorsatus, the following points have appeared to me possibly of some interest. The tongue is long and narrow, its extreme length being 4!"7 and its greatest breadth (at its hindmost end) being 1!'-4; close to the tip it is only *5 (cent.)*. Its hinder margin has a deep median notch. The intermolar eminence is considerable. There is no median groove on the dorsal surface ; and there are but two oval and rather large cir- cumvallate papille at the hinder margin of the tongue. The long axes of these two papille diverge forwards and outwards. The sur- face of the dorsum of the tongue is, for its anterior half, covered 1 This, 1881, p. 4, and P, Z. 8. 1881, p. 644. 2 The greater or lesser size of the beak will zo¢ account for the schizorhinal or holorhinal character of the nares, as suggested by M. Milne-Edwards. Else why should the big-billed Platalce, Ibises, Didumeulus, Laride, Alcide, be all schizorhinal, whilst the slender-billed Rails, Colymbide, and such Tubinares as Puffinus and Procellaria, to say nothing of such forms as the Meropide, Dendro- colaptide, and Nectariniide, are all equally holorhinal? Nor can Iadmit with M, Milne-Edwards that the Preroclide are related to the Gallina, or the Lbidide to Tantalus, there being plenty of collateral evidence to prove the reverse. Hence any argument based on such assumed affinities also fails. In this paper all the measurements are in centimetres, except where other- wise expressed. 272 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE [Feb. 21, evenly with small, fine, soft conical papille directed backwards. Amongst them a few round fungiform papillz are scattered; but these become much more conspicuous on the intermolar eminence. There is no sublingua. The salivary glands are very largely developed. The parotid is exceedingly large and of very loose texture, its very numerous lobules being very much scattered and in part loosely coherent. It is arranged in two superimposed layers in folds of gland-substance, and extends over the whole side of the neck, where it forms a large mass dipping into a triangular cavity above the cleido-mastoid muscle, between it and the levator clavicule, and even a little beyond the clavicle. Its anterior margin is strongly concave forwards, extending almost as far anteriorly Fig. 1. Tongue of Hrethyzon dorsatus. cv, circumyallate papille. beneath the mandibular angle as it does in front of the opening of the external auditory meatus. Its duct runs forwards across the masseter muscle, just below and parallel with the Jower border of the zygoma, to open beside the anterior molar tooth. The submacillary is large and of very similar texture to, but only between 3 and 2 the size of the parotid. It is pyriform in shape, lying beside the inner border of the masseter, and separated from its fellow of the opposite side by the sternohyoid muscles. Its duct runs forwards along the inferior margin of the masseter muscle to end as usual, The length of the submaxillary is about 2!'°4, its breadth about 1-5. The gland is almost divisible into two parts, 1882. ] ANATOMY OF ERETHIZON DORSATUS. 273 the hinder and larger part being crescentic and placed just behind, beneath, and within the angle of the mandible. The duct runs for- wards from the more anterior part of the gland. There is a considerable zygomatic gland placed beside the upper molars, its duct opening in the vicinity of the last upper molar. The esophagus is rather narrow above (1':0 in diameter), and extends for 2!'"3 beyond the diaphragm. The stomach of Hrethizon dorsatus partially cut open, showing the two internal folds. @, esophagus ; 0.d, bile-duct ; p.d, pancreatic duct; p.v, pylorie valve ; sp, spleen. The stomach is an elongated pyriform viscus, bent very sharply on itself towards its pyloric end. Its walls are very thin; and there are no longitudinal internal folds nor any marked transverse folds, except two. One of these is situated about an inch from the pyloric valve, on the convex side of the pyloric flexure (7. e. on the stomach’s greater curvature); the other, less marked, on the Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1882, No. XVIII. 18 274 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE [Feb. 21, concave side of and close to the flexure of the pylorus, on the cardiac portion of the stomach. The cardia is largely developed, extending 4!"5 beyond the entrance of the cesophagus. The stomach of this species is much longer relatively than that of Hystrix javanicus, and it differs from the stomach of that species in having no sacculus between the cardia and pylorus. Length of the stomach, measured along its middle, in its naturally Exterior of the excum of Hrethizon dorsatus. 1.2, large intestine ; s.2, small intestine. | curved condition, 26''-6 ; vertical diameter of stomach at entrance of cesophagus 7''"6 ; its diameter at pyloric flexure 7'-6, from pyloric valve to entrance of bile-duct 3/3, from entrance of bile-duct to that of pancreatic duct 2!'-5. The general arrangement of the intestine appeared to correspond closely with that found in the Guinea-pig,—folds of large intestine being arranged immediately behind the stomach and right segment 1882. | ANATOMY OF ERETHIZON DORSATUS. 275 of the liver; a conspicuous fold of small intestine lay towards the right side of the hinder part of the abdominal cavity, while the voluminous cecum occupied its middle and part of its hindmost portions. The small intestine measured 13 feet 3 inches. The large intestine measured 10 feet 9 inches—the whole intestine thus measuring 24 feet. The diameter of the duodenum at its commencement is 3'"3 ; but at 2-5 (1 inch) from the pyloric valve it contracts to 2". "Stes The czecum of Erethizon dorsatus. Interior of the crecum, showing :—c, the ileo-cxcal valve; ¢, the valvular con- striction at the commencement of the large intestine ; and g/, the line of * glands extending between these two apertures. The colic pouch is the rounded prominence just beneath the letter ec. The glands enlarged are figured separately. The diameter of the ileum about 2'5 (1 inch) from the ileo-czecal valve is 1!"5. That of the colon at its first curve (just beyond the pouch of which its proximal end consists) is 3/3; but 17'8 (7 inches) nearer the anus it is only 1'-8. The lower portion of the large intestine, however, is smaller in calibre than in the so-called small intestine. The villi of the small intestine are short, but delicate and close- set. There are a few solitary glands in the large intestine. In the small intestine there are seventeen Peyer’s patches—nine large and oval, and eight exceedingly small. In the first five feet of the large intestine there is a series of glands, from 1''-2 to 3!'-8 apart, situated along the free margin of 276 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE [ Feb. 21, the gut. Each consists of a little aggregation of from three to five crypts. The colon is smooth and not sacculated, save slightly at its com- mencement, where one of the bands of the ceecum is continued upon it. The cecum is very large, and appears even yet larger than it is, because the proximal end of the colon, J. 7, is dilated into a colic pouch which is 53 (24, inches) in diameter. There is no sacculus rotundus as in the Hare and Rabbit. The total length of the Fig. 5. Diaphragmatic aspect of the liver of Hrethizon dorsatus. f.lg, falciform ligaments ; /g, ligament ; LO and LL, left central and left lateral lobes; RO and RL, right central and right lateral lobes; 8, spigelian lobe; v.c, vena cava, cecum, measured (as curved) along its middle is 28 inches. Its _ breadth at the opening into it of the small intestine is 8.1 (335 inches). There are three longitudinal bands, one extending along the con- cavity of the viscus, where the mesentery is attached, and one on each side. Only one of the three bands is continued upon the colon, namely the band (that on fig. 4) which extends along that side 1882. ] ANATOMY OF ERETHIZON DORSATUS. 277 of the ceeeum which is opposite the entrance of the ileum. This band is much more marked on the colon of Hystrix cristata than on that of Erethizon. There is the normal ileo-czecal valve, aud besides this a very remarkable valvular constriction, or circular reduplica- tion (c), at the entrance into the large intestine from the cecum. It is something like the pyloric valve, only less defined, especially on one side’. An essentially similar structure exists in the Guinea- pig, of which I have not met with any description. There is no spiral valve in the cecum, but only a series of constrictions Abdominal aspect of the liver of Hrethizon dorsatus. Letters as before ; and C, caudate lobe; 4.a, hepatic artery ; 4.d, hepatic duct ; p.v, portal vein. corresponding to the sacculi formed by the longitudinal bands. There are no Peyer’s patches ; but there is a chain of glands (sixteen, single or in pairs) which extends across from the ileo-czecal valve to the czeco-colic aperture. The “iver consists of the normal four large lobes, with a small Spigelian and caudate lobe. There was, however, no gall-bladder in the specimen examined. Theright segment is much larger than ‘ A preparation showing this structure, made from the specimen here described, has been preserved in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons. 278 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE [Feb. 21, the left segment. The left lateral lobe is larger than the left central. The right lateral lobe extends more transversely than dorso-ventrally ; roughly estimated, it about equals the left lateral lobe in size. The right central lobe is quite undivided, showing only a superficial furrow on the middle of its abdominal surface. The Spigelian and caudate lobes are both triangular in outline ; and neither exhibits any segmen- tation. Thus the liver of Erethizon differs much from that of Hystrix javanica. In the latter I find’ that, though it agrees in having Brain of Hrethizon dorsatus. A, upper surface; B, ventral surface; C, side view; d, olfactory lobe ; op, optic nerves ; p.0, pituitary body ; 4, 5-7, 8, 9-12, pathetic, trigeminal, facial, auditory, glossopharyngeal, and hypoglossal nerves. the right segment much larger than the left, yet the left central lobe is larger than the left lateral one; that the right lateral lobe extends mainly dorso-ventrally ; that the right central lobe has a very deep cystic notch, in which a gall-bladder is found; that the right lateral lobe is larger than the left lateral lobe; that the left 1 From a specimen (no. 808c) in the Museum of the Royal College of Sur- geous. 1882.] ANATOMY OF ERETHIZON DORSATUS. 279 central is larger than the left lateral ; and that the Spigelian lobe is larger both relatively and absolutely, and is also distinctly notched ; and that the caudate lobe is larger and more slender. How far these may be individual peculiarities I am of course unable to say. The spleen was very different in form from that of Hystrix javanica. In the latter it is much elongated, while in Hrethizon it is oval in shape and somewhat flattened. Its length is 3/3, its breadth 2", The lungs consist of three lobes on the right side and two on the left, whereof the upper left lobe is divided by two deep notches. Fig. 8. / “if The brachial plexus of Erethizon dorsatus. I-VI, cervical vertebrx ; 1, 2, 3, 4, the first four ribs; cir, circumflex nerve ; Ee. cut, external cutaneous ; Zn.c, internal cutaneous; M, median, Msp, musculo-spiral ; U7, ulnar. The heart is very rounded at its apex. The aorta gives off a large innominate artery, from which the right subclavian and the two common carotids arise. The left sub- clavian is given off separately. 280 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE [Feb. 21, The female sexual organs have been described by Hunter ; see his ‘Essays and Observations,’ vol. i. p. 223. The drain presents a much less decidedly quadrate form than that of the Porcupine (most probably Hystrix cristata) figured by Leuret’'; and it is even more smooth, there being but a single short and slight depression (or rudimentary sulcus) at the hinder end of the most anterior third of the dorsum of each cerebral hemisphere. The pituitary body is very large, and the corpora trapezoidea well deve- loped. . "The brachial plexus* is formed by the sixth, seventh, and eighth cervical nerves together with the first dorsal. The main part of the eighth cervical, having received a branch from the seventh cervical and another from the first dorsal, is continued as the median nerve, a smaller branch from the same junction constituting the ulnar nerve. The musculo-spiral nerve is formed by the smaller branch of the eighth cervical uniting with a portion of the seventh cervical. The circumflex nerve arises by two roots—one a branch of the sixth, and the other of the seventh, cervical nerves. The external cutaneous nerve is formed mainly by a branch of the sixth cervical ; but it receives a small filament from the root of the circumflex nerve just after the latter has been formed, as above stated. The internal cutaneous springs from a branch of the first dorsal, which receives a branch from the seventh cervical root of the median nerve. The luméo-sacral plexus is composed of the last four lumbar and the first two sacral nerves. It is very simple, with little interlace- ment. The anterior crural nerve is formed by the first two of the six, from the junction of which the obturator nerve is also given off. The great sciatic nerve is formed by the last two lumbar nerves only ; while the small sciatic nerve springs from the junction of the two sacral nerves. Lims-Muscues or EREetTHIZzON. Muscles of the Fore Limb. Panniculus carnosus.—The dorsal portion of this muscle is inserted into the pectoral limbs partly over the spine of the scapula by attachment to the fascia investing the supraspinatus, and partl into the outer surface of the humerus (between the deltoid and the outer part of the triceps) down to the apex of its deltoid crest. The abdominal portion of the same muscle is inserted into the humerus outside the greater tuberosity and inside the upper part of the deltoid crest. The pectoralis is so united with the ventral part of the panniculus that they seem like two parts of one muscle. The true pectoralis, however, arises from the sternum, and is inserted into the distal * See plate iii. of Leuret and Gratiolet’s ‘ Anat. Comp. du Systéme Nerveux.’ ‘The brachial and lumbo-saeral plexuses were dissected out for me by Mr. W. Pearson; and the drawings are from his dissections. 1882. ] ANATOMY OF ERETHIZON DORSATUS. 281 half of the deltoid crest of the humerus, being much connected with the adjacent part of the deltoid, and a portion running on to fuse with the brachialis anticus. The sternocleido-mastoid, arising as usual, is inserted into the antero-posteriorly extending ridge just behind the opening of the external auditory meatus. The levator clavicule arises, by a strong tendon, from the hypa- pophysial tubercle on the middle of the ventral surface of the atlas. Fig. 9. The lumbo-sacral plexus of Hrethizon dorsatus. Ant. er, anterior crural nerve; G. Sc., great sciatic nerve; JZ, last lumbar vertebra; Z. Sc, small sciatic nerve; O00, obturator nerve; P, pelvis; S$}, first sacral vertebra. Expanding in a fan-shaped manner, it is inserted into fascia in- vesting the acromion and the greater tuberosity of the humerus, its fibres mingling with those of the dorsal part of the panniculus carnosus. The Jatissimus dorsi sends on a dorso-epitrochlear to the ole- cranon. Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1882, No. XIX. 19 282 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE [Feb. 21, The subscapularis is a strong muscle arising from the cartilage of the first rib, and inserted into the outer part of the clavicle. The deltoid has a distinct clavicular portion, as well as that from the metacromion and fascia investing the infraspinatus. The supraspinatus, infraspinaius, teres major, teres minor, and subscapularis are as in the Agouti’. The diceps has the usual two heads and radial insertion. The coracobrachialis consists of two parts—one descending to the middle of the humerus, the other down to the internal condyle. The brachialis anticus takes origin from the back of the summit of the shaft of the humerus, from the whole of its outer side, and from its lower front part. It is inserted into the radial side of the ulna by a strong tendon. The ¢riceps has the usual three heads and the normal insertion. The supinator longus is very distinct, arising by delicate fascia from the external condyloid ridge between the summit of the origin of the extensor carpi radialis longior and the brachialis anticus. It is inserted into the outer side of the styloid process of the radius. The supinator brevis arises from the annular ligament and shaft of the radius as usual, and extends about halfway down the radius. The pronator radii teres is a very strong muscle, and very ten- dinous beneath. It arises as usual from the internal condyle, and is inserted into the radius from its middle to its distal end. The flewor carpi radialis extends from the internal condyle to the proximal phalanx of the index. The flexor carpi ulnaris springs from the internal condyle and the olecranon, and is inserted into a large sesamoid on the outer side of the base of the carpus. The palmaris longus is very adherent to the muscle last described. It arises from the internal condyle, and is inserted into a cartila- ginous palmar disk. The flezor sublimis digitorum is an exceedingly small muscle. It arises from the internal condyle. Near the wrist its tendon expands into a fascia which covers the palm. The flexor profundus digitorum and longus pollicis consist of four fleshy bellies: the first of these (the deepest and largest) springs from the ulna and interosseous membrane and the proximal part of the radius; one part takes origin from the distal half of the flexor surface of the radius; the third and smallest part comes from the internal condyle; while the fourth part arises from the proximal part of the flexor surface of the ulna. These bellies end in a common tendon, which divides and goes to the five digits. There are three /umérical muscles, as in the Agouti’. The pronator quadratus extends over the lower (distal) half of the radius and ulna. The extensor carpi radialis longior has a rather extensive origin from above the external condyle, quite distinct from that of the extensor carpi radialis brevior. It goes to the index, as usual. 1 See P. Z, 8. 1866, p. 399. > Lic. p. 403. 1882. ] ANATOMY OF ERETHIZON DORSATUS. 283 The extensor carpi radialis brevior is a larger muscle, and has a stronger tendon, than that last noticed, which overlaps it at its origin. It goes to the third metacarpal. The extensor communis digitorum goes as usual from the external condyle to the four outer digits. The extensor carpi ulnaris takes origin from the external condyle and adjacent parts of the ulna, and goes to the base of the fifth metacarpal. The extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis is large and strong; it takes origin from the adjacent sides of the radius and ulna, but mainly from the ulua and the strong interosseous ligament. Its insertion is as usual. The extensor minimi digiti, arising from the external condyle, sends tendons to the fourth and fifth digits. The extensor indicis is very delicate; it takes origin from the middle of the exterior surface of the ulna, and sends its tendon to the index. Muscles of the Hind Limb. The gluteus maximus and gluteus minimus I found to be quite similar to those of the Agouti’. The gluteus medius is also as in the Agouti, save that the part of it which is inserted into the hinder side of the great trochanter is more distinct. I did not observe any distinct scansorius. The biceps consists of two parts, which are very similar to those of the Agouti: the first part arises from the sides of the first four caudal vertebre, and is inserted by a strong tendon into the outer side of the patella; the second part arises (being mainly tendinous at its origin) from the tuberosity of the ischium, external and superficial to the origin of the semimembranosus. It is inserted by fascia into the patella, the tuberosity of the ischium, the head of the fibula, and the external malleolus, and into the fascia which invests the outside of the leg. The most slender accessory muscle of the biceps, or ¢enuissimus, takes origin from the strong fascia which binds down the dorsal caudal muscles at the root of the tail, on a line with the great trochanter, and at the anterior end of, and covered in by, the origin of the first part of the biceps. It is inserted into the heel and inner side of the sole of the foot; in its course it lies close to the hinder border of the second part of the biceps; at its insertion it unites with the plantar fascia, having a certain adhesion to the inner side of the tuberosity of the os calcis, and more to the plantar surface of the extra tarsal ossicle. The semimembranosus also consists of two parts: one part, thick and fleshy, arises from the tuberosity of the ischium and the ramus below it. It goes to the upper half of the tibia (covered in by the 1 See P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 405. What was therein taken to be the ¢ensor vagine FSemoris I now believe to be the sartorius. 284 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE [Feb. 21, insertion of the gracilis), and dips in beneath the internal lateral liga- ment of the lesser joint. The second part arises from the caudal vertebrze, beneath and closely connected with the hinder half of the origin of the first part of the biceps; it is inserted behind and above the inner condyle of the femur by a small, but strong, round tendon. The semitendinosus has only a single origin (but a very extensive one) from the fasvia investing the ilium, sacrum, and anterior caudal vertebrz ; it is inserted into the groove on the outer side of the strong (deltoid-ridge-like) prominence on the front of the tibia, and by fascia into the tibia below and above that prominence. The upper part of its insertion is enveloped by that of the gracilis. The sartorius arises from the anterior inferior spine of the ilium, and ends distally in the fascia investing the patella‘. The gracilis consists of two distinct parts. The upper of these arises from the ilio-peetineal ridge and pubic symphysis; it is inserted into the inner side of the patella and head of the tibia, its aponeurosis of insertion being continuous with that of the second or lower part of the gracilis. This second part (which is very large) arises from the pubic symphysis and the adjacent ramus of the ischium ; it is inserted into the front of the tibia from the patella to below the summit of the insertion of the semitendinosus. The adductor is made up of four more or less distinct muscles :— (1) Arises, beneath the gracilis, from the brim of the pelvis (ventrad of the origin of the pectineus) and from the front end of the pubic symphysis; it is inserted into the middle third of the back of the femur between the insertion of the pectineus and that of the second part of the adductor, its insertion descending below the insertion of the former, but not so low as that of the latter. (2) The second part of the adductor (adductor magnus) arises from the symphysis pubis and the adjacent ramus of the ischium, covered in by the gracilis; it is inserted into the lower half of the middle of the posterior surface of the femur. There is no Hunter’s canal, the great femoral artery passing along the inner side of the lower end of the muscle. (3) This part (adductor primus) arises from the brim of the pelvis, dorsad of the origin of the first part of the adductor ; it is inserted into the back of the femur, on the inner side of the first part of the adductor and closely connected with it, although not extendi g so far downwards, though it is conterminous above with that first portion. (4) The fourth part of the adductor arises from the pubic sym- physis beneath the adjacent parts of the origins of the first and second portions of the adductor. It passes down beside the hinder margin of the pectineus, and is inserted into the outside of the great trochanter. The great sciatic nerve passes down outside its in- sertion. * This is the muscle which was described as the tensor vagine femoris in the Agouti (P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 405); whiie what is there (p. 409) described as the sar- torius, is really, I believe, the upper portion of the gracilis. 1882.] ANATOMY OF ERETHIZON DORSATUS. 285 The pectineus extends from the brim of the pelvis dorsad of the origin of the third part of the adductor; it is inserted into the femur just below the lesser trochanter. The vastus externus is very large, its origin extending right up to the summit of the great trochanter. The vastus internus also extends very high up, namely up to the neck of the femur, dipping in within the insertion of the psoas. The erureus extends up to the neck of the femur, and is very im- perfectly separated from the vastus internus. The rectus femoris has the usual origin and insertion. The tibialis anticus is very large, but does not take origin from the femur; it arises from the head of the fibula and the upper third of the tibia. Below its ends are two tendons, one of which is inserted into side of the proximal end of the metatarsal of the hallux, while the other goes to the plantar surface of the ectocunei- forme. The extensor longus digitorum arises by a tendon from the femur external to its rotular surface. It is a slender muscle, and sends tendons to the four outer digits. The extensor longus hallucis is very slender and small, arising only from the distal third of the fibula. The ewtensor brevis digitorum arises a8 usual, and sends tendons to the four outer digits. The peroneus longus is the most external of the peronei muscles, and arises from the head of the fibula. Passing behind the external malleolus, it proceeds to the metatarsal of the hallux as usual. The peroneus brevis arises from the antero-external aspect of the fibula. It is muscular down to the level of the malleolus, and ends in a very strong tendon (the largest of the peronei tendons), which is inserted into the proximal end of the fifth metatarsal. The peroneus quinti digiti is very slender, both as to its muscular belly and its tendon. It arises from the outside of the fibula, beneath the peroneus longus and behind the peroneus brevis, and in contact with the flexor longus hallucis. It becomes tendinous above the external malleolus; and its slender tendon is inserted into the proximal part of the proximal phalanx of the fifth digit. The gastrocnemius has but the two normal heads, and is inserted into the calcaneal tuberosity. The soleus is very large and fleshy; it arises from the outer side of the upper two thirds of the fibula, and joins the tendo Achillis. The plantaris takes origin from the pit on the outer side of the external condyle of the femur, beneath the external lateral ligament. It ends as in the Agouti’. The popliteus is as in the Agouti. The flewor longus digitorum is a large muscle arising from the tibia beneath the popliteus ; its tendon passes in a groove behind the internal malleolus, superficially to that of the tibialis posticus. It 1 P.Z. 8. 1866, p. 414. 286 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [Mar. 7, unites with the tendon of the flexor longus hallucis—which is of great size, and takes origin from three fourths of the fibula; its very large tendon passes in a groove by itself (external to that of the flexor longus digitorum), and goes (after being joined by the tendon of the flexor longus digitorum) to the four outer toes. The tibialis posticus is of about the same size as the flexor longus digitorum. It arises from the head of the fibula and the fascia between it and the popliteus and between it and the flexor longus hallucis, with which it is closely connected. Its fleshy belly is visible in the middle of the back of the leg, the gastrocnemius having been removed. Its tendon passes in a groove behind the internal malleolus, beneath that of the flexor longus digitorum, and, passing to the edge of the foot, is inserted into the naviculare. The flexor accessorius et brevis digitorum seems to be repre- sented by a small muscle which takes origin from the tibial side of the os calcis, and ends in two tendons, one of which is inserted into the second phalanx of the hallux, and the other into that of the index; while muscular fibres of what seems to be the same muscle are inserted into the deep flexor tendon common to the flexor longus digitorum and flexor longus hallucis. March 7, 1882. Prof. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. The Secretary exhibited some living examples of Helix hemastoma from Point de Galle, Ceylon, which had been forwarded to the Society by Mr. J. Wood-Mason, F.Z.S., of the Indian Museum, Calcutta. Mr. Wood-Mason, writing on the subject, had remarked that “ this Snail lives on the C ocoa-nut Palms; and it is interesting to find that the same Alga that is found on the trunks of the palms has estab- lished itself on the outside of the shell, on which it forms a protective coating. Helix superba has also a similarly green protective coat- ing, rendering it less visible to passing birds.”’ The following papers were read :— Ty #y va! Contents (continued). - February 7, 1882. Page » Mr. H. Seebohm. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a series of picuenine forms between _ Carduelis caniceps and C. Major ses. seseveseceeverevcee AGRE: a bismeecntre Loe “Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of (on behalf of Mr. Peter Inchbald, F.Z.S8. ), and remarks fae two curious Ducks shot near Darlington ......eses.seeeeraceveeees 134 i. On the Classification and Distribution of the Hluroidea. By Sr.-Groren Mivart .... 135 ; 2. On some Points in the Anatomy of the Indian Darter (Plotus melanogaster), and on the - Mechanism of the Neck in the Darters (Plotus), in connexion with their Habits. By W. A. Forsrs, B.A., Prosector to the Society ..........+++ 2 ode Sopp socal andes 208 3. On some Recent Corals from Madeira. By Prof. P. Martin Dunoes, MB. Gent: UE ¥-.R.S., Pres. Royal Micros. Soc, &. (Plate VITI.)..............:. sioisist cial - 4. On the Arrangement of the Coralliide, with Descriptions of new or rare Species. By Sruart O. Rivuzy, M.A., F.LS., &e., Assistant in the Zoological Department, British Museum. (Communicated by Dr. Ginruer. ). (Plate IX) ..... ucts eitkges 221 February 21, 1882. _ The Secretary.» Report on the additions to the Society's Menagerie in January 1882. _ (Plate X.) . Oy List of the Lepidoptera collected ty iis Rev. J. H. Hocking, chiefly in the Kangra District, N.W. Himalaya, with Descriptions of new Genera and Species.—Part I. * By F. Moors, F.Z.8. (Plates XI., XIL.) 1. sess cess eee cece) cece eect enero eens 234 = Notes on a South-American Frog lately living in the Society’s Gardens. By G, A. ; Pe ebouneNnGcEeR, ©.M.Z.8: (Plate XID)... cco ccc t cee ciec ce celise nesses cis Seige 264 % On a small Collection of Rodents from’ South-Western Africa. By Ouprrenp Tomas, ee F.ZS., British Museum, (Plate XIV.) ........++sseeeeereerrcrcrceetees she Seen) 4. Description of the Pterylosis of Mesites, with Remarks on the Position of that Genus. By W. A. Forsss, B.A., Prosector to the Society...... eistelate atctenaateteearalsiate she Eras DOT he Notes on the oe of Erethizon dorsatus.- By St.-Guorce Mryart ..........++ ee 201 * March 7, 1882. “The Secretary. Exhibition of living examples of Helix hemastoma ..,,..++++..cceceees 286 Pee te =e a : Fig. 1. ‘Cilorop hati torrejoni ares ee 2 AROS Sf tae {Be 2. Diva branickii ........0+08 2 aa ‘Figs. 1, 2, Picumnus steindachneri re es b=. TL {Hg 3. Picumnus jelskii J ..eeseee eee scenes. _ TIL. Rhimogale melleri ......sceeeeeeeeeeeees ' _ IV. Hesperomys (Rhipidomys) cinereus........ V. New Shells ......-0..ceeceteese sees nnee 5 VE New or rare Asteroidea ...+...cesscessaeee VII. Australian and Pacific Cicadide .......... “ia VIII. New Corals from Madeira.........++++++++ ye : Ix. paged mea wes PECL h SN tn. SOR DG: : ro. Cte os frontalis...6..4+.seeee snes cea ey XE | Now Lepidoptera from N-W. Himalaya... : mt XI. Sy omatien hypochondrialis We ol x AS 7 “9 XIV. « Mus nigricanda.,..++...+ +++ {i Saccostomus pala are a According to present aranganentt the is Protding are ax; ; as follows — | , i : aR OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE | ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON, FOR THE YEAR : TASES Se. iy PARTS. CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN ~ PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE. LONDON: ‘MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER, PATERNOSTER-ROW. - [Price Twelve Shillings. | LIST OF CONTENTS, PART II.—1882. March 7, 1882. Page — 1. On some Points in the Anatomy of the Great Anteater (Myrmecophaga jubata), ao a . A. Forszs, B.A., Prosector to the Society. (Plate XY.)........- - 287 © 2.List of the Birds sent home by Mr, Joseph Thomson from the River ise East Africa. By CaptainG. E. Suztizy. (Plate XVI.).. i dinieietn, Slee wa ajar ate aca 3. A second List of Birds recently collected by Sir J ohn Kirk in Eastern Africa. By Captain G. E. Saruixy. (Plate XVII ) eis loaintarstaiere eit 015 in 0, ¥ie she allele state 304 : March 21, 1882. ; The Secretary. Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in February 1882.... 311 Mr. J. E. Harting. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a mummified bird from an island — OD THOGOHBETOL ADEE wis sis Fae ceive Sie pkeiintele Gonletoie aera one Raed cates meee hes eae naa LL Mr. Sclater. Remarks on the use of the term “ Lipotype” .. +. 6s ee careers teen ceees 311 Dr. Ginther, F.R.S. Exhibition of, and remarks ay a skin of a ‘eb s of the leona ‘(Felis pardus) i a eee eereee Dr. Giinther, F.R.S. Exhibition of, and rouse upon, the an of a new Tortoise of the ~ genus Geoemyda from Siamie. <0. cicvne nc clewcs cence sie cs se cejeivieees sare tnatee 12 Mr. R. Bowdler Sharpe. Exhibition of, and remark upon; a specimen of a Goldfinch from ~ FRU gary cs sarap vacate tes h'sis ovagthsht atike Seth. atspelalepals Spaeth le tars arettle 6 ens eraser 312 1. On some Points in the ce rae fs of Plerocles, ‘with Remarks on its Systematic Position. ‘By: Hans Gapow, Ph.Ds, /CoM.Zi8, Geis achitc viele « dials’ clsisialecsimsinioeute cloaiaiadacte «+. 812 2. Note on a Peculiarity in the Trachea of. the Twelve-wired Bird- ee (Seleucides nigra), By W. A. Forsss, B.A., Prosector to the Society.. 3. A Note on Strix oustaleti, Hartlaub. By R. Bowpirr Suarrz, F.LS., F.Z.S., &e., Department of Zoology, British Museum .... ee ee er ea . On sre a) Species of Birds from South Africa. By Captain G. E. Suznizy. (Plate XVIII i ee ee rt i ee ee ee ee ee a . On a new Species of Agrias from Bz, Valley of the Amazons. By F. D. oe and O. Satvin. (Plate XIX. : On ee er) teres weeee eae 6. On some Crustaceans collected at the Mauritius. By Epnwarp J. Miers, F.L.8., F.Z. Ck (Plate XX.) ..... Cent ae ee i | siete is ee oie" e5e\ern 6) Oleta"s ele vie Contents continued on page 3 of wrapper. PZ: S882 Paw. sma. _ shamt.- — ——= = Fig. 3. ; -* 2 ACO “Me / 72 p ‘i J.Smrbt)ith F Hanhart.1mp. ANATOMY OF MYRMECOPHAGA. 1882.] | MR. Ww. A. FORBES ON THE GREAT ANTEATER. 287 1. On some Points in the Anatomy of the Great Anteater (Myrmecophaga jubata). By W. A. Forses, B.A., Prosector to the Society. [Received February 28, 1882. ] (Plate XV.) The literature relating to the anatomical structure of the Edentata, though very considerable, is unfortunately much scattered, and with many blanks as regards special points. The genus Myrmecophaga may be considered—thanks chiefly to the labours of Owen! and Pou- chet?, who have elaborately described many parts of its organization— to be the best known, as regards anatomical structure, of all the existing Anteaters. Two adult female specimens of this animal having lately * passed through my hands in my prosectorial capacity, I have had the opportunity of confirming a large part of the already published accounts of its anatomy, as well as of correcting, or adding, certain details, which I now lay before the Society. 1. Alimentary Canal and Appendages.—The palate (fig. 1, p. 288) is not absolutely smooth, but presents anteriorly a series of irregular transverse ridges notched along their margin, best developed and nearly meeting mesially anteriorly, posteriorly becoming much more oblique backwardsand less regular, the. ridges not being opposite each other but more or less alternating. In all there are about seven of these ridges. The floor of the mouth to about 2 inches beyond the most posterior opening of the submaxillary glands, the gums over the tip of the lower jaw, and the lateral callous pads which are present as in 7'a- mandua, are all covered with minute, retroverted, closely-set papille. 1 “On the Anatomy of the Great Anteater,” Part I., Trans. Zool. S oc. iy. pp- 117-140, pls. xxxvii.-xl.; Part IL., 7. ¢. pp. 179-181, pls. li—liii. 2 Mémoires sur le Grand Fourmilier: Paris, 1874. In addition to these, there are brief references to Myrmecophaga jubata in Rapp’s ‘ Edentaten’ (2e Aufl., Tiibingen, 1852), and Prof. Flower’s Hunterian Lectures (Med. Times and Gazette, Noy. 30, 1872, p. 591). The submaxillary glands have been described by Gervais (C. R. lxix. pp. 1110, 1111 [1869]); and the brain by the same author (“ Mémoire sur les formes cérébrales propres aux Hdentés vivants et fossiles,” Nouv. Arch. Mus. v. pp. 1-56, pls. i—yv.), and by G. Pouchet (‘Mémoire sur l'encephale des Edentés,” Robin’s Journal de l Anatomie, 1868, pp. 658-675, and 1869, pp. 1-18, &c.). 3 The first of these, from Buenos Ayres (spec. d of the List of Vertebrates), was presented to the Society by the Hon. L. 8. Sackville West (now H. B. M’s. Minister at Washington) on Sept. 7, 1877. It died Nov. 29, 1881, from severe inflammation of the connective tissues lying in and around the submaxillary lands, ; The second (specimen @) was presented so long ago as October 4, 1867, by Dr. J. A. Palin, C.M.Z.S., and, after living for more than 14 years in the Society’s Gar- dens, died on the 5th of February of the present year. The only disease detected in it, on post mortem examination, was a considerable enlargement of the thymus gland, and acute inflammation of the laryngeal mucous membrane. This second specimen, though an aged animal, was by no means so large as the first, having a total length of 6 ft. 14 in. (from the tip of the nose to the end of the tail, which was 2 ft. 4 in. long), as against 7 ft. 5} in. in the other. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. XX. 20 288 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GREAT ANTEATER. [Mar. 7, The tip of the tongue is quite glabrous and globular ; but the greater part of the rest of its extent, anterior to the pair of circumvallate papilla, is dorsally and laterally covered with similar, but smaller, retroverted papillze, best developed towards the tip of the organ, and gradually getting smaller and smaller towards its base, till they are scarcely visible to the unaided eye except in certain lights. There is a median glabrous line, or shallow groove running along the Fig. 1. Palate of Myrmecophaga jubata; from a preparation in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, prepared from specimen a. tongue till near its apex; but this is ventral in position. According to Owen there is a similar dorsal one; but if so, it is not very evident (/.c. p- 129). The dorsal surface, however, is slightly fluted towards the apex. In front of the circumvallate papille a slightly raised median longitudinal ridge extends for some 5 inches. My observations on the salivary glands agree well in most points 1882. ] MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GREAT ANTEATER. 289 with those of my predecessors, except as regards the number and openings of the ducts to the submaxillary glands, regarding which very different statements have been made at various times. Of these, Gervais’s description, as given in some remarks accompanying the exhibition before the French Academy of Sciences of some models of these glands (C. R. s. e.), agrees best with my observations. He says :—‘‘ Deux paires des canaux dont il s’agit viennent aboutir sepa- rément dans la bouche en se rendant a deux poches situées auprés de la symphyse mentonniére ; la ¢rotsiéme paire verse un peu en arriére, également dans une petite dilatation terminale.” A similar arrangement is described by J. Chatin in the genus Tamandua’, except that he says that there are two openings on each side at the symphysis. Pouchet, on the other hand, maintains (‘ Mé- moires’ &c. pp. v and 88) that there are only ¢wo ducts on each side, one of these being formed by the confluence of two of the three pri- mary ducts coming from the corresponding three lobes of which each gland is composed. He only describes a single pair of openings close to the symphysis. Owen, finally, describes the three ducts of each side as eventually uniting, and opening, also by a single aperture, close to the symphysis. An examination, however, of his specimen (now preserved in the Hunterian Museum, where, by the kind permission of Prof. Flower, I was allowed to examine it), demonstrates the existence of a second pair of apertures in the floor of the mouth situated some 2 inches behind the first pair, which lie immediately behind the symphysis, in this respect quite agreeing with Gervais’s description, and with my own observations on the second of my (fresh) specimens (vide Plate XV. fig. 3c). This second pair of apertures, which lie close to each other on each side of the median line and are very minute, are the openings of the deeper ducts, which, one on each side, arise from the more anterior (cervical) portion of the gland’. As these lie quite behind the other pair of apertures, any injection passed into the latter can of course only fill the two pairs of ducts (a, 6) which debouch intothem. This may easily explain, therefore, Pouchet’s only, having found ¢wo ducts on each side, though it is possible that individual specimens may vary in this respect. I must at least notice that in the first speci- men that passed through my hands (the submaxillary ducts of which were injected from the anterior pair of apertures alone), I found on the left side a single duct only, and on the right ‘wo, which united together at about the level of the articulation of the lower jaw. This specimen, however, had, it is to be remembered, extensive inflamma- tion in these parts, which may possibly have effected an alteration in the relations and number of the ducts. It is pretty clear, however, that three pairs all together is the ordinary number of these ducts, 1 Ann, Sci. Nat. 5, (Zool.) xiii. art. no. 9. 2 Such was, at least, the condition in the only specimen of Myrmecophaga in which these ducts had been satisfactorily injected examined by me. In Taman- dua, according to Chatin’s figure (op. cit. pl. 14), it is the ducts from the posterior (sternal) part of the gland that open here. This point requires re- examination, as also the number of apertures anteriorly. 20* 290 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GREAT ANTEATER. [ Mar. 7, that having been found in Gervais’s specimen (perhaps in two), in Owen’s, and in one of mine for certain. I found the opening of the two other ducts exactly as described by Pouchet (J. ec. p. 89) and Gervais, one of these being dilated ter- minally, the dilatation receiving the other duct and opening by a single aperture into the mouth (vide Plate XV. fig. 3). At the point where the three submaxillary ducts of each side, coming from the three lobes of the gland, converge, and become united intimately by their walls to each other, they become surrounded by a bulb-like mass of muscular issue, the exact relations of which I shall describe below. But I could not perceive that this structure, which externally looks like a bulbous reservoir surrounded by a muscular coat, corresponded to any dilatation of the ducts which pass through it ; on the contrary, these seem to preserve a nearly uniform diameter throughout this part of their course, a condition correspond- ing to that described by Chatin in Tamandua. The terminal reservoirs, I may add, of the two pairs of submaxillary ducts lie just above the long thin median tendon of the genio-hyoid, the contraction of which muscle may possibly, by compressing the fluors of these reservoirs, aid in the ejaculation of the fluid contained in them. The stomach of Myrmecophaga generally resembles Prof. Owen’s figures and description ; but the thick pyloric pads are softer and more vascular, and the whole less gizzard-like, than I had been led to anticipate from his account. The gyriform folds of the mucous membrane of the cardiac part of the stomach, which quite resemble those of the stomach in many other animals, are, in particular, not happily represented in his fig. 1, pl. lil. The liver of both specimens agrees very well with Prof. Flower’s description of this viscus. Both caudate and Spigelian lobes are practically absent. As accurately described by Pouchet (‘Mémoires,’ pp. 191,192), the pancreatic duct ends in a vesicle, in the walls of which the hepatic duct runs for a little way and then opens into it, the vesicle then opening by a separate aperture into the duodenum. In the first (larger) specimen examined by me the intestines measured as follows :—small intestine 24 ft. 10 in., large intestine 2 ft. 3% inches. The ceecum can hardly be said to exist as a separate part. The median longitudinal ridge of mucous membrane was continuous for the posterior 15 feet 3 inches of the small intestine, and reappeared above this at intervals in a less regular and less developed way. I could see no longitudinal folds of mucous membrane, such as are described by Owen, in the rectum, which, however, had dis- tinetly ¢ransverse ones, irregularly disposed in a gyriform way, well marked. The right lung is trilobed, with an azygos lobe superadded ; the left lung is bilobed, the lowest lobe in each lung being biggest. The kidneys are quite smooth externally: there are no distinct Malpighian pyramids, the tubules opening internally on a single 1882. ] MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GREAT ANTEATER. 291 slightly-elevated ridge, which in one specimen is divided into three or four slightly-marked papille. 2. Brain.—The late Prof. Gervais has given, in his memoir on the brain of Edentata, figures of the superior, inferior, and lateral aspects of the brain of Myrmecophaga jubata, as well as of the cranial casts of that and the other species of Anteater’, Pouchet, in his ‘ Mémoires,’ also gives figures of the cranial casts of Myrmecophega, and, in the article in the ‘Journal de l’Anatomie’ above cited, re- presentations of the brain itself of Zamandua and Cycloturus, that organ having been previously figured in the latter species by Tiede- mann °*. As I find Gervais’s figures of the brain in some respects unsatis- factory, I have taken this opportunity of giving representations of the brains extracted from my two specimens, including one showing the disposition of the deeper parts (figs. 2, 3, 4, pp. 292, 293). The olfactory lobes are very large, projecting forwards for *7 inch in front of the cerebral hemispheres: in the lateral view of the brain they occupy, at least anteriorly, almost the lower half of the parts there exposed. They are continuous basally with the well- developed ‘‘ hippocampal lobe,” in front of which appears a large oval swelling of grey matter, on the middle root of the olfactory lobe, of an antero-posterior extent of more than half aninch. Towards their base, the olfactory tracts are curiously marked by slight trans- verse impressions (fig. 3) giving them a striated appearance, which may also be observed in the corresponding regions in the brains of Tamandua and Orycteropus. The cerebral hemispheres are but little arched superiorly* ; but the vermis ceredelli is very prominent, rising above the general level of the hemispheres (fig. 2). Viewed from above, the hemispheres appear somewhat truncated posteriorly, though they here completely conceal the corpora quadrigemina, abutting on the cerebellum (fig. 2). Attaining their greatest breadth anterior to this, a little in front of the level of the posterior end of the median fissure (1°95 inch long), they taper somewhat rapidly avteriorly. The cerebellum is well convoluted, with its lateral extent (1°5 inch) greater than its antero-posterior (1°15). The vermis is much narrower than the lateral lobes; it is prominent, and in one specimen (the larger) considerably twisted on itself. The flocculi are distinct. The nates are much larger than the testes: the latter are very narrow from before backwards as compared with their combined transverse extent (‘075 : °6 inch), and are not distinctly separated from each other. The nates are larger, more prominent, and distinctly paired, being separated by a well-marked constriction ; they are somewhat triangular in shape, with their longer axis trans- verse. 1 Nouv. Arch. v. pl. i. figs. 3, 3a, 30, pl. ii. figs. 1-3. 2 Tcones cerebri Simiarum, pl. vy. fig. 8 8 Gervais’s figure, /. ¢. fig. 3a, makes their outline much too convex antero- posteriorly. 292 | MR. W.A. FORBES ON THE GREAT ANTEATER. [Mar. 7, The pineal gland has a distinct hard mineral deposit ; its peduncles are easily made out. , There is no very distinct corpus mamillare, it being only represented by a white swelling on the infundibulum. The hypophysis cerebri is very large. The anterior commissure is distinct, but not particularly Brain of Myrmecophaga jubata (specimen a) from above. large, its antero-posterior extent being °15 inch. The soft com- missure is very large (‘25 inch long) ; the posterior distinct. The third nerves are small, the optic not large. There is a good septum lucidum (*25 inch deep anteriorly), with a contained fifth ventricle. The fornix is very well developed, with but few precommissural fibres. The corpus callosum is very well developed, more than an inch long, and nearly horizontal in position, with but a slight genu anteriorly. Posteriorly it forms, with the fornix, a prominent pad (bourrelet). The cerebral sulci are not exactly alike in my two specimens, the brain of the bigger of the two animals, though of the same dimen- 1882.] MR. W.A. FORBES ON THE GREAT ANTEATER. 293 sions as its fellow, being more richly convoluted by the development in it of minor fissures and impressions not present in the other. It is that of which the lateral and internal views are here figured (figs.3, Fig. 3. Fig. 4. The same, from the inside. All these figures are of the natural size. a, Limbic fissure, inferior are of (Broca); 4, fissure of Rolando (Broca) ; ¢, primary parietal sulcus ; d, e, additional sulci of cireumsylvian gyrus ; s, fissure of Sylvius; J.s.s, island of Reil (lobule sous-sylvien, Broca) ; em, cm’, ¢.m', calloso-marginal sulcus (superior are of limbic fissure, Broca); , hippocampal sulcus; a,c, anterior commissure ; opt, optic nerve; 7.1 (fig. 4), “ Pli de passage rétro-limbique ” (Broea); + (fig. 2), bridging convolution between frontal and parietal lobes. 4): the description of the main sulci is taken from the simpler specimen (represented in fig. 2), but applies in all essential respects to both. The olfactory lobe is separated from the cerebral hemispheres 294 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GREAT ANTEATER. [Mar. 7, above by a shallow fissure (a), which, at the level of the anterior extremity of the prominent “hippocampal lobe,” turns downwards, and runs along the external and inferior face of that lobe till it terminates on its inner face (fig. 4, a), not, however, reaching the hippocampal sulcus (2). At the point where its downward course commences there is a small triangular area (/. s.s.) exposed on the lateral surface of the brain, from which a short curved shallow sulcus (s) runs a short way upwards, forming with the descending part of a a forwardly- convex curve. In the larger specimen figured (fig. 3) this short upwardly-running sulcus (s) is separated, as will be seen, by a narrow bridging fold from the triangular depression and its posterior continu- ation (a). From the antero-inferior angle of this triangular space, but separated by a very narrow, more or less deep, bridging convolu- tion from a, another sinuous fissure (0) runs forwards and upwards to terminate near the anterior angle of the hemisphere’. Above, on the supero-lateral aspect of the brain, and nearly parallel with the median longitudinal fissure, is a distinct longitudinal sulcus (c), convex upwards, which runs in an antero-posterior direction for a space of 1-2 inch. Finally, parallel with the posterior edge of the hemisphere, dividing the external surface of this ‘‘ temporal lobe,’’ is a vertically-directed sulcus (@) about °75 inch in extent. On the internal aspect of the brain (fig. 4) runs a well-marked “ calloso-marginal” sulcus (¢.m), broken up into three or more parts, the most posterior being nearly vertical in position, and sepa- rated by but a little space from the posterior extremity of fissure a. In its usual position is a well-marked hippocampal sulcus (4), with a broad “ fuscia dentata’’ between it and the corpus fimbriatum, the fuscia dentata being continued, as described by Prof. Turner in Dasypus*, as a thin layer of longitudinally-disposed fibres over the corpus callosum to near its genw. The hippocampal sulcus does not extend as high as the corpus callosum. The lateral ventricle is fair- sized : I can see not a trace of any posterior cornu. The hippocampus major is strongly convex. The ‘hippocampal lobe” has, on its inferior aspect, a few irregular dentations developed near its antero- internal angle. In the smaller and simpler brain of Tamandua (represented dia- grammatically in fig. 5, p. 295), the only sulci present are those corresponding to a, 6, c in the larger species, with some slight repre- sentatives of d. Adopting the late Prof. Broca’s ideas * as to the nature and com- position of the ‘ scissure limbique,” the inferior are of this is clearly represented by the fissure a, which is separated by a narrow “ pli de passage rétro-limbique” (fig. 4, 7./) from its superior are, represented ? In the smaller specimen (fig. 2), this fissure is, on the right-hand side only, broken up into two by a narrow bridging convolution (+). 2 Journ. Anat. Phys. i. p. 314 (1867). 3 «* Anatomie comparée des circonvolutions cérébrales. Le grand lobe lim- bique et la scissure limbique dans la série des Mammiféres,” Revue d’Anthro- pologie, vii. pp. 885-498, 1882. } MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GREAT ANTEATER. 295 by what we commonly call the “ calloso-marginal sulcus’’ (c.m, &c.). The slight sulcus at s, developed above the triangular depression, will accordingly be the Sylvian fissure. 4 is then, following Broca’s identifications, the fissure of Rolando, the gyrus lying anterior to and below it being the reduced equivalent of the frontal lobe. As has already been pointed out, this gyrus is connected posteriorly by a small, sometimes deep, bridging fold with the triangular space (J. s.s.) below the Sylvian fissure. This triangular space is Broca’s ** lobule sous-sylvien,” its equivalent in the Primates being the lobe of the island of Reil (/. ¢. p. 430). The longitudinal sulcus ¢ corresponds probably to Broca’s “ sillon pariétal primaire ;”’ the gyrus above and internal to it will thus be the “ circonvolution sagittale,’ that below it the “ circonvolution sylvien,” which in the more-convoluted of the brains figured (fig. 3) becomes divided up by smaller sulci (d, e, &c.) into a number of imperfect gyri. Diagram of right cerebral hemisphere of Tumandua tetradactyla, from above. From my study of the brains of the remaining genera of Edentata, I have little doubt that the sulci a, 6, and c, here described, can be traced, with various modifications, in nearly all the members of this group. Orycteropus in its cerebral characters seems to approach Myrmecophaga more nearly than any other form, the sulci and gyri of the brains of the two forms, as well as their general conformation, being very similar ; Munis seems to possess the three typical sulci well developed ; and these are also present in the larger Dasypodide, though apparently much reduced in the smaller forms of that group. The Sloths conform to the same general type. But, in the absence of a larger series of brains of this group than is at present available for comparison, satisfactory generalization on this subject is impossible, most of the published figures of Edentate brains being very unsatis- factory in detail, whilst nothing of importance is known as regards the develo pment of the sulci in any member of this group. 296 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GREAT ANTEATER. [Mar. 7, 3. Female Generative Organs (fig. 6, p. 297).—These have been briefly described by Pouchet', as well as by Rapp; but their accounts will, in some respects, bear supplementing. A cloaca, in the true sense of the word, is not present in the Great Anteater. The labia majora, which bound the vertical urino- genital fissure, are very prominent and hirsute. Above them, but separated by a distinct perineal space, slightly hair-clad, is the trans- verse anal aperture, the mucous membrane lining which is pink, quite different from that of the lower passage and its boundaries, which is grey. Slightly inclosing these two apertures above is a widely-open V-shaped tegumentary fold, with its apex situated superiorly towards the root of the tail. There are no labia minora visible; and no clitoris is present as a free organ, though the corpora cavernosa can be felt as tough bodies lying in the walls of the vulva. The length of the urino-genital canal is 2°7 inches: about 1 inch from its external orifice may be seen, on each side of the middle line, two or three small pore-like depressions; a bristle passed through the largest of these enters a short duct, connected with one of a pair of globular compact glands about the size of a small cherry, which lie in the walls of the urino-genital canal above, between it and the rectum. They are, no doubt, “ vulvo-vaginal ” glands, or glands of Bertolini, corresponding to the male Cowper’s. The urino-genital canal is lined by smooth, vascular, mucous membrane. Communication between this and the next section of these organs is effected by means of two small apertures, each admitting readily enough the passage into the vagina, through the here constricted walls of the common tube, of a probe. From between these apertures is prolonged downwards, for a slight distance along the dorsal wall of the urino-genital canal, a slight ridge of mucous membrane, on each side of which are visible numerous small pore-like apertures, arranged in series in lines running outwards from the middle line. On laying open the vagina along its anterior wall, it is seen to pass above with no marked constriction or “os uteri”’ into the pyriform simple uterus, the only distinction between the two parts being afforded by the thicker and more muscular walls of the uterus, and by the difference in the character of the mucous membrane, this being quite smooth and spongy in the uterus, whilst that of the vagina is thrown into a close-set series of thick, more or less longitudinal, somewhat foliaceous plaits. For about the lower inch of the vagina there extends a complete median septum, attached to both dorsal and ventral walls of the tube, extending a little further along the dorsal wall, and terminating superiorly by a free semilunar margin, concave upwards. Hence the terminal part of the vagina consists of two quite separate tubes, fused together above, but each opening into the urino-genital sinus by a’single aperture of its own below. The vagina proper measures about 4 inches in length. The pyri- form uterus is not more than 2 inches long: it presents not the slightest sign of being double. Its walls are very thick and muscular ; 1 Mém. p. 194, 1882.] MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GREAT ANTEATER. 297 Fig. 6. ANN WV Female generative organs of Myrmecophaga jubata, from before, reduced, and somewhat diagrammatic. The walls of the tube have been laid open anteriorly to show the vaginal septum (v.s), beneath which an arrow is passed, appearing above in the vagina (v), and below emerging by the vaginal aperture of that side (v. a) into the urino-genital canal (w.g). The opening of the vagina into this on the other side is laid open. 2.9, openings of Bertolini’s glands; ves, bladder, turned to one side; w, uterus; Ff, f, Fallopian tubes (cut short, with the rest of the uterine appendages on the left side) ; 0, ovary ; #, hydatid of Morgagni; 0.7, broad ligament of the uterus, cut short, 298 MR, W. A. FORBES ON THE GREAT ANTEATER. [ Mar. 7, but there is no constriction or valve at all at its junction with the vagina. It receives the Fallopian tubes, not at its supero-external angles as in Homo &c., but at a point about one third down its total length. These are not particularly long, nor much convoluted, and lie along the anterior edge of the broad ligament. The ovaries are completely covered by a peritoneal coat superiorly, but by their ventral faces open into a spacious peritoneal pouch, open anteriorly, in the floor of which is the very considerable aperture of the morsus diaboli, surrounded by the expanded extremity of the Fallopian tube. This is not much fimbriated, and is externally prolonged to meet the external border of the ovary of the same side. On this surface of the ovary may be seen a few scars, probably due to the eruption of Graafian follicles, as well as a couple of small clavate processes which depend freely from it into the cavity of the pouch. Towards the outer part of the broad ligament, and lying anteriorly to the ovary and round ligament, is a large “ hydatid of Morgagni”’ nearly the size of a pea. The opening of the vagina into the urino-genital sinus by ¢wo distinct apertures seems to be characteristic (according to the state- ments of Owen! and Rapp?) both of the Anteaters and the Sloths, though Pouchet considered it in his specimen as ‘‘sans doute une anomalie” (J. ¢. p. 195). The latter author describes as the “uterus ” what I have here considered to represent both uterus and vagina, whilst what he calls “vagina” is only so in a functional sense, beg morphologically the urino-genital canal. Rapp also describes these animals as having a single uterus with two ora (“‘einfache Gebiirmutter mit doppeltem (rechten und linken) Mut- termund,” l. ce. p. 104). Nevertheless I see no reason for doubting the view adopted by Prof. Oweu, that the genital tube above the urethral opening represents in reality both uterus and vagina. The presence of a vaginal septum, a remnant of the coalescence of the primitively paired Miillerian ducts, in D/yrmecophaga is a pecu- liarity shared, judging from Owen’s accouut, by the genus Cholapus® only amongst other {families of Edentates. In the Indian Elephant there is, at least sometimes, a similar but more perfect septum dividing into lateral halves not only the vagina, but the uterus (here provided with a distinct os uteri) also*. In other cases this disappears completely, except externally, forming then the so-called “hymen” of Miall and Greenwood. In the genus Lagostomus, on the other hand, as first described by Prof. Owen’, the accuracy of whose statement I have lately had an 1 Anat. Vert. iii. p. 690. 2 i.¢. p. 102. 3 “In the Unau (Bradypus didactylus) the rudiment of a uterine septum appears as a longitudinal ridge from the inner surface of the anterior wall in the unimpregnated state: in this species also the same condition having been already noted in Bradypus tridactylus|, the utero-vaginal canal communicates in the virgin animal by two distinct orifices with the short urogenital tract.” Anat. Vert. iii. p. 690. 4 M. Watson, “On the Anatomy of the Female Organs of the Proboscidea,” Trans. Z. 8. xi. p. 116 &e. pl. xxii. fig. 1. ° P.Z.8. 1839, p. 177; Anat. Vert. iii. p. 686. 1882. ] MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GREAT ANTEATER. 299 opportunity of verifying, this median septum is developed along the proximal (uterine) part of the vagina, instead of the distal (external) as in Myrmecophaga’. As Pouchet, though describing the two apertures, does not men- tion any median septum, it is possible that this vaginal septum may disappear, as there seems to be good reason for supposing that it does in Elephas indicus, in the gravid state. The penis in Myrmeco- phaga is so small that during coitus it is, I expect, entirely con- tained in the urino-genital tube, and does not enter the vagina, as is also the case in Elephas; the disappearance of the vaginal sep- tum can therefore hardly be due, in this species at least, to the non- virgin condition of any particular female. 4. As regards other points, I may mention that the external and internal iliac arteries come off separately, as in many other mammals’, there being no common iliac arteries. As in Manis tridentata as described by Rapp’, the chevron bones in the tail contain a curious caudal rete miradile, composed of both venous and arterial elements, which completely surrounds, as in a sheath, a central artery of large size, which is the direct coutinuation onwards of the abdominal aorta, and gives off here no branches at all to the rete. The arterial elements of this reée are derived from several small trunks on each side, which arise from the caudal artery beyond the origin of the internal iliacs, and then break up into a number of more or less parallel, rarely anastomosing, branches, mixed up with which are similar venous trunks. A similar rete occurs in Zamandua, and also, as I am informed by Prof. Flower, in the Spider Monkeys of the genus A¢eles. The paired eyelids are very small, and hardly exist as special organs; there areno eyelashes. The third eyelid, on the other hand, is very large and well-developed. It contains a large cartilage of concayo-convex shape; on the internal surface of this eyelid, just below the inferior border of the contained cartilage, opens the minute aperture of the Harderian gland, which is very large, almost completely surrounding the orbit, and concealing the much more minute lachrymal gland. As described and figured by Pouchet, it consists of three chief lobes. As already suggested by Chatin, I have little doubt that it is the Harderian gland that has been described by Cuvier (Anat. Comp. 2me éd. iv. part 1, pp. 430, 431) and Owen (J. ¢. pl. xl. fig. 3 6) in Cycloturus as a salivary gland opening into the mouth. Clavicles are frequently supposed to be absent in the Great Ant- 1 A similar condition of things to that here described in the genus Myrmeco- phaga occurs sometimes, it may be observed, as a malformation, known as “vagina duplex et uterus simplex,” in the human female, the vagina being more or less completely divided into two chambers by a median septum, and open- ing externally by wo quite separate orifices. Cf a paper by Dr. T. Matthews Duncan, Journ. Anat. Phys. i. pp. 269-274, and Dr. Morrison Watson’s paper, “'The Homology of the Sexual Organs illustrated by Comparative Anatomy and Pathology,” /. ¢. xiv. pp. 60-62, 2 Cf P.Z.S. 1881, p. 188, Se bkespaoes 300 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GREAT ANTEATER. [Mar. 7, eater, though present as rudiments in Tamandua, and well developed in Cycloturus’. In the larger specimen of the two examined by me I find, how- ever, a distinct one present on each side, lying in the muscles, about an inch long, nearly straight, of flattened form, with one end cylin- drical. Similar ones were also present, closely attached to the sternum, but of smaller size, in the second specimen. Rapp (/.c. p- 40) found a rudimentary cartilaginous one in Myrmecophaga, though he (erroneously) denies one to Tamandua. There is also an accessory ossicle developed at the head of the fibula, as in some of the fossil forms. In the anterior cornu of the hyoid bone, I find in both specimens three distinct ossifications*. The proximal of these is a small nodule of bone, 3 inch long, articulating below with the basihyal; it is called the “ apohyal” by Pouchet, but, according to the nomencla- ture now ordinarily employed, must really be the cerato-hyal*. The other two long curved ossifications of the anterior cornu must there- fore be the epi- and slylo-hyals respectively. Both Rapp (J. e. p. 61) and Pouchet (‘ Mémoires,’ p. 95, pl. xii. figs. 1-3) describe the posterior cornu as articulating externally with the anterior one. But in neither of my specimens can I find any evidence of such a joint, as the two cornua, when in their undis- turbed condition, are separated by a considerable space, in part occupied by a muscle (the intercornualis, Owen, /. c. p. 127); and in the cleaned bones I also find it impossible, without violence, to bring the two arches into such contact together. In Tamandua, though there is a distinct ligament between the two arches, they are nevertheless similarly separated; and neither Duvernoy*, who dissected this species, nor Owen, in his account of Myrmecophaga, allude to any such interarticulation existing ; Owen’s figure (pl. xxxix. fig. 2) indeed clearly shows the two cornua separated by the inéer- cornualis muscle, as also observed by me (cf. Plate XV. fig. 1, idé). At the place where the three main ducts of the submaxillary glands of each side converge to become intimately connected to- gether by their walls, though they still remain quite separate tubes, they are covered by a mass of muscle which forms a bulb-like swelling for an extent of 1? inch on the inferior aspect of the con- joined ducts (Plate XV. fig. 1). It is this mass of muscles that has been described by Owen (/.¢. p. 126) as the “ constrictor salivaris,” a name adopted by Pouchiet subsequently. The external aspect of the ducts is also, for the posterior half inch of this space, covered by a thick muscular coating, so that in this portion the three ducts are encircled by a broad ring of muscular fibres. These fibres arise from the anterior edge of the anterior hyoid cornu, on each side of the junction of the stylo- and epihyal 1 ‘Osteology of the Mammalia,’ by W. H. Flower, p. 235: London, 1876. 2 The accounts given by different authors of the compositon of the hyoid bones in the Anteaters differ considerably inter se. Cf. Pouchet, ‘Mémoires,’ pp. 93-95. 3 In Tamandua I am unable to find any corresponding ossification, though both the epi- and stylo-hyals are well developed. 4 Mém. foc. Hist, Nat. Strasbourg, 1880; and Cuyier’s Anat. Comp. 2me éd. iy. part 1, p. 476. 1882.] MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GREAT ANTEATER. 301 bones ; running then forwards and outwards, they pass beneath and to the outside of (in a sternal view) the conjoined ducts, and then ascend to fan out and form the muscular bulb. The more anterior of these fibres are inserted into the internal and upper part of the combined ducts, and cease there. The most posterior, on the contrary, completely encircle the ducts, running inwards over the ducts, and then, recurving on themselves, ascend on the deep aspect of the ducts, to be inserted on the stylohyal bone for the greater part of its length, not, however, extending to either of its extremities. Along the anterior (free) border of the ascending part, at the point where it is in contact with the ducts and the deep part of their muscular ring, is developed a strong tendinous edge (s.h. m. ¢), the ‘commissural tendon ”’ of Owen. The muscular fibres inserted on this and attached to the stylo- hyal (ceratohyal of Owen’s nomenclature) are described by that author as the “ cerato-hyoideus,”’ whilst Pouchet more correctly applies to it the name of “‘ stylo-hyoideus,”’ the rest of the muscular arrangement here described forming, as already stated, the ‘‘con- strictor salivaris”’ of both authors. It appears to me that the whole muscle may be more correctly considered as the stylo-hyoideus, which has developed this remark- able course round the submaxillary ducts in order to aid the ejaculation of the saliva therein contained by the constriction, on contraction of the muscle, of their walls between the circularly-dis- posed fibres surrounding them and the tendon developed on its anterior margin. In the genus Zamandua’ (Plate XV. fig. 2) there is no special muscular envelope developed round the ducts in this position. The most posterior fibres of the mylo-hyoideus (m.h') arise from the posterior end of the stylo-hyal bone, running inwards and forwards, and blending internally with the genio-hyoid. To this point also run backwards and inwards the fibres of a narrow flattened muscle (s.4. m), which crosses the hyoid origin of the mylo-hyoid superficially, and, as it arises from the stylo-hyal bone, must be considered to represent a stylo-hyoideus. At the point where it meets the genio-hyoid and mylo-hyoid, all three muscles become closely connected together, the stylo-hyoid developing here an anterior tendinous edge (s./. m. £). Between this tendon and the conjoined mylo-hyoid and genio-hyoid run the three ducts of the submaxillary gland, so that contraction of these muscles here also serves a purpose similar to that produced by the more specialized arrangement found in the larger species. [P.S. July 13, 1882.—I have found the disposition of the salivary ducts and the arrangement of the sty/o.hyoideus muscles exactly the same as those here described in a third specimen of Myrmecophaga just dead.—W, A. F.] EXPLANATION OF PLATE XY. Fig. 1. Dissection of the left suprabyoidean region of Myrmecophaga jubata, to show the course and relations of the stylo-hyoideus muscle. 1 Cf. Duvernoy, Mém. Strasb. 1830, ‘Mémoire sur la langue” &c., p. 3. 302 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON BIRDS [Mar. 7, s.h, stylo-hyal; e.p, epihyal; c¢.h, cerato-hyal; 4.4, basihyal; ¢h, thyro-hyal ; s.4.m’, origin of the stylo-hyoideus ; s.h. m, its insertion ; s.h.m.t, its tendinous edge (this, being deep of the muscle and ducts, is diagrammatically represented by a dotted line); m.h, m.h', mylo- hyoideus, cut and reflected ; s.g, sterno-glossus (cut short) ; g.h', gento- hyoideus, at its origin, cut short and reflected; h.g, hyo-glossi; ep, epipharyngeus (Owen); hy, hyopharyngeus (Owen); int, inter- cornualis; 1, 2, 3, the three ducts of the submaxillary gland, con- verging to be surrounded by the stylo-hyoideus. 2. The same parts in Tamandua tetradactyla, enlarged. The letters as before, except s.4.m, stylo-hyoideus muscle, with its anterior ten- dinous edge (s.4.m.t), blending here with the mylo- (m.h.) and genio- hyoid (g./) muscles, and surrounding the three submaxillary ducts (s.m.d), which are cut short and reflected ; m.h’, hyoid origin of the mylo-hyoid. 8. Diagram to show the openings into the mouth of the three ducts of the submaxillary gland in Myrmecophaga. a, b, the two ducts from the more posterior parts of the gland, opening together ; c¢, the third duct, from the cervical part, opening posteriorly to the other twoducts. 2. List of the Birds sent home by Mr. Joseph Thomson from the River Rovuma, Fast Africa. By Captain G. E. SHELLEY. [Received February 25, 1882.] (Plate XVI.) . Mr. 'Thomson is well known as one of the most successful East- African explorers. On him devolved the task of carrying through the expedition in which Mr. Keith Johnston lost his life; and no praise can be too strong for the manner in which he fulfilled his mission. Like all successful African travellers, he has again returned to the Dark country, this time to explore the river Rovuma and to report on the value of the coal-fields said to exist in that valley ; and an in- teresting account of his journey has been given by himself (Proc. R. Geogr. Soc. 1882, p. 65). The Rovuma runs from the south-west into the sea at 10°30! S. lat.; and Mr. Thomson explored. this valley to nearly 37° E. long. During this journey the present collection of birds was made, whereby two interesting new species are added to the African Avifauna. 1. Astur tachiro (Daud.). 16. Cossypha heuglini, Hartt. 2. Falco minor, Bp. 17. Crateropus plebejus (Aiipp.). 3. F. dickersoni, Sc/at. 18. Oriolus notatus, Peters. 4. Coracias caudata, Linn. 19. Pachyprora molitor (Hahn ¢ 5. Halcyon orientalis, Peters. Kust.). 6. Merops dresseri, sp. n. 20. Bias musicus ( Viedil.). 7. Melittophagus builockoides 21. Platystira pellata, Swndev. (Smith). 22. Muscicapa cerulescens, Hartl. 8. M. pusillus (Miill.). 23. Erythrocercus thomsoni, sp. n. 9. Upupa africana, Bechst. 24. Trochocercus cyanomelas ( Vieill.). 10. Ivrisor erythrorhynchus (Zath.). | 25. Smithornis capensis, Smith. 11. Rhinopomastes cyanomelas 26. Parus niger, Viedll. ( Vieill.). 27. Melanornis ater, Sundev. 12. Cinnyris microrhynchus, Shelley. | 28. Buchanga assimilis (Bechst.). 13. C. gutturalis (Linn.). 29. Telephonus erythropterus (Shaw). 14. Motacilla vidua, Sundev. 30. Laniarius cubla (Shaw). 15. Turdus libonyanus, Sith, 31. L, boulboul (Shaw). ‘TL. LOGa.e |, ee Ha nh art imp J. Smit lith bMEROPS DRESSERI. _. 2.ERYTHROCERCUS: THOMSONI. 1882. } FROM THE RIVER ROVUMA. 303 2. L. quadricolor, Cass. 39. Ureginthus pheenicotis (Swains.). 33. L. sulphureipectus (Less.). 40. Hypargus niveiguttatus (Peters). 34. L. poliocephalus (Licht.). 4l, Gallirex chlorochlamys, Sh2lley. 35. Nicator gularis, Hartl. g Finsch. 42. Pogonorhynchus melanopterus 36. Prionops talacoma, Smith. (Peters), 37. Sigmodus tricolor (Gray). 43, Dendropicus fulviscapus (Z//.). 38. Lamprocolius chalybeus, Hempr. § Ehr. ERyTHROCERCUS THOMSON], sp. n. (Plate XVI. fig. 2.) Upper parts olive-yellow; rump and upper tail-coverts rufous washed with yellow; tail rufous, the feathers slightly washed with yellow on their edges and crossed by a broad black subterminal band; in one specimen the outer feather alone is without any black baud, and the next feather is only banded on the outer web, with a black spot on the inner one; in the second specimen the four outer feathers on each side are without any black at all; rictal bristles black, forehead rather narrowly margined with brownish buff; lores and in front of the eye white (but the state of the skins prevents me from seeing the limits of this colour on the sides of the head) ; wings dark brown, all the feathers broadly edged with olive-shaded yellow excepting towards the ends of the primaries; entire under surface bright yellow ; under wing-coverts yellow, basal portion of the inner webs of the quills rather narrowly edged with rufous buff. Bill—upper mandible brown, lower one flesh-colour. Legs and claws pale brown. Total length 4:5 and 4:1 inches; culmen 0°25; wing 1°9 and 1°8; tail 21; tarsus 065. On referring to Mr. Sharpe’s Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 208, pl. 9, we at once recognize Erythrocercus livingstonii as the nearest ally of this new species; and I shall propose the following addition to his key of this genus :— a. Tail uniform, without a bar: to include C. macalli and C. living- stonit. 6. Tail with a broad black subterminal bar: C. thomsoni. The present species further differs from C. Livingstonii in the crown and sides of the head being the same colour as the back, the forehead alone being margined with brownish buff, and the chin scarcely shows a trace of white. MERopPs DRESSERI, sp. n. (Plate XVI. fig. 1.) Crown and nape fawn colour, the tips of the feathers slightly - washed with greenish yellow ; remainder of the upper parts green; the basal portion of the inner margins of the quills pale fawn colour ; the primaries have the remainder of their inner margins and their ends dusky black; the secondaries are rather broadly tipped with black, with the exception of the inner feather, which, like the longer scapulars and upper tail-coverts, is washed with blue towards its end; two centre tail-feathers green, gradually shading into black on their long narrow ends, which are slightly widened at the tips; remainder of the tail square, the feathers with broad black end, narrowly tipped with white on the outer ones, and rather more broadly so with blue as they approach the centre pair; on the sides of the Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. XXI. 21 304 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON BIRDS [Mar. 7, head a broad black band runs through the eye, margined beneath by a rather narrower pale blue one; chin and throat fawn colour, with the ends of the feathers slightly more strongly washed with greenish yellow than the crown; remainder of the under surface green, with the feathers of the abdomen and under tail-coverts washed with blue towards their edges; under surface of the quills brown, the basal portion of their inner margins and the under wing-coverts pale fawn colour ; under surface of the tail ashy brown, with a black terminal bar. Bill and legs black. Total length 9-8 inches, culmen 1, wing 3:1, tail 5°5, tarsus 0°4. I have named this bird after my friend Mr. Dresser, who is about to publish a monograph of the Meropide, in acknowledgment of the valuable services rendered to ornithology by his large work on the Birds of Europe. 3. A second List of Birds recently collected by Sir John Kirk in Eastern Africa. By Captain G. E. SHe.uey. [Received February 25, 1882.] (Plate XVII.) The collection of which the present paper treats was made by Sir John Kirk chiefly in the neighbourhood of Mamboio, on the eastern slopes of the mountain-range which separates Ugogo from the Zanzibar Province, but also contains some specimens from Ugogo country and two from Brava in South Somali-land, 1° N. lat. This paper is intended as a supplement to my former one (P. Z.S. 1881, pp. 561-602). 1. Circairus CINEREUS. Circaétus cinereus, Vieill.; Shelley, P. Z.S. 1881, p. 562. Brava, in South Somali-land. 2. Faco cuvieri. Falco cuvieri, Smith ; Shelley, P. Z.S. 1881, p. 562. Ugogo. The head quarters of this Hawk is probably the unexplored regions of Central Africa. This specimen, I presume, from its size is a female. In colouring it is almost identical with my specimen from Lamo, but is, if any thing, a shade duller. Lamo, 3? Total length 10:4 inches, wing 8.7, tail 4-9, tarsus 1°30. Ugogo, 2? i 1259. 3 Pe OS 1A 5225; 4 eB. 3. ASTURINULA MONOGRAMMICA. Asturinula monogrammica (Temm.); Shelley, P. Z. S. 1881, p-. 562. Ugogo. Vdalddol Vaavely 1882. ] FROM EASTERN AFRICA. 305 4, ACCIPITER MINULLUS. Nisus minullus, Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 85; Fischer & Reichenow, J. f. O. 1878, pp. 251, 272. Accipiter minullus (Daud.) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus.i. p. 140. Mamboio. I have also a specimen from Rabbai near Mombas, collected by the Rey. T. Wakefield. It ranges from Abyssinia southward throughout East and South Africa. 5. MreLirRAX POLIOPTERUS. Melierax poliopterus, Cab. in v. d. Decken, Reisen, ii. p. 40; Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 90; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 88. Brava in South Somali-land. This species is, as far as we yet know, exclusively East-African. The type came from the Umba river in the interior, and is I believe the only other specimen known. South of the Zambesi it is repre- sented by the closely allied 1. canorus. 6. MELIERAX NIGER. Nisus niger, Finsch & Hartl. Vg. Ostafr. p. 89. Melierax niger (Vieill.) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 91. Micronisus niger, Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 242, Mamboio. This species ranges over the whole of South and East Africa, extending northward into Abyssinia and Kordofan, and thence crosses the continent to Senegal and Casamanse. 7. GLAUCIDIUM CAPENSE. Glaucidium capense (Smith); Shelley, P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 563. Mamboio. This is the most northern limit yet recorded for this species. 8. SyRNIUM WOODFORDI. Syrnium woodfordi (Smith) ; Shelley, P. Z. S. 1881, p. 561. Ugogo. 9. CAPRIMULGUS EUROPAUS. Caprimulgus europeus, Linn.; Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p: 117, Mamboio. The Common European Goatsucker ranges throughout the whole of Africa, but is everywhere migratory. 10. CosMETORNISVEXILLARIUS (Gould) ; Shelley, P. Z. 8. 1881, p- 564. Mamboio. With regard to its range as given by me /. c., instead of Zambesi read Limpopo as its southern known limit in Eastern Africa. 21* 306 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON BIRDS [Mar. 7, 11. PsALIDOPROCNE HOLOMELZENA. Psalidoprocne holomelena (Sundev.); Sharpe, P. Z.S. 1870, pp- 288, 320. Mamboio. New to East Africa. The range of this species is very uncertain, as it is found on the Gold Coast and in South Africa from Cape Colony to Natal, but has not previously been recorded from any portion of South Tropical Africa. 12. HAPALODERMA VITTATUM, Sp. 1. Very similar in size and general colouring to H. narina, but differs as follows: bill smaller and much narrower, scarcely more than half the breadth ; head darker and of a more olive-green ; neck entirely surrounded by a bluish-bronze collar; wing-coverts with narrow distinct white bars not freckled with white as in H. narina ; dark portion of the tail violet-blue, very partially edged with green ; white portion of the tail very distinctly barred with bluish black. Culmen 0-6, wing 5, tail 7, tarsus 0°65. Hab. Mamboio. The only specimen is in extremely bad condition, so much so that I cannot say how far the blue may extend on the throat ; but it ap- pears to be only a narrow ring round the neck. The bars on the wing-coverts and the colouring of the tail, especially the barring of the white portion, are sufficient characters to distinguish it at a glance from H. narina and H. constantia. 13. RHINOPOMASTES CABANISI. Irrisor cabanisi, De Fil.; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 219. Mamboio. New to East Africa. This species is closely alied to 2. minor, but may be readily distinguished by the white patch on the primaries, which is not present in R. minor. It ranges from the Upper White- Nile district to Mamboio. 14, SaxtcoLa PLESCHANKA (Lepech.). Saxicola morio, Seebohm, Cat. B, Brit. Mus. v. p. 372. Mamboio. New to East Africa. It ranges in Africa ; from Egypt to Mam- boio, and possibly occurs in Algeria. 15. MoraciLia Lonercaupa, Riipp. Ugogo. New to East Africa. This species ranges from Abyssinia, where it was first collected by Dr. Riippell, to Durban in Natal. 16. GRAUCALUS PECTORALIS. Graucalus pectoralis, Jard.; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 29. Mamboio. New to East Africa. It inhabits the whole of Africa between 15° N. lat. and 22° S. lat. 1882.] FROM EASTERN AFRICA. 307 17. SIGMODUS TRICOLOR. Sigmodus tricolor (Gray); Shelley, P. Z.S. 1881, p. 581. Mamboio. i Five specimens, three with white on the wing, and two without. 18. SIGMODUS SCOPIFRONS. Sigmodus scopifrons, Peters, Shelley, P. Z. S. 1881, p. 582. Mamboio. 19. EURYCEPHALUS RUEPPELLI, Bp. Eurycephalus anguitimens, Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 225 (2); Fischer & Reichenow J. f. O. 1879, p.347 (?); Shelley P. Z.S. 1881, p. 582. Mamboio, Ugogo. I suspect that Drs. Cabanis, Fischer, and Reichenow fell into the same error as I did J. ¢., and overlooked the white rump which separates this species from the South-African 2. anguitimens. At any rate my reference /. c. should be cancelled. This species ranges from Shoa, about 9° N. lat., where it was collected by Dr. Riippell, to Mamboio and Ugogo, about 7° S. lat. 2(). DiLopHus caruNcuLaTus (Gm.). Mamboio. New to East Africa. This species ranges from Abyssinia through- out East and South Africa. 21, Amyprus morio (Linn.). Amydrus rueppelli, Shelley, P. Z. S. 1881, p. 583. Mamboio. I have come to the conclusion that A. rueppelli, Verr., is not specifically distinct from A. morio: in colouring I can detect no dif- ference; but one of M. Verreaux’s specimens in my own collection is slightly larger than sixteen specimens from East and South Africa, the Natal ones being generally the smallest and the East-African ones intermediate ; but this slight variation in size does not in my opinion constitute a specific character. In Natal specimens three of those compared belong to what I consider a variety, differing from the others in having the greater portion of the primary-coverts rufous, and in the rufous of the quills extending onto the outer secondaries. This species ranges from Abyssinia, throughout East Africa to Natal, and thence to the Cape of Good Hope. 22. TExTOR DINEMELLI. Textor dinemelli, Horsf.; Finsch & Hartl, Vog. Ostafr. p. 386 ; Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 233; Fischer & Reichenow, tom. cit. pp. 299, 351. Mamboio. This species ranges f om Shoa, in about 10° N. lat., to Mamboio, in about 7° S. lat. 308 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON BIRDS [ Mar. 7, 23. PENTHETRIA ARDENS. Penthetria ardens (Bodd.) ; Finsch & Hartl. Vég. Ostafr. p. 423. Mamboio and Ugogo. New to East Africa. From the above-mentioned localities it ranges southward into Natal and Caffraria, and westward to the Loango coast. 24. AMBLYOSPIZA UNICOLOR. Amblyospiza unicolor, Fischer & Reichenow; Shelley, P.Z.S. 1881, p- 589. Mamboio. This is the most southern limit we can yet accord to this species. 25. FRINGILLARIA ORIENTALIS, Sp. 0. Very similar to F. major, Cab., but smaller, with the bill and legs slightly longer and stouter ; the eyebrow and white central band on the crown broader and more distinctly marked. Total length 5°7 inches, culmen 0°55, wing 3°2, tail 3°1, tarsus 0°8. Mamboio. In my opinion this is only one of three races of a single species ; but I have here described it as a new species, as many ornithologists may prefer to consider it such. By the term race I intend to indicate that the form is so nearly allied to one or more others that, in my opinion, further research is sure to discover intermediate forms which may be placed as well with one as with the other. The three races are :-— 1. F. cabanisi, Reichenow, J. f. O. 1975, p. 238, pl. 2. figs. 2, 3. Hab. Cameroons. This race is only known to me by the description and plate /. c. 2. F. orientalis. Hab. Mamboio. 3. F. major, Cab. J. f. 0. 1880, p. 349, pl. 2. fig. 2. Had. Angola. As regards F. cabanisi, Bocage, Orn. Angola, p. 371, I have a specimen in my own collection of this form from Caconda. It differs from the plate given by Dr. Cabanis (/. c.) in the central stripe on the crown being white, not grey, and in the feathers of the mantle being more striped and less scale-like, their dark centres generaily extending quite to the tips of the feathers. 26. MirAFrA TORRIDA, sp.u. (Plate XVII.) Upper parts rufous-brown, with dark central stripes to the fea- thers of the crown, nape, and greater portion of the back; rump and upper tail-coverts with obsolete shaft-stripes ; some of the feathers of the mantle very partially edged with buff. Wings rufous, the coverts and secondaries edged with buff; median and greater coverts partially barred with black ; secondaries somewhat similarly barred, and with a waved black line encircling each feather near the edge ; primaries browner, without black markings, and broadly edged exter- nally and internally with rufous. Tail, two centre feathers rufous; outer tail-feathers, with the exception of an inner edging, and the outer 1882.] FROM EASTERN AFRICA. 309 webs of the next pair fawn colour; remainder of the tail dark brown. Underparts rufous buff, as well as an eyebrow, cheeks, and ear- coverts: sides of the head mottled with rufous; sides of the neck similar in colouring to the back; middle of the throat slightly mottled with rufous; lower throat and crop strongly mottled with rufous-brown, and with partial black central stripes to a few of the feathers ; under surface of the quills brown, with broad rufous edges to the inner webs ; under wing-coverts rufous-buff; lower half of the bill flesh-colour, remainder shading into dark brown towards the culmen; legs flesh-colour. Total length 5°7 inches, culmen 0°5, wing 3°1, tail 2°4, tarsus 0°95. Hab. Ugogo. This seems to be a very distinct species of Lark; and I cannot find any description that suits it. Looking at Mr. Sharpe’s Key to the Species of Mirafra found in Africa (P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 638), it appears to be different at once by its entirely rufous colour and the two rufous central tail-feathers. Of the species mentioned by Mr. Sharpe, it would appear to have its nearest ally in MZ. cheniana ; but its entirely rufous colour above and the fawn-coloured outer tail- feathers distinguish it. 27. TURACUS MUSOPHAGUS. Corythaix musophaga, Dubois; Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p: 475. Mamboio. This species is here recorded for the first time from East Africa north of the Zambesi. It ranges throughout South Africa, and extends northward on the east coast to Mamboio. 28. TURACUS LIVINGSTONII. Turacus livingstonii, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 44. Corythaix livingstonei, Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 476, pl. 8; Fischer & Reichenow, J. f. O. 1880, pp. 141, 189. Ugogo. This species ranges from the Mombas district, where it has been procured by Dr. Fischer, to Delagoa Bay, and crosses the continent to Benguela. 29. CucuLUS CANORUS. Cuculus canorus, Linn. ; Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 580. Mamboio. The single specimen sent home by Sir John Kirk is fully adult but remarkedly small; total length 11°7 inches, culmen 0°8, wing 8, tail 7, tarsus 0°8. It agrees well in colouring with British and Abyssinian specimens with which I have compared it, as also with Mr. Sharpe’s description /. c., excepting that it shows no signs of a greenish gloss on the back. C. eanorus ranges throughout Africa, but is everywhere migratory. 310 ON BIRDS FROM EASTERN AFRICA. [ Mar. 7, 30. CucuLUS SOLITARIUS. Cuculus solitarius, Steph. ; Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1873, p. 582. Cuculus hevglini, Hartl. Abhandl. nat. Ver. Brem. vii. p. 113. Mamboio. The four specimens sent me by Sir John Kirk I have compared with South-African examples and with one from Lado collected by Dr. Emin Bey and referred to C, heuglint by Dr. Hartlaub /. c., and can find no difference between them. ‘This species ranges through- out Africa south of about 8° N. lat, 31. TURTUR LUGENS. Turtur lugens (Riipp.) ; Shelley, P. Z.S. 1881, p. 596. Mamboio. This is its southern limit as yet known. 32. FRANCOLINUS INFUSCATUS. Francolinus infuscatus, Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 578. Pternistes infuscatus, Cab. J. f. O. 1878, p. 214. Mamboio. This species is confined to East Africa, and was hitherto only known by the type specimen, which was collected by the Baron von der Decken near Lake Jipe, which lies about 100 miles north-west of Mombas, and by a specimen procured by Herr Hildebrandt also in the Teita country, 33. HopLorTervs SPINOSUS. Hoplopterus spinosus (Linn.); Fischer & Reichenow, J. f. O. 1879, pp. 296, 301, 337. Mamboio. This Plover ranges in Africa from Mamboio to the mouth of the Nile, and crosses the continent to Senegal. 34. ANAS ERYTHRORHYNCHA. Anas erythrorhyncha, Gm. ; Finsch & Hartl. Vég. Ostafr. p. 808. Mamboio. This species ranges throughout South Africa, extending north- ward on the east coast to Zanzibar, and is also found in Madagascar. 1882. ] MR. SCLATER ON THE WORD “‘ LIPOTYPE.” 311 March 21, 1882. Prof, W. H. Flower, LL.D. F.R.S., President, in the Chair. The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of February 1882 :— The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- gerie during the month of February was 59, of which 22 were by presentation, 26 by purchase, 3 by birth, 2 were received in exchange, and 6 on deposit. The total number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 89. The most noticeable additions during the month of February were as follows :— 1, Four Warty-faced Honey-eaters (Xanthomyza phrygia), and 2. Two Musk-Ducks (Biziura lobata), purchased February 8th. Both these Australian species are new to the Society’s Collection ; and, so far as I know, examples of them have not been previously brought alive to Europe. 3. A young Tapir, born in the Gardens February 12th, and thriving well, is the produce of our male Tapirus roulini (received May 25th, 1878) and the large female Tapirus americanus from Paraguay, received January 16th, 1873. It is the first of the genus bred in the Society’s Gardens. 4. A female Mule Deer (Cervus macrotis) from the Western United States, presented by Dr. J. D, Caton, C.M.Z.S., and received February 15th. . Thanks to Dr. Caton’s kind exertions we have now a fine pair (besides an odd male) of this beautiful Deer, and shall, I trust, succeed in breeding them. The female just received is in excellent health and very tame. Mr. J. E. Harting exhibited a mummified bird forwarded by Mr. George Holland of Swansea, and received by him from an island on the coast of Peru, whence it was brought home by the master of the ship ‘Nero.’ It was evidently a young Gannet, and most probably referable to Sula fiber, a species common on the South-Pacific and South-Atlantic coasts. The island in question appeared to be a great breeding-haunt of sea-fowl ; and the deposit of guano there was very considerable. The bird was found in a sitting posture completely buried in the guano at a great depth. It had accordingly been so well preserved as to be easily recognizable, although it must have been buried for some considerable time. Three eggs exhibited, in much the same con- dition, were obtained at the same time and place. One was probably the egg of a Gull, the others those of a Tern. Mr. Sclater stated that in the course of some lectures lately given at the Royal Institution on the geographical distribution of animals, he had found it convenient to coin a term for the designation of a 312 DR. GADOW ON THE ANATOMY OF PTEROCLES. [ Mar. 21, type of animal life the absence of which was characteristic of a particular district or region. This term he proposed should be ‘* Lipotype””’. Thus the order Insectivora and the families Bovidee and Viverridz were “ lipotypes”’ of the Neotropical Region ; the Bears (Urside) and the Deer (Cervidee) of the Aithiopian Region; and the Wood- peckers (Picidz.) and Vultures (Vulturide) of the Australian Region. The term was of course more specially required and more appropriate in cases where the “ lipotype”’ was a form that might primd facie have been expected to occur in the Region or district in question but was remarkable by its absence, Dr. Giinther, F.R.S., exhibited a flat skin of a very remarkable pale sandy-coloured variety of the Leopard (Felis pardus), from the Matabele district, South Africa, and pointed out its superficial resemblance in colour to the Woolly Cheetah (Felis lanea, Sclater). Dr. Giinther also exhibited and made remarks upon the shell of a new Tortoise of the genus Geoemyda from Siam, which he proposed to describe as new at a subsequent meeting. Mr. R. Bowdler Sharpe exhibited a specimen of a Goldfinch from Hungary, which had been sent to him by Dr. J. von Madarasz of the Museum of Buda-Pest, and which had been described by that gentleman as Carduelis elegans albigularis. Mr. Sharpe pointed out that a variety of the Goldfinch with a white throat was by no means unplentiful in England, and that a figure agreemg with the specimen now exhibited would be found in the late Mr. Dawson Rowley’s ‘ Ornithological Miscellany’ (vol. i. p. 91, fig, 3 in the plate). The following papers were read :— 1. On some Points in the Anatomy of Pierocles, with Remarks on its Systematic Position. By Hans Gapow, Ph.D., C.M.Z.S. [Received February 18, 1882.] Amongst the unfinished manuscripts of the late Prof. A. Brandt, in St. Petersburg, there were some notes by him preparatory to a discussion on the anatomical characters of the Pterocletes. His son, now Professor in Charkow, was good enough to put these notes into my hands, while others were distributed amongst those naturalists who specially interested themselves in the other different groups to which that distinguished naturalist had devoted some of his atten- tion. The Society will see, therefore, that it was with peculiar Aci, deficio, et rizos, forma. 1882.] DR. GADOW ON THE ANATOMY OF PTEROCLES. 313 pleasure that a specimen of Péerocles arenarius in the flesh was received by me during the short time that I was intrusted with the duties of its prosector during his absence from England’. INTEGUMENT. The arrangement and form of the feather-tracts in Péerocles and Syrrhaptes is almost the same as that in the Pigeons ; but too much weight has been laid upon the peculiar bifurcated shape of the shoulder part of the spinal tract. Nitzsch himself, in his description of the Gallinacei, mentions that a very similar arrangement of the shoulder-tract we meet with in Numida and Penelope and partly in Tetrao and Orypturus. He points out that in this respect Numida in particular approaches the Columbine type. Again, the Charadriide and many Laridz present nearly the same type of feather-tracts, although they differ in the lower and ventral part of the spinal tract. The contour-feathers of Péerocles possess a very small after-shaft, whilst this organ, although likewise small, is present in the Limi- cole and Gallinacei, but altogether absent in the Pigeons. The number of the rectrices and of the primaries is of no systematic importance in these birds, as will be seen from the following table :— Total number wie B of ee Waniberide of quille.,\;,| Primaries. | Fo tongent: |*" zootriess, Pteroeles ......... | 27-28 10 first 16 Pigeons ............ up to 25 10 second 12, 14, 16 IPIOVErS esctesctest: 24-26 10 first 12 OWIS'. Pac cpeccaness 22-29 10,11 =| 4th, 5th, 6th 10-20 1 Principal books and essays referred to in the text :— W. K. Parker. “On the Osteology of Gallinaceous birds and Tinamous,” Trans. Zool. Soc. y. pp. 149-241. A. H. Garrop. ‘On certain Muscles of the Thigh of Birds &c.”, P. Z. 8. 1873, pp. 626-677, and 1874, pp. 111-123. -—. ‘On the Disposition of the deep Plantar Tendons in different Birds,” P. Z.8. 1875, pp. 339-348. ——. “On the Carotid Arteries of Birds,” P.Z. 8. 1878, pp. 457-472 (for Pteroeles see p. 468). ——. “Nasal Bones of Birds,” P.Z.8. 1873, pp. 33-38 (Prerocles, see pp. 36, 37). Nirzscu. ‘System der Pterylographie,’ 1840. H.Brancuarp. “Caractéres ostéologiques des Gallinacés ou Gallides,” in Ann. Sciences Natur. sér. 4, tome vii. (1857), pp. 91-106, plates 10-12. M. Ovstater. “ Monographie des Oiseaux de la famille des Megapodiides,” Op. cit. sér. 4, tome x & xi. (1881). H. Gavow. “Beitrage zur vergleich. Anat., Verdauungssystem d. Vogel,” Jenaische Zeitschrift, 1879. Bocpanow. In ‘Mélanges biologiques, 1880, pp. 49-55. D. G. Exuior. “A Study of the Pteroclide or Family of the Sandgrouse,” P. Z. S. 1878, p. 283-264. 314 DR. GADOW ON THE ANATOMY OF PTEROCLEs. [Mar. 21, The general coloration of the Sand-Grouse is thoroughly protective, and is very distinctly marked throughout the genus by the dark crescent on the breast and the dark colour of the under surface of the wings. Though pronounced and apparently peculiar to the Sand-Grouse, a similar pattern is found in some of the Pigeons, as well as in the Plovers and in Grouse. The nestling plumage of the Sand-Grouse consists of a thick downy cover with fine terminal hairs to each down-feather, much like that of the Plovers and Fowls, whilst the Pigeons, when hatched, are almost nude and are entirely devoid of downy feathers. The oil-gland is present and quite naked in Sand-Grouse and Pigeons (in some Pigeons wanting), whilst in the Gallinacei and Limicole this organ is tufted. In both form and structure the “tarsus”? and the claws of the Sand-Grouse closely resemble those of the Gallinacei, but are re- markable for the tendency to suppression of the first or hind toe, which in Syrrhaptes is entirely aborted. This never occurs amongst the Pigeons and Fowls, but is a common feature in the Pluvialine tribe. The dell and the nostrils of Pterocles are like the same parts in the Turnicide, which, like Pterocles and the Columbe, are schizorhinal, whilst the Rasores proper are what Garrod termed holorhinal. OsTEOLOGY. Asthe osteology of Péeroclesand Syrrhaptes has been fully described by Professors Parker and Garrod, it will be superfluous for me to do more than indicate some of the salient points. Prof. Parker says :— «There is no vomer inthe Syrrhaptes to tie the two palatines together; and this is a sudden assumption of a columbaceous character.” However, this is not of great importance, because most of the Tetra- onidze have also no vomer, or at least this bone is very much suppressed. The skull certainly bears many striking affinities to the Columbee. The Syrrhaptes keeps close to the Fowls in respect of its vertebral characters. Number of cervical vertebree. Dorsal. Sacral. Caudal. Syrrhaptes........ 16 4 15 6 Pterocles arenarius. . 15 5 15 7 Columba livia...... 14 4 14 7 Gallus*’.. 2.0.0... 16 4 15 6 “There is much that is Pigeon-like in the pelvis of the Grouse and the Syrrhaptes.”’ All the wing-bones, and in particular the humerus, strikingly resemble those of the Pigeons (see Garrod, P. Z. S. 1874, p. 255, fig. 1). Muscutar Syste. I myself have examined specially only the muscles of the pelvic region and those of the hinder extremity. As regards the * Parker, /. c. 1882.] DR. GADOW ON THE ANATOMY OF PTEROCLES. 315 muscles of the shoulder-girdle I am indebted to Prof. Fuerbringer for the information that Pterocles approaches nearer to the Pigeons than to the Fowls. Mn. iliaci externi (mm. glutei).—This group in Pterocles con- sists of only two muscles, an anterior and a posterior. Of these the latter is the larger; it arises from the broad latero-dorsal plane of the praeacetabular part of the ilium, andis inserted close to the external trochanter of the femur. The iliac muscles have their nerve-supply from the crural plexus. M. iliacus internus.—This small muscle is comparatively long, as it arises from nearly the middle of the ventral aspect of the preeace- tabular ilium. It is inserted as usual, between the internal trochanter and the neck of the femur. M. sartorius—Flat and very broad, from the greater part of the lateral and dorsal margin of the preeacetabular ilium. The muscle is partly blended with the m. ilio-tidialis at the distal third of the thigh ; the rest passes over the patella as a flat but nevertheless rather fleshy strip, and then extends into part of the head of the m. extensor digitorum communis. The muscle is supplied by nerves from one of the first branches of the crural plexus. M. ilio-tibialis (m. quadratus femoris) —This muscle is rather feebly developed ; it arises with an aponeurotic sheet, which super- ficially covers the mm. iliaci externi, and which also takes origin from the regio posttrochanterica of the ilium. ‘The muscle is com- pletely blended with the m. femoro-tibialis, with the m. gluteus posterior, and with the m. sartorius. It is inserted together with the tendon of the mesial and external part of the m. femoro-tibialis into the head and rest of the tibia. Nerve-supply from the crural plexus. The m. gluteus posterior + m. tensor fascie late (m. tensor fascize latee) arises rather fleshy from the lateral plane of the postace- tabular part of the ilium, and is inserted indirectly into the head of the tibia by being attached to the distal’part of the m. ilio-tibialis. Nerve from the ischiadic plexus. The m. gluteus anterior (m. gluteus quartus) is very small; its muscular part consists of only a few fibres. Its aponeurosis arises from the space left between the origin of the m. iliac. ext. post. and the antitrochanter. Its short but broad and flat tendon runs over the external trochanter, passes the tendons of the external iliac muscles, and is inserted just distad from their insertion into the outer aspect of the femur. The nerve to this muscle is given off from the pl. ischiadicus ; it passes round behind the antitrochanter out of the ischiadic foramen. The m. ambiens arises with a short and distinct tendon from the pubic spine ; its roundish and somewhat ribbon-shaped belly tapers out into a long slender tendon, which, after partly piercing that of the m. femoro-tibialis, passes over the knee into its outer side and then supports one of the heads of the m. flexor perforatus digiti 11. Between the proximal part of the ambiens muscle and the inner trochanter of the femur, that long nervous branch which is sent off 316 DR. GADOW ON THE ANATOMY OF PTEROCLES. [ Mar. 21, from the posterior part of the crural plexus passes out, and then runs along the inner side of the thigh, superficially to the inner side of the proximal end of the leg (Ruge’s branch, as termed by me in my paper on the Ratitz). The ambiens muscle, on account of its nervous supply, belongs to the crural plexus, as the nerve of this muscle is one branch of the large nervous stem which passes laterally from the m. ambiens into the inner head of the m. femoro-tibialis (m. rectus internus femoris). The m. femoro-tidialis (mm. vasti or m. crureeus) consists of three heads. The inner one (m. rectus internus femoris) is the biggest and most distinct ; it arises from the whole inner and hinder aspect Deeper adductor muscles of the right thigh of Pterocles arenarius of the femur, and is inserted, independently of the others, into the anterior crest of the tibia. The middle head is also very fleshy, arises from nearly the whole of the anterior aspect of the femur, takes up the distal part of the m. ilio-tibialis, and is inserted into the patella and into the head of the tibia. The third or outer head is quite separate from the others, and is inserted into the outer edge of the caput tibiee by the help of the ligamentum tibio-patellare. All these three heads are supplied by nerves from the crural plexus. The m. ilio-fibularis (m. biceps) takes its origin from the lateral 1882.] | DR. GADOW ON THE ANATOMY OF PTEROCLES. 317 margin of the postacetabular ilium and from the lateral plane of the distal half of this bone. Its tendon passes through the tendinous loop near the poplitea, and is inserted into the neck of the fibula. Its nerves come from the ischiadic plexus. M. caude ilio-fleworius (m. semitendinosus). See fig. 1. This ribbon-shaped muscle arises from the lateral processes of some of the first caudal vertebre and from the outer plane of the spina ilio-cau- dalis. The so-called accessory part of this muscle is well developed ; it descends from the outer and lower surface of about the distal third of the femur ; and its fibres join those of the long or main part nearly at right angles. The line of junction is indicated by an oblique tendinous raphe. The two combined parts are inserted, first into the neck of the tibia by a strong tendon; secondly, a small tendon, looking like the continuation of the raphe, descends superficially to the back of the leg and joins the caput femorale internum m. gastrocnemii. Nerve-supply, together with the next muscle, from the ischiadic plexus. The m. ischio-flexorius (m. semimembranosus) is feebly developed, and loses its independence by becoming blended with the m. caudee ilio-flexorius, which completely covers it externally. It arises from a small part of the middle line of the lateral margin of the ischium. The m. caude ilio-femoralis consists of two chief parts. The most lateral one, or long head (long head of femoro-caudalis), is a very narrow, slender, muscular ribbon, which arises from the proce. lat. of the last caudal vertebree, and is inserted by a narrow thin tendon into the latero-posterior plane of the end of the proximal third of the femur. Towards its insertion the fleshy part of this long head is to a great extent blended with the more proximal or greater part: the latter (accessory femoro-caudal) arises from part of the membrane of the foramen oblongum, and from the outer plane of the hindmost or distal part of the ischium, whilst only a few fibres arise from the adjacent part of the ilium. The nerve which supplies these two muscles comes from the ischiadic plexus, and passes externally over the m. ischio-femoralis. I must mention here a peculiar little muscular slip which I have not often observed in birds. It arises (see fig. 1) as a small fleshy flat slip from the outer aspect of that region where the pubis and ischium approach each other; it is then partly covered by the long head; its thin tendon unites with that of the long head. It was present also on the other side, and was supplied by the same nerve-branch together with the two large heads. The presence of this little muscular slip is an instance of the great variation to which this group of the m. caudz ilio-femoralis is subject. The m. ischio-femoralis (m. obturator externus) arises with fleshy fibres from the dorsal, distal, and ventral margins of the foramen oblongum ; its strong tendon is inserted into the outer plane of the femur, just distad from the insertion of the m. obturator. It receives its nerve from the ischadic plexus. The m. obturator arises from that part of the inner plane of the ischium whieh bounds the foramen obturatum and also from the 318 DR. GADOW ON THE ANATOMY OF PTEROCLES. [ Mar. 21, adjoining part of the pubis. It is inserted by means of a very strong tendon into the externo-posterior plane of the outer trochanter. Another muscle, which we may call an accessory muscle to the m. obturator, is very small, and arises from the most proximal and lateral part of the ossa pubis et ischii near the acetabulum ; its fleshy but short belly is separated from that of the m. ischio-femoralis by the tendon of the main obturator muscle. It is inserted just between the tendons of these two muscles. As this small muscle is not supplied by the pl. ischiadicus, but together with the m. obturator, we cannot consider it to be a representative of the gemelli muscles, nor of part of the m. obturator internus of mammals. But the m. obturator of birds, together with its accessory muscles, might corre- spond to the m. obturator externus of Mammalian anatomy. The m. pubi-ischio-femoralis (m. adductor) consists of two layers, a lateral and more proximal and a median or distalone. The lateral part is ribbon-shaped, and arises from the latero-ventral margin of the middle third of the spines, opposite the pubis. It is covered laterally by the m. caud. ilio-femoralis, and is inserted into the hinder aspect of the distal half of the femur, lying mesiad from the femoral portion of the m. caude ilio-fiexorius (femoral portion==‘* accessory part”). The inner layer arises from the lateral margin of the distal two thirds of the ischium, but not from the os pubis or the ischio- pubic membrane. This flat muscle forms scarcely any tendon, and is inserted as a broad, but flat and vertical sheet into the distal half of the femur, including the internal condyle, and into the hinder surface of the head of the tibia. The m. popliteus is developed as usual. The m. tibialis anticus consists of two heads. The external or femoral is represented simply by a long tendon arising from the anterior inner margin of the internal condyle; its short belly soon fuses completely with the tibial or chief head, which latter takes its fleshy origin from the crest and head of the tibia. The strong tendon of this muscle passes under the transverse ligament of the leg, and is inserted into the anterior or dorsal sulcus of the tarso-metatarsal bone, not far from the joint. The whole muscle is covered superficially by the m. gastrocnemius (inner head) and by the m. peroneus superficialis. Nerve-supply, as in all the following muscles, from the ischiadic nerve. M. peroneus superficialis.—The most superficial muscle on the anterior and outer side of the leg. It arises from the crest of the head and from the anterior plane of the neck of the tibia, and some- times from the head of the fibula. Its broad tendon passes round the outer side of the leg to the hinder aspect of the intertarsal joint, and then divides into two tendons: one is very broad, and forms the deep sheet of the susceptaculum ; the other one is much narrower, passes laterally over the external malleolus of the tibia, and then joins the tendon of the m. flexor perforatus dig. m1. A m. peroneus profundus was not present in my specimen of Pterocles. However, this muscle is subject to much variation. I found it well developed in Zuplocamus prelata, but wanting in Gallus 1882.] DR. GADOW ON THE ANATOMY OF PTEROCLES, 319 bankiva and in Penelope superciliosa, whilst in our common Domestic Fowl it is generally present. In the Pigeons it is often absent. If present, this muscle arises with a long but narrow and fleshy belly from the anterior plane of the angle between the lower end of the fibula and the middle third of the tibia; its strong tendon then passes laterally over the joint and is inserted into the proximal margin of the plantar tarso-metatarsal bone, near the external malleolus. When contracted, the muscle bends the tarso-metatarsus slightly dorsad and inwards. M. gastroenemius.—This large muscle consists in Péerocles of two parts, each of which arises with two distinct heads (fig. 2) :— Lateral posterior view of the gastrocnemius muscle of right side of Pterocles arenarius. I. Median part. a. Cap. tibiale: from inner and anterior aspect of the head and neck of the tibia, blending with the tendons of the m. femoro- tibialis. b. Cap. femorale: from hinder aspect of the intercondyloid region, and at the same time from the ligam, femoro-tibiale internum. II. Lateral part. a. With a slender but distinct tendon from the intercondyloid region and from the outer margin of the femur; its belly Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1!882, No. XXII. 22 320 DR. GADOW ON THE ANATOMY OF PTEROCLES. [Mar. 21, passes between the two principal branches of the ischiadic nerve, and is supported by the descending tendon of the m. semitendinosus =m. caudee ilio-flexorius. B. This head is the larger of the two, and is the most super- ficial one at the hinder and external aspect of the leg, as it arises from the external condyle of the femur. The “tendo communis”’ of these four heads is inserted into the hinder margin of the tarso-metatarsal bone, but principally into the tibial and median margin. The m. extensor digitorum communis appears after the removal of the superficial peroneal and of the tibialis muscle, being completely covered by the latter. It arises from the anterior plane of the head and neck of the tibia; its tendon passes through the transverse liga- ment and the bony bridge just above the intertarsal joint ; it then runs down on the anterior surface of the metatarsal bone, and sends a tendon to the dorsal part of the bases of the phalanges of the three front toes. The mode of splitting up of the common tendon into the special tendons and of their insertion varies much. M. perforatus digiti 11.—This muscle appears after the removal of the most superficial of the flexor muscles on the outer side of the leg. It comes with fleshy fibres from the ligam. fem. tibiale externum and from the hinder part of the neck of the tibia. Its long and slender tendon, after crossing the legs, passes right through the susceptaculum in the middle of the hinder aspect of the inter- tarsal joint, where it lies deeper than all the other tendons. It is inserted into the ventral side of the phalanges 11. et m1. digiti 11. M. perforatus digiti 111. consists of two very fleshy heads. The outer one is completely fused with that of the m. perforatus dig. 11. ; it arises partly from the external condyle of the femur and from the tendinous loop; one part of this head forms the continuation of the tendon of the ambiens muscle. The inner head arises with a distinct tendon from the hinder aspect of the middle part of the intercondy- loid region. The combined tendon of the whole muscle, when passing over the intertarsal joint, is quite flat, and lies between the susceptaculum and the broad tendon of the gastrocnemius muscle. Thus in this region it is the most superficial of all the flexor tendons. At the middle of the metatarsal bone the tendon gives off a slip to that of the m. perforans et perforatus dig. m1. M. flex. perforatus dig. 1v.—Its thick belly arises from the hinder aspect of the external condyle of the femur and from the intercon- dyloid region. Its tendon, simply covered by the tendo Achillis, passes as the most superficial one over the joint and is inserted into the basis phal. 11. dig. rv. The m. flex. perforans et perforatus dig. 111. arises with a long slender head together with the m. perforatus dig. 111. and with the m. perforatus dig. 11.; its tendon sends a slip to that of the m. per- foratus, which it also perforates, and is inserted into the bas. phal. 1. et 111. dig. 111.; on the other hand, this tendon is pierced by that of the m. flexor profundus. 1882.] DR. GADOW ON THE ANATOMY OF PTEROCLES. 321 M. flew. perforans et perforatus dig. 11.—The strong and fleshy belly of this muscle arises with a short tendon from the hinder plane of the intercondyloid region ; it passes through a special canal in the susceptaculum, and is one of the deepest muscles. It is inserted into the cap. phal. 1. dig. 1. The m. flew. profundus s. communis digitorum consists of two principal heads. The ow¢er one arises with fleshy fibres from the fibula and is partly fused with the m. tibialis; its strong tendon passes the intertarsal joint superficially to the susceptaculum, and is only covered by the tendo Achillis ; it passes the pulley on its outer or lateral, not on its ventral or posterior margin. The inner or chief head takes its origin from the hinder plane of the greater part of the tibia ; its tendon runs as the deepest of all through the pulley, and then unites with that of the outer head; the tendon then divides into three, each of which is inserted into the basis of the last or distal phalanx of the 11., 111., or Iv. digit. Although Pterocles possesses a rudimentary hallux, which consists of two very small bones not articulated with the metatarsus, there was no trace of am. flewor hallucis longus to be found. But there was am. flewor hallucis brevis, which arose from the hinder aspect of rather more than the upper two thirds of the tarso-metatarsal bone, and was inserted into the cap. phal. 1. dig. 1. An abductor brevis. dig. 1v. and an abductor brevis dig. 11. were likewise present—the former pulling the fourth toe inwards, 7. e. towards, the latter drawing the second the away from the middle one. Both consequently move these two toes tibiad, and are mor- phologically abductors. For the m. flexor brevis dig. 111. see note, § 4. Note.—Mr. Forbes has kindly drawn my attention to Mr. A. Has- well’s paper “ Notes on the Anatomy of Birds. III. The myological characters of the Columbide,” in Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, 1880, p. 306 ; and has expressed grave doubts about the correctness of some of the statements made in it. Mr. Haswell, at the end of his paper, mentions five points ‘which seem to be especially charac- teristic of the family.’’ But I find that of the five points, one is totally incorrect, and three others, viz. nos. 3, 4, 5, are not charac- teristic of the Columbidee. These points are :— 1. The absence of a posterior belly of the m. latissimus dorsi. Mr. Forbes and I, on examining the following birds, which were at hand—Carpophaga, Chalcophaps, and Columba—found this muscle consisting of two bellies, the posterior one being just as well developed in these Pigeons as in Astur, arising from the anterior margin of the ilium and trom the last dorsal vertebrae, and inserted by means of a tendon below that of the anterior belly into the humerus. Through- out their whole length the two bellies were connected by a fascia. 3. The absence of the m. glut. externus and the presence of the adductores brevis et longus, the semitendinosus and semimem- branosus. Now the m. gluteus externus (=glut. anteriom) is gene- rally very small, but plainly visible in many birds, such as Pigeons, Passerine birds, &c., and not absent as stated by Mr. Haswell. 22* 322 DR. GADOW ON THE ANATOMY OF PTEROCLES. [ Mar. 21], The four other muscles are well developed in most birds, as - Prof. Garrod has stated over and over again, and as the dissection of any fowl will show. 4. “The special relation of the tendon of the ambiens (when pre- sent) to the fibular head of the flexor perforatus secundus tertii digiti.”” The distal end of the ambiens muscle, when typically deve- loped, always forms the continuation of one of the heads of the m. flexor perforatus dig. 11. et 111. 5. ‘The presence of lumbricales in the foot.” The muscle which Mr. Haswell takes to be the representative of the lumbricales muscles of mammals has not “ hitherto escaped the notice of anatomists,” and it is not “ peculiar to the Pigeons,” since it is also present in many other birds, e. g. the Ratitee, and has been described by Meckel, although he gave no name to it, in his ‘System der vergleich. Anat.’ ii. p. 388, and in his ‘Archiv fiir Anat. u. Physiol.’ pp. 278 & 279. With regard to the muscles of the leg, I am unable to point out any typical differences between Sand-Grouse, Fowls, and Pigeons. The absence of the m. flexor hallucis longus in Péerocles is of no importance, as this muscle is generally absent in birds which have no hallux or only a small one, and, moreover, as the absence of this toe itself affords no family character. Of course there are many points, e. g. the mode of origin and the arrangement of the tendons of the muscles, and even the absence of the m. plantaris and of the m. peroneus profundus, which are noteworthy in Péerocles; but all these things are variable, and give us no characters which hold good throughout the Gallinaceous or the Columbine group. It is the same with the m. ambiens: this muscle is present and well developed in Péerocles and most probably in all the Rasores ; in the Pigeons its presence is variable. Of all the other muscles connected with the leg, there is none that shows any practical difference between Sand-Grouse, Pigeons, and Fowls, and even (if we include them in our comparison) the Plovers. On the whole, however, the myology of Pterocles indicates that it is more nearly allied to the Pigeons than to any other group of birds. VISCERA. “The trachea is cartilaginous; and it has at its bifurcation what the Grouse is bereft of, viz. a pair of laryngeal muscles, as in the Pigeons, Tulegalla, and Plover” (Parker). The crop (ingluvies) of Pterocles is a simple dilatation of the an- terior and lateral walls of the cesophagus, without any constriction in the middle line, although it is broader than long. Its walls are very thin on its anterior parts, and show longitudinal folds and glands ; the dorsal part, the prolongation of the dorsal half of the cesophagus, is thicker and slightly muscular, the external sheath consisting of transverse, the inner one of longitudinal smooth muscular fibres. In the Pigeons the crop is different. It consists of two lateral and symmetrical dilatations of the lateral walls, whilst the middle part is simply the continuation of the cesophagus, slightly widened 1882. | DR. GADOW ON THE ANATOMY OF PYEROCLES. 323 out at the upper and lower end of the crop. The glands are nearly equally distributed over the inner lining of its walls, and are arranged in very irregular longitudinal folds. The proventriculus of Pterocles is a long oval, and comparatively small ; its walls are thick and full of glands, which are “ ovoidal and simple as in the Pigeon and Plover, not botryoidal as in the Grouse and Fowls.”’ The ventriculus or gizzard is of a subquadrangular shape, much flattened and very muscular, showing on the right and on the left side a speculum tendinosum ; the posterior wall is deeply bent in Fig. 3. Right lateral view of intestines of Péerocles arenarius, re, right cecum ; I, II, III, IV, intestinal loops. towards the middle line. Its inner lining consists of a hardened and much thickened excreted mass, without however forming any dis- tinct triturating planes. The duodenum, ileum, and rectum form four distinct ‘‘ closed” loops, which are arranged as follows :—The first, or duodenal loop is very short and straight, as it only extends over the posterior mar- gin of the gizzard; its diameter is slightly larger than that of the ileum ; the length of the duodenal loop in Péerocles is about 4°5 324 DR. GADOW ON THE ANATOMY OF PTEROCLES. [ Mar. 21, centim. The second loop is nearly double the length of the first, and has its apex doubled up into an irregular knot, as is characteristic of the Gallinacei proper. The third loop is of about the same length but straighter. ‘The fourth loop is almost three times as long as the duodenal one ; it is stowed away in the most ventral and lowest part of the abdominal cavity, between the gizzard and the vent; throughout its whole length it is accompanied by the two ceca, which are closely attached to this loop, as they are supplied by the same branch of the mesenteric artery. The rectal part of the intes- tinal tract is slightly wider than the ileum and the duodenum. The ceca (see fig. 4) are extremely well developed in Pterocles, being 16 centim. long, and are inserted at a distance of 15 centim. from the anus, They are very wide and have very thin walls ; their Fig. 4. a, Cxcea of Pterocles arenarius; b, Ceca of Syrrhaptes paradoxus (after Brandt). immer lining forms about 6 longitudinal slightly elevated folds. (Prof. Parker says that the czeca of the Sand-Grouse have 12 longi- tudinal folds, not 7 as have the Ptarmigans.) The ceca of Syrrhaptes, according to Brandt, are yery wide and long too, but differ from these organs of Pterocles in the shape of their terminal parts, as shown in fig. 4. The liver of Pterocles I found to consist of two principal lobes— the right lobe being about three times larger than the left one, which exhibits on its inner side a small Spigelian lobe. The sharp 1882.] DR. GADOW ON THE ANATOMY OF PTEROCLES. 325 lower edges of both lobes have several slight emarginations ; and there is a strong commissure between the lobes. The gall-bladder in my specimen of Pferocles is large, forming a very distinct cylindrical lateral pouch ; its cystic duct opened into the ascending end of the duodenal loop, whilst the hepatic duct was inserted opposite to the cystic duct, just below the pylorus. This arrangement of the ducts, however, seems to be subject to much variation; for Prof. Brandt found that the cystic duct in Syrrhaptes either opened into the terminal part of the duodenal Duodenum of Péerocles arenarius, with the bile- and pancreatic ducts. loop, together with the hepatic duct, or in other cases near the pylorus, when the hepatic duct was inserted into the duodenum opposite the pylorus. (See figs. 5, 6, 7.) The pancreas in Pterocles and in Syrrhaptes opened by two ducts, one into that bile-duct which was inserted near the pylorus, the second just in front of the other bile-duct, The arrangement therefore was as follows :— Péterocles arenarius: d. hepatic + Ist d. pancreat. inserted near the pylorus. 2nd d. pancreat. + d. cystic (see fig. 5) in- serted opposite the pylorus. I. Syrrhaptes paradoxus: 1st d. pancreat. + d. cyst. inserted near the pylorus (fig. 6). 2nd d. pancreat. + d. hepat. inserted opposite the pylorus. 326 DR. GADOW ON THE ANATOMY OF PTEROCLES. [Mar. 2], Fig. 6. Duodenum of Syrrhaptes paradoxus, with bile- and pancreatic ducts (after Brandt). Fig. 7. Duodenum of Syrrhaptes paradowus, with bile- and pancreatic ducts (after Brandt). 1882.] DR. GADOW ON THE ANATOMY OF PTEROCLES. 327 II. Syrrhaptes paradoxus: \st d. pancreat. inserted near the pylorus (fig. 7). 2nd d. pancreat., -++d. hepat. +d. cystic. inserted opposite the pylorus. Total length | Relative | Length of | Distance of of gut. length.'|} czcum. |cxca from anus. centim. centim, centim. Pterocles arenarius ...... 83 7-8 16 15 ——- ——(after Brandt) 80 155&185 12 Syrrhaptes (after Brandt) 87 a 13 Perdicula cambayensis ... 38-42 6-7 5 3-4 Perdix cinerea ............ 75 8 17 6 Phasianus pictus ......... 106 (as, 10-15 8-12 swinhoei .........065 106 7 13 7 Euplocamus prelata...... 122-152 7-75 22 & 23 8-12 Orax alberti ............00- 222 9 10 & 14 15 Columba livia ............ 96-125 12-13 | 05-08 4-5 Calcenas nicobarica ...... 125 10-11 0 Peristera geoffroii......... 34 4 03 4 Erythreenas pulcherrima 41 5d 0 The liver of the Rasores, as well as that of the Columbee, is quite different. The left lobe is divided again into two by a deep fissure, so that the whole organ might be called trilobed. The right lobe is generally the larger; a Spigelian lobe is present in most of these birds. The outline of the lower margin varies much in the different Fowls and Pigeons. The existence of a gall-bladder in the Pterocletes might be looked upon as a strong indication of difference between them and the Pigeons, as in the Gallinaceous birds this organ as a rule is well developed. However, it must not be forgotten that in several typi- cal Rasores, as in Huplocamus, Numida, and Penelope, there is sometimes scarcely any pouch-like dilatation of the bile-ducts. In the Rasores the czeca are, without any exception, very well developed, and have mostly an extremely large and wide lumen. The length of both the czeca compared with the length of the intestinal tract (from pylorus to anus) is in the proportion of 1:7 (Craz), or even 1: 2°2 (Perdix). In the Pigeons, on the other hand, the czeca are always in a rudimentary condition, their sum total being in the proportion of 1:75 in our domestic Pigeon, and 1: «© in Goura, Calenas, Chalco- phaps &c., as they are either completely wanting in most of the Columbe, or are only represented by very small, often barely visible, vermiform-like appendages. It has sometimes been stated that Pigeons have to rank with such birds as do possess ceca, because such organs, although very small, A my paper in the ‘Jenaische Zeitschrift fir Naturwissenschaft,’ 1879, p. 369. 328 DR. GADOW ON THE ANATOMY OF PTEROCLES. [Mar. 2], exist in our common Pigeon, and thus they are in contrast with those birds in which ceca are altogether wanting, like Woodpeckers, Parrots, and others. Garrod likewise included the Passerine birds amongst the Menotyphla (to use a Heeckelian term for animals possessing ceca). Now I think this is not correct ; and we must. consider this matter a little further. Garrod himself came to the conclusion that the an- cestral bird-stock did possess ceca; as this is undoubtedly true, it follows that all those birds which are now found without ceca must have lost them, either phylogenetically or even during their ontogenetic development. In fact we see, in embryos of such birds as have when adult only very small quite rudimentary ceca, that these organs are, in the embryo, just as well developed as in birds with long czeca; but these cca, in a Pigeon for instance, do not grow any further. They are in early life stopped in their deve- lopment, and thus remain inarudimentary state. Again, in all those birds which are completely devoid of czeca the tendency to suppress these organs is simply carried out to the extreme. We cannot, therefore, group the birds into birds with ceca and birds without czeca ; and this is especially wrong, as there exist many birds which, although apparently allied to each other, differ greatly in the pre- sence or absence of czeca, If we want to take the czeca into consideration at all, we must take another point of view: that is, are the czeca of any use to the birds in question or are they not? Now, apparently, in all birds which have well-developed czeca they are useful, although we must confess that we do not know in what way. Again, in birds with very small czeca, where these organs are simply vermiform-like pro- cesses, and which never contain any chyle in their extremely small lumen, they cannot have any physiological function, else they would not have been suppressed. No doubt in some cases, in which they are not quite aborted, as for instance in the Crows and in our common Pigeon, the glands in their walls may still produce some secretion, which then may be made the best of. But this is one of the cases in which. rudimen- tary organs are not completely stopped in their functions although they are useless, simply because the animal hitherto has not been able to get rid of them entirely: thus, for instance, the appendix vermiformis of man, or another example still more striking, our thymus gland, which, although a gland, is now without a duct, and thus rather a paradox. But to return to our question. It is clear that birds with rudi- mentary ceeca have to be grouped together with lipotyphlous birds, 2. e. oirds which have lost these organs. The great development of the ceeca therefore constitutes a consider- able difference between the Pteroclidze and the Columbide, as the former and the Gallinacei are decidedly menotyphlous and the Columbe lipotyphlous, In the Gallinacei the whole digestive tract always forms four very distinct loops: the duodenal one is the first ; the next two loops are formed by the ileum ; in birds which, like Perdiz, have a compara- 1882.] DR. GADOW ON THE ANATOMY OF PTEROCLES. 329 tively short gut, these two loops are very short, and are stowed away on the right side of the abdominal cavity ; when the ileum is re- latively long, the number of the loops is not increased nor do the two loops grow in a straight direction, but the apex of each turns backwards so as to give the loops a horseshoe shape. The fourth loop is formed by the last third of the ileum, and is accompanied by the czeca; the whole loop is never a “closed”’ one, its terminal branch is nearly straight, the other one much shorter and, if the gut be long, irregularly curled. We meet with a totally different arrangement in the Columbe. There are invariably only three loops formed by the intestinal tract. The first, the duodenum, is very wide, and sacculated at the apex. The second is very long, and, in all those species where the total length of the intestine is not (as for instance in the fruit-eating Carpophaga latrans) extremely short, is entirely coiled up into a left- handed spiral. As a rule there are in this spiral 3 direct and 2 re- trograde turns; the number of these, however, wholly depends on the relative length of the ileum: thus in the common Pigeon, with the relative length of the gut about 12, the apex of the ileum-loop has turned round 33 times ; whilst in others, like Chalcophaps, the number is less; and, lastly, in Pigeons with very short guts, as in Carpophaga, a spiral is not developed at all (because, as far as we know at present, the intestinal spiral in certain birds is only one of the means of stowing away the longitudinally growing gut). But it must not be forgotten that in Columéa as well as in Carpophaga, whether the ileum be long or short, we never have more or less than three folds. The last, or third loop is a very long one too, en- tirely closed or double throughout its whole length. Mope or LIFE AND PROPAGATION. The Sand-Grouse differ greatly from the Pigeons in their mode of drinking. It is well known that the latter, during the act of drink- ing, dip their bill into the water as far as the cleft of the mouth, and then suck the water in without raising their head till they have finished drinking. Pterocles and Syrrhaptes, on the other hand, drink as Fowls and other birds do, by taking up water mouthful by mouthful and letting it run down the throat. This peculiarity is probably the result of a special mechanism of the muscles of the throat and glottis, but is as yet unexplained. Their flight consists of rapid uniform movements of the wings, and generally resembles that of the Pigeons more than that of the Plovers; but they do not glide or soar as the Pigeons do. From their voice we cannot gather much information as to their affinities ; but certainly they do not coo. During the greater part of the year they are gregarious, They are monogamous like Pigeons and Plovers, differing in this respect greatly from the Rasores, which are typically polygamous. Their nest is extremely simple and situated on the ground. The number of eggs laid by Pterocles is three ; while according to Radde Syr- 330 DR. GADOW ON THE ANATOMY OF PTEROCLES. [ Mar. 21, rhaptes lays four, which in general appearance and so-called structure resemble those of certain Partridges. The Plovers lay the same number. The Pigeons, on the other hand, invariably lay only two; and this is so characteristic of the whole group that Bonaparte named them Bipositores. Again, all the true Gallinaceous birds produce a great and indefinite number of eggs. Therefore in this respect the Sand-Grouse are more nearly allied to the Plovers than either to Grouse or Pigeons. According to an observation made in the Zoological Gardens of London in August 1865, the period of hatching seems to be a little more than three weeks : twoeggs were laid at the beginning of August; and the young birds came out on the 29th of the same month. But one of the most valuable points, as regards the systematic position of the Pterocletes, is the fact that the young when hatched are thickly covered with hairy down, and that as soon as their plu- mage has dried they are able to leave the nest and seek their food. This removes them far from the Pigeons, which are the most de- cided pedotrophic or gymnogenous of all the birds we know. Now to sum up. We have seen that there are many points in which the Pteroclide have striking resemblances to the Columbide ; but there are also many points in which they approach the Rasores; and it is difficult, if not impossible, to made out which characters are the more important. Prof. Parker was the first to point out clearly that there is a rela- tionship between Sand-Grouse and Plovers; and Prof. Garrod, in his classification of birds, groups the Columbee, including Pteroclide, and the Limicole, including Charadriide, together under his order Charadriiformes.. But the Columbide undoubtedly are related to the Rasores through such forms as the Cracidee (Peristeropodes, Huxley) and the Tetraonide; and, in addition, they are linked together by Pterocles and Syrrhaptes. These circumstances show that there exists a close relationship between Rasores, Columbz, Pterocletes, and Limicole. Phylogenetic tables as a rule are faulty from being highly hypothetical, and from the imagination being frequently drawn upon in their compilation. However, they can be useful, even if they only show where our knowledge is yet insufficient, or why systems hitherto made do not agree with more recent ideas. There- fore I venture to draw the outlines of a branch of the avian stock, not led by preconceived ideas, but solely guided by the consideration of facts we know, or at least we have a certain right to believe we know. 1. Rasores, Columbze, and Limicole are nearer related to one another than to the rest of the birds. 2. If the Columbe approach nearer to the Charadrii than to the Rasores, we can express this idea by a stock which gives off two main branches :—one for the Rasores ; and another one which again soon divides into two—one Columbine, and one for the Plovers (see fig. 8). 3. As the Pigeons have closer affinities to the Fowls than the latter have to the Plovers, the Pigeons must be represented by the middle branch, that to the extreme left remaining for the Plovers. 1882. | DR. GADOW ON THE ANATOMY OF PTEROCLES. 331 4. The most specialized of the Rasores (that is to say, the typical Alectoromorphz) we have to put at the end of the right branch. The Tetraonidze and the Cracide are those which, of all the Rasores, show the greatest resemblance to other families; they must there- fore form the earliest or lowest twigs of the Rasorial branch ; con- sequently we have to put their special roots nearest to the biggest and at the same time more indifferent stock. But now as to Pterocles. 1. No doubt the Sand-Grouse are more nearly allied to the Rasores than the Pigeons are. Consequently we must seek for their root between the Rasorial and the Columbine branch. 2. Again, the Sand-Grouse are more nearly allied to the Pigeons than to the Plovers; thus their branch must be put nearer to the Columbine branch than to that of the Plovers. Diagram showing the supposed relationship of the Pteroclide. This conclusion and the former can be reconciled only if we put the Sand-Grouse branch at x ; and as this places them pretty nearly in the centre of our hypothetical table, it proves that our final conclusion cannot be far from right. The fact is that birds just a little less specialized than Pterocles —in other words the direct ancestors of Pterocles—would contain all that is necessary to develop them into either Fowls, Pigeons, or Plovers. Considering these circumstances, we see once more that, as Mac- gillivray and Professors Sundevall and Garrod have maintained, the tia are not so closely related to the Fowls as is generally sup- posed. It would be extremely difficult to arrange the birds represented in our table into families and groups as is required in a practical system. If we want to divide them into only three groups—Plovers, Pigeons and Fowls—of course Péerocles has to go with the Pigeons ; but this would not express its close relationship to the Tetraonide. Again we cannot include the Pigeons and Fowls under one large group, and the Plovers under a second, because the Pigeons must be placed along with the latter. And Pigeons and Plovers cannot form one 332 DR. GADOW ON THE ANATOMY OF PTEROCLES. [Mar. 21, large group and the Fowls the other, because then this Plover- Pigeon group would include a form, viz. Pterocles, which we know to be more closely allied to the Rasores than to Charadrius. It must also be remembered that Snipes and Gulls are closely related to the Plovers ; and of course Péerocles cannot be placed in such a position as would indicate that it is more closely related to the Gulls than to the Grouse. Thus it will be best to make a group or family Pterocletes, as Mr. Sclater has done, coordinate with those of Pigeons, Plovers, Gull, Fowls, and the like. On the other hand, if we are to answer the straightforward question Is Pterocles more nearly allied through its ancestors to the Pigeons or to the Fowls? we are compelled to say that they are nearest to the Pigeons. Of course they have many features in common with the Fowls ; but in no case we can include them under the latter, for the following reasons :— Pterocles shows some, although only a few, anatomical points which we only find amongst the Columbide, whilst all the other numerous points in which it resembles the Fowls are such as must have been common to the old ancestral Stork, as we find them again in some of the Limicole. But some of its Columbine features it is impossible to trace so far back, as they indicate a very high degree of specialization. Pterocles must have branched off from those birds which we may term “ incipient Pigeons,’ and then, for reasons we can only suggest (perhaps similar conditions of life, and the like), have preserved and developed many of those old characters which the Fowls have also inherited from the same source, and have them developed in a similar way, as living under the same conditions. The main part of the ancestral or incipient Pigeons at the same time started in another direction, losing, as they proceeded, many of the old characters’, and acquiring numerous new ones, till they became that highly specialized group which is now called Columbee. 1 Among the most important characters common to the ancestral stock which the Pigeons have lost, or are in process of losing, are the following :— 1. The Pigeons have nearly completely lost the cxcal appendages of the rectum, 2. There seems to be a tendency to lose the ambiens muscle, as in many of the Pigeons it is completely absent, and in others this muscle is unstable in its presence. 3. They have lost the aftershaft to the feathers. 4, They have almost completely lost their nestling plumage, and the old character of being autophagous birds, as"their young are now hatched nearly nude, blind, utterly helpless, and depending entirely on their parents, and have to spend a considerable part of their childhood in a very imperfect state. 1882.] MR. FORBES ON THE TRACHEA OF SELEUCIDES. 333 2. Note on a Peculiarity in the Trachea of the Twelve-wired Bird-of-Paradise (Seleucides nigra). By W.A. Forses, B.A., Prosector to the Society. [Received March 7, 1882.] The death (from congestion of the lungs, with resulting heemor- rhage, and thickening of the walls of the intrathoracic air-cells) on Feb. 22nd last of the male Seleucides nigra, purchased by the Society on March 19, 1881', has given me the opportunity of ob- serving a peculiarity in the construction of its trachea of a nature unlike any thing of the kind yet known to me. The windpipe, for the greater part of its course, has the normal avian structure, the tracheal rings, which. are ossified and, as usual, notched both before and behind, being of the ordinary form, and separated by but narrow intervals from each other. For a space, however, of about 1 inch above the largely developed short pair of intrinsic muscles, the interval comprising 8 tracheal rings, it becomes peculiarly modified, the tube itself becoming slightly dilated and flattened antero- posteriorly, whilst the tracheal rings become broader, and ossified along the middle of their depth, the borders only remaining cartilaginous. This ossified part of each ring is slightly concave, so that when seen laterally the cartilaginous margins project slightly from it, the whole ring being thus like a fluted table-napkin ring, when seen in section. ‘The intervals between these peculiar rings are very much deeper than those above, and occupied by delicate membrane only, so that all this part of the trachea is highly elastic. The sterno-tracheales are inserted just below the lowest of these peculiar rings, which is the last but three of those composing the trachea—the next two, which are very narrow, and the last, which is broad and bears the pessulus, being concealed from view by the largely developed syringeal muscles, of which there are four pairs, all, except the small anterior long muscle, being inserted on the ends of the very strong third bronchial semirings. The lateral tracheal muscles are weak, extending, however, nearly to the thoracic end of the tube. Nothing like the modification of the trachea here described obtains in any other allied form of Paradise-bird that I have been able to examine (including Paradisee papuana and rubra, Ptilorhis alberti, Phonygama gouldi, Manucodia atra, Ptilorhynchus violaceus and smithi) ; nor do I know any structure in other birds quite comparable with that now described, which is probably correlated with the very loud harsh note of these birds’. In all other respects Seleucides is, as might have been expected, a typical oscine Passerine. 1 See P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 450. 2 Mr. Wallace, speaking of this species, says (Malay Archipelago, ii. p. 254, London, 1869) :—‘‘It has a loud shrill ery, to be hearda long way, consisting of cdh, c4h, repeated five or six times in a descending scale; and at the last note it generally flies away.” 334 MR. FORBES ON THE TRACHEA OF SELEUCIDES. [Mar. 21, I may take this opportunity of remarking that the various pub- lished figures of Seleucides nigra do not give a very accurate idea of the bird, as they fail to represent the peculiar way in which the leg- feathering ceases altogether some way above the “knee,” leaving Lower portion of trachea of Selewcides nigra g, from before. Twice the natural size. 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11. Fourth, fifth, &. (from bottom) tracheal rings, peculiarly modified. III. Third bronchial semiring. 8.2, sterno-trachealis muscle, cut short. the large and muscular legs bare for about an inch or so above that joint. ’ The eyes are brilliant red; the legs, including the bare skin above the “knees,” pale red, the claws greyish. The mucous membrane of the mouth and superior surface of the tongue is bright emerald- 1882. ] MR. R. B. SUARPE ON STRIX OUSTALETLI. 335 green, a narrow line of this appearing at the angle of the mouth when the jaws are closed. When the beak is open, the beautiful green of the mouth and tongue is very conspicuous, and, contrasting with the bright red eye and dark velvety plumage of the head, adds greatly to the general appearance of the bird. It would be interesting to know whether the females of Seleucides also have their mouth thus coloured, or whether it is a peculiarity of the male, developed as a sexual ornament’. 3. A Note on Striz oustaleti, Hartlaub. By R. Bowpier Suarpe, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., Department of Zoology, British Museum. [Received March 9, 1882. ] In the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society for 1879, Dr. Hartlaub de- scribed a Barn-Owl from the island of Vitu-Levu, which he called Strix oustaleti. Ihave recently had a pair of Owls submitted to me by Professor J. F. Blake of the University College, Nottingham— to the Museum of which they had been presented by Mr. Fillingham Parr, who procured them in the Fiji Islands. I recognized, as I thought, Striv oustaleti ; and on comparing the birds with Dr. Hartlaub’s description I found there could be no doubt on the subject ; but I could see at the same time that the bird was no true Barn-Owl, but a Grass-Owl, in fact our old friend Strix candida, probably occurring in Fiji on one of its migrations, which have proved so disastrous to the simplicity of its nomenclature. As long as this Owl remained in India its synonymy consisted simply of two names—the original one of candida of Tickell, and longimembris of Jerdon; but on a Philippine specimen being dis- covered, it was named S. amauronota by Dr. Cabanis; and in the same year (1866) Mr. Swinhoe found it in Formosa and called it 8. pithecops. Shortly after, it turned up in Queensland, only to be named Strix walleri by Mr. Diggles; and now its last appearance, in the Fiji islands, has gained it the additional cognomen of S. oustaleti. Dr. Hartlaub cannot, I think, have got in the Bremen Museum a specimen of a Grass-Owl, or he could not have failed to see that S. oustaleti belonged to the Strix candida section ; for of course, if compared with Strix delicatula and S. personata &e., the Fiji Grass-Owl comes out distinct enough. I do not think, from the absence of reference on Dr. Hartlaub’s part to my ‘ Catalogue,’ that he has done me the honour of consulting my work, published four years before his paper. On looking at the ‘Key to the Species’ of the genus Sérix as given by me (Cat. B. Brit. Mus. ii. p. 290), I had not any difficulty in recognizing Striv oustaleti under the name of Strix candida. 1 P.S. (April 7).—A young male Rifle-bird (Péélorhis paradisea) now living in the Society’s Gardens has, it is interesting to observe, its mouth and tongue similarly brightly coloured, though of a lemon-yellow colour instead of green. Proc. Zoou. Soc. —1882, No. XXIII. 23 336 CAPT. SHELLEY ON BIRDS FROM souTH AFRICA. [Mar. 21, 4, On some new Species of Birds from South Africa. By Captain G. E. SHeviey. [Received March 10, 1882. ] (Plate XVIII.) On peace being proclaimed with the Boers, Major E. A. Butler, Major H. W. Feilden, and Captain Savile Reid were quartered for about nine months at Newcastle, Natal. Here they not only made some very valuable collections of birds, but took a large amount of notes referring to over 230 species, which they intend shortly to publish. Meanwhile they have permitted me to describe here the new species brought home. These I propose to name Anthus butlert (a very interesting yellow-breasted Pipit) and Spheneacus natalensis, the Natal repre- sentative of S. africanus, to which I will add the characters of S. intermedius, au intermediate form from Kaffraria. ANTHUS BUTLERI, sp. nov. (Plate XVIII.) Compared with Macronyx croceus, the upper parts and the wings both above and beneath are similarly coloured ; but the crown is faintly tinted with yellow, and the under wing-coverts are of a slightly paler sulphur-yellow ; a white patch just in front of the eye; sides of the head and neck brown, with a few dark-centred feathers towards the throat; chin, throat, and upper half of the breast yel- low ; remainder of the underparts tawny buff with a slight yellow shade down the centre of the abdomen ; the feathers of the crop and sides of the chest are mostly with black central streaks, and are very slightly tinted with brown; flanks inclining to rufous-brown; sides of the belly rather indistinctly striped with rufous-brown; under tail-coverts with dark brown centres ; under surface of the tail brown, with white on the outer two pairs of feathers; the outer pair white, margined on their inner webs with a brown patch of the same form as the feather itself. Iris dark brown; upper mandible horny brown, lower one lavender-colour; legs pale brown. Total length 7°2 inches, culmen 0:5, wing 3°25, tail 3, tarsus 1, middle toe without claw 0:7. November 9, Newcastle. Four other specimens (one collected 6th June, and two males and a female, July) are apparently in the winter plumage, and differ from the one above-described in having no shade of yellow on the head, in the under surface of the body being tawny buff, only very slightly tinted with yellow on the middle of the breast and fading into white on the centre of the throat and chin. The yellow on the wings is about the same in them all; and this, together with the peculiar Macronyz-like dark mottling on the back, are characters by which the species may be readily recognized. In the specimen collected in Pepe Lid Sih LN LTeuUP { A UT FUS'L 1882.] CAPT. SHELLEY ON BIRDS FROM SOUTH AFRICA. 337 May the colouring is of a slightly more tawny hue than in the others. SPHENGACUS NATALENSIS, sp. nov. Very similar to S. africanus, but differs in the almost uniform rufous-buff colouring of the under surface of the body, and in the absence of black shaft-stripes to the upper and under tail-coverts ; the sides of the upper chest and crop, in some specimens, are slightly mottled with the dark tips and central stripes to the feathers, but show no distinct black marks; the flanks are generally entirely uniform, but in one specimen I find a few obscure dark central stripes to some of these feathers ; the upper and under tail-coverts are always uniform. The characters here given for this species are further borne out by the specimens in the British Museum. Although I separate the Natal form under the title of S. natalensis, I myself would regard it as merely a well marked local race of S. africanus. The only specimen I have examined from Kaffraria is in some respects intermediate, but appears to me to be closer to S. africanus, in that the black markings on the sides of the body are very distinct, though fewer in number and smaller than in the Cape-Colony form. But the upper and under tail-coverts are without dark central stripes ; so perhaps it would be more consistent to separate this form as a third race under the title of S. intermedius. The distinguishing characters for these three races or species may be clearly summed up in the following key :— a. With very distinct black central marks to some of the feathers on the sides of the body. a’. Upper and under tail-coverts with dark central stripes ... S. africanus. 6'. Upper and under tail-coverts uniform, with no dark central sitipesitontheiteathers: .si.s.ssss-csndvtecereceecnsecs esnenen S. intermedius. b, With no distinct black marks on the sides of the body. Upper and under tail-coverts uniform, with no dark central Auoipes bOwthe) feathers. os vasccoestwusenuihusrer sncmecande cet ceeben S. natalensis. I have carefully examined the following specimens of these three birds, and find no character in the measurements. S. africanus :—a, 3, Cape (Verreaux) ; 6, c, d, Cape (Butler) ; e, 2, Paal, Cape Colony (Shelley); f, George (Atmore). S. intermedius :—g, Kaffraria (Barratt). S. natalensis :—h, 3, Pinetown (T. L. Ayres); i,j, k, 1, Transvaal (W. Lucas); m, Swaziland (T. E. Buckley): Shelley Mus. a, 3, 6b, 5, ¢, bd, d, 3, Newcastle: Butler Mus. a, ¢,6, 9,0¢, do, Ingagane river; d, 2, Drakensberg: Reid Mus. DQ a 338 ON A NEW AGRIAS FROM THE-AMAZONS. (Mar. 21, 5. On a new Species of Agrias from the Valley of the Amazons. By F. D. Gopman and O. Satvin. {Received March 11, 1882.] (Plate XIX.) Some time ago Mr. A Maxwell Stuart, whilst travelling on the Upper Amazons, captured a magnificent specimen of an Agrias, a genus much prized by all lepidopterists both for its rarity and beauty. On his return to England he kindly made us a present of it ; and as it proves to belong to a hitherto undescribed species, we have much pleasure in naming it after him. AGRIAS STUARTI, sp. nov. (Plate XIX. figs. 1, 2.) Both wings deep purplish-blue, bordered outwardly with a narrow metallic green band, beyond which it is greyish ; primaries with costa and apex black, this colour extends along the outer margin towards the posterior angle, where it fades into grey ; secondaries with costal region and inner margin broadly black: beneath, primaries black, apical third metallic green, reddish orange towards the base; secon- daries, basal half orange, outer half metallic green with three rows of black spots parallel to the outer margin, the middle one having central white spots. Exp. 3°7 inches. Hab. Yquitos, Amazons (4. Maawell Stuart). Mus. nostr. This insect is a close ally of A. beatifica, Hew., from which, however, it differs in the greater extension of the purplish-blue colour of the upper surface. Beneath there is but little difference, but the black spots of the secondaries are rather larger. Mr. Stuart captured a single male example of this fine insect whilst it was pursuing a specimen of Callithea buckleyi, which resembles it both in colour and markings, and with which it appeared to be fighting. No doubt, like other members of the genus, it flies about the tops of the highest trees, settling on the foliage out of reach, and rarely coming near the ground’. A. beatifica has also a Callithea which is found together with it, and likewise resembles it in coloration; this is O. degandii, the sexes of which, though con- siderably different from each other, are alike in the two species. Mr. Hewitson has given a very good figure of the male of A. beatifica in his ‘ Exotic Butterflies ;’ but the female (of which we have a single specimen procured by Mr. Hauxwell at Pebas on the Upper Amazons) differs so much that a short description and figure of it here may be desirable. AGRIAS BEATIFICA 2. (Plate XIX. figs. 3, 4.) Both wings black, with a broad metallic green band commencing * On the habits of the other Amazonian species of Agrias, see Bates, Journ. Ent. ii. p. 387. W.Purkiss lilh Hanhart imp Edwm Wilson delet hth. Pies LSSa-. Fl eae xe. Mintern Bros.imp. S) ROBILLARDI. 1382. ] ON CRUSTACEANS FROM MAURITIUS, 339 at the end of the cell of the primaries, and passing in a bow to the anal angle of the secondaries, beyond this towards the outer margin fading into grey, apices of primaries narrowly tipped with black : the underside resembles that of the male; but the colours are paler, and the base of the wings is of a tawny yellow instead of a reddish orange. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX. Fig. 1. Upperside of Agrias stuarti ¢. 2. Underside of Agrias stuarti 3. 5. Upperside of Agrias beatifica 2. 4. Underside of Agrias heatifica 2. 6. On some Crustaceans collected at the Mauritius. By Epwarp J. Migrs, F.L.S., F.Z.S8. [Received March 15, 1882.] (Plate XX.) The Crustaceans which I have now the pleasure of bringing before the notice of the Society were obtained at the Mauritius by M. Robil- lard, and recently forwarded by him to the British Museum. They are:—(1) a fine Spider-crab, described below as Nawia robillardi, which was dredged at a depth of 30 fathoms [that such a large and interesting a species should have remained so long unnoticed is very remarkable; and J can only account for it on the supposition that this crab lives habitually at considerable depths, and hence has escaped the notice of collectors of the littoral forms, most of which are well known]. (2) an example of Neptunus sieboldi, A. M.-Edwards, a swimming crab hitherto a desideratum to the national collection ; and (3) several specimens of a Hermit Crab which I think is Ceno- bita perlata, M.-Edwards: although having the inferior surface of the joints of the first three legs very hairy, these specimens in all other particulars coincide with M.-Edwards’s brief description in the ‘ Histoire naturelle des Crustacés’ (ii. p. 242, 1837), and with the excellent figure in the large illustrated edition of Cuvier’s ‘ Régne Animal’ (pl. xliv. fig. 1). In order to complete the account of the Crustaceans received from the Mauritius through M. V. de Robillard, I have added a brief notice of a fossorial Crustacean of which two examples, both unfor- tunately imperfect, were sent two years ago to the British Museum by the same collector, and which I propose to designate Callianassa mauritiana, Naxra (NAXIOIDES) ROBILLARDI, sp, n. (Plate XX. fig. 1.) The carapace is subpyriform, rather convex, and covered with long stout conical spines ; of these spines about 13, situated on the gastric region, are arranged in three somewhat irregular trans- verse series, behind and in front of which are some smaller spines : 340 MR. E. J. MIERS ON [ Mar. 21, 2 are placed on the cardiac region, of which the posterior is very large, 3 (very large) on the intestinal region, 2 on each hepatic region, and about 7 on each branchial region, besides the marginal spines, of which there are 5 ; 3 are placed on each pterygostomian region, the anterior of which is situated at the antero-lateral angle of the buccal cavity ; there is also a distinct but not very large pree- ocular spine. The orbits are rather small, with a lateral aspect, and with two fissures above and a large hiatus below. The spines of the rostrum are subcylindrical and very long (in the male as long as the carapace), straight, and very slightly divergent distally ; they bear an accessory spine on their upper surface at some distance from the distal end, which is acute. The basal antennal joint is longer than broad, and bears a strong spine, directed obliquely downward, at its antero-external angle; the next joint is slender and very much elon- gated, the third also slender; these joints and the flagellum are scarcely visible in a dorsal view. The epistoma is large, but broader than jong; the ischium joint of the outer maxillipedes is longer than broad; the merus joint truncated at its distal end, and with only a very small notch at its antero-internal angle above the place of articu- lation with the next joint. The chelipedes in both sexes are slender ; in the male, however, somewhat more robust thanin the female; the merus joint is cylindrical, elongated, with a strong spine above at its distal end. Carpus short, armed on its upper and outer surface with two or three small spines or tubercles; palm smooth, subcylindrical (in the male about 33 times as long as broad) ; fingers slender, more than half as long as the palm, somewhat incurved, having between them when closed (in the male) a small hiatus at base; both fingers in their distal halves are denticulated and meet along their inner edges ; the mobile finger has in the male a tubercle on its inner margin near the base. The ambulatory legs are slender and much elon- gated, the first pair very much longer than the following; there isa spine at the distal end of the upper surface of the merus joints in all the ambulatory legs. The dactyli, although shorter than the pre- ceding joints, are yet elongated and slightly curved, and terminate in a small corneous claw. The segments of the postabdomen are all of them distinct in both sexes; in the male all, except the last, have a small median spine, on each side of which, on the second and third segments, is a lateral spine; in the female the first four are armed with a small median spine or tubercle. The animal is covered with a short dense yellowish-brown pubescence, which, however, is absent from the palms and fingers of the chelipedes, and partially so from the penultimate and terminal joints of the ambulatory legs, the ground-colour of the integument being, in these places, in the two dried specimens 1 have examined, purplish-red. Length of the carapace to the base of rostral spines in an adult male about 2% inches (68 mm.), which is also the length of the spines themselves ; of a chelipede about 43 inches (113 mm.), of the first ambulatory legs nearly 93 inches (242 mm.). Two specimens, a male and a female, were collected. In the female the carapace is somewhat more pyriform and convex, the 1882. | CRUSTACEANS FROM MAURITIUS, 341 rostral spines shorter, the chelipedes rather slenderer, and the first pair of ambulatory legs somewhat less elongated. The nearest ally to this species with which I am acquainted is Navia (Nawioides) petersii (Podopisa petersii, Hilgendorf, Monatsb. Ak. Berlin, p. 785, pl. i. fig. 5, 1878), from Mozambique, which is very probably identical with Nawioides hirta, Alph. M.-Edwards (Ann. Soc. Entom. France, ser. 4, v. p. 143, pl. iv. fig. 1, 1865), from Zanzibar. N. robillardi is at once distinguished by its greater size, by having the carapace covered with strong conical spines in the place of small irregular tubercles, and by the double hiatus in the upper orbital margin. In the last-mentioned character it resembles certain species of Pisa (e.g. Pisa (Aretopsis) lanata) ; but it is distinguished from that genus by the greater length and slender- ness of the chelipedes and first ambulatory legs, by the narrower basal antennal joint, and the accessory spines of the rostram ; yet it may be regarded as establishing a transition to Pisa. In my revision of the Maioidea' I adverted to the insufficiency of the characters assigned to Naxioides, A. M.-Edw. (Podopisa, Hilgendorf) for distinguishing this genus from Nazia. As the species now described has a distinct preocular spine, even this character can no longer be cited as peculiar to the last-named genus, CALLIANASSA MAURITIANA, Sp, 0. Both the specimens sent by M. Robillard are imperfect ; and the large chelipede, from which the principal distinctive characters are derived, does not appear to belong to either example, but to a distinct and larger individual. In the analytical table appended to M. A. Milne-Edwards’s monographic revision of the genus Callia- nassa*, our new species will be arranged with Callianassa subterranea and C. longimana, inasmuch as there exists a small median rostral tooth, the terminal segment of the postabdomen and the eyes are well developed, and there is a tooth or lobe, which is itself den- ticulated, at the proximal end of the inferior margin of the merus joint of the larger chelipede, whose penultimate joint or palm about equals the wrist in width. It is distinguished from both the above- mentioned species, however, by the broad spinulose inferior basal lobe of the arm or merus, and by having the distal end of the palm between the bases of the fingers deeply excavated as in C. califor- niensis and C. uncinata ; the inferior margin of the merus is armed with small granulations ; the carpus (in the large chelipede) is some- what shorter than the palm, with its upper margin acute; the palm, which is not once and a half as long as broad, narrows very slightly toward the distal end, its upper margin is rounded, except at its proximal end; the lower margin, both of wrist and palm, is minutely serrated; the upper or mobile finger is longer than the lower, and is sharply uncinated at its distal end, it has a strong blunt tooth on its inner margin near the base. I may add that the 1 Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xiv. p. 658 (1879). 2 Nouvelles Archives du Muséum, vi. p. 101 (1870). 342 MR, P. L. SCLATER ON CYANOMYIAS C@mLeEstis. [Apr. 4, terminal postabdominal segment is shorter than in C. subterranea, not as long as its greatest width. Length about 3 inches 10 lines (98 mm.) ; of the larger chelipede, from the base of the merus joint to end of the dactylus, about 2 inches 10 lines (72 mm.). From the American C. californiensis and C. uncinata, this species is distinguished by the much longer palm of the larger chelipede, and the much broader, less prominent, denticulated basal lobe of the arm or merus. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XX. Fig. 1. Nawxia (Naxioides) robillardi (p. 339), adult male, reduced to about half natural size. la. Lateral view of the carapace of the same in outline, showing the elevation of the dorsal spines, reduced about half natural size. 1). Antennal, orbital, and buccal regions of the same, viewed from below, natural size. le. Postabdomen of the same, natural size. April 4, 1882. Professor Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. Mr. Sclater exhibited what appeared to be an adult male example of Cyanomyias colestis (Sharpe, Cat. Birds, iv. p. 278), which belonged to the Museum of Zurich, and had been sent to him for determination by Dr. Moesch, of that city. Mr. Sclater remarked on the more brilliant colours and finely developed crest of the male of this species, which rendered it readily distinguishable from the female example (figured by Lord Tweeddale, P. Z.S. 1878, pl. vii. Head of Cyanomyias celestis 3. fig. 1), the only specimen hitherto known of this superb Fly- catcher. The present example was received from Manilla, but was probably originally from Dinagat, as the type specimen, now in the collection of Mr. Wardlaw Ramsay, had been procured in that island. Besides the highly developed crest and more brilliant 1882. ] DR. A. GUNTHER ON A NEW TORTOISE. 343 colours, the male seemed to have the lazuline blue of the throat carried entirely over the breast, instead of being confined to the throat. Mr. Sclater laid before the Meeting the skins of the two specimens of the Subcylindrical Hornbill (Buceros subcylindricus), which had been formerly living in the Society’s Gardens’, and stated that a re- examination of these specimens had confirmed his opinion as to the validity of the species. In the second specimen, which had died on the 9th June 1881, although the tail was imperfect, it was manifest that the two central tail-feathers were black almost to their tips as in the first specimen; and the well-defined ashy margins of the feathers on both sides of the head were alike in both examples. It was likewise of great interest to find that an example of this Hornbill had been recently received by the Imperial Museum of Vienna®* in a collection made by Dr. Emin Bey between Lado and the Albert Nyanza in Central Africa, so that we were now acquainted with the true locality of this rare species. Mr. Sclater proposed to arrange for the deposit of these typical specimens in the British Museum. The following papers were read :—- 1. Description of a new Species of Tortoise (Geoemyda impressa) from Siam. By Dr. A. Gintuer, V.P.Z.S. [Received March 20, 1882. ] The British Museum has received from Siam the shell of a fresh. water Turtle without any other part of the animal, which seems to be undescribed. It is 11 inches long; and sufficiently resembles the shells of Geoemyda spinosa and G. grandis to warrant the supposition that this species belongs to the same genus. It may be named Geoemyda impressa, from the peculiar shape of the-principal upper plates, which are not merely flat, but distinctly concave. The shell is much depressed and broadly flattened above. Its anterior margin is deeply excised in front of the nuchal plate, and serrated ; also the lateral marginals project slightly at their posterior corners, and the hind margin is deeply and regularly serrated. ‘The plates are nearly smooth; but concentric striation is distinct, espe- cially on the costals. Of a vertebral keel the faintest possible trace is visible on the fourth or fifth vertebral. The sternum is excised in front, and deeply notched behind; its width between the front ' See P. Z. S. 1870, p. 668, pl. xxxix.; 1871, p. 489, and 1879, p. 550. 2 Of. Von Pelzeln, “ Ueber eine Sendung von Végeln aus Central-Afrika,” Verh. k.-k. zool.-bot. Gesellsch, Wien, 1881, p. 153. 344 DR. A. GUNTHER ON A NEW TORTOISE. [Apr. 4, Geoemyda impressa (upper surface). 1882.] DR. A. GUNTHER ON A NEW TORTOISE. 345 Geoemyda impressa (lower surface). 346 DR. A. GUNTHER ON A NEW TORTOISE. [Apr. 4, incisions is equal to that between the hinder, and a little more than one half of its length. Areolee distinct. Nuchal plate broad, much broader behind than in front, with truncated anterior margin. First vertebral much broader than long, concave, with parallel lateral margins; second, third, and fourth very much broader than long ; posterior margin of the fourth only half as long as anterior; fifth vertebral but slightly broader than long, and rather convex behind. Caudal divided. Costals deeply impressed in their areolar portion, more so than the vertebrals. Gulars subrhomboid, but rather irregular, Geoemyda impressa (side view). joined at an obtuse angle in front and behind. Postgulars enlarged at the expense of the pectorals, which are very narrow, the length of their median suture being only one fourth of the suture between the postgulars. Abdominals very large, as long as the preceding three pairs of plates together. Praeanals broader than long. Anals similar in shape to the gulars, but larger, and joined at an acute angle posteriorly. The prominent colour is yellow in the areolar portion, but each of the vertebral, costal, and sternal plates is ornamented towards the margin with broad black radiating bands, and the anterior half or third of each of the marginals is black. 1882. | ON THE TRACHEA OF MANUCODIA ATRA ETC. 347 2. On the Convoluted Trachea of two Species of Manucode (Manucodia atra and Phonygama gouldi) ; with Remarks on similar Structures in other Birds. By W. A. Forsgs, B.A., Prosector to the Society. [ Received March 21, 1882.] The subcutaneous convolution on the pectoral muscles of the trachea in the Manucodes of the genera (or subgenera) Manucodia and Phonygama, originally described and figured by Lesson in Phonygama keraudreni so long ago as 1826", has lately excited con- siderable attention, Prof. Pavesi? having shown that a similar struc- ture, though less developed, exists in Manucodia chalybeata, and Dr. Meyer® having demonstrated the same for its representative form M. jobiensis. From their figures and observations it is clear :— 1. That the trachea of Phonygama *‘ keraudreni”’ * may be convo- luted in both sexes, that of the males being most complicated, consisting, when best developed, of a complete spiral of several coils, whilst in younger males, and females, it is reduced to a simple loop with a bend to the right. Intermediate forms of all kinds are to be found, as shown by Pavesi’s interesting series of figures. 2. That in Manucodia chalybeata and M. jobiensis the adult males possess a trachea provided with a simple loop, extending about two thirds down the surface of the pectoral muscles. This is apparently absent in the females and young males. The specimen, a male, of Manucodia atra, purchased by the Society on March 19, 1881 °, having died on March 11th inst., I have now been enabled to examine the condition of the trachea in this species also. As will be seen from the drawing I exhibit (figure, p- 348), representing it év s¢tu, it too is convoluted, but to a much smaller extent, only forming a short loop lying on the interclavicular air-cell, between the rami of the furcula, much as in many specimens of the genusCrax. This quite confirms D’ Albertis’s description given by Count Salvadori®. In the female the trachea will probably be found to be quite simple. Of Phonygama gouldi, the Australian representative of P. kerau- dreni, I have been euabled to examine three detached trachez, as well as three entire birds collected at Cape York by H.MLS. 1 Voyage de la ‘ Coquille,’ Atlas, pl. xiii. fig. 2. 2 Ann. Mus. Genova, vi. pp. 513-324, pl. x., and ix. pp. 66-77. 5 Abbildungen Vogel-Skeleten, pl. vii. a, p. 5. 4 All but one of Pavesi’s specimens (fig. 6 of his second paper) are, it is to be observed, really P. gouldi, haying been obtained at Cape York by D’Albertis. ® On its arrival it was supposed to belong to the species M. viridis (seu chalybeata), and was noticed as such (P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 450). 5 “Non pare che questa specie possegga vere circonyoluzioni externe della trachea, ma, secondo le osservazioni del D’Albertis, i maschi adulti avrebbero soltanto un’ ansa piegata ad § nella fossetta della forchetta.”—Ornitologia della Papuasia e delle Molucche, ii. p. 509, 348 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE TRACHEA OF [Apr. 4, ‘Challenger,’ and kindly intrusted to me by the late Sir Wyville Thomson. The first three are those already mentioned by Mr. Tegetmeier in his appendix to the ‘Natural History of the Cranes’ ’. All are convoluted, though that of the female specimen is least so, and those of the two males vary slightly in the amount of convo- lution. They very closely resemble that of P. keraudreni figured on p. 68, fig. 2, in the second of Prof. Pavesi’s papers already quoted, but have eight instead of nine folds, counting along a trans- verse line drawn through the centre of the coil. Of the three ‘ Chal- lenger’ birds, one, a female’, has a trachea with a single curved loop, like Pavesi’s fig. 8, whilst in the two others the trachea is Trachea of Manucodia atra. quite straight, with no trace of a curve. One of these is a male, probably young, whilst the other is an adulé female, as shown by the oviduct containing an egg nearly ready to be laid. It is clear therefore that in this species, too, the female may sometimes have no tracheal loop at all. As regards the habits of P. gouldi, I reproduce here some extracts from the notes accompanying the receipt of the first three trachez sent—I believe, by Dr. George Bennett of Sydney—the substance of which Mr. Tegetmeier has already published (from the original MS. in my possession) in his work on Cranes :— ? London, 1881, pp. 87, 88. 2 One of the specimens referred to in Mr. Murray’s notes, ¢f. ‘ Voyage of H.M.S. Challenger,’ Report on the Birds, p. 87. 1882. ] MANUCODIA ATRA AND OTHER BIRDS. 349 “ Having recently purchased a pair of those elegant birds, the Manucodia gouldi, which had been shot at Cape York by Mr. J. A. Thorpe (now taxidermist to the Sydney Museum), he directed my attention to the peculiar formation of the trachea in them, some of which he has preserved in a dried state and presented to me; of these I have sent you three, one from a female and two from males. That of the female is much smaller in size than those of the males ; and even in the males the convolutions assume different forms. This formation of the vocal organs enables the male bird to utter a very loud and deep guttural sound, indeed more powerful and sonorous than any one would suppose so small a bird could be capable of producing. Mr. Thorpe states to me that it was a long time before he could believe that so powerful a sound emanated from this bird. No information could be obtained respecting the note of the female, as only that of the male was heard. These birds were found about the same locality as the two fine species of Rifle-birds obtained also at Cape York—Ptilorhis alberti and P. victorie. “Mr. Thorpe gave me some information respecting the habits of these birds as follows :—‘ During a residence of seventeen months at Cape York in 1867 and 1868 I shot several of the Manucodia gouldi, and took particular notice of their habits. They frequent the dense palm-forests, and are usually seen high up in the trees; they utter a very deep and loud, guttural note, rather prolonged, and unlike that of any other bird with which I am familiar. Their movements are particularly active and graceful; on appreaching them they evince more curiosity than timidity, looking down at the slightest noise, and apparently more anxious to obtain a full view of the intruder than for their own safety. They are almost invariably in pairs; and both birds can generally be secured.’ ”’ I may remark that, in all the specimens of the convoluted trachea in Manucodia and Phonygama I have seen, the descending limb of the loop in the natural position of the bird is to the left, the ascending to the right. The same peculiarity is observable in all the figures yet published, excepting the original one of Lesson, and in one of those of Pavesi (J. c. ix. p. 64, fig. 4). The reversal, in the first figure, is obviously due to the trachea being represented from the dorsal, instead of the ventral aspect, it being represented as quite separated from the body: Pavesi’s figure, representing the parts in situ, does not admit of this explanation, if correctly drawn. As regards the two forms Phonygama and Manucodia, which Mr. Sharpe adopts as genera in the ‘Catalogue of Birds,’ vol. iii. pp- 180, 182, it is interesting to observe that the validity of the separation is confirmed by what we now know of the tracheal con- formation of the two groups in question. Phonygama (as represented by P. keraudreni and gouldi) has the trachea (at least usually) convoluted in doth sexes, that of the adult male being spirally convoluted several times, whilst that of the female forms a single curve with a loop to the right. Munucodia (in M. chalybeata, jobiensis, and atra), on the other hand, has the trachea convoluted in the male only, the convolution being in the form of a 350 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE TRACHEA OF [Apr. 4, simple loop, extending, in the first two species, onto the pectoral muscles, but confined in J. atra to the interclavicular area. As regards the occurrence of convoluted trachee in the class Aves generally, it may be useful to give as complete a list as is in my power of all the hitherto recorded instances. Pavesi has already (l.e, vi. pp. 317, 318) given such a list, compiled from various authors; but the opportunities for observation of my predecessor and myself have enabled me to give, as will be seen below, a much fuller and more complete one. I have endeavoured to state exactly in what species this convolution has been observed, or has been found to be absent, as well as to state precisely the sexes of the individuals presenting the peculiarities. Unless otherwise stated, the observation has been made by Prof. Garrod or myself. A. The convolutions of the trachea are superficial, lying beneath the skin, extending often more or less onto the pectoral, or even abdominal, muscles. OscINES. Phonygama keraudreni. ¢ {Lesson, Pavesi, Meyer]. [Probably 2 also. } —— gouldi. 3 : present, much less developed (sometimes absent) in Q. Manucodia chalybeata. ¢ [Pavesi, Meyer]. -_— jobiensis. ¢. [Condition in 2 not known. ] ——atra. $. (Condition in 2 not known. | At present it has been found in the males only of these three species, and, as already indicated, is, from Beccari’s observations on M. chalybeata, probably absent altogether in the females. Fam. ANATID. In the males of Anseranas melanoleuca the trachea forms a very extensive double loop, extending to quite the end of the pectoral muscles. The female has simply a slight bend in the neck- Fam. ScOLOPACID. The females only of Rhynchea australis [according to Gould] have a convoluted trachea, forming several folds on the pectoral muscles, and extending onto the abdomen. In the males it is simple’. In R. capensis, as Mr. Wood-Mason has lately shown (P. Z.S. 1878, pp. 745-751, pl. xlvii.), the mature females only have a slightly extrathoracic loop, the trachea of the younger females and of the males being quite simple. ' Two specimens showing different degrees of development of this structure may be seen mounted in the Hunterian Museum (Preps. 1156, D & BE). ‘ 1882. ] MANUCODIA ATRA AND OTHER BIRDS. 351 Fam. Cracip&. In the males of the genera Crax, Pauxis, Mitua, and Ortalis the trachea forms a loop of variable extent, often extending, particularly in the last three genera, to the end of the carina sterni, and then turning up a little way on the left side before it returns. In other cases it extends only about as far as the anterior end of the carina. In the females this loop is altogether absent, or at most the trachea presents a slight curve in the neck. Species examined. Crax globicera. 8,9. alector. 3,2. selatert. 6,2. daubentoni. 3,2. alberti. 3,9. carunculata. 3,9. [The females only of C. globulosa and C. incommoda have yet been examined. ‘The trachea is simple.] Pauxis galeata. 3,2. Mitua tuberosa. 3,2. tomentosa. 3,92. Ortalis albiventris. 6,9. —— garrula. 3. [The 2 according to Humboldt * has the trachea simple. | —— motmot. 3. [The female has a simple trachea according to Latham, who describes this species” under the name of Phasianus parraka. | In Penelope jacucaca the trachea is convoluted in doth sexes; and the same is the case in the male of P. pileata, the condition of the female being unknown. [In Penelope cristata and P. purpurascens the male has xo loop ; and the same is the case in Pipile ewmanensis and P. jacutinga. Only females of Pipile cujubi and Nothocraz urumutum have yet been examined : these had simple trachee ; and the same is the case in both sexes of Aburria carunculata. | B. The trachea has a considerable superficial loop in the cervical region, anterior to the thoracic muscles, Fam. PHASIANIDE. Tetrao urogallus. The male only, apparently. C. The trachea has a loop entering into, and inclosed by, a bony cavity formed by the clavicular symphysis. Fam. Numipip. The Guinea-fowls of the genus Guttera, as seen in both sexes 1 Humboldt and Bonpland, ‘Recueil d’observations de Zoologie,’ &e. p. 5. Paris, 1811. 2 Linn. Trans. iy. p. 100 &e. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. XXIV. 24 352 ON THE TRACHEA OF MANUCODIA ATRA ETC. [Apr. 4 of Guttera cristata and G. pucherani. ‘The same conformation occurs in G. eduardi; but the sex of my specimen is not, unfortu- nately, recorded. [In Numida proper (NV. meleagris, ptilorhyncha, and mitrata have been examined), as well as in Acryllium valluriatize, the trachea is quite simple in both sexes. | D. The trachea has several inérathoracie convolutions. Fam. Ciconup&. Tantalus ibis, in the male (cf. Garrod, Coll. Papers, p. 286). [The condition of the female is unknown. | [In both sexes of 7. loculator, as well as in the females of T. leucocephalus (the other sex not yet having been dissected) the trachea is unconvoluted. | Fam. Isrpip. Platalea leucorrodia. 3. (2, Nitzsch). [In Ajaja rosea the trachea is known to be simple in both sexes, though the bronchi are peculiarly long. Cf. Garrod, l.c. p. 288.] E. The trachea is convoluted, the convolution impinging on, or entering, the carina sterni. Fam. Cyqnip&. In the Swans of the Cygnus ferus group, the trachea, as has long been known, has a number of intrasternal convolutions, which may extend to near the end of the bone. This is well known to occur in both sexes of Cygnus ferus: it is likewise the case in both males and females of C. duccinator, C. americanus (according to Macgillivray, Sharpless, &c.), and C. bewicki (Yarrell). [In Cygnus olor, C. immutabilis (Macgillivray), C. nigricollis, and C. coscoroba the trachea is quite simple in both sexes. | According to Yarrell, in Cygnus atratus there is a slight down- wardly-directed loop of the trachea in the interclavicular region. Fam. GRuip&. The genus Grus, as a rule in both sexes, possesses a convoluted trachea, which usually enters the carina sterni, which it may excavate to its posterior extremity. The amount: of convolution varies much in different specimens of the same species. Species examined, Grus cinerea. 3,2. (Yarrell, &e.) —— antigone. 3 (Tegetmeier). @. —— americana. @ (cf. Roberts, Am. Nat. 1880). carunculata. 3, Qe —— leucogeranos. 3,9. As regards these two species, it appears from Prof. Garrod’s MS. 1882. ] ON RARE BIRDS EGGS FROM MADAGASCAR. 353 notes that the male of G. lewcogeranos has a convoluted trachea, only slightly folded in the carina sterni, extending in it for less than half its extent!; whilst in the female “ there was formed a genu of small size, that does not enter the carina sterni.’ The female of G. carunculata examined had a trachea as well convoluted as the most developed forms of G. americana, whilst in the male the con- dition was as in the female of G. leucogeranos. Grus australasiana. 3 [?Q |. —— canadensis. Co. In Tetrapteryx paradisea, according to Yarrell and Tegetmeier, as well as in Anthropoides virgo according to Parsons and Yarrell, the trachea is convoluted, but does not enter the carina sterni, being contained in a special groove developed along the anterior margin of that bone. [In both species of Balearica the trachea is known to be quite simple; and the same is probably true in dramus scolopaceus. | 3. On the Eggs of some rare Wading Birds from Madagascar. By J. E. Hartine, F.L.S., F.Z.8. [Received March 21, 1882. ] Amongst a large collection of eggs recently brought from Made- gascar by the Rev. W. Deans Cowan, many of which are of con- siderable interest as being hitherto undescribed, are the eggs of three species of Limicole which I should like to bring before the notice of this Society, since they belong to members of a group to which I have for some years been paying special attention. Mr. Deans Cowan collected in the neighbourhood of Fianarantsoa in the Betsileo country, situated in the south central portion of Madagascar ; and the extent of his collection shows how rich a field for ornithologists is the district in which he has for some years resided. The three species of Wading-birds of which I now exhibit the eggs, as well as the skins, are a Pratincole (Glareola ocularis, Verreaux), a Sand-Plover ( Aigialitis geoffroyi, Wagler), and a Snipe (Gallinago macrodactyla, Bonaparte). ‘The Pratincole and Snipe, which so far as I am aware have not been met with out of Madagascar, are both very rare in collections; the Sand-Plover, being generally distributed throughout Southern Asia, the Malay Archipelago, and Eastern Africa, is very uch better known. 1. GLAREOLA ocuLARis, Verreaux, was first brought to the notice of naturalists by the late Jules Verreaux so long ago as 1833, when at a meeting of the South-African Institution at Cape Town in that year he exhibited and described a specimen, which, with other skins, he had then lately received from Madagascar. 1 The observations of Mr. A. O. Hume (cf. Tegetmeier’s ‘ Cranes,’ p. 39, &e.) do not, therefore, always hold good for this species. ; 24* 354 MR. J. E. HARTING ON RARE : [ape aes Equal in size to the well-known Collared Pratincole (G. pratincola), which, dispersed throughout Southern and Eastern Europe, Africa, and a great portion of Southern Asia, occasionally visits the British Islands, it is distinguished from that species by having no “collar,” the head and nape black, a white spot under the eye and passing be- hind it, the quills much blacker than in G. pratincola, the tail squarer and blacker, the outer feathers scarcely longer than the rest, and with a white spot on their distal half. The species is well figured in the excellent work of Messrs. Pollen and Van Dam (Recherches sur la Faune de Madagascar,’ 1868), who, however, give no account of its bree ting-habits, nor describe its eggs. It was not until thirty years after this bird had been described that any information concerning its habits was published. In 1863 Messrs. Roch and Edward Newton, in an account of their visit to Madagascar printed in ‘The Ibis’ for that year, recorded their having met with it near Tamatave. They remarked :— « At our first halting-place on the road from Tamatave to the capital, on the Ist of October, we saw and shot several Pratincoles. The river Hivondrona runs out into the sea about a mile and a half- below a village bearing the same name, and has on its left bank atreeless sandy plain. Here we found these birds, together with Sanderlings and two species of Plover. Unfortunately, those that we skinned were destroyed, and we have no specimens by which to identify them ; but we have little doubt that the Pratincoles were of the same species as an example afterwards obtained by Dr. Roch ;” who says :—‘*‘ At Nossi-bé a small village to the north of Tamatave, I found many Pratincoles in the native burial-ground, which appeared to be their breeding-place, though I was unable to discover either eggs or young, Their manners strongly reminded me of those of the Lapwing, screaming high in the air, and then darting along the ground as if to draw my attention away from their broods. I thus easily obtained several specimens.” The following year Mr. Edward Newton observed these birds in the same locality in September (‘ Ibis’ 1863, p. 455). Dr. Roch has described the flight of this Pratincole as reminding him of that of the Lapwing ; but the late Mr. Swinhoe was doubtless more accurate when, describing the habits of Glareola orientalis as observed by him in Formosa, he likened its appearance on the wing to the Golden Plover; for, like that bird, the Pratincoles have long, pointed, narrow flight-feathers, unlike the full rounded wing of the Lapwing. Their food consists chiefly of sand-beetles and flying ants, of which they are especially fond. Like other species of the Limicole, the Pratincoles lay their eggs in a depression of the ground, with very little nest, and the young run as soon as they are hatched. The egg of Glareola ocularis is much paler than that of G. pratin- cola, and assimilates both in shape and colour to the eggs of Cursorius, showing an affinity to that genus of birds, which is also indicated in the anatomical structure. 1882.] BIRDS’ EGGS FROM MADAGASCAR. 355 It may be described as of a pale stone-colour, or, to be more accurate, of the colour described and figured by Werner in his ‘ No- menclature of Colours’ as cream-yellow, spotted or speckled chiefly at the larger end with yellowish-brown and paler brocoli-brown (Werner). It measures 1°4 inch by 1°1 at its greatest diameter. Only one nest was found, containing two eggs. The native name for this bird according to Mr. Deans Cowan is Hitsikitsidrano. 2. AiGIALITIS GEOFFROYI, Wagler. In ‘The Ibis’ for 1870 I gave as complete a life-history of this species as the materials then available enabled me to prepare, with a figure of the bird in its nuptial plumage. Reference to this account will show that the species is widely distributed and has frequently come under the observation of naturalists at the periods of its migration, or in its winter-quarters ; but I was obliged to confess my inability to describe the egg (tom. cit. p. 383). Jerdon, writing of its habits in India, thought it ‘ retired northwards to breed ;”’ and Dr. Leith Adams believed he had found it breeding on the banks of the Chimouraree Lake in Ladakh (P. Z.S. 1859, p. 188), but the description of the bird given by him in his ‘ Wan- derings of a Naturalist in India’ (p. 283) shows that it was the closely allied, but smaller, dgialitis mongolica that he met with. 44. geoffroyi, according to Swinhoe, is abundant on the sandy shores of Formosa ; and from the fact of the young being found in the island, he conjectured that it breeds there. There can be little doubt that it does so; for several eggs which he took there, and supposed to be those of the Eastern Golden Plover, Charadrius fulvus, are evidently too small for that species, and can only belong to &. geoffroyi. These eggs are now in the collection of Mr. H. Seebohm, and resemble those now exhibited from Madagascar. As its smaller congener . mongolicus does not occur in Mada- gascar, there is no ground for supposing that the eggs now exhibited can belong to that species ; while the eggs of such other Sand-Plovers as are known to occur in the island are so much smaller in size, and so different in markings, that they cannot for a moment be con- founded. 42. geoffroy? is common enough in Madagascar, frequent- ing sandy shores and going up the rivers for some distance inland to breed. The egg is of a cream-yellow, blotched chiefly at the larger end with pitch-black. It measures 1°4 inch by 1 inch. The native name for this bird, and applied to all the Sand-Plovers which are found there, is Vikivike. 3. GALLINAGO MACRODACTYLA, Bonaparte. G. berniert, Pucheran. This Snipe, a very rare one in collections, is characterized by the unusually long toes, and by the extraordinary length of bill which distinguishes it from all its congeners. Hardly any thing has been published concerning it beyond the 356 ON RARE BIRDS’ EGGS FROM MADAGASCAR. __ [Apr. 4, mere identification of the species under the name bestowed upon it by Pucheran (Rev. Zool. 1845, p. 279). Thus, it appears in a col- lection of Madagascar birds brought home by Mr. W. Gerrard, and described by Professor Newton in the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society, 1865, p. 832; it is noted as amongst the birds observed in Mada- gascar by M. Grandidier between the years 1865-67 (Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1868, p. 4); and it appears again in a collection made in Madagascar by Mr. Crossley in 1869, and described by Mr. Sharpe, P. Z.8. 1870, p. 399. Dr. Hartlaub has of course included it in both his works on Madagascar (Orn. Beitrag Faun. Madagase. 1861, p. 78, and ‘ Die Vogel Madagascars,’ 1877, p. 333); but little information is given concerning it beyond what had already been made known by Messrs. Roch and Edward Newton in their remarks on Madagascar birds, published in ‘ The Ibis’ in 1863, where the fullest notice which has appeared of this bird is. given. These gentlemen state that they found it tolerably common along the coast, where it had evidently just been breeding, as Dr. Roch found a young one about four days old, on the 3rd October, between Tranomaro and Mamorack ; unfortunately it was not preserved. In colouring it was said to approach the young of Gallinago scolopacina more thau either G. major or G. gallinula. In the valleys near Ambohitroni, about ninety-four miles from the coast, Messrs. Roch and Newton found it more numerous, and in about half an hour killed nine couple. Their flight was slow and steady, and they did not twist in the least. These were evidently not breeding. The largest measured was 19°25 inches in extent of wing, and 17:5 inches from the tip of the bill to the end of the tail. According to Messrs. Roch and Newton sixteen appeared to be the normal number of tail-feathers in this Snipe, or two more than originally ascribed to the species by Bonaparte. Unfortunately, of the three specimens of this bird now before me, not one of them has the tail perfect, so that at present I am unable to check the obser- vations of my predecessors upon this point. With regard to the breeding of this species, Dr. Hartlaub has briefly described the egg (Vogel Madagascars, p. 335), and Dr. Roch, as already stated, found a young one which he was unable to preserve. I have now before me both egg and young, brought home by Mr. Deans Cowan from Fianarantsoa, Betsileo, where the bird is called Kekakeka. The native name Rava-rava referred to this species by Prof. Newton, in the Catalogue already referred to (P.Z.S. 1865, p- 832), is, according to Mr. Deans Cowan, properly applicable to the Painted Snipe (Lthynchea capensis). The egg, which measures 1-7 inch by 1-2 at its greatest diameter, is of a honey-yellow colour (Weruer), spotted chiefly at the larger end with umber-brown. The young bird when a few days old is scarcely to be distinguished from the young of our Common Snipe (G. scolopacina) at the same age, save for its greater length of bill, legs, and toes. As regards 1882.] MR. E. P. RAMSAY ON A NEW TEPHRAS, 357 coloration, a description of the one would apply almost equally well to the other. The measurements of a young bird of G. macrodactyla less than a week old, and conseguently unable to fly, are :—Bill 1°5, wing 2°5, bare portion of tibia *5, tarsus 1°7 inch. Before concluding my remarks on this species it seems desirable to say a few words on the synonymy, since the bird has hitherto been usually known as Gallinago bernieri of Pucheran, who named it after the first collector who brought specimens of the bird to Europe. Pucheran’s description was published in the ‘Revue de Zoologie,’ 1845; but some years prior to this, namely between 1832 and 1841, Bonaparte’s ‘ Iconografia della Fauna Italica’ appeared in parts (unpaged). In one of these parts, in the course of a notice of Gallinago brehmi (a variety of the common European Snipe), of which the part in question contains a coloured figure, a review of the various species of Gadlingo known to the author is given, in the course of which two new species are described :—one from Madagascar, named by Bonaparte macrodactyla; the other from the Cape, named by him nigripennis, and subsequently by Riippell (1845) equatorialis. His description of macrodactyla, which applies to the present species, was founded upon a specimen in the Paris Museum, which had been brought by Dr. Bernier from Madagascar, and was in all probability the same type from which Pucheran subsequently de- scribed and named his Gallinago bernieri. It is evident, therefore, that Bonaparte’s name for this species, Gallinago macrodactyla, has precedence. I have seen no specimen of this bird from any part of Africa; and, so far as at present known, it appears to be confined entirely to Madagascar. 4. Description of a new Species of Bird of the Genus Tephras. By E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S., C.M.Z.8. [Received March 14, 1882.] The species which I propose to describe is based on a specimen from a collection made along the south coast of New Guinea and at the Aru Islands by the late S. White, Esq., of South Australia. I propose to call it TEPHRAS WHITE, Sp. nov. All the upper surface dull brown washed with olive-yellow, tinged with brown on the head; brighter on the rump and upper tail- coverts, and on the outer margins of the webs of the wing- and tail- feathers ; the wings and tail brown above and below; axillaries and under wing-coverts whitish, inner margin of the webs of the quills towards the base whitish ; shafts of the wing and tail-feathers below white, above brown; all the under surface of the body, chin, margins of shoulders below, and the under tail-coverts citron-yellow, deeper 358 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE EDENTATA. [Apr. 18, in tint on the chest, breast, and under tail-coverts; bill brown, whitish on the lower margin and on the under mandible; no ring round the eye; ear-coverts and sides of the face like the head. Length of skin 3°7 inches, wing 2°5, tail 1:9, tarsus 0°7; bill from forehead 0°5, from anterior margin of nasal groove 0°3, from gape 0°6. The flank-plumes are rather elongated and somewhat decomposed. Hab, Aru Islands ? April 18, 1882. Prof. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. The following report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of March 1882 was read by the Secretary :— The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- gerie during the month of March 1882 was 54, of which 26 were by presentation, 16 by purchase, 3 by birth, and 9 were received on deposit. The total number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 81. The most noticeable addition during the month was :— A Radiated Fruit-Cuckoo (Carpococcyx radiatus) from Sumatra, purchased March 31st. The gait and actions of this remarkable Grouwnd-Cuckoo remind one more of a Gallinaceous bird or a Gallinule than of any of its arboreal relatives of the same family. ‘The form is quite new to the Society’s Collection, The following papers were read :— 1. On the Mutual Affinities of the Animals composing the Order Eprentata. By Witi1am Henry Frower, LL.D., F.R.S., Pres. Zool. Soc., &c. [Received April 4, 1882.] The name assigned to this order by Cuvier is often objected to as inappropriate, as, though some of its members are edentulous, others have very numerous teeth; and the Linnean name Bruta is occasionally revived by modern authors. But that term is quite as objectionable, especially as the group to which Linneus applied it is by no means equivalent to the order as now understood, but con- tained all the animals then known which are comprised in the modern orders Proboscidea, Sirenia, and Edentata, together with the Walrus, one of the Carnivora. If retained at all, it should rather belong to the Prodoscidea, as Elephas stands first in the list of genera of Bruta in the ‘Systema Nature,’ and was probably in the mind of Linnzus when he assigned the name to the group. 1882. ] PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE EDENTATA. 359 Cuvier’s order included the Ornithorhynchus and Echidna, animals of which the structure was then imperfectly known, but which are now by almost universal consent removed to an altogether different section of the class. Otherwise its limits are those now adopted. The name Ldentata, moreover, is now so generally used, and its meaning so well understood as a conventional term, that it would be very undesirable to substitute any other for it. In fact similar reasons might be given for ceasing to use nearly all the current ordinal desig- nations of mammals. It might be equally well objected that all the Carnivora are not flesh-eaters, many of the Marsupialia have not pouches, and so forth. The few common characters by which the Edentata are associated are too well known to need repetition. The principal one is the absence of any trace of the typical heterodont and diphyodont den- tition, found in a more or less modified form in all other placental mammals’. The one genus Tatusia presents a startling exception, in the presence of a set of milk-teeth, with (according to Burmeister) distinct rootsimplanted in separate alveoli, and (according toC. Tomes) distinct enamel-organs, if not enamel. This is one of the most im- portant facts bearing upon the evolution of the Edentates yet dis- covered, though its full signification is not yet evident. It is highly probable that most, if not all, of the existing Eden- tates are the very much differentiated representatives of a large group, the greater number of which are uow extinct, and which have become so without ever attaining a high grade of organization. The great diversity of structure, the high degree of specialization to which many have attained, the paucity of species and even of individuals, their limited area of distribution, and their small size compared with known extinct forms, all show that they belong to an ancient and waning race, the members of which still hold their own either by the remoteness and seclusion of their dwelling-places, their remarkable adaptation of structure to special conditions of life, or by aid of the peculiar defensive armature with which they are invested. Their former history can, however, only be surmised, rather than read, at present ; for though we have ample evidence of the abundance and superior magnitude of certain forms in the most recent and post-Tertiary geological age, and in one part of the world, beyond that time (7. e. in the true Tertiary period), and in other parts of the world than America, their fossil remains hitherto discovered are only fragmentary, giving a most imperfect idea of their actual condition, as well as affording no indications that serve to connect them with certainty to any other branch of the class. The existing Edentates readily group themselves into five distinct families, of the limits of which there is no reasonable doubt. These are :—1. The Brapypoprp4&, containing two genera, Bradypus and Cholepus. 2. The MyrMEcoPHAGID4, containing three distinct modi- fications, worthy of generic rank—Myrmecophaga, Tamandua, and * The Cetacea are possible exceptions ; but embryological and palzontological researches appear to show that their dentition may be derived from the ordinary mammalian type. 360 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE EDENTATA. [Apr, 18, Cycloturus. 3. The Dasypop1p&, which may be divided into two sections, one containing the genus Zatusia, which, in the presence of milk-teeth, the structure of the fore feet, as well as in many characters of the visceral anatomy, stands apart from all the other Armadillos’ ; and another, including the genera Dasypus, Xenurus, Priodon, Toly- peutes, and Chlamydophorus, which are clearly all modifications of a common type, although the last-named shows such a striking difference in the character of its dermal armature that it might make a section apart, if its internal structure were not so closely similar to that of Dasypus. 4. The Manip, containing about seven species, the slight modifications of which are scarcely worthy of being considered generic. 5. The Orycrreroropip, with one genus containing two closely allied local forms and species. The three first-named families are inhabitants of the New, the last two of the Old World. The families of which all the members are extinct are the Mrca- THERIIDZ and GLyPropONTID&, both American and post-Tertiary, the one related to the Bradypodide, and the other to the Dasypo- dide. ‘The Tertiary forms are less known; but those of the New World may be provisionally grouped under Marsh’s name of Moro- PODID&#, and those of the Old World as MaAcROTHERIIDA. As to the mutual relationship of these families, it has been customary with all recent zoologists to group them into two divisions, often called suborders :—the PoyLLopHaGa, PHyTopHaGa, or Tar- DIGRADA, containing the Bradypodide alone; and the Enromo- PHAGA or VERMILINGUA, including all the others, unless, as in some systems, Orycteropus is placed apart as forming a distinct section. Whether these distinct suborders are adopted, or the families merely arranged in their supposed relationship, the Old-World Ant- eaters, or Manide@, are invariably closely associated with the New- World Anteaters or the Myrmecophagide, and the latter are widely separated from the Sloths. This being (I think I am not wrong in saying) the view universally accepted at the present time, it is my purpose to investigate it a little more closely than has hitherto been done, and to see whether it is really based upon important structural relations, or only upon what may be called superficial or adaptive modifications. The bonds which unite the Manide to the Myrmecophagide are mainly to be found in the structure of the mouth, especially the extensile character of the tongue, the great development of the sub- maxillary glands, and absence of teeth. These characters are exactly analogous to those found in the Echidna among Monotremes, the Woodpeckers among Birds, and the Chameleon among Reptiles. The explanation probably lies in the fact that in countries where termites and similar insects flourish, various distinct forms of verte- brates have become modified in special relation to this abundance of nutritious food, which could only be made available by a peculiar structure of the alimentary organs. 1 See Garrod, “ Notes on the Anatomy of Tolypeutes tricinctus, with remarks on other Armadillos,” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 222. 1882.] PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE EDENTATA. 361 In tracing true affinities we must not look to these obviously adaptive characters, but to others of really deeper significance. To commence with the skeleton, one of the most striking characters by which the Myrmecophagide differ from ordinary mammals is the presence on the posterior dorsal and the lumbar vertebra of accessory articulating surfaces, in addition to the true zygapophyses common to all mammals, and causing a remarkable interlocking of the arches of these vertebrae. Such articulations are found equally well-developed in the Megatheriide and in the Dasypodide, and in a comparatively rudimentary state in the Bradypodide, especially in Bradypus’. The whole vertebral column of the Sloths, especially the dorsal and lumbar region, is poorly developed, evidently in relation to the subordinate function of the muscles attached to it. In the ordinary position the animal hangs below the branches of the trees in which it dwells, the trunk being merely slung between the two pairs of extremities ; progression is effected chiefly by the body being dragged along by the fore limbs; the hind legs, which usually take so active a part insupporting and propelling the trunk, aresmall and weak, andthe functions of walking, running, andjumpingare alike in abeyance. Hence all the processes of the vertebral column—the spinous, trans- verse, and accessory—are but feebly developed. The existence then, even in a rudimentary form, of these additional articulations is ex- tremely significant. It may almost be said that they prove that the Sloths are descended from animals in which they existed in a fully developed form. On the other hand, like as in some respects the vertebral column of Manis is to that of Myrmecophaga, not a trace of either of these articulations or of the processes on which they are situated are to be found in the former. ‘There is a strong inter- locking of the lumbar vertebrze ; but it is formed by the greatly curved form of the true zygapophyses, and not by the addition of any superadded parts. In Oryeteropus also they are entirely absent. On this ground alone we might be justified in assuming that the Old-World Edentates are not closely related to the American forms. Nothing can be more different than the characters of the sternum of Myrmecophaga and of Manis. In the former the numerous meso- sternal segments are small, laterally compressed, and articulated with each other and with the strongly ossified sternal ribs by synovial joints. In Manis the sternum is broad and flat, and the sternal ribs only partly ossified, and connected with it in the normal manner. In these characters, the Bradypodide, Megatheriide, and Dasy- pedide agree with the Anteaters, and Orycteropus is more nearly related to Manis. The gigantic post-Tertiary Edentates of the New World, Mega- therium and its allies, throw much light upon the close affinity of the Sloths and true Anteaters. By common consent they have been placed among the former when the order is divided into two divisions, and are spoken of as ‘‘Ground-Sloths;” yet in many important characters, perhaps in all those not relating to the functions of 1 See ‘Osteology of Mammalia,’ 2nd edit., 1876, p. 55. 362 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE EDENTATA. __[Apr. 18, prehension and mastication of food, they are quite as near, if not nearer, to the Anteaters. They may truly be regarded as intercalary types, bridging over the gulf which now exists between them. The teeth are certainly those of the Sloths, even to the actual number in most genera; but the diminution of that number in Celodon leads to- wards their total suppressionin Myrmecophaga. In the lengthening of the anterior part of the skull in Megatherium, but wore strongly marked in Scelidotherium, the commencement of the Myrmecophaga type is clearly seen; and that they had tongues longer and more protractile than those of existing Sloths (perhaps even prehensile, as Professor Owen suggests) is very probable. The vertebral column, ribs, sternum, and tai! were far more Myrmecophagine than Brady- podine. In the scapula they possess a character which is shared by both Sloths and Anteaters but by no other mammal. The coracoid bone and the coracoid border of the scapula join over the coraco-scapular notch, converting it into a foramen. The recent discovery of clavicles in a rudimentary state in all three species of Myrmecophaga’* adds another common character to the group, though perhaps not one of first-class importance. It must, however, be noted that in no species of Manis has any trace of a clavicle been found. The flattening of the femur, and development of a linear ridge along its external border, is common and peculiar to the Sloths, Anteaters, and Megatheres. The special characters of the manus in these three families are all derivations from a common type; but in this portion of their organization the Megatherioids show their rela- tionship with the Anteaters much more than with the Sloths. In the mode of setting the foot to the ground, and in the absence of claws upon one or more of the outer digits, the likeness is most surprising. The manus of the Pangolins, on the other hand, although presenting some superficial resemblances, is formed on a different type, in most respects more conformable to that which is normal among mammals ; but it has the peculiarity (which it shares with all known Carnivora) of connate scaphoid and lunar bones, and in the deep median clefts of the ungual phalanges it resembles Perameles among the Mar- supials. Passing from this brief review of the osteological characters, we find in the arrangements of the arterial system of the limbs a close resemblance between the Sloths and Anteaters ; and though the tail is so reduced in the former, its caudal artery is surrounded by a well-developed plexus, such as we could hardly account for, except upon the supposition that it were a remnant of a condition in which the tail resembles that of the Anteaters or Megatheres. In Manis, no reéia mirabilia appear to be developed in connection with the arteries of the limbs—although one has been found, in at least one species, in the tail; but it is also present in animals as far removed as the Spider Monkeys. A part of the organization to which it is natural to attach much importance in tracing affinities is that concerned in the reproductive function. The organs of both male and female Sloths and Ant- ' See W. A. Forbes, P. Z.8. 1882, p. 287. 1882. ] PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE EDENTATA. 363 eaters are closely similar in structure, while those of Manis are formed upon a totally different type. In the former families the testes are placed exactly in the same situation, close to each other, lying on the rectum, between it and the bladder; the penis is quite rudimentary, consisting of a pair of small corpora cavernosa, not directly attached by their crura to the rami of the ischium, and having a glans scarcely larger than that of the clitoris of most mammals, and, as in birds and reptiles, without any true corpus spongiosum. The number and development of the accessory glands vary apparently in different species of both families. In the females of both Anteaters and Sloths the uterus is simple and globular, and the vagina, at least in the virgin state, is divided into two channels by astrong median partition. Lastly, the placen- tation, as far as it is known, if not identical, is similar in principle. The placenta of Cholepus has been fully described by Turner; it is deciduate, and composed of a number of lobes aggregated into a dome-like mass. There is nothing in the descriptions, certainly less complete, of the placenta of Zumandua and Cycloturus to show any differences except in detail of form. In Manis, on the other hand, the testes are totally different in position, lying in the inguinal canal. The penis is external and wel] developed. The uterus is truly bicornuate, the vagina not divided, and the placenta diffused and non-deciduate. All the organs and foetal membranes are formed very much on the plan of those of the typical Ungulata, without a trace of the special peculi- arities of the American Edentates. As regards the tegumentary system Myrmecophaga closely re- sembles Bradypus in the character of its hairy covering; while Manis, in its very remarkable horny scales, shows a type entirely different from both and from every other mammal. Many other minor considerations might be adduced ; but I think I have brought forward enough to establish the fact beyond reason- able question, that Munis, if allied at all to Myrmecophaga, must have separated from the original common stock before this had given off the Bradypodide—or, in other words, that the Sloths and Anteaters, with the Megatherioids intervening, are far more nearly allied to each other than either is to the Pangolins. It now remains to examine the position of the other families. Dasypodide. In many respects this family is remarkably specia- lized, more particularly in the characters of the integumentary structures, in which it differs from all known mammals. In dental characters it presents nothing fundamentally different from those of the Sloths. In lingual, salivary, and digestive organs, on the other hand, it is more nearly allied to the Anteaters, though presenting a less extreme form of modification, showing in fact one of the stages by which such modification may have been brought about. It is therefore so far a connecting link between these families. In the extremely important character of the presence of inter- locking accessory zygapophyses to the lumbar vertebre, and in the structure of the sternum and sternal ribs, it follows the type of Myr- . 364 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE EDENTATA. ([Apr. 18, mecophaga and Megatherium ; but in the peculiar form and ankylosis of some of the cervical vertebrae, common to all existing members of the family, it stands apart from all other Edentates. In the presence of a clavicle it resembles the other American forms ; but it differs in the shape of the scapula, and in the existence of a third trochanter to the femur. The structure of the extremities, especially the manus, presents many modifications, some of which are quite comparable to, though not identical with, those of the Myrmecophagide. The reproductive organs differ in the presence of a largely de- veloped copulating organ in the male, and of a simple vagina of cor- responding length in the female; these, as long ago suggested by Professor Owen, appear to be correlated with the difficulties which would otherwise be interposed to sexual congress by the arrange- ments of the dermal armour, and which of course do not occur in the Sloths and Anteaters. The testes are still abdominal, though not in the same position; and the penis, notwithstanding its size, wants (as pointed out by Morrison Watson’) both the glans and bulb, generally formed in mammals by the corpus spongiosum. The uterus is as simple, or nearly so, as that of the Sloths wnd Anteaters ; and there is no reason to suppose, from what is at present known, that the placentation differs in principle from that of those families ; for if deciduate, whether the whole mass assumes an oval, discoidal, or bell-shaped form is only a matter of detail. The Armadillos, then, have undoubtedly near affinities to the other American Edentates, and are probably members of the same group, though not so nearly related to either of the other families as they are to each other, and are moreover remarkably specialized in a particular direction. The Glyptodonts form an allied group, agreeing in most essential features, but also presenting some very singular special modifications. Lastly, Orycteropus is a form in most respects perfectly apart from all the others. The structure of its teeth alone would almost entitle it to be placed in an order by itself, were it not for the practical inconvenience of doing so. Its vertebral column is formed on the normal type of mammals. Its limbs also present com- paratively few specializations ; but it resembles the Armadillos in pos- sessing a third trochanter to the femur. Its digestive organs are also comparable to those of the Armadillos, as its mode of feeding is similar. But its reproductive organs, both male and female, and placentation are formed upon a principle unknown in other Eden- tates, or, in combination, in other mammals. The testes, in a specimen I once examined, were inguinal, though they appear to descend, at all events temporarily, into a scrotum; but the penis is almost as small as in the Great Anteater. The uterus is more bicornuate than in Manis, the two lateral chambers opening separately into the vagina, as in some Rodents. The placenta, as described by Prof. Turner, is broadly zonular; but whether deciduate or not is at present un- determined, probably the latter. As Balfour remarks, this type of placenta is capable of being easily derived from that of Munis, 1 PZ. 8. 1878, p. 677. 1882. ] PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE EDENTATA. 365 by the disappearance of the foetal villi at the two poles of the ovum ; while the small size of the umbilical vesicle indicates that it is not, like the zonary placenta of the Carnivora, directly derived from a type with both allantoic and umbilical vascularization of the chorion. Although paleontology has revealed the existence of a vast number of the Edentates by which the New World was tenanted in the Pleistocene age, and has given us a more perfect idea of their characters than is known of most other extinct forms, unfortu- nately the history of the group throughout the period of the true Tertiaries is at present almost a blank. The presence of a large species probably allied to Manis in the Siwalik fauna is indicated by a single phalanx, described and figured by Lydekker under the name of M. sindiensis. No animals, attributed with any certainty to the Edentata, are known of Eocene age. The few scattered and imperfect remains of supposed Edentates, Macrotherium and Ancylotherium, of the European later Miocene formations, and the similarly imperfect and as yet not fully described bones of Moropus and Morotherium of corresponding ages in North America, indicate that animals existed at that time of large size, presenting characters in some respects allied to the recent members of the order, but in others so different that they cannot be placed in any of the existing families. Macro- therium, for instance, appears to have limb-characters which ally it to the Ungulates. As far as can be surmised at present, the affinities of these early forms were rather with the existing members which survive in their own part of the world, than with those of a different hemisphere. Macrotherium certainly appears to present more resemblance to Manis than to the American Edentates. The first fragments of it which were found were attributed by Cuvier to a “* Pangolin gigantesque.” But some evidence has since been found in favour of its having possessed teeth. So far this is quite what might be expected; but it certainly throws very little light either upon the mutual relations of the existing forms, the steps by which the present state of things has been brought about, or, what would be still more interesting, their affinities with mammals of other groups. The tabular form (see p. 366) into which the result of these inquiries have been thrown will show what I conceive to be the relationship of the existing forms ; but it also shows the great deficiency of our knowledge of the group in past ages. The general conclusions to which a study of this group have led me may be summed up as follows:—All the American Edentates at present known, however diversified in form and habits, belong to a common stock. The Bradypodide, Megatheriide, and Myrmeco- phagide are closely allied, the modifications seen in the existing families relating to food and manner of life. The ancestral forms may have been omnivorous, like the present Armadillos, and gradually separated into the purely vegetable and purely animal feeders ; from the former are developed the modern Sloths, from the latter the Anteaters. The Armadillos are another modification of the same type, retaining some more generalized characters, as those [Apr. 18, PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE EDENTATA. 366 ‘W CIIYaALOWVN ¢ sesuaapuns seunpy ‘Ww didod ‘WdaINVIAA -OUFLOAUO *SWUOT AIYOM-AIO ‘WW dIdOdOwon Pomed auooory, “TUN LOYJOAO TT *pollog eus00I| WALLNOGOLd aD ‘aula a ‘W CITYH RLV aI ‘pollog wdidodasva 9ued04sIo, fF Rey yy fi \ : HA ih as ted Su thth fi { \ in Kate estat a aN Tig! (C2) Gd Vi shoot Toes % 1 tL VEN 1 ee ns Heat sir ae Nat hoa ah (Si eat be EAN ie a ey te le tet Veet 1 ! \ KK joe} ey cas W dIdO0dASvVa ‘WdIDPVHd WdIdod ‘poMeg “OOUN UAW “ACVAL =| UM “SNUOT GTHOA\-MAN ViIVINGCHA 1882. ] DR. VAN DYCK ON SYRIAN STREET-DOGS, 367 of the alimentary organs, but in other respects, as their defensive armature, remarkably specialized. The two Old-World forms Manide and Orycteropide are so essentially distinct from all the American families, that it may even be considered doubtful whether they are derived from the same primary branch of mammals, or whether they may not be offsets from some other branch, the remaining members of which have been lost to knowledge. Alphonse Milne-Edwards, in discussing the inferences to be derived from the study of the foetal membranes of the Edentates', has maintained that one of two views must be accepted :—either that it shows that no value can be attached to the placentation in seeking natural affinities ; or that the Edentates as we know them now are not a homogeneous order, but should be separatedinto several distinct natural groups. It is the latter view to which he gives the preference. It need scarcely be remarked that the observations made in the present communi- cation lead to a similar conclusion. 2. On the Modification of a Race of Syrian Street-Dogs by means of Sexual Selection. By Dr. Van Dycx. With a Preliminary Notice by Cuartns Darwin, F.R.S., F.Z.S. [Received April 4, 1882. ] Most of the naturalists who admit that natural selection has been effective in the formation of species, likewise admit that the weapons of male animals are the result of sexual selection—that is, of the best- armed males obtaining most females and transmitting their masculine superiority to their male offspring. But many naturalists doubt, or deny, that female animals ever exert any choice, so as to select certain males in preference to others. It would, however, be more correct to speak of the females as being excited or attracted in an especial degree by the appearance, voice, &c. of certain males, rather than of deliberately selecting them. I may perhaps be here permitted to say that, after having carefully weighed to the best of my ability the various arguments which have been advanced against the principle of sexual selection, I remain firmly convinced of its truth. It is, how- ever, probable that I may have extended it too far, as, for instance, in the case of the strangely formed horns and mandibles of male Lamellicorn beetles, which have recently been discussed with much knowledge by W. von Reichenau*, and about which I have always felt some doubts. On the other hand, the explanation of the development of the horns offered by this entomologist does not seem to me at all satisfactory. 1 Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Zoolugie, 6me série, tome viii. p. 6 (1879). 2 «Ueber den Ursprung der secundiren miinnlichen Geschlechtscharakteren &e.,” Kosmos, Jahrgang y. 1881, p. 172. Proc. Zoou. Soc.— 1882, No. XXV. 25 368 DR. VAN DYCK ON SYRIAN STREET-DOGS. _[Apr. 18, In order to ascertain whether female animals ever or often exhibit a decided preference for certain males, I formerly inquired from some of the greatest breeders in England, who had no thoretical views to support and who had ample experience ; and I have given their answers, as well as some published statements, in my ‘ Descent of Man’'. ‘The facts there given clearly show that with dogs and other animals the females sometimes prefer in the most decided manner particular males—but that it is very rare that a male will not accept any female, though such cases do occur. The following statement, taken from the ‘ Voyage of the Vega,”’ indirectly supports in a striking manner the above conclusion. Nordenskidld says :— ‘* We had two Scotch collies with us on the ‘ Vega.’ They at first frightened the natives very much with their bark. To the dogs of the Chukches they soon took the same superior standing as the European claims for himself in relation to the savage. The dog was distinctly preferred by. the female Chukch canine population, and that too without the fights to which such favour on the part of the fair commonly gives rise. A numerous canine progeny of mixed Scotch-Chukch breed has arisen at Pitlekay. The young dogs had a complete resemblance to their father; and the natives were quite charmed with them.” What the attractions may be which give an advantage to certain males in wooing in the above several cases, whether general appear- ance, such as colour and form, or vigour and strength, or gestures, voice, or odour, can rarely be even conjectured; but whatever they may be, they would be preserved and augmented in the course of many generations, if the females of the same species or race, inhabit- ing the same district, retained during successive generations approxi- mately the same general disposition and taste; and this does not seem improbable. Nor is it indispensable that all the females should have exactly the same tastes: one female might be more attracted by some one characteristic in the male, and another female by a different one; and both, if not incompatible, would be gradually acquired by the males. Little as we can judge what are the charac- teristics which attract the female, yet, in some of the cases recorded by me, it seemed clearly to be colour; in other cases previous familiarity with a particular male; in others exactly the reverse, or novelty. With respect to the first appearance of the peculiarities which are afterwards augmented through sexual selection, this of course depends on the strong tendency in all parts of all organisms to present slight individual differences, and in some organisms to vary in a plain manner. Evidence has also been given in my book on Variation under Domestication showing that male animals are more liable to vary than females ; and this would be highly favourable to sexual selection. Manifestly every slight individual difference and each more conspicuous variation depends on definite though unknown * The Descent of Man, second edit. (1874), part ii. Chap. xvii. pp. 522-525. See also Chap. xiv., on choice in pairing shown by female birds, and on their appreciation of beauty,, * «The Voyage of the Vega,’ Eng. translat. (1881), vol. ii. p. 97. 1832. ] DR. VAN DYCK ON SYRIAN STREET-DOGS. 369 causes; and these modifications of structure &c. differ in different species under apparently the same conditions. Statements of this nature have sometimes been misinterpreted, as if it were supposed that variations were indefinite or fluctuating, and that the same variations occurred in all species. In reference to sexual selection, I will here only add that the complete manner in which the introduced dogs and other domestic animals in South America and other countries have been mongrelized, so that all traces of their original race have been lost, often appeared to me a surprising fact. This holds good according to Rengger' with the dogs even in so isolated a country as Paraguay. I formerly attributed this mongrelization merely to the breeds not baving been kept separate and to the greater vigour of cross-bred off- spring; but if the females often prefer strangers to their old companions, as seems to be the case, according to Nordenskiéld, in Siberia, and in Syria as shown in the following essay, then we can readily understand how rapid and complete would be the progress of mongrelization. I will now give without further comment the essay which Dr. W. Van Dyck, Lecturer on Zoology to the Protestant College at Beyrout, who has had excellent opportunities for obser- vations during a residence of twenty years, has been so kind as to send me. On the Modification of a Race of Syrian Street-Dogs by means of Sexual Selection. By W. Van Dycx, M.D. Beyrout is one of the principal ports on the Syrian coast, and has a population of from eighty to one hundred thousand. Like most Oriental cities, its system of street-cleansing is far from perfect, and much of the scavenging is left to the street-dogs, many hundreds of which roam at large through the town and suburbs, picking up a sub- sistence as they best can. Twenty years ago, and previously, these dogs were quite a homogeneous. race, the following being a rough description of a typical specimen :—height at shoulder, 20-22 in. ; length from muzzle to root of tail 32-34 in. ; length of tail, 12-15 in. ; colour sandy grey, with some variety of shades (rarely so light as to pass for dirty white), in most cases distinctly darker above than beneath, and not unfrequently grizzled or brindled ; head of medium size, with rather pointed snout and small pointed semipendulous ears ; tail bushy, usually carried up over the back, sometimes much curled ; general aspect decidedly jackal-like, or semi-wolfish ; disposition cowardly, seldom savage. The only departures worthy of mention from the above type, at the time of which I write, were occasional black dogs, mostly with shorter hair than that of the sandy ones, rarely piebald black-and-white specimens. At the present date, the case is very different. The sandy-grey colour still prevails, it is true ; but there is hardly an imaginable colour or combination of colours ' ‘ Naturgeschichte der Saugethiere von Paraguay,’ 1830, p. 154, 25* 370 DR. VAN DYCK ON SYRIAN STREET-DOGS. [Apr. 18, which may not be found ; and in form, size, and proportions of trunk and limbs, shape of head, form and size of ears, length and closeness of hair, length, bushiness, and carriage of tail there is nearly as much diversity. Twenty years ago but few persons in this city owned dogs of any foreign breed whatsoever; but pointers, poodles, terriers, a few greyhounds and setters, and occasionally Newfoundlands, retrievers, and mastiffs have since been imported, and to some extent bred here. By far the majority of foreign dogs to be found in Beyrout at any time are smaller and decidedly weaker than the original natives ; very few indeed can range the streets unaccompanied by their masters, without running a considerable risk of more or less serious injury from the street-dogs. Despite their marked muscular inferi- ority, however, the foreign dogs have succeeded in mongrelizing the whole race of street-dogs so thoroughly that it is now no easy matter to find one of these which does not bear unmistakable evidence of a foreign strain. To account for this, I can confidently cite the following facts from my own personal observation and experience :—1st. Native bitches very often manifest a decided preference for certain foreign dogs; and I have repeatedly seen such a bitch reject, one after another, a train of kindred suitors, to accept without hesitation a thorough-bred pointer. My brother once owned a French pointer named Jack, quite small, but beautifully proportioned, and of a uniform golden fawn colour. This dog was so great a favourite with the opposite sex of the native breed, that he led an exceedingly “gay” life. Pointer bitches, on the contrary, not unfrequently refused him for the sake of a street-dog. 2nd. Pointers and other well-bred bitches are frequently so decided and persistent in their preference for street- dogs (usually for some particular individual, unseen it may be, but communicated with by the voice), that they will go barren whole seasons rather than accept mates chosen for them by their masters. In such cases, a moment’s carelessness or inattention is sufficient to ensure a litter of mongrel pups, which, if not destroyed in puppy- hood, are very apt eventually to find their way into the street, there to multiply the chance of infection for the whole race. 3rd. Mongrel strains are most strongly pronounced in the:suburbs, where street-dogs are rather less numerous than in the heart of the city, and where sly and runaway matches are favoured by hedgerows, shrubbery, &c. &c. In the city itself, on the contrary, where the chances are ten to one that claims will be settled by the law of battle, the foreign taint is not so evident; indeed a casual observer might easily overlook it in many instances ; and if any pure-blooded representatives of the old stock are still in existence, it must bein the most thickly stocked quarter, where butcher’s shops are many and very near together and street-dogs proportionately numerous. 1882. ] ON MAMMALIA FROM CENTRAL MEXICO. 371 3. On a small Collection of Mammalia from Central Mexico. By Oxprietp Tuomas, F.Z.S., British Museum. [Received April 3, 1882.] Mr. A. Forrer, one of Messrs. Salvin and Godman’s collectors, has recently sent to London a small collection of Mammalia from the State of Durango, Central Mexico ; and I have been asked to publish a list of the species contained in it, in order that any additional in- formation to be gained from a collection made in such an interesting locality might be incorporated in the forthcoming Introduction to the Mammalian volume of the ‘Biologia Centrali-Americana. The specimens were all collected either at Ciudad, a village on the Sierra Madre, 8100 feet above the sea, or at Ventanas, another village in the same district, but only 2000 feet in altitude. It is noteworthy that, of the twelve species in the collection the ranges of which extend beyond Mexico into either North or Central America, just half are Nearctic and half Neotropical, and that, in the case of no less than seven of them, their discovery at Durango adds considerably to their hitherto known ranges. Of these seven, four are Neotropical and were obtained, with the exception of the Raccoon, at the comparatively lowland village of Ventanas, while the other three, of Nearctic origin, were all found at Ciudad, high up in the mountains. 1. VESPERUGO SEROTINUs, var. FuscUS, Beauv. Two specimens. Ciudad. 2. NATALUS STRAMINEUS, Gray. Six specimens. Ventanas. Not hitherto recorded north of Mirador, Vera Cruz. From this series it would appear that the bright orange or straw- colour from which the species derives its name, is confined to the adult males, the females being simply pale grey. 3. ARTIBEUS CINEREUS, Gerv. Two specimens. Ventanas. This is the most northern locality recorded. There are other specimens from Mexico in the British Museum and elsewhere; but these seem mostly to have been collected in Southern Mexico, and have in no case any exact locality noted. 4, VULPES VIRGINIANUS, Schr. Two specimens. Ciudad, July 21 and Sept. 30, 1881. 5. Procyon cANcRIvoRuws, Cuv. One specimen. Ciudad, Sept. 16, 1881. For remarks on the northern distribution of this species, see Biol. Cent.-Am., Mamm. Supp. p. 208. 6. Meruiris MAcruRA, Licht. Two specimens. Ciudad, Sept. 14 and Oct. 1, 1881. 372 ON MAMMALIA FROM CENTRAL MEXICO. — [Apr. 18, 7. Scrurus ABERTI, Woodh. Two specimens. Ciudad, Aug. 7 and Oct. 14, 1881. This is the first occurrence recorded of the present species in the region included in the ‘ Biologia Centrali-Americana.’ It has been hitherto only known from Colorado, Arizona, and New Mexico. These specimens, however, exactly agree with the figure given by Dr. Baird of his S. castanonotus ', which Mr. Allen has determined to be a synonym of S. aberti’. 8. ScruRUS GRISEOFLAVUS, Gray. Two specimens. Ciudad, Sept. 19 and Nov. 14, 1881. 9, TAMIAS ASIATICUS, Var. QUADRIVITTATUS, Rich. Two specimens. Ciudad, July 6, 1881. This is the first time that specimens of the genus 7'’amias have been obtained in Mexico. It is true that Mr. Allen® has stated his opinion that another species, 7’. harrisi, Aud. and Bach., probably extends into Western Mexico; but the evidence was not sufficient for Mr. Alston to include the genus in the ‘ Biologia.’ It is interest- ing to observe that it is the bright-coloured variety quadrivittatus, and not the pale washed-out var. dorsalis of New Mexico, Nevada, and Arizona, that is now found by Mr. Forrer in Durango. This fact is of course confirmatory of Mr. Allen’s opinion that 7. dorsalis is not specifically separable from 7. asiaticus, since we find the usual northern form reappearing as soon as the desert region inhabited by T. dorsalis is past and the country is again fertile and well wooded. 10. SPERMOPHILUS GRAMMURUS, Say. One specimen. Ciudad, August 20, 1881. 11. HesPpeROMYs LEUCOPUS, var. SONORIENSIS, LeC. Two specimens. Ciudad. 12. OcHETODON MEXICANUS, De Sauss. Two specimens. Ciudad. 13. Arvicota MEexicAnus, De Sauss. Two specimens. Ciudad. 14. Tuomomys TALPorpDEs, Rich. Two specimens. Ciudad, July 24, 1881. The most southern loca- lity yet recorded. 15. TaTusiA NOvEmcINCTA, Linn. One specimen. Ventanas, Sept. 14, 1881. 16. DipeLpHys MurRINA, Linn. Two specimens. Ventanas. The most northern locality recorded. 1 Mamm. N. Am. p. 266, pl. lxv. 2 Mon. N,-Am. Rod. p. 735, 1877. 3 Tom. cit. p. 812. 18$2.] ON MAMMALS AND BIRDS FROM EASTERN PERU. 373 4. On some Mammals and Birds collected by Mr. J. Haux- well in Eastern Peru. By Epwarp Barruerr, Curator of the Maidstone Museum. [Received March 29, 1882. ] Some time ago I received a collection of mammals and birds from Mr. J. Hauxwell, collected by him in the neighbourhood of Nauta, Elvira, and Loretoyacu, on the banks of the Peruvian Amazons. I regret to say that, my time having been otherwise occupied, I have been prevented from bringing an account of this collection before the Society sooner. However, I think that my notes will be acceptable to those interested in distribution (to which I have already contri- buted largely), as increasing our knowledge of the avifauna of that vast region. The collection contained 136 species, 121 of which had been previously obtained during my four years’ residence in Peru. But there are 15 species among them not mentioned in my list (which appeared in the ‘ Proceedings’ of the Society for 1873, p. 252); and two of the 15 appear to be new to science, although closely allied to forms already known from the same localities. One belongs to the genus Thamnophilus, and the other to the genus Crypturus. It is not my intention to give the names of the 121 species, because they are enumerated in the catalogue above alluded to, but only to refer to those which do not appear in that list. By the list above referred to I find that the number of species collected by Mr. Bates, Hauxwell, and myself, was 473. L now add 15 species, raising the total to 488. I here take the opportunity of thanking Mr. Osbert Salvin for his kindness in determining some of the more obscure species, and for pronouncing the two birds new or undetermined. MamMALs. The three mammals new to the list were as follows :—Ateles variegata, Wagner (=Ateles bartletti, Gray); Phyllostoma has- tatum (Pall.); and Galera barbara, Retz.,—all from Elvira. Brrps. 1. Henicoruina Leucosticra, Cab. Elvira, E. Peru. ‘‘ Iris brown.” 2. FurNARIUS LEUCOPUS, Sw. Elvira. 3. SYNALLAXIS HYPOSTICTA, Pelz. Elvira. “Iris white, legs greenish.” 4, Nasica LoneirRosTRIs (Licht.). Elvira. “ ¢. Iris brown.” 374 ON MAMMALS AND BIRDS FROM EASTERN PERU. [Apr. 18, 5. THAMNOPHILUS LORETOYACUENSIS, Sp. NOv. Similis Th. atricapillo, sed dorso cinereo nigro mixto, nec brunneo. Hab. Loretoyacu. “Iris brown”? (Haurwell). This bird is so closely allied to Thamnophilus atricapillus, that I am somewhat reluctant to give it a specific appellation, although Mr. Salvin writes to me and says “I think the Thamnophilus sufficiently distinct to be worthy of a name,” and Dr. Cabanis also writes :—‘ Concerning your Thamnophilus loretoyacuensis, I believe it to be a good species. This bird is much larger than 7’. atrica- pillus, and has the back and vent cinereous.” The bird called T. atricapillus (P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 273, no. 10), which I obtained on the Upper Ucayali river, is the same as the present species. 6. GRALLARIA MACULARIA, Temm. Loretoyacu. A male of this rare species. ‘‘ Iris yellow.” 7. TITYRA SEMIFASCIATA, Spix. Elvira. ‘‘ Iris red.” 8. GALBULA CHALCOTHORAX, Sclat. Mon. Galbulide, pl. x. . 37, Jan. 1880. Elvira. 9. Praya cayana, L. Elvira. ‘‘ Iris red.” 10. Capito nicer (Mill.). Loretoyacu. “Iris red.” ~ I 11. ARA MACAVUANNA, Wagl. Elvira. ‘Iris grey; naked skin round the eye yellow.” 12. HypotTriorcuis RUFIGULARIS (Daud.). Nauta. ‘Iris brown.” A single skin of this bird was in the collection ; and I am now convinced that many of the small Falcons observed by me during my residence in Nauta were referable to this species, although I could not obtain a single specimen: they were so wild and difficult to approach. 13. GLAUCIDIUM PHALZNOIDES (Vieill.). Loretoyacu. ‘“ 2. Iris bright yellow.” 14. TrRINGOIDES HYPOLEUCOs, L. Elvira. ‘“ Iris brown.” 15. CRypTURUS BALSTONI, Sp. Nov. Species similis C. asperso, sed ventre cinereo et lateribus dorso concoloribus distinguenda. Hab. Elvira. “ 3. Iris light brown” (Hauswell). P45 .1862. Pee 12. Ek: Edwin Wilson.del.et lith . Mintern Bros.imp - LAND -SHELLS FROM MADAGASCAR. “Ya P.Z.5. 1662.22 Edwin Wilson del et hth Mintern Bros ump .- LAND & FRESHWATER-SHELLS FROM MADAGASCAR . 1882.] | ON THE MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF MADAGASCAR. 375 Although this species is so closely connected with C. aspersus and C. vermiculatus, I think it deserves to be separated from them at present. Dr. Cabanis, when answering my questions respecting this species, says:—‘‘ Your Orypturus is not very different from C. adspersus, Licht. (which I consider identical with C. vermiculatus, Temm., Wagl.). The chief differences are that the vent is not whitish, but cinereous, and the flanks brownish like the back, not light ferruginous. I would consider your bird as the Peruvian form of the Brazilian C. aspersus.” I have named this bird after Mr. R. J. Balston. I may here mention that Crypturus bartletti, Scl. et Salv. (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1873, p. 311), was obtained at Santa Cruz on the Hual- laga river, E. Peru, not at Santa Cruz de la Sierra, as there stated in error. 5. A Contribution to the Molluscan Fauna of Madagascar. By Epear A. Situ. [Received April 12, 1882. ] (Plates XXI. & XXII.) Much still remains to be done before our knowledge of the terres- trial and fluviatile Mollusca of Madagascar will attain any thing like completeness. With the exception of Achatina fulica, Helix mag- nifica, and one or two others, I am not aware that the animals of any of the numerous species of shells already described from this island have been examined. Of non-operculate land-shells about eighty are now known, of operculate species about seventy-five, and about fifty forms have been recorded from the lakes and rivers; this computation includes the new species about to be described, and a few hereafter mentioned for the first time as inhabitants of Mada- gascar, which were originally described without localities. One minute species, Helix barrakporensis, has not previously been met with except in India, where it may have been introduced, as is the case with the large Achatina fulica, a most abundant shell in some parts of Madagascar and also at the Mauritius. A small South- African bivalve shell, Limosina ferruginea, is now cited for the first time as an inhabitant of the island; and Spherium madagascariense of Tristram is scarcely separable from another African species, S. capense of Krauss. Four species belonging to genera not previously known from Madagascar are now described ; these are Vitrina mada- gascariensis, Cleopatra trabonjiensis, Corbicula madagascariensis, and Pisidium johnsoni. Part of the collection which is here reported upon was liberally presented to the British Museum by Mr. W. Johnson, who has re- cently returned to England, and to whom much praise is due for so carefully noting the precise localities where he collected the various species ; and on this account his name will be found associated with 376 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE [Apr. 18, several of his own interesting discoveries. ‘The remaining portion was obtained from the Rev. W. Deans Cowan, and was collected by him in a more southern part of the island than that visited by Mr. Johnson. It also contains several very interesting forms, notably the species of Vitrina previously referred to, and the Bulimus nigrilineatus of Reeve, belonging to a section (/thachis) of that im- mense group of land-snails which was hitherto unknown in Mada- gascar. A, GASTROPODA. CyCLOsTOMA MACAREZ, Var. Hab. Betsileo (Cowan). The typical form of this species, described by Petit, was originally collected in the south part of Madagascar, near Saint Augustin. The more northern variety from Betsileo is rather more coarsely sculp- tured, and has a distinct peripherical black zone, and sometimes a broader but less distinct one on the upper part of the last whorl. CYCLOSTOMA BETSILEOENSE, sp. nov. (Plate XXI. fig. 2.) Shell umbilicated, turbinate-globose, thinnish, finely spirally lirate, encircled with two more prominent white keels, one at the middle of the body-whorl, and the other above, decussated by close lines of growth ; cinereous (except the reddish spire), copiously striped longi- tudinally with a brownish colour, with a few spiral purple-black lines and zones, one just beneath the central white carina, broader than the rest, and a rosy stripe outside the labrum. Whorls 53, separated by a narrowly channelled suture, which is beautifully clathrated by the lines of growth. Two nuclear whorls smooth, con- vex, forming an obtuse apex ; the rest convex, but appearing a little angular at ora little above the middle, where the upper carina is situated. The visible spiral threads are six in number on the ante- penultimate whorl, about twelve on the penultimate (including the two white keels), and nearly doubie the latter number upon the upper half of the body-whorl, the lower part having as many as thirty-two to thirty-five, those around the umbilicus being a trifle coarser than the rest, the interstices being everywhere decussated by the lines of growth. The spiral lineation is constant in three out of five examples, is chiefly confined to the last whorl, and is most conspicuous within the aperture when the shell is held up to the light. There are two lines above the upper white keel, two between it and the lower one, and about six beneath the latter, the uppermost being much broader than the rest. Aperture subcircular, chestnut within, very dark towards the outer lip, showing the external lines and bands, a little higher than wide. Peristome acute, white on the columellar margin, only narrowly reflexed, flatly and more widely expanded on the right or outer margin, pink, except at the upper part towards the suture. Greatest diameter 25 millim., height 25. Hab. Betsileo (Cowan). In some respects C. pu/chellum of Sowerby approaches this species. 1882. } MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF MADAGASCAR. 377 The peristome is very similar; and the sculpture is somewhat of the same character. Still there are differences of form, of colour, in the sutures, and in the size of the aperture, which readily distinguish these forms, which no doubt inhabit different districts of the island. Var. a. Shell with a less elevated spire, shorter and broader whorls, more widely umbilicated, with a larger and more oblique mouth, and the outer lip not stained with rose. Greatest diam. 30 millim., height 24. Hab. Betsileo (Cowan). Var. 6 (Plate XXI. fig. 3). Shell a trifle more ventricose than var. a, with the umbilicus similar to that of the type, but the aperture larger and the peristome white, with the body-whorl smoother, with fewer and subobsolete spiral liree, except within and around the umbilicus. Greatest diam. 30 millim., height 263. Hab. Betsileo (Cowan). CycCLOSTOMA CONGENER, sp. nov. (Plate XXI. fig. 1.) Shell openly umbilicated, subdepressedly turbinate, rather smooth, _ obsoletely spirally sulcate, striated with lines of growth which are puckered and distinct at the sutures; bright yellow, longitudinally streaked with a darker tint, dark cinereous behind the white expanded lip, encircled at the periphery by a vivid purple-brown band and with two or three hair-like lines of a paler colour, both above and below the middle. Spire elevated, conical, ending in a bluish obtuse tip. Whorls 53, very convex; the last large, strongly lirate around and within the umbilicus, where it is stained with purple- brown. Aperture large, oblique, ovate-subcireular, light brown within except near the lip, where it becomes of a very dark chestnut- brown or nearly black, this colour extending along the inside of the columellar edge. External band and lines visible within. Peristome roundly expanded and reflexed, white, broad on the dextral margin, narrower on the columellar side. Greatest diam. 34 millim., height 30. Hab. Tanala province (Cowan). This form approaches most closely to C. consanguineum of Sowerby (= C. obsoletum of Reeve, not of Lamarck), but may be distin- guished by its greater size, its yellow colour, dark apex, and rather more elevated spire. Both species have the same disposition of the spiral bands and lines—namely a single central broad zone, two narrower ones between it and the suture, which are visible on the spire, and two others beneath it and around the lower surface of the whorl. In some specimens of C. consanguineum some of the sulci around the umbilicus are also of a dark colour. On holding up a specimen of C. congener to the light, three lines above and three below the broad band are generally observable. C. obsoletum of Lamarck, according to Delessert’s figure (Recueil, pl. 29. f. 11a) 378 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE [Apr. 18, has five or six lines on the penultimate whorl, and is a more elevated shell than C. consanguineum (= obsoletum, Rve.), in both these respects agreeing very well with C. madagascariense of Gray, which I consider almost identical with, or at most only a slight variety of, C. unicarinatum of Lamarck (non C. unicarinatum of Sowerby, Pfeiffer, and Reeve, = C. fulvifrons, Sowerby). CycLosToMA JOHNSONI, sp. nov. (Plate XXI. figs. 4, 5.) Shell small but thickish ; white, with a single purple-brown zone a little below the middle of the body-whorl ; openly umbilicated, finely lirate upon the spire, smoother upon the last volution, especially on the lower surface, striated by lines of growth. Whorls 5, convex, separated by a deep suture, first two smooth, the third with about five fine spiral lire, the penultimate with about eight rather finer ones, increasing in number but much more feebly developed upon the upper half of the last whorl, and quite obsolete beneath the periphery, and scarcely traceable within the umbilicus. Aperture a trifle oblique, subcircular, a little longer than wide, white, with the single band. Peristome continuous, expanded all round, rather more so on the columellar side than on the opposite margin. Greatest diameter 14 millim., height 133; aperture 8 long, 63 wide. Hab. South of Trabonjy, north-west central part of Madagascar (Johnson). This very interesting species is not likely to be confounded with any previously described ; and I have much pleasure in associating with it the name of its discoverer. It is a comparatively smooth shell, characterized by the simplicity of its coloration and the non- lirate lower surface of the body-whorl. : CycLOsTOMA LINEATUM, Pfeiffer. Cyclostoma lineatum, Pfeiffer, Conch. Cab. pl. 45. f. 3,4 ; Smith, P. Z.S. 1881, p. 278 (as var. of O. insulare, Pfr.). Hab. Valley of Marohogo near Mojonga, north-west Madagascar (Johnson). The specimen from the above locality is exactly similar in all respects to the type of this species, which at one time I considered a variety of CU. insulare. As the localities prove to be different, I now think it better to keep the two forms separate. Some small varieties of C. insulare from the country between Lake Nyassa and the east coast of Africa, referred to by me in the ‘ Proceedings,’ approach very closely the present species. None of them, however, are absolutely identical, the umbilicus being a little more contracted, the spire a trifle lower, and the liration around and within the umbilicus decidedly coarser. In C. lineatum this is unusually fine. Pfeiffer described the shell as smooth; but this is not correct. To the unaided eye such appears to be the case; but on making use of a lens, the fine brown lines are seen to be elevated (dire), and the lines of growth are by no means iticonspicuous. The spiral lines number about twelve on the penultimate whorl, alternately fine and 1882. ] MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF MADAGASCAR. 379 still finer. CO. sarcodes, Pfr., is still higher in the spire, with higher volutions, and more strongly lirate, especially on the lower surface of the last whorl. VITRINA MADAGASCARIENSIS, sp. nov. (Plate XXI. figs. 6, 7.) Shell ventricose, depressed, very thin, diaphanous; pale greenish yellow, with a brown line at the suture, and with the upper part of the outer lip of the same colour, brilliantly glossy. Spire small, a little elevated and obtuse at the apex. Whorls 33, convex, deep, and margined above at the suture ; the first 15 microscopically decussated in a beautiful manner by minute spiral striee and very fine lines of growth, the last two lacking the spiral strie. Body-whorl large, with distinct, here and there subplicate, lines of growth, on the lower surface exhibiting indications of interrupted concentric striz. Aper- ture subhorizontal, large. Columella arcuate, thin, wrinkled, as is also the base of the peristome. Greatest diam. 154 millim., smaller 12, height 9. Hab. Betsileo (Cowan). This I believe is the only species of Vitrina at present known from Madagascar ; and it bears some resemblance to certain forms of the genus from South Africa, Heurx (Nanina?) Batstonr, Angas. H. balstoni, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877, p. 528, pl. 54. f. 5. Hab. Interior of Madagascar (Angas); forest 36 miles east of Antananarivo (Johnson). The specimen presented to the British Museum by Mr. Johnson is narrowly perforated, in which respect alone it differs from the description of this species given by Angas. Two other shells in the Museum are also narrowly perforate ; and even the above-quoted figure looks as if the example delineated were likewise umbilicate ; so that it is possible the species was described as “imperforate ”’ accidentally. Hexix (Nanina?) CLEAMEsI, sp. nov. (Plate XXI. figs. 8, 9.) Shell very thin, semitransparent, vinous horn-colour, narrowly perforate, suborbiculately conical, keeled at the periphery, marked with curved lines of growth crossed and rendered minutely granular on the spire by fine concentric striz, more finely concentrically striated on the under surface, more glossy and not granulated. Spire with slightly convex outlines, shortly conical, ending in an obtuse tip, Whorls 6, a little convex, regularly increasing, a little depressed near the lower submarginal suture, or, in other words, just above their periphery. Last volution keeled above the middle, the carina being less marked near the outer lip. Base convex. Aper- ture somewhat oblique, lunate. Outer lip obliquely arcuate above the feeble carination, straightish or even a little sinuated below it in a very slanting or receding direction. Columella narrowly expanded and reflexed over the perforation, forming below, with the basal edge, a regular wide curve. 380 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE [Apr. 18, Greatest width 26 millim., height 17. Hab. Ankafana, Betsileo province (Cowan). There is only one other Madagascar Helix which is likely to be confounded with this species, namely H. balstoni of Angas. The latter has the whole surface minutely sculptured with raised criss- cross strie in addition to the lines of growth. It is also more acutely carinate, has a less convex spire, and the body-whorl is con- siderably smaller and less inflated below the periphery. In H. cleamesi the sculpture consists of concentric strie crossing the lines of increase and rendering them beautifully granular on the upper surface. Hevix (KaLieLLA) BARRAKPORENSIS, Pfeiffer. Helix (Kaliella) barrakporensis, Pfeiffer, Conch. Cab. pl. 147, f. 20-22; Reeve, Con. Ic. f. 816; Hanley, Conch. Indica, pl. 87. GS: Hab. About 30 miles east of Antananarivo (Johnson). On comparing the three specimens of this species from the above locality with a series from Simla in India, presented to the British Museum by Capt. T. Hutton, and also with the types described by Pfeiffer, I am unable to find any distinction, and consequently con- clude that this species (like Achatina fulica) has been introduced into India. Hexirx (HELICcoPHANTA) BICINGULATA, Sp. nov. (Plate XXI. figs. 13, 14.) Helix cornu-giganteum, Angas (non Chemnitz), Proc. Zool. Soe. 1877, p- 527. H. guestiertana, Angas (non Crosse), op. cit. 1878, p. 312. Shell large, ovate, ventricose, imperforate or narrowly rimate ; light olive-brown above, darker brown towards the lip, with the lower surface beneath the periphery still deeper in tint, encircled by two dark-brown slightly raised narrow bands, one at the peri- phery, the other and more distinct one above it. Spire depressed, convex, only a little raised above the body-whorl. Volutions 4, very rapidly increasing, convex, separated by a deepish suture ; two upper ones striated by simple arcuate lines of growth; the third coarsely granular, the lines of growth being but feebly expressed ; the last very large, much descending in front, granular at its com- mencement, the granules gradually disappearing and replaced by close, oblique, short indentations, also exhibiting five or six nearly obsolete concentric ridges above the upper brown zone, and two or three between it and the lower one, the lines of increase being more distinct upon this than the preceding whorl. Lower surface swollen around the umbilical region, marked with arcuate Jines of growth, and oblique, close, short indentations like the upper surface, rounded at the periphery. Aperture obliquely elongate, bluish lilac within. Lip whitish, expanded, reflexed. Columella thickened, arched forward a trifle just beneath the umbilicus, very granular, expanded and reflexed over the. perforation, sometimes not quite closing it, 1882. | MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF MADAGASCAR. 381 united to the outer lip by a very thin granulated callosity, coating the whorl within the aperture. . Greatest diameter 76 millim., smallest 58, height (resting on its base) 35. Hab, Ekongo, South-east Madagascar (Waters). This is the species erroneously considered by Mr. Angas to be the H. guestieriana of Crosse, which much more closely resembles H. ibaraoensis of the former author. H. guestieriana is a more globose shell, with a higher penultimate whorl, a shorter aperture, a smooth columella, and a smooth callosity upon the body-whorl, which is encircled by several slightly raised ridges of more equal size than in H. bicingulata. The granular and slightly arched-forward columella in the latter species, the obliquely indented surface of the body- whorl, and the two very conspicuous brown slightly raised girdles around it, the lower one bordered by an indistinct pale one above, distinguish this from the allied forms, H. cornu-giganteum, H. bet- sileoensis, H. ibaracensis, and H. guestieriana. The first two are openly umbilicated, the third generally imperforate (in about fifty specimens I have seen a few with a narrow perforation) ; and the last is said to be “narrowly subrimate.”’ H. detsileoensis has the columella granular as in the present species ; in the other three it is smooth. In H. ibaraoensis the callus uniting the columella and the outer lip and spreading over the whorl within the aperture is con- spicuously granulated, and the epidermis is nearly black towards the lip. All the five species here remarked upon are, no doubt, offshoots from one original progenitor ; still I have found no difficulty in recog- nizing any specimen which has yet beenexamined, Probably no two exist in precisely the same locality. The following is the distribution as at present known :— A. cornu-giganteum. Hab. Island of Agalega, N.E. of Madagascar (teste Sir David Barclay !). H. guestieriana. Hab. Madagascar (no precise locality known). H. betsilevensis. Hab. S.E. Betsileo (Angas) ; Tanala country (Deans Cowan). H. ibaraoensis. Hab. 8.E. Betsileo (dngas) ; Tanala country (Deans Cowan). Hi. bicingulata. Hab. Ekongo, south-east of the island (Waters). Heurx (Macrocycris?) covani, Smith. (Plate XXI. figs. 10-12.) Helix (Macrocyclis?) covani, Smith, Journ. of Conch. vol. ii. p. 338. Hab. Ankafana, Betsileo province (Cowan). This species was originally described from a single specimen which 382 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE [Apr. 18, did not illustrate the full size attained by adult shells. The largest and apparently full-grown example recently brought to England by Mr. Cowan has a greatest diameter of 45 millim., is 34 across at the smallest diameter, and 20 high, resting upon its base. The peristome is not thickened or expanded on the upper margin, but is simple and arcuate. Heurx (Ampewira) sHAvi, Smith. (Plate XXII. figs. 1-3.) Helix (Ampelita) shavi, Smith, Journ. of Conch. 1879, vol. ii. p. 339. Hab. Tanala province (Cowan). In this instance also, as with H. covani, the dimensions given in the above work are not those attained at times by this species. The largest before me is 35 millim. across the greatest width, and 28 at the smallest. All retain the character of the last whorl descending in front, and have the labrum more or less (sometimes entirely) violet- brown. Hevix (AMPELITA) PERCYANA, Smith. Helix (Ampelita) percyana, Smith, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1880, p. 485, pl. 48. f. 12, 12a. Hab. Ankafana, Betsileo (Cowan). Of this species, originally described from a unique specimen in Dr. Percy’s collection, I have now seen four more, very similar to the type, and differing from one another only in the disposition and quantity of the remarkable opaque creamy-yellow zigzag markings. Sometimes the expanded outer lip is of a livid purple colour. Buuimus (RHACHIS) NIGRILINEATUS, Reeve. (Plate XXII. fig. 4.) Hab. Betsileo (Cowan) ; ——? (Reeve). The type of this species, described by Reeve (Conch. Icon. pl. 77. fig. 567), is of immature growth. The name is not a charac- teristic one; for the lines are not black, but of a bronzy brown colour. Their disposition and number appear tolerably constant. There are two around the middle of the last whorl, of which the upper is a trifle the broader ; a third is situated above these, inter- mediate between them and the suture; a fourth encircles the base; and at times two or three finer ones are met with in the same part; and in the immediate region of the columella the shell is horny and pellucid, contrasting conspicuously with the rest of the opaque yellow surface. The whorls are seven in number, rather convex, sculptured with lines of growth and microscopical spiral strie. The apex is brownish horn-colour and not very acute. The columella is perpendicular and rather straight, narrowly reflexed above, thus forming a slight rimation. STENoGyRA (CLAVATOR) JOHNSONI, sp.nov. (Plate XXII. fig. 5.) Shell moderately thick, imperforate, elongate, subcylindrical, slightly shining ; rich brown, with darker streaks here and there, 1882. | MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF MADAGASCAR. 383 paler towards the apex, where the epidermis is mostly worn off, leaving a white surface; last whorl indistinctly transversely zoned and lineated with dark brown. Volutions 7, rather convex, regu- larly increasing, longitudinally striated by the lines of growth, which are more or less puckered beneath the suture, and at times some- what wrinkled through being crossed by a few obsolete transverse strie. The extreme upper edge of the whorls is yellow at the suture. Body-whorl scarcely descending in front. Aperture in- versely auriform, blue within, occupying three eighths of the entire length of the shell. Outer lip thickened within, dirty whitish. Inner lip of the same colour, thickened also, narrowly expanded in the umbilical region, joined to the labrum above by a thin callus. Length 53 millim., width 21 ; aperture 20 long, 113 broad. Hab. Near the river Anonive, about fifty miles south of the capital, Antananarivo (W. Johnson). This species might be regarded by some as a dwarf form of S. eximia, Shuttleworth ; but, besides size, there are other distinctions. Mr. Johnson says he never could find the larger species at the above locality, nor did he ever meet with the smaller one in company with it elsewhere. As the last whorl in the present species scarcely descends at all, the suture is less oblique than in S. evimia; the surface is less puckered by transverse striz, the breadth of the shell is greater in proportion to its length, the last whorl is less cylin- drical, the columella is not so broadly reflexed or flattened in front, and the aperture is narrower at the base. MELANATRIA JOHNSONI, sp. nov. (Plate XXII. figs. 6, 7.) Shell large, elongate-pyramidal, turreted, thick, covered with an olive epidermis, closely lineated or strigate with longitudinal lines of a darker tint. Whorls —?, the remaining nine excavated at the upper part, very slightly convex beneath, strongly spirally ribbed and grooved. The ribs are six in number on the upper whorls and rounded; the two above are much more slender than the four beneath; the uppermost borders the suture; the next lies in the concavity at the top of the whorls; and the rest surround the slight convexity, and are three times as broad as the sulci separating them. All the whorls, with the exception of the last four, are coronated at the slight angle below the excavation with very short, hollow, oblique spinules; and some of the spiral grooves exhibit rows of fine granules. The last whorl descends somewhat, giving the shell a slightly distorted appearance ; it is girded with about twelve trans- verse costee, a few at the base being smaller than five principal ones around the middle. The aperture is bluish within, faintly stained with olive-brown near the margins. Peristome widely and deeply sinuated on the outer lip in the concavity of the whorl, arcuate and prominent in the middle, then shallowly sinuated again (vide fig. 7). Columellar margin thickened, free, arcuate, reflexed, ending in a distinct basal sinus. Length 78 millim., diam. 24; aperture 24 across diagonally, and 16 in a transverse direction. Proc. Zoor. Soc.—1882, No. XXVI. 26 384 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE [Apr. 18, Hab. River Kamony, in the north-west of the island (W. John- son). this very striking shell is not uncommon in the above locality ; and it is surprising that so large a species has not been brought to Europe before. It cannot be confounded with any of the other forms of Melanatria, being so remarkable on account of the very strong spiral ridges. Like many freshwater shells, this is also generally coated with a black earthy deposit. CLEOPATRA TRABONJIENSIS, sp. noy. (Plate XXII. figs. 10, 11.) Shell narrowly umbilicated, turbinate, thinnish, yellowish olive, with several transverse black lines and zones. Apex worn away. Remaining volutions 33, convex, bicarinate. Keels black; the upper one situated rather above the middle of the whorls, giving them a tabulated appearance, the lower one close to the suture; these keels are more or less obsolete on the body-whorl, especially near the lip. In addition the lower part of this volution is finely concentrically lirate, the ridges being rugose in consequence of being crossed by the lines of increment, which are rather conspicuous, and at times puckered at the carine. The entire surface is also micro- scopically striated in a spiral direction. Aperture roundly ovate, showing the external coloration. Lip thin. Columellar margin a little expanded and reflexed, whitish, joined above to the extremity of the outer lip by a very thin callosity. Operculum very concave exteriorly, brown ; nucleus paucispiral, situated about halfway be- tween the centre and the columellar edge. Length 12 millim., diam. 7 ; aperture 6 long, 43 wide. Hab. A small lake at Trabonjy, in the north-west central part of the island (Johnson). The carination of the volutions, the minute spiral striation, the thinness of the shell, its umbilicus, and other features distinguish this species from Paludomus madagascariensis of Brot. In addition to the two dark keels, the upper part of the whorls has a broad zone at the suture, and the body-whorl has a similar band around the base in addition to one or two narrower ones above. AMPULLARIA MADAGASCARIENSIS, sp. nov. (Plate XXII. figs. 8, 9.) Shell subglobose, narrowly umbilicated, moderately thick, sculp- tured with lines of growth and more or less distinct microscopic spiral strize; greenish olive, with numerous purple-brown transverse lines and zones. Whorls 6, flattened and broadly excavated above, convex at the sides, divided by a deep, pale sutural line; the last malleated in front, the aperture being towards the eye. First three whorls generally eroded and purple-black ; when perfect, in young shells, very distinctly spirally striated. Aperture ovate-pyriform, purple-brown within, yellowish on the columella and towards the lip, where the spiral lines and zones are particularly vivid. Peristome simple, the columellar margin being well curved and a little reflexed, connected with the termination of the outer lip by a very thin 1882. ] MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF MADAGASCAR. 385 deposit of callus, before the deposition of which the starting-point of the columella is conspicuously defined by a transverse white line, which starts just above the umbilicus and winds round the penul- timate whorl within the aperture. Operculum generally dirty lilac on the inside, but sometimes white or horny-brown. Height 50 millim.; greatest diam. 49, smallest 38; aperture 36 long, 23 wide. Hab. In a marsh, north of Antananarivo (Johnson) ; Imerina province (Cowan). In form this species is not unlike A. largillierti of Philippi, but it is quite distinct in several respects. The spiral striation is finer, the umbilicus broader ; the aperture is not angular or effuse at the base, nor has the last whorl the rounded keel or ridge at the base around the umbilical fissure. A. cecillei, Phil., appears to be more ovate, with less tabulated whorls, has a higher spire, and is differently coloured. It is only in adult specimens that the commencement of the aperture near the lip is yellow. The columella is also of that colour in full-grown shells, but bluish white in young ones. This species appears to arrive at maturity after two years’ growth, as all the large specimens exhibit a dark longitudinal stripe or former lip just before the completion of the fifth whorl. In the young state this is very thin, and the colour is horny-brown, and not greenish olive like the last large whorl of the aduit. LIMN&A HOVARUM, Tristram. Limnea hovarum, Tristram, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1863, p. 61. Hab. Ankafana, Betsileo (Cowan). This species grows toa larger size than that of the specimen described by Tristram ; for one from the above locality is as much as ten lines long. In the larger shells the lines of growth become more pro- minent, forming arcuate and tortuous elevated ridges. The columella ‘ also is reflexed, appressed to the whorl, yet leaves a slight chink or rimation in the umbilical region. All the specimens examined exhibit traces of transverse or spiral striz, generally interrupted and of a subpunctate character. LimN#A ELECTA, sp. nov. (Plate XXII. figs. 12, 13.) Shell small, ovate, transparent, corneous, narrowly rimate. Whorls 3-31, convex, rapidly increasing. Spire small, obtuse and reddish at the apex. Last whorl elongate, sculptured with fine lines of growth crossed by a few spiral strie. Aperture vertical, ovate, acuminate above, occupying about two thirds of the entire length of the shell. Columella rather high up, reflexed over the umbilical fissure, the reflexed portion being striated rather coarsely lengthwise. Length 63 millim., diam. 4 ; aperture 43 long, 23 wide. Hab. About 20 miles from Antananarivo (/ohnson). This little species has much of the general aspect of the genus Succinea, and is peculiar on that account and the red tip of the spire. 386 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE [Apr. 18, PHysa MADAGASCARIENSIS, Angas. (Plate XXII. figs. 18, 19.) Physa madagascariensis, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877, p. 528, pl. 54. figs. 2a, 26. Hab. Ekongo, S.E. Madagascar (Waters) ; Betsileo (Cowan). The type figured in the ‘ Proceedings’ is larger than any of the specimens from Betsileo, and rather broader and more globose than most of them ; but all agree in the peculiar conspicuous longitudinal subliration or plication which adorns the surface. The suture is deep and channelled, and filled up by the upper terminations of the plicee, which form fine erect lamelle. P. lirata of Tristram has a depressed spire and even stronger lire than the present species, in which the spire is at times considerably higher than in the shell depicted by Angas. PuysA LAMELLATA, sp. nov. (Plate XXII. figs. 14, 15.) Shell very fragile, rimate, ovate, not very glossy, olivaceous horn- colour, longitudinally coarsely lamellato-lirate. Whorls 3-4, convex, separated by a deeply channelled suture, the last descending, not square-shouldered above. Aperture occupying a little more than three fourths of the entire length of the shell. Columella but little con- torted, reflexed, joined to the lip above by a thin corneous callosity, more or less striated lengthwise. Length 12 millim., diam. 9 ; aperture 9 long, 5 wide. Hab. Twenty miles from Antananarivo (Johnson). This may be but a variety of P. lirata of Tristram, of which there is a single specimen in the British Museum cbtained from the col- lection of the late Henry Adams. It is chiefly distinguished by the difference in its form, the greater coarseness of the lire, which have a thin lamellar epidermis attached tothem. The last whorl descends near the aperture, and is not so squarely shouldered as P. lirata. PHYSA OBTUSISPIRA, sp. nov. (Plate XXII. figs. 16, 17.) Shell small, transparent, light horn-colour, narrowly rimate, some- what glossy, indistinctly spirally striated, longitudinally plicately ridged, very regularly and strongly upon the spire and upper part of the body-whorl near the suture, the liree on the lower part becoming subevanescent. Volutions 33-4, very convex, rapidly increasing, separated by a deeply channelled suture. Spire very short, only a little raised above the last whorl. The latter descends in front, is large, and rounded at the shoulder above. Aperture inversely sub- ~ auriform, and occupying about four fifths of the entire length of the shell. Columella very slightly twisted, narrowly reflexed over the umbilical fissure, connected with the lip above by a thin callus upon the whorl, which sometimes exhibits a few white lines uponit, disposed lengthwise. Length 10 millim., greatest diam. 8 ; aperture 8 long, 43 wide. Hab. About 20 miles from Antananarivo (Johnson) ; Betsileo ( Cowan). This, like all the known species of Physa from Madagascar, is 1882. ] MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF MADAGASCAR. 387 strongly lirated for this genus. It is a smaller form than P. mada- gascariensis, has a shorter and more obtuse spire, a narrower per- foration and spiral striation. P. lirata is more strongly lirate than it, has the spire even still shorter, the body-whorl is prominently shouldered above, and the aperture is longer in proportion. PLANORBIS MADAGASCARIENSIS, sp. nov. (Plate XXII. figs. 20-22.) Shell moderately thick, deeply excavated both above and below, corneous brown, rather strongly striated by the lines of growth, and sometimes exhibiting traces of spiral striation. Whorls 4—43, rapidly increasing; the last large, rather high, convex, rather deeply incurved at the suture both on the upper and underside, finely malleated, chiefly round the middle. Aperture largish, broadly lunate, raised above or on a level with the penultimate whorl. Peristome thin, receding at the base, its extremities connected by a very thin deposit of callus on the whorl. Greatest diam. 123 millim., smallest 10, height 43. Hab. Lake Itasy (Johnson). This species is very like P. pfeifferi, Krauss (Sudafr. Moll. pl. v. f. 7), but may be distinguished by the malleation of the last whorl, its greater height, and browner colour. NeERITINA GAGATES, Lamarck. Neritina gagates, Lamarck (vide Martens, Conch. Cab. p. 94). Hab. Tamatave (Cowan). Two specimens from the above locality I believe to belong to this species, differing only in the deep red colour of the columellar callosity, and the olive-green tint of the outer lip. The form is the same; and the denticles on the columella, the painting, the micro- scopic spiral sculpture, and the operculum are all similar. NERITINA FULGETRUM, Reeve. (Plate XXII. figs. 23, 24.) Neritina fulgetrum, Reeve, Conch. Icon, pl. 23. f. 103 a, sp. 103. Hab. ? (Reeve) ; south of Tamatave (Johnson). This species has hitherto been represented by a single specimen without any locality in the Cumingian collection, now in the British Museum. As the description in the ‘Conchologia Iconica’ is very short and incomplete, I will here add a few further details. The black zigzag lineolation at times is very close, thus giving the shell a greyish appearance when viewed at a distance ; anda character not referred to by Reeve, but indicated in his figure, is the brown margin to the body-whorl at the suture, beneath which the volution is faintly constricted. The columellar callosity is much thickened and of a red colour, and extends some distance over the whorl. The edge of the columella is pale, straight, with a shallow sinus a little below the middle, furnished with about a dozen denticles. The aperture is rather small, bright yellow far within, then whitish, and again yellow or greenish-yellow at the lip. The operculum is slaty black ex- 388 MR. E. A. SMITH ON THE [Apr. 18, teriorly, with the arcuate margin red, and reddish on the inner surface, with two pale rays from the nucleus, one central and the other sub- marginal, the extreme edge being blackish. In all these respects it coincides with that of N. gagates, Lamarck, from the Mauritius ; and the terminal processes are similar in both forms. Von Martens’s conjecture that the species might belong to WV. retifera, Benson (Conch. Cab. p. 283), is not to be wondered at, considering the briefness of Reeve’s description, and the fact of only the back of the shell being figured. B. CONCHIFERA. CoRBICULA MADAGASCARIENSIS, sp. nov. (Plate XXII. figs. 25-27.) Shell a little inequilateral, rounded and narrow in front, much broader, squarish, and subtruncate posteriorly, arcuate along the ventral margin, finely concentrically striated; yellowish, greenish down the posterior side. Umbones a little prominent, incurved, situated a little anteriorly. Interior lilac, with two or three rather distant concentric purple zones, stained with dark purple down the posterior side, and with a smaller stain of the same colour at the an- terior side. Length 114 millim., width 14, diameter 7. Hab. Twenty miles from Antananarivo (Johnson). The concentric striz are deep and regular upon the umbones ; but towards the ventral margin they become less regular and finer, and in front are rather more strongly developed than towards the pos- terior side. This is the first record of the genus in Madagascar ; and I have not been able to associate the species with any of the forms described from the adjacent continent. SPH&HRIUM MADAGASCARIENSE, Tristram. Spherium madagascariense, Tristram, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1863, p.61; Sowerby, Conch. Icon. pl. iii. f. 22, bad ! Hab. Two days west of Antananarivo (T'ristram) ; about 20 miles from the capital (Johnson); Betsileo (Cowan). This species is scarcely if at all different from S. capense of Krauss, and is mainly distinguished by difference in locality. The slight compression of the valves towards the circumference, remarked upon by Tristram, is not constant in all specimens, some exhibiting it ina comparatively decided manner, whilst others are rounded at that part just like the South-African form. LIMOSINA FERRUGINEA, Krauss. Cyclas ferruginea, Krauss, Sudafr. Moll. p. 7, pl. i. f. 7; Clessin (as Limosina), Conch. Cab. p. 247, pl. 46. f. 1-4; Sowerby (as Spherium), Conch. Icon. f. 47, not good ! Hab. The river Knysna, South Africa (Krauss). About 20 miles from Antananarivo (Johnson). Also Mauritius (Brit. Mus.). 1882. ] MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF MADAGASCAR. 389 The specimens from Madagascar agree exactly with a typical example of this species purchased by the British Museum of Dr. Krauss. The figure in the ‘ Conchylien-Cabinet’ appears to be far more characteristic than that in Krauss’s work. PisiDIUM JOHNSON], sp. nov. (Plate XXII. figs. 28, 29.) BH» Shell minute, ventricose, inequilateral, glossy, finely concentrically striated, pale grey. Umbones large, inflated, without a small pointed nucleus. Posterior side longer and narrower than the anterior, obliquely sloping from the beaks, rounded at the extremity ; anterior end broader, blunter. Length 2 millim., width 24, diam. 1}. Hab. About 20 miles from Antananarivo (Johnson). This species is considerably like P. ventricosum of Prime, but is not not quite so swollen or so inequilateral. The beaks take the form of an apical glossy cap without any small pointed apex. The ligament is small and linear. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. PuateE XXT. Cyclostoma congener, p. 377. betsileoense, p. 376. , var., p. 377. johnsoni, p. 378. . Vitrina madagascariensis, p. 379. . Helix (Nanina) cleamesi, p. 379. (Macrocyclis?) covani, p. 381. 13, 14. —— (Helicophanta) bicingulata, p. 380. Puate XXII. Figs. 1, 2, 3. Helix (Ampelita) shavi, p. 382. 4, Bulimus (Rhachis) nigrilineatus, p. 382. 5. Stenogyra (Clavator) johnsoni, p. 382. 6. Melanatria johnsoni, p. 383. 7. Ditto, lateral view of labrum. 8,9. Ampullaria madagascariensis, p, 384. 10, 11. Cleopatra trabonjiensis, p. 384. 12, 13. Limnea electa, p. 385. 14, 15. Physa lamellata, p, 386. obtusispira, p. 386. 18, 19. —— madagascariensis, p. 386. 20, 21, 22. Planorbis madagascariensis, p. 387. 23, 24. Neritina fulgetrum, p. 387. 25, 26, 27. Corbicula madagascariensis, p. 388. 28, 29. Pisidiwm johnsoni, p. 389. X 390 PROF. FLOWER ON THE LATE MR. DARWIN. [May 2, May 2nd, 1882. Professor Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. Before commencing proceedings, the President spoke as follows :— “The Minutes just read recall the fact that at our last Meeting we were honoured by a communication from Mr, Darwin, probably his last contribution to that science to which he devoted his life- long labours. No one who heard that paper, showing, as it did, no sign of faltering from that eager interest which he had always mani- fested in a subject which he had made peculiarly his own, suspected that not twenty-four hours would elapse before those labours would be brought to a close. « During the fortnight that has passed, the whole world has been moved at the loss it has sustained, and Darwin’s work and Darwin’s character have, more than any other theme, filled the minds of thinking people of all countries, classes, creeds, and occupations. “We who humbly follow him in cultivating the science he adorned, must feel elevated at the sight of the full recognition accorded to his work. The general acceptance of Darwin as one who has exercised a powerful influence upon the whole realm of human thought, the cordial reception of his remains in our magnificent Abbey, among the illustrious men of whom our country is proud, are triumphs in the history of Zoology ; for it was mainly zoological observation which led to those philosophical speculations which have made his name famous. “The nation’s grief at his loss has already found eloquent and feeling expression in many quarters; the resources of our language seem to have been exhausted in bearing testimony to his worth. No words that I could find would add any thing to what has been so well said by others; and surely here, if in any place in the world, among those who are always occupied with subjects the pursuit of which has been so profoundly modified by his writings, and among many who loved him as a personal friend, nothing is needed but to mention his name, to call forth the strongest feelings of admiration for his work and reverence for his character. “If it is not given to any of us to emulate him in brilliancy of scientific induction, or to light upon discoveries that will change the current of human ideas, we can at least endeavour to follow the example he has set us of patient perseverance in observation, scru- pulous accuracy of statement, deference for the opinions and feelings of others, candour towards opponents, and of that invariable modesty and gentleness of demeanour which shed such a charm round his public as well as his private life.” ConrTENTS oe we April 4, 1882. : P Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, an adult male of a ® celestis . ays Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the skins of two specimens of the Sub- cylindrical Hornbill (Buceros subcylindricus) .+sses.seseeseeer sence ee cenncnes 3438 1. Description of a new Species of Tortoise (Geoemyda impressa) from Siam. By Dr. A. rar Vel Sae tenet caamivienireeterit ie tiaaie cide ese 8 oe Sete teKoie ee sivinine aos 2. On the Convoluted Trachea of two Species of Manucode (Manueodia atra and Phony- gama gouldi); with Remarks on similar Structures in other Birds. By W. A. ~ Forses, B.A., Prosector to the Society .......- = A SOE eh Too Pa eee 347 3. On ° Hees of some rare Wading Birds si Mechgheey: By J. E. Harrine, F.LS., DNs na ePats on ei ciatsten et weit a store srepaiele aie mie verde tteiets ay CONOR Sate aa 353 4, Doserigtin of a New Species of Bird of the Genus Tephras. By I E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S April 18, 1882. The Secretary. ce on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in March 1882 ...... 358 1. On the Mutual Affinities of the Animals composing the Order Eprnrara. ek: Wi1aM | ' Henry Frower, LL. D., F.R.S., Pres. Zool. Soc., &e. ..... . 358 2, On the Modification of a Race of Syrian Street-Dogs by means of Sexual Selection. By Dr. Van Dycx. With a Preliminary Notice by Cuartes Darwin, F.R.S., F.Z.8. .. 367 3. Onasmall Collection of Mammalia from Central Mexico. By Ouprretp Tuomas, F.Z.S., SAB PIWAH IBEW so oeisc.caicvosccesiscstrecsesc ait cisieceters deed eae Ne ote tosis claw 371 4, On some Mammals and Birds collected ‘by Mr. J. Hauxwell in Eastern Peru. By Epwarp Barrier, Ourator of the Maidstone Museum ..........-+..eeee ee eeee 373 5. A Contribution to the Molluscan Fauna of Madagascar. By Epaar A. Suits. (Plates. ».6. OES. ©.¢ 1 Ree ear Shoe shac das. wet eeee eee cece een ee eeees en ttaees 375 May 2, 1882. Prof. Flower, LL.D. Remarks on the death of Charles Darwin ........... +... Bees 3! t) LIST OF PLATES, 1882. PART IL. Plate... Page XV. Anatomy of Myrmecophaga.,........6+.:seee cee eeeees 287 ; Fig. 1. Merops dresseri ....... 0. +--+ sas ee eeeeeees ‘ ‘aie: Fig. 2. Erythrocercus thomsoni ........++-+. s+ } 30% SVL. , Mirafrd tobmda ei svc Sah 33 oh eget soe eee eee 304 RV ELE? Anthie DUWerd. cyan et. evs sv alareikieio.otie hates coin ee ~ 336 XTX. New Species of Agrias ........-. sees eeeeees SSiiaais 338 XX. Naxia (Naxioides) robillardi ..... pvee Sees Pak ket eeameae 339 XXI. Land Shells from Madagascar ..........62+-scseeee 375 XXII. Land and Freshwater Shells from Madagascar ........ poh NOTICE. According to present arrangements the ‘ Proceedings’ are issued in four parts, as follows :— Part I. containing papers read in January and February, on June Ist. Il. os _ » March and April, on August Ist. Iii. $5 = ,, May and June, on October Ist. IV. 3 - » Noyember and December, on April 1st. The price is 12s. per part for the edition with coloured, and 3s. per part for that with uncoloured Plates. ae ee OF THE ‘SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY. | —_—s«sOF' LONDON, 1882. / PART ‘CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN _ i+= eae ‘THE SOCIETY, HANOVER SQUARE. READER, AND DYER, LIST OF CONTENTS, - PART III.—1882. | May 2, 1882. Page Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of,and remarks upon, a drawing of a Tapir living in the Society’s Gardens, “(Plate XX TUM). = cisictrerassteie ets is) eres! vie cians) aisyelsvare sis als ey sne eee eee 391 Mr. J. EH. Harting, F.Z.S. Remarks upon the desirability of adopting a standard of nomenclature for the description of colours ....-.0...s.eeee cece ee cece et seee +. 391 1, On the Cranium of a new Species of Hyperoodon from the Australian Seas. By WinL1am Henry Frower, LL.D., F.R.S., P.Z.8. &e. eaten 2. On three new and interesting Species of Rhopalocera. By Dr. O. Sravpixcrr. (Plate REX V sire cto etoile are ome uaie le autre alin Ce SOE ICR Mics oso aise 2s ee POU . Ona Colleption of Butterflies from Sikkim. By H. J. Euwes. (Plate XXV.)........ 398 . Description of a new Species of Parrot of the Genus Nymphicus, By Epaar L. Layarp, O.M.G., F.Z.8., &., H.B.M. Consul,-and E. Leoronp C. Layard, Vice-Consul, at %, Noumea, New!Caledonia: = (Plate XXiVE,) 22 i)s.0 seus wicke vue veiw 'eie/<\aietelbhelet eyes 408 On the Colour of Feathers as affected by their Structure. By Dr. Hans Gapow. (Plates ARV AL SOV ITE) ics eetiecievc solv ee Hw Oo or May 16, 1882. - The Secretary. Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in April 1882 ..-... 421 Mr. Henry Stevenson, Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of the Dusky Petrel drone OLOl isis eho v eare alee! sais pials,« tipptarielals «serait gis & . 1, On new Genera and Species of Araneidea. By the Rev. oO. P. Cansriocz, M.A, CO.M.Z.S8., &e. (Plates XXIX.-XXXTI 2. Note on an Abnormal Specimen of Pithecia satanas. By W. A. Forsus, B.A., Prosector LOVERS NOCIDY 4 siajeia's sara’ et) wisiele ola ¥.0)s1s!slaie'v.s Se eusipin's ola/a'e' the ic ncie's tecacopia let arate 3. On some Points in the Anatomy of the Todies (Todide), and on the Affinities of that Group. By W. A. Forzzs, B.A., Prosector to the Society .......+e.++.0 ijaws 4. On an apparently undescribed Sun-Bird from Tropical South-Western Africa. By Rotanp Tren, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c., Curator of the South-African Museum, Cape ’ Town. (Plate XXXIL) ...;. dae wncen scent aieitioahpie's sults + ovsinlein ss Orel 451 5. Note on an Australian Duck living in the Society’s Gardens. By P. L. Scuarrr, M.A, Ph.D.,; F.R.S., Secretary to the Socicty. (Plate XXXIII.) ........... sje sO 452 6. Note on some Points in the Anatomy of an Australian Duck (Biziura lobata). By W. A. _ Fores, B.A., Prosector to the Society ........ a8 ee ee ey June 6, 1882. The Secretary. Remarks upon the mode of feeding of the young Cormorants by the parent birds in the Society’s Gardens ..............0.00200- sib og. 5 ele Se Mr. H. J. Elwes, F.Z.S. Remarks upon his recent expedition to the Aures Mountains in Alporint cin nsec ale Cialcetnn oBiete eit oie Cuciehasstioutn ave sicinls baarc ate aetna seclee canes «Oo The Secretary. Exhibition of some Lepidoptera bred in the Insect-house ....-.....--~. 459 1. Notes on some Points in the Anatomy of the #luroidea. By Prof. St.-G. Mryarr ..... 459 2. On some Laride from the Coasts of Peru and Chili, collected by Capt. Albert H. Mark- ham, R.N., with Remarks on the Geographical Distribution of the Group in the Pacific. By Howarp Saunpers, F.L.8., F.Z.8. (Plate XXXIV.) ............-- 520 3. An Attempt to apply a Method of Formulation to the Species of the Comatulide; with the Description of a new Species. By F. Jurrrey Beit, M.A., F.Z.8., Pro- fessor of Comparative Anatomy in King’s College. (Plate XXXV.) ...... ssee.. 530 4. On = eee of Anguilla kieneri, Giinther, with a Gadoid Lycodes. By Francis — AY, H.4.8. Cees coer e ence ee sews se sete se tees oe gg cece ce ee 5. On Crustaceans from the Mauritius, Part II. By Epwarp J. Miers, F.L.S., F.Z.S. (Plate XXXVI.) ..... sintaleas dln aaj gata cies) ol satape taletage oi Otel hie:010,sheis/e'sie.=. 8 aiemmaiee le 6. Contributions to the Anatomy of Passerine Birds. Part V. On the Structure of the Genus Orthonyx, By W. A. Forsss, B.A., Prosector to the Society ..... ay Contents continued on page 4 of wrapper. ARSC et 9 Po lak : 2 Lae ae ‘dit ) TEYUPY Sener ger yy Ju y 7} r 1882.] MR. J. E. HARTING ON NOMENCLATURE OF CoLouRs. 391 Mr. Sclater exhibited a drawing by Mr. Smit (Plate XXIIT.) of the Tapir presented to the Society by Mr. Fritz Zurcher on the 13th of August last, and read extracts from some letters received from Mr. Zurcher on the subject, whereby it appeared that this animal had been captured on the Yuruari river in Venezuela when about eight months old (as was believed), and had been kept 15 months in captivity before being forwarded to this country. Its probable age was therefore now about three years. Mr. Sclater pointed out that in colour this animal appeared to agree better with the figure of T'apirus dowi (as represented in Godman and Salvin’s Biol. Centr.-Am., Mamm. p. 104, t. ix.) than with the ordinary Tapirus americanus; and suggested that it was quite likely that the former species might be the Tapir of the lower Andean range of Venezuela. But this point could only be decided by ana- tomical examination after the death of the animal. Mr. J. E. Harting, F.Z.S., called attention to the desirability of adopting a standard of nomenclature for the description of the colours of natural objects, and made the following remarks :— “Tn the animal kingdomthe number of colours is very great. They often form the most striking feature in the external appearance of species, and hence have been considered by systematists as affording distinguishing characters of much value. But an object may be described as of one colour by one person, and be taken by another person for quite a different tint; for the names of colours are frequently misapplied, and one name is often indiscriminately given to many colours. Hence arises an uncertainty in reading, and a perplexity in writing, a description, which would be obviated were some standard of nomenclature available for general reference. «So long ago as 1821, there appeared a manual the utility of which seems to have been quite lost sight of, owing perhaps chiefly to the fact that it has long been out of print and difficult to procure— namely, Werner’s ‘Nomenclature of Colours,’ edited by Syme. This work, excellent in principle, was designed to meet the very want which I now venture to express, but which was hardly experienced at the date of its publication, inasmuch as it was not then the general practice to publish the careful and detailed descrip- tions of species with which we are now familiar. Thus the book was neglected, and is now almost forgotten. “In my humble opinion, if a new edition of this work were to appear it would be extremely useful to zoologists, not only in this country, but in other parts of the world—wherever, in fact, zoological science is cultivated. «Assuming the want of such a standard nomenclature and the . desirability of satisfying it, I venture to think that in no way could this be better accomplished than by the publication of a new edition of Werner’s ‘ Nomenclature of Colours’ under the auspices of this Society. ‘*Such a course would ensure the speedy adoption of the standard, Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. XXVII. 27 392 PROF. FLOWER ON A NEW [May 2, and would be the means of obviating in future the confusion which at present prevails for want of it.” The following papers were read :— 1. On the Cranium of a new Species of Hyperoodon from the Australian Seas. By Wittram Henry Frower, LL.D., F.R.S., P.Z.S., &e. [Received April 18, 1882.] Dr. Giinther has been so good as to submit to my examination the cranium of a Cetacean lately added to the British-Museum col- lection which presents sufficient interest to justify its being brought before the notice of this Society. The specimen was found upon the sea-beach of Lewis Island in Dampier Archipelago, North-western Australia. Unfortunately the cranium is in a greatly mutilated state, having evidently been rolled for a considerable period among pebbles and sand, from which cause many of its most important characters are destroyed. The lower jaw is wanting. The whole of the elongated narrow part of the rostrum is broken away. There is therefore nothing remaining to indicate the character of the dentition. Many prominent parts of the cranium, especially the supraorbital ridges, are worn down to such an extent that their contour is completely destroyed. This, as seen in figure 1 (p. 3933), is carried to a greater extent upon the right than the left side. ‘The slender jugal arches and the petrotympanic bones have disappeared. There is, however, enough remaining to show that it does not belong to any known species, and also to indicate, as far as they may be inferred from the cranium alone, its affinities. It should be premised that the animal to which it belonged was not very aged, as the sutures are mostly open; but there is no reason for supposing that it had not arrived at its full size. It is evidently one of the Ziphioids ; and as the characters of the four generic modifications of this group are plainly indicated in the conformation of the upper surface of the cranium (see ‘ Transactions of the Zoological Society,’ vol. viii. p. 203), which is here well pre- served, there is no difficulty in recognizing that it is neither a Berardius, nor a Ziphius, nor a Mesoplodon, but that it comes so near to Hyperoodon that it is only with animals of that genus that it will be necessary to compare it. An adult skull of the common specié’H. rostratus, in the British-Museum collection, which presents all the typical characters of its kind, will serve very well for the purpose. Although the proportions differ somewhat, in general size the two are nearly equal, the H.rostratus, on the whole, having the advantage. In the posterior or occipital aspect, the new cranium differs from that of H. rostratus in being narrower and somewhat higher, 1882. ] SPECIES OF HYPEROODON. 393 and the foramen magnum and the condyles are considerably smaller, as seen by the following dimensions :— H.planifrons. H. rostratus, millim, millim. Height of supraoccipital, from upper margin of foramen magnum to top of occipital crest 375 340 Width of supraoccipital, at narrowest part be- tween hinder margins of temporal fosse .. 375 432 Width of foramen magnum ........... attenies 83 Width of condyles ............. areas AMOI, 257 Height of condyle ......... ct iat ee waSi Fi 192 Upper surface of cranium of Hyperoodon planifrons. In the upper surface (fig. 1) the want of bilateral symmetry in the region of the blowholes is extremely marked. The two characteristic prominences overhanging the anterior apertures to the nares, formed by the posterior ends of the praemaxillz, with the nasals flanking their inner and the maxilla their outer surface, are larger and more massive than in Hyperoodon rostratus, especially the right one. The groove between them-is narrower. The septum between ‘ 27* 394 PROF. FLOWER ON A NEW [May 2, the nares is thrown exceedingly to the left side. So far, however, there is nothing essentially different from Hyperoodon rostratus. It is in the region immediately in front and to the side of the blow- holes that the great difference is seen. his part in H. rostratus is characterized by the very prominent maxillary crests, the inner surfaces of which rise vertically from the outer border of the great ‘infraorbital’’?! foramen, the two opposed surfaces being nearly parallel with one another, or even slightly hollowed, so that their summits have a tendency to inversion. Although the amount of elevation to which the corresponding crests might have attained in the new specimen cannot be satisfactorily ascertained, as their surfaces have evidently been subjected to the attrition previously alluded to, it is perfectly evident that they differed greatly in form from those Fig. 2. Side view of cranium of Hyperoodon planifrons. of H. rostratus, as the still unworn (because protected) inner surfaces slope gently outwards and upwards from the edge of the foramen, and the crests therefore, though with a base even broader from side to side than in H. rostratus, must have been low and rounded and quite devoid of any tendency to inversion. Another great difference (better seen in the side view, fig. 2) is that the crests do not sink abruptly at their hinder end, leaving a deeply depressed surface of the maxillary bone intervening between them and the occipital elevation, but they are continued backwards, above the temporal fossa, and so pass gradually into the occipital crests, forming a continuous outer wall to the great basin in which the blowholes are placed, which is completely interrupted in H. rostratus. Among minor differences, * Or the foramen corresponding to the infraorbital in man, in transmitting the branch of the fifth pair of nerves that supplies the cheek and upper lip, but not infraorbital in position in the Cetaceans, 1882. | * SPECIES OF HYPEROODON, 395 the ‘‘infraorbital ”? foramina are smaller—a character probably related to the smaller surface-region to be supplied by the nerves and vessels which pass through it, occasioned by the reduced size of the crests and a possibly shorter rostram,—and that the temporal fossa is shorter from before backwards, and higher vertically, more resembling that of Ziphius cavirostris. There is little, in such portions of the under surface of the skull as are preserved, that shows any striking difference from the common species. A sufficient portion of the vomer is preserved to show that it was not complicated by the adherence to it of an ossified medio-rostral bone, in which respect it agrees with all known specimens of Hy- peroodon and Berardius, and differs from the adults of Ziphius and Mesoplodon. Owing to the destruction of some of the more prominent of the external parts of the cranium, very few dimensions can be given beyond those at p. 393; but the following comparisons may be useful :— HT. planifrons. H. rostratus. millim, millim. Width between anteorbital notches........ 432 385 Width of base of each maxillary crest oppo- site anteorbital notches..............0% 160 127 Interval between crests......6..0.000 0005 105 130 As the cranium thus differs from that of H. rostratus in the com- parative lowness and rounded form of the maxillary crests, from ZH. la- - tifrons (with its enormous, vertically raised, flat-topped and con- verging crests) it deviates in a so much more marked degree that a detailed comparison between them is quite unnecessary}, With so imperfect a knowledge even of the cranium, and with absolutely none of the remainder of the animal’s organization, any determination of its generic affinities can only be provisional ; but if the genus Hyperoodon include both H. rostratus and H.latifrons, there is no reason against this new form being contained in it also. If, on the other hand, they are separated, as was done by the late Dr. Gray, it would have to form a distinct genus, as it differs quite as much, or more, from H. rostratus in one direction as H. latifrons (Lagenocetus latifrons of Gray) does in the other. Not wishing to multiply genera, I prefer the former course, and shall consider it a Hyperoodon; and as it differs from both of the other species in the comparative flatness of the fore part of the head (which looks ex- ternally like, although not strictly homologous with, the animal’s forehead), it may be specifically called planifrons. It is evidently 1 H. latifrons is considered by some zoologists to be the adult male of . ros- tratus, Captain David Gray, of Peterhead, who is perfectly familiar with both forms, has furnished me with some evidence strongly tending to the opposite conclusion. I hope, with further information from the same source to be col- lected during the present whaling-season, to be soon in a position to clear up this important and still doubtful question in cetology. 396 DR. O. STAUDINGER ON THREE’ [May 2, a more generalized form than either of the known species, showing more resemblance to the other types of Ziphioids. One of its chief points of interest is the locality in which it was found. Although Ziphius and Mesoplodon are both cosmopolitan genera, and Berardius an inhabitant of the Southern hemisphere, no specimen of the genus Hyperoodon has hitherto been met with anywhere but in the North Atlantic. 2. On three new and interesting Species of Rhopalocera. By Dr. O. Sravupincrr. [Received April 24, 1882.] (Plate XXIV.) PapiLio HAHNELI, sp.n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 1.) This wonderful new species was discovered by Dr. Hahnel in the autumn of 1880 near Massauary, on the Rio Manés, Lower Amazons. He only tock the ¢ here figured and a somewhat damaged 9, just like the ¢, only a little larger, and the anal angle of the under wings not produced as inthe ¢. The fore wings of this species remind one of the genus Thyridia. Papilio hahneli comes nearest to P. triopas, Godt., although quite distinct from it. Length of the fore wing of the ¢ 48 millimetres, of the 9 51 millimetres. Fore wings black, with three transparent smoky yellow spots at the base after the middle and near the apex. Hind wings yellowish, deeply bordered with black, the outer margin serrate and with a long tail on costa (4 sect. Herrich-Schiffer). The anal angle in the ¢ is very sharp and produced, in the 9 very slightly so, but rather rectangular. Head, body, and legs black, excepting a carmine spot on each side at the base of the body; the female has a similar spot below the anal segment, which the male has not. There is also a trace ofa little reddish spot below the head (on the prothorax), and some reddish hairs on the mesothorax above the middle legs. I have named this species in honour of the discoverer Dr. Hahnel, who is doubtless one of our best collectors, and has discovered other new species of Lepidoptera on the Amazons, where he is still at work, HELICONIUS VENUS, sp. n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 2.) This new species was taken by Herr E. Trotsch on the river San Juan, in Colombia, in some numbers, together with almost equal numbers of H. vulcanus, Butler. Both species are at the first sight very similar, almost exactly so. They are black, with broad red spots behind the middle of the fore wings. ‘They are distinguishable by the following characters :—AH. venus has on the upperside a brilliant deep steel-blue reflection, which PZ.0.1882 PI XXIV W Parkics hth fanhart iinp NEW SPECIES OF RHOPALOCERA. 1882. ] NEW SPECIES OF RHOPALOCERA. 397 in H. vulcanus is not the case, but the black has rather a greenish reflection. The red of the band is in H. vulcanus more fiery, the band itself on an average narrower, on the outside toothed, and extended further down. On the upperside of the hind wings the anterior margin in the males of H. vulcanus is yellowish, whilst in I. venus it is grey. The fringe in H. vulcanus is distinctly veined black and white, in H. venus it is clear white. This can only be seen in fresh specimens. On the underside of the fore wing the red band in H. vuleanus is fainter, in the middle especially mixed with white, which is not the case in H. venus. At the base of the anterior margin is found in HI, vuleanus a short sharp red streak, which is always wanting in H, venus. On the underside of the hind wings the yellow streak of the anterior margin in H. venus is usually rather broader and longer; it is especially different in the yellow middle band, which in H. venus is always longer and bent upwards at the pointed end, usually extending upwards nearly to the margin. In the shorter band of H. vulcanus the obtuse end bends, on the contrary, rather downwards. In #7. vulcanus also it is sharply defined, and not so in H. venus. In some specimens of H. vulcanus, both male and female, it is entirely wanting. HH. vulcanus has always close to-the base one or two red points, which are very rare in H. venus. Both species have the palpi white beneath, and spots on the head and prothorax. ‘The short fore legs are white in H. venus, but yellowish in fresh specimens of H. vulcanus. The underside of the abdomen is also yellower in H. vulcanus than in H. venus. HELIcONIUS GoDMANI, sp. n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 3.) I received a small number of this species, which I name in honour of Mr. F. DuCane Godman, also through Herr E. Trétsch, from the Rio San Juan, in Western Colombia. H. godmani is nearly allied to H. gynesia, Hew., but is certainly distinct from it. The fore wings in both are black with yellow spots; but thespots are different: H. godmani has on the end of the posterior margin a rather long yellow stripe, which is wanting in H. gynesia. Ou the outer margin are seven or eight oblong yellow spots, of which those near the apex are smallest, whilst in 1. gyncsia these are the largest. Before these are three other yellow spots, and far below them a fourth, which, in H. gynesia, is close to them. Above the median cell on the costa is a small double spot as in H. gynesia ; besides this there is also another yellow spot in the middle cell which is absent in H. gynesia. A male shows also at the base of the cell a fine yellow streak, which on the underside is large, triangular, and somewhat forked ; and all the other spots of the upperside are, beneath, rather more strongly developed. The hind wings are, in the females, red-brown with broad outer margin, on which are seven (in one female eight) oval yellow spots, as in H. gynesia. Beneath are eight yellow spots, and at the base of the anterior 398 MR. H.J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM SIKKIM. [May 2 margin a fine yellow streak as well ; close to it, at the base, a faded yellow spot is found. Head black ; palpi laterally white ; forehead with two white streaks ; top ef the head with four white points; antenne in the female brownish ; prothorax above with two yellow points ; abdo- men below and on the sides spotted yellow. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIV. Fig. 1. Papilio hahneli, p. 396. Fig. 3. Heliconius godmant, p. 397. 2. Heliconius venus, p. 396. 8. On a Collection of Butterflies from Sikkim. By H. J. Evwes. [Received April 24, 1882.] (Plate XXV.) When at Darjeeling in 1881 with Mr. Godman, I made arrange- ments with a native plant-collector, a Sikkim Bhotea, who had accompanied me on two expeditions into the interior, to visit the Chumbi valley, on the Tibetan frontier of Sikkim, to collect seeds and insects. This he did during the months of August and Sep- tember last; and through the kind assistance of my friend Mr. Gammie 1 have received a considerable number of Butterflies in papers in tolerable condition. Though I cannot be certain of the exact localities in which they were taken, I have little doubt, from my knowledge of the country and the plants which came with them, that a considerable portion of them were taken on the Tibetan side of the frontier, which has never been visited by any European, on account of the jealousy of the Tibetan officials. On two occasions I have looked down into this valley from passes 15,000—16,000 feet high on the Chola range, which bounds Sikkim on the north-east ; and, judging from what I saw and from the information we have obtained through native sources, it is a valley of somewhat different climate and vegetation from the Sikkim valley, theugh the Machu river, which drains it, flows southwards throngh Bhotan to the Bay of Bengal. It is said to be much drier in summer and colder in winter than Sikkim valleys of similar elevation; and as a number of the plants and butterflies I received are not known to occur on our side of the passes, I have no doubt that the collectors passed some part, at any rate, of their time in this valley. With the collection came a number of other species which occur at lewer elevations in Sikkim, and which were probably taken on the journey up. ‘This part of the expedition is often made to last as long as possible by these native collectors, who infinitely prefer to spend their advance-pay in feasting at some of the villages on their road to hard work in a cold climate on short commons. The most interesting species in the collection are Paleearctic forms, P. Z.S.1882.P1.XXV, Hanhart imp BUTTERFLIES FROM SIKKIM. W.Purkiss lith 1882.] MR. H.J. ELWES ON BUJTERFLIES FROM SIKKIM. 399 allied to or identical with others found in Ladak or in Europe. Four of these were only known hefore in Ladak, at a distance of about $00 miles from Sikkim; but as the intermediate country is unexplored, they probably occur all along the Himalayan frontier of Tibet. On a future occasion I propose to compare the Butterflies of Palearctic genera found in the Himalaya more closely with their European and N.-Asiatic congeners; but in the meantime I will enumerate those species which are of special interest in this collection, as I have no doubt that the number of species now received forms but a small proportion to those which exist at high elevations in the South-eastern Himalaya. PAPILIO MACHAON, var. ASTATICA, Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr. i. p. 70. A very large number of this species in good condition, and varying but very slightly amongst each other. The type in Sikkim, where the species is found at 8000-10,000 feet elevation, is darker and more heavily marked than in Europe, smaller and more uniform in colour than in Japan. It closely resembles on the upperside Papilio zoli- caon of California, but differs considerably from that species or variety beneath. Specimens from Nepal agree with those from Sikkim ; but those from the North-west and Kashmir seem nearer to the European form in tint. PARNASSIUS EPAPHUS. P. epaphus, Oberthiir, Et. Ent. livr. iv. p. 23 (1879). P. jacquemontii, Gray, Cat. Lep. Brit. Mus. p. 76, t. xii. figs. 1, 2. This species has lately been distinguished by M. Oberthiir from P. jacquemonti ; but it is extremely difficult to say whether it is really distinct or not. I have seen four specimens in the British Museum and three in the Hewitson collection, all that exist in England to my knowledge. These agree very well with each other and with Gray’s figures. They are probably from the same part of Ladak, at an elevation of 16,000 feet, and perhaps were all taken by the same person, Major Charlton. They differ from P.jacquemonti of Boisduval in being smaller and in the shape of the fore wings, which are narrower and more pointed. As arule there are no red spots at the anal angle of the hind wing, though this is not a character of much importance. The antennz are distinctly ringed and the fiinges distinctly spotted. PARNASSIUS EPAPHUS, Var. SIKKIMENSIS, n. var, (Plate XXY. figs. 4, 5.) I have now received from Sikkim fourteen specimens of a form which probably represents the same species in this part of the Hima- laya, and which are distinguished principally by the smaller size, and by the broad white fringes distinctly marked at the end of each 400 MR. H.J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM SIKKIM. [May 2, nerve with square black spots, which, in fact, give the fringe the appearance of being alternately black and white. These fourteen specimens agree perfectly in form and vary but little in size. They are very similar in their pattern and tint, but the red spots do not agree in any two specimens. Some have one on the costa of fore wing, another just below it, and a third on the posterior margin. In others one, two, or all of these are yellowish, plain black, - or nearly absent. On the hind wings there are usually three large black spots with red centres ; but in two specimens the centre of the spots is yellow, and in one the spots are plain black. This species, which I propose to distinguish as var. stkhkimensis, occurs at great elevations on the frontier of Sikkim and Tibet. I took it myself on an unknown pass by which I crossed from the upper Lachoong valley to the Cholamoo lake in Tibet, at an elevation of nearly 19,000 feet, in September 1870. I found a single pair in copuld, which I put in an envelope and gave to Mr. Atkinson on my return to Darjeeling. These specimens are now in the Hewitson collection, under the name of P. stmo, which at first sight they very closely resemble. I believe, however, after careful examination of my series, and of all the specimens of P. simo which exist in England, that the two species are well defined by structural characters, which in this very difficult genus are of much more importance than size or colour. PARNASSIUS ACCO. P. acco, Gray, Cat. Lep. Brit. Mus. p. 76, t. xii. figs. 5, 6. P. simo, Gray, J. c. t. xii. figs. 3, 4. After a careful examination of the types of these species and of three others in Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s, and one in the Hewitson collection, which are all that I know of in England, I have come to the conclusion that they are but varieties of one species, differing only in size and in the number and colour of the spots. ‘They are, however, distinguished from P. epaphus by the colour of the fringes, which in fresh specimens are plain white, but in slightly worn ones, such as the type, are dark, but still quite plain. The antennze also are plain black, not ringed asin P. epaphus and P. sikkimensis, and the ground-colour of the wings is distinctly greyer and less pure white than in P. sikkimensis. The fore wings also seem constantly more pointed at the apex, and more rounded at the posterior angle. These characters are not to be shown plainly by a figure, but are evident when a series of the insect is carefully examined. The female figured by Gray (fig. 6) is much more heavily spotted on the hind wings than one in Mr. Godman’s collection ; but the species seems less variable in this respect than P. epaphus, none of those I have seen of P. acco or P. simo having any red marks on the fore wing. -' The underside is perhaps more different from P, sikki- mensis than the upper, but the difference cannot be explained in words. This species is known from four specimens in the British Museum and one in the Hewitson collection, collected by Major Charlton in 1882.] MR. H.J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM SIKKIM. 401 Ladak at 16,000 feet; besides three others in Mr. Godman’s collec- tion from Lapsang in Ladak, 17,000 feet; and a single specimen, which agrees perfectly in all the characters I have mentioned with these, and is intermediate in size between P. acco and P. simo, was among my fourteen examples of P. sikkimensis, showing, if my views are correct, that the species are constantly different, though they occur together in similar localities 800 or 900 miles apart. Parnasstus HARDWICKU, Gray, Cat. Lep. B. M. p. 76, t. xii. figs. 8-11. Var. cHarino, Gray, /. ¢. A very variable species, found from Kashmir to Sikkim, from about 8000 feet up to 15,000. The variety named P. charino by Gray oceurs at this great elevation in Ladak ; and four specimens, which agree with his plate in being of much darker colour than the common form, came with P. sikkimensis. It may be known with certainty by the five blue eyes on the hind wing, which, so far as I have seen, are never wanting, though sometimes reduced to spots. Pieris BRassic#, Linn. P. brassice, var. nipalensis, Doubld. Lep. Brit. Mus. i. p. 32 ; Gray, Lep. Nepal, p. 9, t. 6. figs. 1, 3. P. nipalensis, Moore, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 490. I cannot see any reason to separate this from the European insect. A series of specimens from Sikkim, Nepal, and Kashmir average larger than British ones, but not larger than some J have from Asia Minor; and there is nothing in colour to distinguish them. There were many examples in the present collection. Pieris ayAKA, Moore, P. Z.S 1865, p. 490, t. xxxi. fig. 16. A single female of an insect which for the present I refer to this species, which, however, I do not see how to separate from the forms which I have alluded to previously from Amurland and Japan (cf. P. Z.S. 1881, p. 876). It is intermediate between P. melete and P. napi above, and resembles the form dbryonie beneath. Similar specimens from the Khasia hills are in my collection. DeLtas BELLADONNA, Fabr., Gray, Lep. Ins. Nepal, t. 8. fig. 2. It seems to me that there are two species confused under this name. ‘Those I have from Nepal agree perfectly with Gray’s plate ; but the Sikkim form, of which I have now secured several speci- mens, has in most cases no yellow on the anal angle or interior margin of hind wing. In some specimens, however, there is a trace of it; so that without knowing more of the intermediate forms in distri- bution, I should hesitate to separate this form. CoLiss MYRMIDONE, Esp. C. myrmidone, Koll., Hiig. Kasch. Reise, p. 411. C. feildi, Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr. i. p. 79, t. 1. fig. 5. 402. MR. H.J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM SIKKIM. [May 2, ? C. edusa, Gray, Lep. Ins. Nepal, t. 5. fig. 2. C. edusa, var. myrmidone, Moore, P. Z. 8S. 1865, p. 492. Of this species I received a very large number, mostly fresh and in good order. I agree with Kollar in thinking that it is inseparable from OC. myrmidone of Kurope, though perhaps Sikkim specimens are as a rule brighter, and the black spots on the underside of the fore wing larger and more distinct. An individual specimen from the Himalaya could not be distinguished ; but I think a series might be known as from India without seeing the labels. ? Dercas WALuicuil, Doubl. Proc. Ent. Soe. v. p- 47. Gonepteryx urania, Butl. P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 458, t. 26. fig. 5. I received a single specimen which I can only doubtfully identify with this species, though if I had a series which agreed with it I should be inclined to say it was distinct. It differs from Butler’s plate in the shape of the fore wings, which are more arched on the costa and much less pointed at the apex; the hind wings also appear rounder at the anal angle; the colour is much brighter, especially on the costa and near the apex of the fore wing, and the markings beneath differ slightly. D. wallichii is found, I believe, in the Khasias; but I never saw a specimen from Darjeeling, where D. verhuellit is found, but not commonly. A specimen in the British Museum, from Shillon, nearly agrees with my example. Lycana PpHERETES, Hb., var. ASIATICA, nD. var. I was at first disposed to consider this a new species, as it differs from L. pheretes in the narrower and more pointed fore wing, and in having much more green gloss on the underside; but noticing that Dr. Staudinger, in his list of the Lepidoptera of Tarbagatai in Central Asia (Stett. ent. Zeit. 1851, p. 263), mentions that L. pheretes has the same difference of colour there, I do not think the small uumber of specimens I have received (four females and two males) justify me in separating the species at present, though the difference, if constant, is considerable. I know no Lycena at all like it in the Himalayas, but have received a very beautiful new species from Major Marshall, L. ellisi, which oceurs at high elevations in the N.W. Himalaya, and seems allied to, though very distinct from it. Iberpa sapuiR?, Blanch. (Plate XXV. figs. 9, 10.) Tlerda saphir, Blanch. Compt. Rend. Ixxii. p. 811 (1871). I am at present not able to say with certainty what is the proper name of this species, of which I received a fair series of both sexes. I have examined the specimens in the British Museum and in the Hewitson collection, as well as Mr. Moore’s. In that gentleman’s opinion it is a new species between J. moorei, Hew., and I. hewit- ? There is a specimen from Bhotan in the British Museum which agrees with mine, and, as far as I can judge, it is the same as Thecla saphir from Moupin, in East Tibet. 1882.] MR. H.J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM SIKKIM. 403 soni, Moore, and resembles the former very closely above, but not below. The males have a more purple tinge on both wings than T hewitsoni, but the females are hardly, if at all, to be distinguished from this species, which I have taken at Darjeeling in December. The genus is a very difficult one, as there are four or five very nearly allied species in the Himalaya. VANESSA LADAKENSIS, Moore, Yarkand Mission, Lep. p. 3, t. i. fig. 2 (1879). About fifteen specimens, mostly worn, of this species, all of which agree in their characters, and can be known at once from the forms of V. urtice by the shape of the fore wings, which are rounded at the apex, with hardly a trace of the projecting point below the angle which is conspicuous in V. urtice, V. kashmeriensis, and V. polychloros. It seems to be an inhabitant of the high cold plateau of Tibet, was first taken at Gogra in Ladak, and has never been sent to England from Sikkim, to my knowledge, before ; so I think we may conclude that it does not occur on this side of the passes. VANESSA KASHMERIENSIS, Koll. Kasch. p. 442, t. ii. Some of the specimens of this species are very near V. rizana of Moore, which seems to me hardly separable from it. Sikkim specimens, as a rule, are darker than those from Kashmir. It occurs at and below Darjeeling during winter, and I have taken it on sunny December days at 4000 feet. VANESSA C-ALBUM, Linn. A single, rather worn specimen was included in the collection, which, until we know more of the Himalayan varieties, I prefer to eall V. c-album. It is certainly much nearer to Amur specimens of V..c-album than to what I have from Mr. Moore as typical V. agnicula. I have only seen one specimen from Sikkim before, which differed from this one; and four others which I possess from various parts of the Himalaya differ from each other as much as a similar number ot European specimens from various localities do. Unfortunately, I have but fifty specimens in all of this group—not a tithe of what would be required to illustrate it properly ; but the more I see, the more impossible it seems to define them clearly. I should be much obliged to any entomologist for the loan of local series showing the amount of variation in different localities ; but, so far as I can see at present, no one can say to what species a given specimen of any of there forms belongs, unless he was told where it came from; and if that be so, what more is necessary to prove my theory ? ARGYNNIS ALTISSIMA, n. sp. (Plate XXYV. fig. 8.) Of this species I received ten specimens, all of which, as well as I can judge in the somewhat crushed state of their bodies, are males. Nine of them agree very well in size and pattern; but the tenth is at least a quarter larger in size, and has the wings broader and less pointed. In fact it has the appearance of a less alpine variety than 404 MR. H.J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM SIKKIM. [May 2, the others, which, judging from the collector’s marks, were taken with Cneis pumila and Parnassius at a very great elevation. This species has a very distinct and peculiar appearance, quite unlike any other Argynnis. Above, the markings are generally similar in arrangement to those of A. gemmata ; but the row of spots on the exterior margin are usually whitish, the ground-colour is paler, and the fringes spotted with white. Beneath, the position and arrangement of the markings are very similar to those of A. gemmata; but all the silvery spots are more elongated and less brilliant, and the deep fulvous markings are almost absent. Expanse 1+] inch, except the single specimen above mentioned, which is |'4 inch across, ARGYNNIS GEMMATA. (Plate XXV. figs. 6, 7.) A. gemmata, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. 1881, vil. p.32; Elwes, J. ¢. 1881, vii. p. 467. Of this distinct and lovely species I received a considerable number of both sexes, which I take the opportunity of figuring here, as a coloured plate is necessary to give an idea of its beauty. The females differ from the males in having the base and posterior margin of the fore wing grey, and the marginal spots pale outside ; the fringes also are pale-spotted, which is not the case in the males. This species must be very abundant at some localities, probably at a great elevation; and it is just possible that A. aléissima is a still more alpine form of it, analogous to A. melita, var. merope, though more different from A. gemmata than A. merope is from A. aurinia. ARGYNNIS CHILDRENI, Gray, Zool. Mise. p. 33; Lep. Ins. Nep. et, ton A single pair of this fine species. AGRYNNIS LATHONIA, Linn. A, issea, Moore, apud Gray, Lep. Ins. Nep. p. 11. Moore seems to have followed Gray, who followed Doubleday, in separating the Himalayan form from the European one. I cannot find that any description of it has been published ; and I agree with Kollar in saying that it is identical with A. lathonia, though a large series of specimens seem somewhat larger and darker than a series from various parts of Europe. There were some hundreds in the present collection ; but the insect is not common near Darjeeling. Curonosas pumitus. (Plate XXV. fig. 3.) C'. pumilus, Feld. Reise Nov. p. 490, t. 69. Ten specimens agree very fairly with Felder’s plate; but the markings are more distinct and well defined, especially the outer edge of the band on the hind wing. My specimens are also darker in colour and less yellow in tint than the figure of C. pumilus. As the papers containing these specimens were marked in ‘Tibetan with the same characters as the Parnassius, I presume they were taken at the 1882.] MR. H.J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM SIKKIM. 405 same time and place. C. pumilus was found by the late Dr. Stoliczka on the Lanak Pass (15,500 feet) in Ladak, and has never been taken by any one else as far as I know. There are no specimens of it in English collections that Mr. Moore or I have seen. Desis (Tanstma, Moore) MAsont, n. sp. (Plate XXV. fig. 2.) Resembles Dedis verma, Koll., in general appearance, size, form, and colour, but distinguished on the upperside by a single white spot near the apex of the fore wing, which is slightly undulate and fringed white ; the anterior angle of the hind wing is bordered and fringed white. On the underside there is one ocellus close to the white spot near the apex of fore wing, and the ground-colour of the hind wings is overlaid with greyish scales, and without the transverse steely bands of D.verma. The ocelli resemble those of D. verma in number, size, and position, but are ringed with hair-brown instead of fulvous. The sexes do not differ. Of this species, which, though allied to D. verma and to D., isana, Koll., is very distinct, 1 received a large number of specimens, which do not vary. As this insect has never been taken before, I imagine it to be from the Chumbi valley, on the other side of the passes, but it is probably not found at extreme elevations. Lerue (?) MARGARITH, n. sp. (Plate XXV. fig. 1.) A single male specimen of this fine and distinct species was in the collection, and appears very distinct from any thing which has been described. At first sight it seems most nearly allied to Neorina hilda, but does not quite agree with that species in neuration. Neither does it agree exactly with either Zophoessa or Lethe, though it ‘somewhat resembles Z. dunaris, Butler, in markings. Until we know more of the insect, it will be best to leave it in the genus Lethe, which requires careful revision, as the species at present comprised in it are very varied. Antenne in size and shape like those of WN. hilda, rufous with reddish tip. Palpi longer, more pointed, and less hairy than in N. hilda. Abdomen and legs rather shorter. Colour hair-brown, paler beneath, with a transverse pale fawn- coloured band beyond the disk, well defined on underside and fainter above. A similar band near the margin of the wing at an acute angle to the first, enclosing five white-pupilled ocelli in a straight row. On the exterior margin are two narrow lines of similar colour to the bands. Pattern of bind wings beneath somewhat similar, but the transverse band is rather curved outwards, and there is a large ocellus between the first and second subcostal nervule. The ocellus at anal angle has a double pupil. The bands on hind wing do not show on the upperside, and the ocelli are indistinct. Expanse 3°1 inches, Neorina nip, Doubl. & Westw. Gen. D. L. p. 369, t. 65. fig. 2. A single male specimen of this fine species, taken probably in the lower valleys of the interior, was in the collection. 406 MR. H.J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM SIKKIM. [May 2, ZOPHOESSA ATKINSONIA. Z. athinsonia, Hew. Ent. Mo. Mag. 1876, p. 151; Hewits, Desc. Lep. in Coll. Atkinson, 1879, p. 2, t. 1. figs. 2, 3. One specimen of this species, which is found at about 8000 feet near Darjeeling, and probably in the interior. The published figure of this species is bad, being much too rufous, and the markings much brighter than in any of four specimens in my collection. The type, however, is somewhat brighter than the average. Satyrus papMA, Koll. Kaschm. p. 445, t. xv. figs. 1, 2. I received twenty specimens of a species which, if not identical with, is very close to S. padma, though not so large as Kollar’s figure, and differing somewhat in the underside of the wing trom any examples I have from the north-west. The white spot on the costal margin seems to distinguish this from any other species in my collection- except S. weranga, Lang, which is much smaller; but all these Himalayan Saéyra are very nearly allied, and we do not yet know much about them. Mycatesis visata, Moore, Cat. Lep. E.I. C. p. 230. A single pair of this species, which is not uncommon near Darjeeling. The apex of the fore wing is sharply angled, almost ointed. The female differs only in larger size and paler colour. 5 Mycattsis, sp. A single female specimen, which at present I am not able to deter- mine. Yerrurma saxra, Moore, Cat. Lep. E.I. C. p. 286. A large number of this species, mostly in bad condition. The ocelli vary from three to five above in the males; but the females, besides being paler in colour above, have usually an additional small ocellus on the fore wing. YPTHIMA, sp. A single male specimen, which I cannot identify with any known species, but which I refrain from naming, as it seems to me there are already too many names in this difficult and little understood genus. It is 13 inch in expanse, dark brown above, with large dark ocellus, ringed yellow and double-pupilled, on fore wing above. On the hind wing one large central double ocellus and two small ones. Beneath it is grey, with minute pale brown strize and two irregular transverse fascize on both wings. Margin darker. Hind wing with three double ocelli in a paler band. It resembles Y. methora, Hew., more than any other species I know, but differs considerably beneath from a Lurmese specimen of that insect. 1882.] MR. H. J. ELWES ON BUTTERFLIES FROM SIKKIM. 407 Havre sikkima, Moore, n. sp. A single specimen only of this species, of which, as of the next, the description has been supplied by Mr. F. Moore. Allied to H. beturia. Male. Differs from same sex of that species in the fore wing being more acute at the apex, and the exte- rior margin less convex; the hind wing also is less convex externally, the colour is much darker olivaceous brown. Upperside of fore wing with similar spots, the two conjoined spots before the apex less obliquely situated, the two discal spots slightly less separated. Underside also darker, the olive-yellowish scales uniformly disposed and not forming a marginal macular band or discal fascia on the hind wing. Cilia of both wings brownish white throughout, not alternated with black as in H. beturia. Expanse 12 inch. Hab. Sikkim. In coll. H. J. Elwes. In shape of wings and coloration this species is somewhat like HI. varia of Japan. Hare separata, Moore, n. sp. A pair only of this new species. Male. Also allied to H. beturia. Fore wing comparatively shorter and the hind wing broader; fore wing with three conjoined small subapical yellowish-white spots, a transverse spot at upper end of the cell, and two widely separated spots on the disk. Cilia brownish white, alternated with dark brown. Underside, with the costal and outer borders of fore wing and entire hind wing covered with golden-olive scales; posterior border of fore wing yellow. Expanse 1,4; inch. Hab. Sikkim. In coll. H. J. Elwes. Tuanaos stigmata, Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 694. One damaged specimen only of this rare species, Hesperia DARA, Koll. Kaschm. p. 455. A single specimen, which is considered by Mr. Moore to be the same as H.dara of Kollar. It appears to be very close to H. flava, Murr., from Japan, and also to H. mesoides, Butl., which I have from Sikkim. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXV, Fig. 1. Lethe (?) margarite, p. 405. . Debis (Tansima) masoni, p. 405. . Chionobas pumilus, p. 404. . Parnassius epaphus, var. sikkimensis 2, p. 399. é. . Argynnis gemmata $, p. 404. altissima, p- 403. . Ilerda saphir? 3, p. 402. 10. Q. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. XXVIII. 28 g2 1 I> SUP G9 bO 408 MESSRS. LAYARD ON A NEW PARROT. [May 2, 4. Description of a new Species of Parrot of the Genus Nymphicus. By Evear L. Layarp, C.M.G., F.Z.8., &c., H.B.M. Consul, and E. Leororp C. Layarp, Vice-Consul at Noumea, New Caledonia. [Received April 28, 1882.] (Plate XXVI.) We have had in our possession for some time a pair of Parrots (s and 9) wnich we have unaccountably overlooked, mistaking them for immature birds of Nymphicus cornutus. A better acquain- tance with the latter, owing to our having killed many of them, and having had examples of the two species before us at the same time, has caused us to detect the differences, and we have much pleasure in introducing this new species to science. It is interesting as being confined to the small island of Uvéa, one of the Loyalties, which is perhaps, strictly speaking, a series of small islets, jomed together by a connecting reef, having a lagoon in the centre. We presume, though we have no certain knowledge, that the bird is found chiefly on the large or main island, which faces Lifou, and it is very remarkable that it does not extend to that island. A friend, however, wrote us word, some months since, that, after the hurricane at the beginning of last year, “crested Parrots’’ had appeared in Lifou. We will make further inquiries now our attention is turned to the subject, and find out to which species they belong ; we had set them down as NV. cornutus of course. The Parrot common on Lifou is, as we have already shown, T’richoglossus massena, Bp. (ef. Ibis, 1879, p. 185, &e-). Nymphicus uveensis, as we propose to call this new species (from the locality where it is found), may be thus described :—Closely re- sembling JV. cornutus, but wanting the red head, orange occiput, and nuchal collar, and exhibiting only the faintest trace, if at all (in some, not at all), of the orange on the rump. ‘The crest also is totally dif- ferent. In NV. cornutus (Plate XXVI. fig. 1) the crest is usually com- posed of two feathers (we have seen three when one was about to be shed) much elongated ; 2 inches is a good average length; we have seen specimens (one now lies before us) in which it is 3 inches long. The feathers are black, faintly tinged with green, and broadly tipped with red; they spring from the centre of the broad red cap which covers the whole of the top of the head. In N. uveensis (Plate XX VI. fig. 2) the crest isa bunch of six, short, upturned, and entirely green feathers, springing from the end of a small spot of red, that occupies the centre of the forehead, commencing at the nostrils. The crest-feathers are only an inch anda halflong. In N. cornutus the red cap reaches nearly to the eye, from which it is separated by the black of the cheeks, which fills up the space to the bill, and extends under the chin. All this is wanting in NV. wveensis: the black is changed to a dark green, except just on the nostrils, and the ear-coverts and lower part of the cheeks are bright green. Senate lity Hanhart. imp I. NYMPHICUS GORNUTUS. 2 is UVZENSIS, P.Z.S.1882 . Pl. XXVII. 1 x 640 3% Mintern Bros.imp. Edwin Wilson, del.et lith. STRUCTURE OF FEATHERS. P.Z.S.1882 Pl. XXVIII. Edwm Wilson, del.et lith . Mintern. Bros. imp. STRUCTURE OF FEATHERS. 1882.] DR. H. GADOW ON THE COLOUR OF FEATHERS. 409 The broad nuchal collar of orange of N. cornutus is altogether wanting, and there is no difference between the colour of this part of the back. We observe that the brilliant blue of the primaries of NV. cornutus is much dimmer in NV. weensis; but this may result from our specimens being caged birds, and consequently not in such perfect plumage. In size and shape the two species are identical. 5. On the Colour of Feathers as affected by their Structure. By Dr. Hans Gapow. [Received May 2, 1882.] (Plates XXVII. & XXVIII.) The colours which we perceive in the things surrounding us may result from various sources, according to which they may be divided into two classes. The First CLass consists of so-called objective, chemical, or absorption colours. Such colours do not change or vary under any position of the light or eye ; they receive their colour always from a colouring-matter. This may exist in the form of a solution or as pigment. Animal objective-colours are mostly due to pigment. The seconp crass has been variously described as subjective, physical, or structural colours. They are the result of reflected or broken light. This may take place in various ways : — 1. Total reflection of light, e.g. the gloss on a polished surface. 2. The light may be broken infinitely often and be totally re- flected. The result of this is white. 3. Diffraction by a prism. 4. Interference of colours. By this theory are explained the colours of extremely thin transparent plates, and’ those which are produced by a system of narrow ridges, e. g. iridescence of mother-of- pearl, the blue-heat stage of steel, and the colour of soap-bubbles. As I have not, in this communication, entered into any general history of the colours of birds’ feathers, but have confined myself to the effects of structure, it appears unnecessary to give any detailed critical account of the work of my predecessors, which should only make part of an elaborate and complete essay. ‘he titles of the more important papers, however, are given in the footnote! 1 B. Altum, “Ueber die Farben der Vogelfedern im Allgemeinen, und iiber das Schillern insbesondere,” Naumannia, 1854, p. 293. B. Altum, “Ueber den Bau der Federn als Grund ihre Farbung,” Journ. f. Orn. 1854, pp. xix—xxxy. A. Bogdanow, “Note sur le pigment des plumes des Oiseaux,” Bullet. de la Sce. d. Naturalistes de Moscou, 1856, p. 458. V. Fatio, “Des divers modifications dans les formes et la coloration des plumes,” Mém. Soc. phys. hist. nat. Genéve, xviii. (1866), p. 249, plates. K. W. Krukenberg, ‘ Vergleich. physiolog. Studien,’ ser. 1. pt. v., ser. 2. pt. i. [See also a further contribution (ser. 2. pt. ii.) which has only dome into my hands as the revise is leaving them.—H. G., July 25¢h.] 28* 410 DR. H. GADOW ON THE COLOUR OF FEATHERS. [May 2, Application of the Laws of Colours to Feathers. I. Pigment-cotours. The simplest case. It has long been a matter of discussion whether or not pigment exists in feathers on account of its never having been successfully extracted. Recently, however, various pigments have been discovered. What we know at present about pigment in feathers is almost entirely the result of the investigations of Bogdanow and Krukenberg. Pigment may produce the following colours :— Black, resulting from the presence of zoomelanin, a colouring- matter which is probably identical with the melanin of the Chori- oidea. This is the pigment most universally found in the animal kingdom, and almost every ‘‘ black”? feather owes its colour to this pigment. Brown. Zooxanthin, found in brown feathers. A mixture of this and the former pigment would of course give black-brown. Red. The best studied feather-pigment is the ¢uracin in the red quills of the Musophagidee. This very peculiar stuff has hitherto only been found in the Touracous. Another red pigment is the zooerythrin ; first extracted by Bog- danow from Calurus auriceps, and, as a pinkish matter, from Cotinga cerulea. The same matter produces the red in the wattle round the eye of the Black Cock (hence called by Wurm, its discoverer, tetraon- erythrin). Zooerythrin has been found in very different birds, which, like Phenicopterus, Cardinalis, Ibis, and Cacatua, have more or less red in their plumage; it is therefore very probable that red is generally produced by this pigment. Allied to the zooerythrin is the zoorudin, a red-brown matter in the feathers of Cicinnurus regius. Zoofulvin is a yellow to greenish-yellow pigment. Turacoverdin is found in the green feathers of the Touracous. In other green feathers no green pigment has hitherto been found, and the same applies to blue and violet. We may be almost certain that, wherever we have feathers with the various shades of black, brown, red, and yellow, if these feathers do not change their colour in different positions of the eye, their colour is merely due to a pigment. But there may be complication ;. if, for instance, the deeper strata contain a black, and the upper ones superimposed red pigment, the whole will appear dark red. Or if we take red with a superimposed yellow layer, the result will be orange. The richness of colours will often entirely depend on the amount of pigment, e.g. grey. II. By DIFFRACTION and REFLECTION we can explain the fol- lowing phenomena in feathers :— 1. White. There is no white pigment or white objective colour in natural objects ; and wherever we have a white object, its colour is due to there being an innumerable number of interstices between its molecules, or air-cells in its substance. ‘The whole substance of a white feather, the ceratinine, is colourless, but its texture forms a fine network. 2. Simple reflection of light. The gloss of feathers, independent of 1882.] DR, H. GADOW ON THE COLOUR OF FEATHERS. 411 the colour itself, is the result of their surface being smooth and polished : if the surface is rough, the colours given to the feather by pigment appear more or less dull; but if polished, they will appear with a more or less strong gloss, and they will look much more saturated, e.g. brilliant red. The polished surface is produced by the horny substance of the feathers. 3. Interference of colours and colour of thin plates. The thin plates are represented by the extremely thin laminze of the radii, or by a thin coating of the transparent ceratinine. These parts appear with a certain colour simply because they are thin; but instances of this are very rare, although the planes of the barbules are certainly thin enough to allow the application of colours of thin plates. In Galbula tombacea, for instance, the thickness of such a barbule-plane, where it contained only little or no pigment, was under the micro- scope certainly Jess than 0°1 of one smallest division of the micro- meter. The index of actual value for one division, with the power applied, was 0-0063, thus giving an actual value less than 0-006 mm. The so called iridescence of feathers might be thus explained. An underlying pigment complicates the problem a little. A smooth, glossy surface inay likewise be produced by a fine film of oil on the surface of the feathers, e.g. in water-birds. Application of the Theory of Colours which are produced by a system of narrow ridges. Almost every fine feather exhibits a sort of iridescence if we look through it towards the light. The system of fine lines is then re- presented by the series of radii or barbules on either side of the rami or barbs. That these parts are minute enough for this is proved by observation. We know that “ Gitterfarben’’ begin to be visible to the naked eye if there are about twenty interstices to a millimetre. Now in a feather taken from the neck of Péta (in the green part of the feather figured), I found the distance between the top of the two neighbouring barbules equal to 0°05 mm., or at another part = 0°04 mm. Explanation of the Objective structural Colours, z.e. colours which are due to a particular structure of the feather- substance, which contain a pigment differently coloured from the colour actually observed, and which are not variable. Blue feathers.—All attempts made by chemists to find a blue or a violet pigment in feathers have been unsuccessful. Such feathers contain only a black-brown to yellow pigment. The simplest proof of this astonishing fact is that such feathers, if examined with trans- mitted light under the microscope, appear-invariably brown. The blue feathers of Parrots lose this colour if held against the light, i. e. if examined under indirect light. Moreover, we can make a crucial test. If certain colours result from a particular surface-structure of the feathers, these colours must disappear if we destroy the supposed colour-producing parts. This 412 DR. H. GADOW ON THE COLOUR OF FEATHERS. [May 2, can actually be done. If we press one of the deep-blue feathers of a Maccaw between two hard planes, so as to squash or smash the stratum of prismatic cones, or if we hammer it carefully, the blue immediately disappears, and the injured part looks grey or brownish according to the underlying pigment. The same is the case with the beautifully blue feathers of Artamia. Green parrot-feathers, when treated in a similar way, become yellow, since this is the colour of their pigment. Thus structural or optical colour may, so to speak, be knocked out of a feather. (Fatio observed that blue disappears after injuring the surface by scratching off some of the enamel.) This explains the dark appearance of the abraded parts of feathers of Parrots and other vividly coloured birds. Again, red, orange, brown, black, and most of the yellow feathers (7. e. such which owe their colour directly to pigment) do not lose or change their colour under any physical treatment. The explanation of the due colour is the most difficult of all in those feathers where the blue is independent of the position of the eye, 7. e. in which the blue does not change. In most cases the blue is confined to the rami, which, for imstance in Cereba and in Artamia, in the blue parts of the feather are devoid of cilia and radii, and are broader and flattened out (cf. Fatio). With a magnifying-power of about 640, we first observe that the whole ramus is covered by a transparent, slightly yellowish, or per- haps quite colourless, sheath or coating, the thickness of which is not more than 0°0014 of a millimetre. The surface of this sheath is uneven and granulated. Immediately under this sheath we find one continuous layer of prismatic polygonal (frequently hexagonal) cells or cones. Most of these cones are broadest at their apices, and be- come smaller towards their bases; others have nearly parallel walls or may be broadest below. (This layer of cones has been called by Fatio, its discoverer, ‘‘émail.’”) The space between their apices seems to be filled up with the same matter as the coating. The colour of the cones is pale yellowish, or, if this is only the reflection of the underlying pigment, they are colourless. The distance between the middle of two neighbouring apices I found equal to 0:0050 of a millimetre ; this would also be their breadth at the base. Their height seems to be slightly larger. No actual mea- surement, however, could be obtained, as I did not succeed in getting a clear side view of them. As to the structure of these little cones themselves, it is very difficult to arrive at a satisfactory conclusion, considering the minuteness of the subject. However, in Pitta moluccensis and in Artamia I observed a system of extremely fine lines running parallel with the long axis of the cones, i. e. trans- verse or vertical to the long axis or surface of the ramus. These lines themselves do not seem to be straight, but irregularly waved. The breadth of each bar I calculated to be less than 0°0006 of a millimetre. Below this stratum of polygonal prisms or cones lies brownish- yellow pigment, near the middle of the barb; where the layer of pigment is thicker it looks black-brown. This pigment, of course, 1882.] DR. H. GADOW ON THE COLOUR OF FEATHERS. 413 together with the proper substance of the feather, occupies the rest of the barb. Thus we have, if proceeding from the surface to the middle of a blue barb; the following structure (fig. 1) :— 1. A transparent, apparently homogeneous sheath of ceratinine (S 8). 2. One layer of prismatic cells; and 3, under this, a brownish pigment (P). The sheath may vary in thickness and in surface-structure from about 0:0014 to 0:0043 mm. In Pitta I calculated its thickness to 0°0016 mm., and the surface appeared to be quite smooth ; whilst in Cawreba each top of a cone corresponded with a slight elevation of the sheath. The breadth, or diameter, was calculated to about 0:006 mm.; it agrees very closely with that of Cereba and Ara, Fig. 1. Diagrammatic section through part of a barb of a blue feather. Fatio, who examined the structure of blue feathers, also says that under the prismatic layer there are ‘‘ de grandes cellules polygonales A noyau coloré.”” But I suppose that this is an optical delusion, and that the large polygones (generally hexagones) which we see while looking vertically down upon the surface of the rami are the lateral outlines of the prismatic columns. Therefore what he figured (op. cit. plate iii. fig. 6) as polygones are simply the foreshortened columns, and the underlying pigment gives them the appearance of cells with a dark nucleus. The thickness of the surface-coating of blue feathers varies con- siderably in different birds, and even in different feathers of the same bird. Differences between 0:0016 and 00043 cannot be put down as mistakes of measurement. Again, we know that the thickness of colour-producing plates varies from about 0°00006 to 0:0004 mm., giving bluish-white or pale orange light respectively. And if the plates in question are thicker than about 0°0005 mm., they cease to produce colour, and the law of colours of thin plates is 414 DR. H. GADOW ON THE COLOUR OF FEATHERS. [May 2, not applicable to them. Now our surface-coating of 0°004 is about ten times thicker than the thickest of colour-producing plates ; consequently this surface-coating cannot be the cause of the blue colour. Moreover, we find quite a similar sheath surrounding red and black feathers; and therefore the function of this sheath will be, besides merely protecting the feather, to give the blue colour, produced by other parts, a glossy brilliant appearance. This, how- ever, does not mean that this transparent sheath is superfluous or unimportant to the appearance of blue; since, supposing the blue is produced by the underlying cone-stratum, there must be some material to reflect this blue to our eye, in a similar way that a piece of wood shows its colour up much better when polished or varnished. We must therefore look for other reasons for the appearance of blue. It is true that all blue feathers contain a yellowish to brown pigment ; but the same is the case with many others, like yellow and green feathers, and, besides this, a yellow pigment alone can never produce blue. The most essential part of blue feathers is the layer of prismatic columns; but as these vary considerably in size, from 0°011 to 0-003, they alone cannot be the essential part, nor can it be the thickness of the transparent coat of the little columns themselves, since even this extremely thin coating is sometimes too thick to allow the application of ‘ thin-plate colours.” As the primary cause, we have to consider the fine ridges which we observe on the outer surface of all these prismatic columns. Many of them are so fine that they are even narrower than the length of one wave of light (the length of one wave of red light being 0:0007, that of violet being 0:0004 mm.). As they form a system of ridges, I am inclined to apply to them the theory of ‘*Gitterfarben,’’ and I explain the blue colour of feathers by this theory. The colour produced by thin plates depends entirely on the pro- portion of the thickness of the plate to the length of the waves (w) ; consequently if this proportion is equal to #, and y is the thick- ness of the plate when first looking red, this same colour will appear every time when the thickness (y') of the plate has increased to an odd multiple of wx. But after a certain thickness is obtained, the plate loses the power of producing colour. Very similar conditions apply to the theory of colours produced by a system of narrow ridges. However as these ridges in the cones are so minute that a cipher generally does not appear before the fourth decimal, we are unable to measure them with exactness. Moreover these ridges do not appear always as straight lines, but seem to be waved; to measure the length and deviations of these waves would be mere guesswork. Whether this system of ridges is the only cause of the blue colour is doubtful ; very likely the transparent coating and the cones them- selves will considerably influence the light passing through them. The production of blue therefore in a feather would be the result of a very complicated process. Let us throw only a furtive glance at some of the changes which 1882.] DR. H. GADOW ON THE COLOUR OF FEATHERS. 415 the light falling upon and passing through a blue feather is likely to undergo. First, part of the rays will be simply reflected from the outer surface of S S (fig. 1, p.413); secondly, the rest, before passing through this stratum, will be variously broken and reflected before reaching the coating ps, since the stratum SS is not homogeneous, but consists apparently of several irregular scales and secondary strata; thirdly, the coating, ps, breaks the rays again and partly reflects them, and, if it is only 00006 mm. thick, as in Pitta, it is thin enough to allow the application of the theory of thin-plate colours; fourthly, the system of ridges; fifthly, some rays will reach the layer of brownish pigment. How much of them is absorbed, how much reflected as brownish light, and what the changes are of this brown light before it comes up again to the surface, we cannot tell. Again, the ray a will be under different conditions to the ray c. To follow and to calculate all these changes would be almost a superhuman task. We know only the result, namely blue colour. By the application of the theory of colours of narrow ridges we are enabled to explain several other colours, fortunately under less difficult circumstances. We have seen before that many yellow feathers owe their colour to a yellow pigment. But several of them do not contain any pigment. The thin rami and radii of the downy part of a feather of Pitta, for instance, appear coloured (yellow) only under direct light, but they are colourless if examined under the microscope with transmitted light. Now in yellow feathers, no matter if they contain pigment or not, the surface shows very fine longitudinal ridges, which are more or less parallel to one another, and which appear as straight lines. This I found was the case in the yellow feathers of Pitta, Psittacula, Arachnothera, Picus, and Parus. The distance between the top of two neighbouring ridges varied from 0°001 to 0°0005 of a millimetre. That there are real ridges on the surface we can see on a transverse section of a yellow radius. The radius of a yellow pectoral tuft-feather of drachnothera (Plate XXVIII. fig. 6) had a diameter of 0-007 mm. ; as there were about twelve such ridges, like a, (3, y, their distance could not be greater than on .7 =0°0018 mm. In Pitta the radius of a half-downy feather had a diameter of 0°012 mm. All round there were about twelve ridges, and the breadth of one ridge was rather smaller than the interstices; therefore the breadth of one ridge must be smaller than .7=0°0015 mm. Another method of 12:0 12+12 calculating gave 0°0012 as the breadth of one ridge. Violet feathers.—Similar ridges exist on the surface-coating of violet metallic feathers, as, for instance, in Zthopyga and in Sturnus ; but the ridges do not appear to be quite straight, moreover they are much finer; in Stwrnus only 0:00085 mm. Green feathers.—-Only in the Musophagide green pigment has been found. All other green feathers contain only either zoofulvin or a black-brown pigment. Krukenberg suggested therefore that 416 DR. H. GADOW ON THE COLOUR OF FEATHERS. [May 2, the green appearance is the result of a mixture of the yellow-pig- ment colour and of a blue optical structural colour. However, this cannot well be always the case, since most green feathers do not show that peculiar structure which we invariably meet with in blue feathers. All the green feathers which I have examined show the following structure :—Generally a transparent smoothly surfaced sheath sur- rounds the rami and the radii, which are both green. Between this sheath and the invariably present yellowish, brownish, or pinkish pigment one sees a system of ridges and fine pits. These ridges are shorter and less regular than those observed in yellow feathers, and the little pits are rather irregularly dispersed over the shaft and plane of the barbs and barbules. The more regular and parallel these furrows are, the more approaches the green colour to a yellowish tinge. As we know of no green feathers without any pig- ment, and always with such an irregularly ridged and furrowed surface-structure, we cannot say that this structure directly produces green, nor that it produces blue. We must accept that they break the yellow light, issued from the yellow pigment, into green. Red feathers are frequently surrounded with a thick transparent sheath, for instance those of Rhamphastus; but they have no peculiar or particular surface-structure, and the large wrinkles which we observe in them seem to be merely the result of a drying-up process of the horny feather-substance. In orange or orange-brown feathers, how- ever, we frequently find a dark red pigment and yellow surface- structure. Explanation of subjective or metallic colours——We speak of metallic colours if the feathers under reflected light appear with a metallic gloss, and if their glossy colour changes into another one according to the position of our eye. If we look ina direction nearly parallel to the plane of the feather it will appear black. This can be done in two ways (fig. 3, p. 420) : first, with our eye between the object and the light, a position which I propose to call A; secondly, with the object between the light and the eye, position C. By passing the eye from A to C, along the line indicated by the arrow, we notice the gradual appearance of all the various metallic colours which the feather is able to display. We further observe that these colours do not appear at random, but, and this is of the greatest importance, that they begin with the colours nearest to the red side of the spectrum, and end with the violet. The position just inter- mediate between A and C is that in which we look vertically down upon the plane of the feather, with the object turned fully to the light; no matter, however, whether this position is produced by looking at the feather in the way as indicated by diagram B or D. This position we call B. In order to ascertain this fact, I have examined, under these three positions, about eighty birds of all orders, wherever metallic colours were present, and I did not find one single exception to the rule. With the exception of two particular cases, which I shall explain later on, the metallic parts of all these birds look perfectly black in 1882.] DR. H. GADOW ON THE COLOUR OF FEATHERS. 417 position A; if we turn the bird to position B it will, let us say, look green; and halfway between B and C this bird will assume a blue colour, which again passes into violet before appearing black again in position C. If the bird begins with bronzy red, it will change through golden green to pure green, then through bluish green to blue and violet. There is not a single feather which, if moved from B to A, changes from green to blue, in other words from the violet to the red end of the spectrum. Thus we are able to predict into which colour a bird can change if we know its colour in position B. Thus a blue feather can only become purple or violet ; a green one has more changes, and a golden-green one still more. It is, however, very rare that a feather changes through more than half of the spectrum; a coppery-red feather will generally cease with green; a violet feather cannot change at all, except into black, since beyond the violet there are no visible colours in the spectrum. Another important fact is that metallic feathers can appear in any colour which is represented in the spectrum, but not in any which, like brown or grey, are not spectral colours. All these circumstances induce me to explain the changeable metallic colours as prismatic ; and in order to prove this we have to examine the feathers for their prismatic structure. In any metallic feather the metallic colour is confined to the radii which are entirely devoid of cilize, and consist of a series of variously shaped compartments which overlap one another like tiles of a roof. Fig. 1, Plate XXVIII., represents a barbule of a violet feather of Aithopyga; it consists of about fifteen compartments, each 0-03 mm. long and 0:03 mm. broad, and each forming a plane. Fig. 9 a, Plate XXVII., shows part of a barbule of Nectarinia famosa, brilliant green in position B, blue in C, black in A; each compartment was 0:027 mm. long and 0:015 mm. broad. If turned on the edge and looked upon sideways, they look like fig. 94; each compartment is convex-concave, with the convex side lying uppermost turned towards the light. In Jacamar, coppery red in positions B and A, green in C, they measure 0:040 by 0°018 mm. Every one of these compart- ments is surrounded by a transparent horny coat, the thickness of which varies from 0°00085 mm. (Sturnus) and 0:0015 mm. (Jaca- mar), 0°0012 (Athopyga) to 0°0022 mm. ( Galbula tombacea). The surface of this coat is either perfectly smooth and polished, like in Nectarinia famosa, or, in violet feathers, contains very fine longitu- dinal ridges, or, as in Jacamar, it showed very fine and numerous little dots. Below this transparent and apparently colourless sheath lies brownish to black pigment evenly dispersed. Now, then, let us take a transverse section of such an arrangement (SS being the transparent sheath, P the pigment), and put it in a po- sition that the light falls upon it from L (fig. 2, p. 418). A very small part of the orbit of a circle or any curve may be treated as a straight line ; we thus may regard this sheath as consisting of a number of small prisms. We know that a prism in such a position, with the top or one edge directed upwards, breaks the light in such a way as to produce a spectrum on the side furthest from the light, with the 418 DR. He GADOW ON THE COLOUR OF FEATHERS. [May 2, red lying at 7 (2. e. towards the upright edge of the prism), and with the violet at v. No rays, or at least no visible ones, are thrown out into the space between 1 and 2; consequently with our eye at.1, corresponding to position A, we shall perceive black. At 3 the first red rays will become visible, at 4 the blue ones, and so forth, till at 6 we come across the ultra-violet rays, where we see again black, corresponding with position C. Between 1 and 6 will be a place from where we can look at the object under full light (position B); and this, of course, is the way in which we generally describe an object. As this agrees with observation, i.e. as every metallic feather (if examined in the way explained above) shows precisely the same phenomena as a prism under similar circumstances would show, we have every right to consider the explanation of “ metallic varying colours”’ as proved. There are, however, several observed facts Fig. 2. Al XX XK = exn®* = = 2 & * ~ * Wee * PN * 3 Diagrammatic section through the barb of a “ metallic” feather. which need an explanation, since they seem rather to upset this theory. First, why does not every metallic feather display all the colours of the spectrum? and why do they generally range not over more than a few neighbouring colours? Of course any prism, however small it be, displays all the colours of the spectrum; but this does not mean that all of them reach our eye! Part of the spectrum might be hidden by some other object standing between it and our eye; for instance we can easily cut off either end of a spectrum by a screen. In the feathers the screen would be represented by a neighbouring radius, so that, as, for instance, in fig. 2, the lower half of the spectrum { may be concealed, in which case that feather would only vary between red and greenish. Or two neighbouring prisms, even if they belong to the same radius or barbule, may be so situated that their spectra partly overlap one another. This would have a double result: first, that where two complimentary colours fall upon each other they would simply produce white light; secondly, 1882. ] DR. H. GADOW ON THE COLOUR OF FEATHERS, 419 that through the combination of two different colours, as, for instance, yellow and blue, there would appear a third one, in this instance green. Thus, spectrum a, produced by the prism a, is partly covered by the spectrum £, produced by prism 4; the blue of 8 covers the yellow of a. Now as red and green give white, and blue and yellow give green, we should in this case probably see only the colours red and orange, produced by prism a. Another circumstance, which might make this process very com- plicated, is implied in the consideration that the surface of the pris- matic sheath is frequently uneven. How many different systems of prisms result from this arrangement, and how in the purple feathers of an Aithopyga the rays of light become broken by the surface- ridges into blue and violet, we are unable to explain. A third phenomenon, which needs explanation, is that some of the most gorgeously metallic feathers cannot be made to look black in position A or C. An example of this is the beautiful coppery-red to deep blue of aJacamar. Under the microscope the compartments of the radii of such a feather are extremely convex, as in fig. 5, Plate XXVIII. ; consequently there will be always some part of such a compartment which presents a vertical plane to the eye, and which therefore is always more or less in position B. Now to sum up. We have to distinguish between several cate- gories of colours in feathers. 1. Objective chemical colours directly produced by pigment. To these belong black, brown, red, orange, and yellow. 2. Objective structural colours. The feather may contain no pig- ment at all, and the colour be produced solely by a special structural arrangement of the feather-substance, for instance white, and fre- quently yellow; the latter if the surface is composed of very fine and narrow longitudinal ridges, Or the feather contains a yellow to brownish-black pigment, and the colour actually observed, as green, blue, and violet, is produced by a specially produced and particularly constructed transparent layer between the pigment and the surface. Of non-changing colours 4/we and violet are always structurally objective. Green seems to be only in a few cases the result of yellow pigment combined with blue surface-structure. In most cases it seems to be not a mixture of two colours, but due to yellow- pigment light being broken into green. A green pigment seems to be very exceptional. 3. Colours which change and which entirely depend on the position of the light and eye. They are produced by a transparent sheath, which acts like a prism. Any changing colour represented in the solar spectrum may be thus produced in feathers. The facts which I have laid down in this communication indicate the desirability, nay even the absolute necessity, of a standard method, not only of describing but also of drawing birds and other animals which show metallic colours. These three standard positions, I venture to submit, should be the following :— Position A, in which the eye is placed between the bird and the light, the eye and light almost in a level with the planes to be examined. 420 DR. H. GADOW ON THE COLOUR OF FEATHERS. _[ May 2, Position B, in which the bird is placed vertically to the eye, a position in which objects are usually described. : Position C, in which the bird is held in the same level with, but between the eye and light. Fig. 3. rn Oe Sa The three positions in which metallic colours should be observed. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Piate XXVII. Fig. 1. Part of a belly-feather of Pitta moluccensis. s, scapus or shaft; 7, ramus or barb; p, radius or barbule. 2. The blue part of the ramus at x (fig. 1), as seen under the microscope with transmitted light. 3. The same, but magnified 640 times. s¢, transparent surface-coating or sheath ; c, the layer of cones, with their sheath (s) and with the fine ridges (7). 4. The same of Cereba. 5. Yellow radius of Pitta. pp, pigment-corpuscles, the shaft of the radius showing the longitudinal ridges. 6a. Part of another yellow radius of Pitta. No pigment present. 6 6. Transverse section through 6 a at x. 7. Yellow radius of Picus. 8. Part of a metallic golden-green to blue feather of Nectarinia famosa. s, shaft; p, radius; 7, ramus, 9a. Distal half of one radius of Nectarinia, showing the transparent sheath which surrounds the compartments. 9b. The sane, but seen from the edge. 10. End of a metallic radius of a Jacamar. cc, the suppressed cilizx. 11. Part of a metallic violet barbule of Sturnus vulgaris. 12. Part of a barbule of a red non-metallic feather of Nectarinia, Prate XXVIII. . One metallic violet barbule of Zthopyga. . One barbule of a green feather of Paleornis. . Barbule of a yellow crest-feather of Parus sultaneus. . Part of a colourless barbule of Parus sultaneus. . One barbule (radius) of a metallic (coppery-red to bluish) feather of aJacamar. ¢, one of the compartments separated from the others, and showing its highly convex-concaye shape ; 7, barb or radius. Fig. Ou Coho re 1882. ] MR. H. STEVENSON ON PUFFINUS OBSCURUS. 421 Fig. 6. Part of a radius of a yellow pectoral tuft-feather of Arachnothera magna. 7. A feather of the breast of Psitfacula, natural size. , 8a. Part of a barbule of the red part in the feather of Psittacula. 8d. 3 & yellow bs +: 8 C. ” ” green ” » May 16, 1882. Osbert Salvin, Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. The following report on the additions to the Society’s Mena- gerie during the month of April 1882 was read by the Secretary :— The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- gerie during the month of April 1882 was 124, of which 32 were by presentation, 65 by purchase, 18 by birth, 3 in exchange, and 6 were received on deposit. The total number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 82. The most noticeable additions during the month were the following birds, all of species new to the Society’s Collection. 1. A Rifle-bird (Ptilorhis paradisea), purchased April 4. This is a male bird in immature and worn plumage, changing very slowly into the adult dress, but apparently in good health. 2. A pair of Black-headed Tragopans (Ceriornis melanocephala), imported from Calcutta, and received April 5. This is the first pair of this fine species that has reached us, although I believe that several examples of it have been previously received in Europe, and there is said to have been a single example of it many years ago in the Gardens. 3. Four Riippell’s Parrots (Peocephalus rueppelli) from Western Africa, purchased April 15. This species was first described and figured by G. R. Gray in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for 1848 (p. 125, Aves, t.5). Two of our specimens resemble the figure there given ; the others have the rump and under tail-coverts blue. 4. A Western Black Cockatoo (Calyptorhynchus naso, Gould, B. Austr. v. t. 9), conspicuously differing from the Eastern C. banksi, of which we have also examples, in its smaller size. 5. A male Cabot’s Tragopan (Ceriornis caboti), purchased April 18, making a fine addition to the Gallinaceous series. 6. Two of the recently described Green-horned Parrakeet, Nym- phicus uveensis, Layard (supra, p. 480, Plate XXV1.), which we believe to be a pair, purchased April 27. These have been placed in the Parrot-house, next to our two living examples of Nymphicus cor- nutus (cf. P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 550, pl. xliv.), and afford a fine oppor- tunity for the comparison of these two closely allied species. A mounted specimen of the Dusky Petrel, Pufinus obscurus (Gm.), which had been picked up dead in Norfolk in 1858, was placed on the table, having been sent up for exhibition by Mr. Henry Stevenson of Norwich ; and the following remarks by him were read :— ‘The bird now exhibited was picked up dead by a gamekeeper on 422 MR. H. STEVENSON ON PUFFINUS oBscuRUS. [May 16, the Earsham estate (near Bungay) in Norfolk, about the 10th or 12th of April, 1858, and was recorded by myself in the ‘ Zoologist’ for that year, p. 6096. It was brought in a perfectly fresh state to a Norwich bird-stuffer, named Sayer, by Captain Meacle, who, at that time, rented the Hall and the shooting at Earsham ; but as, shortly after, Capt. Meacle broke up his establishment there and left the country, this specimen was altogether lost sight of, and I was unable to confirm my first impression as to the species. arly in the present year, Mr. J. H. Gurney, Junr., and I, in com- paring notes for a revised ‘ List of the Birds of Norfolk,’ had some correspondence respecting this almost forgotten specimen, which was fortunately discovered to have been preserved at Earsham Hall, along with other birds killed on the estate, and had never been, as at first supposed, the property of Capt. Meacle. Thismostinteresting bird has been kindly entrusted to me for further identification as to the species, and for exhibition, by Mr. W. Hartcup, of Bungay, Trustee of the late Sir W. Dalling’s estate at Earsham. Owing to my temporary absence from Norwich at the time, I did not see the Petrel in the flesh, but I examined it a few days after it had been ‘set up.’ It had evidently not been shot ; but a wound on one side of the head, as though it had been hit, or had flown violently against something, was probably the cause of its death, ~ “* Except on the side of the head as stated, the feathers were per- fectly clean and unruffled ; but the inner web of one foot was partially nibbled away, as though a mouse or other vermin had been at it, at least soit struck meat the time; but I have since found the webs of the feet in other sea-birds, skins especially, slit up, from quite different causes. The injury to the head is still visible in this spe- cimen, on the side next the back of the case, and helps to identify the bird as the one seen by me in 1858 if there could be the slightest question as to this being the same I recorded in the ‘ Zoologist.’ The webs of both feet are now imperfect, apparently injured by insects, The man who stuffed it assured me that the Petrel was a male by dissection, and in poor condition. “I have recently taken the following measurements :— inches. Total length: once MA hn ees 12 (scant). Betlsenh. Poasomnasr ths Blue 1 Carpal joint to end of longest primary .. 733; Tamsusos 0 JA +... 2555 de ere eS 1; (14 scant). Middle toe and claw .......... Sebi? 13 “N.B. When I first saw it, having been dead some few days, the beak was a dull black and the webs of the feet yellowish brown.” The following papers were read :— P28. 1686. PRI, Mintern Brosimp. OP. Cambridge dd E. Carter sc. New Araneidea. 7 et eee P. 2. S.1882. Pl. el ‘ ee OP Cambridge del. Mirtern Bros. imp. E Carter sc New Araneidea. a OF Cambridge del. E. Carter sc. New Araneidea. P. 4. 5. 1882. PLXXXT. 1882.] REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. 423 1. On new Genera and Species of Araneidea. By the Rev. O. P. Camnripnez, M.A., C.M.Z.S., &c. [Received April 29, 1882.] (Plates XXIX.-XXXL.) Of the sixteen species of Spiders described on the present occa- sion, two are from Caffraria, sent to me by Mr. Mansel Weale ; one: from Sé. Helena, received from Mr. Melliss some years ago ; two from Ceylon, contained in the fine collection made for me by Mr. G. H. K. Thwaites ; and the rest (11 species) from a collection made on the Amazons by Professor Traill. All are, so far as I am able to ascertain, new to science, excepting the Spider from St. Helena, erroneously included by myself (P. Z. S. 1869, p. 538, pl. xlii. fig. 6) in the genus Olios. The example from which the description and figures (/. c.) were made was a very misleading one, having been pinned and dried, some important generic parts injured, and its legs extended laterally, in what I find since to be a quite unnatural position. Specimens of this Spider received more recently have convinced me that a new genus of Drasside must be established for its reception. Eight other new genera are also here characterized, belonging to the families Drasside, T, heridiide, Pol- tide, and Salticide. One other point of interest only need be noted here; and that is the discovery, for the first time in South America, of a species of the curious four-eyed genus Miagrammopes, Cambr. (posted, p- 435. The genus was. first characterized from Ceylon (Linn. Soc. Journ. x. p. 398). Since then it has been found at Sydney, N.S. W., Rodriguez, Zanzibar, and now also (2 species) in Caffraria (posted, pp. 436, 437). Fam. Drassipa@, XEROPIGO, g.n. (nom. propr.). Cephalothorax broad-oval, truncated in front. The lateral mar- ginal constrictions are strong ; and the profile-line forms a tolerably even curve from the upper part of the clypeus to the posterior margin, with a slight dip or depression at the thoracic junction. The height of the clypeus is rather less than half that of the facial space. Eyes 8, in two curved rows, the convexity of the curve directed backwards ; the anterior row shortest; they are of moderate size ; those of the fore central pair considerably the largest of the eight. Legs moderately long, not differing greatly in length, but strong, 4,1, 2,3. They are furnished with hairs, bristles, and spines ; those beneath the tibiee and metatarsi of the first and second pairs are disposed in two longitudinal parallel rows, but irregularly dis- posed on the third and fourth pairs. Beneath the tarsi of the first Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1882, No. XXIX. - 29 424 REV. O. P, CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. [May 16, and second pairs is a not very dense scopula ; and the terminal claws are two, apparently not denticulated ; and beneath them is a short, dense, compact claw-tuft. Falces long, powerful, and vertical, with a very strong fang. Mazxille strong, curved over the labium, convex on their exterior surface, rounded on their outer sides, obliquely truncated at their extremities on the inner side, and with a strong indentation on their inner side, just above the level of the apex of the labium. Labium short and somewhat oval ; sides curved, and apex slightly hollowed. Sternum short, oval, truncate before, pointed behind. Abdomen oblong-oval, somewhat subcylindrical ; spinners short, compact, those of the inferior pair strongest. XEROPIGO TRIDENTIGER, Cambr. (Plate XXIX. fig. 1.) Olios tridentiger, Cambr. P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 538, pl. xlii. fig. 6; and E. Simon, Actes de la Soc. Linnéenne de Bordeaux, vol. xxxiv. ((4] vol. iv.) p. 299. Length of the adult male 43 to 6 lines. The cephalothoraz is of a dark reddish-brown colour, deepening to black on the caput and falces, and pretty densely clothed with short greyish pubescence. The eyes of the posterior row are nearly equally separated, the in- terval between those of the hind central pair being perhaps rather the largest. The four central eyes form very nearly a square, and the intervals between those of the anterior row are small, but equal ; the fore centrals are much the largest of the eight. The legs are yellow, clothed with greyish-yellow pubescence and other hairs, and the spines are tolerably long and strong. The palpi are rather short, and of a redder yellow-brown than the legs, deepening to dark red-brown on the radial and digital joints. The radial is rather longer than the cubital joint, and is a little produced at its extremity in front, with several somewhat den- tiform spines and projections issuing from the extremity of its outer and under sides; three of these are close together on the outer side, two being sharp-pointed and the lower one enlarged and obtuse at its extremity ; underneath the joint is the fourth, which is pale-coloured, and furnished with a strong, red-brown, curved (somewhat sinuous) tapering spine, whose point is close to the base, on the outer side of the digital joint. The digital joint is large and of a long-oval form, slightly prominent near the middle on the outer margin, The palpal organs are not very prominent or complex, but have several spines and spiny processes near their fore extremity. The falces have their surface roughened with numerous minute tubercular granulations, and are covered with strong bristly hairs. The mazille and labium are of a deep blackish red-brown colour ; and the sternum is of a lighter hue. The abdomen is pretty densely clothed with short hairs of a 1882.] REY. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. 425 greyish-yellow and darker hues, and with numerous prominent bristly ones. Along the middle of the fore half of the upperside is a largish paler yellow-brown somewhat oblong marking, enlarging to its hinder extremity, where it has three divergent points. On the middle of the hinder part of this marking is a longitudinal dark- brown patch; following this, towards the spinners, are several indistinct, curved, pale transverse lines. The underside is pale yellowish brown. This species was founded upon a Spider received in a dried and pinned state from Mr. T. J. Melliss, by whom it was captured in the island of St. Helena. The legs were set out laterally ; and the various structural characters of the Spider presenting a striking agreement with some of the Thomiside represented by the genus Olios, led me at the moment toinclude it in that genus. Subsequently, however, I received a fine well-conditioned example in spirit of wine, and at once saw that it was not a laterigrade Spider at all, but belonged probably to some unknown genus of Drasside. This is also confirmed by the opinion of Mons. Simon, to whom I lately sent it for examination, its nearest allies being probably the genus Clubiona, ARACHOSIA, g. n. (nom. propr.). Cephalothorax oval; lateral marginal constrictions well marked ; anterior portion of caput (at the insertion of the falces) truncated in a straight line, the corners being a little prominent ; profile-line even and almost level, very slightly highest at the beginning of the pos- terior slope. Eyes small, and not greatly different in size, in two transverse rows, of which the anterior (or lower one) is nearly straight, and the pos- terior very strongly curved; the convexity of the curve directed backwards. The eyes of the lateral pairs are pretty widely sepa- rated. Legs not very long, strong, 4, 3, 1, 2 (3, 1, and 2 being very nearly of equal length), armed with hairs and slender spines; terminal tarsal claws two, with claw-tuft and scopula (not dense) beneath the tarsi and metatarsi. Falces moderately long and strong, prominent at their base in front, and a little directed forwards. Mawille rather long, straight, sides nearly parallel, rounded on the outer sides at their extremity, and obliquely truncated on the inner sides. Labium about half the length of the maxilla, oblong, and rounded at apex. Sternum oval, pointed behind. Abdomen elongate-oval, of a somewhat cylindrical form, fitting fairly up to but not over the thorax; at the middle of the underside is a largish transverse curved slit or aperture, leading doubtless to a respiratory apparatus. This aperture is eavered with 29 426 REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. [May 16, numerous strong hairs. Another fold in the epidermis, a little way in front of the spinners, appears to indicate also an additional aper- ture of the same nature. Spinners short, compact, those of the inferior pair strongest. This genus is allied to Anyphena. ARACHOSIA ANYPHENOIDES, sp.n. (Plate XXIX. fig. 2.) Adult female, length 33 lines. The colour of the cephalothoraxz (which is thinly clothed with short silky greyish hairs) is brownish yellow, tinged with dull orange. A broad central brown band runs from the eyes to the posterior extremity; and there is a submarginal thoracic line of a deeper red-brown hue. The eyes are seated on small black spots, the outer ones of the anterior row are smallest, and the interval between those of the hind central pair is considerably greater than that between each and the hind lateral next to it. The relative position of the eyes of the anterior row is also nearly similar, and the hind lateral (on each side) about equally separates the hind central and fore lateral eyes. aT he Jegs are of a clearer yellow colour than the cephalothorax, speckled with dark red-brown, chiefly on the fore parts and outer sides of the femora. The spines are long and rather slender ; beneath the tibize of the Ist and 2nd pairs of legs are 4 (in two pairs), and another pair beneath the base of the metatarsi; those on the 3rd and 4th pairs are more numerous and irregularly disposed. The scopula beneath the tarsi and metatarsi is densest on the Ist and 2nd pairs. ; The palpi are slender and moderately long, yellow, and furnished with numerous long spine-like bristles. Each palpus ends with a small curved claw. The mazille and sternum are similar in colour to the legs; the labium tinged with yellow-brown. The abdomen is of a dull clay-vellowish hue, clothed with short greyish silky hairs on the pale portions. A broad, longitudinal, cen- tral dark-brown band (slightly denticulate on its margins towards the hinder part) occupies the upperside, which has also on each side a narrow, lateral, somewhat broken stripe of a similar hue. The underside is also marked with a broad, slightly tapering, central lon- gitudinal brown band, on which are numerous pale strong hairs near the middle, over and around the central spiracular opening (men- tioned in the generic diagnosis). The genital aperture is rather large, somewhat horseshoe-shaped, and of very characteristic structure. A single example was contained in Mr. Traill’s Amazon collection. Fam. TH ERIDIID&. CoLEOSOMA, g. n. Nearly allied to Sphecozone, Cambr., but easily distinguished by the more depressed caput, and especially by the formation of the 1882.] REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. 427 fore part of the abdomen, which is of a cylindric form, drawn out into a kind of sheath, into which the distinct pedicle uniting the cephalothorax and abdomen is inserted; the cuticle of this sheath runs back along way beneath the abdomen, and includes the spi- racular plates, the openings into the spiracles being thus unusually approximated to the hinder part of the abdomen. The cephalothorax is small, oval, and without lateral marginal constriction at the caput. Legs moderately long and very slender, furnished with hairs and a very few fine spines, |, 4, 2, 3. Eyes very small, rather closely grouped, and placed as in Neriene. Clypeus prominent, Faices rather small, straight and vertical. Mawille strongly inclined to the labium, over which they almost meet at their extremities. Labium very short, aud somewhat rounded at the apex. CoLEOSOMA BLANDUM, sp.n. (Plate XXIX. fig. 3.) Adult male, length 1 line. The cephalothorax, falces, maxillz, labium, and sternum are of a ellow-brown colour, more or less suffused with dusky brown. The profile of the thorax and caput forms a slight curve to the eyes; the height of the clypeus (which is prominent) exceeds half that of the facial space. The Jegs are pale yellow, a small portion at the posterior extremity of the tibiee, and at the anterior extremity of the metatarsi, of those of the fourth pair being of a brownish hue. The palpi are of moderate length, and of a dark suffused yellowish- brown colour. The cubital joint is strong, somewhat curved, and obtuse at its fore extremity, near which issues a single sinuous strongish bristle; the radial joint, which is shorter, is articulated to the cubital somewhat sideways, being directed outwards from it, much like that of some species of Therzdion, and of a broad spread- ing form at its extremity. The digital joint is large, oval, and with a strong lobe on its inner side; the palpal organs are prominent and complex, with a large, strong, circularly curved tapering spine at their outer side. The abdomen is of a cylindric form, strongly constricted across the upperside near the middle; the peculiar sheath-like form of its anterior extremity has been noticed above; this part is yellow- brown ; the rest is nearly black, with a very large, pale, dull yellowish marking on the sides, extending to the underpart. The posterior extremity projects over the spinners, and is obtusely rounded and prominent. A single example of this very peculiar and delicate little Spider was sent to me, among others, some years ago from Ceylon by Mr. G. H. K. Thwaites. It combines characters of Neriene, Liny- phia, Theridion, and Sphecozone. 428 REV. 0. P, CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. [May 16, Genus SpHECOZONE ’, Cambr. SpHECOZONE NIGRA, sp. n. (Plate XXIX. fig. 4.) Adult male, length 1 line. The whole of the fore part of this Spider is deep brown-black, the falces and the extremities of the legs being rather the brownest ; and the abdomen is black. The general form and structural characters are very similar to those of S. rubescens, Cambr., the type of the genus; the Spider, however, is smaller, and differs totally in colours and in the structure of the palpal organs. Several bristly hairs spring from the upper- side of the caput, some from the ocular area curving towards and meeting others (stronger ones) curving towards them from the occiput. The palpi are of moderate length; the radial joint is of a some- what similar cup-shape to that of S. rubescens, but not nearly so large or developed ; the fore extremity on the upperside is produced and prominent, terminating in a bifid form. The digital joint is large and oval, but rather strongly and irregularly indented on the outer side towards its base. The palpal organs are highly de- veloped, prominent and complex, consisting of several very marked corneous spines and processes; one of the spines is of very great length, black, slender, tortuous and convoluted, ending in a long hair-like point, Received in Mr. Traill’s Amazon collection. ACHA, g. n. The little Spider on which this genus is based is closely allied to Theridion, Walck.; but the large size and prominence of the fore central pair of eyes, as well as the obtusely humped posterior ex- tremity of the abdomen, appear to exclude it from that genus. The eyes also (among other characters) separate it from Thwaitesia, Cambr., and Chrysso, ejusd. In the only example examined the legs of the fourth (or posterior) pair were wanting; but from the lengths and proportions of the three other pairs I should judge their relative lengths to be 1, 4, 2, 3. The legs are rather slender and tolerably long, furnished with hairs only, excepting three or four spines beneath the femora of those of the first and second pairs; each tarsus ends with three claws. Mawille and labium as in Theridion. Cephalothorax short and broad, with little or no lateral marginal constriction at the caput. Abdomen short, somewhat cylindric in form, bluntly produced, but not to any great extent, at its posterior extremity on the upper- side; probably the female would present this character in a much stronger degree. ACHAA INSIGNIS, sp. n. (Plate XXX. fig. 5.) Adult male, length 1 line. The whole of the fore part of this Spider is of a clear reddish P. Z. S. 1870, p. 733, pl. xliv. fig. 3. 1882.] REY. O. P, CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. 429 orange-yellow colour, excepting a large black central spot on the sternum. The sides of the thorax are considerably rounded, and the normal indentations marking off the caput from the thorax are strongly marked. Along the median line of the caput are several bristly hairs directed forwards. The eyes are very unequal in size for this family ; those of the fore central pair are much the larger, and form a line longer than those of the hind central pair, and have their visual axis directed forwards and outwards; these last are rather wider apart than each is from the hind lateral on its side. The palpi are short, the cubital and radial joints exceedingly so. The digital joint is large, and of an abnormal form, somewhat rounded at its base; it has its fore extremity considerably produced into a rather narrow and tapering form; its extremity is furcate, one point of the furcation being longer than the other. The palpal organs are rather complex and highly developed; connected with them is a tortuous, somewhat convoluted, pale-yellowish tapering spine of immense length ; and its long slender filiform point extends very prominently outwards. One corneous process of the palpal organs is long, prominent, and tapering, and has its extremity, which projects outwards, notched. The abdomen is of a pale-yellowish luteous hue, thinly clothed with hairs; its upper posterior extremity has a large black spot, on each side of which below (towards the spinners) is another; two others are placed (one on each side) towards the fore part of the upperside; and a sixth is underneath, just in front of the spinners. The spinners are very short and compact. A single example of this remarkably distinct species was con- tained in Mr. Traill’s Amazon collection. Curysso, g. n. Cephalothorazr much like that of Theridion, small, somewhat depressed, short-oval in form, with very slight lateral marginal con- striction at caput. Eyes as in Theridion. Legs moderately long, slender, 1, 4, 2, 3, furnished with hairs only. ee small, not very strong, straight and vertical. Maxille of moderate size, pointed at their inner extremities, and inclined towards the Jabium, which is short and of a somewhat semi- circular form. Abdomen large, the posterior extremity (particularly in the female) produced into a long and tapering continuation, varying, however, in its length in different individuals. This genus is nearly allied to Argyrodes, appearing to form. a gonnecting link between it and Theridion. CHRYSSO ALBOMACULATA, Sp.n. (Plate XXX. fig, 6.) Adult male, length 13 line ; female, 24 lines. The whole of the fore part of this pretty little Spider is of an oranges 430 REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. [May 16 yellow colour; the two terminal joints of the palpi (in the female) black-brown, and the tarsi of the legs tinged with dark brown. The palpi are short and slender, excepting the digital joints of those of the male, which are very large and of a dark yellow-brown hue ; the palpal organs are highly developed and complex, with a closely connected, long, rather strong, sinuously curved black spine, whose origin is near their centre, and its long, filiform, slender point ends near their extremity. The length of the digital joint is nearly equal to that of all the rest of the palpus; the radial joint is very short and spread out, the cubital equally short but of a somewhat nodiform shape. The abdomen of the female has its posterior extremity drawn out into an obtuse point, the distance of which from the spinners is in some cases equal to that from the spinners to the fore extremity of the upperside of the abdomen, while the abdomen of the male has the posterior extremity only slightly and very obtusely produced. The colours and markings are similar in both sexes, the ground- colour being of a dull luteous clay-yellow, with a long, tapering, white, central longitudinal band on the upperside, broken up into more or less separated blotches and spots, and a longitudinal row of large white blotches on each side. The posterior extremity is tipped with black ; and there are also four rather suffused black markings near the upperside, one on each side towards the fore part, and the other two near the beginning of the produced portion. The genital aperture of the female is of a simple, somewhat semicircular form. Examples of both sexes were contained in Mr. Traill’s Amazon collection. Curysso? QuapRATA, sp. n. (Plate XXX. fig. 7.) Adult female, length 2 lines; adult male, 13 line. It is with some hesitation that 1 include this Spider in the above genus; it differs from C. albomaculata (the type species) in a more raised ocular region and a slightly different relative size of the four central eyes. The labium also is broader at the apex. The cephalothorax, falces, maxille, labium, and sternum are of a clear slightly orange-yellow colour ; the basal half of the femora of the legs is also of a similar hue, the remainder, with the tibia, tarsi, and metatarsi being dark, varying to a deep blackish red-brown. The radial and digita] joints of the palpi are also dark brown. The four central eyes do not differ much in size; they form a quadrate figure whose width is slightly greater than its length ; taken in two rows, the eyes of each row are as nearly as possible equidistant from each other. The legs are moderately long, 1, 4, 2, 3, slender, and furnished with hairs only. The falces are of moderate length, straight, vertical or very nearly so. ; The mazille are rather long, pointed at their extremities, and inclined towards the labium. 1882. ] REY. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. 431 The Jabium is short, not half the length of the maxilla, about as broad as long, and rounded at the apex. The sternum is long, and of a triangular form. The abdomen is large and of a quadrate form, being blunt-angular in front, behind, and on each side; the posterior extremity projects beyond the spinners, which (looked at in profile) form another some- what angular prominence ; the anterior portion projects greatly over the cephalothorax. The colour of the abdomen is yellow, generally appearing to fade to a somewhat clayey colour; on the upperside is a broad, more or less broken, longitudinal central white band, with some lateral blotches or patches of the same colour. The lateral and posterior angles are boldly tipped with black, and five brownish or black marks along the middle indicate the normal impressed spots. The male is smaller than the female, and the abdomen is of a narrower form, the lateral angles being scarcely noticeable; but in colours and markings the sexes-are similar. The palpi are short, the radial and cubital joints particularly so; the digital joint is large, and has its extremities on the inner side considerably produced in a pointed form and somewhat bent; the convex sides of the digital joints (as is not unusual in some allied genera) are directed inwards towards each other. The palpal organs are tolerably compact but complex, and, though less developed, not much unlike those of C. albomaculata. Numerous examples of this pretty Spider, but nearly all females, were contained in collections sent to me some years ago by Mr. G. H. K. Thwaites, from Ceylon. The genus is evidently nearly allied to Huryopis, Menge. Genus Tuwarres1a, Cambr. THWAITESIA AFFINIS, sp. n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 8 4.) Adult female, length 23 lines. This Spider is very like Thwaitesia margaritifera, Cambr. (the type of the genus, found in Ceylon). The abdomen is of a similar dull lu- teous-yellowish hue, ornamented with numerous brilliantly shining white, pearly, silvery scale-like blotches; and it also has its posterior extremity produced upwards in a conical form, so that looked at sideways the abdomen is as nearly as possible an equilateral triangle. In the type (from Ceylon) the abdomen is much more produced. The legs are also rather stronger and shorter than in the type, and are armed with fewer distinct spines, while the hairs are stronger and of a more spine-like bristly nature. The colour of the legs is a dull orange, suffused with deep orange-brown at the far extremities of the tibize and metatarsi, a small portion of the base of the latter being also similarly suffused. The ocular area (or rather the space within the eyes) is raised in a more convex form; and the genital aperture is smaller and of a totally different form. Each tarsus (in both species) ends with a strongish, black, curved pectinated claw. A single example in Mr, Traill’s Amazon collection. 432 REY. 0. P, CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. [May 16, THWAITESIA! DIVERSA, sp. n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 8.) Adult female, length 2 lines. This Spider differs in some respects from the type of the genus, but whether sufficiently so to justify the formation of another genus - for it appears to be uncertain as yet. The normal indentations of the cephalothorax are less strong, and the eyes of the posterior row are equidistant from each other, and the height of the clypeus is equal to half that of the facial space ; the legs also are shorter and rather stronger, and are furnished with hairs only, but these are strong and of a bristly and even somewhat spinous nature. The maxillse are very similar to those of the type; but the labium is distinctly hollowed at the apex. The cephalothorax, falces, maxillee, and labium are of a brightish orange-yellow brown hue; and the sternum is of the same colour, with a dusky patch near its fore extremity. The legs are of a paler yellow hue; the fore extremities of the femora and tibize, with the genual joints and (more faintly) a por- tion near the middle of the femora and tibize of the first and second pairs, are red-brown, giving the legs an annulated appearance. The abdomen is large, and has its posterior extremity produced into a strong but not very long hump. When looked at inprofile,the distance from the spinners to the apex of the hump is rather less than that from the spinners to the fore extremity (on the upperside) of the abdomen. It is thinly clothed with hairs, and is of a pale dull luteous yellowish-brown colour... The posterior extremity of the hump is black ; and in other parts along the middle, at the back and on the sides, there are blackish stripes, patches, and markings; one also underneath (between the spinners and the genital aperture) appears to contain a transverse slit, probably the opening into a portion of the breathing-apparatus ; if this should prove to be so (of which I could not satisfy myself sufficiently), it would probably be a good reason for its separation into another genus. The genital aperture is nearly round, not large, but placed on a transverse oval area and surrounded outside again with a strong corneous-looking rim. ‘The spinners are short and compact. A single example in Mr. Traill’s Amazon collection. Subfamily Phoroncidine. Oguuntivs, g. n. (nom. propr.). Cephalothorax abbreviated behind ; caput rather raised and pro- duced, the ocular area including the whole of its anterior extremity ; clypeus low, considerably less than half that of the facial space. Eyes unequal in size, the four centrals largest, and forming a large trapezoid whose anterior side is much the shortest ; the lateral pairs are placed obliquely on small tubercles, and the eyes of each are contiguous to each other on either side. Legs projecting laterally from the sternum, moderately strong, 1882.] REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. 433 short, 4, 1, 2, 3, furnished with hairs only; and each tarsus (so far as I could ascertain) ending with three small curved claws. Falces small and rather weak. Maxill@ short, strong, broadest at their extremities, nearly straight. Labium very short, broad, about half the length of the maxille, and slightly rounded at its apex. Sternum somewhat quadrate in form, as though truncated behind, where it is a little narrower than in front. Abdomen very large, globular (or, more properly, somewhat hemi- spherical) and projecting over the cephalothorax so as almost to conceal it when looked at from above and behind. Cuticle not coriaceous, but marked above with four small dark impressed spots in the form of a quadrangle whose anterior side is shortest. OGuULNIuvs OBTECTUS, sp.n. (Plate XXX. fig. 9.) Adult female, length 5+ of an inch. The whole of the fore part of this minute and curious little Spider is of a dull yellow-brown colour. ‘The cephalothorar is marked on each side by several short, wedge-shaped, converging dark-brown patches, with another stronger one on each side below the occiput. The interval between the eyes of the hind central pair is much greater than that between each and the hind lateral eye on its side, while the relative positions of the eyes of the anterior are exactly the reverse of those of the posterior row. The abdomen is thinly clothed with short hairs, and is of a uniform somewhat vinous brownish hue. The genital aperture is of simple form, and is almost concealed by the posterior side of the sternum, which presses hard up against it. This part of the sternum has the appearance of being crushed by the operation of the large abdo- men continually pressing against it, and so giving it its quadrate form. The pedicle connecting the abdomen and cephalothorax is also placed abnormally high up. The spinners are short and com- pact, the anterior pair being the strongest. This genus is allied to Stegosoma, Cambr.; but the form of the maxille, labium, and sternum distinguishes it at a glance ; the shape of this last is very unusual, and gives rise to a quite abnormal lateri- . grade position of the legs. Two examples were contained in Mr. Traill’s Amazon collection, and are the smallest adult exotic Spiders I have ever yet seen, being scarcely larger than a good-sized pin’s head. TECMESSA, g. n. (nom. propr.) Allied to Phoroncidia, Westw. ; but;the caput is less drawn out, and is rather gibbous at the top of the posterior slope. Thoracic inden- tation large and deep. Eyes unequal in size; the four largest form a large central quad- rangle longer than broad, with the lateral pairs near on either side, their eyes respectively placed very slightly if at all obliquely ; and 434 REY. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. [May 16, the height of the clypeus (which is rather prominent) is less than half that of the facial space. Legs moderately strong and not very long, 1, 2, 4, 3; the tibiz of the first and second pairs bent, furnished with hairs and spines ; the latter (in the type) numerous, but confined to the tibize, metatarsi, and tarsi of the first and second pairs. The tarsi terminate with three claws. Falces rather short and not very stroug. Mazille strongly bent over the /abium ; but both these parts of the structure are so concealed by the unusual prominence of the sternum that they could not be made out quite satisfactorily. Sternum subtriangular, with the posterior angle strongly truncated, the truncation having the appearance of the ordinary angle bent and flattened back by constant pressure upon that part of the massive abdomen. ‘The sternum is also very convex, so that (when the Spider is seen in profile) it projects rather below the level of the extremities of the maxillee and falces. Abdomen large, projecting strongly over the cephalothorax; very convex above and (especially when seen from above) looking very like that of a Gasteracantha; the integument is coriaceous and thickly clothed with small sharp-pointed scales, arranged like tiles on a roof; four sharp-pointed tubercular eminences occupy the four corners of the upperside, the posterior pair being the longest and strongest ; behind them the surface is marked with strong transverse fold-like indentations, whose position is indicated by each bearing a row of dark points; two other transverse curved rows of dark points (4 and 3) are placed between the two posterior spine-like tubercles above noted. The spinners are short, and contained within a strong, round, sheath-like prominence. TECMESSA PECTOROSA, sp. n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 10.) Adult female, length 1 line, breadth of abdomen 1 line (nearly). The cephalothoraz is of a dark reddish yellow-brown hue, the falces, maxillze, and sternum being rather lighter in colour ; the legs also are very similar, though, excepting the femora, of a rather paler browner tinge. The eyes are rather indistinct, all, excepting those of the fore central pair, being of an amber-brown hue. The legs have each side of the tarsi and metatarsi, and the inner side of the tibize, armed with long strong spines, articulated to small tubercles, divergent and directed forward. The habit of the Spider is, evidently, to sit with its anterior pairs of legs drawn back, bringing the spinous parts in front of and around the fore part of the caput, the spines appearing thus to protect it with an impregnable cage-like defence ; or their purpose may be only to enclose and retain better within the grasp of the falces the Spider’s insect prey. The palpi are rather long, and armed in a similar way to the legs. The sternum is one of the most remarkable features in this 1882. ] REY. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. 435 Spider; it is not only very prominent (projecting below the basal joints of the legs), but the legs of the 3rd and 4th pairs are set into it in such a way as (when looked at in profile particularly) to show a portion of it between them and the margins of the thorax. ‘The sternum is covered with scales like the abdomen. The abdomen is of a pale dull (though somewhat golden) yellow hue, the four sharp prominences being rather darker; the pos- terior part and sides are marked with curved transverse rows of small deep red-brown spots or points. The prominence supporting the spinners is dark yellow-brown; and the genital aperture is placed in a large deep-red-brown area. The whole abdomen is covered with scales (as above noted) and also with very minute bristle-like hairs, apparently one to each scale. A single example of this remarkable Spider was contained in Mr. Traill’s Amazon collection. Family M1AGRAMMOPID&. Genus Mracrammopress, Cambr. MiAGRAMMOPES TRAILLII, sp. n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 11.) Adult female, length 23 lines. The general form and appearance of this Spider is very similar to that of the typical species from Ceylon (described and figured Journ. Linn. Soc. x. p. 401, pl. xiv.); but its specific characters are very strong, and will serve to distinguish it at a glance from all the few species of the genus yet described. The cephalothoraz is short and of a somewhat pentagonal form, much the broadest at the eyes (giving it there an angular appearance), and truncate at its posterior extremity. At the base of the falces it is rounded ; and just behind the eyes there is a very strong and deep transverse indentation. The eyes are moderate, and not very unequal in size; they are in two pairs widely separated, each pair placed in the angle at the widest part of the caput. The eyes of each pair respectively are placed on strong black tubercles, and are near to each other, being separated by less than two diameters’ interval, and forming a line nearly at right angles to the plane of the cephalothorax. The legs of the first pair are long and strong, issuing from in front on each side just beneath the angle where the eyes are situated, and by their strength appearing to have thrust both the second pair and the palpi out of their normal places. The fourth pair are next in length and strength, but very much less in both respects than those of the first pair. The third pair are the smallest, being somewhat shorter and weaker than those of the second pair. All armature, excepting calamistra on the metatarsi of the fourth pair and the terminal tarsal claws, had been rubbed off the two examples examined. The tarsal claws are 3 ordinary ones with 2 or 3 others, supernumerary and opposed, like those in the genus Epeira, 436 REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. [May 16, The colour of the cephalothorax is a dull pale yellowish brown, distinctly darkest on the sides—the legs, palpi, and falces being also of a similar hue. The falces are small and prominent. The palpi also are small and short. The under surface of the cephalothorax has much more the normal appearance of a sternum than in the typical species, and is suffused with brown. The abdomen is about twice and a half the length of the cephalo- thorax, and of an elongated oval form, broadest towards the spinners. It is of a pale dull yellowish-brown colour, with a still paler elongate marking along the middle of the upperside of the fore part, edged somewhatangularly with a not very distinct dark line. On the sides of and behind this marking are traces of some white markings ; but the abdomen was not in sufficiently good condition to enable its colours and markings (probably in no case very strong or definite) to be satisfactorily seen. The spinners are just beneath the posterior end of the abdomen; the ordinary ones are of moderate length, those of the inferior pair being the strongest. There is also the supernumerary spinning- organ which is always found where caljamistra exist on the fourth pair of legs. Two more or less damaged examples were received in Mr. Traill’s Amazon collection. MiaGRAMMOPES LONGICAUDA, sp. n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 12.) Adult female, length 53 lines. In striking contrast to the species just described, this one has the cephalothorax of an oblong form rounded before, and with the sides very nearly parallel, its length being nearly double its breadth ; its colour is dark but dull yellowish brown, on the sides with a rather broad longitudinal central paler band, clothed with short grey hairs. The eyes (four in number) are small, and form a slightly curved transverse row over the caput ; the interval between the two centrals is distinctly greater than that between each and the lateral eye on its side, being equal to the breadth of the two falces. The legs are similar in colour to the cephalothorax, and of moderate length and strength, 1, 4, 2, 3, those of the 2nd and 3rd pairs being much the shortest. They are furnished with short grey and other hairs only (these being densest on the metatarsi of the first pair); and there are the usual calamistra on the metatarsi of those of the fourth pair. The palpi and falces are of a pale yellowish hue. The sternal surface is deep brown; its anterior portion is of a diamond shape, and its posterior of a triangular form, the apex of the triangle fusing in the hinder part of the anterior portion. The abdomen is of a cylindrical form, with its posterior extremity drawn out into a pointed tail-like prolongation, two thirds or more of the length (to the spinners) of the rest of the abdomen. Its 1882. ] REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. 437 colour is a pale whitish yellow-brown, clothed with fine greyish hairs; on the upperside is a long, tapering, not very distinct, narrow, blackish longitudinal central stripe; on each side is a stronger blackish-brown one ; the underside has a broad longitudinal blackish- brown central band, with a narrower stripe or line on each side of it. The spinners are short, those of the inferior pair strongest ; and immediately in front of them is the supernumerary spinning-organ characteristic of the family and genus. Two examples of this very distinct species were contained among other Spiders found in Caffraria, and kindly given to me by Mr. J. Mansel Weale. MIAGRAMMOPES BREVICAUDA, Sp. n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 12 a.) Adult female, length 4 lines. In its general colouring and appearance this Spider bears close resemblance to MW. longicauda; but the shorter production of the posterior extremity of the abdomen distinguishes it at a glance. The legs also are shorter, though preserving the same relative proportions and armature ; and the cephalothoraz is uniformly of a deep but dull brown hue, no longitudinal central paler band being discernible. The abdomen of both the examples examined were in bad condition; but there appeared to be a stronger longitudinal dark central stripe on the fore half of the upperside, and the lateral bands are wanting; the underside has a longitudinal central yellowish-brown band, margined on each side with a strong, deeper brown line. Spinners short, compact, and in other respects like those of the foregoing species. The interval between the two central eyes appears to be slightly greater than in that species, but other- wise there is not much difference in this part of their structure. Two adult examples were received from Caffraria with those of M. longicauda. Family PottTrp&. Wx, g. n. (nom. propr.). Cephalothorax short, broad, sides deep and convex, lateral mar- ginal constriction slight, profile (to beginning of hinder slope) level. Height of clypeus considerably exceeds half that of the facial space. The caput appears to usurp the larger portion of the cephalo- thorax. Eyes rather small, in three widely separated groups, a central one of four forming a small, nearly vertical quadrangle on a slight prominence of the upper part of the anterior extremity of the caput. Each of the other groups, of two nearly contiguous eyes placed horizontally, is situated far below, near the lower fore corner of the caput. thage short, tolerably strong, not greatly different in length, 1, 2, 4, 3; furnished with spines on the metatarsi, tibize, and genual joints. The tarsi end with three claws, beneath which are one or more supernumerary opposed pectinated ones. Falces long, powerful, conical and vertical. 438 REY. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. [May 16, Maxille rather long, strong, enlarged and rounded at their extremities. Labium broad, and considerably bent in, transversely, above its connexion with the sternum; it is about half the length of the maxillee, and somewhat pointed at the apex. The sternum is heart-shaped, hollowed at the anterior extremity, and with slight eminences opposite to the insertions of the legs. Abdomen short and broad, but with its anterior portion greatly elevated and produced into a long, slightly tapering, curved pro- jection, which bends forwards over the cephalothorax. It is probable that this genus is allied to Mastigosoma, Auss., and Cyphagogus, Ginther, as well as to Poltys, C. L. Koch. WIXIA ABDOMINALIS, sp. n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 13.) Adult female, length 37 lines, length of abdomen (from the hinder extremity to the end of the anterior projection) rather over 44 lines. The cephalothorax and falces are yellow-brown; the clypeus, as well as a short, broad, oblique band towards the base of the falces, brown ; the extremities of the falces deep brown; the surface of the cephalothorax is covered pretty thickly with short greyish hairs. The eyes of the central group do not differ much in size. Those of the posterior pair are of a pale yellowish pearly colour, and seemed to be rather smaller than the anterior pair, which form, however, a shorter line, being dark-coloured and separated by no more than an eye’s diameter. The legs are dull brownish yellow, of a somewhat flattened shape, though not so much flattened as in Poltys or Cerostris; besides the spines mentioned above, they are clothed with numerous greyish and other hairs. The tarsi are short. The palpi are moderate in length and strength, and similar in colour and armature to the legs; each ends with a curved claw furnished with longish pectinations. The mawille and labium are dark brown tipped with whitish ; and the sternum is similar in colour to the legs. The abdomen is of a dull luteous kind of yellow-brown, clouded or suffused with a sooty-brown hue in front of the anterior elevation, of which the apex is bifid, each point ending with a round shining tubercle; on the hinder half of the abdomen are four largish im- pressed pit-like black spots, followed towards the spinners by two longitudinal converging rows of small diminishing deep-brown spots which look like tubercles; others, of a like nature, are disposed more or less regularly in two rows round the margins. The under- side is dark sooty brown; and the genital aperture is large, with a deep red-brown shining tubercular somewhat oval prominence on each side of it. The whole abdomen is clothed with short greyish and other hairs; between the four large impressed spots on the hinder part are some blackish irregular markings. A single example of this curious Spider was contained in Mr, Traill’s Amazon collection, and appears to me to belong to an un- characterized genus. 1882. ] REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA, 439 Family Sanrieip 4. Maco, g.n. Cephalothorax as high behind as it is long; the posterior slope curved inwards, but almost perpendicular ; profile of upperside of caput slightly convex, and sloping a little forwards. The caput is exceedingly large, absorbing, in fact, almost the whole cephalo- thorax ; looked at from above, its upper surface forms nearly a square; the sides also are perpendicular. Height of clypeus less than the diameter of the fore central eyes. Ocular area slightly broader than long and equal in breadth before and behind ; fore central pair of eyes very large, and of a dull pearl- grey hue; fore laterals in a line with base of fore centrals, and of same colour; posterior pair a little smaller than fore laterals, and as nearly as possible equally divided from them by the minute inter- mediate eye, which is placed a little inside of their straight line. Legs moderately long, tolerably strong, 1, 3, 2, 4; first pair much the strongest. Armed with spines, and with a small claw-tuft be- neath the terminal tarsal claws. Falces long, straight, divergent, and directed forwards; denticu- lations small ; fang of moderate length and strength. Mazille long, strong, straight, widened on both sides at the extre- mities, which are rounded. Latium long, about two thirds the length of the maxilla, and narrower at apex than base; apex rounded. ‘The direction of the maxillee and labium is very nearly perpendicular (or at right angles) to the sternum, which is small, nearly round, slightly pointed behind, and truncated in front ; the truncation is very gently curved, the convexity of the curve directed backwards. Abdomen small, short-oval, very convex before, and fitting up pretty closely to the incurved thorax. This new genus is characterized with great diffidence, and chiefly on account of the form of the cephalothorax, of which the figures (Plate XXXI.) give a fair representation. There is very little diffi- culty in determining a Spider to be of this family; but to which of the now numerous genera it may belong is often a very difficult point to decide. It is a very questionable addition to our knowledge of this group (which now numbers nearly 1500 species) to establish, as is now constantly being done, new genera often most closely allied, without giving a single figure either of the Spider or its generic characters. No description, however minute and laboured, can pos- sibly, in such cases, compensate for an absence of figures. The eye takes in at a glance distinctive ideas of relative form and proportions from figures, when even the most careful description by itself would fail to give a clear conception of them. MaGo INTENTA, sp. n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 14.) Adult male, length 24 lines. The cephalothoraz is deep red-brown behind and on the sides, and strongly suffused with blackish on the upperside of the caput (or Proc. Zoou. Soc.— 1882, No. XXX. 30 440 REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. [May 16, ocular area). The occiput, which is paler than the rest, is clothed with greyish hairs, of which some in the centre are quite white ; there is also a patch of white hairs bebind each of the large fore central eyes, a smaller one almost in a line between the posterior pair of eyes, with a few similar hairs round these last. The thorax has a narrow lateral submarginal band (on each side) of white hairs; anda dense row of similar hairs projects prominently forwards just above the lower margin of the clypeus. The legs are yellow-brown, those of the first pair, excepting the rsi and metatarsi, much the darkest; the others are obscurely annulated with dark yellow-brown. The spines (on the first two pairs) are 4 (in two pairs) beneath the metatarsi (these are the strongest), and 6 (in three pairs) beneath the tibiz. On the third and fourth pairs of legs the spines are more numerous, but less strong and more irregularly placed. The palpi are moderately long; the cubital joint is of a clavate form, double the length of the radial, and has some whitish hairs on its anterior surface. The radial joint has a strong, but short, obtuse prominence behind, and a curved, shining, tapering, sharp-pointed apophysis on its outer side. The digital joint is of moderate size (but longer than the cubital), and of an oval form; the palpal organs are simple, not very prominent, and (apparently) closely surrounded with a strong black spine. The falces, mavzille, labium, and sternum are yellow-brown ; the falces are the darkest, and have, at their extremities on the inner side, two short parallel rows of small but distinct denticulations, within which the fang lies when at rest. The abdomen is dark brownish black, varying to deep brown in parts ; on the upperside two large, somewhat crescent-shaped paler markings occupy each side of the anterior portion, and are clothed with shining white hairs ; these are obliquely crossed at their hinder ends by a similarly clothed pale stripe, thus giving the appearance of atolerably perfect large white circle occupying the whole fore half of the upperside of the abdomen; the posterior half is marked with several ordinary pale angular bars or chevrons, thickly clothed with whitish hairs. The sides and underside are pale dull yellowish brown, the former obscurely and obliquely marked with dark brown. The spinners are small, but of tolerable and equal length and prominent. A single example, but in very perfect condition, was received in Mr. Traill’s Amazon collection. List of Spiders described. Xeropigo (g. nu.) tridentiger, Cambr., St. Helena, p. 424, Pl. XXIX. fig. 1. Arachosia (g. un.) anyphenoides, sp. n., Amazons, p. 426, Pl. XXIX, fig. 2. Coleosoma (g.n.) blandum, sp. u., Ceylon, p. 427, Pl. XXIX. fig. 3. Sphecozone nigra, sp. u., Amazons, p. 428, Pl. XXIX. fig. 4. Achea (g.n.) insignis, sp. n., Amazons, p. 428, Pl. XXX. fig. 5. Chrysso (g. n.) albomaculata, sp. n., Amazons, p. 429, Pl. XXX. fig. 6. ? quadrata, sp. n., Ceylon, p. 430, Pl. XXX. fig. 7. 1882. ] REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. Thwaitesia diversa, sp. n., Amazons, p. 432, Pl. XXXI. fig. 8. affinis, sp. n., Amazons, p. 431, Pl. XXXI. fig. 8a. Ogulnius (g. n.) obtectus, sp. n., Amazons, p. 433, Pl. XXX. fig. 9. Tecmessa (g.n.) pectorosa, sp. n., Amazons, p. 434, Pl. XXXI. fig. 10. Miagrammopes traillii, sp. n., Amazons, p, 435, Pl. XXXI._ fig. 11. — longicauda, sp. u., Caffraria, p. 486, Pl. XXXI. fig. 12. brevicauda, sp. n., Caffraria, p. 437, Pl. XXXI. fig. 12a. Wixia (g.n.) abdominalis, sp. n., Amazons, p. 438, Pl. XXXT. fig. 13. Mago (g.n.) intenta, sp. n., Amazons, p. 439, Pl. XXXI. fig. 14. EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXIX.—-XXXI. Fig. 1. Xeropigo tridentiger, Cambr. 441 a, Spider without legs or palpi; 4, ditto in profile; c, maxille, labium, and sternum; d, eyes from in front; e, left palpus on outer side ; f, natural length of Spider. 2. Arachosia anyphenoides, sp. 1. a, Spider magnified ; 6, ditto in profile without legs or palpi; c, eyes from above and behind; d, maxillee and labium; e¢, underside of abdomen; f, genital aperture; g, natural length of Spider. 8. Coleosoma blanda, sp. n. a, Spider magnified ; 4, dittoin profile without legs or palpi ; ¢, ditto, underside; d, eyes from in front; e, right palpus on outer side ; f, natural length of Spider. 4. Sphecozone nigra, sp. n. a, Spider in profile, without legs or palpi; 6, left palpus, outer side. 5, Achea insignis, sp. n. a, Spider magnified ; 6, ditto in profile without legs or palpi; c, eyes from above and behind ; d, left palpus, inner side, from below and in front; e, natural length of Spider. 6. Chrysso albomaculata, sp. n. a, Spider (2), enlarged; 3, ditto (¢); ¢, ditto (2) in profile; d, ditto (¢) in profile ; e, eyes(Q), from in front; f, maxille and labium ; g, genital aperture (Q); %, right palpus(¢), from outer side; %, natural length of Spider (2); m, ditto (¢). 7. Chrysso? quadrata, sp. n. a, Spider magnified ; 6, ditto in profile; ¢, eyes, from above and behind; d, maxillez, labium, and sternum ; ¢, natural length of Spider. 8. Thwaitesia diversa, sp. n. a, Spider, in profile, without legs or palpi; 2, ditto, from above; ¢, genital aperture; d, natural length of Spider. 8a. Thwaitesia affinis, sp. n. a, genital aperture. 9. Ogulnius obtectus, sp. n. a, Spider magnified ; 4, ditto in profile; c, caput and eyes, from in front ; d, underside of Spider ; ¢, natural length of Spider. 10. Tecmessa pectorosa, sp. n. a, Spider magnified; 3, ditto in profile; c, eyes, from above and behind; d, maxille, labium, and sternum ; ¢, natural length of Spider. 11. Miagrammopes traitlii, sp. n. a, Spider enlarged, without legs or palpi; 6, ditto in profile; e cephalothorax of ditto in profile, more enlarged; d, natural length of pider. 12. Miagrammopes longicauda, sp. n. a, Spider enlarged, without legs or palpi; 4, ditto in profile; c, ditto natural size. 12a. Miagrammopes brevicauda, sp. n. a, Spider enlarged, without legs or palpi; 4, ditto in profile; ce, natural length of ditto. 50* 442 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE [May 16, Fig. 13. Wixia abdominalis, sp. n. a, Spider in profile, enlarged ; 4, cephalothorax of ditto in profile ; ¢, caput and eyes, from in front ; d, abdomen, from behind ; ¢, maxilla and labium ; f, natural length of abdomen to extremity of protuber- ance; g, natural length of Spider (from base of falces to just above the spinners). 14. Mago intenta, sp. n. a, Spider enlarged; 4, ditto in profile; ¢, left palpus; d, ditto, from outer side; ¢, natural length of Spider. 2. Note on an Abnormal Specimen of Pithecia satanas. By W. A. Forsus, B.A., Prosector to the Society. [Received April 18, 1882.] A young male specimen of Pithecia satanas, which was lately for- warded to the Society’s Gardens, and died shortly after its arrival, pre- sented an abnormal condition that is perhaps worth recording in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings.’ The peculiarity consists in the completely ‘‘ webbed”’ condition of the third and fourth digits of the manus on each side, these two fingers being completely connected together down to their tips by a fold of nude skin, and with their nails closely apposed, though not connected, along their contiguous margins. The other digits of the hands, as well as all of those of the feet, are quite normal, the webbing of them not extending beyond the middle of the first phalanx. The case is interesting, partly as affording an excellent instance of an abnormal condition affecting homologous parts of opposite sides in an exactly similar way, and partly as showing that the lower Primates are subject, occasionally, to a condition of things which, as is well known, also occurs not at all rarely in Man. 3. On some Points in the Anatomy of the Todies (Todide), and on the Affinities of that Group. By W.A. Forzzs, B.A., Prosector to the Society. [Received May 15, 1882.] One of the few important forms of birds that the late Prof. Garrod had not an opportunity, at some time or other, of dissecting was the genus Todus, the sole representative of the family Todide. I was therefore much gratified at being able to examine, some months ago, a spirit-specimen of Todus viridis, which was placed at my dis- posal for dissection by Prof. Newton with his accustomed liberality ; but I hesitated to publish my notes without having further material to confirm my observations. An opportunity of doing this has lately been afforded to me by the kindness of Prof. Baird and the authorities of the Smithsonian Inst:tution in Washington, who for- 1882. ] ANATOMY OF THE TODIES. 443 warded to me, with other valuable specimens, four examples in spirit of the Tody of San Domingo (T’odus dominicensis). It is on the examination of these two species that the following paper is based. Dr. Murie has given us, in his article on Todus,’ an exhaustive account of the opinions held by previous writers as to the position of the Todies, as well as a valuable description of their osteology, and reference to what was known of their visceral anatomy. ‘T’o this paper I therefore refer any reader interested in the literary history of the group in question. Since its publication Sundevall, Garrod, and Sclater have all treated of the classification of birds. The Swedish ornithologist’, relying as usual solely upon external characters, was misled into placing Todus amongst the Passeres, in the close vicinity of the Tyrannide and Pipridz, though in the same year Mr. Sclater pointed out® the impropriety of such a position. Garrod at first * made the Todine with doubt a subfamily of the Coraciidee, the Momotine forming another; but subsequently, on discovering that the Momotide lacked colic ceca’, removed the latter altogether from the group of Passeriformes, and, adopting the opinion of Maurie, Sclater, and others as to the close affinities of Todus to the Motmots, included the Todide with them, the two ‘almost certainly forming a single family.’ Mr. Sclater, in his lately published opinions on the classification of birds®, maintains his earlier view, the Todide being placed nearest the Momotide. My better opportunities for observation do not allow me to fall in with the opinion of the last two distinguished naturalists. Reserving for the present comparison, I append my notes on the dissection of the two species of Zodus I have examined. The tongue is elongated, about *75 inch long, flat and thin, nearly parallel-sided, though slightly tapering apically, and of horny con- sistence for most of its length. ‘The root of the tongue, which is more fleshy, has some small spines developed along its base and for a short distance along the lateral margins. These margins anterior to this are frayed-out or ciliated, the direction of the laminz so produced being backwards ; the tip itself is quite entire. There is no crop; the proventriculus is, as usual, zonary; and the stomach (containing insects and seeds in the specimen examined) is a fairly muscular gizzard, lined by hard epithelium. The right lobe of the liver is much larger than the left. The intestines are remarkably short, their total length not exceeding 33 inches. he ceca are well-developed’, and large for the size of the bird, measuring about one third of aninch. Their shape is that constantly met with in all the non-Passerine Anomalogonatous birds possessing ceeca—narrowed ' “On the skeleton of Todus, with remarks as to its allies,” P. Z. 8. 1872, pp, 664-680, pl. Lv. 2 «Tentamen, p. 60: Stockholm, 1872. $ This, 1872, p. 179. * Coll. Papers, p. 216. 5 L. ec, p. 427. The contrary had been asserted by Blyth and Murie. ® This, 1880, p. 401. 7 They are erroneously stated by Duvernoy (Anat. Comp. Cuy. iv. [2] p- 284) to be absent. : 444 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE [May 16, towards their insertion, and dilated apically. There are two carotid arteries, In the leg, the ambiens and accessory femoro-caudal muscles are absent, as are the gluteus quintus and primus. The femoro-caudal, semitendinosus, and accessory semitendinosus are all well developed. The myological formula is thus —A.XY. The obturator internus is triangular. The deep plantar flexor tendons of the toes blend about three quarters down the leg, the slip to the hallux being given off from the inner of the two tendons a little before it joins the other one. The pectoralis secundus extends nearly to the end of the sternum. There is no third pectoral, nor biceps slip to the patagium. ‘he expansor secundariorum muscle, on the other hand, is well deve- loped, the long thin tendon ceasing on the axillary margin of the teres muscle in a way hitherto only known in some of the Gallinaceze!. I find, however, that exactly the same condition occurs in Momotus (lessoni) and Hylomanes (gularis), in some of the Alcedinide (e. g. Fig. 1. A Syrinx of Todus: A, from before; B, from behind. Tanysiptera, Syma, and Cittura), as also in Steatornis. The presence of this muscle at all in these groups of birds was, I may remark, hitherto unknown?. The tensor patagii brevis at its termi- nation has an arrangement almost identical with that of the Momo- tidz *, only differing from it in the absence of the thin slip of fascia which is continued, in them, from the recurrent “ passeriniform ” tendon to the fascia covering the ulnar side of the forearm. The deltoid has no special tendinous slip of origin from the scapula. 1 Cf. Garrod, Coll. Papers, p. 324. * Besides the Coraciidex, the existence in which of this muscle was pointed out by Garrod (Coll. Papers, p. 324), it exists also of the same “ ciconiiform ” shape in the Meropide, Leptosoma (P. Z. 8. 1880, p. 470), and, as already noted in MS. by Garrod, in the Galbulidx, It is absent in all (? Bucconidx) the other families of Anomalogonate. ° Cf. Garrod, loc. cit. p. 359, 1882.] ANATOMY OF THE TODIES. 445 The triceps is Y-shaped at its scapular origin, and receives no tendinous slip from the humerus. The construction of the syrinx may be best understood from an inspection of the accompanying figures (p. 444), representing the an- terior (A) and posterior (B) views of that of Todus dominicensis. The trachea terminates below in an ossified bony box, formed of three or four modified rings (probably bronchial) fused together, as is very evident in the posterior view: as may also be seen there, the two preceding tracheal rings are coossified with this box in the middle line posteriorly, though in front they are quite free from it. The box is deeply notched in front, a narrow pessular bar running back- wards from the apex of the notch, forming a three-way piece. The bronchial semirings succeeding the box have the normal character. The lateral muscle of the trachea continues downwards to terminate just on the upper limits of this syringeal box. The syrinx of Todus viridis is constructed on exactly the same plan. Comparing these figures with those of Momotus lessoni given by Garrod ', it will be seen that Todus differs from Momotus in its syrin- geal box being deeply notched anteriorly, and much more perfect posteriorly, the two parts being united by a pessular bar unrepre- sented in Momotus. In fact it resembles that of the Alcedinidee or Galbulidee rather than that of the Momotide. The chief difference from the former is that in the Alcedinide the intrinsic muscle, often very broad, passes down over the syringeal box to be inserted on one or more of the movable bronchial semirings, instead of ceasing before doing so, as in Todus. In Galdula there is a bony box nearly similar to that of Todus, but with its sides more strongly concave below, and produced downwards anteriorly into strongly projecting points; the lateral muscle only passes on to the lower margin of the box, thus stopping short, as in Z’odus and Momotus, of the movable bronchial semirings. As regards the pterylosis, there is a strange oversight on the part of Nitzsch? and Murie * as to the condition of the oil-gland, both these observers stating it to be nude. In fact it is, in all the four species of the genus, provided with a very well developed, and even long, tuft of plumes, therein completely differing from that of the Momo- tidee, in which the tuft is either altogether absent or quite rudimen- tary*. In both 7. viridis and T. dominicensis I count twenty remiges, ten being secondaries ; Niizsch and Murie give nine, having apparently failed to observe the most proximal, smallest one. Nitzsch’s figure of the pterylosis in Jodus, having nearly certainly been con- structed from an examination of the skins only, is not quite accurate— it making the outer pectoral branch to the inferior tract too markedly divergent, and not showing the weaker lines of contour-feathers that run from its apex to the hypopterum. The connexion between the dilated part of the main pectoral tract as it passes on to the breast and the patagial feathering is also made unduly important in his figure, this connexion in reality consisting only of some slight, scattered, 1 Lie. p. 428. 3 Lc. p, 679. 2 * Pterylography,’ Ray Soe. ed. p. 88. * Cf. Garrod, J. ¢, p. 427. 446 MR, W. A. FORBES ON THE [May 16, irregularly-placed contour-feathers lying outside the main tract. on the surface of the breast, between that tract and the patagial one. Concerning the external characters of Todus, I may remark that the structure of the foot, when carefully compared with that of the Momotide, presents considerable differences. In the first place, the long tarso-metatarse, instead of being covered by distinct transverse scutes anteriorly, and by two or more series of smaller scutelle behind, is ‘‘ocreate,’’ being invested anteriorly by a single long scute, without any traces of division; this spreads round both ex- ternal and internal aspects of the leg, leaving behind a narrow margin of naked skin, with some indication of scutellation. The feet (fig. 2) are much more syndactylous than they are in the Momo- tidee. The second digit is united to the third deyond the first phalanx of each, and the third to the fourth deyond the second joint of the third. In Momotus and its allies (vide fig. 3) the union between the second and third digits only extends for about the basal half of their first Fig. 2. Fig. 3. Foot of Todus dominicensis. Foot of Momotus lessoni. phalanges, and that of the third and fourth for about half the second phalanx of the former. The feet of Todus resemble rather those of the Kingfishers, though the syndactylism has advanced further than in these birds. The position of the hallux is quite normal, it being directed altogether backwards, not largely inwards, as imagined by Dr. Murie. The nostrils have a well-defined circular aperture ; they lie, unconcealed by the frontal plumes, close to the culmen. Behind them, and extending back as far as the gape, is a well- developed series of rictal vibrissee, directed downwards and forwards. Another smaller patch of similar vibrissee, but directed upwards, springs, as in S¢eatornis, from the interramal skin of the lower jaw just behind the mandibular symphysis. Dr. Murie has so elaborately described the osteology of Todus viridis that I have not much to add to his account. 1882. ] _ ANATOMY OF THE TODIES. 447 In the two skeletons of that species which I possess the manubrium sterni is distinctly bifurcated, therein departing from the Momotidee and reminding one of the Passeres, and of Merops, Harpactes, &c. Careful examination of the skull of that species, as well as of one of Todus dominicensis, has shown me that the lower edge of the nasal septum is, for its entire extent, free from the inner edges of the maxillo-palatine plates, a narrow fissure existing on each side between it and them, along which it is possible, with care, to pass the blade of a fine scalpel. In the Motmots (of which I have examined skulls of the genera Momotus, Baryphthengus, and Hylomanes) the maxillo-palatines, though apposed to each other in the middle line, do not actually ankylose for the greater part of their length; so that if the skull be cut across transversely behind the line of union, and the maxillo-palatines with their connected bones separated from the rest of the skull, the two lateral halves of the separated portion fall asunder naturally, there being no union either between the maxillo- palatines themselves (for the greater part of their extent) or between them and the nasal septum, which here does not appear at all in the roof of the mouth in this region. In the Todies, though the septum thus appears, the maxillo-palatines are free altogether both from it and from one another, apparently for their whole extent’. If this is so, the Todies are not “‘ Desmognathe,” and, inasmuch as they lack the vomer altogether, cannot be included in any other of Prof. Huxley’s primary groups of Carinatze at all! The vertebrae number 35, exclusive of the pygostyle, as already correctly stated by Murie. Of these I reckon 15 as cervical, 5 dorsal, 8 sacral, and 7 caudal?. The close relationship of the Todide to the Momotide having been so often urged by some of our best naturalists, it will be desi- rable to point out succinctly some of the important points of difference between them. The Todidez, then, differ from the Momotide, (1) In the non-union of the maxillo-palatines, these being attached in the Motmots by harmonic suture. (2) In the lower margin of the nasal septum appearing in the roof of the mouth between the free edges of the maxillo-palatines. In the Motmots the nasal septum—which ankyloses with the maxillo- palatines anteriorly—does not appear in the palate. (3) In the complete absence of a vomer, always represented in the Momotide by a small, but distinct, ossicle. (4) In possessing a well-developed lacrymal, quite absent (or early ankylosed with the frontals) in the Motmots. 1 Tt is impossible to state for certain how far anteriorly the maxille extend, from a study of the adult skull only; but in Zodws the osseous roof of the mouth is incomplete as far forwards as the anterior end of the unusually large nares, so that probably it is only by the union of the dentary plates of the pre- mazxille that it is completely ossified here. 2 Defining as “ dorsal ” all those, whether ankylosed to the sacrum or not, that bear ribs united directly or indirectly with the sternum. Those that precede, whether or not bearing ribs, are “ cervical ;” those that follow, and are ankylosed together, are “sacral,” the remainder being “ caudal.” 448 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE [May 16, (5) In the very slight development of the ascending plates of the palatines, well represented in the other group. (6) In the small amount of ossification in the interorbital septum, this, in the Motmots, being nearly entirely osseous. (7) In the shape of the sternum, this having four distinct and deep notches (the outer pair being far the larger) never converted into foramina, and separated by delicate xiphoid processes. In the Motmots the inner pair at least (Hylomanes), but usually both (Momotus, Baryphthengus, Eumomota) are converted into smallish foramina. (8) In the tendency to bifurcation of the manubrium sterni. (9) In possessing 8 sacral and 7 caudal vertebrae, as opposed to 11 and 6 in the Momotidee’. (10) In the oil-gland having a large tuft of plumes on its apex, this being quite or almost altogether absent in the Momotide. (11) In the better development of the rictal and mandibular vibrissze. (12) In the ocreate tarsus, which is very long, whereas in the Momotide it is transversely scutellated and short. (13) In the much greater syndactylism of the toes. (14) In the less development of the outer pectoral branch of the inferior tract, which, in Momotus at least, is given off much nearer the anterior margin of the breast, and diverges much more than in Todus. (15) In the shape of the tongue in the Motmots, apically frayed- out and brush-like, and with the lacerations of the margin directed forwards, not backwards. (16) In the possession of large and well-developed intestinal ceca, these being completely absent in all the Motmots. (17) In the triangular shape of the obturator internus, this in the Motmots being oval. (18) In the conformation of the syrinx. Of special points of resemblance between Todies and Motmots I am unaware of any that can be considered characteristic of these two families as a group, the points in which they do approach each other being equally met with in other allied birds. Thus the simple dorsal tract of Todus and Momotus reappears in Alcedo, as do the crenulated beak-margins in Merops?. Neither is the termination of the expansor secundariorum muscle on the teres peculiar to the two groups in question, as it is found, as already observed, in some King- fishers, as well as in Steatornis. The resemblance between the termination of the tensor patagit tendons in the two families is perhaps the best-marked feature of 1 Tn all the Momotide I have examined (including the genera Momotus» Baryphthengus, and Hylomanes) this is the number of these vertebre, the total being 37, except Baryphthengus, which has only 36, by the reduction of its dorsal vertebre to 4 (C. 15, D. 4, 8. 11, Cd. 6=86). Dr. Maurie, after stating the number of the vertebra in the Motmots to be 36, 37, or 38, curiously enough gives the number characteristic of Zodus (35) as one of the characters of his group “Serratirostres,” in which he includes the Motmots (Ibis, 1872, p. 410)! ? As already pointed out by Murie, Ibis, 1872, p. 398. 1882.] ANATOMY OF THE TODIES. 449 special resemblance ; but, as already pointed out, though the arrauge- ment is similar, it is not identical, whilst, on the other hand, that characterizing the Todies could easily be produced by a slight modification of that found in some of the other groups of Anomalo- gonatee. In the face, then, of the many important differences that exist in all parts of the structure of the two forms, and in the absence of any special features common to them, I cannot agree to the proposi- tion that the Todies are more closely related to the Motmots than to any other group. In the possession of ceca and in the conformation of their pectoral tract the Todies agree with all Garrod’s ‘‘ Passeriformes,” with one of the families of which indeed, the Galbulide, one of the most acute ornithologists that has ever lived, the late Mr. Blyth, associated them as a special group, “ Angulirostres”’. On the other hand, in possessing a well-developed tuft to the oil-gland, the Todies differ altogether from the Passeriform series of Anomalogonate. Detailed comparison of the structure of the Todies with that of the other families of this great group is unnecessary, none of them possessing features indicating such affinities to the former as to render probable any particular genetic connexion of the two. As Dr. Murie has already remarked, ‘‘T'odus is inconsistent in several respects,”* a truth made more obvious by the facts above recorded, In the possession of ceca combined with the tuft to the oil-gland, Todus presents an exception to Garrod’s definition of his group Ano- maloyonatz *, though it agrees with all of them in the absence of both the ambiens and accessory femoro-caudal muscles. Nevertheless it is certain, from its characters generally, that Todus is an Anomalogonatous bird, though its isolation from any other of the families of that group seems to me to preclude its insertion in the Piciformes, Passeri- formes, or Cypseliformes of Garrod*. It is impossible, I think, to say that Z'odus is more clearly related to any of the Piciformes than it is to the Passeriformes ; and to include it the definitions of either of those groups would have to be altered. I propose, therefore, to create a group of equivalent value to those just named, which may be called ‘‘‘Todiformes,” and of which J'odus is the sole living representative. Next, as to the meaning of these facts. I think few ornithologists who have carefully considered the question can doubt that the «* Anomalogonate ” of Garrod are a natural group of birds®, i.e. one descended from a common ancestor. On this view this ancestor must have possessed the sum of the characters—supposing, unless there is reason for the contrary, that the latter have not been re- developed, and excluding those that may reasonably be supposed to 1 Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat. Hist. ii. 1838, p. 361, 2 P. Z.8. 1872, p. 678. 8 P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 118; Coll. Papers, p. 216. 4 L.c. p, 222. 5 It is nearly certain that the Cuculide and Musophagids, as also the Psit- tacide, are in no way related to the other so-called Picariz. 450 MR. FORBES ON THE ANATOMY OF THE TODIES. | May 16, be adaptive, or more recently acquired—exhibited by its existing descendants. As most of the Anomalogonatz possess either well- developed czeca, or a tufted oil-gland, whilst a// lack the ambiens and accessory femoro-caudal muscles, it may be presumed with some certainty that the ancestor of the group generally possessed both well-developed czeca and a tuft to the oil-gland—the first having disappeared in the Piciformes, the latter in the Passeriformes, and both in the highly specialized Cypseliformes: at the same time it was destitute of both ambiens and accessory femoro-caudal muscles. The existence of T’odus therefore exactly substantiates what might have justly been inferred @ priori on purely theoretical grounds ; whilst its insular habitat, the small number of species, and their diminutive size are exactly what might have been expected of a very ancient and synthetic form, which has been unable to hold its own, on the larger areas, with more lately developed and highly specialized forms. On the other hand, it is not to be expected, on the doctrine of descent, that any living form, however synthetic, should be exactly inter- mediate between any other two living groups, because it is nearly certain to have been modified in some points pari passu with those forms to which it (or, rather, its ancestors more or less remote) gave origin. There are structures in other families of the Anomalogonatee— as, e. g., the biceps-slip of the Caprimulgide, the gluteus quintus of the Coliide, the vomer and the gluteus primus of several— which are not represented at all in Zodus. These may, of course, have been independently reacquired ; inasmuch as, however, they are all structures met with in the Homalogonatous birds—from some form of which I cannot doubt that the Anomalogonate are descended—it is more probable that they have been inherited directly from a common ancestor which possessed these along with the other struc- tural characters of the Anomalogonate. That one or more of such structures should have disappeared in Z'odus, though present in the hypothetical common ancestor, is in no way surprising. I submit, in conclusion, therefore, (1) That Todus is a much isolated form, with affinities to both the Passeriformes and Piciformes of Garrod. (2) That it cannot be substantiated that Todus is clearly allied to any particular living form of these. (3) That this view may be most correctly expressed by making a group Todiformes, equivalent to Passeri-, Pici-, and Cypseliformes, for the sole reception of the genus Todus. (4) That in all probability Todus, though in some respects much modified and specialized, represents more nearly than any other existing form the common stock from which all the living groups of Anomalogonatous birds have been derived. Hanhart amp 1882.] MR. R. TRIMEN ON A NEW SUN-BIRD. 451 4. On an apparently undescribed Sun-Bird from Tropical South-Western Africa. By Rotanp Trimen, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., Curator of the South-African Museum, Cape Town. [Received May 10, 1882.] (Plate XXXII.) Mr. Axel W. Eriksson, well known as in former years the com- panion of the late Charles John Andersson, and as an explorer of Damara-land and the adjacent regions, has recently extended his travels to the Cunene river and to the Portuguese Province of Mossa- medes. I]]-health and the disturbed condition of parts of the country which he traversed much interfered with his collecting efforts ; but he succeeded in procuring a good many bird-skins, and, on a late flying visit to Cape Town, with his wonted liberality presented a set of them to the South-African Museum. In Damara-land he secured several examples of the rare Chetops pycnopygius (Sclat.) ; but most of his specimens were obtained from Biballa and Shella in Mossamedes. These included Caprimulgus fossii, Verr., Corythaix livingstonii, G. R. Gray, Chlorocichla occidentalis, Sharpe, Phyllostrephus fulviventris, Cab., and other species of interest ; and among them was a Cinnyris which appears to be new, and which I propose to name in honour of its discoverer, who has for so many years rendered good service to African orni- thology. CINNYRIS ERIKSSONI, sp. noy. (Plate XXXII.) 3. Head, throat, entire back, and least and middle upper wing- coverts bright metallic green, with blue-green and bronze reflections ; upper tail-coverts metallic blue ; greater upper wing-coverts and quill- feathers dusky brown, edged narrowly with pale brown; tail darker, glossy above, except the outermost feather on each side, which is pale dull brown with a whitish external narrow edging. On the upper breast a narrow metallic-blue collar separates the metallic green of the throat from a very broad belt of scarlet reaching to the abdomen ; pectoral tufts bright sulphur-yellow ; lower abdominal region, thighs, and under tail-coverts pale cinereous. A black spot immediately before the eye. Bill and legs black; irides not noted. ‘Total length 4 in. 8 lin. ; length of culmen 8 lin., of. folded wing 2 in. 6 lin., of tail 2 in., of tarsus 7} lin, (Three examples.) Q. All the upper surface cinereous brown, with a faint olivaceous tinge, which becomes more apparent on upper tail-coverts ; quill- feathers and greater upper coverts of wings dark brown, edged with pale brownish; tail darker, as in ¢g. Under surface very pale cinereous, indistinctly varied throughout with traces of pale yellowish, more apparent on lower breast and abdomen ; pectoral tufts whitish yellow; under wing-coverts and inner margins of quill-feathers whitish. Total length 4 in. 6 lin.; length of culmen 73 lin., of 452 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON AN AUSTRALIAN DUCK. [May 16, folded wing 2 in. 34 lin., of tail 1 in. 8 lin., of tarsus 7 lin. (One example.) This Sun-bird belongs to Shelley’s “ pale metallic group” of the genus Cinnyris, and is in colouring almost identical with C. afer (L.), but differs strikingly in size, being not larger than C. chalybeus (L.), and in the shortness of its beak. In the male the metallic green is perhaps rather more smooth and brilliant than in C. afer, and the scarlet of the breast somewhat lighter ; but it is in the width of the latter that the bird differs most, the specimen in finest plumage having the belt an inch broad, which is actually wider than the same marking in the much larger C. afer. It is further remarkable that the wings are as long as in C. afer, viz. 2 in. 6 lin., while in C. cha- lybeus they measure only 2 in. 3 lin. The bill, however, is 1 line shorter than in C. chalybeus (culmen 9 lin.), and 5 lines shorter than in C. afer (124 to 13 lin.). C. erikssoni cannot be confounded with C. chalybeus, the latter having such a very narrow scarlet breast-belt ; but it is more like OC. chloropygius, Jard., a native of all the tropical West-African coast from Senegal to Angola. This last-named bird, however, is much smaller (total length 3 in. 7 lin.), and wants both the blue upper tail-coverts and blue pectoral collar presented by C. ertkssoni. Hab. Shella, Province of Mossamedes (A. W. Eriksson, 1882). This handsome species was found by Mr. Eriksson to be not un- common in the wooded ravines of the mountain-range called Shella (“Serra de Chella” of Keith Johnston’s Library Map of Africa), rather over 2 hundred miles inland from the port of Mossamedes at Little Fish Bay. He describes its habits to be precisely those of C. chalybeus and C. afer, both of which he had observed some years ago at Knysna in the Cape colony, but which neither he nor the late Mr. Andersson ever met with to the north of the Orange River. Since seeing Mr. Eriksson’s bird here described, it has occurred to me that the specimen of C. afer stated by Capt. Shelley and Mr. Sharpe to be recorded by Prof. Barboza du Bocage from Biballa may possibly prove to be C. erikssoni, as the latter locality is only a few miles distant from the Shella range. 5. Note on an Australian Duck living in the Society’s Gardens. By P. L. Scuater, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society. [Received May 15, 1882.] (Plate XX XIII.) In a paper on the Ducks living in the Society’s Gardens, which I had the honour of reading before this Society in June 1880, I men- tioned that we had purchased of a dealer in the August of the pre- ceding year a lot of 18 Australian Ducks, which, at the time of their purchase, I had believed to be Chestnut-breasted Ducks (Anas cas- 1882. ] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON AN AUSTRALIAN DUCK. 453 tanea) in female plumage or non-nuptial dress, but which at the time of writing I believed to be Anas gibberifrons. I added that we had obtained several pairs out of the lot, and that we expected that some of them would breed with us that year. They did not breed with us in 1880 nor in 1881, although we had six pairs established in various parts; but this year we have been more fortunate. The pair of these birds placed in what we call the «* Waders’ Pond” nested the end of March last, and hatched out four nice young birds on the 2Ist ult., which are still all alive and thriving. There is no longer any doubt therefore that we have here to deal with a species which, however much it may resemble the female of Anas castanea, is quite distinct, and of which the sexes, as may be proved by the examination of our breeding birds, are very nearly alike, the female being merely slightly smaller in size and duller in plumage. It is, in fact, the species described in the ‘ Ibis’ for 1869 by Dr. Buller, from New-Zealand specimens, as Anas gracilis, but subsequently identified by Dr. Finsch (Ibis, 1869, p. 380) with Anas gibberifrons, 8. Miiller’. As regards the synonyms of this species, after the positive state- ment of Dr. Finsch and Prof. Schlegel, 1 think we can hardly accept Prof. Hutton’s unsupported opinion that “A. gracilis is distinct from A. gibberifrons”* ; and shall therefore insert our birds in the next edition of the Catalogue of Vertebrates as Anas gibberifrons. The following, if this view is correct, are the principal references to this species. ANAS GIBBERIFRONS. (Plate XXXITII.) Anas (Mareca) gibberifrons, Miill. Nat. Gesch. Land- en Volkenk. p. 159 (1841). Anas gibberifrons, Schl. Mus. d. P. B. Anseres, p. 58 (1866). Anas gracilis, Buller, Ibis, 1869, p. 41. Anas (Querquedula) gibberifrons, Finsch, Ibis, 1869, p. 380. Mareca gibberifrons, Walden, Trans. Zool. Soc. viii. p. 102 (1872) ; Ibis, 1873, p. 321. Mareca albogularis, Hume, Str. Feath. 1873, p. 303. Querquedula gibberifrons, Buller, B. of N. Z. p. 251 (1873). Anas gracilis, Hutton, Trans. N.-Zeal. Inst. xii. p. 271 (1880). Anas gibberifrons, Scl. P. Z. S. 1880, p. 519. Anas gibberifrons, Ramsay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. iii. p. 38. To the localities given by Finsch (/. s. c.) may be added Andamans (Ball and Ramsay). Five pairs of this Duck are still living in the Society’s Gardens, besides two odd ones, believed to be females. Five of them died in 1 First discovered by Salomon Miiller in Timor, and originally described by him in a footnote to his yolume on the “ Land- en-Volkenkunde” of the Dutch Colonial possessions as Anas (Mareca) gibberifrons. a 2 ay his article on Anas gracilis, Buller. Trans. N.-Zeal. Inst. xii. p. 271 879). 454 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON AN AUSTRALIAN DUCK. [May 16, 1879 (on Sept. 24, Oct. 10, Oct. 11, Oct. 20, and Nov. 17, and one in 1880, Jan. 30); singularly enough, all these on-dissection turned out to be males. The skin of one of them only was in sufficiently good condition to be worth preservation. I now exhibit it, and a drawing (Plate XX XIII.) taken from it by Mr. Smit. I also exhibit the trachea of four of these individuals, showing a distinct bulla ossea, as is usual in the males of the Anatidee’. Having been in error myself as to my first identification of these Ducks, I fear I have also led Prof. Newton into an error upon the same subject. In January 1871 I furnished Prof. Newton with what I believed to be specimens (in the flesh) of a male and female Anas castanea that had recently died in the Society’s Gardens*. Prof. Newton, trusting to Mr. Baker’s determination that the presumed female was really of that sex, read a paper upon these birds before this Society in November of that year, in which he pointed out that the presumed female possessed the extraordinary peculiarity of having a bulla ossea, hitherto only known to occur in the male sex of the Anatide, and proposed in consequence the new generic term Virago for Anas eastanea*. But Prof. Newton having been kind enough to send me up the skins of this presumed pair of birds for examination, I think I may say that there is little doubt that Mr. Baker must have made an error in his determination of the sex of the supposed female, and that that bird is in all probability a male of Anas gibberifrons. This hypothesis is rendered more probable by the existence of the marked difference in the sternum between the two birds which Prof. Newton has pointed out, and by the fact that Mr. Ramsay tells us (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. iii. p. 154) that he has examined six females of Anas castanea without finding any trace of the bulda ossea. I fear therefore that the proposed generic term ‘‘ Virago” will not stand. I have not ascertained female specimens of Anas castanea, and cannot, therefore, say how that sex differs in plumage from A. gibbe- rifrons. But it will be at once seen on comparison that there is a considerable difference in the bills of the two species, that of A. castanea being considerably longer and larger than that of A. gibbe- rifrons, and that the presumed female of A. castanea (the type of Virago) agrees in this respect as well as in every other point with the male of A. gibberifrons. 1 The trachea is very similar to that figured by Prof. Newton, P. Z. 8. 1871, p- 650, fig. 4. ? The male was purchased June 15, 1870, and died Jan. 9, 1871; the presumed female arrived May 11, 1865, and died Jan. 7, 1871. * See P. Z. S. 1871, p. 650. 1882.] ON THE ANATOMY OF AN AUSTRALIAN DUCK. 455 6. Note on some Points in the Anatomy of an Australian Duck (Biziwra lobata). By W. A. Forsss, B.A., Pro- sector to the Society. [Received May 16, 1882.] Two male specimens of Biziura lobata, the first the Society has received, were purchased of a dealer in February last ; both were in very weak condition when received, and, unfortunately not recovering, did not long survive. The trachea of this bird being, so far as I know, unknown, I take this opportunity of describing it, as well as of adding some notes on other points of its structure. The trachea is of nearly uniform calibre throughout, with no dila- tation anywhere in its course; below it is perhaps a little nar- rowed as it approaches the bronchi, but in no degree laterally com- pressed, as it is, e. g., in such genera as Anser or Cereopsis. ‘There is no syringeal bulla formed at its thoracic end, there being merely, as will be seen from the annexed drawing (fig. 1), a simple ossified box, Lower part of the trachea of Biziura lobata. notched in front and behind, and with a narrow pessular bar below. This is formed by the few last tracheal and early bronchial rings co- ossified together, though not equally so on each side, or before and behind. The four or five preceding tracheal rings differ from those higher up the tube in being narrower and of more uniform breadth throughout, not being notched and incompletely ossified in the middle line, both before and behind, as these are. The bronchi are quite normal in structure, being non-dilated, and with partly ossified semi- rings of the ordinary form. In the non-development of a dul/a, whether osseous or partly membranous, and in the perfectly simple character of its trachea, Biziura differs from all the forms of ordinary Ducks known to me, all the genera of these that have been as yet examined exhibiting, in the male sex, either one or other of (or, morerarely, both) these pecu- Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. XXXI. 31 456 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE [ May 16, liarities. The condition of the male Biziura is nearly identical with that found in the females of other Ducks. Very probably it may be that characteristic of all the Lrismaturine, of which, however, only Erismatura rubida has, so far as I know, been examined as regards this point. In that species the syrinx, judging from Macgillivray’s Fig. 2. Mouth of Baziura lobata. description’, is quite similar to that of Biziura, there being no tympanum whatever, but simply a long box formed of several rings united. The examination of these two specimens has revealed a feature in them very unexpected in Ducks, and only comparable with that found in certain Bustards. This is the possession of a small, but distinct, subgular pouch, formed, as in the males of Otis tarda, by ? Audubon, Orn, Biography, iv. p. 331. 1832. | ANATOMY OF AN AUSTRALIAN DUCK. 457 the duplicature of the frenum lingue*. Ona opening the mouth, the tongue being forced up against the roof of the mouth as is depicted in fig. 2, there is seen at its base, some way behind the level of the basihyal, a small circular aperture, about the size of a pea, lying be- tween the two folds of the frenum, the left of which is much stronger and better developed than the right. This aperture is the mouth of a small pouch, almost large enough to receive the end of the little finger, which extends backwards for some little distance to the base of the tongue, its breadth being nearly as great as that of that organ. This pouch is lined by mucous membrane of similar character to that found over the adjacent parts of the mouth ; its anterior limit extends forwards as far as the posterior end of the curious wattle attached to the lower jaw; but there is no connexion between the two, the wattle being merely formed by a fold of the integuments, with no cavity contained in it. The observations hitherto made on the habits of Biziura in its native state fail to throw any light on the use or raison d étre of this curious structure, though, judging from analogy, it is nearly certain that it is in some way connected with display during sexual excitement, and therefore confined, as we know the wattle is, to the male sex. ‘The first specimen I examined had, I may remark, the pouch less developed than in the second one, probably an older bird. It is not improbable that further observations may show that, in thoroughly adult and breeding birds, this pouch acquires much greater dimensions than was the case in these two specimens. As regards other points, Biziura is in most of its features thoroughly Anatine. The tongue is quite duck-like, though very broad. There is a well-developed penis of the peculiar type found in other Anatidee. The number of remiges is 28, of which ten are, as usual, primaries. The pollex bears a small claw. There are 24 rectrices, a number not exceeded in any of the Anseres, though found in certain Swans. All are peculiarly stiff and curved, with flat lamellar rhachises. The ceca are long, measuring 6°75 and 7°75 inches respectively in the two Specimens. The ambiens muscle is large, and peculiar in that its tendon perforates the large-sized triangular patella, just as it does in Phalacrocorax and the extinct Hesperornis. The carina sterni is shallow, as might have been expected in a bird with such weak powers of flight as Biziura has. There is a minor myological peculiarity in the hind limb of Biziura, such as I have not yet observed in other Anserine birds. In all these the flevor longus hallucis and fleror profundus digitorum blend together to- wards the lower part of the tarso-metatarse, a comparatively very insignificant tendinous slip being given off from the tendon of the first-named muscle to the hallux before it blends with the other’. In Biziura the two tendons completely blend, but the small tendinous slip, given off, as usual, before they unite, does not go to the hallux as it normally does, but continues down to the bottom of the bone, and is there lost on one of the annular masses of fibro-cartilage ' Murie, P. Z.S. 1869, p. 140; and Garrod, Coll. Papers, p. 245. 2 Garrod, Coll. Papers, pp. 293 and 298, oe 458 ON THE FEEDING OF YOUNG CORMORANTS. [June 6, surrounding the other flexor tendons. The flexor brevis hallucis, which is present, though small, is thus the only functional flexor of that digit. June 6, 1882. Prof. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. The Secretary called attention to the curious way in which the young Cormorants, lately hatched in the Gardens, were fed by the parent bird, and exhibited a-drawing by Mrs. Hugh Blackburn, taken on the 9th ult., illustrating this subject. Two Cormorants deposited by Capt. Salvin in the autumn of 1881 had paired in March last, and built a nest of sticks on a stump in the enclosure called the “Gull pond.” Two young ones were hatched on the 22nd April last, after four weeks’ incubation, both parents taking turns on the nest. The young birds were at first naked, but soon became covered with black down-plumage, whence they were now beginning to moult into their adult dress, oe Ba Vy ’ i "Ny ae YY \ I Cormorants and their young (from a drawing by Mrs. Hugh Blackburn). As would be seen by the illustration, the parents fed the young ones by allowing them to poke their heads far down into the parents’ throats and to extract the semidigested fish from the stomach. 1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 459 In Capt. Salvin’s letter to the ‘Field’ on this subject (vol. lix. p- 693, May 2, 1882) it was stated that the young were only fed in this manner by the male bird; but Mr. Bartlett had assured himself that both male and female parent had been seen to feed the young in the same way. Mr. H. J. Elwes, F.Z.S., made some remarks on his recent expedition to the Aures Mountains of Algeria, and exhibited a specimen of a Stonechat (Sazicola) obtained there, which he believed to be new to science. The Secretary placed upon the table a series of the Diurnal and Nocturnal Lepidoptera bred in the Insect-House during the past month, and called special attention to specimens of Attacus roylet and Oricula trifenestrata, both from India, as not having been reared in 1881. The following papers were read :— 1. Notes on some Points in the Anatomy of the /Eluroidea. By Sr.-Grorcre Mivarr. [Received May 9, 1882.] In studying the luroidea for the purpose of trying to ascertain the number and nature of the groups into which that suborder might be best divided, I noted, as carefully as I could, such points in the anatomy of a number of species as I had an-opportunity of examining. I now venture to lay before the Society some selections from these notes as a supplement to, and further justification of, the conclusions I lately had the honour of submitting to the judgment of the same Society’. It is only the osteology which I have had the opportunity of studying with any approach to completeness; but I have made such notes on the other systems of organs as I have been able to collect. OSTEOLOGY. Tue AxtAt SKELETON. The Vertebral Column. The greatest number of vertebrze of which I have found the spinal column to be composed is 60 (Arctictis) and 59 (Cryptoprocta and Paradoxurus). The smallest number is 33 (in a Manx Cat). The general range is from 50 (Suricata) and 51 (Cynogale) to 56 and 57. 1 P.Z.8. 1882, p. 135. 450 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [June 6, In absolute size the longest I have met with is that of a Lion, 174"°5. The smallest is that of Helogale, the skeleton of which I have not met with. The Cervical Vertebre. The greatest absolute length of the cervical vertebrze which I met with was in the skeleton of a Tiger, where they measured 260 ; but in Crocuta they attained 24:1. The greatest proportion borne by the cervical region to the axial column from the atlas to the postaxial end of the sacrum—the latter being taken as 100—was 32°9 (Proteles). The next longest were 28°3 (Hemigalea), 27:9 (Hyena), 27:4 (Viverricula), and 26°5 (Genetia and Cynogale). The smallest proportions were 19 (Hemi- galidia) and 18°8 (Aretictis). In the Felide I found it to vary from 19°3 to 22:6. The atlas in the Felideis provided with large transverse processes, each of which projects outwards almost, if not quite, as much towards its preaxial as towards its postaxial end ; and the transverse processes project postaxiad but little beyond the postaxial margin of the cen- tral part of the atlas. In the Hyenide, on the other hand, the two transverse processes project considerably more backwards, while the postaxial end of each projects outwards equally beyond its preaxial end ; so that the atlas has the appearance of being furnished with two obtusely pointed wings extending much outwards and considerably backwards. In the Viverrideé various intermediate conditions occur, Genetia approaching the Cats most nearly, and Suricata having the transverse processes the most diverging, and Viverra the most postaxially projecting. Sometimes a small pointed spine projects postaxiad from the middle of the postaxial margin of the body, as in the Galidictine and Herpestes. In a young Hyena, in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons (no. 4474 c), the body of the atlas remains distinct. The avis varies as to the shape of its spinous process, the degree of development of its ventral ridges, and the development of its hyperapophyses. The spinous process may have its dorsal margin nearly straight, asin the Cat, or strongly convex, as in Viverra. Its anterior margin may be strongly pointed, as in the Civets, or its hinder end, as in the Cat. The hinder part of the spinous process may be much produced upwards, as in Suricata, or may bifurcate, as in the Hycnide. The ventral, antero-posterior ridges of the axis are greatly developed in the Galidictine, Herpestes, and Viverra. They are but little marked in the Hyenide and Suricata, and still less in the Cat. The hyperapophyses' are very marked in Suricata and the Hyewnide, where we have the pointed ends of the postaxial bifurcation of the spinous process, beneath these the hyperapophyses, and beneath these again the postzygapophyses. The remaining cervical vertebre attain an exceptional size and strength, as well as length, in the Hyenide, and are generally more * For these processes see P. Z.S. 1865, p. 576. 1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 461 developed in the Viverride than in the Felide. Comparing the cervical vertebrze of the Civet with that of Felis catus, it may be remarked that while the plate-like transverse processes of the third vertebra are no larger (if not somewhat smaller) relatively in the Civet, those of the 4th, 5th, and 6th vertebre are relatively larger; the neural laminze are more concave dorsally, and the hypapophyses are much stronger, and the hyperapophyses more marked. ‘The Genet is more cat-like; but, in the specimens examined, the distal ends of the plate-like transverse processes of the 4th, 5th, and 6th vertebre project more preaxiad than in the Cat or Civet. Paradowurus pre- sents characters intermediate between those of the Cat and the Civet. Arctictis is very exceptional as to its cervical vertebrae, their transverse processes being so little extended antero-posteriorly, the plate-like parapophysial parts of each transverse process of even the 5th and 6th cervical vertebree being very little broader than the diapo- physial part. The distal ends of the transverse process of the vertebrae posterior to the third are not all produced preaxiad distally ; never- theless the hypapophyses are more marked than in Felis catus. There is a distinct rib, with both capitulum and tuberculum, on the left side, and a less perfect rib on the other side, of the 7th cervical vertebra of the specimen of Arctictis, No. 1200 B, in the collection of the British Museum. Seventh cervical vertebra of an Aretictis binturong, showing the perfect rib on the one side. Cryptoprocta differs remarkably from Aretictis in the greater antero-posterior extent of its plate-like transverse processes and in the preaxiad extension of the distal ends of those of the 3rd, 4th, 5th, and 6th vertebree. There are marked hyperapophyses to the first two or three vertebra. These processes, as also the cervical meta- pophyses, are very distinct on the 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, and 6th verte- bree of some Herpestes'. In Felis catus hyperapophyses are not only developed above each postzygapophysis of the axis, but these become more marked on the 3rd cervical vertebra, less on the 4th, 1 Fg. in no. 1178 Ain the British Museum. 462 ‘PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [June 6, vanishing atthe 5th. Metapophyses are also developed beneath the preezygapophyses of the 3rd, 4th and 5th vertebree, and may be traced in some of the larger Cats on the hinder part of the neural arch of the last four cervical vertebree. The transverse processes form large osseous plates in Proteles, much as in Viverra; nevertheless in Hyena they are relatively very small, smaller and less plate-like than even in the Cats. The Dorsal Vertebre. The greatest length of the dorsal region which I have met with is 39''-4 (Crocuéa) and 38"-0 (Felis tigris). Its greatest relative Jengths (the spine, from the preaxial margin of the atlas to the postaxia] margin of the sacrum, being taken as 100) are 45°6 (Hyena) and 45:4 (Suricata); the smallest are 34:4 (Ge- netta) and 34'8 (Cynictis). The Felide 1 find to vary from 36:1 to 39:2, the Viverride from 34:4 to 45°4, and the Hyenide from 40°4 (Proteles) to 45°6, as above given. Compared with the cervical region, its greatest lengths are in Arc- tictis and in Suricata, viz. as 238°2 and 231°6 to 100 respectively. It is often nearly twice as long as the cervical region. It exceeds the cervical region least in Proteles, where it is but 122°7 to 100. The greatest number of dorsal vertebrze is found in all Hyenide, viz. 15. I have found 14 in Paradozurus, Arctictis, Cynogale, some Herpestes, Bdeogale, Crossarchus, and Galidictis, 13 in the other enera. si The dorsal spinous processes are generally more relatively ex- tended antero-posteriorly—more plate-like—in the Viverride than in the Felidae, especially in at least some Herpestes and in Eupleres and Suricata. In Arctictis these spines are exceptionally low and inclined postaxiad ; that of the first dorsal nearly equals in length that of the seventh cervical. On the other hand, in Hyena the difference in length between these two spinous processes is at its maximum. Generally, as in the Cat, the 11th dorsal vertebra is the first the spinous process of which begins to incline preaxiad. In Galidictis the spine of the 12th dorsal is vertical, while those of the 11th and 13th incline towards it. In Hemigalea the spine of the 11th dorsal inclines forwards, meeting that of the 10th. In Cynictis it is the 13th vertebra which first inclines preaxiad. In Eupleres and Suricata it is the 12th which so inclines, and this is the first to have the anapophyses and metapophyses distinctly differentiated. In Felis catus these latter processes are quite distinct on the 11th dorsal vertebra. In Hyena the change which takes place in the direction of the dorsal spinous processes is a gradual one between the 12th and 14th vertebre, the 13th being nearly upright. Proteles exhibits a very exceptional character: the spinous pro- 1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 463 cess of the first dorsal vertebra bifureates more or less? laterally ; and the spines of the next six show a tendency similarly to bifurcate ; the spine of the 12th dorsal begins to curve over preaxially towards its tip; that of the 13th does so more decidedly, or may quite incline preaxiad, as the 14th always does. The Lumbar Vertebre. The greatest absolute lengths of the lumbar region which I have met with are 40'-0 (Tiger) and 32!'-5 (Lion). The longest in the Viverride is 17"'"1 (Cryptoprocta) ; in Crocuta it is 15'-2. Its greatest relative length, measured as before, is 37:4 (Wild Cat), 32°5 being the smallest I find amongst the Felide. In the Viverride 34:4 (Nandinia) is the highest, and 20°2 (Proteles) in the Hyenide. The smallest of the Viverride is 25:0 (Cynogale) aud 25°8 (Suricata). The smallest of all the Aluroids is 17°6 (Crocuta). Compared with the dorsal region it may be as 103°6 to 100 (Wild Cat) or 93:1 (Nandinia), or only 38°5 (Crocuta). It never equals the dorsal region in length in the Viverride or Hyenide. The number of lumbar vertebre is constantly 7 in the Felide ; 6 or 7 in the Viverride, except in Arctictis, where it is only 5 asin the Hyenide. The transverse processes are exceptionally short in Arctictis. In Proteles the neural spines are more quadrate and upright than in the Felide or Viverride ; and they are still more vertical and quad- rate in Hyena and Crocuta. The Sacrum. The greatest absolute length of the sacrum I have met with is 9''-5 (Tiger). The longest in the Viverrid@ is 5'*1 (Viverra civetta). In Crocuta it is 7'"6. Its greatest relative length, estimated as before, is 10-9 (Crossar- chus obscurus), while 7°8 is its greatest in the Felide. Thesmallest of all I have measured? is 5-5 (Manx Cat), 6°3 (Proteles), and 6°9 (Hemigalea). The number of sacral vertebree is almost always 3 ; but there may be 4 in Hyena and Crocuta. The neural spines are more developed in the Viver ride than in the Felide, and notably so in Arctictis. The Caudal Vertebre. The absolutely greatest lengths I find to be 88"'-0 (Tiger) and 81!-7 (Arctictis). The greatest relative lengths are 153°9 (Nandinia), 151-0 (Genetta), 146°4 (Arctictis), and 122.5 (Paradoxurus). Its least dimensions are 8°5 (Manx Cat) and 8°7 (Suricata). 1 Tt bifurcates very decidedly in the skeleton in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons. In that in the British Museum there is only a slight bifurcation towards its apex. 2 Cynogale, according to De Blainville’s figure, would give 51. 464 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE £LUROIDEA. [June 6, The number of caudal vertebrae varies from 29 (Cryptoprocta and Paradoxurus) to 3 (Manx Cat), 19 (Croeuta), and 20 (Crossarchus and Suricata). The neural arch ceases to be completely developed at from the 6th (Hyena) to the 12th (Arctictis) vertebra. The longest caudal vertebrae may be the 9th, 10th, and 11th (Cat), the 10th, 11th, and 12th (Civet), the 12th, 13th, and 14th (Aretictis), or the 13th, 14th, and 15th (Proéeles). Chevron bones may be developed beneath adjacent pairs of caudal vertebra from the interval between the Ist and 2nd to between the 16th and 17th (Arctictis). Transverse processes may cease to be distinct at the 6th caudal (sometimes in Hyena), or may continue on to the 10th caudal (Aretictis). The Sternum. The sternum consists generally of seven sternebre (including the manubrium) and a xiphoid cartilage. Sometimes in Herpestes and Crossarchus there are 8 sternebre; and there are 8 in Lupleres. There may be but 6 sternebra, as in Proteles and Hemigalea. The manubrium is sometimes separate’ from that sternebra which is placed between the attachments of the Ist and 2nd costal carti- lages. The manubrium is very pointed in Hemigalea. In Arctictis it is very exceptionally expanded transversely towards its middle, so that it has somewhat the appearance of the head of a lance. It has also a median ventral crest or keel—a condition I have found in no other /Eluroid. The last sternebra is broad and the xiphoid very broad in Pro- teles. The Ribs. The number of pairs of ribs has been already indicated in the notes given respecting the dorsal vertebrae. The number of true ribs may be 8, 9, or 10. 9 is the general number of true ribs, there being 5, 4, or 3 false ribs. In the Hyanide, however, there are § true ribs and 7 false ones. The ribs are generally broader in proportion to their length in the Viverride than in the Felide. This is especially the case in Eupleres aud the Hyenide. The Skull. The absolutely longest Aluroid skulls I have met with are 26-8 and 26-6 (Tiger and Lion). The longest non-feline skull (measured from the roots of the upper incisors in front to the “basion”’ or mid anterior margin of the foramen magnum) is 22!'-5 (Crocuta) ; and the longest Viverrine skulls are 13'°9 (drctictis) and 13!'-4 (Viverra civetta). 1 Sometimes, asin Areficris, and as in the Paradoxure No. 4285 ain the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, two minute rounded ossicles are placed between the manubrium aad the first sternebra behind it. I have found an indication of such distinctness in an adult Eupleres. 1882.| PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ALUROIDEA. 465 The length from the atlas to the end of the sacrum being taken as 100, the relatively longest skulls thus measured have the propor- tions of 29:5 (Cynogale) and 28:9 (Genetta). The shortest has 19:8 (Leopard). The shortest Viverrine are 21-4 (Viverra cwvetta) and 21:9 (Cryptoprocta). The greatest width between the outsides of the zygomata is 22"-0 (Tiger). The broadest non-feline skull at the zygomata is 18'"3 (Crocuta); and the broadest Viverrine skulls are 7'"3 (Viverra civetta) and 7'"0 (Cryptoprocta). The greatest widths of the zygomata in proportion to the spine at 100 are 24°4 (Suricata), 21°5 (Lion), and 21°2 (Crocuta). The shortest is 10°5 (Mupleres). The length of theskull from basion to premaxilla being takenas100, the (relatively) broadest zygomatic arches measured across are 89-4 (Suricata) and 89°3 (Felis), the Hyena brunnea being 83:4. The narrowest Felis is 80°4, the narrowest Viverrine (Herpestes) 44:4. I have much desired to find a line to be measured externally as a basicranial axis. The received basicranial axis can only be mea- sured in a vertical longitudinal section, and so can rarely be got at. I should have been well satisfied with a line from the basion to the front end of the preesphenoid or of the basisphenoid, if either of these two latter points were generally determinable externally ; but, un- fortunately, such is not the case. I have therefore been compelled to take as a base a line drawn from the basion to a point which may, for convenience, be distinguished as the “‘ovalion,’”’ and which is the middle point of a transverse line joining the hindmost point on the margin of one foramen ovale with that of the other. This base, compared with that of the spine (from the atlas to the end of the sacrum) taken as 100, I never find to be more than 9-0 (Hemigalidia) or less than 4°5 (Felis). Its greatest proportion in Felis is 6-2, its least proportion in the Viverride is 5*\ (Viverra civetta). In Crocuta it is 6:0, in Pro- teles 7'3. The base, compared with the total cranial length at 100, has for its highest proportions 31°] (Galidia), 28-7 (Hemigalidia), and 28°2 (Felts). Its smallest proportion in Felis is 20°5 ; and the smallest of all are Hyena brunnea (21:1) and Suricata (19-3). If this base be taken as 100, then the greatest relative expansions of the zygomata are 463°6 (Suricata), 400-0 (Felis), and 395°6 (Hyena brunnea). The smallest are 194-4 (Eupleres) and 1932 (Genetta). The greatest relative breadths of the brain-case, compared with the spine at 100, are 13-8 (Suricata) and 13°3 (Felis), its least breadth 5°9 (Viverra civetta). Its greatest breadths compared with the length of the skull at 100 are 54°5 (Felis) and 50°8 (Suricata) ; its least proportion is 27:0 (Hyena brunnea). Its greatest breadths compared with the base taken as 100 are 211-7 (Felis), 263 (Suri- cata), and 180°0 (Crossarchus) ; its least proportions thus esti- mated are 102°7 (Proteles) and 115°6 (Viverra civetta); the smallest I have found in Felis is 145-4. 466 PROF, ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [June 6, The greatest total lengths of the palate bear proportions to the spine (atlas to sacrum as 100) of 17-9 (Herpestes) and 17°5 (Crossarchus). Its least proportion is 9:6 (Felis), the largest pro- portion I have found in Felis being 14:7. The shortest Viverrine palates, thus estimated, are 10-9 (Viverricula) and 11°5 (Viverra, Galidia, and Cryptoprocta). Compared with the cranial length at 100, the greatest proportions the palate attains are 62°8 (Bdeogale) and 61:6 (Herpestes); its least is 43°4 (Felis). Compared with the base at 100, its greatest relative lengths are 290°9 (Suricata), 272°7 (Felis), and 268°2 (dre- togale) ; its smallest proportions in length are 153°8 (Felis) and 150°0 (Galidia). The greatest breadths of the palate, compared with the spine at 100, are 12°8 (Crocuta), 11:4 (Felis), and 10:0 (Suricata). Its least relative dimensions are 3°9 (Eupleres), 5°4 (OCynogale), and 5°9 (Viverra civetta). Its smallest proportion in Felis is 78. The greatest proportional breadths of the palate, compared with the total cranial length at 100, are 49°3 (Crocuta), 46°9 (Felis), and 36:8 (Suricata) ; its least proportions are 22°7 (Arctogale) and 16°8 (Eupleres). The greatest proportions of its breadth compared with the base at 100 are 213°4 (Crocuta) and 200°0 (Felis) ; its smallest is 100-0 (Hemigalidia, Arctictis, and Poiana). The projection of the palate backwards behind the upper molars compared with the total cranial length at 100 is greatest in Proteles (20:8), Arctictis (18°7), and Suricata (16°9). I have found its maximum in the Cats to be 11°9, and its minimum 4°6. In Genetta itis 5°0. It is least in Hyena brunnea (4°5) and Nandinia (2°6). The interorbital breadth may be in a proportion as large as 7°3 (Hemigalidia), and as small as 2°5 (Genetta), compared with the spine at 100. Compared with the total cranial length at 100, it ranges from 27°5 (Galidia) down to 8°7 (Genetta). The postorbital breadth similarly ranges from 10-0 (Felis) to 3:0 (Viverra), and from 45:0 (Felis) to 12°2 (Cynogale) respectively. The orbits are rarely enclosed by bone, as sometimes in Felis, Herpestes, Cynictis, Suricata, and almost in Rhinogale. The post- orbital processes, on the other hand, may be almost or quite obso- lete, as in Cynogale and Arctictis. Except in Proteles and the above mentioned Viverrine genera, in which the orbits may be enclosed by bone, the postorbital pro- cesses of the frontal are never so long in the Viverride as they generally are in the Felide. The face is generally shorter as compared with the cranium in the Felide than in the Viverride. The auditory bulla is always an ossified convex prominence except in Nandinia, where it is cartilaginous. It may be quite smooth and unconstricted, showing no external sign of internal division, as in the Felide. There may be no internal septum, as in Crocuta. There may nevertheless be an almost complete internal septum dividing each bulla into two chambers, with only a minute opening on the septum, as also in the Felide and Viverring. The septum 1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 467 may have a somewhat larger aperture, as in the Herpestine and Proteles; or the septum may be represented only by two osseous ridges tending to divide off a small anterior chamber in each bulla, as in Hyena. The two chambers of the bulla may be placed, one rather internally and the other externally, as in the Felide and Herpestine; or one behind the other, as in the Viverring. If placed one internally and one externally, the more posterior (which does not contain the auditory ossicles) may be placed the more internally, as in the Felide, or the more externally, as in the Herpestine. The external chamber may be not merely placed the more externally, but may be posteriorly and strikingly everted outwards, as in the Herpestine. The bulla may narrow much anteriorly, as in Paradorurus. Its anterior chamber may be hardly bullate, as in Cynogale, or very decidedly so, as in Genet/a and Herpestes. The external auditory meatus is generally very short, but may be prolonged, as in Suricata and Hyena. Its posterior margin may project the more, as in most Viverrine, or its anterior margin, as in most Herpestine, or its inferior part, as in Hemigalea. The floor of the meatus may be imperfectly ossified, as in Suricata (where there is a longitudinal fissure) and in Herpestes (where there is a foramen). Instead of a fissure or foramen there may be a deep groove, as in the Galidictine. The external aperture of the auditory meatus may be large and rounded, as in Felis; or oval, as in many Viverrine ; or small and triangular, as in Herpestes and Suricata. There may be a very deep pit (to receive the hyoidean cornu) on the outer side of the bulla, just below the external auditory opening, as in Arctictis. The mastoid may be prominent, as in Felis, Hyena, and Suricata ; or not at all so, as in most Viverrine. The paroccipital process may not depend below the bull or may be very slightly prominent, as in Felis. It may depend below the adjacent part of the bulla as a distinct process, as in Viverra civetta and most Viverrine; or it may not do so at all, as in the Her- pestine. Sagittal and lambdoidal ridges may be greatly developed, as in the large Cats, and especially in the Hyznas ; or they may be almost evanescent, as in Hupleres, where also the zygomata are very slender. The occipital region may be very exceptionally prominent in the middle, as in Lupleres. The mesopterygoid fossa may be to the cranial length at 100 as 23°9 (as sometimes in Felis), or only as 11°] (as sometimes in Herpestes). The average breadth of the palate compared with its length in the Felid@ is as 80°2 to 100. It may be only 32-5, as in Eupleres, or 83°8, as in Cynogale. It is 62°5 in Genetta, and 51°3 in Viverra civetta. It is 87-4 in Crocuta. In Suricata it is 65°6. An alisphenoid canal may be present, as always in the Viverring (except generally in Viverricula) and in the Herpestine (save in 4168 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE &LUROIDEA. [June 6, Crossarchus, where it may be only imperfectly enclosed by bony pro- cesses). It may be entirely absent, as in the Felide, Galidictine, Euplerine, and Hyenide. It may occasionally be present where it is normally absent, as in Viverricula. There may be no carotid canal (for the internal carotid artery), as in the Felide; or there may be a distinct canal, as in all other Aluroids. The hinder aperture of this canal may be placed at about the middle of the internal margin of the auditory bulla, as in the Viverrine, or rather more forwards, as in the Hyenide. The artery may enter the cranial cavity through an aperture con- cealed, or almost concealed, beneath the anterior end of the auditory bulla, as generally in the Viverrine ; or it may enter through a very conspicuous foramen anterior to and within the bulla, as in the Herpestine and Galidictine. This foramen notches the sphenoid very deeply, so much as to seem sometimes even to perforate it. The condyloid foramen may be exposed or concealed ; and there may be considerable variation in this respect in different individuals of the same species. The palatine foramina may be in the posterior third, or well within the posterior half, of the palate, as always in the Felide; or they may be well within the anterior half of the palate, and often within its anterior third, as in all non-feline /luroids. In Crypto- procta they are very near the hinder end of the anterior half. In Cynogale they are very far forwards, only a little behind the incisive foramina. The upper alveolar border may be notched to receive the apex of a lower premolar, as in Hemigalea. The mandible may have its angle extending backwards almost or quite on a line with the inferior margin of the horizontal ramus, as in most Felide. It may, on the other hand, be very much bent up towards the condyle, as in Hyena. It may be singularly flattened beneath, as in Proteles. It may be very small, as in Arctictis, or everted (or bent in the opposite way to that in which it is bent in Marsupials), as in Suricata. The hinder portion of the inferior margin of the horizontal ramus may be very concave, as in many Viverrine. The coronoid process may be greatly elevated, yet inclining back- wards towards its apex, as in the Felide. It may be elevated vertically, and more or less truncated at its summit, as in Prionodon. It may be raised but little, relatively, above the condyle, as in many Viverrine. The symphysisis generally moderate, but may be greatly prolonged, as in Galidictis, where its proportional length to that of the mandible, from the front of the canine to the hinder end of the last molar, is as 62°9 to 100. The alveolar border may be singularly everted towards its hinder end, as in Arctogale. 1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ALUROIDEA. 469 Tue APPENDICULAR SKELETON. The Pectoral Limb. The proportion borne by the entire pectoral limb (humerus, radius, and manus) to the spine—the length from the front of the atlas to the hinder end of the sacrum being taken as 100—is never more than 77°9 (as sometimes in Felis), or less than 42°3 (Vi- verricula). The greatest proportion amongst the Viverride is 66°4 (Suricata) ; the shortest found by me in the Felide was 52°9 (I. eyra). The Scapula. - The extreme length of the scapula compared with of the spine (estimated as before) is as 21:0 to 100, as sometimes in Felis. In that genus I have found 18°6 to be the minimum proportion. In the Viverride it varies from 11°9 (Nandinia) to 18°9 (Cynictis). In Proteles it is 19°7, and in Crocuta 20°6. The Civets have the scapula much more in the shape of a paral- lelogram than have the Cats, the preaxial border not being so convex. The metacromion is not so much developed ; and the pro- portion borne by the infraspinatus fossa to the supraspinatus fossa is greater, as also in the Genets, in which the scapula is otherwise more feline. Fussa and Puradoxurus are intermediate between Genetta and Viverra in the form of the scapula; but the convexity of the preaxial border is generally situate nearer to the glenoid surface than it is in the Genet. In COynogale the scapula is much like that of the Civet, but the prominence of its preaxial margin is more rectangular in outline and less rounded. Arctictis resembles Paradoxurus; but its infraspinatus fossa is still larger relatively ; the spine is but little prominent, and the metacromion quite rudimentary. In Herpestes the metacromion is well developed. There is sometimes a prominence for the teres major; and the proportional size of the infraspinatus fossa may not be greater than in the Cat. In Crossarchus there is sometimes so sharp a prominence from the glenoid end of the convexity of the preaxial border as to form a deep suprascapular notch. The meta- cromion is well developed, as also in Suricata (where its apex issharply bent backwards); the outer surface of the scapula is in this genus singularly concave. In Galidia, the convexity of part of the pre- axial margin may be very great ; but here, as seems to be generally the case, there is much individual variation in the form of the scapula. In Eupleres the metacromion is well developed, but the acromion may be very short. In Cryptoprocta the scapula is very like that of some Cats; the infraspinatus fossa is not so large rela- tively as in Genetta; the metacromion is well developed. In Hyena the preaxial margin is rounded; the metacromion is very minute and placed quite at the end of the spine; the supraspinatus fossa is smaller relatively than in the Cats, or than in the Viverride gene- rally; both it and the infraspinatus fossa are very concave. In 470 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [June 6, Proteles the scapula is not unlike that of Viverra; the metacromion is rather larger and more pointed than in Hyena. In Proteles, Hyena, and Crocuta the acromion is shorter than in the Felide or Viverride, except sometimes in Eupleres. The angle formed by the axillary margin with the spine of the scapula varies from about 20° (Suricata, Galidictis, Proteles) to 35° (Lion and Tiger). The average angle is a little above 25°. The Clavicle. The clavicle is always very rudimentary or absent ; nevertheless in Genetta I found to be about 1''-6. The Humerus. The absolutely longest humerus is 315 (Tiger), the largest Viverrine humerus is 14:0 (Arctictis). The greatest proportion of the humerus to the spine at 100 is 28°5 (sometimes in Felis), the shortest is 18°1 (Zupleres). The shortest feline proportion is 23:4 ; the greatest Viverrine proportion is 25:0 (dretictis). Crocuta is 22:0, and Proteles 24:8. The Civet’s humerus, compared with that of the Cat, is stouter, with the great tuberosity relatively more pro- minent, and the fossa outside it much deeper and larger. The supinator ridge is also stronger, while the bony bridge enclosing the foramen for the median nerve is more slender. ‘There is some- times an olecranal foramen. The humerus of the Genet is more like that of the Cat. There is always a condyloid foramen, except in Cynogale, the Galidictineg, and the Hyenide. In Paradoxurus the internal condyle may be much prolonged. In Aretictis the humerus is much broadened out distally, with a rather small condy- loid canal and a strong supinator prominence; there is no marked pit outside the great tuberosity. In Cryptoprocta exactly reversed conditions obtain, as the condyloid canal is very large in that genus (at its maximum), and there is a very marked pit outside the great tuberosity, as also in Herpestes, Crossarchus, and Hyena. In Her- pestes the humerus is much curved. In Crossarchus the deltoid surface is very prominent, and the development of the supinator ridge and the projection of the internal condyle are at their maxi- mum. The deltoid surface is even more prominent in Suricata. In Hemigalea the humerus is a good deal bowed, the great tubero- sity and the supinator ridge are little developed, but the internal condyle is very prominent. In Viverricula, on the contrary, the internal condyle projects so slightly that it is almost effaced. In the Hyenide the internal condyle is also relatively little developed, the deltoid surface is prominent, there is an olecranal perforation, and the pit outside the great trochanter may be wide and shallow as in Hyena, or wide and deep as in Proteles. The Radius and Ulna. The absolutely longest radius is 26'-0 (Tiger) ; its greatest pro- portional lengths to the spine at 100 are 27°4 (sometimes in Felis) and 1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 471 25°83 (Proteles). Its least proportion in Felis is 20°8. Its least pro- portion in the Viverride is 13°8 (Viverricula), and its greatest is 22:0 (Suricata and Galidictis). 1 have found it equal to the humerus in length in the Wild Cat and Yossa, and almost equal in Hemiga- lidia. Ihave only found it absolutely longer than the humerus in Lupleres and Crocuta. The radius and ulna are long and slender in Fossa, Galidictis, and Eupleres. In Hemigalea the radius (which is a good deal bowed) is furnished with a singular plate-like expansion towards and at the ventral end of its outer or radial border. A more or less rudimen- tary development of the process may occur also in Paradoxurus, and a trace of it in Cryptoprocta. The olecranon may, as in Viverra civetta, be more bent post- axiad than in most forms, and than even, relatively, in the Great Cats. A remarkable process may be also developed from the ole- cranon, extending mesiad. ‘This is seen in Civetta, but attains its maximum in Cryptoprocta, where it reminds one of the inflected man- dibular angle of a marsupial. This is little developed in Hemigalea, A. Distal end of dorsal surface of right radius and ulna of Hemigalea: p, plate- like process. B. Distal end of tibia and fibula. which, however, has a plate-like process, or ridge, developed from the middle of the distal fourth of the ventral surface of the ulna, extending down to the root of the styloid process; into this plate- like ridge the supinator longus, pronator teres, and the (large) pro- nator quadratus muscles are inserted. This ridge also exists in Viverricula. The Manus. The greatest length of the manus (measured from the junction of the radius and carpus to the end of the third digit), compared with that of the spine, is 23-9 (Proteles), the least is 11°5 (Viverricula). In Felis I have found it range from 17:0 to 22°0. The greatest rela- tive length of the third metacarpal is 12°5 (Proteles), and the shortest is 4:2 (Cynogale). The greatest relative length of the third digit is 10°0 (Felis), and 9°5 (Suricata) ; the shortest is 5°2 (Viverra). The relatively longest third ungual phalanx is 4°5 (Suricata) ; the shortest is 1*3 (Viverra). The metacarpus is thus proportionally most elongated in Proteles Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. XXXII. 32 472 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [June 6, and Felis. It is shorter and stouter in the Viverrida, especially in Hemigalea and Cynogale ; and the length of M® and M* is less in excess of that of M? and M? than in the Cats. There is no pollex, save a rudimentary metacarpal, in Hyena, Orocuta, Suricata, and Bdeogale. Though present in all the other genera, its length, compared with that of the index, may vary con- siderably. Thus the whole pollex may not extend down the meta- carpal of the index so far as one quarter of the length of the latter, as in Felis. It may extend half down the metacarpal of the index or more, as in Proteles, Cynictis, Viverricula. It may extend down to the distal end of the metacarpal of the index, as in Viverra civetta, Genetta, Fossa, Galidictis, Galidia, Herpestes (often), Crossarchus. It may reach to the middle of the proximal phalanx of the index, or sometimes even to its distal end, as in Paradorurus, Arctictis, Eupleres, Hemigalea. The metacarpal of the pollex may not extend even one quarter down that of the index, as in Felis. It may reach nearly half down, as in Viverricula, Herpestes, and Proteles. It may extend half down it, or a little more, as in Viverra, Ge- netta, Fossa, Galidictis, Galidia, and Arctictis. It may nearly extend downwards as far as does the metacarpal of the index, as in Puradorurus, Cynogale, Hemigalea, Eupleres. The middle phalanges of the digits may be greatly excavated on one side to give place to the ultimate phalanges in their rolled-back or contracted position. This is the case in the Cats; they are almost as much so in Hemigalea, much less so in the Viverrine, and not at all in the Galidictine, Herpestine, and Hyenide. The ultimate phalanges may be very greatly arched and pointed, and with a deep lamina of bone round the proximal part, to shelter the root of the claw externally, as in the Cats generally ; sometimes less so, as in Oynelurus ; still less so, as in the / iverrine ; or long, hardly arched, and with but a very small external lamina, as in the Hyenide and Herpestine, especially in Suricata. The Pelvic Limb. The proportion borne by the entire pelvic limb (femur, tibia, and pes) to the spine is never more than 93°8 (some Felis), or less than 55'6 (Viverra). The longest proportion amongst the Viverride is 79°9 (Suricata); the shortest found by me in the Felide was 75°6. The greatest proportion borne by the entire pelvic limb to the entire pectoral limb at 100 is 139°8 (Felis eyra), the smallest is 94:4 (Crocuta). In none but Crocuta is the pelvic limb shorter than the pectoral one. The shortest proportion In the Cats is 113:1 (Felis tigris). In the Viverrida the longest 1s 136°6 (Wan- dinia), and the shortest is 112°0 (Arctictis). In Proteles it is 104°8. 1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 473 The Pelvis. The absolutely longest pelvis (measured from the most preaxial part of the ilium to the tuberosity of the ischium) I found was 30'-4 (Lion). In Crocuta it was 12'"45. The greatest lengths I found in the Viverride were 12'”*7 (Aretictis) and 11'*7 (Viverra civetta). Compared with the length of the spinal column (atlas to sacrum), taken at 100, the greatest proportional length of the pelvis was 27-1 (Hemigalidia), and the smallest 14°4 (Crocuta). The smallest in the Felide was 20:9, and the smallest in the Viverride 17:4 (Genetta). The greatest breadth of the ilium I found to be in Viverra civetta 3''-0, in Genetta 1''*3, Paradoxurus 1'':0, in Galidictis 0'''9, in Galidia 0'°9, in Arctictis 2:4, in Cryptoprocta 2':0, in Her- pestes 0''°8, in Eupleres 1''"7, in Crossarchus 1''*3, in Suricata 1""3, in Proteles 4'':2, in Hyena striata 7""9, in Crocuta 10"*4, and in Felis eatus 1"°8. The ilium has its ventral preaxial angle enormously produced in the Hyenina, its preaxial margin nearly straight, and its tuberosities greatly everted. In Crocuéa these conditions especially obtain: the ilium is more concave externally ; and the process for the rectus (preaxial to the acetabulum) is very strongly developed. In Proteles these characters exist in a less pronounced degree. There may be two prominences (each like an ilio-pectineal promi- nence)—one just preaxiad to the acetabulum, and the other placed a little more ventrally on the pelvic brim. These may both be found (at least sometimes) in Cryptoprocta, Viverra, Crossarchus, and especially in Suricata. The Femur. The absolutely longest femora I found were 35''5 (Tiger) and 31"°3 (Lion). The largest Viverrine femur was 14'"7 (dretictis). It is 22'°8 in Orocuta. Compared with the spine at 100, the longest femur is 31°3 (Felis), 27°9 being the minimum feline proportion. The longest Viverrine proportions are 28°2 (Cryptoprocta), 27:5 (Genetta), and 26:7 (Suricata). The shortest are 19-3 (Viverra civetta) and 20°1 (Vi- verricula). In Proteles and Crocuta it is 26°5 and 26°4. The femur is always a little longer than the humerus. In the Civet and Genet the bone is relatively shorter than in the Cat, and the lesser trochanter is relatively somewhat smaller. In Paradozurus, Nandinia, Cynogale, and Hemigalea it is much flattened behind between the trochanters; and thus the lesser tro- chanter is thrown almost under the head of the femur instead of being behind (postaxial to) it. In dretietis this flattening is at its maximum, the lesser trochanter is very small, the trochanteric fossa is shallow, and the great trochanter is relatively smaller than in other species. In Crossarchus and Suricata the femur becomes thicker in proportion to its length than in most species. In Hyena the small 32* 474 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [June 6, trochanter is largely developed, and there is a large process above the outer condyle. In Crocuta there is no marked process of the kind, and the lesser trochanter is but of moderate size. In Proteles, which has a long and slender femur, the small trochanter is little developed, but there is a process above the outer condyle. The Tibia and Fibula. The absolutely longest tibia is 30'2 (Tiger). The greatest pro- portional lengths to the spine at 100 are 31-8 (Felis) and 29-1 (Gali- dictis). The least proportion in Felis is 24:7. Its least proportion in the Viverride is 19°3 (Viverricula); and its greatest after Gali- dictis is 28°6 and 28-4 (Genetta and Hemigalidia). I have found it equal to the femur in length in Nandinia, Herpestes, Crossarchus, and almost so in Proteles. I have found it longer than the femur in the Wild Cat and Domestic Cats (but not the large Cats), the Civet, Genet, Bdeogale, Cynictis, Suricata, Galidictis, Galidia, and Eupleres. 1 have found it shorter than the femur in the larger Cats and in Viverricula, Paredoxurus, Hemigalea, Arctictis Cyno- gale, Cryptopacta, and the Hyenine. The tibia is always longer than the radius, except in the Hyenine, where it is shorter. The tibia of Hemigalea is remarkable for the very great projection mesiad of the internal malleolus, which allows the pes to be more obliquely articulated, so that the plantar surface may be directed more inwards than in most Ailuroids. In Paradorurus the same condition exists, though in a less marked degree. In Eupleres the fibula is exceptionally strong amongst the Viver- ride, and the process at its distal end is very strongly developed outwards and postaxially. The Pes. The greatest length of the pes (measured from the front of the distal end of the tibia to the end of the fourth digit) is 30”°7 (Felis) ; the least is 16”°2 (Crocuta), In the Viverride I have found it range from 25”*3 (Galidictis and Suricata) to 16”"3 (Vwerra civetta). The length of the pes is always greater than that of the manus, except in Crocuta. They are exceptionally equal in Arcétictis, where, the manus being as 100, the pes is 119-7. The greatest relative length of the fourth metatarsal is 15:1 (Felis), and the least is 8°0 (Cynogale). The length of the fourth metatarsal corresponds with the third metacarpal. The metatarsus is proportionally most elongate in the Felidae. It is shortest and stoutest in the Viverride, especially in such forms as Arctictis, Cynogale, and Hemigalea. There is no hallux, save a rudimentary metatarsal, in the Felidae, Hyenide, Cynictis, Bdeogale, and Suricata. Though present in all the other genera, its length, compared with that of the index of the pes, may vary considerably. The hallux (when developed) always extends half down the meta- tarsal of the index. It may only extend about half down the meta- 1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE HLUROIDEA. 475 tarsal, as in Viverricula and sometimes in Herpestes, or two thirds down, as in Fossa. It may extend down to the distal end of the metatarsal of the pedal index, as in the Civet and Genet. It may reach further than to the middle of the proximal phalanx of the index (as in Paradocurus, Nandinia, Galidictis, and Galidia), or to its distal end, as in Arctictis, Cryptoprocta, Eupleres, Crossarchus, and Hemigalea. The metatarsal of the hallux (when not rudimentary) always ex- tends more than half way down that of the index, but may hardly reach further, as sometimes in Herpestes and Viverricula. It may extend much more than half way down it, as in Fossa and Viverra civetta. It may extend two thirds down, as in Crossarchus. It may extend four fifths down it, as in Galidia, Galidictis, Crypto- procta, Hemigalea, and Eupleres. It may extend downwards nearly to the end of the metatarsal of the index, as in Arctictis and Para- doxurus. The middle phalanges of the digits of the pes vary in form har- moniously with those of the digits of the manus; and similarly the form of the ultimate phalanges of both limbs vary similarly in the various different groups of species. DIMENSIONS OF THE SKELETON IN SIX SPECIMENS OF THE GENUus Felis. (In each there are 13 dorsal, 7 lumbar, and 3 sacral vertebree.) F g a Loam ae © Wg] Em eae: ea = = Ere Teo Wpeedatioae lone willua 83 SO os I S BiGS, $ es > wS la Blab] oa Sica UES 38 o8 | S58 | o8 3 arg S Ha a2 )\)s2/ 92 g ag a 2.2 tS | tH | ow tp | Sp ép a3 Be | ee S gS S =e 4 4 | 4 4 | A WL Chat tic vosteeerevies '9| 165 | 171] 32 | 45-7 | 324 || 20 Common Domestic Oat .| 80] 12:0! 13:0) 2:4 | 35-4 | 26-1 20 Manx: Oatiny, |. feb. ciaeceess 54 | 106 95) 1:5 | 27:0 | 2:3 3 PiCOGANG csacenaceanaesocnon 160 | 31:0 | 290] 6:5 | 82:5 | 780 23 RIGOR nscale cp acsscccsscexss 26:0 | 46:0 | 400 | 9:5 |121:5 | 88:0 22 MARC Peo. Pes ees Becta aco eee 220 | 38:0 25 | 75 |100°0 | 74:5 21 Average, excluding the caudal vertebrae of 144 | 25°7 | 23:5 | 51 | 68:7 | 59:8 the Manx Cat ...... . 476 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE #LUROIDEA. [June 6, Length of pelvic limb (femur, tibia, otnmonoraolo ox Eior) in and pes). SBRASRS|E SF Scare ©» 2 | o Length of 4th digit. Se aoalo & : uw ©9947 Soe OC] & & Length of 4th metatarsal. | 2 HOA E aS Length of pes in front of tibia and oteaoonla os fibula, “PPAR ALR AS Qreawoolwo , Length of os calcis. | maAAKSS E : ape HaAStgol we Tibia to root of malleolus. | Secon os E ay ra ir NOAl~ a Ae Femur from summit of head to con- HOt tm O1oO © dyloid surface. O91 {S>) CON EO Oe Ect Cams Length from summit of ilium to ctr ot wm] tuberosity of ischium. SOP ES) SO" CO 1 Soe Paras Length of pectoral limb (humerus, 5S/) 100 co ole 0 © raclius, and manus), SS Se oS on ee ee DOOD 19 Do S| Length of ungual phalanx. | BS Mom ramcaics E ayn: moranmnolt & Length of 3rd digit. MAND HU AlS © : erevnoln & Length of 8rd metacarpal. maANAeoe|So & : on 2 O}1/a iS be 19 Length of manus. I~ 6H OH Al/O 6 wo AA | Re Radius from margin of its head to Hotaoolr Or root of styloid process. gees BAC Se Sete cher pal pee ene Length from summit of head of hu- tHorownol]r ot merus to surface of capitellum. Bored BO ES SS imate | a ee Angle formed by scapular spinewith | 36 no b 19 19 Bo) Mae axillary margin. SURO eegeal ee sean 4 ON 19 = 6 oor So 21S ) Greatest breadth of scapula. st 0 0 © 6 & E 3S: Length of scapula from aren ‘a1y} Seyojou pus sessedoad Saoojdou ‘oyeyed Jo soptog aopurY 0} Bi[IxetMe.1d Jo yuoay wIOTF pamnsvoyy , x sescce | cecece aeeeee | seeees senses | seeeee Vara sevens | ceoee . seceee | secnee | seece . 9:8 A Aer neem eeeremeereeeeseseeeersees sdeoraeyd sTOT 3 casas ji Besseeo lilies eds lMestasg Fh || peers lpeosoto gg |e [oe sajh.gouceer| ove wanlleecese GGL [ereeteees vereveseereses grraggOAOBUT SIA, a S LP ee 6G OF EZ Le 9.8 9.G 8 OF-T 6.9 LCT G.GT Soe raters rec esenesene ROP ee wee tween ee osRloAy Ss aN i eS ee eee ee eee eee Raat Leal a g¢ | 6g Lg a.) | HF Cr eg | got| Ler| og | OTT] ee] 9.9% ott be baie dracon age tswdasiet even ioe uovy a LF G.G 0-8 $2 3.2 9.G G.G 8-01 0-1 oe 9-01 0-26 8-97 He ee ee nen emanate eaeens teenee beer Hee w wees IOS, . GF $e OL 0-7 $C Le 0-F LG 9.8 | oe ERT Fri [| pox moar shriomnnnsnneicinene saienscinin pavdoary 5 Le G1 9.8 bt or | et bt en tre | eo Le | Fe 9.g te asaueibbea eters saat “aug xURyT E VE | ST LP 6G GT 9-T 16 | PSG | GE GE G-§ L:9 LE aa A a acd “res Jey) osomo(qy WOULUIO”) es FE 61 GF 9% QT, BG 9.5 6% OF G.0 9-8 Ph G6 eee ee eee eee ee es eee eee eee ees weet eee bt) PIM. s Ww Ww " w w " Ww ” " Ww ’ w" Ww a ae ee ell ae ee) sl SU eet ee eel h oma waa, i = l= . 5 3S i=] =n oH a ww Oo a=) a) = 1 * re} £ * & e (fe. |*- | oe es eae ae se o arin | ce a 248 a ES a3 S “3 = SO | ey = ofa | Se cigs g gé aa a | 6 4 Es 3 a Eres 3 = A =a Suc d AS 6 @ 2 D Bag] & & lee | 8 18 g | arg 4 | 3 14 pale Sc ees Pat cies | See eu lmeee he | Nae lee (ge B [cigleu lz Bs Pe | seed alesse nels BMeeae a (838) 26 |S. bag] Si ois glo es oe es | STE lea e eee ee |S. goal eu les] a oo8| B lage] # | # | ed S.7S| FS | BS [mol SB lees! § |\g=s) & | Me] = | | ok a |ges| $4 | 28 Sea] bo less) & ieee 2 | ee) & | 2 | as 4 ea) 45 a a inl =| =| mY Gg | A -Q ae Fa 4 iS) ey ° iv L4G | 616 | 6.06] 61 92 | 9L | OLT | 806) FES] BLT | 28 SHE) CGE | 1:98 | $61)" «sles aac a BUITOIY | SIE | TE] 8-96] &E 0-01 | 6-01 | 026 | #26] 286 | O12 | 6] 84 FALE | GEE | BBL lene Tat BUIxey] 9-96 | G66 | 0-46 | LG €6 | 88 0-02 | 8:26 | 446 | 9-81 | O48} GL GPG 4) PeLGall G:0cial aerate ae oses0Ay 4 ay . ; g P| ede = ‘3 43 E p S Sp ‘= | & | 3 g : H Bay. 2 Seria eit Claes Sie mee Bie eh ce Bilge |i wat. & S1e (el PI ElElalelia Figiglzlalé | ge | ETS > ee a ees ee eh ee Ae) —: Jo TISugy ‘OOT 8B UeYey Suteq UINJoVS Jo pUO 07 suTye JO FWOIF WOT} MUINTOO yeurds oxy, ‘WAITAY 10 NOLATANG 40 SLUVd JO SNOILUNOdOU T PrRopoRTIONS OF PARTS OF SKELETON OF FELID& (continued). 480 The length of the skull from the basion to front of preemaxille being taken as 100, extent of :— PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [June 6, Length of upper] + Oo © | canine. 2 ea aos Basion to ovalion. | Bee ee aaa Narrowest see | 0 1D : orbital breadth. | FBS : Rete | oS Sr Transverse extent | ~ OW of 2:3: Gh co oH OO Tnterorbital ANS : ! breadth. Ria ee | Antero-posterior S19 @ " : P, 3, co co & Breadth of brain-| © 19 © : extent of —~ case. eee ee Cee Breadth of meso- Oo wm : hae exen 5 = = pterygoid fossa | 4 SM : of —— Length of carol Sam Antero-posterior aA + wo pterygoid fossa. | aS extent of £4: SS Length of palate. | a = x : Teese extent | c 3 = | No I of | Length of laste Did Hoo : aa eS | aa o hind last pe ST Leap SSS extent of M1: | ss Cals tes. : Length of | Om i: ength of inner-| @ 19 Breadth of palate. | & ea : RE | SH eae Breadth of zygo-| © o + Length of PES | > & mata, Son conse most inisor, | pe Sst : "oO Hoe A : g sine: Is : ra i oer : is) : : . ) ba] . . . alate | ea Cs] = A 2 2 & Bs 2 Hod oO | Serie aq > oO e & | < & | | 481 1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. C-FIL sseteneeeseneeeeeeserecesrsrererers snanpaoud SI[O iT 8-681 sesneeeeseneneeeoseencrecsscereenseseeseseres BIA STTOT L< se seeeeeeeersasecerserecscaneuueseseesenses sees BUTTUTPT $-Z1 steeesseegeeenesetesseasevaneserseseserseenesss BUTTXOTAT F611 A Oe mete ewe en es ane senses nese ress sesaneeeasrenet OnvIOAV ‘OOT 8B Uaye] qui [et0z00d 09 (sed pu ‘eiqy ‘anmoz) quart o1ajed oy Aq eurog uoysodorg GIT 96 €-C1 P-8E G6 TL FFL 9-F8G G-Iil F-8ET SIG Gs eg a LNG 0-06 6-98 £66 0-09 T-L16 GFT L116 0-007 €-96T 0-006 LBLE yo iieaiad SY BUTTERS AL L-9T P-FE 0-96 L-GG LL 1-6 8-S9T L-GSS T-T9T G-O8T Ole Re ees eee E E “ E ae F Bo} S40 ye ess tte” | een Be eee) ge a 5 Pie Z Bal | & sa) o Sse] & ES g 2% | 2 ee | @. | a | 3 ei. lea el ae a 8 of ae 3 rae 3 | ree | eueies a be eal | @@ | gal| 2 | Gs! | 22 | ee | e2 laze) 3 | 2 A ae No i AC Ea 2 pS eee QOH IER DEO 1O itH rHHHHHDH condyle. : : 77-3 : Length from front of lower canine to AGHOMD :AN AGO ia :or 310 B19 00 SH o> OD back of last lower OCHO IH i601 iH ea TAN A A oo Hoo molar. S 5 2 Interorbital breadth PAMAAAAMIOHO HID OMA HID HID DOHO at narrowest part. SSSR RAO PAN OOH H Interorbital breadth. | PSH HT ESH OMOSIS ISH P mH wom HONASO Ea ee em ee ee re ee ee Pa a UI HG 1D ie 19 Breadth of brain EOE MOAAHHRDION D9 OE ARBRODE- ANDO case. | SI AMANNA MON Ho AO PAA co AAA Ad +H 69:19 15 Length of each y zygomatic arch in EAAHAMDANOOMNMASON SODAS DMORMOBDNDOMN HN é : AANA IAOAR : Set a 6016 1615 straight line. = PA org 1D . IN DiNiW DOW ONOrE -KPOCOCSPEEOADSIOS Its breadth. sHSOSCSCSCSCSSOOHOSO so OrmOCOOCOCORMmONNS : op Ht pterygoid fossa. IN RR RNR RRR RNA SR OR OR RRR NN sass ADAASEONSSOOE A 1OORAEDARHSEWNOA Basion to ovalion. WMANARAANANHMAAN tS RRR NOOO HHO itn} 5 Length of meso- | PER OPAMRSSOACHS OHHE HOMO HHS a { ; Yen) From premaxille to] mosmBHONYROOAA PAMEPOAHAS OHIO palatine foramina. TARAS RANA AMA CSN ADO H Greatest length of AANISSONRASHONSHSANSOHOASKHMSOOHON palate. SEAS HOD WS HH OMHHOHHDAADGHORANY Its length behind Piste ae HoHt+ANOoNA LDH SCSDHHHooOHSH last molars. SS 6SS6NS66R6HH 16HSS5S6S5555 R004 RH 19 OR DMDID SIN INO PHA OMMOH|DMIG 7=OS MH Breadth of palate. SAANAGAAANKAAAAA IAGANAA dood ’ 1a Width of zygomata. CD19 1D 4 OI Ot HANNS TOPE AAAIRMMASONG Se SH HH 69 6915 1 SH HO HH i HOD HAS HH 99 6d OB do wD = aN ae te SCH Sel Sel ea eS) Em a eS ECO Teh Se Oe ey ihe one: QDADEORODEBARALOSS SOOO HOM ADSOAA T= AANA N Basion to pre- maxille. oe EE ee Bp pe Bie cre 0 Spay abide tier t ee ae pecker eee ROME TES Bes Ger ars hmetmsn lage Paice Here i eter = ieee ene re eae BA Emr fect ee AE aS as SSG ee ae eae tae Aetyt ite ip ieseige Cee ero tii iia s | i cee On etree ss Sor he See Soba) See Sa Roe ce Rear occ esen ey |S pores? ster Dy tee aml ae we es Det se tert et O ee SB es BA iif :Fe8 6 ett eal eee see ee “ . . . -* “a Mm . . gf ig3eS Sno E35 a8 2228.2 88 88223 BE SOQERAG OSS Ho aa, SaShUss2@eaads Oo n oases San Lm SSBef2 8-355 g8g, 22 880 PEUEAM mM HOR ROAR ECA S's ha Bo $ 5 wen OOO S & SSnRS ta besos es Os Paes | PEROMAAAH ATOR MAROC AOOHAOARHO SSSooscoseooonnH Sseoocoonn oOscooooooeonaesr Qo oOoor~ oO Seocoooeeoooooososeoesoseeo eceeo 7 Che roooce AAAnOoOnS Yer) CON A 19 QUE ens BOP ESF St a “<= PAAs HOD HOD CD AH DO HH E19 een Orme Von} ooo ine) oO = S us id Yon} u TAAASAAAIAA ooocooocoecoc.oc u OAMAAANHHOANAHAHASOHOSOONN Yen} Ors rsa Sr APAMSHOTOSOSH SoocesceoSsoooocoesSssSoSeoomsocoS | | | | | PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [June 6, 1 B.2 P. 486 molar series. Length of inner- Breadth of P:® Pi2 Breadth of P.3. most incisors. Length of outer- most incisors. Vertical extent of iP Breadth of P:1: Vertical extent of Vertical extent of Length of upper Length of = Length of $21 oS! 06! LE! #0! 8-01 0.01 OO} Bette eqno0T9 BG 0-% ZG G.g eT 9.0) 0-0 0:0 aE Perce eee e eee neeeeees vouunsq eueky 6-1 8-1 Del Le @T G0 0-0 0-0 0-E POR e eee eee eer eeee B}eLs wud yy £01 0.0 0:0} 0-0! 0-0] 0-0] 0.0} 0.0| 6-0 seeesees reteeseereseepgrgnod gy 3-0 6-0 10 GT 8-0 ¢.0 0.0 0-0 Li ree eee ee errr) eyordoyd hag £0 a0 ZO G0 2.0 F-0 2.0 .0 &-0 teen tenet en te ete teeeeessee sosop dng F-0| ¥-0| 0) 9-0| 9:0] £0} ¥.0|9-0| 8-0 "Spear ¥-0| F-0) -0| 8.0] 9-0| ¢.0] ¢.0] T-0] 8-0" reese BIBTTRA G0} F-0| G0] 40] 9-0} €-0} €-0} 6-0} T-L]’ “*""* SIJOIPITRP) 2.0/1 ¢-0| 9-0] ¢-0| 9.01 ¢-.0] $0] GO] GOl Tt Bpeonng £0 2.0 9:0 9.0 9-0 $0 G.0 e.0 0-T teaecerenearcecescsercs sees ©* QTESOUTINT €-0| £0] $0] F-0| G0] 6-0} G0] GO] LO) tt" snanosqo snqoresso19 ¥.0| #01 G.0| £0] 9:0] €-0| $0] ZO] GO lt tereeeeeeeeeeegragttt Cy 9:0} G-0 29-0} 6:0) 6-0} G0} 9.0 96-0) GT) “**sIT]0019]1A soysed.1o Fy 6-0 C.0 8-0 6-0 8:0 9-0 1.0 9.0 GT sweet ete ween eee eereenaenne eyesoudy 9.0/4.0} L0| £0 01 9:01 0.0] 0.0] BL ptt smomoary €.0| F-0|SF-0| 10] $-0| 0] 0] TO} 2 |’ “** BIUTpWe Ny 9.0 2.0 9-0 9-0 1-0 G.0 £0 £0 LI Hemet eee e eee e en eeeeeeee Vol BolUO FT £0 £0 F-0 G.O G.O F-0 e.0 e.0 oT weet eweeneee eee eee rete eenee eTesojo1y c¢.0| $.0| £0] 201 8-01 60} $01 BO] RL [ote snamxopereg 2.0] 2.0] #0] 9-0! #-0] &0| 0.01 0.0) GO tes: emeog GP-0| G0} 6:0} 9-0} 7:0} G0) 0-0) 0-0} 8:0)" ““"mOpouol gy ¢.9| ¢.0| ¢-0| 30) 201 @0! eo! LO] BO tt eqqemeg 9.0 \cF-0| 9-01 8-0| 201 ¢-0! G0] BO] BL [cesses sso gT c.0| ¢.0 le¢0| 2-0'¢9-0| #0] ¢.0| &0| OT eeeseeseeseeeerees QTMOLTIOATA 8.0 6.0 6.0 G1 eI 1.0 8.0 #0 Ll seeeeseeegeeeeeseyereseueeeeeeess BIZQATA ie A ; A . » a . = . a . ir) d . = . al ; nN [or ai fe fal [2] jal fel tal [1 ow |o ee fe ter leer ral cern irene ic) iS) io) io) ® sig. jelaishelsia wes ‘tp So | S| |S | S| S | b les Biot ei ei ei ele) sigs Be AlHI/AlH IAA HH 487 aS rowowns HOI HCD AAAA 00 OOO © iS N 30D ip 2H 1D rors) ree = ro SOD OO O Or 0 oo 219 cre ik POWMSOOWSHrO0 0 > 6200 sic} re :Ok seer * DHOE-EOAADR ee OO UDMIAASOH OAS IQ O 6 H19 10 1019 Hr FOND DONRBOAHN ee 4 + manus. pes. Humerus + radius Femur + tibia + Ungual phalanx, 3rd metacarpal. Lumbar region. Dorsal region. 3rd digit. Radius. Humerus. Scapula. Sacrum, Manus. ao I SS is 1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 1G GE RES SRS? UeeeuanesnceeeseeneeenFOTOTONT IZ POP eee eee e ne eeeeeeee eq001d04d 419) GG sseeesseessnensseeseeeesees SMOEDITED) ssoeeeeeeeeeseesneeestesneeseogagOLINg cram SNzBlOsVy SNTOAVssory) GaG |" snanosqo SnYoIVssory) BGS REsereceen se anetskaassh cso eMONUUACy seeeee [aweeeerereenecese . e[esoopg seeseeseeseees sS1TTOOTIITA soysedaop] ** gfesoudo GQ] [ocrteseeeeeeers suonory Gag] [otters STEIpUEN 886 |" **eopeaTOLOH] Z.gg. |trrtereteseeereeeeeeeem-gmmxopereay G.gg. [errerrerse creneeseeeeeeees gga G.Gg |trrreerreteeeseeeseesseessoes nga) Felg |e emoneaty, QiGZ [tttttttssteseeeeeeeeseeeeees BIIOATA 1 region. 1Ca. Cery ‘OOT 8B oye} Suteq UMAOES OY} JO PUS OY 0} SU]IL OT} WLOAT YPUOT ON} ‘MOyoToHS Jo szavd Jo uoryAodorg 33 Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. XXXIII. PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE EZLUROIDEA. [June 6, 488 zy | eo | oF | £9 | 86 | BIZ] O9 | BZL| LET | 096] GS | 69 GOL | 9-06 | ¥-96 POS a SERIO FASTIN) ce | op | ol | TAT] @L | GL | GEL | 296] SSL] 9 | SFB] 9G) 9-92 ““s9[0}01g gz |o0 | 3p | og | 8 | SEL] G9 | 49 | GIT} 616] G8 | 49 0.02 | 6Fo | GSC) FOL [7 Byoordoydday at | ol | ob | oe | @6 | GOL| FO | GS | OBL | BES) FB | FE | G06 ez | 6-66 | 906 fo sexotdngy oz | Gl | Fo | GL | BIT] SOL] TS | L8 | GFL] HG) OT] F-9 | 0-86 $92 | BOG | Tle [oc epmesraeyy pe | ot | 6G | 89 | GIT] OAT] 94 | 68 | SIT) LPG) | Oe | ES | cog | gg, pot eID re | er | £¢ | 99 | at] 981] G2 | 88 | SET | 246] OBT | 9-9 @4z | 162 | 166 | 9:26 po SOIT ec | Fl | 06 | TL | Sel] PFS | GG | OOT| SOL] GLE] FIT) TA | S86 61Z | L196 | PH PO ByBoLMY : 1-6 G-GS L- 1G ZGo G2 * snyeroset snyo..1essoiy zt | et | 2¢ | G9 | oI] TAL] 99 | $8 | GAT] 286] OOL | 2-9 226 | GES | BES | GS | SManosgo sntporessorH 6g | ot | £9 | 29 | LIT] SOT | 49 | 88 | LPL | #96) SIT] 69 | SG 0:92 | $46 | 461 seeeeeeesesstgo TOAD) 6-91 6-9% seccce wocces eescoe BF F-86 eecces ececocconsecces eTesoopq ec | ar | 2b | e9 | LIL] ST] 99 | 88 | GAT] 82 | 6OT |) 99 | &-S6 ¢.0z | G-9g | LIe [oc seqsed.toH ez |@at}|og | tr | 96 | 091] 69 | Fo | O9T] $66] 08 | BL | BET Lee | 6Gz | Low proce epedoudy zt later | 99 | 6a | 08 | 9FT| G9 | GO | GEL | GFZ) 44 | TA | $61 Tb |) 8:98 l Leeae |e SO OLY, ez | OL | og | #9 | GOT] 6ST] GL | OL | PET] TLE] 06 | GL | 866 10% | Lee | GOs | BtaIpaeN 91 | et | te | ab | 98 | Tel | oo | 69 | BET | GPS) BA | OG OLT | Lee | Sto | RST [vere stare 1 |¢t | oe | To | £6 | TE] 09 | #8 | SFL] 6Le| 69 | 0-9 Gr |) Les. | Ors | Oa) | see enetsO Eyer ae li Ge RL i See lp See | Wt | eee, Meee gc | ort | pe | os | 26 | SFL] 94 | 06 | HFT] 68] SOL} 89 | 266 9.96 | Glo | 88ST *** Joo) 31 | or | te | Fe | OL | GIT] 09 | BO | GOL] IB) 68 | GI | SBT SEL | T06 | OST Po BTMOMTeATA ee | tL | oe | 88 | 6a | SIL| To | 69 | GIL) HIG] 18 | 8h | SOT 0.02 | SOT WR | a BAIOAT A EY 3 £ Beat tee eee ti te 3 J 3S 3s 2 a] 2 = 2 Pi aio) ae |B. ele Rol) a lige lle |e a Syit aes lt ae! foal at | gua ieee it ane deeb a | & Q 2 a | ; wre] - om . ~~ eo) | S| B—-| ee | ae See | 8.1) gel ge Bohn a q a 8 Ss | Sq] ‘a 3 FI a 3 = i g 1g >) oO (=) a = HH 3 me oO a [o) m Oo =] D Oo = HH | & a 1a a2) es) rao) = io) lod e) ay ea Ay ‘ODT SB Toye} SuIeq UMAOVS 94} JO PUE OT} 0} SUT}E OTT} TOF TISueT oy} ‘uoqopoys JO syrud Jo uonaodorg ee ee ee eee ee ee Proportions of the skull and teeth, the length from basion to front of preemaxille being taken as 100. 1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. Basion to ovalion. Poses See ae o MoOADSaANG Hoo AAA AAA AAA CIA GI 489 DOM Ota OH Ooms DMAMARHDMORANGS ANAATADAANAAAA Breadth of 2: 3: Length of 2:3: L ontiniael eee a) COODCIAI AI COCOA HH HCD 519 SI SO GD SS SU or OHO HOD AHHOK AD MWOANDAABWHODHN v=) DOSODOKRMOMOOHE =) FOMARNAMIADOOSOSO :N MOHONSHDSOASESTYWSS OHi41H DO DHE ARDSO Qnmi919SNOWrs -tom Breadth of P: 4: lseeaasresece if ESE SHNOBAD :0HOH P.4 MHOSAPBDIOROHDOD 2S BeOoOEAQrowta tov Length of —* HOOADAMHOPOM 1S BOR OUDSO. GOS or rei re err M.1 ROSRENSSSHSS 19 DOIN OSHSONS :Hto> Breadth of —:~ ALEDHOOHMOBHE 1D S®VVHOCHAOSWH :O194 M1 NOH MAMPOSMA iH RESADH OAS IFRS Length of =" IAM OAAc OHA IH BAM oto HOA AA M2 POH 2 imgQoo ii iw HWONSHASHM i iii: Breadth of “== cM] od F PHAMA 2 2 ro OmOmHIN 253: Length (antero- PAHOA ! INM00 IN ie BHOPOARrO i iii: posterior) of M2 | AAW; OAH NO IN cccpcepecod i fii: Length of inmner- | ROSIE AErANA IOS it FOEAtdthe TOA wa st most incisor. COC HANC CNS IAM iH amino MaNHACOW dH Length of outer- |NOArAOMDAN 19M IH NOASCHASAWDBSOH most incisor. IDO CDH HID GDH Eco TH SHOR SHHHERALELA Length of upper |SSANFASOSMOAATD 19 AP OEE EHNDSOLSOA canine ANMAAHOAA A 30 HOA HL AAD How HH esas Y Se Oe Aes Ocoee eee oe a ee mare en! eSsaqesqarcd 4 Narrowest post- | SESRSSRSESEATS MDOMONBAEAOHDAy orbital breadth. | #MOSRASHORANS RQRHBQadeasVay Interorbital breadth. | PSLSE LTRS PSSEOAa Se See See ee nterorbitai breadth. ESLDREDHAOHHAR IASAR OAK HOH Se eA HANAN Aaa AN AARANA Breadth of brain- case. OHAITAXANDOANS Ho Bx 09 60 09 4 19 990910 WOAN100 Ql 6 6D 09 6D OD OD 69 69 OD 09 09 OD OD Tio ror AADALrDMNDOS Hie BMODSHDOOr-rDDED HOD 10 SH SH OSH SH OOD IN I OD Breadth of meso- pterygoid fossa. AANSPRAHDARDAVAOmE SEE RAORADASAKRHE mo A MAID O ASSO HOE DBD HAASHASSSOANHH Es A se oe oe Length of meso- pterygoid fossa. DAOrAMAMHHOMOOnm DADNAARDABRAAND See ARR ANS TAT Length of palate. KOH ODDOHOMIGD HOS DSOrSOSSHODAdAHDS 1G 15 19) 151) SH 1G 19 19 SHAG 19 19) 6 DiID ON AHI OBPOAMr HH QD Te CSS SS FICC CD cS SS POM Seu lee Aud sue SS 1 16> Length of palate behind molars. At HS HS WINS AID OD 19 1 1 1G OD SH SHH HI COG 1B 6 SPQ ONDOSRADHION INOKSHO OW HS OHS Breadth of palate. 52 CU GAN Sod Say Ort SN Rosa SOoN NAAN ONAN AA OD IQ AMOAAM NON 3 S2 COC GIS DH OOO HOS CO OLA 00 09 SON 4 OD NI OD OD SH Breadth of zygo- mata. a , — HOO HOI IN SH HO OD DOH HHOANSHKRD OO aH 169 16) SH 19 19) 15 65 19 1919 1D sH eae aes rms ig a Se A RS |e et a“ g)” oy ote Se Bee Se oe os PSS) Pale ha eke eum saea SRE ae ry wh be She ee er es eee Hee Bites ae! - 3 Siecle . Ce = jee = | 3S “Ba ite:5e@2a,o088 2:83 Be eueaee Ho 7-H O88 600.545 sc oO PEE ECT ECE Ppa d.t-e HO 1S) wae OOF OB OSH boo SS eoamedkadomt 'ynictis.. Hyena brunnea .............. Chnmatat reo tek ore Cryptoprocta ........ IPNOtOlGS ce asncctcsteesecececcsnesss Hyena striata ...... Hemigalidia .............cssec00s Mipleres ..-.0sssvecssvececeocene Galidictis ..........-.ssssesseoses(O7" UTICA 5 cs capnnssstares Ts cieecs (BO Galidia .. Crossarchus obscurus .........|60° Rhinogale..............is00066.-.|08° BAGO GRO cecccccn-cstsccsestenseeldesteclosaess C oo oo * 490 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [June 6, Extreme length of skull being taken as 100, length :-— om_ Ss gs | 3 ahs a2 | Per ye) uo Bs aos on oe 5 ats B= |Ee| 2 | gee C= iicaahd pascal Oe fae = a 3 =| Soot onl =r aoc fo) Bos Q q 3 al © 3 | 2S Oo peel peacoat fe % aad BS site. Pz 8.8 oo of$8| $8 Sy SASS & & = eam = Viverrarncicncteoriesorniins 46:2 | 70°8 | 343 127°9 Viverricula, ..........cecceses 43:3 | 686 | 31:3 136°4 OSSD) sac bissecedeseccracatannnas 48:3 | 73°6 | 38-4 129:0 132°5 CGNOLUA\. crees Stee. scsanac cade 43°7 | 68:7 | 33-7 or 1270 PFIOHOGONM “Avcceccccssbeaceces 40°2 | 68:0 | 305 scenes SP OVANEE, wrdee dtveva ss oeaee coh cea oonespallesscou|uece lee [4 | cases Parad oxurus........ececeeeeee 451 | 784 | 344 123°6 Arciopalencsrsmccseer nas sores 415 1772 19287 | wae Hemigaloa i. 15. scssencsarexe| | sssues) |bessma¥ 123:2 Nantlinialtcdcscsveessenetecess 53°6 | 746 | 346 136°6 PATOUHICLIG 2s caspaneteeseeneetens 3866 | 72°6 | 22:2 1120 Oynogale ..........cssceseeees 50°8 | 745 | 39-4 123°9 eon eae 1816 seeeee | weeeee | weeene eecene | waeeee | eeeves 73°6 | 29:8 120-2 709 | 27-4 1363 68:9 \-aveseveuh-eeeaaee Hemigalidia ............. sevee| 42°4 | 66°6 | 25°7 129°3 Hupleres ......sscsseeseeee wee] 441 | 72°7 | 37-6 123°4 Cryptoprocta .........ceeee 42:1 | 73:6 | 31:5 127°9 rotelos.cc.s5ovssocteesseawsss 246 | 664 | 149 1048 Hyena striata .........ccc00e] ceeeee Sane se! |/(OAsOia| & tu btsasexe Hysena drummed .....cscce0.] ceeeee | ceceee | cvceee | coerce Crocuta.....scsccserene Ror es fi aera ere ret Neato 94-4 491 1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. Noo ec SBHOnRRAMBEROAS ANANNHEAS4 AD HRPOONSMAOAHD st et = mo Breadth of F: 3- R.A, Breadth of Sie 69 S HOD 6} Length of P: 4 Breadth of M1: Length of M1. Breadth of brain- Breadth of zygo- mata. a 1d oa a oO Y | | | | £3] From prema to palatine fora- muna. Breadth of palate. OBES seb ee Canes rata n are e=er aa Tee GALOG |rirttetecsee vouunig euaATy G-LGS foe eens suaky 1-681 poclot tre veacsessevenserrcsaroq Ode, + eqoordo,d Lip ZiGOG | oerressseecseecee esse soaetdniy 9-EL1 seenanesereeeeeseocos mma stUO eT O-0ST |" F-9L1 seeewee CORR eee eee SVOTpIeN) BOGS [oeeettterseteesseseee soe goTg 8-983 e Stareasca theese cas OTe SOULS “Teeeeee* snanosqo snyoIessodp teenerereceere sara gttA() GPO [oe SrTPOOI ATA soysod 10 FT GPS TOON meee eee rene earenee soysodaoyy 9-666 |"""" * eyesouty 3-285 Heeseeeneeeees gragToTW o-eLT | seeeoeeeeee @TUTPUBNT 0:GES SOO eee eee renee een eeee eorestue pT Z89G eee eee ere er ery e[Bs0,01y Gls [ere snamxopereg POLL [ects euerog O.GGG [rts uopomomag FOGL [octets pone QLLEG [ities estes asso teeeeees @mouoata. | O.GGG [reteset ergot, Length of palate. a eS a, ee eee || ee ee A ee ee eee ee ‘OOT 88 Uoye} FuIEq MOITeAO OY} 07 OIse oY} WO. OUT] OT] ‘YJ99} PUB [[NYs oy} Jo suorjzodorg 492 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [June 6, Myo.uoey. The muscles of the Felide have, as every one knows, been most perfectly illustrated and described, with his peculiar nomenclature, by Straus-Diirckheim in his splendid work ‘ Le Chat.’ The mus- cles of the Cat have also been shortly described under their com- monly known names, and partly illustrated from fresh dissections, by me’. The muscles of various Felide, of the Genet, and of the Hyzena have been figured in Cuvier’s magnificent ‘Recueil des Planches.’ The muscles of the Civet have been described by Prof. Macalister? and by Messrs. Young * and Davis *, and those of Cro- cuta by Dr, Watson *. With these references, I shall content myself with shortly noticing the myological conditions which I have observed in the specimen of Genetta tigrina dissected by me, pointing out their resemblances and differences from those found by me in the Cat, by Prof. Macalister in the Civet, and by Dr. Watson in Crocuta. Muscles of the Pectoral Limb. Pectoralis.—I found this in the Genet to be as in the Cat, save that one muscular mass corresponds with what I have described * as the Ist, 2nd, and 5th parts of the Cat’s pectoralis, while the part which seems to represent the Cat’s 2nd portion extends three fourths down the humerus. What corresponds to the 4th part of the Cat’s pec- toral is here inserted into the head of the humerus around the ten- don of the biceps, and (mainly) on the greater tuberosity. In Crocuta the pectoral is inserted into the whole length of the humerus from the bicipital groove to the elbow, and is divisible into a superficial and a deep stratum. The rectus abdominis extends the whole length of the sternum ; and there are (as in the Civet) seven tendinous inscriptions. The scaleni are as in the Cat, except that the longer one reaches from the 5th to the 8th rib: from the 3rd to the 6th in the Civet. There are but two scaleni in Crocuta, but there are three in Hyena brunnea and the Civet. The subclavius is represented by a small muscle which goes from the first rib to the rudimentary clavicle, as also in the Civet. The ¢rapezius has the same general conditions as it has in the Cat’. Its anterior part is very small in the Hyzenas’*. The cephalo-humeral is as in the Cat, as it is also probably in the Civets and Hyznas. In the latter it is of enormous strength °. 1 Journ. of Anat. and Phys. vol. xiv. (1879) p. 166. 2 Thid. vol. ii. p. 205. 3 See ‘The Cat’ (John Murray, 1881), chap. v. 4 Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. n.s. vol. i. 1869-74, p. 506. 5 P.Z.8. 1879, p. 79, pls. v. & vi. Some myological notes as to Hyena brunnea have also been published by Dr. Murie in Trans. Zool. Soc. vii. p. 509. 6 ‘The Cat, p. 145. 7 Prof. Macalister reckons as part of the trapezius what I and Dr. Watson consider to be the cephalo-humeral (or levator humeri). 8 « Opposite the last two cervical spines.” 9 Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. vii. p. 510. 1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 493 The rhomboideus arises (as in the Civet) from the 3rd cervical to the 4th dorsal vertebra ; in Orocuta from the 5th cervical to the 4th dorsal. There is no rhomboideus capitis, thus differing from the Cat and agreeing with Crocuta, though, according to Meckel, there is one in Hyena striata. The serratus magnus arises in the Cat from the first ten ribs, in the Genet from the first nine, in Crocuta from the first eight, and in the Civet from the first seven or eight. The levator anguli scapule arises in the Cat from the last five cervical vertebre, in the Genet and Civet from the last four’, in Crocuta from the last five cervical and first dorsal vertebree. It is enormously thick in the Hyzenas. The levator clavicule is as in the Cat; also in Crocuta?. The latissimus dorsi I found to arise as in the Cat ; while in the Civet it extends from the 5th dorsal to the 3rd lumbar vertebra. In the Hyeenas it arises from the posterior eleven dorsal spines and the lumbar aponeurosis. There is but one dorso-epitrochlear, which corresponds to my internal dorso-epitrochlear of the Cat. There is but one in the Civet and Hyeenas. The deltoid, infraspinatus, and teres minor are as in the Cat. The subscapularis and infraspinatus are as in the Cat. The supraspinatus only differs from that of the Cat in that, as in the Civet, it is obscurely separable into two portions, and in that it pro- jects less beyond the margin of the bone of the scapula. The ¢eres major in the Genet, Civet, and Hyzenas is inserted into the tendon of the latissimus dorsi, rather than into the humerus in common with it as in the Cat. The ¢riceps of the Genet is substantially like that of the Cat, ex- cept that its fifth head of origin extends higher up the humerus. In Crocuta and Viverra civetta there are but four heads. The anconeus is like that of the Cat, except that it is not larger than is the fifth head of the triceps. There isa short flat anconeus in Crocuta. The éiceps in the Genet (as in the Civet, the Cat, and the Hyzenas) arises by a single head from the margin of the glenoid surface, and is inserted into the tubercle of the radius. The coracobrachialis is as in the Cat, save that it (as also in the Civet) partly unites with the tendon of the latissimus dorsi and ad- jacent part of the triceps. It is also single in the Hyzenas. The brachialis anticus is as in the Cat, Civet, and Hyzenas. The supinator longus arises much lower down the humerus than in the Cat. It is inserted into the radius, but sends (as also in the Civet) a slip to the dorsal carpal ligament. It is absent in the Hyenas, or only represented by a tendinous vestige®. In Hemi- ica Young says from the last six (Journ. of Anat. & Phys. vol. xiv. p. . * Also in the Ichneumon, where it is said by Meckel (Anat. Comp, vol. vi. p. 238) to perforate the trapezius. 5 P. Z.8. 1879, p.-98. 494 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [June 6, galea it is inserted into the large plate-like process of the radius, before described (fig. 2). The extensores carpi radiales longior et brevior and the supinator brevis are as in the Cat and Civet. The extensor communis digitorum supplies the four outer digits in the Hyeenas and Civet, as in the Genet and Cat. The extensor minimi digiti is substantially as in the Cat, and sup- plies the 3rd, 4th, and 5th digits in the Civet, but in the Hyzenas it only goes to the 4th and 5th’. The extensor longus ulnaris is as in the Cat. The extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis is as in the Cat, save that its origin extends up inside the olecranon. It is recorded as arising from the olecranon in the Civet (but not in the Hyzenas), and as inserted into a sesamoid at the base of the first metacarpal according to Macalister *, and exclusively into the metacarpal of the pollex ac- cording to Mr. Young. The extensores indicis et secundii internodii pollicis are as in the Cat, save that their origin does not extend up to the olecranon. The extensor s. i. pollicis is wanting in the Hyznas, but present in the Civet, where it goes to the pollex and index. The pronator teres is asin the Cat. In the Civet its insertion extends down to the lower end of the radius. It is shorter and more slender, relatively, in the Hyznas. In Hemigalea it is inserted into the singular plate-like process of the radius. The palmaris longus is inserted into the palmar fascia, as in the Cat and Hyenas. In the Civet it is said to be large (more or less double) and inserted into the pisiforme. It is much united with the muscle next to be noticed in Hyzenas and in the Cat. The flecor sublimis digitorum is not blended with the palmaris longus, but is very small, and takes origin from part of the tendon of the flecor profundus, as also in the Civet. It goes to the four outer digits; and in Crocuta (where it seems yet more completely blended with the flexor profundus) it goes to the three middle digits *, the fifth being supplied by a minute separate muscle *; as also in the Civet, which Mr. Young (/.c. p. 172) compares with my and Murie’s “flexor brevis manus” of Hyraz’. The flexor profundus digitorum arises by five bellies, three from the condyle, one from the radius (as in the Cat), and one from the ulna. It has four origins in the Civet—1. condylo-ulnar, 2. condylo- radial, 3. radial, and 4, ulnar. The flexor carpi ulnaris is as in the Cat, except that the two heads soon unite to form one belly. In the Civet the muscle is double, one part arising from the condyle and one from the olecra- 1 Also in the Genet in Cuyier’s Planches, pl. 126. fig. le’; and in the Hyzna, see pl. 129. fig. Le’. ? Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. vol. i. 1869-74, p. 509. 3 P. Z.8. 1879, p. 99. 4 In Hyena striata the accessory slips are altogether tendinous. 5 Tt arises in the Civet from the annular ligament, pisiforme, and tendon of palmaris longus. See also Cuvier’s ‘ Planches,’ pl. 126. fig. 2, x, o. 1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 495 non; both are inserted into the pisiforme. In Hyena striata and Crocuta it only arises from the inner condyle of the humerus. The flexor carpi radialis is as in the Cat. The pronator quadratus extends for about the lowest third of the length of the bones of the forearm (instead of half their length, as in the Cat). It extends for about the lowest quarter in the Civet, or alittle more’. In Hyena striata it is large; and in Crocuta it extends up the whole length of the bones of the forearm. It is very large in Hemigalea, and is inserted into the plate-like process of the radius. The lumbéricales in the Genet are asin the Cat. In the Civet there are sometimes but three’, though there are four in Hyena and Crocuta. The flexor brevis pollicis arises by two heads in the Civet, and there is an opponens. There are no muscles furnished to the rudi- mentary pollex of the Hyenine. The abductor pollicis arises in the Civet from the ulnar ossicle, and has a long tendon. The abductor minimi digiti arises from the annular ligament and pisiform bone in the Civet, and it exists also in Crocuta. A second abductor arises in the Civet from inside the fifth metacarpal, and is inserted into the ulnar sesamoid of the fifth digit. There is also a second flexor brevis minimi digiti arising from the unciforme, and inserted beside the muscle previously mentioned. The interossei in the Civet are said to be® as follows :—First, a (carpally arising) adductor indicis ; secondly, a metacarpal adductor indicis ; then an adductor annularis ; fourthly, an adductor minimi digiti: the foregoing are palmar interossei. The dorsal interossei are :—First, an abductor indicis ; secondly, an abductor medii digiti ; thirdly, an adductor medii digiti; fourthly an adductor annularis : these are all bicipital except the third. In Crocuta Dr. Watson says *:—‘‘ A deep set of interossei com- prises eight fleshy bundles arranged in pairs, two to each metacarpal.” ‘Tn addition to these paired muscles are two single ones (palmar interossei). These arise together from the bases of the third and fourth metacarpals. They are distributed to the middle and outer- most digits respectively.” Muscles of the Pelvic Limb. The gluteus maximus, gluteus medius, gluteus minimus, tensor vagine femoris, and biceps femoris are as in the Cat. The accessory biceps or tenuissimus is in the Genet as in the Cat °, except that it is slightly connected with the semitendinosus. In the Civet also it receives a slip, at its insertion, from the semi- 1 Mr. Young says “lower third” (Z. c. p. 171). 2 Mr. Young (i. c. p. 172) found four. ° Macalister, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. vol. i. (1869-74) p. 510. 4 P.Z.8. 1879, p. 100. ® Cuvier says it only goes to the femur (Lecons d’Anat. Comp. i. p. 520), 496 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [June 6, tendinosus. In the Hyena it descends at least to the middle of the leg!; Dr. Watson says to the os calcis in Crocuta. The semitendinosus of the Genet (as also the Civet) has a delicate head, which arises from the third caudal vertebra at the hinder end of the caudal origin of the gluteus maximus, with which it is con- terminous. This head joins the other part of the semitendinosus about one third down the femur, and becomes slightly connected with the tenuissimus. It is inserted as in the Cat, but the upper tendon of its insertion is not so distinct. This muscle has no caudal origin in Crocuta. The semimembranosus is in the Genet quite asin the Cat, save that its two parts are more separate—separate for nearly the whole length of the muscle. The part from the ramus of the ischium goes to the femur; that from its tuberosity to the tibia. In Crocuta it is quite inseparable from the adductor magnus. Agitator caude—This muscle, which I did not observe in the Cat, arises in the Civet from the first and second caudal vertebrz, and is inserted into the back of the femur. In the Genet its origin blends with the hinder end of the caudal origin of the gluteus maximus. It is crossed by the sciatic nerve and goes to the lower third of the femur (rather behind its outer margin), and extends down almost to the external condyle. In the Genet and Civet there is a special sphincter of the scent- glands. The sartorius is double in the Genet and, sometimes at least, in the Civet?. One part arises from above and behind the anterior superior spine of the ilium and goes to the patella; the other part springs from below the first part, and is lost in the fascia on the inner side of the knee. It is also double in Crocuta. The pectineus in the Genet is as in the Cat. It is large and double at its insertion in the Civet*. In Crocuta it goes from the ilio-pectineal line to the middle of the linea aspera. The adductor mass of the Genet is substantially similar to that of the Cat, though, as in the Civet, it may be divided into three parts. One of these, the adductor primus, is attached to the semimem- branosus*, Another, the adductor secundus, is very wide and short and is separable into two layers. The third part, or adductor longus, is attached halfway down the femur. In Crocuta there are two adductor muscles, which both arise from the pubic arch, and which are inserted, respectively, one into the internal condyle and internal tuberosity of femur, and the other into the whole length of the linea aspera and into the internal branch of its lower bifurcation. The quadriceps extensor of the Genet is as in the Cat, save that the crureus takes origin along the whole length of the femur, up to the neck of that bone. The crureus is not differentiated in Cro- cuta, and the vaséi are hardly separable. + Cuvier’s ‘ Planches,’ pl. 131. 2 Mr. Young, /. c. p. 174, describes it as single. 3 P. Z.S. 1879, p. 102, 4 Not so in the Civet (Young, /. ¢. p. 174). 1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 497 The psoas magnus and iliacus are as in the Cat. The psoas parvus arises from the third, fourth, and fifth lumbar vertebree, and (as in the Civet) is inserted into the pelvis by a very strong tendon. The pyriformis, gemelli, quadratus lumborum, quadratus femoris, and the odturators are as in the Cat. A muscle which I did not notice in the Cat exists in the Civet: it arises in front of and below a very distinct antero-posterior ridge on the dorsum of the ilium. It is called gluteus quartus by Professor Macalister. Another muscle, which answers to my gluteus quartus in the Cat, is similarly conditioned to that of the Cat, both in Genetéta and Viverra. It also exists in Crocuta. This muscle is called gluteus quintus by Professor Macalister. The plantaris arises, in the Genet, only from the external condyle of the femur and the adjacent sesamoid bone, and is (as also in the Civet) only slightly united with the external head of the gastro- cnemius. It is inserted as usual. The gastrocnemius of the Genet has only three heads of origin— one from each femoral condyle and adjacent sesamoid, and one (mainly aponeurotic at its origin) from the fibula. There is no origin from the ligamentum patelle. The insertion is as usual. The soleus of the Civet is like that of the Cat. In the Genet it takes origin from the upper half of the fibula. Its insertion is as usual. It is wanting in Hyena striata and in Crocuta. The popliteus and tibialis anticus are both as in the Cat, and the same is the case with the Civet. In Crocuta it is double half- way down, the tendon of one part being inserted into the entocunei- forme, and that of the other into the rudimentary metatarsal of the hallux. The extensor longus digitorum of the Genet is like that of the Cat. In the Civet it gives origin to two main tendons, which sub- divide to supply the four outer digits, the details of the subdivision varying in different individuals. In Hyena striata the muscle divides into two bellies and gives off five tendons. In Crocuta it seems to be single, and is said to give off no tendon to the digitus minimus. The eatensor longus hallucis is absent in Crocuta and in the Cat. In the Civet it is slender, arises from the upper half of the margin of the fibula, and goes to the hallux only. In the Genet it is also slender and has a similar origin, but appears to end distally in an aponeurotic expansion extending dorsally on the hallux and index. The peroneus longus in the Civet and Genet is inserted into the fifth metatarsal as well as into the first metatarsal. In Crocuta and Hyena striata it is inserted into the fifth metatarsal only. The peroneus brevis and peroneus quiniti digiti are as in the Cat. The latter is wanting in Crocuta, but the former has two tendons. The extensor brevis digitorum of the Genet and Civet is much as in the Cat, but ends distally in an aponeurotie expansion rather than in quite distinct tendons. It goes to the four outer or to the four 498 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [June 6, inner digits. In Hyena and Crocuta it only goes to the second, third, and fourth digits. The tibialis posticus is as in the Cat. The flewor longus digitorum and flexor hallucis of the Genet are like those of the Cat, save that a small tendon is sent to the hallux. There is no such tendon in the Hyenine. The flexor brevis digitorum is in the Genet as in the Cat, save that it is not divided into four bellies side by side, but is in one mass. In Crocuta? it is confined to the sole of the foot, and is represented solely by a tendon, there being no muscular belly. In H. striata (according to Meckel) it is a prolongation of the tendon of the plantaris with additional muscular fibres from the fourth metatarsal. In the Civet it seems to be similar, except that the additional muscular fibres are derived from the os calcis. The accessorius of the Genet (and apparently of the Civet) is very unlike the muscle described by me under this name in the Cat *. It arises from the outer side of the os calcis, and ends ina strong tendon which joins obliquely the tendon of the deep flexors pre- viously noticed. In Crocuta it is very small and slender, with a similar origin and insertion. In the Genet, Civet, and Crocuta there are but three lumbricales, which take origin from the surface of the conjoined deep flexor tendons. Dr. Watson and Mr. Young remark‘ of the Hyenine :—‘‘ The enormous development of the muscles of the neck and fore quarters, together with minor points already referred to, serve at once to associate’? Crocuta with the other Hyzenas, and to separate them “ from the remaining groups of the Ailuroidea.” Doubtless also, as these authors remark, the external form and skeleton of Proteles indicate that its muscular system does not differ materially from that common to Hyena and Orocuta. SPLANCHNOLOGY. Tongue. The tongue in the Felide is provided with circumvallate papille disposed in two rows converging posteriorly, there being sometimes as many as six in eachrow. Behind these is a group of very large, soft, and pointed flattened papilla. Fungiform papille are little conspi- cuous, but are scattered over the organ, especially at the sides of the anterior part. The conical papille have, at the anterior fourth of the dorsal surface, that well-known hard and horny character which gives a rasp-like character to the tongue of even small Cats, while in the large species these papilla are like claws and are veritable spines. Comparing the tongue of the Civet ° with that of a feline animal °, 1 See Cuvier’s ‘ Planches,’ pl. 128. fig. 4 y. 2 P. Z.8. 1879, p. 104. 3 «The Cat,’ p. 161. 4 P.Z. 8. 1879, p. 106. 5 7. g., the specimen No. 1513p, Coll. of Surgeons. 6 E.g., that of the Caracal, No. 1513 c, Coll. of Surgeons. 1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 499 we find the tongue of the former to be relatively longer, more slender, and more pointed anteriorly. The freenum is attached for nearly two thirds the tongue’s length instead of only for about half. The lytta is about as much developed, relatively, as in the Cat. The fungiform papille are scattered pretty equally over the greater part of the dorsum of the tongue, but are absent from a narrow elongated tract in the middle ofits dorsum. There are only three circumvallate papillae, one in the middle, and one on each side of it, a very little in advance, so that they form together an extremely obtuse angle open forwards. Fig. 3. A. Tongue of the Civet: ¢, conical papilla; f, fungiform papille ; ¢.v, circum- vallate papills. B. Tongue of the Genet: f, free fold of mucous membrane. Each circumvallate papilla is large, with from 9 to 12 small papille on its surface. The conical papille are not horny ’, but are simply short conical processes scattered over the dorsum of the tongue, being longest on its middle towards the apex and also at its sides. There is no conspicuous patch of specially modified papille towards the anterior part of the dorsum. The flattened papille are very small, close-set, and inconspicuous compared with those of Felis ; they are scarcely larger than the conical papille. 1 They are said by Daubenton (Buffon, Hist. Nat. tome ix. pp. 322 & 337) to be much more conspicuous in the Zibet than in the Civet. 500 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [June 6, In the Genet the flattened papille are larger, relatively, than in the Civet. There is no median circumvallate papilla, but either one elongate one, or two small ones on either side. There is no patch of enlarged papilla on the dorsum, but those on the anterior half of the part in front of the circumvallate papille are generally larger. A large free fold of mucous membrane projects horizontally from the anterior part of the freenum on either side of it. In Hemigalea there isa marked free fold of membrane, similar to that of Genetta. There are three circumvallate papille, one of which is median in position, and they form together an angle open forwards, not quite so obtuse asin the Civet. The flattened papille are small and inconspicuous, and there are no conspicuous fungiform papilla. On the other hand, the conical papillee are specially modi- fied on the anterior half of the tongue so as to form an oblong patch of enlarged, but smooth papillee at that part. This patch, however, is by no means so well defined a patch as that which exists in certain other genera, e. g. Galidia, Herpestes, and Crossarchus. The tongue of Nandinia is like that of Viverra eivetta, except it is more pointed and has a relatively stouter lytta. The fungiform papille, though scattered generally over its dorsum, are smaller and less conspicuous. There are only two circumvallate papilla, there being no median one. The flattened papille are larger and more conspicuous, but not so large as (though more close set than) in Felis. Aretictis has a tongue like that of the Civet, except that there is a greater difference of aspect between the anterior and the posterior halves of its dorsum. On its anterior half the conical papillee are more conspicuous ; and on its posterior half the fungiform papillz are less so. Speaking generally, the fungiform papillze are conspicuous and the conical papillee are small. There are seven or eight circum- vallate papille, which together form an angle of about 75°. The flattened papille are hardly so conspicuous as in Nandinia. In the specimen of Herpestes I examined there were only three cireumvallate papille, and they were placed almost in a straight - transverse line. The flattened papille were small and inconspicuous. There was a very distinct patch of much enlarged so-called conical papille on the dorsum of the tongue, each of these papille being really flattened and having the appearance of having had its apex cut off. Fungiform papillee were conspicuous, and scattered over the dorsum between the patch of enlarged papillze and the circumvallate ones. In Cynictis I found three very conspicuous circumvallate papille, which together form a right angle. Behind these are elongated flattened papille, but hardly so conspicuous as in Nandinia. There is, on the anterior half of the dorsum, a wide, rounded patch of much enlarged conical papille, which are really flattened in form, and so disposed as to cause the patch to have the appearance of being marked with a series of lines of the shape called “embattled ” in heraldry. Around this patch, and on the middle of the tongue behind it, the papille are very small, and amongst them certain 1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ELUROIDEA. 501 Sungiform papille are moderately conspicuous. Conical papillee of intermediate size are placed at the sides of the hinder half of the tongue. In Crossarchus' we have similar characters carried to a more exaggerated degree, the conical papille of the dorsal patch being larger and the fungiform papille being more conspicuous. The Tongue of Proteles. e, conical papille ; f, fungiform papille; /’, points towards the much enlarged papille ; ¢.v, one of the two depressions in which lie the two circumyallate papille. three circumvallate papille form an angle of about 105°. The flattened papillze are very little conspicuous. Gralidia has a tongue like that of Orossarchus, except that the papillee of the dorsal patch are still more enlarged. Hyena has for the most part a tongue like that of Cynictis and Galidia magnified ; but the flattened papille are much larger relatively as well as absolutely, and are much more conspicuous. 1 Cuvier says (Lecons d’Anat. Comp. 2nd edit. vol. iv. 1° partie, p. 553) that he did not find a lytta in the Mangoustes, 502 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [June 6, The papillee generally, other than those of the dorsal patch, are relatively small, and the fungiform papille are but little conspi- cuous. Even those of the patch are relatively smaller than in the previously noticed genera. The lytta is small. There are only two circumvallate papille, and they are very small. In Proteles the tongue is very exceptional indeed. It is spatulate in form, and the dorsal patch attains here its maximum of distinct- ness. The patch extends quite to the apex and side of the anterior third of the dorsum of the tongue. Each papilla of the patch is an enlarged hemispherical prominence. The fungiform papille are only conspicuous at the sides of the tongue and in front of the cir- cumvallate papilla, of which there are but two, each of which is situated in a very deep depression. The flattened papille are very inconspicuous. The Palate, Nose, and Lips. In all £luroids the membrane covering the hard palateis raisedinto a greater or less number of transverse curved ridges, the number of which may vary somewhat with the length of the muzzle, though there are eight of them in both the Cat and the Genet. But while in the Cat the ridges form a series of very open curves (convex forwards), in the Genet the curves are much sharper. Moreover, while in the Cat each ridge is entire, in the Genet the four hinder ridges are more and more interrupted medianly, and each of these ridges, as it proceeds towards the middle line of the palate, bifur- cates nearer and nearer to its origin, 7. e. to the outer margin of the palate. By this system of bifurcations there tend to be produced eight incomplete and four complete transverse ridges, instead of, as in the Cat, eight complete ones. The nose in the A#luroids is almost always medianly and ver- tically grooved ; but this groove may be absent, as in Rhinogale, Crossarchus, and Suricata. Similarly the upper lip is more or less vertically cleft or deeply grooved medianly. This groove, however, is absent in Cynogale, Rhinogale, Crossarchus, and Suricata. Teeth. The Felide have the smallest number of teeth except the dentally degraded form Proteles, which has but three molars above and two below on either side. All Hluroids have I. 3, C. ;- The premolars and molars may be Pm. 1+2+3+4 yy, 142 } Viverra, Genetta, Arctogale, "1424844 ~" 142 Cynogale, &c. 1424344 1 : Pm. Toes? M. 73 | Prionodon. Pm, 1+2+3+4 M. : } Some Paradoxuri. 142434” 1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 503 142+3+44 1+2 ee Pm. : - m 844? M = | Hemigatidia Pm. 2+3+4 mM, 142 ats Crossarchus, Suri- “24344 EES cata, Galidictis, Galidia. 1+24+3+4 1 Pm. re a M. j \ Hyena. 24344 1 Pm. 24942 M. i } Cryptoprocta. Pm. 24344 M. : } Some kinds of Felis. 344 1 Pm. oe M. j \ Other kinds of Felis. 34-4 The outer canine may be greatly in excess of the median ones, as in the Hyenine, or but very little so, as in the Felide. It may be of nearly the same size as a small adjacent canine, as in Lupleres. The canines may be greatly prolonged, as in the Felide, especially Felis macroscelis. The lower canines may be excessively developed relatively, as in Galidictis. The premolars may have greatly and nearly equally elongated and sharp curves, as in Cynogale. The premolars and molars may be much developed antero-pos- teriorly into long diastemata, as in Eupleres ; or they may be narrow antero-posteriorly, and much drawn out from within outwards, as in Suricata. The teeth ae may .be extremely sectorial, as in the Felide, Cryptoprocta, and Hyenine, or considerably so, as in most Viver- ride, or very slightly so, as in Arctictis. 3 may be present and very small, as in Nandinia, or may be largely developed, as in Cynoyale. The deciduous molars may be very exceptionally de- veloped, as in Cynogale, where 2 are relatively enormous. The Salivary Glands. These, in such forms as I have examined, seem to be formed on one type. In Genetta and Herpestes (and probably in all the genera) there is a distinet zygomatic gland. There isa well-developed parotid gland with its Steno’s duct, and asmall submazillary gland (over which the jugular vein passes), to which small accessory sub- maxillary glands may be annexed. Cuvier says’ :—‘** Les Mangoustes ont des parotides minces ; des maxillaires plus épaisses, nudes; de petites sublinguales allongées, en avant des maxillaires ; des buccales 4 l’angle des lévres; et des Legons d’Anat. Comp. 2nd edit. vol. iy. 1"° partie, p. 425. Proc. Zooxi. Soc.—1882, No, XXXIV. 34 504 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [June 6, labiales 4 la lévre inférieure.”” Meckel says’ that in the Ichneumon the parotid and submaxillary glands are about equal in volume. A. Salivary glands of Genet. p, parotid gland; d, Steno’s duct; sm, sub- maxillary gland, traversed by 7 v, jugular vein ; 0, opening of Steno’s duct. B. Part of the skull of the Genet, showing the zygomatic gland, the lip being drawn up to show:—st.d, orifice of Steno’s duct; z. g/, zygomatic gland ; 0, orifice of zygomatic gland; z, zygoma. The Stomach. In Genetta tigrina the stomach is much longer in proportion to its breadth than in the Cat. Its length, measured along its middle, is t Anat. Comp. vol. viii. p. 681. ° The dimensions of the stomach haye been taken in as natural a condition as possible, the stomach not being inflated or greatly distended. Cuvier says (Legons d’Anat. Comp. vol. iv. 1"¢ partie, p. 88) the cardia is more approxi- mated to the pylorus than in the Cat. Meckel says (Anat. Comp. vol. viii. pp. 694, 695) that in the Puma the stomach is much more elongated and less spheroidal than in the Cat, the Leopard being intermediate in these respects. 1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ©LUROIDEA. 505 about 8'""8. Its breadth at its broadest part, 7. e. at the entrance of the cesophagus, is 2""75. About 1" of cesophagus extends behind the diaphragm. Inside the stomach were elongated and very pro- minent ineffaceable folds, placed towards the pyloric end and along the greater curvature ; and there were three shorter and less strongly Fig. 6. A. Stomach and pancreas of Genetta tigrina. @, esophagus; s, pancreas; 6d, duct from the liver; pd, pancreatic duct. B. Stomach of Genet, cut open, showing internal folds. .«, point where the folds are interrupted and the stomach makes a sudden bend; pv, pyloric valve. marked folds along the lesser curvature. All these folds come to an end simultaneously at a point where the stomach, contracting its diameter, makes a sudden bend. Beyond this point three fresh lon- 34* 506 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [June 6, gitudinal folds appear, which extend along the rest of the greater curvature. The pyloric valve was very little marked. In Hemigalea I found the stomach to be very like that of the Genet, with quite similar internal folds. That of Viverra civetia is relatively shorter and more uniformly capacious than that of the Genet ; and the pylorus exhibits a small prolongation, extending as a cul-de-sac beside the ducdenum. The stomach of 4Aretictis exaggerates the characters of the stomach of Genetta, its lesser curvature being extremely curved. Ineffaceable folds extend along the inside of the lesser curvature, from the pyloric side of the cesophagal opening on towards the pylorus. There are none such in Genetia. There are also strong ineffaceable folds in the pyloric portion of the stomach. The pylorus Stomach of Prionodon, cut open. continues on into a sort of cul-de-sac, which extends for a little beside the beginning of the duodenum. The bile-ducts enter full 4" from the pylorus. In Prionodon I found the stomach to be shorter and more globular than that of the Genet, and of remarkably large size in proportion to the size of the body. In Herpestes I found the stomach long, and very much con- stricted towards its middle. This constriction does not appear in two dried specimens of stomach of Herpestes in the Museum of the College of Surgeons. Herpestes, however, is a very large and varied genus *. In Crossarchus the stomach is short and globular, but the cardia is considerably prolonged. 1 Hunter says (‘ Hssays and Observations,’ vol. ii. p. 66) of the Ichneumon :— ‘“‘The stomach is almost a round cavity, the small end as thick and short as the large.” 1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 507 In Suricata the stomach is very short and round, while the cardia is extremely short’. Cynictis has a stomach more like that of the Genet, but not quite so elongated. There are folds inside the middle part of the greater curvature, but not towards the pylorus, which has a cul-de- sac extending beside the beginning of the duodenum. The cardia is very elongated. The stomach of Galidia is very like that of Crossarchus. Its cardia is of considerable size, and elongated. In Pro¢edes it is short and much bent, and shows a tendency to the formation of a pyloric cul-de-sac. There is a large cardia; but it is not prolonged as in Cynictis, Crossarchus, and Galidia. There are considerable internal folds, as described by Professor Flower*, who remarks :—‘‘ The whole organ closely resembles that of the Armadillos, which the Proteles yesembles in the nature of its food, though so widely removed in zoological position.” The Hyzena has a rather rounded stomach, more or less resembling that of Proteles. Professor Flower says * :—‘‘ The stomach is less elongated than in Felis, its fundus being very little developed.” The Intestine and Cecum. In Genetta tigrina I found the length of the small and large intestines to be respectively about 120’ and 14’°25, the ceecum being 2°75. The czecum was obtusely pointed, with thin walls and without glands, save a minute Peyer’s patch, situated on the inner side of its very apex. As to Felis, Hunter found the small intestine in the Lion to be four times as long as the body, and the large intestine to be two thirds that length. In the Hyzna the small intestine is about eight times the length of the larger. In Proteles the intestinal canal is not five times the length of the body*. In Hyena the large intestine is from one eighth to one sixth the length of the small intestine. In Crocuta® it is less than one twelfth. Amongst the dried preparations in the Museum of the College of Surgeons I find parts of the intestine of a Lion and a Tiger, in both of which there is arather long, simple ceecum, which is in both (but especially so in the Lion) relatively longer than in the cecum of Felis catus. untee found the ceecum to be from 2 to 3 inches long in the Lion. In Viverra civetta the excum is relatively a little longer than in Genetta; but a dried specimen of Viverra tangalunga exhibits a short and rounded cecum, while one of Viverricula is also rounded, but longer. 1 For figures of the Suricate’s stomach and cecum see Owen's ‘ Anatomy of Vertebrates,’ vol. iii. pp. 444, 445. ~ 2 P. Z.8. 1869, p. 474. 3 * Medical Times and Gazette,’ Jan. 15, 1872, p. 679. * Thid. 5 P.Z.S. 1879, p. 84, 508 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [June 6, In Prionodon 1 found the czecum to be very small and short, but strongly curved and acutely pointed. Hunter says (‘ Essays and Observations,’ vol. ii. p. 66) that in the Ichneumon there is no cecum. It is therefore perhaps occasionally Fig. 8. A. Csecum of Genetta. B. Czxeum of Prionodon. C. Cxceum of Galidia. D, Cxeum of Cynictis. absent in that large genus. In a spirit-specimen of erpestes, however, I found a long, slender and pointed caecum; while in the series of dried ceeca of Herpestes in the College of Surgeons some czca are rather long, while others are short. Specimens of Para- doxurus exhibit a similar range of variation from moderately long to short and rounded. In Suricata the ceecum is short, and shaped much as in the Cat. 1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 509 A large Peyer’s patch extends down to the ilio-czcal valve; and there are glands at the ceecum’s apex. In adried specimen I find the cecum with a rounded dilatation at its end; but this is pro- bably an artificial distortion. In Hemigalea I found the cecum to be of about the same size as in the Genet, but with strong ineffaceable internal folds, which meet at the apex around a small glandular rosette of about six glands, each gland being about the size of a pin’s head. In Galidia the ceecum is long, rather slender, and exceedingly pointed towards its apex. In Cynictis it is very long (compared with the other Aluroids), rather slender, and a little curved. In Aretictis the ceecum all but or quite aborts’. The large and small intestines run on as one longitudinal tube, of equal calibre, independently of it, with long and strong internal longi- tudinal folds, which are not interrupted at the place where the minute, quite rudimentary czecum is given off. There is no trace of a transverse constriction or valvular structure between the small and the large intestine. In Nandinia, on the contrary, though there is no external indication of a caecum, or change in the gut’s diameter, there is a distinct interruption in the internal structure of the alimentary tube at the junction of the small and large intestines. There is, in the first place, a transverse valyular fold. On the small- intestine side of this fold there is a large continuous Peyer’s patch, while on the cther side of it longitudinal ridges begin to appear. These ridges, however, are not nearly so strongly marked as they are in Arctictis. In Proteles the czecum is short, thick, and rounded ”. In Hyena the cecum is long, simple, and rather pointed. It is about 8 inches long. In Crocuta* it is 6 inches long. Cuvier‘ gives the proportion in the Hyzenas of the circumference of the small intestine to its length as 1 to 110, and of the large as 1 to 6. He also says® that the small intestine increases in diameter from the pylorus to the cecum, and that its walls are so thin as to be almost transparent, though those of the Carnivora are generally more or less thick. Meckel® says that the proportions borne by the small intestine to the large intestine, are in the Cat from 5 to 1 to 6 to 1, in the Genet as 8 to 1, in the Civet as 10 to 1, in the Zibeth as 15 to 1, and in the Hyena as 5 (or 7) to 1. According to Hunter (‘ Essays and Observations,’ vol. ii. p. 56), the small intestine in the Suricate is ‘‘something more than the whole length of the body of the animal,” while the large intestine ‘“‘is more than half that length.” 1 P. Z.8. 1878, p. 142. On the other hand, the caecum may be half an inch long: see Journal of Asiatic Soc. of Bengal, vol. xv. p. 193. 2 P.Z.8. 1869, p. 474. 3 P. Z.8. 1879, p. 84, fig. 2. 4 Lecons d’Anat. Conip. vol. iy. 1° partie, p. 211. 5 Er, ¢..p: 236. 6 Anat. Comp. vol. viii. p. 703. 510 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [June 6, The Liver. The liver in Felis has the left lateral and right central lobes very large, the latter being divided by a deep cystic fissure, in which lies the gall-bladder, and the former being also somewhat divided by a fissure. The right lateral and left central lobes are each undivided and very small. The caudate lobe is of moderate size, about as large as the left central lobe. The Spigelian lobe is small (the smallest lobe), and is not divided by any fissure. The liver of Genetta tigrina is very like that of the Cat; but the left lateral lobe is quite undivided, save by a small shallow groove on its posterior (gastric) surface. The cystic fissure is less deep Fig. 9. LC RC h Liver of Genetta tigrina, its posterior (gastric) surface. c, caudal lobe; g 2, gall-bladder; ha, hepatic artery; hd, hepatic duct; LZ C, left central lobe; ZZ, left lateral lobe; pv, portal vein; & C, right central lobe; & L, right laterallobe; Sp, Spigelian lobe; wc, vena caya. than in the Cat, and is situated more to the right, so that the por- tion of the right central lobe which is to the right of the gall-bladder is much less in excess of that part of the right central lobe which is to the left of the gall-bladder. The caudate lobe has a very deep con- cavity, and is larger in proportion to its breadth. It runs uninter- ruptedly into the Spigelian lobe, which latter is a little larger rela- tively than in the Cat, and has a very deep groove (or fissure) running dorsad from its ventral margin, and dividing its proximal third trom its distal two thirds. The diaphragmatic surface of the liver exhibits but a short cystic fissure. In Viverra civetta the right lateral and right central lobes appear nearly of equal size, as seen on the diaphragmatic aspect of the liver. 1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 511 The right central lobe has a short and wide cystic fissure, through which the gall-bladder appears. That portion of the right central lobe which is on the right of the gall-bladder also appears to be more in excess of the portion which is on the left of the gall-bladder than it is in Genetta tigrina, and thus more to resemble its condi- tion in the Cat. This appearance is caused by the circumstance that, in the Civet, the large right lateral lobe comes down and ex- cludes from view (on the abdominal surface) all that part of the right central lobe which lies to the right of the gall-bladder. The left central lobe is quite hidden from view when the abdominal aspect of the liver is seen. The Spigelian lobe is much stouter than in the Genet, and is not grooved. In Paradoxurus larvatus the liver is like that of the Genet, ex- cept that the caudate lobe has become very large at the expense of the right lateral; so that, on the diaphragmatic surface, the right lateral lobe appears as a triangle between the caudate and the large right central lobes. There is no gall-bladder ; nevertheless the right central lobe is notched as in the Genet. The left lateral and left central lobes present, on their diaphragmatic surface, an appearance similar to that which they present in Genetta. The posterior (gastric) aspect of the liver is also much as in the Genet, save that the caudate lobe is very large and the Spigelian lobe smaller, not grooved and slightly bifurcated at its apex. In Nandinia the diaphragmatic aspect of the liver is much as in Viverra, but the right lateral lobe is smaller in proportion to the right central, though not so much smaller in relation to it as in Genetta. The right central is deeply notched at its ventral margin, but does not show any gall-bladder. The left central lobe is rather smaller in proportion to the left lateral than in Viverra, and is larger in proportion to its breadth. The left lateral lobe is nearly bisected by a transverse fissure which runs inwards from its lateral margin. The abdominal (gastric) aspect of the liver shows a caudate and a Spigelian lobe nearly as in Genetta. The left central is quite ex- cluded from view. That part of the right central lobe which is on the right of the gall-bladder is more in excess of the part on the left, and is much as it is in the Cat. In 4retictis, on the diaphragmatic aspect of the liver, the right and left segments appear nearly equal; the right lateral and right central lobes are also nearly equal. The latter has two ventral notches, the one more to the right being the cystic notch. No gall- bladder, however, appears. ~The proportions of the left lateral and left central lobes are much as in Nandinia; but the apex of the left central is separated off by an oblique transverse groove. The posterior aspect of the liver is very like that of the liver of Nan- dinia ; but there is no transverse groove on the left lateral lobe. That portion of the right central lobe which is on the right of the cystic notch is smaller than the portion which is on the left of that notch. The latter portion has four or five superficial fissures. In this con- dition of excess in the left portion of the right central lobe Aretictis differs from Felis, Genetta, Viverra, Paradozurus, and Nandinia. 512 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [June 6, The liver of Prionodon differs remarkably from that of every other form I have examined in the much smaller relative size of the left central lobe compared with that of the left lateral ; so that the latter rises (the apex of the gall-bladder being downwards) above the former, and forms nearly half of the posterior surface of the liver’s left segment. These two lobes (the left lateral and the left central) are not separated, but are continuous towards their inferior margins. It is as if the left segment of the liver consisted only of one great lobe, the right portion of which was bent over so as to end in a free margin, to the right (on the abdominal surface) of the great bulk of such one lobe. The gall-bladder lies in a fossa, placed very much towards the left margin of the right central lobe. The proportion borne by the right lateral lobe to the right central seems to be much as in the Genet'. The Spigelian lobe is small and simple ; the caudate lobe is moderate. On the diaphragmatic aspect of the liver, the small left central lobe only shows a little towards the ventral margin. There is a deep cystic notch. The liver of Hemigalea is almost like that of Genetta; but its Spigelian lobe has no notch, its caudate lobe is smaller, and its right lateral lobe is rather large compared with its right central. ‘There is a gall-bladder, which is placed in nearly the same position in the right central lobe as it is in Genetta. This liver also resembles that of Genetta as to its diaphragmatic aspect, save that its right lateral lobe is rather larger and more pointed. In Herpestes the liver is very much like that of Genetta, save that in it the right lateral lobe is smaller compared with its right central lobe, and that its gall-bladder lies much more close to the left margin of the right central lobe. In Crossarchus the preponderance of the right segment of the liver over its left segment is greater than in any other form yet de- scribed; it is nearly as two to one. The diaphragmatic aspect of the liver presents the following characters :—The right lateral lobe is very small compared with the right central; this proportion is much as in Paradowurus ; but the shape is very different, broadening instead of narrowing to its outer margin. The right lateral lobe is not broad enough to hide the very large caudate lobe. The right central lobe has a notch, not at its ventral margin, but at its left end: it is a short side notch, wherein the gall-bladder appears. The proportion of the left lateral lobe to the left central is much as in Nandinia ; but they are not quite so unequal. On the abdominal aspect, the very large caudate lobe (larger rela- tively than in any form yet here noticed) is seen with a small, simple Spigelian lobe. The left central lobe does not appear. The left lateral lobe is entire, but hidden by the caudate lobe. The right central lobe is very large; but the excess of that part of it which is on the right of the gall-bladder over the minute portion on the left of the gall-bladder is greater than in any other form yet here de- scribed. Thus the bladder makes its appearance between the right 1 The liver of the specimen examined was injured in this region. 1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 513 part of the right central lobe and the left lateral lobe, both the right lateral and the left face of the right central lobe being hidden. Fig. 10. Liver of Herpestes (letters as in fig. 9). A, anterior (diaphragmatic) aspect ; B, posterior (gastric) aspect. The liver of Galidia is formed on the same type as that of Cros- sarchus as regards the small size of the right lateral lobe compared 514 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [June 6, with the right central, and in the proportion of the left lateral to the © left central lobe, in the cystic notch and gall-bladder being quite close to the left margin of the right central lobe, in the proportion borne to the left lateral iobe by the left central, and in the great size and in the close approximation (on the abdominal surface of the liver) of the left lateral and right central lobes. On the diaphragmatic aspect of the liver the caudate lobe hardly appears, though the right lateral lobe is very small compared with the right central. The last-mentioned lobe has a notch at the bottom of the umbilical fissure ; and therein lies the gall-bladder. Seen on its posterior, or abdominal, aspect, the liver shows a small Spigelian lobe, which is slightly bifid at its apex. The caudate lobe is small. The left central lobe does not appear. The proportion borne by the right lateral lobe to the right central is much as in Nandinia. The right central lobe lies almost entirely to the right of the gall-bladder, only a minute portion of that lobe being to the left of it. The liver of Proteles also belongs to the Crossarchus type of liver, in that the gall-bladder lies close to the left margin of the right central lobe—the cystic and umbilical fissures coinciding. On its diaphragmatic aspect the right lateral lobe is larger than the right central, and the former has a small notch at its margin. The proportion borne by the left lateral lobe to the left central is as in Nandinia. The small caudate lobe does not appear. On the abdo- minal aspect of the liver we see a small and simple Spigelian and a similar caudate lobe. The right lateral lobe is notched at its border, and bears a lobelet near its margin. No part of the right central lobe lies on the left side of the gall-bladder. The left lateral lobe has a puckered surface. In Crocuta’ the gall-bladder also lies much nearer to the left than to the right margin of the right central lobe ; but the umbilical and cystic fissures do not coincide. The caudate lobe is large. The Kidney. In the Aluroids there is a single papilla. This is at least cer- tainly the case in Felis, Genetta, and Prionodon. In Genetta tigrina the kidney is large, and more oval than in the Cat. Its long diameter is 3’’ 4’; its transverse diameter is 2”. The Trachea and Lungs. There are 45 cartilages to the trachea in the Cat ; 40 inthe Lion; 47in the Puma ; 70 in the Genet ; 50 almost complete rings in Suri- cata, and rather more in the Ichneumons; and 45 in the Hyena (Meckel, Anat. Comp. vol. ix. pp. 484-487). Cuvier (J. c. vol. vii. pp. 52 & 102) remarks that in the Ichneumon the rings of the trachea extend four fifths round it, and that those of the bronchi disappear soon after they have entered the lungs. Meckel (J. c. p- 490) says that in Viverra the bronchi are large and with com- plete rings, and that these are very hard and complete and the 1 P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 85, fig. 3. 1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 515 bronchi long and narrow in Hyena; while in Suricata the bronchi are very large, and almost without rings. In Felis, Viverra, Genetta, Hemigalea, Herpestes, Suricata, Pro- teles, and Hyena the lungs are divided into four lobes on the right side, and into three on the left side. In Crocuta' the right lung has six lobes and the left lung three. Meckel (J. c. p. 492) says that the two lower left lobes in the Genet form but one, and that in the Tiger, Leopard, and Puma there are also but two on the left. Great Blood-vessels. In Felis, Viverra, Genetta, Hemigalea, Proteles, and Crocuta the aortic arch gives off one great trunk, whence arise first the right sub- clavian and then the carotids. The left subclavian is given off separately *. In Felis, Genetta, Prionodon, Hemigalea, Herpestes, and Cro- cuta® the abdominal aorta does not give off common iliac arteries, but first gives off two large arteries which spring opposite each other from the aorta and are the external iliac arteries, and then continues on fora short space before giving off another pair of vessels (also arising opposite each other), which are the internal iliac arteries. Tae Brain. In the brain of the Cat, and in the brains of such Felide as I have had the opportunity of seeing, there is a well-marked crucial sulcus, the hinder inner end of which is separated (on the inner surface of each cerebral hemisphere) from the anterior end of the calloso-mar- ginal sulcus by the continuation forwards of the hippocampal gyrus into the superior external gyrus. This condition does not seem to obtain in any non-feline #luroid. In Genetta the superior lateral gyrus (s) runs simply forwards beside its fellow of the opposite side without being divided by any trans- versely extending crucial sulcus, the place of which is only indicated by a minute notch on its inner border (en). Nevertheless the supe- rior lateral gyrus bears a small depression (d) placed a little behind and external to the notch just mentioned ; and this depression may represent the outer end of the crucial suleus of Felis. At its anterior end the superior lateral gyrus dips down, and then becomes in part continuous with the middle lateral gyrus (m) above the upper end of the supraorbital suicus (0 s). The Sylvian fissure (Sf), which is rather long and strongly con- cave forwards, is bounded on each side by the inferior lateral gyrus, which gyrus is much broader behind than in front of the Sylvian fissure. The inner side of the anterior end of the superior lateral gyrus (beyond the notch ¢ 2) runs backwards, beneath the calloso- marginal sulcus, and becomes continuous with the hippocampal gyrus. From the minute indication of the crucial sulcus (¢ 2) a sulcus runs 1 p. Z.8. 1879, p. 88, fig. 4. 2 Meckel (Anat. Comp. vol. ix. p. 396) appears to have found all four vessels spring from a common trunk in the Genet. * P. ZS. 1878, p. 89. 516 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [June 6, backwards, which may be considered as representing the crucial sulcus and the calloso-marginal sulcus united. Brain of Genetta tigrina, natural size. A, dorsal surface. B, lateral external surface. ©, median or inner surface of right hemisphere. ¢¢, corpus callosum ; ems, calloso-marginal sulcus ; ¢, notch representing crucial sulcus ; d, depression on superior lateral gyrus; 4g, hippocampal gyrus ; i, inferior lateral gyrus; m, middle lateral gyrus; od, olfactory lobe ; os, supraorbital sulcus ; s, superior lateral gyrus; Sf, Sylvian fissure. In Viverra civetta the crucial suleus is slightly more marked, and the supraorbital sulcus rises higher, than in the Genet. The calloso-marginal sulcus runs forward and joins the rudimentary crucial sulcus. That part of the inferior lateral gyrus which lies in front of the Sylvian fissure is as large as, or larger than, the part behind the Sylvian fissure, and may be subdivided by a sulcus. In Paradoxurus that part of the inferior lateral gyrus which is behind the Sylvian fissure is wide, and bears a V-shaped suleus. There is hardly even a rudiment of the crucial sulcus. In Nandinia the brain is as in Genetta, save as regards that part of the inferior lateral gyrus in front of the Sylvian fissure, which part is as in Civetta. In Arcéictis that part of the inferior lateral gyrus which is behind the Sylvian fissure is wide, and bears a V-shaped sulcus; and the superior lateral gyrus has additional depressions. The crucial suleus is distinct, but small; and the calloso-marginal sulcus joins it and 1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. 517 goes on forwards beyond it. The sulcus between the superior lateral gyrus and the middle lateral gyrus extends so as almost to join the supraorbital sulcus. In Proteles the crucial sulcus is well developed, much as in the Cats ; and the same is the case in Hyena and Crocuta', which have additional sulci on the inside of the superior lateral gyrus, and generally on that part of the inferior lateral gyrus which is posterior to the Sylvian fissure. The large forms of Herpestes show a tendency to the same development ; and in Herpestes and Crossarchus there is a small crucial sulcus. Tue Eye. The tapetum in Genetta tigrina and in Hemigalea closely re- sembles that of Felis catus. The pupil may contract so as to leave a vertical slit, as in most Cats and in Paradoxurus; or an oblong erect aperture, as in Felis chaus; or a horizontally extended aperture, as in, at least some, Her- pestes and Bdeogale ; or in a circular aperture, as in the Lion and larger Cats. Tue Ear. The external ear in Genetta tigrina has a reduplication, forming External ear of Genetta tigrina, cut open below and?reflected. 4, tragus ; at, antitragus ; e, supratragus ; p, pouch ; h, helix; ah, antihelix; F, fossa of helix. a‘pouch at the lower part of the hind margin of the concha, much as in the Cat ; but the pouch is not so deep. There is a tragus which fits into a concavity of the double anti- tragus; and there is a supratragus ; but the latter is not so elongate and pedunculate as in the Cat. 1 P.Z.8. 1879, p. 90, figs. 5 & 6. 518 PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ZLUROIDEA. [June 6, The Auditory Ossicles. The malleus is the only ossicle which presents readily available classificatory characters. These have been examined and described by From an examination of the collection of ossi- College of Surgeons, with the use of Mr. Doran’s Mr. Alban Doran?. cles in the Royal llowing characters in the following paper, I have noted the fo groups :— *kytav0u00 ® OJ Suruuns eA00IS B GALT gou Avut ao Avut saoujins aRpNoyacy ‘IMOP JOMOT romper ‘y.10qs £10A SIAB[NOSNUL Snsso001g *poyteur [TOM STAI SNSS8D01 *paAano pur YO}. UIntaqnuepy “qno4s pure SUOT yoo NT ‘asIV] ProyyT opuohy *£4TAROUOD [euseyur ue out sunt 9A00Ad O44 pus ‘xoauoo ore qjoq {yno ATdoap saoejans avlNoyaAy ‘AreqQuoUIpNd SIX -eTnosnul snssooo0rg eet SIAGIq snsso00a gq *Tapueys Aros TUNTLAQnUe T_T “SUOT YOON ‘oS IV] VUTTAL'T ‘OyVLOpOUL PLo}T sounooudogdhag *£q1ABoT00 [euseqzur ue ojur sunt 9A0OIS oT} pue !xeauo0d 918 yqoq §4yno ATdeap sossoooid avpnonay “TUNLAQnNUBUL moi ynq ‘yoo mo1y you ssutads ‘gnojs “toys sit -BnosnUt snssedoig “poyteut [post SIAQIG snssed001g ‘paaano pue prog wniaqnueyy "qnO}s pur 4.LOYs Joo NT freq -WOMIPNA VULWe'T ‘asavy, Arad prop ‘Duysadiayy *AytAvou00 yeusreyur ue o7Ut suNI eA00AS oT} puv fxeauo0d o18 qyoq {qno Aydeop SOOBJINS AVTNONIV ‘sp.eqno Sepey PACA oOYy $ XOAUOD OO LOMOT ou} “yep euo zeddn ey} .$yno ATdeop SeVVfANs AB[NOTYAW *podeys-o[yoIs pur *yoou WOsy ‘Tums | suo, ‘yoo woay SITB[NOSNUL snssed0c gf |SLCB]NOsnUL snssado0i J |* ‘qysteys pue ‘qun{q | poyreUr TOM AoywA SIAOIG Snssov01g | stAoIq snsse00rg |° “Uy Srey4s pur ‘44518438 pur JOpuo|s UNTIqnuLyy | epuos wantAqnuRy |* “‘SUOT Yoon “Buoy Yoon |* ‘oSIey VUTUTET ‘oqyBlepoul prop oo *DUMMILA ‘Opuay ‘osrey wuLmaery |" a iy) ‘eyeIOpoUur pvoyy | 1 Trans. Linn. Soc. new series, (Zoology) vol. i. p. 371. - 1882.] PROF. ST.-GEORGE MIVART ON THE ELUROIDEA. 519 SrxvuAL ORGANS. The penis presents every variety as to its internal osseous support. It is entirely boneless in the Hyenide; and the bone is rudimen- tary or absent in the Viverrine. It is tolerably developed in the Herpestine, and very large indeed in Cryptoprocta. Cuvier says' of the Ichneumon :—“ Le gland est comprimé sur les cotés, arqué en dessus 4 son extrémité, et composé, en trés grande partie, de los qu’il contient. Son bord inférieur présent une fente qui ne s’étend pas jusqu’A l’extrémité. Elle aboutit 4 une sorte de cul-de-sac trés profond, qui remplit l’échancrure de l’os, et au fond duquel viennent s’ouvrir, par deux orifices séparés, l’urétre et le canal excréteur commun des glandes de Cowper.” Crocuta differs from all other Hluroids in that the clitoris is enor- mous and traversed by the urogenital canal *. In Aretictis the Cowper’s. glands are each less than half the size of the bilobed prostate. In Prionodon, on the contrary, each Cow- per’s gland is about as large as is the whole of the bilobed prostate. According to Professor Owen (Anat. of Vertebrates, vol. iii. p. 780), Felines have usually six nipples, four ventral and two pec- toral ; but there are eight in the Domestic Cat. There are four ven- tral teats in Paradoxurus, Herpestes, and Hyena; but in Viverra there may be two pectoral teats also. Scent-GLanps. Of these glands there are two very distinct categories. One cate- gory comprises the prescrotal scent-glands, and the other the anal glands. The Prescrotal Glands *, These are met with in their most complete form in Viverra civetta, where there is a pair of medianly adjoined glands placed between the penis and the scrotum in the male, and in an analogous position in the female. Their secretion escapes into a large scent-pouch, the ex- ternal aperture of which appears as an antero-posteriorly extended slit simulating a large vaginal aperture. This aperture is larger than either the vulva or the anus. Each scent-gland is about twice the size of one of the animal’s anal glands ; and in each scent-gland is a central cavity which communicates with the median scent-pouch, into which the glands also open by a number of minute orifices. In Viverra zibetha* the scrotum is similar. In Aretictis the secretion of the prescrotal gland exudes into a naked cutaneous inva- gination placed, like a vulva, in front of the anus. A similar inva- gination exists in Paradovurus, and a naked space in Nandinia. In Genetta and Hemigalea the conditions are those already de- scribed and figured by me®. The scent-glands contain numerous ' Legons d’Anat. Oomp. vol. viii. p. 222. 2 PZ. 8. 1877, p. 369, fig. 41. ° Ohatin, Ann. des Sci. Nat. (5th series) vol. xix. (1874). * There is an old but an excellent preparation of these glands in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, Physiological Series, No. 2514. ° P.Z.8. 1882, p. 156. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. XXXV. 35 520 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON LARIDE [June 6, small cavities which rather increase in size towards the surface of each gland. Anal Glands. There are constantly two anal glands, one on each side of the anus, in all A’luroids. The glandular structure may be a transverse band of follicles extending between the two anal giands, as in (at least some) Herpestes, Crocuta, and Proteles. The anal glands may be augmented to three pairs, asin Hyena brunnea', or even to five pairs, as in Crossarchus. These glands, together with the anus, may open into a deep anal pouch, asin the Hyenide, Crossarchus, Surt- cata, and Cryptoprocta; or the anus may open on the surface of the body, as in the Felide and almost all, if not all, the Viverrine. 2. On some Laride from the Coasts of Peru and Chili, col- lected by Capt. Albert H. Markham, R.N., with Remarks on the Geographical Distribution of the Group in the Pacific. By Howarp Saunprrs, F.L.S., F.Z.S. [Received May 16, 1882.] (Plate XXXIV.) Capt. A. H. Markham, already well known for his circumpolar explorations, has availed himself of the opportunities afforded by his appointment to the command of H.M.S. ‘ Triumph,’ on the South- Pacific station, and has sent home from there an interesting col- lection of birds. The specimens belonging to the Procellariide have been placed in the hands of Mr. Osbert Salvin, who has made that family his special study; and the present paper is limited to the Laride, of which the collection contains examples referable to 15 species. Amongst these is a specimen of that rarest of Gulls, and one of the rarest of all birds, XYema furcatum (the large forked-tailed congener of the cireumpolar Xema sabinii), a species of which only two examples were previously known, and the rediscovery of which, after forty years’ fruitless search, is due to the energy of Captain Markham. ‘ The following Laride were obtained between Payta, in 5° 11', and Coquimbo, in 30° S. lat. In addition to the original name of each genus and species, only those references are given which bear upon geographical distribution in the Neotropical Region. Na@nIA INCA (Lesson). Sterna inca, Lesson, Voy. ‘Coquille,’ ii. p. 731, Atlas, pl. 47 (1826). Nenia inca, Boie, Isis, 1849, p. 189; Scl. & Salv. P. Z. 8. 1871, p- 567 ; Saunders, op. cit. 1876, p. 667. [No. 28(¢ adult), no. 29(¢ immature), Callao Bay, August 1881. In the latter the general hue of the upper parts is of a smoke- 1 Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. vii. p. 506. Po ST™MORT WOIVIENE VNEX Yat aus . AIVVV'TT' 7F7aAnT 1882. | FROM PERU AND CHILI. 521 grey, much lighter than in the adult, and the moustache-like plumes beneath the eye merely show traces of the white colour which is subsequently assumed. The breeding-haunts of this bird are still unknown; they are surmised to be on the island of San Lorenzo, in Callao Bay, and in similar situations along the coast, but nothing has yet been positively ascertained. STerNA MAxIMA, Bodd. Sterna maxima, Bodd. Tab. Pl. Enl. p. 58, no. 988 (1783) ; Sel. & Salv. P. Z.S. 1871, p. 567; Saund. op. cit. 1876, p. 655. [No. 78(¢), no. 79(Q), Payta, January 1882. Eyes black. ] Nearly adult, but the secondaries still show some of the dark markings indicative of immaturity, and only the crown and nape are as yet streaked with black ; the bill is orange-yellow. In the adult, in breeding-plumage, the entire crown from the base of the bill is deep glossy black—a characteristic which distinguishes it from Sterna bergii of the African and Indian seas, in which a broad fillet of white intervenes between the black forehead and the base of the bill. These two species were long confounded ; and as S. maxima, which is properly an American species, reaches across to the west coast of Africa, and even as far north as the Straits of Gibraltar, it may not be superfluous to point out this distinction. S. mazima has also a lighter mantle than 8. dergit ; but impinging upon the range of the latter comes a large light-mantled Tern, S. bernsteini, found between the island of Rodriguez and the island of Halmahera. ‘This last very rare species, in its winter plumage, much resembles S. maxima; the breeding-plumage is as yet un- known, so that it is at present impossible to say if the black crown extends to the base of the bill or is terminated by a white band. STERNA ELEGANS, Gamb. Sterna elegans, Gamb. Pr. Phil. Ac. iv. p. 129 (1848); Saund. P. Z.S. 1876, p. 653. [No. 32, Callao Bay, Sept. 1881; nos. 33 & 34, Coquimbo Bay, Nov. 1881. Eyes dark brown. | Adult, but not old, birds, in winter plumage, in which only the nape and crown are black. The Callao example is slightly smailer than the two others; but this is the only difference. It was with diffidence that I separated its Atlantic representative from this species, under the name of S. ewrygnatha (P. Z.8. 1876, p. 654); but the subsequent examination of a more extensive series has hitherto confirmed the views then entertained as regards their specific distinetness, mainly based upon the relative position of the mandibular angle. The breeding-resorts of S. elegans are as yet unrecorded, nor have I hitherto succeeded in examiniug an adult in nuptial dress. It is known to frequent the coast as far north as California, and will probably be found breeding along the Pacific shores of Mexico; nevertheless Mr. Forrer, who found S. maatma abundant in Lower California, did not obtain S. elegans. 35* 522 : MR. H. SAUNDERS ON LARIDE [June 6, STERNA HIRUNDINACEA, Less. Sterna hirundinacea, Lesson, Tr. d’Orn. p. 621 (1831); Saund. P22. 8. 1876,p.'647. Sterna cassinii, Scl. P. Z.S. 1860, p. 391; Scl. & Salv. op. cit. 1871, p. 570. [No. 30 (juv.), no. 31 (adult), Callao Bay, August 1881; nos. 35 & 36 (juv.), Coquimbo Bay, Nov. 1881. Eyes dark brown. | One adult, and three birds of the year in progressive stages of winter plumage. Callao, in 12° S. lat., is a considerable advance of range over that of Coquimbo in 30° S., the furthest previously re- corded (Cunningham, ‘Ibis,’ 1870, p. 500). The head-quarters of this southern species are on the coasts and islands of the Chilian archipelago, the Straits of Magellan, Patagonia, and the Falkland Islands; but on the Atlantic side of the continent its range north- wards is not known to extend beyond Rio de Janeiro, in 23°S. lat. STERNA EXILIs, Tsch. Sterna exilis, Yschudi, F. Per. Aves, p. 306 (1846); Scl. & Salv. P. Z.S. 1871, p.572; Saund. op. cit. 1876, p. 663. [Nos. 37 & 38, Paracas Bay, Peru, October, 1881. Eyes brown. ] I have now examined five, and possess three specimens of this very distinct, although little-known member of the Sternula sub- division. Itis a purely South-Pacific species, which may be briefly described as a long-winged S. minuta, washed all over with shades of smoke- grey, and with more black on the bill. Its immature plumage and its breeding-places are still unknown. RHYNCHOPS MELANURA, Sw. Rhynchops melanura, Swainson, An. in Menag. p. 340 (1838). [No. 66 (¢), Coquimbo Bay, November 1881. Eyes brown.] Adult. In their excellent treatise on the Neotropical Laride (P. Z. S. 1871, p. 566) Messrs. Sclater and Salvin deemed it advisable to unite under the specific name of &. nigra both the northern white- tailed form and the southern black-tailed one. This caution was mainly due to the fact that, amongst Mr. Salvin’s white-tailed spe- cimens obtained during winter in Central America, one example shows some dark markings in the middle of the lateral rectrices, thus intergrading with the southern dark-tailed bird. Recent examination of this specimen and the others in Mr. Salvin’s exten- sive series, besides my own, leads me to the conclusion that the two forms are entitled to specific distinction, for the following reasons :—In the northern adult the upperside of the rectrices is almost entirely white, with only a little dusky colour in the central ones, the underside being pure white; the under wing-coverts are white; the secondaries are to a great extent white, and the upper primaries show a considerable margination of that colour. In the southern form, on the other hand, the rectrices on both their 1882. } FROM PERU AND CHILI, 523 upper and under sides are dark smoke-colour, with merely a thin outside margin of a lighter tint; the under wing-coverts are dusky; the tips of the secondaries show far less white than in the northern bird; whilst the upper primaries can hardly be said to show any trace of lighter colour even in this Coquimbo speci- men, which is a fully adult and a freshly-moulted example. The dis- tinctions admittedly rest upon the respective preponderances of light and dark; and in the immature northern bird, such as I consider the Central-American example to which reference has been made, the tail is not so white as in the adult; nevertheless the two forms can be separated at a glance at any age. It is substantially correct to define the northern A. nigra as a white-tailed, and the southern Rt. melanura as a black-tailed bird. In the winter plumage both species show a more or less defined white collar. There is a break in the chain of evidence respectiug the inter- tropical range of these two species. Through the kindness of my friend Mr. E. Hargitt, I have specimens of the southern form, R. me- lanura, from as far north as Berbice, British Guiana, about lat. 6° N.; and it probably ascends the Orinoco, and passes along the coast of Venezuela. In this case the northern range of R. melanura in the Atlantic would come very close to the territory of the northern R. nigra, which is common in Florida, whence I possess examples. Under these circumstances the wonder is that the distinctions between the northern and southern forms should be so marked as they are. XemMa FuRCATUM (Neboux). (Plate XXXIV.) Larus furcatus, Neboux, Voy. ‘ Vénus,’ Atlas, pl. x. (1846), deser. Rev. Zool. 1840, p. 290. Creagrus furcatus, Bp. Naum. 1854, p. 213; Salvin, Tr. Z. S. ix. p. 506. Xema furcatum (Neboux), Saunders, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 210. [No. 9, Paracas Bay, Peru, Oct. 1881. Eyes brown. | The third known example of this rarest of Gulls, the history of which may here be briefly recapitulated. The Paris Museum possesses one, in somewhat immature plumage, said to have been obtained by Dr. Neboux, of the French frigate ‘Vénus,’ at Monterey, California, in the month of November. The British Museum has an adult in full breeding-plumage, obtained during the voyage of H.M.SS. ‘Herald’ and ‘ Pandora,’ at Dalrymple rock, Chatham Island, Gala- pagos group, nearly on the equator, between the 11th and 16th January. It is a medium-sized Gull, with long wings (16 inches), a dark slate-coloured hood, and a forked tail; indeed were it not that the hood is separated from the base of the hill by a band of white feathers, and that there is no black neck-ring at the base of the hood, Xema furcatum might be described as a gigantic Sabine’s Gull. In the young, now figured, the resemblance to the young of Xema sabinii is very marked. The entire head is white, with dark markings in front of and surrounding the eyes, and a brown auri- cular patch as in most of the immature hooded Gulls; neck and 524 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON LARID [June 6, mantle ashy brown, the tips of the feathers margined with white ; upper wing-coverts and secondaries white ; primaries, ]—5 black with greater part of inner web white, 6 and 7 white barred with dusky, 8-10 pure white. Tail much forked, the outer feathers nearly white, the others banded with brown and tipped with white ; ramp white slightly mottled with brown. Underparts white. Bill horn- black ; tarsi and feet livid brown. The bill is proportionately longer, slenderer, and more curved than in X. sabini, from which it also differs in having a considerable bare space between the base of the feathers and the nares. ‘The first primary which shows the slightest tip of white is the 5th, and there is less white at the tips of the upper ones than in the young of X. sabinii. The feathers are all quite fresh, and, reasoning from analogy, I should think that this example cannot have been more than three or four months old.: Where, then, are the head-quarters of this mysterious Gull? It would seem by this specimen that its breeding- time corresponds to that of the northern hemisphere, and that, like some other Gulls, it passes southwards to escape the northern winter; but as yet nothing is known. It is, however, somewhat remarkable that American naturalists who have devoted so much attention to the exploration of the coast of the Pacific, from Van- couver’s Island down to Mexico, have discovered no trace of it; nor have repeated visits to the Galapagos produced more than the isolated adult specimen above noticed. Capt. Markham’s valuable acquisition has now made us acquainted with the first plumage of this extremely rare bird; and the proof of the existence of this long- lost species may be expected to awaken an interest which will pro- bably in a few years lead to the discovery of its real habitat. XeEMA SABINIT (Sabine). Larus sabini, J. Sabine, Tr. Linn. Soe. xii. p. 520 (1818). Xema sabinii (Sabine), Saunders, P. Z.S. 1878, p. 209. [Nos. 70 & 71 (3 9), Callao Bay, Dec. 1881. Eyes black.] Two specimens of this circumpolar species in the winter plumage of the second year : 7. e. adult, but without the hood. In the primaries the white bottoms of the tips are so completely worn away as to give them the appearance of having been cut off squarely, showing that these flight-feathers are not renewed until January or February, as in the case of many of the Terns. The occurrence of this species at Callao, in 12° S., further increases our knowledge of its winter range on the Peruvian coast, the most southern locality hitherto recorded being Tumbez in about 8° S. (Scl. & Salv. P. Z.S. 1878, p. 141), on the authority of Prof. Steere. On the Atlantic side this species has not yet been recorded as an autumn and winter visitant beyond the coast of France and the Bermudas. Larus FRANKLINI, Sw. & Rich. Larus franklini, Sw. & Rich. F. Bor.-Am., Birds, p. 424 (1831) ; Scl. & Salv. P.Z. 8. 1861, p. 577; Saund. op. cit. 1878, p. 195 [No. 11, no, 12 (2), no, 18( 3), no. 14 (2), Coquimbo Bay, 1882. ] FROM PERU AND CHILI. 525 Nov. 1881. Eyes brown. No. 77, Payta, January 1882. Eyes black. | This rather small Gull, with a dark slate-black hood in the nuptial dress, is now well known as a winter visitant to the Pacific coast as far south as Chili. Its breeding-grounds are in Manitoba and other northern portions of America, chiefly to the west of 90° W. long., or say, roughly, the prolongation of the line of the Mississippi. Larus sERRANUS, T'sch. Larus serranus, Tschudi, Wiegm. Arch. 1844, pt. i. p. 314; Sel. & Saly. P.Z.S. 1871, p. 577; Saund. op. cit. 1878, p. 196. [No. 10, Callao Bay, August 1881. | A fine adult of this much larger species, with the full black hood of breeding-plumage. It is known to breed on the islands and shores of the Andean lakes ; but its eggs and nestlings are, I believe, still undescribed. During the bad weather in the mountains it comes down to the Pacific coast; but as yet it has not been found on the eastern slope, nor in the Argentine provinces, the bird thus named by Burmeister being clearly L. maculipennis. LARUS CIRRHOCEPHALUS, Vieill. Larus cirrhocephalus, Vieillot, in 2nd ed, Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat. t. xxi. p. 502 (1818) ; Saunders, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 204. [No. 75(¢), no. 76 (2), Payta, January 1882. Eyes bright silvery grey ; legs and beak red. | Both these examples are adults, and even o/d birds, as evidenced by the size of the subapical mirror in the first and second primaries. But although the month of January corresponds to our midsummer, nevertheless these birds show only a little of the pale grey hood characteristic of the nuptial season. In Argentine specimens the hood is assumed from September onwards, and, following the usual rule with Gulls of the southern hemisphere, the birds may be expected to breed about November. Where this Gull breeds, how- ever, is as yet a mystery, as is also the route by which it reaches the Pacific coast. All that is known is that it occurs on the coast, bays, and lakes of Brazil from about Rio de Janeiro down to Buenos Ayres, and up the La Plata and the Parana; but accounts of its breeding- habits in those districts, such as those of Hudson (P. Z. 5S. 1870, p. 802, and 1871, p. 4), really apply to a totally different species, namely L. maculipennis, Licht. Without any connecting links in the chain of distribution, L. cirrhocephalus makes its appearance on the coast of Peru, these two examples making the third and fourth known to me from there, its range on the Pacific side being from the Chincha Islands, in about 13°, to Payta in 5° S. lat. In this connexion it is necessary to point out an error into which my friend Mr. R. B. Sharpe has fallen, owing to the want of genuine specimens of this Gull in the British Museum, a deficiency which I have since supplied. In his Report on the birds collected by Dr. Coppinger, of H.M.S. ‘Alert’ (P. Z. S. 1881, p. 16), Mr. Sharpe, 526 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON LARIDA [June 6, under the name of L. cirrhocephalus, has included two other and perfectly distinct species. His no. 87 is really ZL. glaucodes, Meyen (as is also his no. 51, which is rightly named), a species with a black or dark brown hood (similar in that respect to our L. ridibundus), which ranges from the Falklands to the coast of Chili. On the other hand his nos. 68 and 69 are respectively young and adult of Z. maculipennis, Licht., another dark-hooded Gull, very close to Z. glaucodes, but from which it is distinguishable by the wing-pattern. Hitherto LZ. maculipennis, which is the common Argentine species, has not been known to occur beyond the Chuput valley, Eastern Patagonia, 43°8.; and this is the first time it has been obtained on the Pacific coast. It was already sufficiently remarkable that two such very closely allied and yet perfectly distinguishable species of Gull as LZ. maculipennis and L. glaucodes should be coex- istent within so limited an area; but now that their range is shown to intersect, it is stranger than ever. Reverting to L. cirrhocepha- lus, which has been so repeatedly confused with totally distinct Species, it may be excusable to repeat that it has a pale grey or lavender hood, slightly darker on the neck, and that the only species with which it can be confounded is its South-African representative L. pheocephalus, Sw. LaRUS BELCHERI, Vigors. Larus belcheri, Vigors, Zool. Journ. iv. p. 358; Scl. & Salv. P. Z. 8S. 1871, p. 575 ; Saund. op. cit. 1878, p. 182. [No. 4, San Lorenzo Island, Callao Bay, August 1881. Eyes brown, legs yellow. No. 7, Callao Bay, August 1881. No. 8, Coquimbo Bay, November 1881. ] The first is an adult with pure white head and underparts; the second is in the brown plumage of the first year ; the third isa bird of the second year which has already assumed the dark mantle of the adult, but still retains the brown hood and slightly mottled underparts indicative of immaturity. This stoutly built species is a very remarkable Pacific form, uniting, as it does, all the main features in which the Gulls of the Pacific differ from those of the Atlantic. In the immature stage it has an. exceedingly well-marked hood, which it afterwards loses; in the adult stage it still retains a very defined black bar on the rectrices. Altogether it resembles L. crassirostris of Japan far more closely than any other ; but it is a coarser species, and has a more defined hood in the immature plumage than the Japanese bird. Larus modestus, a more slender but very characteristic species frequenting the coasts of Peru and Chili, but of the breeding-place of which no authentic accounts have yet appeared, is not represented in this collection. Another and very rare Gull, hardly a dozen examples of which are known to exist, is Larus fuliginosus, a dark sooty bird with a hood at all seasons, restricted to the Galapagos group. 1882. | FROM PERU AND CHILI. 527 Larus pominicanus, Licht. Larus dominicanus, Licht. Verz. Doubl. p. 82 (1823); Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1871, p. 576; Saund. op. cit. 1878, p. 180. Five specimens in various stages of plumage from Coquimbo and Callao. This widely distributed black-backed Gull appears to re- place in the southern hemisphere the northern L. marinus. STERCORARIUS POMATORHINUS (Temm.), Saund. P. Z. 8. 1876, p- 324. 3 2, Callao Bay, December 1881. Two examples of this circumpolar parasitic Gull, apparently in second and third year. These are the first specimens on record from the South Pacific, its previous occurrence in that ocean reaching no further than the latitude of Inosima, Japan (P. Z.S. 1877, p- 800). Callao is also by about three degrees the most southern latitude yet reached, Cape York, North Australia, being the nearest. It is probably a regular visitant to the Peruvian coast, several ob- servers having remarsed medium-sized Skuas pursuing the other Gulls, although, until now, the species could not be identified. Unless specimens are actually obtained, it is, however, unsafe to conclude that any species observed pursuing and robbing other sea- birds must necessarily be a Skua of some kind: on the contrary, many other Gulls have similar habits, amongst which may be men- tioned Larus belcheri and Larus heermanni in the Pacific, Larus atricilla (see E. Coues, B. N. W. p. 653), Larus hemprichi in the Red Sea, and, in all probability, many more. STERCORARIUS CHILENSIS (Bonap.), Saund. P. Z. S. 1876, p- 323. One, Callao Bay. This locality is the most northern yet recorded for this southern representative and close ally of S. catarrhactes of the northern hemisphere. In a paper recently published by M. Alph. Milne-Edwards (Ann. Se. Nat. (6) xii. art. 7), “Sur la Faune des régions australes,”’ he inclines to the belief that the type from which the large short-tailed Skuas Stercorarius catarrhactes, S. chilensis, and S. antarcticus are derived belonged originally to the antarctic regions. The first is now confined to the northern hemisphere, in which alone all the other known species of Skua have their breeding-places, and the balance of probability would therefore seem to be rather in favour of a northern origin ; but, after all, this is mere conjecture. With regard to the other Gulls I will quote his exact words :—‘‘ Cette étude montre que les Goélands et les Mouettes de la région antarctique ne pré- sentent rien que puisse caractériser la faune de cette partie du globe, et que les espéces ou races qui y vivent sont probablement des dé- rivés des oiseaux du méme genre qui abondent dans l’hémisphére nord.” It would be unsatisfactory to enter into arguments as to the probability of the short-tailed Skuas having had their origin in the southern, whilst all the other Gulls had their origin in the northern 528 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON LARIDE (June 6, hemisphere ; but inasmuch as the Alecde proper are now generally admitted to be connected with the Zarid@ on the one side, as the Laride are connected with the Limicole on the other, and as the Alcide are only known to inhabit the northern hemisphere, it would appear more probable that the Laride, or at least the Larine, had their origin there also. There are, however, some very remarkable points about the Gulls of the southern hemisphere, especially with relation to the Pacific, of which M. Milne-Edwards seems to be unaware, and upon which I should like to offer a few observations. Throughout the northern hemisphere, exclusive of the shores washed by the Pacific, the Gulls (with the exception of the three arctic genera Rissa, Pagophila, and Rhodostethia) fall into two well-marked groups—those in which the adults bear a coloured hood during the breeding-season, and those which never have a hood at any time. Jn all the members of both of these groups the imma- ture birds have a dark band across the rectrices, which disappeats as they approach maturity. Several representatives of each of these groups also inhabit the southern hemisphere— Larus cirrhocephalus of South America, and its close ally ZL. pheocephalus of South Africa, L. maculipennis, L. glaucodes, and L. serranus of South America, belonging to the former; LZ. dominicanus, found from New Zealand to South America (by way of the Cape of Good Hope, not through the South Pacific), Z. dulleri, L. scopulinus, L. nove-hol- landie, and L. hartlaubii, found at or between New Zealand and the Cape of Good Hope, belonging to the latter group. But it is only in the Pacific (merely including in that area the desolate islands of South Shetland, the Falklands, and a portion of Patagonia near the eastern entrance of the Straits of Magellan) that we find several species of Gulls which agree with the other forms in having a band across the rectrices in the immature stage, but differ from them in many other respects. Most of these species are of a coarse heavy build, and have a tendency to a sooty hue on the under- parts; but their principal characteristic is the presence of a more or less defined hood in the immature stage, which is generally José in the adult plumage. LL. scoresbii, which extends beyond the Pacific to the Falklands, varies least in this respect from the general type of Guils; it has a well-defined hood in youth, but loses the hood with the disappearance of the bar on the tail, which becomes white. Its range is but little beyond that of the Cape-Horn current. Larus belcheri, distributed along the whole coast-line of Chili and Peru washed by Humboldt’s current of cold water, has a hood in youth only ; but it has a barred tail at all ages, the black predominating over the white. The species most nearly re- sembling it in the adult plumage is Larus crassirostris, of the Pacific coasts of Japan and China, in which, however, the amount of black and white in the rectrices is nearly equal; nor has the young so well-marked a hood; its mantle also is lighter, and its other characteristics are so far modified as to make it intermediate between the Old-World and the South-Pacifie Gulls. The line of communication of the ancestor of these forms, which now constitute 1882. ¥ROM PERU AND CHILI. 529 two well-marked species, was probably, unless the direction of currents has materially altered, by Humboldt’s current northwards to the equator, thence across the comparatively feeble and conflicting equatorial currents, until the sforth equatorial drift led to the shores of Japan. On the coast of California occurs Larus heermanni, another mem- ber of this group, with an entirely black tail, and a hood in the im- mature state; the head gets lighter with age, but the underparts are washed with the dark grey so characteristic of Pacific forms. It has no very close ally in existence; for Larus modestus, a much slenderer Gull, restricted to the coasts of Peru and Chili, only re- sembles it in the hood of immaturity and in general coloration, and differs from it in having a tendency to lose the black markings on the rectrices with advance in age. And the isolated Larus fuligi- nosus, found only in the Galapagos group, differs from the other Pacific Gulls in having a hood at all ages and in losing the markings on the rectrices at maturity. It would seem asif this smoke-coloured species, stranded at the Galapagos, might be the nearest living representative of the ancestor of all these Pacific forms, and the one which at the same time links them to the type of the northern hemi- sphere. Between South America and the neighbourhood of New Zealand and Australia only Terns are found, no Gull of any kind being on record. Even LZ. dominicanus is absent from the South-Pacific islands, its line of connexion between South America and New Zealand being by the South Atlantic. But along the southern shores of Australia, from King George’s Sound to Tasmania, and (according to the labels on the specimens obtained by the Antarctic expedition) in New Zealand, is found a large dark-mantled Gull, Larus pacificus, Lath., which has an immense blunt bill of peculiar form, somewhat like that of Z. scoresbii, and further resembles the Pacific group in that the adult has a broad black band across the rectrices. It is an isolated form; but although it may be difficult to explain its existence at the junction of the waters of the South Pacific and South Atlantic, the fact seems worthy of attention. Apart from conjectures, there can be no doubt tbat the connexion between the pelagic birds of the northern and southern hemispheres is much closer in the Pacific than in the Atlantic. The closer resemblance between Stercorarius catarrhactes and 8. chilensis than between the latter and its present near neighbour, S. antarctéicus, is one proof of this; the intermediate position occupied by Sterna aleutiea of the Aleutian Islands, between the ordinary type of north- ern Tern and the intertropical group of sooty Terns, is still further evidence; but the strongest of all is perhaps in the case of Xema sabinii and X. furcatum. The former, a circumpolar species not known to breed south of the arctic circle, except on the shores of Behring’s Sea, extends its breeding-range in the North Pacific as far south as Alaska; and not only the young birds, which are always great wanderers, but also the adults of this species come down in winter as far as 12° S, lat., thus considerably overlapping the range 530 PROF. F.J. BELL ON THE COMATULID&. (June 6, of its larger congener X.furcatum. The latter, owing to its restric- tion to the Pacific, has acquired some of the special characteristics of the Pacific Gulls ; but there can be‘no doubt that these two surviving species of hooded fork-tailed Gulls must have had a common origin at no very remote period. The main factors in causing this approximation are, probably, the North-Pacific drift-current, which sweeps past the Aleutian Islands, down the coast of California to Mexico, at least as far as Acapulco; and the cold Humboldt’s current, abounding with fish, coming from the south and refreshing the coasts of Peru and the Galapagos. No greater contrast can be imagined than that between the vicinity of the Chincha Islands, swarming not only with Gulls and Terns, but with Gannets, Boobies, Pelicans, Cormorants, and Petrels literally by millions, and the comparatively unaviferous coast of Brazi) in about the same lati- tude, say from .Pernambuco to Bahia, along which a warm stream flows. My heartiest thanks are due to Capt. Markham for the very in- teresting collection that has formed the subject for this paper ; would that in the navy there were more like him! Every few years some of our men-of-war visit the Galapagos group; but no attempt at a systematic exploration of the archipelago appears to have been made since the visits of the ‘Adventure’ and ‘ Beagle’ in 1835; and that was in all probability owing, in a great measure, to the presence of the late Mr. Charles Darwin. It is almost certain that, if not only this group, but the other remote islands of the equatorial and northern Pacific were thoroughly explored, much important light would be thrown upon the distribution of species and the connexions which have existed between many which are now restricted either to the northern or to the southern hemisphere. 3. An Attempt to apply a Method of Formulation to the Species of the Comatulide; with the Description of a new Species. By F. Jerrrny Brent, M.A., F.ZS., Professor of Comparative Anatomy in King’s College. [Received May 16, 1882.] (Plate XXXV.) A zoologist who has been at work for a quarter of a century, more or less, and on whom the growth of zoological literature has been somewhat gradual, will hardly perhaps be greatly affected by the already enormous mass of descriptive and illustrative literature which appears in the journals of societies and other serial publica- tions. The younger student, however, cannot look so calmly on the piles of papers that lie behind him, and the manifold sheets that are daily laid in his way. P.Z.S.1882. Pl. XXXV “a ——o te 2 1 ¥ ie JD aa Mintern Bros. imp Berjeau & Highley del et]ith ACTINOMETRA ANNULATA. 1882.] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE COMATULIDZ. 531 If science is not to be overwhelmed by literature, an alternative is only to be found in such abbreviation as the mathematician, the physicist, and the chemist have already adopted, or in some form of the modern weapon, the cléture. It is unnecessary to insist on the advantage of the former. Recognizing the force of these considerations, I proposed last year to this Society a method of formulating the results attained to, as regards our knowledge of the specific characters of the members of the genus Asterias. For the purpose of extending the process as much as possible, I select on this occasion a different group of the Echinodermata. I cannot pass directly to the subject without expressing my satisfaction with the knowledge that Dr. Vosmaer, of Leyden, has invented a kind of short-hand for the description of Sponges, which will, I hope, bring him before long to a system of formu- lation. When we make a general survey of the two genera which contain by far the greatest number of the Comatulide, Antedon and Acti- nometra, we note that, (1) As a general rule, the arms are ten in number or more than ten; the joints before the first division are called radials, those before the second distichals; if there is a further division we shall have palmars ; while the separate joints after the final division are known as the drachials. (2) The leading differences between these sets of joints in different species are to be found in the varying arrangement of that mode of union to which Johannes Miiller applied the term syzygial. (3) The cirri on the centrodorsal vary in number, and in the number of their joints. If (1) we use the letters R, D, P for the radials, distichals, and palmars respectively, and insert them in the formula whensoever the respective axillary is a syzygy, we may (2) distinguish which of the first three brachials (one of which is, with but very rare exceptions, a syzygy) is a syzygy by simply makiug use of the number 1, 2, or 3. Thirdly, the cirri and their number may be thus formulated : if there are from 1-12 cirri, we may say there are few; if from 12-30, a moderate number ; and if more than 30, a large number: if there are not mure than 20 joints to the cirri we may look upon them as being few, if from 20-40 moderate, and if more than 40 numerous. I propose to use the letters a, 6, and ¢ to represent few, moderate, and numerous respectively ; while the letter for the number of cirri will form the numerator, and that for the number of joints the denominator of a fraction; and where there is a difficulty of decision one might write ab or de. Antedon and Actinometra may be usefully, though not of ne- cessity, distinguished by making 4 or 4! part of the formula. One or two examples will explain the aim of this note. If we have a ten-rayed dntedon with 15 cirri of 40-50 joints, with its first syzygy on the third brachial, we may write its formula thus, 3 A . 3; SO, again, 532 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE COMATULID. [June 6, 1 A/RP < is the formula for a multiradiate! Actinometra with its radial and palmar (though not its distichal) axillaries syzygies, with a syzygy on its first brachial, with less than 13 cirri, and more than 40 cirrus-joints. When a character frequently though not always obtains, the corresponding letter is put within brackets: thus 3AR(P) = would be the formula of a species of Antedon in which, though the radial and third brachial joints were always syzygial, the palmar axillary was only sometimes so; in those rare cases in which divisions extend beyond the palmars, I have made use of the symbols P! and * salle In the lists that follow, the greater number of described species of Antedon and Actinometra will be found enumerated and their formulze given ; in addition there are given the names and formule of some new forms that have been lately collected by Dr. Coppinger, of H.M.S. ‘Alert,’ the descriptions of which will be shortly published elsewhere. As in the paper on Asterias, I have given only one reference to the description of each species. In addition to the heavy debt which I owe to the published writings of Mr. P. Herbert Carpenter, I have to add that the formule of some of the species of Johannes Miller are given with more satisfactory knowledge than the rest, owing to the fact that Mr. Carpenter, in a manner of which I know not whether the scientific liberality or the amiable friendliness is the more remarkable, has provided me with copies of the notes made by lim on the specimens which formed the bases of Miiller’s de- scriptions. Mr. Herbert Carpenter’s two papers referred to in the following lists are to be found (i.) in the ‘Notes from the Leyden Museum,’ vol. iii., and (ii.) in the ‘Bulletin of the Museum of Compar. Zoology,’ ix. no. 4. The references to Johannes Miiller’s ‘Ueber die Gattung Comatula’ refer to the pagination of the separate copies ; Count Pourtales’s papers are to be found in, respec- tively, (i.) Bull. M. C.Z. no. 6, (ii.) B. M. C. Z. no. 11, and (iii.) B. M. C. Z. v. no. 9. The other references will explain themselves. I. Lists or DescriBepD SPECIEs. (a) ANTEDON. adeone, Mill. p. 15. alata, Pourt. ill. p. 215. armata, Pourt. il. p. 356. articulata, Mill. p. 27. . bimaculata, Carp. i. p. 186. brevieuneata, Carp. i. p. 187. Soe go to 1 When D or P appear in a formula it is clear the species must haye more than 10 rays, because of the meaning of the words those letters represent ; where, however, neither distichals nor palmars present asyzygial joint, it will be necessary to make use of the mathematical sign for the square root to mark the fact of its being a multiradiate species. 1882. ] PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE COMATULID. 7. tarinata, Mill. p. 16. 8. celtica, Duncan and Sladen, Arctic Echinod. p. 75. Y. cubensis, Pourt. 1. p. 356. 10. dubeni, Bolsche, Arch. fiir Nat. 1866, p. 92. 11. elongata, Carp. i. p. 183. 12. eschrichtii, Duncan and Sladen, Arctic Echiuod. p. 73. 13. flagellata, Carp. i. p. 183. 14. granulifera, Pourt. ili. p. 215. 15. hageni, Pourt. i. p. 111. 16. jacquinoti, Mill. p. 19. 17. levicirra, Carp. 1. p. 189. 18. levissima, Grube, JB. schl. Ges. 1875, p. 74. 19. macronema, Mill. p. 22. 20. meridionalis, Pourt. ii. p. 355. ~ 21. mertensi, Grube, JB. schl. Ges. 1875, p. 74. 22. milberti, Mill. p. 19. 23. millert, Mill. p. 15. 24. palmata, Mill. p. 25. 25. perspinosa, Carp. i. p. 178. 26. petasus, Mill. p. 17. 27. phalangium, Mill. p. 17. 28. philiberti, Mill. p. 23. 29. pinniformis, Carp. i. p. 180. 30. prolixa, Duncan and Sladen, Arctic Echinod. p. 77. 31. reynaudi, Mill. p. 23. 32. rosacea, W. B. Carpenter, Phil. Trans. 1866. 33. rubiginosa, Pourt. i. p. 356, 34. sarsi, Miill. p. 18. 35. savignii, Mull. p. 21. 36. serripiana, Carp. i. p. 182. 37. spicata, Carp. i. p. 190. 38. spinifera, Carp. il. p. 8. (3) ACTINOMETRA. . alternans, Carp. i. p. 208. . brachiolata (rosea), Miill. pp. 13, 14. . bennetti, Carp. i. p. 212. . borneensis, Grube, JB. schl. Ges. 1875, p. 75. echinoptera, Mill. p. 14. . fimbriata, Mill. p. 22. . japonica, Carp. i. p. 202. . jukesi, Carp. Proc. Roy. Soc. 1879, p. 390. . multifida, Mill. p. 26. 10. multiradiata, Mill. p. 25. 11. nove-guinee, Carp. i. p. 193. 12. parvicirra, Carp. 1. p. 204. 13. peronii, Carp. i. p. 214. 14. pulchella, Carp. ii. p. 10. 15. robustipinna, Carp. i. p- 201. 16. rotalaria, Miill. p. 20. CONaonswhwre 534 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE COMATULID2. [June 6, 17. schlegelii, Carp. i. p. 210. 18. solaris, Mill. p. 12. 19. trichoptera, Mill. p. 21. 20. typica, Lovén, Géfv. K. Vet.-Akad. Forh. 1866, p. 231. 21. wahlbergi, Mill. p. 20. In the succeeding lists the names are mentioned and the formule given of some new species from the Australian seas, full descrip- tions of which I hope to be able to publish at an early date. II. Lists or FormMuL&. ANTEDON}. b adeons® ........066- 3A b levicivra ...c..0e. / 3 Ab. * aMAta «sess x A; Loven .....esessesees 3a. articulata ......... J 3A Fs . macronema ...... 3A be. imaculataree vA Bye microdiscus ...... 3 ADP £ a b Saar milberti ............ 3A-, brevicuneata ...... v3 A e. b : b palmata .........00. 3A B briareus ..........6. 3 AD = d b perspinosa ....0... 3A2, Carinata ........060. 3A be = he i phalangium ..... pad OPA. Celtica? .......00 3A;. . nid b pinniformis ...... 3A es decipiens .......+. 3 AD;. b proliza }.. bc... BA“, dubeni oo... 3A5. y 2 nate ‘ b POPING" vi causechese 3 (5) A= elegans .........06. 3 AD (P) a S @) b —, Feynaual, bots cen ?3 J/ ARP. elongata..........+. V3 A ®, ‘ c be YOSACOB ...ceccecees 3A —. eschrichti ......... 3 “. se Se SANG ce Sesh ae kortee SCA Ke flagellata ......... V3A Re % 4 savignii wos... x AD? insignis ........... sae, e ; serripinna ........ SA2, irregularis ......... 3AD 5. me? : eer b spinifera............ Vv xA ab, Jacquinoti ......... 3A 5. S * Several of the species of this genus and of , Scolari steenroreccs.22 1.2.4'R.2. . japonica............ VA 3A'R,- | trichoptera......... BAD”. multifida ......... 3a'D”. by Dicahec dr. se -4.. 1A/RDE. multiradiata ...... 2A/RDP?. ' variabilis ......... 3A'D(P)-. novee-guiner ...... \(2)ARDPL, | wahlbergi ......... 3A’D(P)p. : ACTINOMETRA ANNULATA. (Plate XXXV.) Centrodorsal discoidal flat, with about 15 marginal cirri, in one row, of about 15 joints, none of which are much longer than broad, though the third, fourth, and fifth are a little so; the succeeding joints have distinct though not prominent spines, though they are not always present on all of them. Forty arms ; the divisions very regular. First radials visible, second very wide, in contact, third also very wide, not a syzygy. ‘Three distichals and three palmars, the axil- laries syzygies. First brachials wide, in contact ; the third brachial a syzygy ; after the sixth the wedge-shape rapidly becomes apparent, and the joints strongly overlap on either side alternately ; the free edges of the joints may present delicate denticulations. Some way out the wedge-form diminishes ; and then, owing to the strong pro- jections of the ridges, the arms appear somewhat as though they were ringed. Brachial syzygies: third, tenth, fourteenth, and then at about every fourth joint. The second pinnule, which is on the second palmar, is only a very little longer than the first ; both are made up of a large number of small joints; the fourth or fifth pinnule is short and fleshy. Further out the pinnules are again longer and their joints elongated and delicate. Arm nearly or quite 100 mm. long; diameter of disk 10 mm. ; cirri 8 mm. long. Cape York, North Australia. Coll. B.M. Proc. Zoou. Soc.— 1882, No. XXXVI. 36 536 MR. F. DAY ON ANGUILLA KIENERI. [June 6, EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXV. Fig.1. Actinometra annulata, showing the disk with its cirri, the mode of division of the arms, and one arm along the whole of its uninjured extent. 2. View of part (fig. 1, x) of the dorsal surface of the arm. 2a. View of dorsal surface-further out (fig. 1, y). 2b. View of ditto, near the tip: all x 4. 3. The first pinnule (of 50 joints), x 38. 3a. A pinnule (of 21 joints) near the middle of the arm, X 6. 36. A pinnule (of 26 joints) from near the end of the arm, x 6. The hooks on the free ends of the later pinnules are shown. 4. A cirrus, x 6. 4, On the Identity of Anguilla kieneri, Giinther, with a Gadoid Lycodes. By Francis Day, F.Z.S. ~ [Received May 26, 1882.] Inthe‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History,’ 1874 (xiii. pp. 138, 139), Dr. Giinther gave some notes upon fishes obtained at consider- able depths in the North Atlantic, remarking (p. 139) that “a small fourth bottle contains only one specimen; it is labelled, im Mr. Couch’s handwriting, ‘ Ophidium—eel-like, deep sea—1869. H.M.S. ‘Porcupine.’ 180 fathoms.’ This specimen is the young of Angudlla kieneri, a species hitherto known from the Mediterranean only.” The capture of this so-called “eel” is part of the evidence adduced to prove “that fishes hitherto known from more southern latitudes occur in the North Atlantic at a moderate depth (of between 80 and 200 fathoms).”’ It was with some interest that I commenced my examination of this British fish, which had been placed in such dissimilar positions in the ichthyological system, viz. by Couch among the Gadoids, by Giinther among the Eels. The first thing that struck my attention was that it possessed small and jugular ventral fins and non-imbricate scales on the body, and was evidently widely separated from the Eels. Spineless, with its vertical fins confluent, a narrow gill-opening, the gill-membranes attached to the isthmus, and the upper jaw longer than the lower, it was evidently a Gadoid (as characterized in the British-Museum Catalogue), but had not the wide gill-openings of fishes belonging to the genus Ophidium, in which Couch had located it, but the narrow ones of the Lycodontide, and appertained to Lycodes. Lycodes isnot a Mediterranean form, but is found in Arctic America and Greenland, from which wanderers may extend southwards; for this genus has been shown to possess more species than any other deep-sea Arctic form at present known. Naming such a young example of ZLycodes, or instituting a new designation for the reception of this specimen, would be open to strong objections’. Soon after it was captured it was evidently placed in very strong alcohol, and as a result has stiffened, shrivelled, and contorted into an unnatural shape. Irrespective of this, as ‘ Until it can be ascertained what species it is the young of, the specimen may be termed Lycodes kieneri, Giinther. 1882. | MR. F. DAY ON ANGUILLA KIENERI. 537 Collett has remarked, to determine the species of this genus is at all times difficult, owing to the unsatisfactory condition of the older type specimens, as well as the great individual variations in proportions, colour, and amount of scaling that occur among examples of the same species, and which may sometimes be due to sexual conditions. It admits of the clearest proof that the young and adult indivi- duals of the same species exhibit marked dissimilarity. The example is 33 inches in length ; its head is one seventh of the total length, and the greatest height of the body one fourteenth of the total length; the height of the head is two fifths of its length, and but little less than its width. Eyes comparatively large, being about one fourth of the length of the head, one diameter from the end of the snout, and less than one diameter apart. Teeth in the a > ») eS Lycodes kieneri (Gimther), 2. jaws, vomer, and palate. Scales existing from the head and back of the pectoral fin backwards over the body. It seems as if only one lateral line were present. The fins are too much stiffened for it to be possible to count the fin-rays; the pectoral turned forwards reaches the middle of the eye; the ventrals, consisting of one or two rays each, are rather more than half as long as the eye. No open glands are visible on the cheeks and gill-covers ; but three are placed along the edge of the upper jaw, and some along the lower jaw. My principal reasons for directing attention to this specimen are, first, to point out that the Mediterranean Anguilla kieneri has not yet been obtained from our coasts, and consequently is not entitled to any place in the British Fauna; secondly, to show that the Arctic genus Lycodes is represented by this wrongly determined specimen. But to what species the fish belongs I do not consider suffi- cient data are at hand on which to form a definite opinion. 36% 538 MR. E. J. MIERS ON [June 6, 5. On Crustaceans from the Mauritius.—Part II. By Epwarp J. Mirrs, F.LS., F.Z.8. [Received June 1, 1882.] (Plate XXXVI.) Of the interesting Crustaceans of which I submit descriptions as a sequel to my former paper on Crustaceans received by the British Museum from M. V. de Robillard, the first to be mentioned, a Pal- nurus, was taken in a fishing-net at a depth of 40 fathoms. With it were sent, with other marine animals, a specimen of a species of Dromia (apparently D. vulgaris') completely covered with a sponge of the genus Dysidea ; and also a specimen of Lysiosquilla maculata, one of the commonest and best-known of the Oriental Squillidee, of which, however, there were previously no specimens from the Mauritius in the British-Museum collection, and which is marked as “rare”? by M. Robillard. The Crawfish, of which a detailed description follows, and which belongs to the restricted genus Palinurus of Gray”, I regard as specifically identical with a West-Indian form long since described and roughly figured by Parra* under the designation ‘‘ Camaron de lo alto,” which M. H. Milne-Edwards? has briefly described as Palinurus longimanus from a West-Indian type in the collection of the Paris Museum. M. Guérin-Méneville® also mentions this spe- cies, but without adding any thing to our knowledge respecting it ; and yet more recently Dr. Edward v. Martens® has published a few remarks upon a male example obtained at Cuba by Dr. J. Gundlach. Thus the West-Indian habitat of P. Jongimanus is established beyond question. The original description of Parra, although of considerable length, is, as might be expected in so early a work, insufficient from a scientific point of view ; but as far as it goes it is applicable in almost every particular to the species from the Mauritius. Nevertheless, as 1 J have already, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 5) v. p. 870 (1880), remarked on the occurrence of this species in the Oriental region. ? T may observe here that Dr. G. Pfeffer, in a memoir on the Palinuride in the collection of the Hamburg Museum (Verhandl. des naturwissenschaftlichen Vereins von Hamburg-Altona, v. p. 30, 1881), has proposed for the subgenus Panulirus of Gray (ined. ?) and Heller (1865), which includes by far the greater number of known Crawfishes, and has been generally adopted, the new desig- nation Sexew. This name cannot be adopted, haying been long ago preoccupied in the class Aves ; and I will add that, in my opinion, it would be productive of much inconvenience were a generic name liable to altefation merely because (asin the present instance) itis composed of the transposed letters of another name ; to cite only one instance, it would then become necessary to name nearly all the older genera of Fish-lice (Cymothoide). a ee de diferentes Piezas de Historia natural, &c., p. 154, pl. lv. fig. 1 787). * Histoire naturelle des Crustacés, ii. p. 294 (1837). ° “Anim. Articulés,” in R. de la Sagra’s Hist. de l'ile de Cuba, p. xciii (1857). § Archiv f, Naturgeschichte, xxxviii. p. 125 (1872). et t: Bins Rees Pere mT itd SEterg pak peeboe TAXIS Tal Cees 7 a ee nani Waddddd sNovealandsd ¢°? tq “SONVLLINOVW “04 SONVWIONO'T SOMONIIvd 1:31 Us] 18 ]ep Vos UIMpHy dum sorg usszuryy Pe ro Repressor cas Stare euibbaaaeaD eetecseee teat ter ang 1882. } CRUSTACEANS FROM MAURITIUS. 539 the figure showed distinct differences in the proportions of the penultimate joints and dactyli of the chelipedes, and in the coloration of the ambulatory legs, and as Milne-Edwards in his later diagnosis mentioned the existence of seven series of spines on the carapace, a character scarcely applicable to the specimen from the Mauritius, and also on account of the widely separated habitats of the two forms, I was at first inclined to regard the species as distinct. Before, however, applying a new specific name to the specimen from the Mauritius, I submitted a sketch of the chelipede and cephalo- thorax to Prof. A. Milne-Edwards, who very kindly compared them with the type of P. longimanus in the Paris collection, and sent me the following observations, with an outline drawing of the Paris type :— ** Le Palinurus longimanus (M.-Edwards) ressemble beaucoup a Pespéce qui a été trouvée au voisinage de Vile Maurice et dont vous m’envoyez un croquis. Il y a cependant quelques légéres différences dans la disposition des épines. Vous pouvez en juger par le dessin ou j’ai figuré la carapace du P. longimanus type de notre collection. En arriére de |’épine latérale postorbitaire il s’en trouve une seconde qui me parait manquer sur l’exemplaire de Maurice. Le doigt de la main du Palinurus du Muséum de Paris est moins courbé, mais la forme du membre est bien la méme. Ce sont, comme vous voyez, de bien petits différences.”’ These remarks and the figures so courteously sent leave no doubt in my mind as to the specific identity of the two forms. The spine behind the lateral postorbital spine, which was not represented in the sketch sent to M. Milne-Edwards, is distinctly developed on one (the left) side only of the Mauritius specimen, where, however, it is very small. As no sufficient description or accurate figure has as yet appeared of this Palinurus, which is certainly one of the most remarkable de- scribed, those which are now given will not be without mterest ; and the minor distinctions referred to below will, I think, justify me in considering the Mauritius specimen as belonging to a distinct variety —the more so as this is, I believe, the first recorded instance of a Crustacean from the Mascarene subregion being specifically identical with one from the West Indies, unless, indeed, certain species having an almost cosmopolitan distribution are to be excepted. This, more- over, is in itself a fact of much interest on account of the well-known affinities that exist between the Mascarene and South-American faunas. Whether P. longimanus is to be regarded as an instance of a once widely-spread species surviving to the present period in these widely distant and isolated localities, or whether further researches will de- monstrate its existence at Cape Verd or on the western coast of Africa (whence it may have passed round the Cape of Good Hope into the Oriental region), time only will show. Certain it is that it differs widely from the typical Palinuri in the remarkable develop- ment and dilated palms of the anterior legs, which may be taken by some zoologists as indicative of an affinity with the Astacina. 540 MR. E. J. MIERS ON [June 6, PALINURUS LONGIMANUS, Var. MAURITIANUS, nh. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 1.) The carapace is of the form usual in Palinurus, with the cervical suture very clistinctly defined, and is everywhere covered with flattened tubercles whose anterior margins are bordered with a fringe of sete ; the tubercles are smaller upon the hepatic and antennal regions ; the median rostral spine is small and narrow-acuminate; on either side of it are two spines, and behind it, in a median longitudinal series, are three other small spines, of which the second is the largest; the supraocular spines are very large, the upper margin of each is armed with two smaller spines, the lower margin is entire; behind each of the supraocular spines, on the gastric region of the carapace, are three spines in a longitudinal series ; below these are placed three spines on the hepatic region ; there is a strong spine, followed by a second much smaller spine, on the antennal region of the carapace below the eyes ; about eight spines are placed in a transverse series along the front of the cardiac and branchial regions, immediately behind the cervical suture. The segments of the postabdomen are without spines or tubercles (except the lateral and marginal spines), and are marked with transverse linear sutures, which are often in- terrupted, and vary in number and disposition on the several segments ; their arrangement will be best understood by a reference to the figure ; the lateral lobes in the first to sixth segments terminate in a strong spine, which, in the second to fifth segments, is long and curved backward, and is followed by a small spinule on the rounded postero-lateral margins. On the sternal surface of the body, on those segments with which the second to fourth legs are articulated, a prominence bearing two spines or tubercles is situated on each side of the middle line of the body; the last sternal segment is armed with a strong spine on each side of the middle line of the body and one near the bases of the fifth legs; the inferior surface of the first postabdominal segment is armed with about six spinules, the second to fifth segments with two, and the sixth segment with three spinules. The eye-peduncles are of moderate thickness; the eyes (with their cornez) are very large and subspherical ; the median portion of the ophthalmic segment is visible in a dorsal view, as in the typical Palinuri; and in form the antennulary segment with its stridu- lating apparatus, and the antennules and antenne, do not essen- tially differ from the same parts in P. vulgaris; the flap of the stri- dulating apparatus is indurated: the antepenultimate joint of the peduncle of the antennules nearly reaches to the end of the peduncles of the antennee. The antennze are broken, but are considerably longer than the body ; the joints of the peduncles are covered with flattened, ciliated, squamiform prominences resembling those of the carapace, and are armed with strong spines ; the flagella have a line of longish hairs on their under surface. The left chelipede (the only one pre- Served) is very long and robust, more than half as long again as the first ambulatory legs; the merus has its upper margin compressed and subacute, armed with a spine at the distal end of its upper margin ; behind it, and at some distance from one another, are two 1882. ] CRUSTACEANS FROM MAURITIUS. 541 smaller spines ; the wrist has its upper margin subcarinated, with a spine at the distal end, behind which are several granules; the palm is nearly three times as long as broad, laterally somewhat compressed, with the upper and lower margins subacute—the upper armed with ten small tubercles and with a short spine placed above the base of the dactylus, which is much thickened at base and has its inner mar- gin unarmed ; except for asmall tubercle at base, it curves downward nearly at right angles with the base against the small immobile finger, which is armed with two blunt teeth on its inner margin. The ambu- latory legs are slender and smooth; the merus joints are armed below with a small distal spine, and are longitudinally canaliculated on their outer surface ; traces of similar canaliculi are seen upon some of the following joints, and particularly of the dactyli, which are hairy. The distal portions of the terminal segment and uropoda are mem- branaceous and minutely ‘spinulose as in the typical Palinuri, the margins of the indurated parts being denticulated nearly as in P. vulgaris. The ground-colour of the carapace (in the dried example) is red, blotched or variegated with yellow; the postabdominal segments are orange-red, minutely punctulated with yellow ; and the first to fifth segmerits have a transverse series of large yellowish-white spots bordering their posterior margins and the margins of the lateral lobes and spines ; the flagella of the antenne are alternately banded with yellow and red; the ambulatory legs are orange-yellow, with numerous irregular yellowish-white spots. The length of the body is a little over 6 inches (152 mm.), of the left chelipede about 64 inches (160 mm.), of the first ambulatory legs nearly 47 inches (108 mm.). The unique example being dried, and the parts not always fully extended, it is difficult to give the exact measurements. A single adult male isin the collection (preserved dry). The Mauritian variety is to be distinguished from the West-Indian type of P. longimanus (if Prof. A. Milne-Edwards’s outline drawings may be referred to for these minute details) only by the minute or obsolete second lateral postocular spine, the stouter leg of the first pair with more robust palm and stronger abruptly-curved dactylus, by the much greater development of the spines of the peduncular joints of the antennze, and the existence of a spinule behind the long lateral spines of the second to fifth postabdominal segments—distinctions which, even if they exist, assuredly cannot be regarded as of specific importance. Although P. longimanus differs so markedly from its congeners in the form and great development of the chelipedes, in what are usually regarded as the essential generic characters—i. e. in the dis- tinct rostrum, the narrow antennal segment, approximated bases of the antennz, and short anteunulary flagella—it belongs, as already stated, to the typical Palinuri. The genital apertures are situated upon a slender styliform pro- longation of the coxal joints of the fifth ambulatory legs, which is directed inward toward the middle line of the sternum, and bears a small spine near the distal extremity. In P. vulgaris the rounded 542 MR. &. J. MIERS ON [June 6, prominences on which the genital apertures are placed are quite short and unarmed. Reference should have been made in my previous paper on Mauritian Crustacea obtained by the British Museum from M, Robillard, to two species which were received from him last year. One of these is a fine and large specimien of an Alpheus, which I refer some- what doubtfully to the Alpheus rapa of Fabricius, as described by De Haan. It has the rostrum prolonged backward as a median dorsal carina tothe middle of the carapace, and in other particulars agrees excellently well with De Haan’s description’, but differs from the figure in having the mobile finger of the larger chelipede vertically deeper than in that author’s figure and subtruncated at its distal extremity. The other species is an apparently undescribed species of Pseudibacus, Guérin-Méneville, a genus previously unrepresented in the collection of the British Museum. PsEUDIBACUS PFEFFER], sp. n. (Plate XXXVI. figs. 2, 3.) The carapace is broader than long; the ambulatory legs are con- cealed beneath its lateral prolongations. The upper surface of the carapace is nearly smooth ; the antero-lateral margins are thin, acute, and regularly crenulated on each side; a notch marks apparently the line of demarcation between the cervical and postcervical regions ; in front of the lateral notches are sevenor eight,and behind them eleven or twelve crenulations ; alongitudinal depression exists on each branchial region, not far from the lateral margins. The median dorsal line of the carapace is marked by a longitudinal ridge or keel, which origi- nates at a short distance behind the anterior margin, and on the cardiac region is bifurcated—the two carinee thus formed enclosing a median depression or shallow pit, behind which they reunite and are continued as a simple ridge to the posterior margin of the cara- pace ; the anterior and the two median carine are each divided into three or four obscurely indicated lobes ; the posterior carina is entire, but terminates in a small tubercle on the posterior margin of the carapace. The anterior margin of the front is bisinuated in its median portion, where the basal lobe of the rostrum is articulated with it; the terminal plate of the rostrum is transverse, with the extremity subacute, and is divided through about half its length by a median, longitudinal, nearly closed fissure. The orbits are situated about midway between the median line and the lateral angles of the carapace, and are merely closed by a process of the basal antennal joint as in Pseudibacus gerstaeckeri. The postabdomen resembles that of P. gerstaeckeri as described by Dr. Pfeffer in all essential characters ; thus the second to fifth segments are each armed with a median dorsal carina, which slopes obliquely downward to the anterior margin (except on the second segment), and is posteriorly produced and ends in an acute tooth on the fourth and fifth segments; the sixth segment has a small median tubercle on its posterior mar- gin, and the seventh three at the line of demarcation between the * Vide Crustacea, in Siebold’s ‘Fauna Japonica,’ p. 177, pl. lxv. fig. 2 (1849), 1882. ] CRUSTACEANS FROM MAURITIUS. 543 chitinous and membranaceous portions of this segment, situate one in the median line and one on each lateral margin; the lateral mar- gins of the second to sixth postabdominal segments are divided into several somewhat triangulate lobes or teeth. The eyes are short, and in a dorsal view are completely contained within the orbits ; the antennules are short, and terminate in two flagella, whereof one is - much thicker than the other. The large leaf-like external processes of the antepenultimate joints of the antennze terminate in a small spine at their antero-external angles, behind which are two teeth on their outer margins, and have a small tuberculiform tooth on their inner margins; the terminal antennal joints are somewhat obtusely angulated at the distal extremity, and have their margins minutely crenulated or serrated; the outer maxillipedes are small, with the ischium as long as the merus joints. The legs are short, concealed beneath the carapace, with the margins of the joints angu- lated ; the dactyli of all are strong, slightly curved and acute; the antepenultimate joints have a short spine at the distal ends of their upper margins ; the coxal joints of the fifth legs bear a strong spine. Colour (of dried exwvie) reddish-yellow,with darker reddish mark- ings on the sides of the branchial regions of the carapace and of the postabdomen, on the inner margins of the antepenultimate joints of the antenne and of the legs. Length of the body about 1 inch 3 lines (32 wmm.), greatest breadth about 83 lines (18 mm.). Three cast shells are in the collection. From the Mediterranean Pseudibacus veranyi, Guérin', this species is distinguished by the very different tuberculation of the carapace, and the emargination of its lateral margins, the closed median fissure of the rostrum, &c. These characters will also suffice to distinguish our species from the Californian form described by Prof. S. I. Smith? as Evibacus princeps, but which I think can scarcely be gene- rically distinct from Pseudibacus. P. pfeffert is most nearly allied to an Atlantic species described by Dr. G. Pfetfer in his memoir already referred to? as Pseudibacus gerstaeckeri, which, however (as it would appear from the description), has the carinze of the carapace differently disposed, and has no median depression on the cardiac region, but in place thereof a continuous median keel ; moreover no mention is made of any spines at the distal ends of the antepenul- timate joints of the ambulatory legs. I must therefore consider our species distinct from P. gerstaeckeri ; and [I have much pleasure in associating with it the name of the author of that important memoir, which is of much value to the student of the classification of this group. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXVI. Fig. 1. Palinurus longimanus, var. mawritianus (p. 540) male adult, nat. size. 2. Pseudibacus pfefferi, p. 542, x13 diam. 3. Inferior view of the same, X13 diam. 1 Rey. et Mag. de Zoologie, vii. pp. 139, 140, pl. v. (1855). 2 Amer. Journ. Sci. and Arts, xii. p. 118 (1866). 3 Verhandl. naturwissensch, Vereins Hamburg-Altona, p. 51 (1881). 544 MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GENUS ORTHONYX. [June 6, 6. Contributions to the Anatomy of Passerine Birds.—Part V.! On the Structure of the Genus Orthonyx. By W. A. Forses, B.A., Prosector to the Society. [Received June 5, 1882.] The position in the series of Passeres of the genus Orthonyx has for many years been a moot point with ornithologists, Johannes Miiller having long ago” surmised that these birds might be tracheo- phones, and so connected with the Neotropical Dendrocolaptide. Some recent writers (e.g. G. R. Gray, Bonaparte, and Salvadori) have placed them in, or in the neighbourhood of, the Menuride ; Sundevall, on the other hand’, assigns them a position amongst his Cichlomorphe Brevipennes. Up to the present time the formation of their soft parts, and par- ticularly of the syrinx, has remained unknown—a deficiency in our knowledge I am now able to supply by my dissection of both the Australian and New-Zealand forms. For my specimens of the former (Orthonyx spinicauda) I am indebted to the kindness of Mr. E. P. Ramsay, of the Australian Museum ; for a pair of the latter (O. ochrocephala) to that of my friend Prof. Jeffery Parker, of the University of Otago. Both forms are typical Singing-birds (“ Oscines Normales”’), with a well-developed Oscinine syrinx with its normal complement of four pairs of muscles. Of these the short anterior muscle runs to the an- terior end of the third bronchial semiring alone in O. spinicauda ; whilst in O. ochrocephala this ring receives its muscular supply from a fasciculus of the Jong anterior muscle. They thus differ essentially from Menura, with which they have been associated, that bird having but three pairs of muscles, peculiarly arranged *. In this, as in all other points examined—with one exception in the case of Orthonyx spinicauda—these birds quite resemble the normal Passeres, as they do in having the bilaminate tarsus and reduced first” (tenth) primary nearly always associated with the normal Acromyodian syrinx. Orthonyx spinicauda, however, has a pecu- liarity quite unknown to me in any other bird, inasmuch as its carotid artery, the left alone of these vessels (as in all Passeres) being developed, is not contained anywhere in the subvertebral canal, but runs up superficially in company with the left vagus nerve to near the head, where it bifurcates in the usual manner. This is just the same arrangement as that which occurs in many of the Parrots—all those in fact included in Garrod’s ‘‘ Psittacide,”’ >—save that in them the right carotid artery as well is present, running as usual in the hypapophysial canal. 1 For Part IV. see P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 435. 2 In 1848. Vide ‘ Vocal Organs of Passeres,’ Garrod’s edition, p. 36. 3 «Tentamen,’ pp. 9 & 11. 4 Garrod, Coll. Papers, pp. 362-364. © Goll. Papers, p. 255. 1882.] MR. W. A. FORBES ON THE GENUS ORTHONYX. 545 In Orthonyx ochrocephala the left carotid retains its normal sit- uation, though the point of entrance into the canal is somewhat higher up than is usual in other Passeres. Examination of my spirit-specimens of these two birds has _con- vinced me that the two forms are not really congeneric, the New- Zealand bird (O. ochrocephala) differing from the Australian in its more slender bill, less development of the nasal operculum, less spiny tail, and more slender claws. The coloration of the two forms is quite unlike; whilst internally the skull and syrinx exhibit dif- ferences, slight in amount, but greater than those usually found in birds of the same genus. Under these circumstances it seems that Clitonyx of Reichenbach! will be the correct generic term for the New-Zealand birds, as Lesson’s name Mohoua, though of prior appli- cation’, is not only barbarous but, what is more important, liable to be confounded with Mohoa, also a genus of Passeres from the Pacitic Subregion. In the present unsatisfactory condition of the systematic grouping ofthe Oscinine Passeres, it is impossible for me to point out clearly any definite position either for Orthonyx or Clitonyx, though both torms might, I apprehend, be safely placed in Mr. Sharpe’s somewhat vaguely-defined ‘ Timeliidee.”’ The determination of the not-intimate relation of Orthonyz to Clitonyx is a point of some importance, from its bearing on the question of the general relationships of the fauna of New Zealand to that of Australia, Orthonya having been sometimes mentioned as one of the few peculiar Australian genera of birds also repre- sented in the satellite island *. I may take this opportunity of stating that I have, in the course of the last few months, been enabled to examine examples of several genera of Passeres the condition of the syrinx in which has not before, I believe, been recorded. These include, of Old- World forms, Ri- mator, Ptenadus, Sphenura, Sphenostoma, Climacteris, Creadion, Miro, Certhiparus, Petreeca, Entomyza, Pomarea, Phcornis, Fal- cunculus, Nesocichla, Nesospiza, Cracticus; and of American forms, Chameea, Dulus, Phainopepla, Ptilogonys. In all these genera the syrinx is perfectly Oscinine, as indeed was to be expected from the external structure of the birds. Johannes Miiller at first placed Ptilogonys amongst the Tyrannide *, misled by the slightly aberrant structure of its tarsus, but on subsequently examining the nearly allied Myiadestes, and ascertaining its Oscinine nature, concluded that Ptilogonys too would, on examination, be found to have the muscular organs of voice’, a surmise the correctness of which is now demon- strated. Petreca has been stated by Prof. Parker ® to be a “ Tra- 1 Handb. Spec. Ornith. p. 167 (1851). 2 Hist. Natur. Oiseaux, ili. p. 139 (1837). 3 Wallace, ‘Geogr. Distribution of Animals,’ i. p. 451; but see also ‘Island Life,’ p. 453, footnote. 4 Vocal Organs of Passeres, Garrod’s ed. p. 41. 5 Lic. p. 61. 6 Trans. Z, 8. ix. p. 336, 546 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [June 20, checphone” (é. e. Mesomyodian), having “the muscles of lower larynx quite indistinct.”” In three specimens, however, of that genus cxamined by me I find a perfectly Oscinine syrinx with its muscles as well developed as in other birds of the same size. Whether the statement made by that author to the same effect about Sittella is accurate still remains to be seen. June 20, 1882. Prof. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of May 1882 :— The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- gerie during the month of May was 159, of which 11 were by birth, 71 by presentation, 69 by purchase, 4 were received on deposit, and 4 by exchange. The total number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 102. The most noticeable additions during the month of May were as follows :— 1. Four Pygmy Hogs, Porcula salvania, Hodgson (one male and three females), purchased May 15th of Mr. B. H. Carew, who has kindly furnished me with the following notes on this rare and inter- esting animal :— « The Pygmy Hog is indigenous to the Western Dooars of Bhootan, where the few that are found live in the thickest grassy jungles, and are only now and then seen in the daytime when the jungle is burnt. The natives do not attempt to catch them when netting deer and pigs, on account of their size, as being so small they always escape through the meshes of the nets which are used for the capture of the larger animals. There are but few natives who know of the existence of these animals at all; and some of those who know them say they are very pugnacious and plucky, and are able in fighting to defeat the wild boar ; but I should doubt the truth of this story. «The tracks of the Pygmy Hog are often found in the rice-crops (of the aborigines of the Dooar) which are cultivated in patches in the middle of the jungle. The animals come out of the jungle at night, and root up the paddy-crops like the wild boar. I believe they live on the same food as the wild boar. I used to feed my specimens when caged in India on ripe plantains and paddy. I had a separate partition made in the cage; and I filled it with straw, as I found they required warmth. I found afterwards that from the rice-straw they all got a sort of mange or itch ; so I had them rubbed well with sulphur and oil and changed the straw for dry grass. «« When in India I sold a pair of these animals to the Cooch Behar Maharajah for a fancy price ; and he presented them to the Zoolo- gical Gardens in Caleutta. But on going to see them when I was in Calcutta, I was sorry to learn that they had both died. They had given me no trouble to keep as long as they were well and regularly “VINVATVS VINOdod duit qaeyuey “yay aug’ TUM Lea BOT SZ at 1882.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 547 fed ; and after the knocking about those which I have sold to this Society have stood, these animals must be called any thing but delicate. *« There is great difficulty in catching the Pygmy Hog. Some five years ago a young one was secured by a Mr. Fischer, who tamed it ; but it afterwards escaped. I have heard of no other individual being possessed by any one but myself. “ The Calcutta Zoological Society were trying for years to obtain a pair, but were unsuccessful in getting a single example until those which they received from the Maharajah of Cooch Behar through me (as already mentioned) reached them. «It has taken me about four years to get the four now procured. They were caught in snares, which were set in hundreds all over the country throughout a range of about twenty miles. If you require more I may be able to get some when I return to India in about two months’ time.” Mr. Sclater exhibited a drawing of this animal by Mr. Smit (Plate XXXVII.), andremarkedthat Mr. Carew’s four specimens were apparently in excellent health, and fed well on boiled vegetables, rice, potatoes, and other food usual for such animals. On measuring the largest and the smallest, the length of the body had been found in the one case to be 17 inches and in the other 14 inches. The weight of the largest animals had been ascertained to be about 103ib., and of the smallest 97 lb. Alluding tu the rarity of the animal, Sir Joseph Fayrer had stated that during the many years in which he had hunted in the Terai he had never succeeded in obtain- ing a single specimen. 2. A Mediterranean Seal (Monachus albiventer), presented by M. Yeates Brown, Esq., H.B.M. Consul at Genoa, May 18th. This Seal, the first example of the species that had been received at the Gar- dens, had unfortunately not long survived its arrival. 3. Two male Argus Pheasants (Argus giganteus), presented to the Society by Major M‘Nair, C.M.G., and J. M. Vermont, Esq., May 18th. This arrival was especially acceptable, as we had pre- viously only two unmated females of this magnificent bird in the Collection. 4, A Koala (Phascolarctos cinereus), purchased May 23. It is of great interest to receive a second example of this delicate animal, the only former specimen of which lived about fourteen months in the Scciety’s Menagerie (see P. Z.S. 1880, p. 355, and 1881, p. 180), and to be able to announce that it seems likely to thrive. It feeds itself on the leaves of a large gum-tree (Hucalyptus globulus) which has been introduced into its cage, and also eats a little bread and milk. 5. A Jackass Penguin (Spheniscus magellanicus) from the Falk- land Islands, purchased May 25.° This is an adult bird in fine plomess and is the first example of this species of Penguin that we ave as yet received. 6. A fine pair of Great Ant-eaters, Myrmecophaga jubata, pur- chased May 31. 548 ON THE RUDIMENTARY HALLUX OF BIRDS. [June 20, Mr. Sclater also exhibited some Lepidopterous and other Insects which had been recently reared at the Insect-House in the Society’s Gardens under the care of Mr. A. Thomson. The following is a list of the species exhibited :— Attacus mylitta. Sciapteron tabaniforme. — cynthia. Sesia scoliiformis. Samia cecropia. formiciformis. —- conopiformis. Cricula trifenestrata, —— musciformis. spheciformis. Deilephila euphorbiz. ‘Trochilium apiforme. Argynnis paphia. melanocephalum. Lyceena iolas. Mr. W. A. Forbes exhibited preparations showing the rudimentary hallux of several birds commonly described as three-toed, and made the following remarks :— “Whilst engaged in working out my ‘Report on the Anatomy of the Petrels’ for the ‘ Voyage of H.M.S. Challenger,’ I happened to come across Dr. Kidder’s note ' on the existence of a rudimentary external hallux in Pheebetria fuliginosa, a bird hitherto supposed, like other Albatrosses, to lack the hind toe altogether. Finding, on an examination of my specimen, his remarks correct, I proceeded to examine examples of three other species of Albatrosses that I hadin the flesh, namely Diomedea exulans, D. brachyura, and Thalassiarche cul- minata. In all of these I discovered a hallux present, thoughina most rudimentary condition, consisting of a single small nodule of bone, which lies altogether underneath the skin, in the fibrous subcutaneous tissues, and only appears externally asa minute pimple-like elevation, with zo claw. In Phebetria there is a minute claw visible externally, whilst internally ¢wo small bony nodules are discernible, representing undoubtedly the metatarsal element and the hallux, which, as in all other Tubinares, is reduced to a single phalanx. It is difficult at present to say whether the single nodule of the other Albatrosses represents these two elements fused together, or only one of them: in the latter case it is probably the phalanx itself that is wanting’. “The discovery of the rudimentary hallux in the Diomedeinz has led to finding a similar one in some other birds usually considered to be three-toed, namely the Woodpeckers of the genera Picoides and Tiga. Inthesethe hallux consists ofits normal number of phalanges, of minute size, asisalso the metatarsal. The ‘great toe”’ thus formed lies completely under the skin, and is only discernible on reflecting the integuments carefully, when the chain of minute ossicles, connected to each other and to the tarso-metatarse by fibrous tissue, appears. ‘These facts render it not improbable that a similarly reduced hallux may really exist in many birds commonly described as three- + Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. i. p. 22. 2 Cf. Voyage of H MLS. ‘ Challenger:’ Report on the Anatomy of the Petrels, pp. 18, 14. J. Smit hth. P.Z.5.1882 Pl XXXVIIL, Hanhart imp. HEART-VALVES,OF MAN AND RABBIT. r' P.Z5.1882.PLXXXIX | 76 V.C.T J Smut lth Hanhart imp HEART-VALVES,OF ORNITHORHYNCHUS. PZ.5. 1862 Fray. J.Smut lith. Hanhart imp HEART-VALVES,OF ORNITHORHYNCHUS. PL. t0@2 Bl x leh: 19 gel J Smit hth Hanhart amp HEART-VALVE'S.OF DIDELPHYS, MYRMECOPHACA Etc 1882.] ON THE HEART OF ORNITHORHYNCHUS PARADOXUS. 549 toed. On the other hand, I have been quite unable to detect even a trace of it in some such birds, as e. g. Rhea, Tetrax, and Peleca- noides.” Prof. Owen, C.B., F.R.S., F.Z.S., read the twenty-fourth of his series of memoirs on the extinct birds of the genus Denornis and their allies. The present memoir contained the description of the head and two feet with the dried integuments attached, of an individual of a species of Dinornis, proposed to be called D. didinus, which had been recently obtained from a cavern or fissure near Queenstown, in the South Island of New Zealand. This memoir will be printed entire in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’ The following papers were read :— 1. On the Valves of the Heart of Ornithorhynchus paradoxus compared with those of Man and the Rabbit, with some Observations on the Fossa Ovalis. By EH. Ray Lanxester, M.A., F.R.S., Jodrell Professor of Zoology in University College, Londen’. [Received May 30, 1882.] (Plates XXXVIII.-XLI.) The statement current in text-books of Comparative Anatomy to the effect that in Ornithorhynchus paradoxus the right auriculo- ventricular valve is “ fleshy,” and therefore in some degree similar to that of Reptiles and Birds and different from that of other Mam- malia, appears torest chiefly uponthe statements and figures of Meckel, published in his Monograph of the Anatomy of the Duck-bill, though Cuvier, Owen, and Gegenbaur have also made observations on the subject. No anatomist appears to have published any drawing of the heart of Ornithorhynchus since Meckel in 1828; and no figure has ever been given of the interesting points of struc- ture presented by that heart which is in any sense adequate. The figure of the opened heart given by Meckel, and intended to show the fleshy auriculo-ventricular valve, is simply unintelligible owing to the absence of both shading and colour. Meckel describes the right auriculo-ventricular valve in these words:—‘*‘ Ostium venosum valvula clauditur simplici, semilunari. Cuvierus eam nonnisi concavo ventriculi pariete respondere dicens, minus perspicue loqui videtur, quum uterque, et anterior s. dexter, et posterior s. sinister, a septo formatus, convexi sint. Ille revera 1 T am indebted to Mr. J. J. Quelch, B.Sc., lately my assistant, and now one of the staff of the British Museum, for aid in making the drawings and dissections upon which this memoir is based. 550 PROF. E. R. LANKESTER ON THE HEART [June 20, obvertitur et insidet margine fixo. Recte a Cuvierio maxima ex parte carnea dicitur, quum nonnisi pars libera, anterior, margine leviter concavo circumscripta, membranacea sit. Fasciculi musculares, ad ipsam et e septo et e pariete antico tendentes ad tres ordines reduci possunt. Inferior, major, e pluribus fasciculis componitur ex septo medio infero ad extremum valvule inferius abit, anterior ex parietis anterioris parte inferiore recte ad basin valvule ascendit, ubi cum superiore, ex summitate septi descendente confluit.”’ Owen, in the article Monotremata in Todd’s Cyclopzedia, vol. iii. p- 390, describes the valve somewhat differently. He distinguishes two fleshy and two membranous portions—the smaller of the latter, placed near the base of the pulmonary artery, agreeing according to him with the smaller muscular fold of the Cursores, whilst the second larger fleshy mass is homologous with the chief muscular valve of the Bird’s heart. Gegenbaur (“Zur vergleichenden Anatomie des Herzens,” Jena- ische Zeitschrift, 1866, vol. ii. p. 381) objects to this identification, although he practically admits something very much like it in com- paring the valve of Ornithorhynchus to that of the Crocodile, which, in its turn, may be readily shown to have common features with that of the Bird. In his ‘Elements of Comparative Anatomy,’ English edition, p. 584, Gegenbaur speaks of the fleshy structure of the heart of Ornithorhynchus as being a retention in this animal of a condition which is not unknown in other Mammalia, but is transient in them, being found at an early period of development. In his memoir in the ‘Jenaische Zeitschrift,’ Gegenbaur gives an original description of the right auriculo-ventricular valve of Ornithorhynchus, but no figure of it. His description does not agree with that of his predecessors, nor with what I have observed. He says:—“I find the entire circumference of the right atrio-ven- tricular ostium beset by a membranous valve, which has developed muscular bundles only at certain parts, and is disposed, as the fol- lowing account shows, somewhat otherwise than Meckel and Owen have stated. Two portions may be distinguished in this valve —a part adjacent to the ventricular septum, and a part which fringes the ostium along the outer wall of the ventricle. The two portions posteriorly pass into one another, and anteriorly, in the neighbourhood of the origin of the pulmonary artery (that is, at the conus arteriosus), are separated from ove another, inasmuch as here a spot is found in the circumference of the ostium in which the valve is interrupted.” [This does not accord with the previous statement as to the ‘‘ entire ’’ circumference being beset with the valve. As will be seen below, in the hearts examined “by me a very large part of the circumference of the ostium is devoid of any valve.} ‘The portion of the valve corresponding to the outer ventricular wall begins broadly at the conus arteriosus (or anteriorly); it stretches outwards and backwards, becoming broader, and then narrows again and passes into the median division of the valve. At the anterior point of fixation of the valve, two strong muscular bundles pass from the ventricular septum into the valve, and run (the heart being supposed to have its 1882. ] OF ORNITHORHYNCHUS PARADOXUS. 551 apex directed backwards) in a nearly horizontal direction in the valve. They occupy, however, scarcely the third part of the entire length of this division of the valve. At the broadest part of this same division a muscular band passes from the ventricular septum, and is inserted into the former, and spreads its fibres in a fan-like expanse in the valve nearly up to the origin of the valve from the margin of the ostium. A second smaller bundle lies behind this, also arising from the septum. If we spread out the valve, and compare the purely membranous surface with that provided with muscular tissue, the former is found to be larger than the latter. The second portion of the valve arises from the part of the ostium belonging to the septum. At its narrower part it is in continuity with the other division of the valve, broadens out from behind forwards, and is fastened to the septum along a perpendicular line stretching from the ostium into the ventricle. It is therefore not only fastened to the circumference of the ostium, but, starting from there, also to the septum. Since the latter line of fixation is per- pendicular to the line of origin along the ostium, this portion of the valve forms a ‘ pocket-valve ’"—the more so since no trabeculee pass to its free margin, and moreover no muscular fibres can be detected in its substance. “ When a comparison of this arrangement is made with that of Birds, the difficulty is at once obvious that in Ornithorhynchus the septal portion of the ostium has a valve, whilst such is wanting in Birds. The whole apparatus cannot, therefore, be compared with that of Birds, but only the portion of the valve which arises from the outer half of the circumference of the ostium.” In the absence of figures it is not possible fully to comprehend Professor Gegenbaur’s description ; but it seems to me probable that the heart examined by him differed individually from those studied by Meckel and Cuvier, aud from the two examined by me. In these two, as will be seen below, considerable differences were observed on comparison one with another. The main point on which Gegenbaur insists, is the existence of a septal portion to the valve; it is on this account that he objects to a comparison with the Bird’s valve. But this septal portion seems to have been exceptionally large in the heart studied by him. In both my specimens it was small, and left the /arger part of the septal margin of the ostium unprovided with any valvular fold. At the same time it was larger in one specimen than in the other. The existence of a greater or less portion of the valve along the septal side of the ostium does not appear to invalidate the comparison of the main bulk of the valvular structure with that of the Bird’s heart, though the closeness of the agreement is diminished by the fact insisted on by Gegenbaur, viz. that the muscular bands of the valve arise in Ornithorhynchus, as in the Crocodile, from the septal wall of the ventricle, and not from the free outer wall as in the Birds. Recognizing, as all anatomists must do, the great interest attach- ing to the observation that in Ornithorhynchus muscular tissue to a large extent invades and replaces the membranous structure which Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. XXXVII. 37 552 PROF. E. R. LANKESTER ON THE HEART [June 20 characteristically forms the right auriculo-ventricular valve in other Mammals, 1 have taken an opportunity of carefully examining and drawing the valves and some other structural features seen in the hearts of two specimens of Ornithorhynchus presented to me by my friend Professor Liversidge, of Sydney, Australia. The main object of the present communication is to publish satis- factory illustrations, with explanatory description, of the appearances presented by these two hearts. I cannot doubt that both anthro- potomists and zoologists will be glad to possess something like a sufficient record of the very important facts observable in the heart of Ornithorhynchus; and I have added for comparison drawings of identical dissections viewed incorresponding positions of the “standard” heart (that of Man) and of the heart of the Rabbit, which, curiously enough, differs more from that of Man in respect of the structure of its right auriculo-venticular valve than does that of the sheep, the ox, the dog, the hedgehog, the great ant-eater, the wombat, and the koala, which I have examined with especial reference to this point, and some of which are illustrated in the plates. For several interesting hearts I am indebted to the kindness of Mr. W. A. Forbes, Prosector to the Society. I shall first describe the figures accompanying this paper which illustrate the comparative structure of the right auriculo-ventriculai valve of Man, the Rabbit, and Ornithorhynchus ; I shall then de- scribe the left auriculo-ventricular valve of Ornithorhynchus ; and finally point out some peculiarities in the structure of the auricles of the heart of that animal, which have led to the erroneous statement that it possesses a deeply marked “ fossa ovalis.”” Tuer Rigut AURICULO-VENTRICULAR VALVE. A. Or Man.—From the tendinous margin of the right auriculo- ventricular orifice of the human heart depends into the ventricle a complete and continuous membranous collar (Pl. XX XVIII. figs. | & 2). Thisis the so-called tricuspid valve. It derives its name from the fact that, although forming one continuous collar-like ring, the membrane is produced at three points, forming three cusps or flaps. Two of these cusps are anterior in position, and may be called right and left anterior cusps’ (rac, Zac in the figures). The third is wider than the two anterior, and rests against the septum or wall separating right from left ventricle ; it may be called the posterior or septal cusp (pc). The three cusps of the tricuspid valve of Man are attached by fine chords (the “‘ chordze tendinez ’’) to definite muscular lobes (the **musculi papillares *’) projecting from the ventricular wall, and also by some of the chorde directly to the ventricular wall. The two onterior cusps of the valve are in relation with the largest muscular lobe or musculus papillaris, which springs from the septal surface near the apex of the ventricular chamber (fig. 1, @). The long ? The “inferior” and “anterior” of human anatomists, In the present memoir the apex of the heart is regarded as inferior, the base as superior, the dorsal surface as posterior, the yentral surface as anterior. 1882. ] OF ORNITHORHYNCHUS PARADOXUS. 553 axis of this lobe would, if produced, pass between the two anterior cusps in the notch which separatesthem. Right and left two groups, each of four or more chorde tendinez, pass from the free end of this papillary muscle, and, spreading out fan-wise, join respectively the right and the left cusps of the membranous valve ; so that the adjacent margins of the two cusps are connected by groups of chord to the papillary muscle; and were the groups of chord to be enlarged and fuse with one another, we should have in place of a right and a left anterior cusp one large anterior cusp connected by the most prominent portion of its border to the papillary muscle. This hypo- thetical condition is realized in Ornithorhynchus. The large papillary muscle thus related in Man to the right and left anterior cusps of the tricuspid valve, is the “ great”’ or “ anterior” papillary muscle. The right border or curvature of the right anterior cusp is con- nected by chord tendinese to a small papillary muscle, which may be called the “ right papillary muscle”’ (figs. 1 & 2, 6). The left border or curvature of the left anterior cusp is connected by chordee directly to the wall of the ventricle, to the right of that region which is known as the pulmonary cone (figs. 1 & 2, e). The septal cusp or segment of the tricuspid valve of Man may be regarded as really the posterior equivalent of both anterior cusps, not divided or produced into two' pieces. It is connected to the septal wall of the ventricle directly by chord tendinez, and also to two small papillary muscles which project from that wall (fig. 2,¢, d), and may be known as the posterior or septal papillary muscles (greater and less), These are smaller than the right papillary muscle; and all the other papillary muscles are much smaller than the “great”’ or “anterior” papillary muscle. - B. Or roe Rassir.—Whilst a large number of mammals possess a tricuspid valve very closely similar in its arrangements to that of Man (see Pl. XLI. figs. 18-22), in the Rabbit (Pl. XXXVIII. figs. 3, 4) a considerable divergence from the human standard occurs. The valve of the right side of the Rabbit’s heart cannot be de- scribed as “ tricuspid ” in any sense. Itis a continuous membranous collar connected by numerous chord tendineze to two rows of musculi papillares. The valvular collar is elliptical in form; and it may be divided into an anterior and a posterior (or septal) portion corre- sponding to the two long sides of the ellipse. The two rows of musculi papillares are arranged along the septal portion of the ventricular wall as a superior and an inferior series. The superior series are connected by chorde tendinee with the posterior or septal half of the valve ; the inferior series are connected by chordze with the anterior half of the valve. There are seven musculi papillares in the inferior series belonging to the anterior part of the valve’. Those of the superior series, belong- 1 Since the above was written I have found that great variations occur in the points described in individual Rabbits. Often the musculi papillares are not more than three in number, as in the figure of a Rat’s yentricle (Plate XXXIX. fig. 11). 37* 554 PROF. E. R. LANKESTER ON THE HEART [June 20, ing to the septal part of the valve, are smaller in size, and in passing from left to right dwindle, so that at the right of the middle line the chordz are inserted directly into the ventricular wall and not into papillary eminences. Only three distinct papillary eminences can be distinguished in this series. Comparing this arrangement with that found in Man, it is obvious that the seven papillary muscles of the anterior part of the valve cor- respond to the “great”? and the “right” anterior papillary muscles of Man; whilst the superior series connected with the septal part of the valve correspond to the posterior papillary muscles of Man. But in the Rabbit not only must we consider that the “great” and the “right 4 papillary muscles are divided and represented each by three separate papillary muscles, but also that the attachment of chorde springing from the extreme left of the left anterior cusp and from the left of the septal cusp in the human heart, are in the Rabbit attached to small papillary elevations of muscular substance, instead of being attached simply to the unraised surface of the ventricular wall. It is an interesting question as to whether the condition found in Man and in most mammals is more primitive than that found in the Rabbit. The fact that the Rodents are lower forms than the Simize might lead us to regard the condition seen in the Rabbit as more primitive ; but the very general conformity of the other Mam- malia (including such Marsupials and Edentata as have been examined) to the arrangement found in Man, leads to the supposition that the Rabbit’s right cardiac valve is a specialization departing from the earlier type preserved in Man. This conclusion will be found to be confirmed by the facts which we now shall expose in reference to the right cardiac valve of Ornitho- rhynchus. C. Or OrniTHoRHyYNCHUS PARADOXUS.—The right auriculo- ventricular valve of Ornithorhynchus is drawn in two sets of figures, accompanying this paper (Plates XXXIX., XL.), taken from the two female specimens in an excellent state of preservation mentioned above. In both of them the membranous collar which forms the complete valve in other Mammalia is seen to be incompletely de- veloped, and not “entire” as stated by Gegenbaur. Instead of the elliptical auriculo-ventricular orifice being completely fringed by the more or less deeply dependent valve, we find only its anterior margin and a small portion of its posterior or septal margin (the extreme right) thus fringed. The septal or posterior portion of the valve is, in fact, almost entirely wanting in one of my specimens (fig. 16). This result of my observations is diametrically in opposition to the statements of Gegenbaur quoted at the commencement of this memoir. The absence of the greater part, or even the whole, of the septal flap at once constitutes a very important difference between the right cardiac valve of Ornithorhynchus and that of any other Mammal which is known. Anterior flap —The well-developed anterior portion of the membra- nous valve is triangular in form, and is connected with a very large mus- cular column, which for convenience may be spoken of as musculus 1882. ] OF ORNITHORUYNCHUS PARADOXUS. 555 papillaris, although nut papillary”’ (figs. 12 & 13,@). It obviously cor- responds to the great or anterior papillary muscle of the human heart. The vertex of the triangle formed by the membranous flap of the valve is bisected by this great papillary muscle, which widens out as it passes upwards, and is inserted into the anterior border of the auriculo-ventricular ring, thus dividing the membranous triangular flap into two distinct pieces, a right and a left. It is therefore per- haps not quite correct to speak of these two segments united by the muscular band as one anterior flap: the flap might perhaps be regarded as composed of two membranous segments united by a median muscular band whichis the prolonged anterior papillary muscle. The membranous substance of the valve, however, is distinctly con- tinued beneath or on the lumen side of the muscular band, thus uniting the two halves, which at first sight seem to be separated by the muscular substance. Obviously the right segment corresponds to the right anterior cusp, and the left segment to the left anterior cusp, of the human tricuspid valve. The peculiarity of this region in Ornithorhynchus consists in the fact that there are no chordee tendineze connecting the membranous segments to the great papillary muscle, while the muscle itself is attached directly to the membranous flap, and is continued through it up to the auriculo-ventricular ring, so as to invade (over a broad band-like area) the membrane of the valve by muscular tissue. There is also a complete absence of chord tendinez from the left border of the left anterior flap, which is, in their absence, directly attached to a fleshy arch which extends from the side of the pulmonary cone up to the auriculo-ventricular ring, where it is confluent with the expanded insertion of the great papillary muscle (figs. 12, 13, 14, 15, e). Consequently the left membranous segment of the valve is triangular in shape, the free border forming the base of an isosceles triangle. Both hearts examined agreed in the features so far described. In regard to the connexions of the right membranous segment of the anterior portion of the valve, they differ a little from one another. In heart No. 1 (fig. 12) there is a well marked right papillary muscle (4) corresponding to the similarly placed muscle in Man, but differing from that of Man, just as does the great papillary muscle, in the fact that it is devoid of any chordee tendinez and is continued from the ventricular wall up to the auriculo-ventricular ring, having the right border of the right membranous cusp or segment attached directly to its left border in the upper part of its course. Septal fap.—To the right or posterior border of this smaller mus- cular band in heart No. 1, one lateral border of the very small septal membranous flap is attached. This rudimentary posterior or septal flap arises along the posterior or septal margin of the auriculo-ven- tricular orifice for not more than one third of the extent of that mar- gin, the rest being free from any valvular collar or fringe (figs. 14 & 15, pc). The condition seen in heart No.1 may be understood by sup- posing, in a valve arranged as in Man, the chordz tendinez to be- come muscular and compacted together and so to form parts of the 556 PROF. E. R. LANKESTER ON THE HEART [June 20, papillary muscles, which should then be continued right through the membranous collar of the valve to the auriculo-ventricular ring. Further, we should have to suppose the suppression of the whole of the septal division of the valve and its related chordze and muscles, excepting a little piece in immediate relation with the right anterior papillary muscle. The heart No. 2 (fig. 13) of Ornithorhynchus differs from No. 1 in the fact that there is not a single right anterior papillary muscle, but five separate muscular slips representing it, of which three (fig. 13, b, 6, b) are attached to and traverse the membranous substance of the valve, whilst two (m, 7) pass over it and reach the auriculo-ven- tricular ring. These latter are of great importance in the comparison with the heart of Sauropsida, since they arise from the anterior ventricular wall. The heart No. 2 is also remarkable, as already mentioned, for the reduction of the septal portion of the membranous valve to a vanishing quantity (fig. 16 pc). In both hearts the three muscles of the valve (or two and the subdivided third) become continuous with one another at their inser- tion into the auriculo-ventricular ring. The large papillary muscle in the middle spreads out on either side, and on the left completes the arch formed by the muscular lobe (e) rising from the side of the pul- monary cone; on the right it similarly completes an arch, of which the right side is formed by the spreading insertion of the right papil- lary muscle or its representative slips (figs. 12, 13). It is thus quite clear that the description of the right auriculo- ventricular valve of Ornithorhynchus as “fleshy ”’ is quite correct ; membrane, though present, plays a subordinate part as compared with what is seen in other Mammalia. Not only this, but it seems probable, from the very imperfect development of a septal or posterior flap to the valve, that the action of the valve must differ importantly from that of the valve of other mammals, and resemble that of the fleshy valve of birds and reptiles. The reflux of blood into the auricle on contraction of the ventricle is not prevented in Ornithorhynchus by a passive floating-out of membranous cusps, but, as in birds and reptiles, the muscular arches of the valve are by their active contraction pressed against the septal portion of the auriculo-ventricular orifice, which is for two thirds (or sometimes more) of its extent devoid of any depending cusp or mem- branous flap. How far there is a real agreement, due to common inheritance from a common ancestor, between the muscular structures of the right cardiac valve of Ornithorhynchus and those of the similarly placed valve in birds and certain reptiles, is a distinct and very important question, into the discussion of which I do not propose to enter on the present occasion. Tue Lerr AURICULO-VENTRICULAR VALVE. The valve which is called “ mitral” in Man’s heart differs in struc- ture in Ornithorhynchus from the human standard, although much less so than does the right auriculo-ventricular valve. 1882. ] OF ORNITHORHYNCHUS PARADOXUS. 557 The “mitral ” valve of the Ornithorhynchus is in fact a “‘tricuspid”’ instead of a “ bicuspid ”’ valve. Its construction, so far as the relation of membrane to muscle is concerned, is similar to what is seen in Man’s heart. There is no invasion of the membranous flaps by the fleshy substance of the musculi papillares as on the right side of the heart; at the same time the connexion of the musculi papillares with the membrane of the valvular flaps is direct, and not by the in- tervention of chorde tendinee. In Man’s mitral valve there are really four groups of chords which pass from the membrane to the heart’s wall or to musculi papillares. A broad flap of membrane is developed between the an- terior pair of these groups of chordze, and, again, between the pos- terior pair, but not between adjacent anterior and posterior groups. In Ornithorhynchus the attachment of the membrane to the muscle is by three equidistant points of the valvular membranous collar to three elevations of the muscular substance of the ventricle ; and, as shown in the figure (fig. 17), the membrane is equally developed in each of the three spaces between the attachments. It is thus divisible into three areze, each having the form of a truncated triangle. The valve is indeed more nearly comparable in shape to the aortic trisegmeuted semilunar valves than to the mitral of the human anatomists. A very distinct and important point of resem- blance between the left auriculo-ventricular valve of Ornithorhynchus and the semilunar valves at the base of the great arteries, is the existence of a small knob of cartilaginous consistence at the centre of the free margin of each triangular portion of the valve. These appear to have the same significance as the corpuscles of Arantius in the semilunar valves. Tue AURICLES OF ORNITHORHYNCHUS. Meckel has remarked on the large size of the right auricle of Ornithorhynchus as compared with that of the left. He has also stated that there is a very deep fossa ovalis. In these statements Owen is in accord with him. Gegenbaur does not discuss this sub- ject when treating of the right auriculo-ventricular valve. I find that the right auricle is of unusually large proportions in Ornitho- rhynchus (figs. 5 & 6), and have compared in the drawings given the proportions in this animal with those presented by the Rabbit. In fact the right auricle is much larger than has been hitherto supposed ; for what Meckel and Owen have taken for a fossa ovalis appears not to be the representative of that structure, but an in- dependent and special cecum of the right auricle by which it en- croaches upon the area occupied in other animals by the left auricle. The orifice of this caecum, seen on opening the anterior wall of the right auricle, is very sharply defined and of the size which the fossa ovalis might be expected to present (Plate XXXIX. fig. 8, Ce). It is not, however, in the position proper to the fossa ovalis. It leads into an extensive sac; and at first I was under the im- pression that the sac in question was a part of the /eft auricle, and hence that we had here a permanent communication between the 558 PROF. E. R. LANKESTER ON THE HEART [June 20, two auricles. This, however, proved to be an erroneous anticipation. The extension of this angle of the right auricle, and the constriction into the form of an oval ring of the communication between it and the main cavity of the auricle, are sufficiently remarkable. The site of the interauricular communication is not marked in the adult Ornithorhynchus by a fossa. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Prats XXXVIII. Fig. 1. Man. View of the tricuspid valve as seen on removing the anterior wall of the right ventricle. a, great anterior papillary muscle; 6, right or lesser anterior papillary muscle; ¢, greater septal or posterior papillary muscle ; d, lesser septal or posterior papillary muscle; e, point of attachment of left anterior chords tendinex, voz developed as a papillary muscle ; rae, right anterior cusp of the membrane of the valve ; Jae, left an- terior cusp of the membrane of the valve. 2. Man. The same view, but the great papillary muscle is now cut through, and the right and left anterior cusps of the valve are reflected so as to expose the auriculo-ventricular orifice and the septal cusp. N.B. A dark background is introduced behind the chord tendinese of the reflected cusps, by inadvertence of the lithographer. Letters as in fig. 1, excepting a’, apex of the great papillary muscle, cut away from a. pc, posterior or septal cusp of the membrane of the valve. . Rassrr (Lepus cuniculus). View of the “tricuspid” valve similar to that given in fig. 1, showing the seven anterior papillary muscles, of which a,a,a represent the great papillary muscle of Man, whilst 2, b, b, b represent the right or lesser anterior papillary muscle of Man, e corresponding with ¢ in the human heart. P. 4, pulmonary artery. 4, The same heart with the anterior papillary muscles cut through and the valve reflected, exposing the attachments c,d of the posterior or septal flaps. a’, a’, a’, apices of the larger anterior papillary muscles cut away from their bases and reflected ; b',b', b', apices of three of the smaller (right) anterior papillary muscles similarly cut away. Other letters as in fig. 5. 5 & 6. Diagrams of views of the basal aspect of the heart of Ornitho- rhynchus (fig. 5) and the Rabbit (fig. 6), intended to show the relative proportions and form of the right and left auricles, and especially the position of the cxcal appendix (Ce) of the right auricle of Ornithorhynchus. Letters as in fig. 7. Puiate XXXIX. Fig.7. Orniruoruyncnvs. Anterior (or, more correctly, ventral) aspect of the heart. 7a. Lateral view of same heart, right side. 7b. Posterior (or, more correctly dorsal) aspect of the same heart. Tc. Lateral view of same heart ; left side. Letters in figs. 5 to 8:—R. V. C. S, right vena cava superior; FR. A, right auricle; 2. V, right ventricle; L. V. CS, left vena cava superior ; L. A, left auricle; L. V, left ventricle; P.A, pulmonary artery ; P. V, pulmonary vein; 4o, aorta; V. C.J, vena cava inferior. 8. Dorsal aspect of the same heart, the right auricle being opened and the cut walls reflected, in order to show the inner surface. Ce, oval orifice of the cecal appendix, mistaken hitherto for a fossa ovalis ; F. O, position of fossa ovalis in hearts of Placentalia; V. C. J, orifice of the vena cava inferior; L. V. C. 8, orifice of the left vena cava superior; R. V. C. S, orifice of the right vena cava superior; 4.V. a, auriculo-ventricular aperture. js) 1882. | OF ORNITHORHYNCHUS PARADOXUS. 909 Fig. 9. Right auriculo-ventricular valve of Phalangista. «a, b, anterior musculi papillares. 10. Ditto of Phascolomys. Letters as before. 11. Ditto of Mus. Letters as before. Puate XL, Fig. 12, Ornrrnornyncnus No. 1. Right ventricle opened and its anterior wall reflected so as to expose the valve. a, great, or anterior muscular column (musculus papillaris); 6, right muscular column (musculus papillaris); e, left or ‘conus ” muscular column; P. 4, orifice of pulmonary artery; R. A, right auricle; &. V. C. 8, right vena cava superior; A, aorta. 13. Ornrrnornyncnus No. 2, Similar dissection of a second speci- men. a, great or anterior muscular column; 3, 6, d, the three slips which represent the single column 2 of specimen No. 1 ; m, 7, two additional muscular columns in the same region, which do not traverse the mem- branous part of the valve, but pass from the centre of the right mus- cular arch to the anterior wall of the ventricle, from connexion with which they have been cut, leaving the bases m',n'; x,y, ‘column carnese” connecting the base of the great muscular column with the anterior ventricular wall; 2', 7’, the cut bases of the same; e, left muscular column; P. A, orifice of pulmonary artery. 14, OrnitHoruyncuus No.1. The great anterior column cut and the valve reflected. Letters as in fig. 12. 15. OrnitHoruyncnus No. 1. Both the great ‘and the right muscular columns are cut. Compare with the human heart, fig. 2. Letters as in fig. 12, except Jac, left anterior portion of the mem- brane of the valve; vac, right anterior portion of ditto; pc, pos- terior or septal portion of ditto. 16. OrnitHoruyncuus No. 2. The second heart (that of fig. 13) with its muscular columns cut and the valve reflected. a, base of the great muscular column; a’, its cut and reflected ostial portion ; %,, bases of two of the right small muscular columns ; b', b', their cut ostial portions; @, left muscular column; / ae, left anterior portion of the membrane of the valve; rac right anterior portion of ditto; pe, the very minute posterior or septal rudiment of ditto. 17. View of the left auriculo-veniricular valve of Ornithorhynchus. The apex of the ventricle has been cut away ; and the observer is supposed to look upwards towards the aortic and auricular orifices. ed, three muscular columns (papillary muscles) giving attachment to the valve; cor, corpuscles resembling the corpuscula Arantii, at the central point of the margin of each flap of the triradiate valve; JZ. A, left auricle ; Ao, aortic orifice. Prats XLI. Fig, 18. Right auriculo-yentricular valve of Didelphys. a, equivalent of the great anterior papillary muscle of Man; 4, equivalents of the right anterior papillary muscle of Man. 19. Ditto of Phascolarctos. 20. Ditto of Myrmecophaga, ¢, as in fig. 1, 21. Ditto of Hrinaceus. 22. Ditto of Cuscus. 560 FROF. HUXLEY ON THE RESPIRATORY [June 20, 2. On the Respiratory Organs of Apteryx. By Tuomas H. Hoxiey; PBS, EAS. [Received June 2, 1882.] I am not aware that the structure of the respiratory organs of Apteryx has been investigated since the publication of Professor Owen’s Memoirs on the Anatomy of the Southern Apteryx, in the second and third volumes of the ‘ Transactions’ of this Society. Professor Owen gives a detailed description of a structure which he terms the diaphragm, and compares it with that organ in mammals ; the account of the anatomy of the lungs and of the air-sacs, on the other hand, is less full. The important fact that no air-sac extends into the abdomen is noted ; but only four air-sacs on each side are mentioned, and no attempt is made to identify these with the air-sacs of other birds. The question whether Apterya presents any real approximation to mammals in the structure of its breathing-apparatus is of consider- able interest, from its bearing upon the general problem of the affinities of birds to other groups of vertebrated animals. Having recently examined a specimen of Apteryx (which, although it had been many years in spirit, was still in a very fair state of preserva- tion) with reference to this point, I have come to the conclusion that its respiratory organs differ in no essential respect from those of other birds—though they exhibit those peculiarities which are peculiar to and characteristic of the class Aves in a less developed condition than that which obtains in all those Carinatze and Ratitze which have been carefully studied. The admirable monograph by Sappey ’, chiefly based on the study of the respiratory organs of the Duck, contains the most complete and accurate account extant of the general disposition of these organs in their highest condition of development. Rainey * supplemented this by the important discovery of the existence of intercapillary air-pas- sages; and, more recently, Campana® has contributed a very elaborate study of the respiratory organs of the Common Fowl. It is not diffi- cult to verify the chief statements of these anatomists. Nevertheless it is any thing but easy to find a succinct and precise account of the facts; and the terminology at present employed appears to me to be for the most part cumbrous and inappropriate. I make no apology, therefore, for endeavouring to amend this state of matters. The lungs of birds lie, one on each side of the vertebral column, between the first thoracic rib in front and the anterior end of the kidney behind. On the dorsal aspect they rise, on the sides of the vertebre, as high as the tubercular transverse processes of the ribs. On the ventral aspect they descend to a variable distance towards the 1 Recherches sur l’appareil respiratoire des Oiseaux: 1847. 2 “On the minute Structure of the Lung of the Bird,” Medico-Chirurgical Transactions, xxxii. 1849. 3 Les lois de ’Hyolution animale.—La respiration des Oiseaux: 1875. 1882. ] ORGANS OF APTERYX. 561 ends of the vertebral ribs. The lowest point of the ventral margin lies on one of these ribs, not far from its articulation with the sternal rib; and the hinder part of this margin, or the posterior ventral margin, slopes upwards and backwards, while the anterior ventral margin is inclined upwards and forwards from this point, which may be called the ventral angle of the lung. The whole ventral margin of the lung is very thin; its dorsal margin, on the other hand, is thick and rounded off into the outer or lateral face of the lung, which is convex from above downwards. The dorsal margin and the lateral face are closely applied to the parietes ; and the former presents deep notches, into which the necks and dorsal portions of the bodies of the ribs are received. The mesial face of the lung is divisible into three facets :—a superior, which is closely applied to the lateral faces of the vertebree and to a fibrous lamella, the median vertical septum, which proceeds from the ventral faces of the vertebree in the middle line; and an anterior inferior and a posterior inferior facet, which occupy that slightly concave face of the lung which is turned towards the thoracic cavity. These last facets are divided by a ridge or eleva- tion of the surface of the lung, which ascends from the ventral angle to the insertion of the bronchus. This is always situated at some considerable distance from the anterior end of the lung. The anterior inferior and posterior inferior facets of the lung are closely invested by a thin fibrous membrane, which may be termed the pulmonary aponeurosis (‘‘diaphragme pulmonaire,” Sappey ; ‘ diaphragmite antérieur,” Milne-Edwards). The mesial edge of this is continuvus with the median vertical septum; the lateral edge is inserted into the parietes of the thorax immediately beyond the ventral edge of the lung. Around the pneumatic apertures, or ostia, the pulmonary aponeurosis is closely adherent to their margins ; it is, in fact, perforated by them. Broad flat bands of striated muscle (the costo-pulmonary muscles) take their origin from the vertebral ribs’, at some distance below the attachment of the pulmonary aponeurosis, and, proceeding obliquely dorsad and forwards, spread out and are inserted into that part of the aponeurosis which covers the posterior inferior facet. They are supplied with branches of the intercostal nerves. This pulmonary aponeurosis with its muscles is one of the two structures which have been compared to the mammalian diaphragm. The second so-called “diaphragm” (‘ diaphragme thoraco-ab- dominal,” Sappey; ‘‘diaphragmite thoraco-abdominal,”’ Milne- Edwards) is a more or less aponeurotic fibrous membrane, continuous with the ventral edge of the median dorsal septum and suspended by it, like the roof of a tent, across the thoraco-abdominal cavity. In the middle line, this odliqgue septum slopes downwards and for- wards to the dorsal and anterior face of the pericardium, with which its fibres become firmly connected on their way to their attachment to 1 In many birds there are additional “ sterno-pulmonary” muscles, which proceed from the antero-lateral part of the sternum to the aponeurosis covering the anterior inferior facet. 562 PROF, HUXLEY ON THE RESPIRATORY [June 20, the sternum. From the median line, the two halves of the oblique septum slope laterally and ventrally until they attach themselves to the parietes of the abdomen behind, to those of the thorax more anteriorly, and to the margins of the sternum in front, at a con- siderable distance from the attachment of the pulmonary aponeurosis. It follows that a wide interspace is left, on each side, between the pulmonary aponeurosis, dorsally and laterally, the dorsal median septum in the middle line, the oblique septum ventrally and below, and the parietes of the body laterally ; and, as the mesial attachments of the pulmonary aponeurosis and of the oblique septum are very much closer together than their outer attachments, the whole cavity has somewhat the form of a wedge with the narrow edge towards the middle line. This swbpulmonary chamber is divided into four loculi by three dissepiments, which pass transversely from the lateral face of the oblique septum to the mesial face of the pulmonary aponeurosis. Each loculus lodges one of four postbronchial sac- cular diverticula of the wall of the lung, constituting the proper air-sacs, which thus fill up the subpulmonary chamber, between the insertion of the bronchus and its posterior extremity. Another air- sac lies in front of the insertion of the bronchus, on the mesial side of the anterior extremity of the lung. Thus, on each side, there are five air-sacs, the lateral and superior face of each of which abuts against a particular region of the lung. The most anterior is that just mentioned, which may be called pre- bronchial (“ réservoir cervical,’ Sappey), as the bronchus lies between it and the next, or subbronchial (‘‘ interclavicular,”’ Sappey). The dissepiment which separates the loculus of this sac from the next is attached mesially along the oblique elevation which runs from the insertion of the bronchus to the ventral margin of the lung. The following dissepiment is attached dorsally, near the origin of the cceliac artery from the aorta, which lies in the median dorsal septum, and thence to the pulmonary aponeurosis, along a line which is in- clined more or less obliquely backwards, to the posterior ventral margin. It separates two loculi, which lodge the anterior and the posterior intermediate air-sacs (“ réservoir diaphragmatique antérieur et postérieur,” Sappey). The third dissepiment, still more inclined, divides the loculus of the posterior intermediate air-sac from that of the posterior air-sac (“‘réservoir abdominal,” Sappey). Thus, that part of the thoraco-abdominal cavity which lies dorsad and anterior to the oblique septum lodges no other viscera than the lungs and the air-sacs, and may therefore be distinguished, as the respiratory cavity, from the cardio-abdominal cavity, which contains the heart and the rest of the viscera, and lies below and behind the oblique septum. The respiratory cavity is further divided into two lateral chambers by the median dorsal septum; and each of these chambers is subdivided by the pulmonary aponeurosis into two stories, of which the upper is occupied by the lung, and the lower by the loculi with their contained air-sacs. The dorsal aorta traverses the median dorsal septum from before backwards, giving off, from its ventral aspect, the coeliac and the 1882. ] ORGANS OF APTERYX. 563 mesenteric arteries, which thus appear in the middle line of the oblique septum when this is viewed from below and behind. The vena cava inferior enters the pericardium just behind the attach- ment of the oblique septum to it. Immediately after the bronchus has entered the lung, it enlarges somewhat to form a dilatation, which has been termed the vestibule. A trunk which continues the: direction of the bronchus through the centre of the parenchyma of the lung backwards, leaves the posterior end of the vestibule, and ends at the superior end of the posterior ventral margin in the posterior ostium, by which it opens into the posterior air-sac. This trunk may be termed the mesobronchium, by way of distinction from certain others which have a superficial position on either the lateral or the mesial face of the lung; and which may be distinguished, respectively, as ecto- and ento-bronchia. Toward the middle of its course the mesobronchium gives off a wide branch, which passes backwards and downwards to the posterior ventral edge of the lung, and opens there by a very wide posterior intermediate ostium into the corresponding air-sac. The entobronchia (“ bronches diaphragmatiques,’’ Sappey) are four in number. They take their origin in wide openings of the dorsal wall of the vestibule. The fourth is hindermost, runs almost directly backwards to the posterior end of the lung, and ends there cecally. Branches are given off only from its ventral wall. The third entobronchium runs parallel with this, giving off a number of close-set branches from its dorsal side, which are distri- buted over the superior facet. Close to the entrance of the bronchus, this presents the large anterior intermediate ostium for the corre- sponding air-sac. The second entobronchium passes directly dorsad, and ramifies over the middle of the superior facet. A wide branch descends to the subbronchial ostium. The first entobronchium curves sharply round the entrance of the bronchus, and from its anterior or convex wall gives off a number of branches to the anterior part of the superior facet and to the anterior inferior facet. One of these branches passes directly forwards, and opens by the prebronchial ostium into the prebronchial air-sac ; while the inferior end of the trunk opens below the bronchus, into the subbronchial ostium, and, in that way, communicates with the subbronchial air-sac. Thus the mesobronchium and the first entobronchium are each connected with two air-sacs—the former with the posterior two, and the latter with the anterior two ; while the middle air-sac (anterior intermediate) communicates with the third entobronchium so close to the vestibule that it might almost be said to open into the latter. Behind the vestibule, the mesobronchium gives off successively several (usually six or seven) branches, which are directed laterally and dorsally towards the lateral or costal face of the lung. These are the ectobronchia (“ bronches costales,”’ Sappey). Those parts of the walls of the various bronchia and their ramifica- 564 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE RESPIRATORY [June 20, tions, which are in relation with the pulmonary parenchyma, are per- forated by minute rounded apertures. These lead into canals which are directed, at first, more or less at right angles to the surfaces of the bronchia upon which they open, and pass, side by side, sometimes anastomosing with one another, to some other bronchium than that from which they start. They may be termed parabronchia (“canaux tertiaires,” Cuvier; “bronchial tubes,’ Rainey; “ Lungenpfeifen” of the Germans). The lumina of these canals are interrupted at pretty regular intervals by transverse circular folds which contain unstriped muscular fibres. The interspaces between these folds are more or less subdivided by oblique or longitudinal folds of a similar nature into fosse ; and the walls of these fossee present smaller depressions or fessule, which directly, or indirectly, open into the intercapillary air-passages. These last occupy the meshes of the capillary network into which the pulmonary vessels resolve themselves. This description (with possibly some variation in the number of the ostia and air-sacs) applies to the respiratory apparatus of every known bird, and to that of no other animal; but it also applies, almost word for word, to Apterya. Hence there can be no doubt that the respiratory organs of this bird are thoroughly and typically ornithie, and that they present not the slightest approximation to those of the Mammalia. If the organs of respiration of Apterya are compared with those of a carinate bird of similar size and form of trunk, such as a Duck, the resemblances and differences between the two can be easily traced. 1. The Duck’s lungs are considerably larger both absolutely and relatively. 2. The anterior ventral margin in the Duck is longer than the posterior. The reverse obtains in Aptery2. 3. The pulmonary aponeurosis of the Duck is very delicate; in Apteryz it is strong and thick. 4, The median vertical septum in the Duck is much deeper, and anteriorly it is supported by the long hypapophyses of the anterior thoracic vertebree. At the same time it is far less strongly fibrous than the corresponding structure in Apteryx. The mesial attachment of the pulmonary aponeurosis is to the ventral edge of the septum, close to that of the oblique septum, in the Duck ; while in Apteryx the two are separated by a considerable interval, throughout which the thin andmembranous part of the dorsal median septum divides the mesial ends of the intermediate and posterior loculi from one another. In the Duck, the median dorsal septum lies throughout between the superior facets of the internal faces of the two lungs. In other words, this superior facet is much deeper in the Duck than in Apteryx. 5. The oblique septum is extremely thin and weak in the Duck ; while in Apteryx it is a very strong aponeurotic membrane, with interlacing fibres diverging from two tendons attached to the under face of the posterior thoracic vertebree. In the Duck it contains, on 1882.] ORGANS OF APTERYX. 565 Fig. 1. a/A Fig. 1. Respiratory organs of Apteryx ; and Fig. 2, of a Duck having the trunk of nearly the same dimensions. In each the vertebral column and the left wall of the thoracic and abdominal cavities are supposed to be removed ; while the median vertical septum, the right half of the oblique septum, and the air-sacs of the right side are left. The contour of the right lung is indicated. d. 1, dorsal margin of the lung; v.a.1, ventral angle of the lung; I, prebronchial, IT, infrabronchial, III, anterior intermediate, IV, posterior intermediate, V, posterior air-sac; 1, 2, 3, dissepiments. L.c, longus colli; V. s, vertical median septum ; 0. s, oblique septum Tr, trachea; Ao, aorta; c. a, cceliac artery ; m. a, mesenteric artery ; “ eo: m, smooth muscular fibres in the oblique septum of the uck, 566 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE RESPIRATORY [June 20, each side, a layer of unstriped muscular fibres. I have not been able to make out any such fibres in Apteryz. 6. The most remarkable difference, however, lies in the development of the air-sacs in the two birds. In Apteryz, as in the Duck, the attachment of the dorsal end of the dissepiment between the intermediate loculi corresponds with the exit of the cceliac artery from the dorsal median septum; and the relation of the air-sacs in front of and behind this dissepiment to the bronchia which open into them is such, that there can be no question of their homology with the anterior and the posterior intermediate air-sacs in the Duck, notwithstanding the vastly greater size of the latter. Hence the air-sac in front of the anterior inter- mediate in Apteryx must be the homologue of the subbronchial in the Duck ; and the position of this sac and its relation to the sub- bronchial ostium leave no doubt that such is the case. But while, in Apteryz, the subbronchial air-sac does not extend beyond the front margin of the sternum, and is floored by that part of the oblique septum which lies at the sides of the fore part of the pericardium and is attached to the front edges of the sternum, in the Duck only a small part of the sac is thus related to the oblique septum, and even this extends much further backwards and more towards the median line than in Apferya. In front, each of these sacs has enlarged forwards to the space between the furcula and the sternum, and there has opened into its fellow in the middle line. Thus the two subbronchial air-sacs are fused into one great air- chamber, and their mesial walls are so closely applied to the trachea and great vessels as to invest them like a serous coat. Moreover the common sac sends prolongations into the axillee and elsewhere, and communicates with the pneumatic cavities of the adjacent bones. A similar modification has taken place in the posterior air-sacs of the Duck, but has been carried to a still greater extent. In Apterya the whole of this sac is enclosed between the oblique septum and the pulmonary aponeurosis, the dissepiment between its loculus and that of the posterior intermediate sac being situated almost midway between the second dissepiment and the posterior extremity of the pneumatic chamber. In the Duck, on the contrary, the dorsal end of this dissepiment is attached close to the posterior extremity of the lung, and thence slopes very obliquely backwards. The capacity of the posterior intermediate air-sac thus becomes greatly increased. But, as the capacity of the posterior air-sac is also vastly greater than in Apterya, its posterior wall has been, apparently, driven out, like a hernial sac, between the peritoneum and the parietes, and pro- jects into the abdominal cavity. It would be incorrect, therefore, to say that the abdominal air-sac is absent in Apleryz : it is Just as much present as in any other bird; but its small size and the small relative development of the posterior intermediate sac permit it to occupy a different position. 7. The first or preebroncbial air-sac has hitherto been overlooked in Apteryx. It is of a long ovate or spindle-shape, 21 millim. long by 8 millim. wide in the middle, and lies between the longus colli 1882.] ORGANS OF APTERYX. 567 with the vertebral column above, and the cesophagus and bronchus below. Laterally, it is bounded by so much of the anterior facet of the lung as lies above the level of the bronchus. Mesially, it is widely separated from its fellow by the fibrous tissue continued from the anterior end of the median vertical septum onto the cesophagus, bronchi, and aorta. The prebronchial air-sac in the Duck is fully three times as long, and sends off prolongations to the vertebral column, which have been described by Sappey. 8. The vestibule, mesobronchium, and entobronchia of Apteryx present no important differences from those of the Duck, except that the branches of the entobronchia are less numerous. The ectobronchia, on the other hand, are much smaller, and only the most anterior reaches the lateral surface of the lung, and there divides into an ascending and a descending superficial branch of small size ; the others break up into parabronchia before reaching the surface of the lung. 9. The parabronchia are much wider in Apteryx, the diameters of their cavities varying from 1°5 millim. to 0°8 millim., while they range from 0°8 to 0:4 millim. in the Duck Moreover the inter- vening vascular parenchyma is relatively much narrower in Apteryx than in the Duck. Hence a section of the lung of the former appears much more coarsely spongy than one of the latter. In the Duck, as in many other Carinate birds, the parenchyma around each parabronchial canal is defined by linear interspaces from that of ad- jacent parabronchia; and in transverse section these boundaries have a polygonal, usually hexagonal form. In Apteryz, the parenchyma between the parabronchial tubes is continuous, and the interca- pillary air-passages show no interruption. In the Duck, as in most Carinatee, the fossulze lead into branching passages (intercellular passages of Rainey), which radiate towards the periphery of the area of parenchyma which belongs to each para- bronchium, finally ending in the intercapillary passages. In Apteryz, the fossulze are mere shallow pits which open at once into the inter- capillary passages. Thus the respiratory organs of Apteryx are thoroughly ornithic, differing from those of other birds chiefly in the greater width and smaller aggregate surface of the respiratory passages, in the rudi- mentary condition of the pneumatic sacs, and in the much greater strength of the pulmonary and septal aponeurotic expansions. Neither in Apteryx, nor in any other bird, has either of these the slightest real resemblance to a Mammalian diaphragm. Jor, as has - been seen, the heart lies altogether behind both, and the muscular digitations of the pulmonary aponeurosis are supplied by the inter- costal nerves, the phrenic being absent. The vertical and oblique septa really answer to the fibrous tissue of the posterior and middle mediastinum in Mammals. In this, as in all other cases, the meaning of ornithic peculiarities of structure is to be sought, not in Mammals, but in Reptiles. It is only among Reptiles that we meet with pneumatic bones similar Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. XX XVIII. 38 568 ON THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS OF APTERYX. [June 20, to those of birds (Crocodilia, Pterosauria, Dinosauria), pulmonary air-sacs (Chameleonide), and membranous expansions which are comparable to the septa in birds. In Crocodiles, which approach birds in so many other ways, the resemblance is closest. As in birds, the liver lies between the stomach and the pericardium, and has a peculiar peritoneal investment shut off from the great sac of the abdomen ; and, as in the Ostrich, the whole circumference of the stomach is united by fibrous tissue with the parietes. A fibrous expansion extends from the vertebral column over the anterior face of the stomach, the liver, and the dorsal and front aspect of the pericardium, to the sternum and the parietes of the thorax, separating the thoraco-abdominal space into a respira- tory anda cardio-abdominal cavity, and representing the oblique septum of the bird. The respiratory cavity is similarly divided into a right and left chamber by a very deep median septum, traversed from before backwards by the osophagus, trachea, and pneumogastric nerves, and containing the aortic arches. Each of these chambers is occupied by one of the lungs, the mesial face of which is closely adherent to the septum, while the lateral face, though quite free, naturally fits closely to the parietes. As there are no air-sacs, each chamber has only one story. When the lung is distended, its dorsal margin extends far up on the sides of the bodies and arches of the vertebree, the height of which seems to be related to this dorsal expansion of the lung!. A broad, thin muscle arises, on each side, from the anterior margin of the pubis; and its fibres pass forwards, diverging as they go, to be inserted into the ventral face of the posterior part of the pericardium and into the ven- tral and lateral parts of the fibrous capsule of the stomach, passing between that organ and the adherent posterior face of the liver, and being inserted into the fibrous aponeurosis which covers the anterior face of the stomach, and represents the oblique septum. Each bronchus is continued directly backwards into a wide canal, which dilates into an oval sac-like cavity at the posterior end of the lung, representing the mesobronchium with the posterior air-sac in birds. In the dorsal and mesial wall of the mesobronchium there are five or six apertures, which lead into as many canals, representing the entobronchia in birds. These pass, the anterior two almost directly forwards, and the others more or less obliquely, to the dorsal margin ; and they lie quite superficially on the mesial face of the lung. The first is very much larger than the others, and ends in a dilatation at the anterior end of the lung. It is united with the second by transverse branches. Along the ventral margin of the lung there are four sac- like chambers, which communicate, in the case of the two anterior, with the entobronchia, and, in the case of the two posterior, with the mesobronchium. Finally, there are two very large canals, external to these, which communicate with the mesobronchium by large aper- * It seems not improbable that the great height of the bodiesand arches of the anterior thoracic vertebre in some Dinosaurians may be connected with a similar modification of the lungs. 1882. ] ON THE ANATOMY OF PASSERINE BIRDS. 569 tures in its dorsal wall, and give off branches to the outer face of the lung, representing the ectobronchial system of birds. The ori- fices with which the surfaces of all these canals, except the anterior half of the mesobronchium, are thickly set, lead into depressious, which are often so deep as to become cylindrical passages, simulating the parabronchia of birds. Thus, notwithstanding all the points of difference, there is a fundamental resemblance between the respiratory orgaus of Birds and those of Crocodiles, pointing to some common form (doubtless exemplified by some of the extinct Dinosauria), of which both are modifications. 3. Contributions to the Anatomy of Passerine Birds.—Part VI. On Xenicus and Acanthisitta as types of a new Family (Xenicide) of Mesomyodian Passeres from New Zealand. By W. A. Forszs, B.A., Fellow of St. John’s College, Cambridge, Prosector to the Society. [Received June 19, 1882.] A few months ago I received, through the kindness of my friend Prof. Jeffrey Parker, of the University of Otago, New Zealand, a small collection of birds in spirit from that country, which included most of the “peculiar forms of Passeres found there. Amongst them were single specimens of Xenicus longipes and Acanthisitta chloris, the examination of which has proved to be of especial interest. The genus Xenicus was founded by the late Mr. G. R. Gray ? for the reception of the Motacilla longipes of Gmelin®, Lafresnaye having some twenty years previously established Acanthisitta for Sparrman’s Sitta chloris *. Subsequent ornithological writers have pretty unanimously assigned both these forms to the ‘‘Certhiide ” or their immediate neigh- bourhood, in company with Sitta, Sittella, and their allies. The peculiar structure of the tarsus in Xenicus first induced me to examine these birds more closely, with the unexpected result that I find that the two genera in question are true Mesomyodian forms, and therefore in no intimate degree related to such Oscines as those just mentioned. The subjoined drawings of the syrinx of Xenicus—with which in all points Acanthisitta appears to agree in every essential respect— will show that it has none of the complex nature of that organ in the Oscines, the thin lateral tracheal muscle terminating on the upper edge of a somewhat osseous box formed by the consolidation of the last few tracheal rings, and there being no other intrinsic ’ For Part V. vide anted, p. 544. 3 Rey. Mag. Zool. 1842, Ois. pl. xxy ? This, 1862, p. 218. 4 Mus. Oarls. fase. 2, no. ey 38 570 ON THE ANATOMY OF PASSERINE BIRDS. [June 20, syringeal muscle whatsoever. The box has a well-developed antero- posterior pessular piece. The bronchial rings are throughout of quite simple form, and are separated by but narrow intervals. None are modified in form to serve for the insertion of a vocal muscle, as the latter terminates higher up, as already described, on the tracheal box, and therefore quite out of the region of the bronchi. The lateral position of the single syringeal muscle is that charac- teristic of all the Mesomyodian Passeres, though in most of these it terminates on one of the bronchial rings, and not, as in the birds under consideration, on the sides of the trachea. This may easily be seen by comparing the accompanying figures of Xenicus with the Syrinx of Xenicus longipes, much enlarged. A. From in front. B. From behind. m. Lateral tracheal muscle. beautiful series given by Johannes Miiller of the syrinx of many of the Neotropical Mesomyodi ', with those of Garrod of Pifta*, or my own of Eurylemus, Cymbirhynchus’, and Philepitta*. In fact it resembles rather that of Todus, as lately described and figured by myself >®. Externally the non-oscine nature of Xenicus and Acanthisitta is at once proclaimed by the structure of their wings, which have a “ first ’® (tenth) primary nearly as long as the preceding one, and by the non-bilaminate tarsus. The latter is covered almost completely by a single large scute, with only some very obsolete traces of transverse division below, whilst behind its edges are contiguous for the greater length of the tarsus, leaving only;small areas at each end of that bone, which are covered by very small scutelize of irregular form. The digits are slender and compressed, the foot being slightly syndactyle by the union of the fourth toe to the third for the greater part of its two most basal joints. The tail is short and weak; and there are only ten rectrices in each of my specimens. As there is no evidence of a pair more having been present, this number ! Vocal Organs of Passeres: Garrod’s ed., Oxford, 1878. 2 Coll. Papers, pl. xxvi. 5 P.Z.8. 1880, pp. 384, 385. 4 L.c. p. 389. 5 Anted, p. 444. § Sundevall is in error in assigning to these birds only nine remiges (‘Ten- tamen, p. 47). 1882. | PROF. OWEN ON TRICHINA SPIRALIS. 571 of tail-feathers must be considered to be that normal in the present family, twelve being that universal, with a few isolated exceptions, in all other Passeres. In all other points, Xenicus and t JG Keulemans hth Hanhart imp HROPYGIA RUFICAUDA 1 re 7 caXe\ WS [BE AK 2 ; ZAMBESIANA 1882. ] ON TWO NEW SPECIES OF ERYTHROPYGIA. 589 XLV. fig. 2). The type is from Teté; and the species may be diagnosed as follows. E. similis E. paenze et cauda rufa insignis, sed fascia alba duplict alari, prepectore nigro striolato distinguenda. I add a detailed description :— Adult. General colour above sandy rufous, slightly greyer on the head and mantle, more rufous on the lower back, rump, and upper tail-coverts ; median and greater coverts brown, edged with sandy rufous and tipped with white so as forma double wing-bar ; bastard wing dark brown, edged with white ; primary-coverts and quills dark brown, externally edged with sandy rufous, which is paler and broader on the secondaries ; tail-feathers chestnut, the centre feathers tipped with fulvous, before which is a broad subterminal band of dark brown, this band being broader on all the other feathers, which are tipped with white, the outermost feather being also externally edged with white; lores and feathers round the eye buffy-white, separated from the crown by a narrow line of black, scarcely sufficient to call an eyebrow ; ear-coverts, cheeks, and sides of neck light sandy rufous, the ear-coverts with whitish shaft-lines ; throat and under surface of body white, with a narrow moustachial line of blackish streaks ; fore neck and chest also streaked with blackish ; sides of body and flanks pale sandy rufous: thighs and under tail-coverts white ; under wing-coverts and axillaries white; quills brown below, the inner edge ashy whitish. Total length 5:2 inches, culmen 0°7, wing 2°55, tail 2°5, tarsus 0°95. The fourth species is from the Congo region ; and I propose calling it E. ruficauda, sp.n. (Plate XLV. fig. 1.) E. similis E. zambesianee, sed pileo fusco (nec arenario dorso con- colori) distinguenda. Syn. Aedon leucophrys, Sharpe and Bouvier, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1876, p. 305 (nec V.). Hab. Malimbe, Congo. Adult. General colour above rusty brown, becoming clear rufous on the lower back and rump; lesser wing-coverts dusky, edged with sandy brown; median and greater series dusky, tipped with white, forming a double wing-bar ; bastard wing dusky, edged with white ; primary-coverts dusky, fringed with fulvous; quills dusky brown, exter- nally rusty brown, whitish at the tips, more broadly so on the secon- daries ; primaries with a fulvescent spot at the base; upper tail- coverts clear rufous like the rump; tail-feathers rufous, broadly tipped with white, with a broad subterminal black band, the two centre feathers not tipped with white, rufous on the inner web and near the shaft on the outer one, dusky brown along the outer web and at the tip ; crown of head, nape, and hind neck more of a dusky ash- brown than the back ; lores and a distinct eyebrow white, reaching from the base of the nostril to above the ear-coverts, and separated 590 MR. SHARPE ON A NEW SPECIES OF MUSCICAPA. [June 20, from the crown by a narrow blackish line; feathers in front of the eye dusky blackish ; below the eye a white spot; ear-coverts rusty brown, dusky on the upper and hinder margin; cheeks white, separated from the ear-coverts by a broad dusky streak, and from the throat by another distinct moustache of dusky black ; sides of neck like the head and hind neck; fore neck and chest white tinged with sandy buff, and mottled with triangular spots of dusky blackish, inclining to narrow hair-like streaks on the breast ; the latter white, as well as the abdomen; sides of body and flanks deep sandy buff; thighs white; under tail-coverts light buff; under wing-coverts and axillaries white ; quills dusky below, whitish along the inner edge of the quills. Total length 5-2 inches, culmen 0°6, wing 2°45, tail 2°2, tarsus 0°95. 11. On a new Species of Muscicapa from Western Africa. By R. BownrEr Snare, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c., Depart- ment of Zoology, British Museum. [Received June 20, 1882.] My late friend Governor Ussher, during his last visit to the Gold Coast, which terminated so fatally for him, devoted considerable time to collecting birds, as was his wont ; and both to Captain Shelley and myself he wrote frequently respecting his collections, which included many rare species from Denkera, and from the eastern districts of the Gold Coast, Aguapim, &c. In one letter he speaks of having got six specimens of Picathartes gymnophthalmus; and it is certain that, if it had reached England, the collection would have proved to be of great interest. Unfortunately, since his death the birds have disappeared, and I am informed by his friend Capt. Barrow, who has interested himself in the matter, that there was no such collection remaining among his effects. Nevertheless a few birds have arrived in London bearing labels in the late Governor’s handwriting; and certain of them have been offered for sale to the British Museum, which has acquired some of the most interesting specimens. As these were offered by most respect- able agents, who had acquired them in the ordinary way of business, there is not the slightest proof that they formed part of the late Governor’s large collection ; for they may very probably have been given away by him before his death, and have been thus disposed of in England. They were all birds of dull coloration ; but amongst several others of interest there appears to be one Flycatcher which is undescribed, and which I propose to call after my late friend, to whom I myself and ornithologists generally were so much indebted for his exertions in collecting, often in countries where ie climate rendered the task one of considerable difficulty and anger. 1882.] MR. SHARPE ON A NEW SPECIES OF MUSCICAPA. 591 MuscIcaPa USSHERI, Sp. nD. Adult. General colour above light brown, slightly more fulvescent brown on the lower back and rump ; lesser and median wing-coverts a little more ashy than the back ; greater coverts, primary-coverts, and quills dusky brown, externally edged with the same brown as the back; tail-feathers dusky brown, externally edged with brown like the back, and very narrowly fringed with whitish along the tip and near the end of the inner web; nasal plumes and lores dull »white, extending above the fore part of the eye so as to form a slight superciliary streak ; eyelid and feathers below the eye dull white; the ear-coverts very light brown with dull whitish shaft-lines ; cheeks and throat buffy white, with a tinge of fawn-colour on the _ fore neck ; breast, abdomen, and under tail-coverts white, the latter with light-brown centres; sides of breast, flanks and thighs light brown tinged with fawn-colour; under wing-coverts and axillaries ochreous buff; quills dusky below, whitish along the edge of the inner web; bill horn-brown, whitish at the base of the lower mandible. Total length 5 inches, culmen 0°55, wing 2°8, tail 2°2, tarsus 0°85. Hab. Abokobi, Gold Coast, Feb. 1880. This species has the appearance of an Erythrosterna; but the colour of its tail separates it from any of the species with which I am acquainted, otherwise it comes into the ‘‘ Key to the Species” of _ Muscicapa in my ‘ Catalogue’ (vol. iv. p. 150) as follows :— a, With no white bar on the wing and with no white at base 0 _ a’, Breast white, with brown streaks &e. Gt, Aly DFOWM WCsecdusaisesnce cach scooesastsukenangrapencaaa grisola, p. 151. Glas Dani DO WIA Cie. sasenccveas tswaxccnsusa>theatsbeenteren> griseisticta, p, 153, _ Y. Breast uniform, without streaks. o', General colour above brown, ashy grey or slate- colour: size large, wing 2°8 to 31 inches. a'". Bill horn-brown, the base of the lower mandible yellowish white. a‘, Under wing-covertsand axillaries brown ; upper HURLAGO PLOW caer isanvecs eases aascrc- anne dipreseeat aquatica, p, 154. _ 64 Under wing-coverts aud axillaries ochreous buff; upper surface brown............ccsseceeererers ussheri, sp. DOV. NOTICE. According to present arrangements the ‘ Proceedings’ are issued in four parts, as follows :— Part 1I..containing papers read in January and February, on June Ist, I - = oH » March and April, on August Ist. Til. awh rr »» May and June, on October Ist. _ IV. ale Tetae _,, November and December, on April 1st, The price is 12s. per part for the edition with coloured, and 3s. per part for that with uncoloured Plates. — f ‘The Secretary. _ Report on the additions to the Society's “> (Blate KXXVIL) 1... cece eee eee cece cen ener este eesewenee Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of some Lepidoptera PROCEEDINGS | SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON, FOR THE YEAR 1882. PATO TVS. CONTAINING PAPERS ‘READ IN NOVEMBER AND DECEMBER. APRIL 1st, 1883. PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE. SRS. voxeaans,| GRERS, READER, AND DYER, VV . ~~ « “tae 4 LIST OF CONTENTS, PART IV.—1882. June 20, 1882. : Page 12. Notes on Birds collected in the Argentine Republic. By E. W. Wms. F.Z.S. With — eNotes by Pb. 1, ScuatEr, MUA; PhsD:;WORSS: cswier ovine aia bbe Wiare oe nee ee Aiton Dok November 14, 1882. The Secretary. Report on the additions to the Society’s umeres in June, J 7 on ae September, and October, 1882. (Plates XLVI., XLVII.) Mr. Boulenger. Observations upon the Heloderma ..ee..cceeeecccecccecceecesereee a 631 Sir Joseph Fayrer, Remarks on the bite of the Heloderma .......0+ 400+ cecceeceereesees 682 The Secretary. Report on the insects bred in the Insect-house in the Society's Gardens.... 632 Mr. E. L. Layard, F.Z.S. Letter from, containing remarks upon the locality of Schenicola_ platyura se ewww ee te wees Cte ee we oe ee ee a ee ee a ec ena) Prof. Jeffrey Bell, Exhibition of examples of Limneus truncatulus Mr. H. E. Dresser, Exhibition of, and remarks upon the identity of Melittophagus boehmi ZANE SIVA CNG S\AREBSETE aw miatale'a& q n;y a{u Jaleo ia sic'\uii 8\a,oivie bin; sielelate'sla)oje.cletaiai o heia a ne eerste 634 Prof. Flower. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the skull of a young Chimpanzee ..... .. 634 15 Bort Notes on the Anatomy of the Chinese Water-Deer (Hydropotes inermis). By W. A. Forszs, B.A., Prosector to the Society Notes on the Habits of the Aye-aye of Madagascar in its Native state. By L. Baroy, L.M.S. Missionary 3. On the Natural Position of the Family Dipodide. By G. E. Dosson, M.A., M.B....... 640 ~ 4. Studies in the Holothuroidea.—I. On the Genus Psolus and the Formsallied thereto. By *, Jurrrey Ben, M.A., F.Z.S., Professor of Comparative Anatomy in King’s College, London. (Plate XLVIIL eB ieis SRE a vateta aus siete) co elalpinle, oa 2 v\e'a ci niees Select eee 5. Note on a Crinoid from the Straits of Magellan. By F. Jerrrey Bent, M.A., F.Z.S. .. 650 i ee i ca) _ 6. Notes on the Natural History of Franz-Josef Land as observed in 1881-82. By W. H. Nzate, M.B., Medical Officer of the ‘ Eira’ Expedition. (Communicated by Prof. Newton. ) Ce ee ee ere ee err © ee ie ee 7, On the Mollusca procured during the ‘ Lightning’ and ‘ Porcupine ’ Expeditions, 1868-70. (Part V.) By J. Gwyn Jerrreys, LL.D, F.R.S., F.Z.8. ast XLIX,, L.) November 28, 1882. Mr. W. B. Tegetmeier, F.Z.S. Exhibition of a skull of Rhinoceros swmatrensis and of some horns of a Buffalo and a Deer from Borneo......--..+- dua dalam eh sede npe Mase Sree eke UOT Mr. J. E. Harting, F.Z.S. Exhibition of a specimen of a South-African Hagle Owl, stated to haye been killedein-drelan dy): Hivs.c'ela actero em saponins tacks (tiers Meera ce to a yl Mr. R. Bowdler Sharpe. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some specimens of Swifts from _ the Congo..... ... . SM SO 08 5 9 ose. else eles Sis es e's 6's) « 0.06 '9 2 © Ufo, 6 061016 S70 016 © Sle cin plein Mr.R. Bowdler Sharpe. Exhibition of a specimen of Machirhamphus aiedaa: from N orthern : d 310) as MEME Pree ic TASC HS Ts ee w.Piprs stage #:Whelp le ef esate /ace ss ale oie ae ae , 688 Dr, A. B. Meyer, C.M.Z.S. Notice of a communication from, concerning the desirability of adopting a standard of nomenclature for the description of the colours of nen QhIECbE HS s sa) ec nearisl omen eeledere seit eae os ee mace Mee pts aoe oe 688 1/ On pit eae of Notornis and on Sternal Characters. By Professor hires: C.B., F. RS., ; .Z.8., &e SE eye Pee Se Sg, 8 SOG fe ah MARS SOC S5m Rate So odin es, sinh ale ieee mnaiay © lata tat ute tale yar Seen 2. On a Collection of Birds from the Isle of Ceram made nh Dr. -Piaten in Se abe and December ee By Dr. Wiiuetn Brasivs, C.M.Z.S 1882. ] ON BIRDS FROM THE ARGENTINE REPUBLIC. 591 MUSCICAPA USSHERI, sp. 0. Adult. General colour above light brown, slightly more fulvescent brown on the lower back and rump ; lesser and median wing-eoverts a little more ashy than the back; greater coverts, primary-coverts, and quills dusky brown, externally edged with the same brown as the back; tail-feathers dusky brown, externally edged with brown like the back, and very narrowly fringed with whitish along the tip and near the end of the inner web; nasal plumes and lores dull white, extending above the fore part of the eye so as to form a slight superciliary streak ; eyelid and feathers below the eye dull white ; the ear-coverts very light brown with dull whitish shaft-lines ; cheeks and throat buffy white, with a tinge of fawn-colour on the fore neck ; breast, abdomen, and under tail-coverts white, the latter with light-brown centres; sides of breast, flanks and thighs light brown tinged with fawn-colour; under wing-coverts and axillaries ochreous buff; quills dusky below, whitish along the edge of the inner web; bill horn-brown, whitish at the base of the lower mandible. Total length 5 inches, culmen 0°55, wing 2°8, tail 2-2, tarsus 0°85. Hab. Abokobi, Gold Coast, Feb. 1880. This species has the appearance of an Erythrosterna; but the colour of its tail separates it from any of the species with which I am acquainted ; otherwise it comes into the “ Key to the Species ” of Muscicapa in my ‘ Catalogue’ (vol. iv. p. 150) as follows :— a. With no white bar on the wing and with no white at base of tail. a’, Breast white, with brown streaks &c. ae NEY? DROWINOSO: | cass aateaaaddectassteeonssscscadeternasers grisola, p. 151. Bue W anike PRO WI GHC... caccacsjcadt >. eA ~/ B It is not for the first time that attention has been directed to a resemblance between an arctic and an antarctic form; but never, perhaps, has the resemblance been so difficult of explanation. For myself, I feel compelled to confess that by no effort of the imagina- tion can I figure to myself the passage of this fixed form over so wide a tract of sea and coast. If such has taken place, it will have to be allowed that the larva can hardly be free for so short a time as is the case with the best-known British species. Nor can it be well / 652 MR. W. H. NEALE ON THE NATURAL [Nov. 14 explained by a mere reference to the great range of specific variability which, as we now know, obtains in the Comatulide. What may be ignorance or prejudice on the part of a naturalist is, if it be possible, to be kept out of the systematic register; and I content myself therefore with expressing an opinion without letting it appear in the technical title of the species. A case of this kind forces on one’s mind a reconsideration of the doctrines of a polyphyletic and a monophyletic origin of species, and, as Semper’ has distinctly shown, of the further question of the difference between the real or objective, as opposed to the systematic or subjective view of what constitutes a species—a difference, which may perhaps be put in other words, as that which obtains between a Linnean and a genetic conception of specific relationship. That the Antedon eschrichti of Greenland and the 2 Bears. December _,, January sisiaksmai ADDISONIA .. PROPILIDIUM ........ FISSURELLIDZ ........ FIsSURISEPTA ........ PUNCTURELLA........ FisSURELLA .......... EMARGINULA ........ CALYPTRAHIDA ........ CALYpTRHA.......... ACBEPTDIUGA otis «on ite RB rROoONWWW REO eH oS In order to make this work as complete as possible up to the present time, I will add a few notes, chiefly with regard to distribu- tion, which have occurred to me since the publication of the last Supplement. These addenda and corrigenda seem to be endless ; but in the continual progress of science they are unavoidable. Through the obliging courtesy of Professor Verrill I have now been enabled to examine examples of many of the species procured during his long and careful exploration of the sea-bed adjoining the coasts of New England at considerable depths, which have been lately described or noticed by him in the ‘Transactions of the Con- necticut Academy.’ The result of my comparison of these species with European species from deep water is most interesting and im- portant. Out of 35 species which Professor Verrill has thus kindly sent me, I consider 29 or 30 identical with European species. It shows the far more extensive range of marine Mollusca at certain depths than of land and freshwater Mollusca over any territorial area of equal space. SuprLemMent To Parts I., IT., III., IV. Part I., P. Z.S. 1878 :— Page 399. Terebratula caput-serpentis. Fossil. Miocene : Marne Vaticano (Ponzi). »» 402. Terebratula tuberata. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp., 1881); 1093 fms. 682 LG P. PE: ro ro DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Nov. 14, . 403. Terebratula vitrea. Very fine specimens were taken from 214 fms. during the Italian exploration of the Medi- terranean 1881 ; one of them was an inch and six tenths long. An oblong variety occurred in 841 fms., and the variety sphenotdea in 217 fms. The inside ribs of the upper or deeper valve are sometimes visible on the outside, owing to the semitransparency of the shell. Var. sphenoidea. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp., 1881) ; 5783 fms. . 405. Terebratula cranium. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp., 1881); 212 fms. . 407. Terebratula septata. West coast of Norway (Norman) ; 58-200 fms. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp., 1881); 512fms. G. Marseilles (‘ Travailleur’ Exp., 1881) ;-301 fms. Var. floridana, N. Spain (‘ Tra- vailleur’ Exp. 1882); 731 fms. . 411. Megerlia truncata, var. monstruosa. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp. 1881); 5783 fms. Off Ajaccio (same Exped.) ; 303 fms. . 413. Rhynchonella sicula. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp., 1881); 578L fms. A valve and small living spe- cimen. 415. Discina atlantica. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp., 1881); 1791 fms. Part IL, 2. Z.8. 1879 :— 556. Spondylus jussoni. Azores (‘ Josephine’ Exp.); 200- 300 fms. Pecten pusio, ©. Verd I. (de Rochebrune). 557. Pecten pes-lutre. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp., 1881); 212 fms. Gigantic valves. 5, Pecten sulcatus. Between the Hebrides and Faroes (‘Triton’ cruise, 1882); 530 fms., living. C. Verd I. (de Rochebrune). . 559. Pecten striatus. Adriatic (Brusina). . 560. Pecten groenlandicus. Between Gibraltar and Azores (‘ Josephine’ Exp.) ; 550 fms. 561. Pecten vitreus. Between Gibraltar and the Azores (‘ Josephine’ Exp.) ; 790 fms. » Amussium fenestratum. New England coast (Verrill) ; 100 fms.! Sculpture of American specimens finer and closer than in European specimens. . 562. Amussium hoskynsi. W. Mediterranean (Italian Exp., 1881) ; 214-609 fms. Between Hebrides and Faroes (« Triton’ cruise); 570 fms. Fossil. Pliocene : Ca- labria (Seguenza, as Pleuronectia differens) ! Amussium lucidum. N. Spain (‘Travailleur’ Exp. 1882); 1025 fins. Between Gibraltar and Azores (‘ Jose- phine’ Exp.) : 550 fms. Fossil. Pliocene: Monte Mario. 1882.] P. 563. ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 683 Lima subovata. Between Lisbon and Canaries (‘Tra- vailleur’ Exp. 1882); 1192 fms. P. 564. Lima subauriculata. Between the Hebrides and Faroes rr ao (=>) © (‘ Triton’ cruize); 570fms. Josephine Bank ; 110- 120 fms. Lima excavata. Fossil. Pliocene: Calabria (Seguenza) ! . Mytilus incurvatus. Probably a Pliocene fossil of the Bolognese, as Modiola rectemarginata of Foresti. Mytilus phaseolinus. Black Sea (Spratt) ; 45-50 fms. Dacrydium vitreum. Between the Hebrides and Faroes (‘ Triton’ cruise); 570 fms. Azores (‘ Josephine Exp.); 200-300 fms. . Idas argenteus. Between the Hebrides and Faroes (‘ Triton’ cruise); 516 fms. Inhabiting deserted tubes of Teredo megotara in a large water-logged piece of pine-wood, to which the Jdas had fixed itself by a strong byssus. It is covered with a pale brownish-yellow epidermis, which rises into fibrous excrescences on the posterior side. Under the epi- dermis the shell is silvery white. An internal and long cartilage covers the hinge. I was mistaken as to this when I described the species from two small valves. The beak has a reddish colour like that of Cypricardia lithophagella. The shape varies from rhomboidal to oblong. Size of my largest specimens 33 tenths of an inch or about 8 millimetres. With it in a ‘‘commen- sal’’ way lived an undescribed species of Coceulina, or a new genus of the same family, to which I propose giving the name of spinigera; this would seem to have fed on decomposed portions of the Z'eredo. Small Aunelids also occupy the tubes and probably have the same habit. The little limpet is coated with a cera- tose sponge, which gives it a prickly appearance. The smaller and younger specimens of Teredo were living when the piece of wood came up in the trawl. Idas argenteus is probably the species of that name noticed by Verrill as var. damellosa, from 337 fathoms off the coast of New England. Arca barbata. C. Verd I. (de Rochebrune). Arca nodulosa. Fossil. Miocene: Marne Vaticano (Ponzi). : Arca tetragoaa. CO. Verd I, (de Rochebrune). Arca antiquata, C. Verd I. (de Rochebrune). Arca obliqua. Josephine Bank, 340-430 fms. Arca glacialis. G. Mexico (Dall)? Arca pectunculoides, var. septentrionalis. New England (Verrill); 310 fms.! Between the Hebrides and Faroes (‘ Triton’ cruise); 570 and 608 fms. Medi- terranean (Italian Exp., 1881) ; 337-464 fms. 684 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Nov. 1/4, . 575. Leda fragilis. New England ( Verrill, as L. unca, Gould) ; 115 fms. Sea of Marmara (Spratt) ; 20 fms. . 576. Leda frigida. Between the Hebrides and Faroes (‘Triton’ cruise); 640 fms. . 577. Leda tenuis. Between the Hebrides and Faroes (‘'Triton’ cruise) ; 640 fms. . 578. Leda striolata. Mediterranean (‘ Travailleur’ Exp., 1881); 221 and 913 fms. Between Gibraltar and Azores (‘ Josephine’ Exp.) ; 550 fms. » Leda lucida.. Between the Hebrides and Faroes (‘Triton’ cruise) ; 516 and 570 fms. »» Leda pusio. Mediterranean (‘Travailleur* Exp., 1881) ; 653 fms. P. 579. Leda jeffreysi. Dele Palermo as a locality. », Leda subequilatera. Between the Hebrides and Faroes (‘ Triton’ cruise) ; 640 fms. P. 580. Leda expansa. Between Gibraltar and Azores (‘ Jose- phine’ Exp.); 790 fms. P. 581. Nucula egeensis. Mediterranean (Italian Exp., 1881); 1521-1536 fms. Fossil. Miocene: Marne Vaticano (Ponzi). N. decipiens of Philippi. Both names bear the same date; but the description given by Philippi is much more full and precise than that of Forbes ; and perhaps decipiens ought to be preferred. P. 582. Nucula corbuloides. Between the Hebrides and Faroes (‘ Triton’ cruise); 516and 570 fms. Mediterranean (Italian Exp., 1881); 1521-1536 fms. » Nucula tumidula. Between the Hebrides and Faroes (‘ Triton’ cruise); 516 and 570 fms. P. 584. Pectunculus nummarius. Fossil. Pliocene: C. Verd I. (de Rochebrune). P. 585. Limopsis cristata. Between the Hebrides and Faroes (‘ Triton’ cruise); 516 and570 fms. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp., 1881 and 1882); 341-1693 fms. Never half the size of ZL. minuta, and different in shape, sculpture, dentition, and crenation of the inner margin. P. 586. Malletia obtusa. Mediterranean (Italian Exp., 1881) ; 337-464 fms. » Malletia cuneata. Mediterranean (Italian Exp., 1881) ; 337-1536 fms. Pos oie ae ta) Part III., P. Z. S. June 1881 :— P. 695. Lepton lacerum. N. Spain (‘'Travailleur’ Exp. 1882) ; 282 fms. Fossil. Pliocene: Sicily (Brugnone). P. 696. Montacuta ferruginosa. New England (Verrill) ; low water. P. 698. Montacuta bidentata. New England (Verrill); shore to 7 fms. 1882.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 685 698. Montacuta ovata. New England (Verrill)? ; 100-153 fms. 699. Lasea pumila. Adriatic (Brusina). 700. Loripes lacteus. New England (Verrill, as L. lens) ; 100 fms. 701. Lucina borealis. OC. Verd I. (de Rochebrune). . 702. Axinus orbiculatus. Coast of Morocco (‘ Travailleur ’ Exp., 1881); 174-394 fms. N. Spain (1882); 282fms. Between Gibraltar and Azores (‘ Josephine’ Exp.) ; 550 fms. The specific name granulosus, which was originally proposed by me, must be substituted for orbiculatus, The Marquis de Monterosato has lately pointed out, in the second part of his ‘ Conchiglie del Mediter- raneo,’ that he described the principal characters of this species in the ‘ Journal de Conchyliologie’ for 1874, page 251, two years before the publication by Professor Seguenza. 703. Awinus incrassatus. Fossil. Pliocene: Monte Mario (Rigacci)! 704. Awinus subovatus. New England (Verrill) ? ; 500 fms. 706. Cardium echinatum. Fossil. Ranges in height to 1360 feet. 707. Cardium taberculatum. Fossil. Pliocene: Belgium. 708. Cardium fasciatum. Black Sea (Spratt); 45 fms. 709. Cardium norvegicum. Fossil. Pliocene: Belgium. . 711. Astarte sulcata, typical form. Off Canaries (‘ Travail- leur’ Exp. 1882); 325 fms. », Astarte crenata. Fossil. Pliocene: Belgium. 713. Astarte pusilla. Fossil. Pliocene: Reggio, Calabria. 714. Venus effossa. Adriatic (Brusina). - 715. Venus casina. Fossil. Pliocene: Belgium. » Venus multilamella. Fossil. Miocene: Marne Vati- cano (Ponzi). 717. Tapes virgineus. Fossil. Pliocene: Belgium. 718. Lucinopsis undata. Fossil. Pliocene: Belgium. 719. Tellina balthica. C. Verd I. (de Rochebrune) ? 720. Tellina compressa. Fossil. Pliocene: Belgium, Bologna. 721. Zellina distorta. Fossil. Pliocene: Sicily. 723. Donax venustus. C. Verd I. (de Rochebrune), hd he ee eee re te to ro ho eB Part IV., P. Z. 8. November 1881: P. 923. Mactra solida. Fossil. Height ranges to 1360 feet. P. 924. Lutraria rugosa. C.Verd I., and fossil (de Rochebrune). P. 925. Lutraria oblonga. Fossil. C. Verd I. (de Rochebrune). » Serobicularia nitida. G. Marseilles (‘ Travailleur’ Exp., 1881); 301 fms. Between Gibraltar and Azores (‘ Josephine’ Exp.); 550 fms. P. 926. Serobicularia longicallus. G. Marseilles (‘ Travailleur’ 686 Li) iain elma Ine lece a=] DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Nov. 14, Exp., 1881); 2923-364 fms. Fossil. Miocene: Marne Vaticano (Ponzi). . 926. Serobicularia alba. Black Sea (Spratt); 45 fms. Fossil. Miocene: Marne Vaticano (Ponzi). . 927. Serobicularia prismatica. Sea of Marmara (Spratt); 20 fms. . 930. Lyonsia formosa. G. Marseilles (‘ Travailleur Exp.) ; 1093 fms. Azores (‘Josephine’ Exp.); 200-300 fms. . 931, Peechiolia abyssicola. Barentz Sea (Dutch Arctic Exp.) ; 210 fms. Cardium fragile of Noman ! . 932. Pecchiolia insculpta. N. Spain (‘Travailleur’ Exp. 1882) ; 249 fms. »» ._ Peechiolia subquadrata. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp., 1881); 1093 fms. . 933. Peechiolia granulata. Western Mediterranean (Italian Exp., 1881); of large size. N. Spain (¢ Travailleur’ Exp. 1882). Fossil. Pliocene: Monte Mario (Ri- gacei) ! », Pecchiolia acuticostata. N. Spain (‘ Travailleur’ Exp. 1882), of large size; 731 fms. Fossil. Pliocene: Bologna ; also large. - 934, Pholadomya lovent. W. Mediterranean (Italian Exp., 1881) ; 85-1217 fms. Perfect specimens were taken at the last mentioned depth, measuring upwards of aninchin length. G. Marseilles (‘ Travailleur’ Exp., 1881); 301 fms. Fossil, Pliocene: Ficarazzi (Brugnone) ! . 936. Poromya granulata. Sea of Marmara (Spratt); 20 fms. Coast of Morocco (‘ Travailleur’ Exp. 1881). » Poromya necroides. N.Spain (‘ Travailleur’ Exp. 1882), perfect ; 731 fms. . 937. Neera subtorta. Between the Hebrides and Faroes (‘ Triton’ cruise) ; 640 fms. » Veera obesa. W. Mediterranean (Italian Exp., 1881) ; 337-1536 fms. N. Spain (‘Travailleur’ Exp. 1882); 238 fms. Var. glacialis, New England (Verritl) ; 302-365 fms. . 938. Nee@ra cuspidata, var. crassa. Shetland and Mediterranean. . 940, Neera depressa. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp., 1881); 1093 fms. G. Marseilles (same Exp.) ; 301 fms. . 941. Neera contracta, Azores (‘ Josephine’ Exp.); 200- 300 fms. »» WNeera semistrigosa. Fossil. Pliocene: Reggio (Se- guenza, as N. lamellosa) ; fragment only. - 942. Neera circinata, N. Spain (‘ Travailleur’ Exp. 1882), perfect ; 1025 fms. » Neeraruginosa. Azores (‘ Josephine’ Exp.); 200-300 fms. A right valve, but imperfect, having a short triangular lateral tooth on each side. 1882.| ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 687 P. 943. Dr. E. v. Martens having pointed out that Trovrpo- pHORA has been preoccupied in Cyclostomatide, substitute GonropHora, angulated; although for a sectional name it is immaterial. » Neeracurta. G. Mexico (‘ Blake’ Exp.) ; 84-152 fms. Professor Verrill, in his lately published Catalogue of some New-England marine Mollusca (Trans. Conn. Ac. July 1882, v. p. 560), considers this a variety of his N. multicostata, which is my N. striata. I may, however, remark that N. curta was sufficiently de- scribed by me in the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History’ for December 1876, and that the learned Professor was not quite correct in designating that species as named merely but not described. P. 944. Neera costellata. W. Mediterranean (Italian Exp., 1881); 817 fms. Neera striata. Between the Hebrides and Faroes (‘ Triton ’ cruise) ; 570 fms. Between Gibraltar and Azores (Josephine Exp.) ; 200-700 fms. N. multi- costata, Verrill and Smith. P. 945. Mya truncata. Fossil. Pliocene: Belgium. P. 947. Xylophagadorsalis. Mediterranean (‘Travailleur’ Exp., 1881); 301-913 fins. 32 EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Puate XLIX. Fig. 1. Dentalium capillosum, p. 658. | Fig. 6. Cadulus cylindratus, 664. 2. candidum, p. 658, ie gracilis, p. 664. 3. subterfissum, p. 660. 8. twmidosus, p. 665. 4. ensiculus, p. 660. 9. amphora, p. 668. 5. Stphodentalium teres, p. 661. 10. gibbus, p. 666. Prats L. Fig. 1. Chiton rarinota, p. 668. Fig. 7. Propilidiwm pertenue, p. 674. 2. Tectwra rugosa, p. 671. 8 compressum, p. 674. 3 pusilla, p. 672. 9. Fissurisepta granulosa, p. 675. 4. —— adunca, p. 672. 10. Puncturella profundi, p. 675. 5. galeola, p. 672. ll. clathrata, p. 676. 6. Propilidium scabrosum, p. 674. 12. Emarginula multistriata,p.680. November 28, 1882. Prof. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. Mr. W. B. Tegetmeier, F.Z.S., exhibited a skull of Rhinoceros suma- trensis and some horns of a Buffalo and a Deer from Elopura, Borneo, forwarded by Mr. W. B. Pryer, C.M.Z.S. Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1882, No. XLVI. 46 688 DR.A.B. MEYER ON THE COLOURS OF OBJECTS. [Nov. 28, Mr. J. E. Harting, F.Z.S., exhibited a specimen of a South- African Eagle-Owl (Bubo maculosus) stated to have been killed in 1851 near Waterford, in Ireland, from the collection of Dr. Burkitt of Waterford. Mr. R. Bowdler Sharpe exhibited some specimens of Swifts sent to him by Dr. Lucan from the Congo. These consisted of a pair of a species of Chetura, evidently the same as C. cassini, Sclater, from Gaboon, with which Mr. Sharpe had compared them. The range of this species was thus extended from the Gaboon to the Congo district. The true Chetura sabinii was discovered in Sierra Leone by Sir E. Sabine, and was afterwards met with in Fernando Po by Mr. Fraser (cf. Strickl. P. Z. S. 1844, p. 99), and had been more recently found on the Loango coast by Dr. Falkenstein (cf. Reichen. J. f. O. 1877, p. 21). Chetura ussheri, Sharpe, still remained known only from the original specimens, procured by the late Governor Ussher on the Gold Coast (Fort Victoria). Dr. Lucan had also forwarded a pair of Cypselus, with the nest and eggs, which he believed to belong to Cypselus sharpii, Bouvier (Bull. Soc. Zool. France, i. p. 228, pl. vi. fig. 1). The specimens, however, showed that the Congo bird now procured by Dr. Lucan was the true C. caffer, identical with South-African specimens. CO. sharpit differed from C. caffer in having a less forked tail, and especially in having the rump-band perfectly uniform, without any of the uarrow black shaft-lines which were seen in C. caffer; the white on the throat also descended further. Mr. Sharpe also exhibited a specimen of Machirhamphus alcinus obtained by Mr. Everett near Papar in Northern Borneo, and made remarks on the geographical distribution of this singular form of Accipitres. A communication was read from Dr. A. B. Meyer, C.M.Z.S., in reference to Mr. Harting’s communication (above, page 391) as to the desirability of adopting a standard of nomenclature for the descrip- tion of the colours of natural objects. Dr. Meyer called attention to Radde’s international colour-seale published some years ago at Hamburg, which appeared to him to answer the required purpose exactly. Dr. Meyer had made use of this work for his forthcoming monograph on the Jadeite and Nephrite objects of the Dresden Museum, and had recommended it to several scientific friends, especially to travellers who wished to determine the colour of the human skin in different races, Broca’s scale being insufficient for the purpose. Dr. Meyer was of opinion that the use of this modern work would be far preferable to the republication of Werner’s Nomen- clature as proposed by Mr. Harting. The following papers were read :— 1882.] PROF. OWEN ON THE STERNUM OF NOTORNIS - 689 1. On the Sternum of Nofornis and on Sternal Characters. By Professor Owen, C.B., F.R.S., F.Z.8., &e, [Received November 10, 1882.] In the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society for 1882, referring to the meeting held January 7th, it is stated that ‘‘ Professor Newton exhibited the skin and bones of the trunk of a specimen of Notornis mantelli, obtained in the province of Otago eighteen months before.” On these specimens the sole remark recorded is, ‘‘ that the sternum figured in the Society’s ‘ ‘'ransactions,’ vol. iv. pl. 4. figs. 5-8, as of this species must belong to a totally different form” (loc. cit. p. 97). As a means of judging of the degree and kind of difference, it may not be unacceptable to ornithologists to compare the subjoined figures (pp. 690, 691) of the sternum of Notornis mantelli, of the natural size, with those of the sternum in the plate above cited, the original of which may be seen in the Geological Department of the Museum of Natural History, Cromwell Road. Prior to the date of Prof. Newton’s communication I had received from Prof. T. Jeffery Parker, University of Otago, New Zealand, a notice of the arrival there of the skin and following parts of the skeleton of a Notornis mantelli, viz. the bones of the trunk with some lower cervical and anterior caudal vertebra, the scapular arch with sternum, and both femora articulated with the pelvis. As it was Prof. Parker’s expressed intention to submit a descrip- tion of these unique specimens to the Otago Institute, and as he was so good as to send me an impression of the plate, giving reduced views, front and side, of the sternum with other bones of the trunk, I reserved any remark thereon until the reception of the Professor’s full and instructive ‘ Memoir,’ which has appeared in the 14th volume of the ‘Transactions of the New-Zealand Institute,’ 8vo, p. 255 (1882). Not until the year 1870 had I the opportunity of describing the sternum of Aptornis, the extinct Ralline genus surpassing in size Notornis. 1 then remarked :—“ The inferiority of size of the sternum figured (plate 4. figs. 5-8) to the sternum of Aptornis defossor is greater than that of the femur of Aptornis otidiformis as compared with that of Aptornis defossor.” This might have favoured the conclusion arrived at, or inclined to, in 1850, and indicated in the title to my former paper, in vol. iv. p. 1, of our ‘ Transactions.’ But further insight was to be had by comparison of the subject of plate 4. figs. 5-8 with the parts of the skeleton of Aptornis otidi- Jformis subsequently acquired. Such comparison suggested, in 1870, the following remarks :— ‘The relative size of the smaller sternum to the femur of Aptornis otidiformis is more like the relative size of the sternum of Aptornis defossor to the femur of that species, than is the relative size of the ‘smaller sternum’ to the femur of Nofornis. Seeing, therefore, in ? Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. iv. pp. 1-18, Febr. 1850. 46* 690 PROF. OWEN ON THE STERNUM OF NoToRNIs. [Nov. 28, the Rallines here compared, that as the wings decrease and the legs increase in size the sternum becomes shorter in proportion to the femur, I am inclined to believe that the smaller sternum (pl: 4. figs. 5-8) has belonged to Aptornis otidiformis rather than to Notornis. This view derives further support from the fact that, with the decreasing relative size to the femur, there is a progressive simplification of the sternum in the recent Rallines (Tribonyx, Ocy- dromus), by which the still more simple type of the bone in Aptornis defossor is approached’’’. A ground for excuse in reproducing this passage is the notice above Sternum of Notornis mantelli, under surface; nat. size. cited in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ in relation to the subjects of Prof. Parker’s memoir. In this there is no concurrence with the accomplished Cambridge Professor as to ‘‘the total difference of form of the sternum of Notornis from that of Aptornis ;” and the divergence is not only “zoological ” as regards the “ form,” “family,” or “genus” of birds which Notornis most resembles, but is ‘‘ critical ” in relation to the earlier author and his contributions on the subject. As to the history, Professor Parker writes : —“ The genus Notornis Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. viii. 1871, p. 120. 1882.] PROF. OWEN ON THE STERNUM OF NOTORNIS. 691 was founded by Prof. Owen in the year 1848; the skull was fully described in the ‘Transactions of the Zoological Society,’ and the genus referred to the family Rallide as a close ally of Porphyrio. Shortly after he received a femur, a tibia, and a tarso-metatarse of the same bird, as well as a sternum which he, at first, erroneously referred to Notornis, but afterwards (in 1871) recognized as belonging to Aptornis otidiformis”’. Far from the genus Nofornis belonging ‘to a totally different form,” the acquisition of additional osteological data confirms its reference, together with the extinct Aptornis, to the Ralline family. Fig. 2. Sternum of Notornis mantelli, side view ; nat. size. Prof. Parker selects the New-Zealand genera Tribonyx, Porphyrio, and Ocydromus for his illustrations of this affinity of Notornis; and in regard to the sternum, finds the closest resemblance to it in that of Tribonyx : in this “it is of the same proportional length to breadth ;” it is shorter relatively than in Porphyrto, but is considerably longer than in Ocydromus ; but its breadth, in proportion to the length of the trunk, is greater than in any of the three smaller Rallines. As in Tribonyx and the flightless “‘ Wood-hens,” the manubrial margin of the sternum of Notornis (fig. 1, p. 690, e) does not develop 1 «Tyansactions of the New-Zealand Institute,’ vol. xiv. 1882, p. 245. 692 PROF. OWEN ON THE STERNUM OF NoTorNis. [Noy. 28, the process so called’, but is slightly concave : its extent equals that of the coracoid margin, 6, the pair of which margins, with the manu- brial one, divide the fore border of the sternum into three equal parts. The degree of transverse concavity is the same in each; but the coracoid ones have also a moderate excavation in the opposite direc- tion for their articular relations with the scapular arch. The outer end of each of these joint-surfaces is slightly produced (ib. d@). Articular cavities for the sternal ends of six hemal ribs mark the costal division, ¢c, c, of the outer border, which is thence continued backward, with a very slight sigmoid curve, to the hind end of that border, one third of which bounds the part of the sternum converted by the deep notch, f, into a “ postmarginal”’ process, g. The in- termediate end of the sternum, a, representing, though hardly homo- logous with, the “ xiphoid appendix,” in ‘‘ Anthropotomy,” is ter- minally truncate, not extending so far back as the ‘“ postmarginal ” processes: these resemble the same parts in Tribonyz in being un- expanded at the end, as is slightly the case in Ocydromus and Porphyrio. The sternal keel in Notornis (figs. 1 and 2, s s') shows the same shallowness asin Tribonyx, with a further reduction of the anterior angle (fig. 2, s'), in which Notornis resembles Ocydromus. The transverse convexity of the sternum, reduced as it is in that genus, is relatively less in Notornis : it subsides almost to flatness in Apteryx?. Other comparisons with the smaller existing Rallines of New Zea- land, notable either for loss or much reduced powers of flight, are carried out and well illustrated in the reduced figures (plates xx. and xxi.) of Prof. Jeffery Parker's memoir *. These have led me to believe that the accompanying figures, front and side, of the sternum of Notornis, natural size (pp. 690, 691), may not be unacceptable, as tending to complement the illustrations of the osteology of the extinct Ralline which have previously ap- peared in the Society’s publications’. In its sternal modifications the larger form, Aptornis, though strictly ralline in the sum of its osteology, has departed further from the existing forms. Not only have the “ postmarginal processes ” disappeared, with great reduction of breadth of sternum, but the place of a keel is indicated by a mere low obtuse ridge. Now, on the supposition that, with further atrophy of the pectoral muscles, the keel should disappear from the sternum and leave no trace, as it has done in several genera of birds otherwise structurally distinct, as, for example, in Struthio®, Rhea®, Dromaius’, Casuarius®, Apteryx®, and Dinornis”, are Aptornis and therewith Notornis to he ? «Anatomy of Vertebrates,’ vol. ii. p. 24, fig. 15, e. ° Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. ii. pl. 55. figs. 2 & 3. ° Loe. cit. p. 245. * Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. iii. pl. 56. figs. 7-13; and vol. iv, pl. 4. figs. 5-8, ° Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. iii. (1848), plate 57. fig. 4. 6 1b. ib. fig. 5. 7 Db. ib. fig. 7. 9 Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. it. (1888), plate 55. figs. 1-8. 10 Trans, Zool. Soe. vol. viii. plates 7-9, 8 Ib, ib. fig. 6. 1882. ] PROF, OWEN ON THE STERNUM OF NOTORNIS. 693 likewise included in the subclass ‘“‘ Ratite” logical system ? On a conjectural ancestral relation of the keelless external cha- racter to the present advanced volant faculty of the Avian class, the Dodo had made some progress thereto from its assumed “ ratite ” progenitor: it had risen to the rudiment of a keel. To this conclusion, however, another conjecture opposes itself. Dodos (Didide), having gained in bulk and weight upon other geographically associated birds of their own family or genus, and finding sufficient sustenance on the ground, with convenience for nidification, had no call to exert the strenuous act of flight. The stimulus thereto, which we daily witness in birds about us, was wanting. ‘There were no enemies, quadrupedal or bipedal, in the tract of land now reduced to the islands of Mauritius and Rodriguez, to disturb their wellbeing and threaten their existence. I have elsewhere remarked, as bearing upon the interesting ques- tion of the relation of the simplified sternum to the genesis of Birds, that Pezophaps, the largest land-bird seen by the early settlers in the island of Rodriguez, “differed in no other respect from the class-rule in other birds, save in the inability to fly by the action of the fore limbs. There were no enemies, native to the island, able to take advantage of that disablement—‘ I] nes’y trouve aucun animal & quatre pieds, que des rats, des lezards, et des tortues de terre,’ writes Leguat in his interesting little book’. The ‘Solitaires’ had no call to practise or to endeavour to practise that hardest mode of locomo- tion to obtain sustenance or fulfil any of the conditions of preserva- tion of the individual or of the species; they were never scared into the violent volant exercise’’*. The exiled Huguenots derived the best, if not largest, proportion of their animal food from the wingless birds of Rodriguez. The advent of Man, with or without a subservient carnivorous quadruped, is an intelligible cause of the extinction of species, espe- cially of birds attracting his hunger by their size and unable to escape by flight. Thus the huge wingless Dromornis®, like Diprotodon, has become known to us only by the osseous remains in Australia. The smaller Emu and Cassowary are there restricted in range and num- bers, and seem to be gradually passing away. The fact of a range of variety in size has been determined in the individuals of many species. Such variety affecting a Cereopsis Goose to the degree shown by Cnemiornis* would, in a corresponding degree, render the act of flight more difficult and laborious. Con- sequently, if that act were not needed for the acquisition of food, it might seldom or never be exercised in the absence of any enemy from which it would offer a way of escape. By long disuse of the wings, continued through successive generations, those organs, agreeably of a binary ornitho- 1 Voyage et Avantures de Francois Leguat, &c. 12mo, 4 Londres, 1708, 2 Memoirs on the Extinct Birds of New Zealand, and on those of Mauritius, Australia, &c. 4to, 1878. Appendix III. p. 5. 3 Ib, Appendix I. p. 1. 4 Trans. Zool, Soc. vol. v. 1865, p. 395, 694 PROF. OWEN ON THE STERNUM OF NoTORNIS. [Nov. 28, with Lamarck’s theory of the ‘Origin of Species,’ would become enfeebled, and ultimately atrophied to the degree exemplified in Apteryx and Dinornis. The legs, then monopolizing the functions of locomotion, would attain, through the concomitant force and fre- quency of exercise, proportional increase of power and size. Under these conditions may be comprehended, by vere cause, the origin of the great flightless Anserine which is entered as a ‘‘species” in Ornithological Catalogues under the name of Cnemiornis calcitrans. It has become such through no choice or selection, but by a combi- nation of circumstances enforced, with operative conditions of organic vitality, first taught us by the immortal author of the ‘ Philosophie Zoologique.’ The same course of cogitation, so guided, leads to the same conclu- sion as to the origin of Notornis, of Aptornis, of Dinornis. The ten- dency to variation in size and proportions, after the reduction and loss of wings, leads to the minor modifications of such flightless genera. The genus Nogornis is now known to be represented by species, living in the present generation of New-Zealand colonists, in loca- lities nearly one hundred miles apart, and which have belonged to a once gregarious family. The first captured specimen of the species, V. mantelli, was taken by seal-fishers (1847) near the coast of ‘‘ Duck Cove,’’ Resolution Island, Dusky Sound; the second specimen was caught (1869) at “Deas Cove,” Secretary Island, Thompson’s Sound; the third specimen, which afforded the subject of Prof. Jeffery Parker’s memoir’, was caught (1881) by a rabbit-hunter in Captain Han- kinson’s “ Run,” on ‘‘Bare-patch Plains,” east of “Te anau’’ Lake,— all in the South Island of New Zealand. In ‘Phillip’s Voyage to Botany Bay’ a large ralline bird was noticed on what is now “‘ Norfolk Island,’’ under the name of Fulica alba (1789, p. 160). A good coloured plate of the same species is given in Surgeon White’s ‘ Voyage to New South Wales,’ 4to, 1790, with a brief notice at p. 238, under the name of “ Gallinula alba”’ (the ‘‘plates”’ are not numbered in this work). In size and shape of head and beak, in the reduced proportions of the wings, in the strength of the legs and feet, in the carpal spur, and the colour of the beak, this bird seems but a variety of Notornis mantelli ; it is at least a species of the same genus, as von Pelzeln has pointed out in ‘The Ibis’ of 1873, p. 44°. But no “Redbill’’ or “Takahe”’ has since rewarded a naturalist’s quest in “‘ Lord Howe’s”’ or ‘ Norfolk Island.” A species of the New-Zealand genus Ocydromus (O. sylvestris, Sclater) still exists there, and is said to be easily captured. The Wood-hens flourish in both South and North Islands of New Zealand, as in the smaller tract nearer the Antarctic latitudes; but they are severally represented by modifications noted as Ocydromus earli, O. australis, and O. sylvestris. 1 Loe. cit. p. 245. * A copy of White's figure is given in ‘The Ibis,’ 1878, pl. x. 1882.] PROF. OWEN ON THE STERNUM OF NOTORNIS. 695 Notornis is extinct in the North Island, but it still lingers, as we have seen, in the South Island of New Zealand. A perfect skeleton of the Norfolk-Island “ Redbill’’ might show modifications, with claims to specific distinction from N. mantelli, like those which have been founded on the osseous remains of the extinct Moas of both North and South Islands of New Zealand. Hitherto I have not received remains of the genus Dinornis from any of the outlying tracts of land which may be conceived to have once formed, with the two New-Zealand islands, parts of a southern continent. ] bo io) 1882. ] CAPT. D. GRAY ON THE BOTTLENOSE WHALE, Fig8. Front views, from photographs, of the skulls of the four male specimens of which the external characters are given on the opposite page. Fig. 6. Skull of old male, represented in fig. 1. Fig. 7. Skull of slightly younger male (fig. 2). Fig. 8. Skull of still younger male (fig. 3). Fig. 9. Skull of young male (fig. 4), which both in external form and cranial characters closely resembles the female. 730 CAPT. D. GRAY ON THE BO[TLENOSE WHALE. [Dec. 19, hundredweight of spermaceti to each ton of oil, being exactly the same proportion that the Greenland Whale yields of whalebone to the ton of oil. In the female, in front of the bones of the head there is a cavity containing a small quantity of oil which is quite colourless and twice the density of that rendered fromthe blubber. In the males, instead of oil there is a solid lump of fat similar in shape to, and about twice the size of, a large water-melon. The following is an analysis of their oil, as compared with sperm- oil, prepared by Mr. Alfred H. Allen of Sheffield, Public Analyst for the West Riding of Yorkshire. Bottlenose- oil. Sperm- oil. Specific gravity at 155°C. ........ce 8763 ‘8778 Blashing pottien ©! St sess. <..2 Rees 264 260 Viscosity (seconds) ...:...........ceeeeseee 141 137 Unsaponifiable matter (spermyl alcohol) 39:76 40-50 Sp, gravity of the unsaponifiable matter 8363 8307 Rise of temp. with sulphuric acid, ° C. 41 45 (Pale brown, chan- Dark brown, be- | ging on stirring coming some- Colour-reaction with sulphuric acid {to light violet, what darker with | and again to tinge of violet on (brown. stirring. These results show that the closest similarity exists between genuine sperm-oil and the oil from the Bottlenose Whale. Their ordinary food consists of a bluish-white cuttle-fish, six inches long by three inches in circumference, and pointed towards the tail. The stomachs of the Whales that were examined contained nothing but their remains; and we never took one alongside without seeing some of them floating out of their mouths. They evidently have a great depth to go to find them, judging from the length of time that they remain away, and from the long heavy blasts they make on coming to the surface again. They are much infested with lice about the fins and in patches over their bodies. I send with this a piece of skin cut from the front of the head of a young female, which will serve to show the manner in which they adhere to the skin’. During the present season, in May and June, two hundred and three were killed; of these ninety-six were fuil grown males, fifty- six cows, and fifty-one younger males. From a cow a young male was cut out, measuring ten feet long by five feet six inches in circumference. ‘The length of the mother was twenty-nine feet. The heads of two males were measured round the eyes: one was ‘(These agree exactly with Cyamus thompsoni, Gosse, Ann. & Mag. Nat, Hist. 2nd ser. vol. xvi. p. 30, pl. iii. fig. 11 (1855), which was found upon the skin of a Hyperoodon captured in Portland Roads on the 2nd of October 1854, as recorded by Mr. W. Thompson (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xiv. 2nd ser. p- 347, 1854), This is separated generically from the other Cyami by Liitken under the name of Platycyamus (Christiania Videns. Sellsk. Forhandl. xiii. p- 279, 1871).—W. H. F. | 1882.] ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF THE COMATUL&. 731 thirteen feet one inch, the other twelve feet six inches, which may be taken as the average size of the circumference of the head of the full-grown male. In the past three seasons I have seen thousands of them; and from constant careful observation while they were in life, and very often close about the ship—also when dead, examining many of their skulls after being taken on board and flenched, the only con- clusion that can be come to is, that there is but one species of the Bottlenose Whale inhabiting the Northern seas. ‘There are no flat- headed females. It is only the older males that have the flat per- pendicular heads notched back towards the beak, with high crest and close frontal bones. The accompanying sketches of male Whales (figs 1-5, p. 728), and photographs of their skulls (figs. 6-9, p. 729), will help to show how their heads flatten, and also the progressive manner in which the bones of the head enlarge and close up as they become older. 3. On the Classification of the Comatule. By P. Herserr Carpenter, M.A., Assistant Master at Eton College. [Received November 23, 1882. ] In the last part of the Proceedings of this Society Prof. F. J. Bell! has proposed “a method of formulating the results attained to, as regards our knowledge of the specific characters of the mem- bers”’ of the family Comatulide. That such a method is absolutely necessary for systematic work in a family which comprises so few genera but so many species, was made clear to me before I had been studying the group for many months ; and I was therefore in no way surprised to hear that Prof. Bell had arrived at the same conclusion soon after his commencing the examination of the large collection of Comatule in the British Museum, together with the very remarkable series sent home by Dr. Coppinger, of H.M.S. ‘ Alert.” I am sorry, however, that Prof. Bell has so soon published his system of formulation; for I cannot but think that a little more experience of the remarkable variations in the group-characters would have caused him to modify it considerably. I had intended to reserve any publication of the method of for- mulation which has gradually developed itself during my work on the ‘ Challenger,’ ‘ Blake,’ and other collections, until the appear- ance of the ‘Challenger’ Report. But the numerous errors con- tained in Prof. Bell’s paper require an immediate correction, which would be out of place in the ‘ Challenger ’ volumes. Prof. Bell’s method is an ingenious one, especially where he 1 “An Attempt to apply a Method of Formulation to the Species of the Co- matulide ; with the Description of anew Species,” P. Z. 8. 1882, part iii. pp. 530- 536, Pl. XXXYV. 732 MR. P. H. CARPENTER ON THE [Dec. 19, applies it to denote the varying characters of the cirri; and I shall have much pleasure in employing it to this extent. His idea of dis- tinguishing Antedon and Actinometra by A and A! respectively is also a good one; though I should myself prefer A and a, as being less liable to printers’ errors. He gives formule for 58 species, 12 of which are MS. names of his own; but of the remaining 46 formule, no less than 12 would lead a collector who depended upon them for identification of a speci- men to form a false conception of the corresponding species. In the case of Act. parvicirra and Act. nove guinea, the error is but a slight one. But the formule given for Act. bennetti, Act. peroni, Act. schlegeli and other species denote a type of the genus which I have never met with, much less described; and were it not that I am now prepared for nearly any freak of nature among these animals, I should almost venture to call it a ‘‘ Comatulid impossi- bility.” Eight of these twelve species (including the three above men- tioned) have been described by myself in the ‘Notes from the Leyden Museum,’ vol. iii.; and as these Notes have a far less wide circulation than the Proceedings of the Zoological Society, it is necessary to prevent other workers from forming the wrong concep- tions of these types which would result from the exclusive use of Prof. Bell’s formule. The errors are in the parts of the formule which denote the cha- racters of the rays and their subdivisions, the remaining portions, which indicate the positions of the syzygies in the arm-bases and the characters of the cirri, requiring no alteration. As regards the for- mer, Prof. Bell says :— “If (1) we use the letters R, D, P for the radials, distichals, and palmars respectively, and insert them in the formula whensoever the respective axillary is a syzygy, we may (2) distinguish which of the first three brachials (one of which is, with but with very rare excep- tions, a syzygy) isa syzygy by simply making use of the number I, 2, or 3.... When a character frequently, though not always, obtains, the corresponding letter is put within brackets. ... When D or P appear in a formula it is clear the species must have more than 10 rays’, because of the meaning of the words those letters represent ; where, however, neither distichals nor palmars present a syzygial joint, it will be necessary to make use of the mathematical sign for the square root to mark the fact of its being a multiradiate species” (pp. 531-532). ’ Prof. Bell has here confounded the ten primary arms with the rays proper, by the division of which these arms originate. This has led him into much con- fusion, as will be pointed out later. According to Miiller, “ Radien nenne ich die auf dem Knopf aufgesetzten Stimme der Arme.... Auf jedem der 5 Kelch- radien sitzen 2 Arme, die entweder einfach bleiben oder sich noch einmal oder mehrmal wieder theilen.”’ (“ Ueber die Gattung Comatu/a, Lam., und ihre Arten,” Abhandl. d. Berlin, Akad. 1849, p. 240.) The arms therefore were clearly distin- guished from the rays by Miiller ; and it isa pity that Prof. Bell has confounded them, especially as in the genus Promachocrinus there actually are ten rays Springing directly from the centrodorsal. 1882. ] CLASSIFICATION OF THE COMATUL. 733 The following are cases in which Prof. Bell has wrongly applied his own method :— 1. Antedon macronema. According to Bell’s formula (3 A*) this species only differs from the ten-armed Ant. rosacea (3 A”) in the cirri consisting of more than 40, instead of less than 20 joints. And yet Miiller’ says, “Aus den 5 Armstimmen von 3 Radial- gliedern entwickeln sich meist 3 Arme, so dass sich ein Stamm zuerst in einen dicken und diinnen theilt, der dickere aber iber dem zweiten Glied oder drachiale awillare sich wieder in 2 Arme theilt.” The “« brachiale avillare” is what we now call the ‘ distichal axillary ;” and as it does not “present a syzygial joint,” Prof. Bell’s formula should be V3 Aes 2. Antedon palmata. The same formula is given for this species (3 A?) as for Ant. carinata, which has ten undivided arms. In Ant. palmata*, however, ‘‘ Die 10 Primirarme bestehen aus 2 Gliedern, das zweite axillar. Nach der Theilung wieder 2 Glieder, das zweite axillar. Entweder bleibt es dabei oder die Arme theilen sich wieder.” That is to say, there are two distichals and two palmars, and sometimes even a further division, none of the axillaries being syzygies. Hence the formula should be V3 A2; but this is insufficient, as it gives no information about the presence of any axillaries beyond the distichal one. Both the errors above noticed are due to the omission of the sign 7 , and are possibly due to the printer. But others are of a much more serious character and require to be treated in more detail. 3. Act. alternans. For 3 A'RPP"? read 3 A'DP'(P!"')’- . Act. bennetti. For 3A'RDP® read 3 A'DPP!(P");- . Act. japonica. For V3 ARE read 3 A'DP;- . Act. multiradiata. For 2A'RDP? read 2A’DP(P Ps . Act. nove-guinee. For 1(2)A'RDP2 read 1(2)A'RDPP((P") ”. . Act. parvicirra. For 3A'/DP& read 3 A'D(P)@. . Act. peroni. For 3 A'RDP? read 3 A'DP(P')?- 10. Act pulchella, For (1.2)3A” read 4/1.2.4'%, and 3A". 11. Act. schlegeli. For 3A'RDP™ read 3.A'DPP'P"=. 12. Aet. typica. For 1 A'RD® read 1A'RD{ PP!—Prye. The presence of R or D in a formula indicates that the radial or distichal axillary ‘‘is a syzygy ;” and this leads to confusion, for the two cases are not homologous. The radial axillary is never a syzygy in the sense that the distichal axillary is, or that the third or any following brachial may be ; i. e. it never primitively consists of two 1 Loe, cit. p. 258. ? Gattung Comatula, p. 261. con mo oO 734 MR. P. H. CARPENTER ON THE [ Dec. 19, joints which become immovably united and behave in all respects as one. But it may be united by syzygy to the second radial, instead of by the usual bifascial articulation'. This, however, is of an alto- gether different morphological value from the syzygial unions of the arm-joints. In the latter case the hypozygal entirely loses its indi- viduality as a separate joint, and bears no pinnule as the epizygal and the remaining brachials do. Thus, for example, in very nearly all Comatule the original third and fourth joints of the growing arm differ from those which ultimately appear beyond them. For ‘whilst the majority of these gradually come to possess the true articulations, and to be separated by the intervention of muscles and ligaments, a certain small proportion become more intimately united on a simpler plan, which admits of no motion between them”. The double or syzygial joints thus formed resemble the ordinary brachials in bearing but one pinnule, and they are therefore best considered as single joints. In Ant. rosacea, for example, the 3rd and 4th, the 9th and 10th, and the 14th and 15th joints of the growing arm are respectively united in pairs by syzygy; but the arm is best described as having syzygies in the 3rd, 8th, and 12th joints. So again in the numerous Comatule, such as Act. parvicirra, which have axillaries on some or all of the primary arms. Counting from the third radial, the distichal axillary is primitively the fourth joint. he first, as is almost invariably the case, bears no pinnule, while the second does bear a pinnule, but the third not; for it is united to the followin (axillary) joint by a syzygy. The first ray-division would therefore be described as consisting of three distichal joints, the second bearing a pinnule, and the third (axillary) being a syzygy. In Encrinus, in most recent species of Pentacrinus, in a few Coma- tule (Act. solaris, &c.) the two outer radials and the first two joints beyond them are respectively united by syzygy ; and on the principle explained above, each pair would be considered as forming a single joint, so that the true third brachial (itself a syzygial joint) would come to be the second. This would involve our describing these forms as having but two radials, the axillary with a syzygy, and syzygies both in the first and in the second brachials. I think, however, that this would be misleading and make the difference be- tween the two types appear much greater than it really is. The presence of three radials is such an absolutely constant character in all the five-rayed Neocrinoids, excepting Metacrinus & Plicatocrinus, that the fact of the two outer ones being united by syzygy and not articulated seems to me to be of minor importance ; and I do not assign to it the same morphological value as the syzygial union of the third and fourth primitive brachials, in which * I use this name to denote the presence of a ligamentous bundle on either side of a vertical articular ridge, while muscles are absent. In by far the greater number of Comatule this is the mode of union of the two outer radials and of the first two joints beyond each axillary. It also occurs in Miéllericrinus, Apiocrinus, Pentacrinus decorus, P. blakei and other types. But in Bathycrinus there isa trifascial articulation, a small additional bundle of fibres being inserted ee the apposed faces of the joints at the lower or dorsal end of the articular riage. P W. B. Carpenter, Phil. Trans. 1866, p. 721. 1882. | CLASSIFICATION OF THE COMATULA, 735 the former loses its pinnule. No Crinoid with three radials ever has a pinnule on the second one; and when this becomes the hypo- zygal of a syzygy, it does not therefore lose its individuality, as is the case with the hypozygals of the brachial syzygies. Almost the same may be said respecting the first two brachials. Most Comatule have a syzygy in the third brachial with a bifascial articulation be- tween the two preceding joints, the second only of which bears a pinnule. Hence where these two are united by syzygy, as in Act. solaris, the first or hypozygal loses no individuality as an arm- joint. They are therefore better described as the first and second brachials, and not as a first brachial which “is a syzygy.’ This method has the advantage of retaining the third brachial as a syzy- gial joint as a condition which is common to by far the larger num- ber of Comatule ; for it is only a very few species, like Act. fimbriata and Act. multiradiata, which have a syzygy in the second brachial and a pinnule on the first. This is an entirely different type, and arises from the coalescence of the primitive second and third joints of the growing arm. I cannot, therefore, regard as satisfactory Prof. Bell’s formule for Act. solaris, Act. brachiolata, e. g. 1.2.A'R h and 1.2.A’R PB. For the radial axillary is not a syzygy in the same sense as the distichal axillary is in Act. parvicirra; neither is the first brachial a syzygy in the same sense as the second or, as I should call it, the third. I am bound to say, however, that I am in some measure respon- sible in the matter of the first brachials, having employed this mode of description in my diagnoses of the Leyden Comatule’; but since then I have decided to abandon it, as will be seen from my descrip- tions of Act. solaris and Act. robusta of the Hamburg Museum, to to which I have added a few of my reasons for the change’. The erroneous character of some of the formule given by Prof. Bell is due, I fear, to his not having properly understood the de- scriptive terminology which I have been led to employ. I have endeavoured, as much as possible, to make it simply an extension of that used by Miiller; and I have consequeutly used the word “rays” in the same sense as Miiller did, as I have pointed out above ®. Prof. Bell, however, seems not only to use it in a different sense him- self, but also to have understood me as doing so. The result is that many of the formule which he has drawn up on the basis of my descriptions are utterly at variance with them. The following is an abbreviated extract from the classification of the species of Actinometra in the Leyden Museum, together with the formule assigned to those species by Prof. Bell :— A. Second and third radials united by syzygy. cay? Ber QMS Mes BSS solaris. 1.2.A'RP. (. Many arms. Rays may divide five times or more. First ' Notes from the Leyden Museum, vol. iii. pp. 170-217. 2 «The Comatule of the Hamburg Museum,” Journ. Linn. Soe, Zoology, vol. xvi. pp. 514-519. 3 P. 732, note. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1882, No. XLIX,. 49 - 736 MR. P. H. CARPENTER ON THE [Dec. 19, division of 3 joints, the axillary with a syzygy. Subse- quent divisions of two joints united by syzygy. nove-guinee. 1(2)A’RDPP. typica. 1A'RDS. B. Second and third radials united by ligament. Many arms. First ray-division of three joints, the axillary with a syzygy- a. Rays divide three times. Subsequent divisions like the first. robustipinna. A'(D)P=". japonica. 3A'Re- parvicirra. 3A'DP®, 8. Rays may divide five times or more. I. Third and fifth ray-divisions like the first. Second and fourth divisions of two joints, the axillary without a syzygy. alternans. 3A'RPP’?. II. All ray-divisions like the first. schlegeli. 3A'RDP@. bennetti. 3A'RDPr. peroni. 3A’RDP?. Prof. Bell’s formule do not give any thing like a proper idea of the characters of Act. nove-guinee and Act. typica, especially the latter. Both species are among “those rare cases in which divisions extend beyond the palmars;”’ and Prof. Bell should there- fore have made use of his symbols P’ and P”. These two would have sufficed for A. nove-guinee, which has only two axillaries be- yond the palmars. Strictly speaking, however, neither P, P’, nor P” have any proper place in the formula; for the palmar and sub- sequent axillaries are not syzygial joints homologous with the dis- tichal axillaries, any more than the radial axillary is, either in these two species or in the solaris group ; and as pointed out above, it is equally incorrect, for morphological reasons, to describe the first brachials as being syzygial joints homologous with the third brachials 1 Tt is absurd to put the D within brackets in this formula, because the only specimen described has no syzygy in the axillaries of three out of the nine primary arms. I have described a specimen of Ac?. parvicirra in which five out of the ten distichal axillaries have no syzygy, and another in which there are four axillaries with and four without a syzygy. Here therefore we have a character which “ frequently though not always obtains” just as in Act. robusti- pinna. Why is the one case noted in the formula but not the other? Prof. Bell’s experience of the variations in these characters must surely have taught him that it is the exception and not the rule for all the distichal and palmar series of any many-armed specimen to be exactly alike, and that a specific dia- gnosis must be based on the characters of the majority. When, however, some specimens of any type have distichals or palmars, and others may be altogether without them it is useful to put the D or P within brackets; and this should have been done in Bell’s formula for Act. parvictrra, as I shall shortly point out, 1882. | CLASSIFICATION OF THE COMATUL&. 737 of Ant. rosacea and Ant. eschrichti, or with the second brachials of Act. fimbriata and Act. multiradiata. In the case of Act. typica, the employment of a shorthand has been carried to such an extent by Prof. Bell, that he only makes pro- vision for 20 out of the 80 or more arms that the species possesses. The P which is inserted into the formula for Act. nove-guinee is here omitted, and only two of the axillaries taken into consideration at all. Nevertheless the rays have been described by myself as dividing seven or eight times; i.e. there may be no less than five axillaries beyond the palmars, all united by syzygy to the preceding joints as the palmar axillaries are ; while Lovén' has figured a spe- cimen with two axillaries beyond the palmars and has described the species as having 80 arms. Prof. Bell’s formula, however, (1A'RD®) takes no account of any palmars at all, much less of any thing beyond them, although Lovén says “ Rami secundi quatuor, bina paria, e brachialibus duobus,” and goes on to speak of rami tertii, quarti, and quinti; but the presence of the D and nothing more in Prof. Bell’s formula indicates that the total number of arms is never more than 20 and may be only 11! It will be evident from the classification detailed above, that the essential character common to all the seven species of group B is the union of the second and third radials by ligaments and not by a syzygy asin the three species of group A. Nevertheless five of the seven formulz given by Prof. Bell contain an R, which denotes that the radial axillary “is a syzygy.” He surely cannot imagine that the radial axillaries which are united by ligament to the second radials are themselves syzygial joints as the distichal axillaries are. I have described the form of the axillaries in each of these five species, but have not said one word about their being syzygial joints. Such a condition, i. e. syzygial axillaries united by ligaments to the second radials, occurs in no Comatula with which I am acquainted. Neither are the axillaries united to the second radials by syzygy, as in Act. solaris and the other species of Group A, the formule for all of which contain an R. It is therefore difficult to understand why the formule for five of the species of group B should contain an R which is absent from those of the two remaining species. I can think of no reason for this except that in the diagnoses of these five species I have spoken of the “first ray-division” as consisting of three joints, the axillary with a syzygy. Prof. Bell, who appears to consider the primary number of rays as 10, and not five, as de- scribed by Miller and myself, has perhaps understood the term ‘*first ray-division” to mean the five undivided rays themselves, which consist of the first, second, and third (axillary) radials. I had hoped that this expression coming immediately after the state- ment “the rays (in the Miillerian sense) dividing” 2, 3, or more times, and preceded by the description of the radial axillary where the division occurs, would be interpreted as meaning the ten primary arms which are borne by the axillaries and are themselves con- 1 Ofy. af. K. Vet.-Akad. Forh, 1866, p. 230. 49* 738 MR. P. H. CARPENTER ON THE [Dec. 19, veniently described as consisting of distichal joints. But in order to avoid misconception, I expressly inserted the word distichals in speaking of the first division of the rays of Act. pulchella'. The description of this species was written before those of the Leyden Comatule, and must have been read by Prof. Bell, as he gives a for- mula based upon it. I cannot help suspecting, however, from the formula which he gives for Act. alternans, that he has thus misunderstood my meaning. It is as follows, 3A’RPP’°. This can only be interpreted in the following way :—that the radial axillary “isa syzygy ” (which is not the case); that there are two distichals’, the axillary without a syzygy (while there are really three, the axillary with a syzygy) ; that there are two or three palmars, the axillary with a syzygy (while there are really two, the axillary without a syzygy) ; and so on for the two re- maining divisions, so that the formula should read 3 A'DP'P!"?. Even then, however, it would not indicate whether two or three distichals are present*, nor whether there are one or two palmars, nor the number of joints in the two remaining divisions ; so that one would be entirely at a loss as to the systematic position of the type. Prof. Bell gives the formula for Act. japonica as /3 A'R ; Even after the removal of the unnecessary and totally misleading R, the formula is entirely incorrect as regards the ray-divisions, and says nothing about any palmars being present. It means that there are two distichals, the axillary not a syzygy- But in Miiller’s classifi- cation this species is placed in a group distinguished as follows, “Die Axillaria der Arme mit Syzygien;”’ and my own description runs, “ Primary and secondary arms each of three joints, the axillary a syzygy,” or, as Prof. Bell puts it, “Three distichals and three palmars, the axillaries syzygies.” His formula should therefore be 3A'DP 5. The formula which he gives for Act. parvicirra (3 A'DP ®) implies that palmars are always present on some of the rays. A specimen has been figured, however, with 13 arms only, having distichals on only three rays and no palmars at all ; and others have been noticed with but 18 and 20 arms*. The P should therefore be put within brackets, and the formula stand 3 A'D(P) ey like that of Act. wahlbergi, Miill., and Act. variabilis, Bell, MS. In like manner the formula given for Act. peroni (3 A'RDP 2) does not convey the information that there may be another axillary Bull. Mus.-Comp. Zool. vol. ix. no. 4, p. 10. > Tam ata loss to understand how Prof. Bell can have supposed that the second joint after the radial axillary, which is described as bearing a pinnule, can at the same time be an axillary joint ; but no other types without a syzygy in the axillary than a series of two distichals have yet been described. 5 J.e, unless the rule be known that if the distichal axillary is a syzygy it is always the third joint, and not the second, as may sometimes be the case with the palmars. * Trans. Linn. Soe. 2nd series, Zool. vol. ii. 1879, p. 44, and pl. ii. fig. 9. 1882. ] CLASSIFICATION OF THE COMATULS. 739 beyond the palmars. It should read 3 A'/DP(P’) P. There may be yet another in Acé. bennetti and the number of arms reach 70 or 80, which is only very rarely the case among the Comatule. Prof. Bell’s formula (3 A'RDP £)> however, only provides for 40, which is a very common condition. The formula should therefore be 3 A’DPP'(P”) = The same may be said of Act. schlegeli, the only known example of which has two axillaries beyond the palmars and over 80 arms. Its proper formula would be 3 A’DPP’P” 2 while Prof. Bell gives 3 A‘'RDP 2, which provides for less than half this number of arms, so that one of the most evident specific char- acters is not taken into account at all. The ray-divisions of Act. pulchella have been thus described :— “10-20 arms, most of the rays usually dividing twice, the first division (distichals) consisting of two joints which are not united by syzygy. When the arms spring directly from the radial axillary, the two lowest brachials are united by ligament, as in most Coma- tule, and the third is a syzygial or double joint. But in all the arms which spring from a distichal axillary the two lowest brachials are united by syzygy to form a double joint; and the true third brachial, which is also a syzygial joint, as in all Comatule, thus becomes the second arm-joint, as in Act. solaris”. Two formule are necessary for this type—one for the ten-armed form, and another for that with divided primary arms. The first would be 3A‘;, and the second “/1.2 A’. Prof. Bell, however, writes (1.2)3 At thus taking no account of the presence of distichal axillaries in some (often all) of the primary arms; and his formula also implies that the first, second, and third brachials of the same arm may all be syzygial joints, which is never the case. One very serious objection to Prof. Bell’s system of shorthand is that (except in one case) it is only applicable to those Comatule in which the ray-divisions are regular, 7. e. with the second and sub- sequent divisions all resembling the first. For regular forms like Act. parvicirra, Act. bennetti, and their allies, which have three disti- chals and three palmars with a syzygy in each axillary, Prof. Bell’s notation is probably as short a one as could be devised ; though it gives no information respecting the number of joints in each series, aud does not always indicate whether palmars are present or not. Thus, for example, his formula for Ant. articulata is V3 AY. This means that distichals are present but do not “present a sygygial joint.” It does not indicate, however, whether the axillary is the fourth joint (an actual case in another species), the first (which I have never met with), or the third, or the second (as is really the case). But no information is given at all respecting the presence or ' Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. vol. ix. no. 4, p. 10. October 1881. Were I writing now, I should insert the word ‘‘nearly” before “all Comatule” in the last sentence. 740 MR. P. H. CARPENTER ON THE [ Dee. 19, absence of palmars or of any further ray-divisions. One finds the Same deficiency of information in the formule for the following species, viz. Antedon bimaculata, brevicuneata, elongata, flagellata, levicirra, macronema, palmata, regine, spinifera. Had I not ex- amined eight of these personally, I should be unable to classify them properly from Prof. Bell’s formule alone. The remaining one (Ant. regine) is an MS. species of his; and I am therefore unable to give it a place in the classified list of species which concludes this paper. The only irregular types to which Prof. Bell’s notation is at all applicable are those like Act. rotalaria, which have two distichals and three palmars, with a syzygy in the last axillary but not in the distichal one. He gives the formula of this species as 3 A'(P)=5 but this tells us nothing as to the number of the distichal joints ; and Prof. Bell is unable to carry out his plan of inserting the sign / to indicate that the distichal axillary is not a syzygy, because it would not apply to the palmars. A specialist would know that there are only two forms of distichal series yet described in Actino- metra, viz. two joints, the axillary without, and three joints, the axillary with a syzygy; so that the omission of D from Prof. Bell’s formula would lead him to infer that only two distichal joints were present in the corresponding species. But Prof. Bell gives no hint of this fact for the benefit of the uninstructed collector ; and should an Actinometra ever be discovered with four distichals and three palmars (the last axillary a syzygy), instead of two palmars withont a syzygy (as is actually the case in one species), it would have the same formula as Act. rotalaria, though widely different from it in reality), When, however, the case of Act. rotalaria is reversed, and there are three distichals and two palmars, the distichal axillary having a syzygy and the palmar not, Prof. Bell’s notation is altogether insufficient. He cannot insert a P, because there is no syzygy in the palmar axillary ; and he cannot use the sign 4, because there is a syzygy in the distichal axillary. He is therefore obliged to content himself with making no mention of any palmars at all. Omitting the cirrus-characters, we find his formulse for the six fol- lowing species to be all of the same general type, viz. 3 A (or A’) D. The species are—Antedon briareus, A. decipiens, A. irregularis, and A. savignii, Actinometra trichoptera and A. multifida. All of them have three distichals with the axillary a syzygy ; but some of them, Ant. savignii and Act. multifida, also have two palmars, while others, like Act. trichoptera, have not. Prof. Bell, however, gives the same group-formula in each case, so that I am unable to refer his two species, Ant. decipiens and Ant. briareus, to their proper positions ; and I have only been able to place And¢. irregu- ‘aris in my classified list, owing to his having kindly permitted me to examine it for myself. Both An¢. decipiens (3AD;) and Ané. ? Tam here speaking only of the ray-divisions, and take no account of the characters of the cirri, which might or might not: be different in the two species, 1882. ] CLASSIFICATION OF THE COMATULZ. 741 briareus 3 AD? have the same formula, except as regards the number of joints in the cirri; but, for all I know, the one may have 20 arms only and the other 40, 60, or more. Act. multifida is a many-armed form of this kind, having two joints in the palmar and subsequent ray-divisions. Miiller describes the number of arms as 40-44, and I have seen individuals with even more; but Prof. Bell gives the species-formula as 3 A'DE, exactly the same as that of Act. trichoptera, which has no palmars and 20 arms or less! I cannot imagine what has led Prof. Bell to suppose that the radial axillary of Act. multiradiata “is a syzygy,” so that he has inserted an R into his formula. Miiller made no mention of it in his description of the type, as he did in the case of Acé. solaris and its allies; and in a memoir’ now three years old, after personally examining the type specimens at Paris, I placed the species in a group distinguished as follows—‘“ Second and third radials united by ligament only.” Surely Prof. Bell has not understood Miiller’s expression, “‘ Die axillaria der drme mit Syzygien,” to include the radial axillary also*, With this R omitted and a missing (P’) in- serted, the formula becomes 2A'DP(P')P ; but it gives no information whatever respecting the number of joints in the distichal and palmar series. When the distichal axillary “isa syzygy,” it is either united by syzygy to the preceding joint (Act. jukesi), or there are two joints below it, so that it is really the third distichal. This rule is an in- variable one ; but even supposing it to be known to the readers of Prof. Bell’s formule, the same does not hold good with the palmars. For the palmar axillary, which “isa syzygy,” may be the third of its series, as in Act. parvicirra and Act. bennetti, or the second, as in Act. multiradiata ; or, like the distichal axillary of Act. jukesi, it is syzygially united to the preceding joint, as in Act. typica. Prof. Bell’s formula, however, gives no information about this, and the special distinctive character of the multiradiata group is thus alto- gether lost sight of, unless No. 5 of the following Rules be under- stood as known; but Prof. Bell is silent upon this point. The weakness of his method of formulation is partly due to the following cause :—The same symbol (D or P) is used indifferently, whether there are three or two joints, the axillary with a syzygy, or two joints united by syzygy. I should say, however, that the figure indicating the position of the first brachial syzygy would in most cases explain to an experienced worker which type was meant, as is shown in the general rules stated below; but Prof. Bell gives no hint of this. The formula 3DP, which he gives for Act. parvicirra, would thus admit of any of the nine following explanations, the third brachial being a syzygy in all cases, and the two outer radials united by ligament. In the other two columns are recorded some existing species, the distichal and palmar axillaries of which are syzygies, 1 Trans. Linn. Soe. 2nd ser., Zool. vol. ii, p. 27. 2 The italics are mine, 742 MR. P. H. CARPENTER ON THE (Dee. 19, while the first arm-syzygy is not on the third, but on the second brachial, or between the first and second. Group. Actinometra. 8rd br. Sy. 2nd br. Sy. 1—2 br. Sy. 7 3 distichals and 3 palmars, the axillaries SyZYQI€S .........+.-4+- parvicirra, 8 distichals and 2 palmars, the : 1,4 axillaries syzygies .........0...0. seseeeees multiradiata. A. 8 distichals, the axillary a sy- tase : and 2 palmars united by ZY8Y 2 aectiakaley the axillary a sy- AEN) : and 2 palmars united by TI. 4 2 austichals and 2 palmars, the axillaries syzygies. 2 distichals and 3 palmars, the axillaries syzygies. 2 distichals united by syzygy; 2 palmars united by syzygy. Til. 4 2 distichals united by syzygy; 2 palmars, the axillary asyzygy. | 2 distichals united by syzygy; ( 3 palmars, theaxillary a syzygy. Now, unless Rule 3 were known, how should any one, taking the cor- rected formula for a parvicirra (3A'D(P)™), or for Act. multi- radiata (2A'DP( pyr ;)> know that he could only have to deal with types belonging to one of the first two groups? And unless he were also acquainted with Rule 7, he could not know that Group II. represents a series of types that are as yet undiscovered. But within Group I. the chances of error would be two to one unless Rule 5 were known, according to which the third (or second) brachial is only a syzygy when there are three (or two) palmars, the axillary with a syzygy. There may, however, be two palmars with the axillary a syzygy, and yet the first two brachials be united by syzygy, as in species A of the scheme above. This exception, to which others will doubtless soon be added, also shows the weakness of Prof. Bell’s system, even supposing the following rules to be understood; for its formula would be 1DP, identical with that of another more regular species, B of the above scheme, to say nothing of half a dozen other possi- bilities in Groups II. and III. A working method of formulation, therefore, must be elastic enough to deal with such anomalies as A, and indicate exactly on what joint the syzygy comes in the distichals, palmars, and brachials. Further, when there are no syzygies in the ray- divisions, whether throughout them all (Ané. palmata) or in some only (Act. alternans), the number of joints in each division should be clearly indicated. Thus the formula 3 A’D, as understood by Prof. Bell, would stand for any one of the following existing types of Uctinametra apart from any number of possibilities. Act, Srna No palmars. : ante 1 palmar (axillary). All setae di a B. Se 1 palmar, and 1 axillary beyond it. Aaa Pas i wx 8 2 palmars. ae ae Act, iniltifida ‘.. 2 palmars, and another similar division.) ther axillary. 1882. | CLASSIFICATION OF THE COMATUL2, 743 The want of elasticity which renders Prof. Bell’s system so mis- leading will not be found, I hope, in that which I am now about to explain. It has grown up gradually during seven years’ work, and will meet all the variations of actual Comatula-structure with which I am acquainted, together with any others that I can imagine as possible. Some time ago I pointed out that “the first and second segments beyond every axillary, whether radial or brachial, are nearly always united together in the same manner as the second and third (axillary) radials.” Further experience has shown that the “nearly”? embraces several well-marked but regular exceptions to the above statement ; and I have therefore drawn up the following rules, which embody the results of my study of the group. They are not to be in any way regarded as laws of Comatula-structure, but merely as generalizations based upon a knowledge of some 400 species, and therefore, I hope, of some value for the purpose of classification. : 1. All ten-armed species of Actinometra which have the two outer radials united by syzygy, have the first two brachials united in the same way. Ex. Act. solaris. No Antedon known. 2. All many-armed species of Actinometra which have the outer radials united by syzygy either have (a) all the ray-divisions of two joints also united by syzygy and the first two brachials similarly united ; or (3) there may be three distichals, of which the first two are articulated and the axillary is a syzygy, while the subsequent divisions are as above. Ex. a. Act. jukesi; B. Act. typica. 3. If the two outer radials are united by a ligamentous articu- tion, the next two joints are similarly united, whether there be ten or many arms. In the former case the third brachial is almost always a syzygy. (One of the “ Blake” Comatule is an exception.) Ex. Ant. rosacea, Ant. philiberti, Act. meridionalis, Act. parvicirra. 4, In by far the greater number of Comatule which have the two outer radials articulated by ligaments and only two ray-divisions, the third brachial is the lowest syzygial joint on the arms, whether the distichal axillary be a syzygy or not; and the two lowest brachials are articulated by ligaments. Ex. Ant. macronema, Ant. reynaudi, Act. trichoptera. Exceptions. dct. fimbriata and Act. borneensis, with some unde- scribed Antedon-species, have the second brachial a syzygy, like the distichal axillary. Act. pulchella and a new ‘ Challenger’ Antedon have two distichals the axillary not a syzygy, but the first two brachials united by syzygy. 5. If the two outer radials are articulated and there are more than two ray-divisions, so that palmars are present, the third brachial is the first arm-syzygy in all cases but the following :— a. Two palmars united by syzygy ; the first two joints beyond the palmar and all subsequent axillaries are also united by BY2YEY- 744 MR. P. H. CARPENTER ON THE [Dec. 19, Ex. Species B. of above scheme. {. Two palmars, the axillary a syzygy ; the second joints be- yond the palmar and all subsequent axillaries also have a Shek Ex. Act. multiradiata. Species A of the above scheme, with the first two brachials united by syzygy, is an exception. 6. Whenever any ray-division, distichal, palmar, or any other, consists of three joints, the first two are articulated by ligaments, the second bearing a pinnule, and the third (axillary) is a syzygy just as in the first three brachials of Ant. rosacea and Act. echino- ptera. When, however, there are only two joints, and the second (axillary) is a syzygy, the first has a pinnule, just as in the arm-bases of Act. fimbriata. 7. 'The hypozygal of a syzygy is always united to the preceding joint by a muscular articulation. Like Prof. Bell, I should use R to denote the syzygial union of the two outer radials. When ten arms only are present, this is in- dicated by 10 in the formula. This may be thought unnecessary, as the absence of any signs for the distichals would indicate that the primary arms remained undivided ; but I find that it is more con- venient to indicate this character, which is generally a sharply defined one, in a positive rather than in a negative manner. I also assume, in accordance with Rules 3-5, that the first syzygy on the arm is on the third brachial, unless otherwise stated. If it is on the second brachial, I put 2b at the end of the formula; and if the first two brachials are united by syzygy, B is used. In like manner, and in accordance with Rule 5, 2d and 2 p would indicate that there are two distichals or two palmars, of which the axillary is a syzygy ; and 2 or? that the two distichal or palmar joints are united by Syzygy: on The figures | or 2 alone would indicate that there is either only a single axillary joint, or two which are united by ligament; and a 3 would denote three joints, of which the axillary is a syzygy'. If one figure occurs alone in a formula, it indicates the presence of distichals only ; two figures, that palmars occur as well; and so on, an additional figure being added for each ray-division, e. g. Aet- alternans 3,2,3,2. This may be tabulated as follows :-— Symbol used. Character. Distichal. Palmar. One ‘axillary jomit! - ec vawhie< os l i? d P Two joints united by syzygy...... 3 Two articulated joints ........... 2 2. * It would, of course, be more consistent to write 3d, or 3 p; but thesyzygial nature of the third (axillary) joint is such a constant character (Rule 6) that, until an exception is met with, I prefer to use the figure alone, for the sake of brevity. 1882. | CLASSIFICATION OF THE COMATUL. 745 Symbol used, Character. Distichal. Palmar. Two joints, the axillary a syzygy .. 2d 2 p. Three joints, the axillary a syzygy.. 3 3. Four joints, the axillary notasyzygy 4 4, As in Prof. Bell’s system, the insertion of any sign within brackets () would indicate the variable occurrence of the correspond- ing character. I subjoin the formule for some typical examples of the proposed system, all of which, with the exception of Act. jukesi, are to be found described at length elsewhere. Antedon, POSOCED st Arye sycrs tors AAO: macronema ........ A. 2, PONG Owe cds caw A. 2.2.(2). rubiginosa .,...... A. 3. QADIGNT 6 <5 gos net nk Ae ded, MLAOETIE wt a kr lee c od A. 3.3. Actinometra. ap solarta |. Oo RO a. R. 10. B nA JOKes. Rerecaes hf a. R. = (3 nove-guine@ ........ a. BR. 3. —— meridionalis ........ a. 10. pulchellas... 050... a. 10. and a. 2. e. py TOLGLATIG | ethane Ae a, 2.3. PHIChONLCTO) as sto. eer a. de SPUMOVI OL Oran. oo) oo <2 a. 3.2 b. ) multiradiata ........ a. 3.2 {p.(p’)b}. GULErNANES .. - o. ai ans a. 3.2.3.2. UITORIR 8 Vote hae Hercse((3))s MBMICUENE = oo Sioe 5 sie. a. 3.3.3.3. a. The : might be omitted in accordance with Rules 1 and 2; but its presence more readily indicates the relationship of these two species to Act. nove-guinee, &e. (3. Another figure might be usefully added in order to indicate whether the next syzygy is in the third or in some subsequent brachial. y. As determined by myself. Miiller’s description is incorrect. 6. The brackets { } are used in order to avoid repeating the 2 before each letter. The b. might be omitted in accordance with Rule 5, but is retained to indicate the relationship of this species to Act. fimbriata. 1 Hitherto unobserved. 746 MR, P. H. CARPENTER ON THE [Dec. 19, I subjoin the formule for all the variations of structure that I have met with among the Comatule, together with the names of nearly all the described species to which the respective formule apply. Grube’s two species, C. levissima and C. mertensi, are referred by Prof. Bell to Antedon, and probably correctly so; but two other species in his Anéedon-list have no existence, viz. alata and meridionalis. The former is identical with the Antedon pul- chella of Pourtalés and was referred to Actinometra in 1881, while the latter also belongs to this genus’. Some of Prof. Bell’s MS. species are also omitted, owing to the incompleteness of the formulee which he gives for them. Lists or ForMULZ. Antedon. I. A. R.3. A. B.3.2.2. A. R.3.3. II. A. 10.? adeone, antarctica, armata, brevipinna, ca- rinata, celtica, cubensis, dentata*®, dubeni, eschrichti, hageni, insignis, jacquinoti, lovéni, milberti, milleri, levipinna, per- spinosa, petasus, phalangium, pinniformis, prolixa, rosacea, rubiginosa, serripinna. HI. A. 2. 2 A. 2. brevipinna, macronema. A. 2.2. equipinna, articulata, bimaculata, brevi- cuneata, elongata, flagellata, imparipinna, indica, levicirra, palmata, protecta, spi- cata, spinifera. A. 2.2.2. palmata. IV. A.32 A. 3. briareus, decipiens, elegans, reynaudi’, rubiginosa. Baal. deers A. 3.2. acuticirra, crenulata, granulifera, irregularis, ludovici, savignii, variypinna. A. 3.2.3. 1 See Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. vol. ix. no. 4, 1881, pp. 6, 9. 2 In cases like this, when there are a large number of species in any given group, some further mode of classification becomes necessary ; and the notation proposed by Prof. Bell for the varying characters of the cirri is very useful for this purpose. 3 This species is undoubtedly identical with the Amt. sarst? of Diiben and Koren ; and as Say’s name is the older by nearly twenty years, I feel that it is only right to follow Prof. Verrill in restoring it. 4 The formula given by Prof. Bell for this species is based on Miiller’s de- scription, which is incorrect. It should be 3 AD 2 1882.] CLASSIFICATION OF THE COMATULZ. 747 A. 3.2{p.b. A. 3.3. bipartipinna, elegans, microdiscus, philiberti. A. 5.3.36 V. A.4 Actinometra. I, a. R. 102. afinis, albonotata, pectinata, purpurea, ro- busta, rosea, solaris. II. a. R. “ julcesi, paucicirra ? nove-guinec, typica. a. 10 coppingeri, cumingi, echinoptera, meridiona- lis, pulchella. Va a a. 2. 2. pulchella. a. 2. a. 2.2. stelligera. a. 2.2.2. a. 2.2.2.2. a. 2.3. rotalaria. a. 2.3.3. a. 2.3.3.3. V. a3. b a. 3. 2b. borneensis ?, coccodistoma, fimbriata. a. 3. parvicirra, trichoptera, variabilis, wahlbergi. a. 3.1. a.3.1.1. a. a= B. a. 3.2. a. 3.2.2. multifida. a. 3.2.3. grandicalyx. a. 3.2.3.2. alternans. a. 3.9 (3)! 2.2. a. 3. ; (2) 3.3. a. 3. 2p.8 A. a. 3.2{p.b}. lineata. a. 3.2{p.p!.b}. multiradiata. a. 3.3. annulata, japonica, meyeri, parvicirra, robus- tipinna, variabilis, wahlbergi. a. 3.3.2 a. 3.3.3. bennetti, peroni. a, 3.3.3.3. bennetti, schlegeli. VI. a. 4.2.2.2.2°2. l J. e, the two outer palmar series on each ray are formed of two joints only, the axillary without a syzygy ; while the two inner series consist of t. the axillary with a syzygy. ee joints, 748 MR. F. DAY ON THE IDENTITY OF [Dec. 19, 4, On the Identity of Arnoglossus lophotes, Giinther, with A. grohmanni. By Francis Day, F.Z.S. [Received November 6, 1882.] (Plate LIII.) In the issue of ‘ Nature’ for October 5th (vol. xxvi. p. 556) will be found a notice that Professor Moseley had obtained off. Cardiff a specimen of Arnoglossus lophotes, Giinther, hitherto known only from two dried skins in the Couch collection, the locality of which was uncertain. This specimen was said to establish the validity of Dr. Giinther’s classification of this fish as a distinct British species. The article being unsigned, I have no means of ascertaining who the author of this interesting statement may be ; and while expressing my individual satisfaction that Professor Moseley has clearly obtained a pleuronectoid fish hitherto not recorded from the British seas, I would beg leave to draw attention to a few errors in the article. First, there are three, not two, skins of Arnoglossus lophotes, Giinther, in the British Museum ; secondly, they came from Yarrell’s, not from Couch’s collection; while, as no doubt can exist of the identity of these skins with Professor Moseley’s specimen, I propose to show that Arnoglossus lophotes, Giinther, is a synonym of Arnoglossus groh- manni, Bonaparte. As, when writing the portion of my ‘ British Fishes ’ which contains the plevironectoids, I had to investigate the question of the skins in the British Museum, and whether on such grounds I could recognize Arnoglossus lophotes as a British species, it may be interesting to explain why I was unable todoso. This conclusion I still believe to have been sound ; for I was under the impression that the specimens did not constitute a new species, but were identical with the Medi- terranean Arnoglossus grohmanni, from which locality I also believed they had been obtained. The references to this fish are as follows :— ARNOGLOSSUS GROHMANNI. (Plate LIII.) Pleuronectes grohmanni, Bonap. Cat. Met. p. 47, no. 401; Fauna Ital., Pesce. tav. 98. fig. 2: Canestrini, Arch. per la Zool. i. p. 12, t. 1. f. 3 (58 scales along the lateral line) ; Moreau, Poiss. France, iil. p. 326, fig. 185. Arnoglossus grohmanni, Giinther, Catal. iv. p. 417; Giglioli, Catal. Pesce. italiani, p. 38, no. 315. Arnoglossus lophotes, Giinther, Catal. iv. p. 417; Couch, Fish Brit. Isles, iii. p. 178 c. fig. (with abnormal curve to the lateral line). In the ‘ Catalogue of the Fishes of the British Museum,’ iv. p. 417, Dr. Giinther makes Canestrini’s fish the same as Bonaparte’s. His figure and description agree with Mediterranean specimens which I exhibit, received from Prof. Giglioli of Florence, which are identical with Prof. Moseley’s fish. In the ‘Catalogue,’ J. c. pp. 417-418, “INNVWHOWS SNSsSO TOON dun soag ua yUIP] Wy Pp Ureyaryy yy INT Id ess. S$ Z.d 1882.] ARNOGLOSSUS LOPHOTES WITH A. GROHMANNI. 749 Dr. Giinther described three skins of a pleuronectoid received from Mr. Yarrell’s collection, which descriptions are sufficiently accurate to render recapitulation unnecessary ; but he did not apparently take into consideration that, as they were skins, a considerable elongation may have, and in fact has, occurred, rendering the proportions un- trustworthy. If we turn to the accounts given by the various ichthyologists who have written upon these two described forms, and examine the figures which they have furnished us with, we obtain the following results :— A. grohmanni. Height of body in the length to base of caudal fin 23; length of head 43 to 4%. L. 1. 758. 2: Tophotes (skin). Height of body in the length to base of caudal fin 25-22; length of head 43 to 43. L. 1. 60. A. lophotes (spirit). Height of body in the length to base of caudal fin 23 ; length of head 43. L. 1. 60. The scales being very deciduous, continental authors have hesi- tated at recording their exact numbers. Canestrini gives 58 along the lateral line to the base of the caudal rays; the examples of A, lophotes in the British Museum have up to 60. The colours in the Cardiff (or, rather, off Lundy Island) specimen also show the small brown markings existing on the fin-rays of 4. grohmanni, with which this specimen agrees in its proportions, colours, and number of scales. The differences ascribed are thus reduced to the fin-rays, which are thus recorded :— Bamipe, <